/ ••»- ^^/ •■"'"-' %/ ••^'•: *"'/ ••^'•. **«* -'^ 








'^Wi^ 



TWENTY-NINTH 
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE 

it 5 BUREAU OF 
AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

TO THE SECRETARY OF THE 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 

1907-1908 




WASHINGTON 

GOVER.NMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1916 






LETTER OF TRAXSMITT.-y^ 



Smithsonian Institution, 
Bureau of American Ethnology, 

Washington, D. C, August 4, 1908. 
Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith the Twenty- 
ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908. 

Permit me to express my appreciation of your aid in the 
work under my charge. 

Very respectfully, yours, 

W. H. Holmes, Chief. 
Dr. Charles D. Walcott, 

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 

3 



CONTENTS 



RErORT OF THE CHIEF 

Page 

Systematic researches 9 

Special researches " IS 

Preservation of ant icjuities 20 

Collections '. 20 

Publications 21 

Linguistic manuscripts 22 

Illustrations 23 

Library 24 

Clerical work 24 

Property 25 

Note on the accompanying paper 25 

ACCOMPANYING rAPER 

The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, by John Peabody Harrington ii)lates 

1-21; maps 1-29, 29A, 30; diagram 1) 29 

Index 019 



BEPORT OF THE CHIEF 



TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT 

OF THE 

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



W. H. Holmes, Chief 



The operations of the Biu-eau of American Ethnology for 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908, conducted in accordance 
with the act of Congress making provision for continuing 
researches relating to the American Indians under direction 
of the Smithsonian Institution, were carried forward in con- 
formity with the plan of operations approved by the Secre- 
tary May 25, 1907. 

SYSTEMATIC EESEARCHES 

As in previous years, the systematic ethnologic work of 
the Bureau was intrusted mainh' to the regular scientific 
staff, which comprises eight members. This force is not 
large enough, however, to give adequate attention to more 
than a limited portion of the great field of research afforded 
by the hundreds of tribes, and the Bureau has sought to 
supply the deficiency in a measiu-e bj' enlisting the aid of 
other specialists in various branches of the ethnologic work. 
By this means it is able to extend its researches in several 
directions at a comparatively modest outlay. While seeking 
to cover in the most comprehensive manner the whole range 
of American ethnology, the Bureau has taken particular care 
to avoid entering upon researches that are likely to be pro- 
vided for by other agencies, public or jjrivate. The results 
sought by the Biu"eau are: (1) Acquirement of a thorough 
knowledge of the tribes, their origin, relationship to one 
another and to the whites, locations, numbers, capacity for 

9 



10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

civilization, claims to territory, and their interests generally, 
for the practical purposes of government; and (2) the com- 
pletion of a systematic and well-rounded record of the tribes 
for historic and scientific purposes before their aboriginal 
characteristics and culture ^re too greatly modified or are 
completely lost. 

During the year researches were caiTied on in Arizona, 
New Mexico, Colorado, Texas, Minnesota, Pennsylvania, 
and Ontario. Investigations in the field were more than 
usually limited on account of the necessity of retaining 
nearly all of the ethnologic force in the office for the purpose 
of completing the revision of theu* variolis articles for the 
second part of the Handbook of American Indians and in 
preparing additional articles on subjects overlooked in the 
first writing or that are based on data recently collected. 

The Chief remained in the office dming nearly the entire 
year, dividing his time between administrative duties and 
ethnologic investigations and wiiting. The completion of 
numerous articles for the second part of the Handbook of 
American Indians, the revision of reports and bulletins, and 
the examination of various rrianuscripts submitted for publi- 
cation, especially claimed his attention. Aside from these 
occupations, his duties as honorary curator of the Division 
of Prehistoric Ai'cheology in the National Museum, and as 
ciu-ator of the National Gallery of Art, absorbed a portion 
of his time. Diu-ing the year much attention was given to 
the collections of the Division of Prehistoric A'cheology in the 
National ]\Iuseum, especially to theii* classification with the 
view of removal in the near future to the New National 
Museum Building. In the same connection the Chief carried 
forward the preparation of his Handbook on the Stone 
Implements of Northern America. 

In October the Chief was called on to make an official 
visit to the Jamestown Exposition for the pm'pose of exam- 
ining the exhibits of the Institution and superintending 
necessary repairs. In April he was assigned the very pleas- 
ant duty of visiting Detroit, Michigan, in company with the 
Secretary, for the purpose of inspecting the great collection 
of art works recently presented to the Smithsonian Institu- 



ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 11 

tion by Mr. Charles L. Freer. On this occasion he availed 
himself of the opportunity of examining; the interesting col- 
lections of art and ethnology preserved in the Detroit 
Museum of Art. 

In June the Chief was selected to represent the Institution 
as a member of the delegation of Americans appointed by 
the Department of State to attend the Pan American 
Scientific Congress to be held in Santiago, Chile, beginning 
December 25, 1908, and he began at once the preparation 
of a paper to be read before the Congress, the subject chosen 
being "The Peopling of America". 

At the beginning of the year Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, eth- 
nologist, was in the office engaged in preparing reports on 
her recent researches in the field. Her work at Taos, Santa 
Clara, and other Rio Grande pueblos was not so well advanced 
as to admit of final treatment, but progress was made in the 
classification and elaboration of the data thus far collected. 
Principal attention was given while in the office to the com- 
pletion of papers relating to the medicinal and food plants 
of the Zuni Indians, the pantheon of the Zuni religious 
system, the symbolism of Pueblo decorative art, and the 
preparation of wool for weaving among the Pueblo and 
Navaho tribes. 

On May 28 Mrs. Stevenson again took the field in the Rio 
Grande Valley with the view of continuing her investigations 
among the Taos, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and other 
.Pueblo groups, and at the close of the year she was able to 
report satisfactory progress in this work. 

Mr. F. W. Hodge, ethnologist, was engaged during the 
year on the Handbook of American Indians, the editorial 
work of which has proved extremely arduous and difficult. 
This work is in two parts. Part 1, A-M, was issued from the 
press in March, 1907, and the edition became practically 
exhausted in a few months. Indeed, the demand for the 
work has been so great that the Bureau has found it impos- 
sible to supply even a thu-d of the copies requested by cor- 
respondents. The quota under control of the superintendent 
of documents also was soon exhausted, necessitating the 
reprinting of an edition of 500 copies (the limit allowed ))y 



12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

law) in order to fill the orders received. The main body of 
Part 2 was in type at the close of the fiscal year, and about 
250 pages had been finally, printed, though progress in 
proof reading was exceedingly slow on account of the great 
diversity of the topics treated and the difficulty of preparing 
or of bringing to date numljers of articles relating often to 
obscm'e tribes and subjects. It is expected that the second 
part will be ready for distribution late in the coming autumn. 
In the editorial work IVIi". Hodge had the assistance of all the 
members of the staff "of the Bureau, and especially of Mrs. 
Frances S. Nichols, who devoted her entire time to the task. 
In addition the following specialists rendered all possible 
assistance in their particular fields: Dr. S. A. Barrett, of the 
University of California; Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, of Syra- 
cuse; Dr. Franz Boas, of Columbia University; Dr. Herbert 
E. Bolton, of the University of Texas; Mr. D. I. Bushnell, jr.; 
Dr. Alexander F. Chamberlain, of Clark University; Mr. 
Stewart Culin, of the Brooklyn Institute Museum; Dr. 
Roland B. Dixon, of Harvard University; Dr. George A. 
Dorsey, of the Field IMuseum of Natural History; Mr. J. P. 
Dunn, of Indianapolis; Mi'. Wilberforce Eames, of the New 
York Public Library; Lieut. G. T. Eromons, United States 
Navy; Dr. Livingston Farrand, of Columbia University j 
Miss Alice C. Fletcher, of Washington; Mr. Gerard Fowke, 
of St. Louis; Dr. Merrill E. Gates, of the Indian Rights Asso- 
ciation; Mr. William R. Gerard, of New York; Dr. P. E. 
Goddard, of the University of California; Dr. George Bird 
Grinnell, of New York; Mi*. Henry W. Henshaw, of the 
United States Biological Survey; Dr. Edgar L. Hewett, of 
the ArchfEological Institute of America; Dr. Walter Hough 
and Dr. Ale§ Hrdlicka, of the United States National Mu- 
seum; Dr. William Jones, of the Field Museum of Natm-al 
History; Dr. A. L. &oeber, of the University of California; 
Mr. Francis La Flesche, of Washington; Dr. A. B. Lewis, of 
the Field Museum of Natural History; Dr. Charles F. Lum- 
mis, of Los Angeles; Dr. O. T. Mason, of the United States 
National Museum; Mr. Joseph D. McGuire, of Washington; 
Rev. Leopold Ostermann, of Ai'izona; Mr. Doane Robinson, 
of the South Dakota Historical Society; Mr. Edward Sapir, 



ADMINISTRATIVE KEPOKT 13 

of the University of California; ^Ir. Frank G. Speck, of the 
University of Pennsylvania; ]\Ii'. C. C. Willoughby, of the 
Peabody Museum; Dr. Clark Wissler, of the American 
Museum of Natm-al History. I take this occasion to express 
the appreciation of the Bm-eau for the valued aid so gener- 
ously rendered by these specialists, without which it would 
not have been possible to make the work either as complete 
or as accurate as it is. 

Throughout the year Mr. James Mooney, ethnologist, 
remained in the office, occupied either in the preparation of 
articles intended for the second part of the Handbook of 
American Indians or in preparing answers to ethnologic 
inquunes made by corresj^ondents of the Bm'eau. His prui- 
cipal work for the Handbook was an elaborate and detailed 
study of the numerical strength of the aboriginal population 
north of Mexico prior to disturbance by the whites. This 
important foundation stuay c' American ethnology has 
never before been undertaken m a s^ :tematic and comprehen- 
sive ma'"' -■ ".nd the result proves of much scientific interest. 
Contrary co the opinion frequently advanced on superficial 
investigation, the Indians have not increased in number since 
their first contact with civilized man, but have decreased by 
fully tw. thu'ds, if not three-fourths. Cali'omia alone, the 
most iropulous large section during the a original period, 
CO t'^ed probably as many Indians as are now officially 
recognized in the whole United States. The causes of de- 
crease In each geogi'aphic section are set forth in detail in 
chronologic sequence in Mr. Mooney's study. 

During the year Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, was 
occupied entuely with work in the office, principally in con- 
nection with the Indian languages of Louisiana and Texas. 
He finished the analytic dictionary of the Tunica language 
and compiled similar dictionaries of Chitimacha, Attacapa, 
and Tonkawa. AU the extant Comecrudo and Cotoname 
material, as well as the material pertaining to related tribes 
contained in Fray Bartholome Garcia's Manual para admin- 
istrar los sacramcntos (Mexico, 1760), was similarly arranged, 
and in addition a comparative vocal^ulary was constructed 
which embraces the last-mentioned data as well as the 



14 BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

Karankawa and Tonkawa. During the months of May and 
June another dictionary was prepared, embracing all the 
Biloxi linguistic material collected by Doctor Gatschet and 
Mr. J. O. Dorsey in 1886, 1892, and 1893. The material 
in this last work is exceptionally full and complete. The 
Comecrudo and Cotoname, the material extracted from 
Garcia's catechism, and the Biloxi, are nearly ready for the 
press. The languages referred to above, with the addition 
of the Natchez, include practically all of those in the eastern 
and southern United States that are in immediate danger of 
extinction. The information regarding most of them is very 
limited, and in order that the precious material may not by 
any misadventure be destroyed, it shoidd be published at 
an early date. 

Besides work strictly linguistic, Doctor Swanton had in 
hand a paper on the tribes of the lower Mississippi Valley 
and neighboring coast of the Gulf of Mexico. This can not 
be completed, however, until additional researches among the 
tribes in question have been made. 

Dr. -]. Walter Fewkes, ethnologist, spent July and August 
largely in the preparation of his report on the excavation 
and repair of the Casa Grande ruins, Arizona, during the 
preceding fiscal year, which was printed in the Smithsonian 
Miscellaneous Collections for October. 

Doctor Fewkes was in the Southwest from October 24, 
1907, to the end of the fiscal year. From November to the 
middle of March he was in charge of the excavation and 
repair work at Casa Grande, for which there was available 
the sum of $3,000, appropriated by Congress, to be expended 
under the direction of the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution. The season's operations at Casa Grande began 
with excavations in Compound B, the second in size of the 
great compounds which form the Casa Grande group. This 
was found to be a rectangular area inclosed by a massive 
wall; within this are many buildings, the majority of which 
were once used for ceremonial and communal purposes. On 
excavation it was ascertained that the two great pyramids 
in Compound B are terraced and that they contain seven 



ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 15 

distinct floors. The remains of small fragile-walleil houses 
resembling Pima jacales were found upon the tops of these 
pyramids, and in the neighboring plazas subterranean rooms 
with cemented floors and fireplaces were unearthed under 
the massive walls. This compound was thorough^ repaired 
with Portland cement, and drains were built to carry off the 
surface water. A roof was built over the subterranean 
room, the decayed upright logs that once supported the 
walls were replaced with cedar posts, and other steps were 
taken for the permanent preservation of these interesting 
remains. 

The walls of Compounds C and D were traced throughout; 
in the middle of the latter compound is a large building, 
the groiuid-plan of which resembles Casa Grande. The 
most extensive structure excavated at Casa Grande is a 
clan house, a building 200 feet long, with 11 rooms, whose 
massive walls inclose a plaza. In the middle of the central 
room of this cluster there is a seat, called by the Pima Indians 
"the seat of Montezuma". On the north side there is a 
burial chamber, the walls of which are decorated in several 
colors. This room contains a burial cyst in which was 
found the skeleton of a priest surrounded by ceremonial 
paraphernalia. The bases of the walls of the clan house 
were protected with cement, and drains were built to carry 
off water. For the convenience and information of visitors 
aU the buildings excavated were appropriately labeled and 
placards containing historic data were posted at various 
points. Although the appropriation was not sufficient for 
completing the work of excavation and repair of the Casa 
Grande group, the amount available made it possible to 
present a iype ruin showing the general character of the 
ancient pueblo remains in the Gila and lower Salt River 
Valleys. 

At the close of the work at Casa Grande, Doctor Fewkes 
was able to make a comparative study of the mounds in the 
neighborhood of Phoenix, Mesa, and Tempe, and also of the 
ancient habitations on the Pima Reservation. Several large 
ruins in the vicinity of Tucson were visited, and an extensive 



16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

niin, known to the Pima and Papago as Shakayiima, was 
discovered near the northwestern end of the Tucson Moun- 
tams. Several ancient reservoirs, now called " Indian tanks," 
situated east of Casa Grande, along the trail of the early 
Spanish discoverers, were identified by their historic names. 
In a reconnoissance down San Pedro River to its junction 
with the Gila a number of ruins was discovered on both banks 
of the San Pedro and of Aravaipa Creek. A visit was also 
made to the imi^osing cliff-houses near Roosevelt Dam, lately 
declared national monuments by Executive proclamation. 
Ruins near the mouth of Tonto River were likewise examined. 
At the close of April, by direction of the Secretary of the 
Smithsonian Institution, Doctor Fewkes proceeded to the 
Mesa Verde National Park in southern Colorado, where he 
took charge of the excavation and repair work of the cele- 
brated Spruce-tree House. This ruin was thoroughly exca- 
vated and its walls were repaii'ed and put in good condition, 
in order that it might serve as a type ruin of the cliff-dwellings 
of the Mesa Verde National Park. One hundred and fourteen 
rooms and eight kivas were excavated ; two of the kivas were 
fmiiished with roofs reconstructed like aboriginal kiva roofs 
in Peabody House; an approach to the ruin was graded and 
drained; and labels were placed at convenient points for 
the information of visitors. Several large rooms, hitherto 
imknown, were unearthed, and the structure of the kivas was 
carefully studied. In order to deflect the water that fell on 
the ruin from the rim of the canyon, causing great damage, a 
channel 300 feet long was blasted out of the rock on top of the 
cliff. Two collections of considerable size were made, one at 
Casa Grande and the other at Spruce-tree House. The for- 
mer includes many rare and several unique objects that shed 
much light on our knowledge of the culture of the prehistoric 
inhabitants of the Casa Grande of the Gila. The latter includes 
skulls; pottery of rare forms and decoration; stone and 
wooden implements; basketry, cloth, and other woven fab- 
rics; sandals; and bone implements of various kinds. The 
objects from the Spruce-tree House "will be the first large 
accession by the National Museum of collections of objects 



ADMINISTKATIVE REPORT 17 

from the Mesa Verde ruins. Doctor Fewkes completed his 
work at Spruce-tree House on June 27. 

My. J. N. B. Hewitt, ethnologist, remained in the office 
during the entire year. JMuch time was devoted to the collec- 
tion and preparation of linguistic data for a sketch of Iro- 
cjuoian grammar as exemplified by the Onondaga and the 
Mohawk, with illustrative examples from the Cayuga, Seneca, 
and Tuscarora dialects, for the forthcoming Handl:>ook of 
American Indian Languages. In pursuing these studies ^Ir. 
Hewitt was fortimate in obtaining data which enal^led him to 
supply translations of a number of very important archaic 
political and diplomatic terms in the native texts embod}'ing 
the founding, constitution, and structure of the government of 
the League of the Iroquois. The meanings of these terms are 
now practically lost among those who speak the Iroquoian 
languages. As time permitted these texts were studied and 
annotated for incorporation in a monograph on the al)o\'e- 
mentioned phases of the government of the League of the 
Irociuois, a work which hitherto has not been seriously luider- 
taken because of its cumbrousness, its extremely complicated 
character, and the great difficulty in recording the native 
material expressed in tens of thousands of words. 

In addition to these studies Mr. Hewitt prepared for the 
Handbook of American Indians descriptions of the early 
mission towns and villages of the Iroquois tribes, and also 
brief biographical sketches of Red Jacket (Shagoyewatha) 
and Thayendanegen (Joseph Brant) . He wi'ote the articles 
Seneca, Sauk, Squawkihow, and Tuscarora, and has in 
preparation the articles Woman and Wampum. 

From time to time Mr. Hewitt was called on to assist also 
in preparing data of an ethnologic natm'e for replies to 
correspondents of the office. 

During the greater part of the year Dr. Cja-us Thomas, 
ethnologist, devoted attention chiefly to the preparation of 
the catalogue of books and papers relating to the Hawaiian 
Islands. After the number of titles had reached about 4.000 
the Institution's committee on printing suggested some 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 2 



18 BUREAU OF AMEEICAK ETHNOLOGY 

modification of the plan of the catalogue, which necessitated 
a change in the form of the titles of periodicals — about one- 
third of the entire list. In connection with this work Doctor 
Thomas made supplementary examinations of works in the 
libraries of AVashington, especially the Lil^rary of Congress 
and the libraries of the Department of Agricultm-e and the 
National Museum, and in those of Boston and Worcester. 
He carried on also, so far as time would permit, the prepara- 
tion of subject cross-references. 

Doctor Thomas continued to assist in the preparation of 
Part 2 of the Handbook of American Indians, furnishing a 
number of articles, especially biographies, and assisting the 
editor in the reading of proofs, particularly with the view of 
detecting omissions, lack of uniformity in names, and certain 
other shortcomings. 

SPECIAL RESEAECHES 

In addition to the systematic investigations conducted by 
members of the Bureau staff, researches of considerable im- 
portance were undertaken by collaborators of distinction. 
Dr. Franz Boas, honoraiy philologist of the Bureau, practi- 
cally completed his work on the Handbook of American In- 
dian Languages, and at the close of the year a large part of 
the manuscript of volume 1 had been submitted to the Bu- 
reau. This volume comprises an extended introduction by 
Doctor Boas, and a number of studies of selected languages, by 
special students, designed to illustrate the introductory dis- 
cussion. With the approval of the Secretary the first of these 
studies — the Athapascan (Hupa) — by Dr. Pliny E. God- 
dard, was submitted to the Public Printer with the view of 
having it placed in type for the use of Doctor Boas in pre- 
paring other sections for the press. The highly technical na- 
ture of the t^-pesetting made this procedm"e necessaiy. Field 
work requu'ed in completing the Handbook was limited to a 
brief visit by Doctor Boas to the Carlisle Indian School in 
Pennsylvania and to certain investigations among the rem- 
nant of the Tutelo Tribe in Ontario, conducted by Mr. Leo 
J. Frachtenberg. 



ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 19 

Dr. Herbert E. Bolton continued his studies relating to the 
tribes of Texas, so far as the limited time at his disposal per- 
mitted, but he was not able to submit the first installment of 
manuscript at the close of the year, as was expected. An 
outline of the work undertaken by Doctor Bolton was pre- 
sented in the last annual report. 

During the j^ear for the first time the study of native Indian 
music was seriouslj' taken up by the Bureau. Miss Frances 
Densmore was commissioned to conduct certain investiga- 
tions relating to the musical featm'es of the Grand Medicine 
ceremony of the Chippewa on the White Earth Reservation, 
Minnesota. The phonograph was employed in recording the 
songs, and after the close of the ceremony and visits to other 
Indian settlements, Miss Densmore was called to Washing- 
ton, where she reproduced her records and engaged success- 
fully in recording songs of members of the various Indian 
delegations visiting the Capital. A preliminary report was 
submitted by Miss Densmore, with the understanding that 
it is not to be printed until additional researches have been 
made in the same and related fields. The collection of 
phonogi'aphic records thus far obtained is extensive, and the 
investigation promises results of exceptional interest and 
scientific value. 

Diu'ing the year arrangements were made to accept for 
publication as a bulletin of the Bureau a report on certain 
explorations among the ancient moimds of Missouri b}' Mr. 
Gerard Fowke. These explorations were undertaken under 
the auspices of the Ai'chseological Institute of America, but 
form an appropriate addition to the work of the Bureau in 
this particular field. A part of the collections made by the 
explorer were presented to the National Museum by the 
Aix-hseological Institute. 

It is proper that appreciation of the gratuitous labors of 
Dr. Nathaniel B. Emerson in editing and proof reading his 
memoir on the "Unwa-itten Literature of Hawaii," accepted 
for publication during the year as Bulletin 38, and also the 
important part taken in the preparation of the "List of 
Works Relating to Hawaii," by Mr. Howard M. Ballon, 
should be acknowledged in this connection. 



20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

PRESERVATION OF ANTIQUITIES 

The Biu'eau maintained its interest in the antiquities of 
the country during the year. Bulletin 35, " The Antiquities 
of the Upper Gila and Salt River Valleys in Arizona and 
New Mexico," by Dr. Walter Hough, was issued. The 
$3,000 appropriated by Congress for the excavation, repair, 
and preservation of Casa Grande ruin in Ai'izona, and the 
$2,000 allotted bj^ the Interior Department for similar work 
among the cliff-dwellings of the Mesa Verde National Park 
in Colorado, were expended under the immediate auspices 
of the Smithsonian Institution, the execution of the work 
being intrusted to Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, ethnologist, as 
elsewhere reported. 

Progress was made in the preparation of a catalogue of 
antiquities, and valuable data in this field were collected by 
Mr. W. B. Douglass, of the General Land Office, whose official 
labors recently brought him into contact with the antiquities 
of southeastern Utah. 

During the year, by Executive proclamation, sevei'al addi- 
tions were made to the growing list of national monuments. 
Three of these are of especial archeologic interest, namely, 
the Tonto National Monument, situated in the Tonto drainage 
basin, Gila County, Ariz., including two cliff-dwellings not 
yet reported on in detail; the Gila Cliff Dwellings National 
IMonument, in the Gila National Forest in New Mexico, com- 
prising the group of cliff-dwellings described in the Biu'eau's 
Bulletin 35 (page 30) ; and the Grand Canyon National Monu- 
ment, comprising within its limits the Grand Canyon of the 
Colorado, in which are situated innumerable antiquities, 
including cliff-dwellings, pueblos, dwelling sites, and burial 
places. The cliff-dwellings are found mainly in the walls of 
the canyon, while the other remains are scattered along the 
margins of the plateaus. 

COLLECTIONS 

The collections acquired during the year and transferred 
according to custom to the National Museum are not equal 
in importance to those of the preceding year. They com- 



ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT- 21 

prise 14 accessions, the most noteworthy being collections 
of stone relics from the Potomac Valley, by G. Wylie Gill 
and W. H. Holmes, respectively; a collection of ethnologic 
material obtained from the Tahltan Indians of British 
Columbia, by Lieut. G. T. Emmons, United States Navy; 
a collection of stone implements from Washington State, by 
C. W. Wiegel; and relics and human bones from ancient 
burial places in IVIissouri, by Geraixl Fowke. 

PUBLICATIONS 

During the year ]Mr. F. W. Hodge continued his labors as 
editor of the Handbook of American Indians, to which pub- 
lication reference has already been made. The general edi- 
torial work of the Bureau was in charge of ]\Ir. J. G. Gurley, 
editor. 

The edition of the Twenty-fifth Annual Report, contain- 
ing papers by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes on his explorations in 
the West Indies and in ^Mexico, was received from the Public 
Printer in September; Bulletin 30, the "Handbook of 
American Indians," Part 1, in March; Bulletin 33, "Skeletal 
Remains Suggesting or Attributed to Early Man in North 
America," in November; and Bulletin 35, " Antiquities of the 
Upper Gila and Salt River Valleys in Arizona and New 
Mexico," in February. The Twenty-sixth Annual Report 
was in the bindery at the close of the year. At that time 
Bulletin 34, " Physiological and Medical Observations among 
the Indians of Southwestern United States and Northern 
Mexico," by Dr. Ales- Hrdlicka, was for the main part in 
stereotype form, while Bulletin 3S, "Un^vl'itten Literature 
of Hawaii," by Dr. Nathaniel B. Emerson, the manuscript 
of which was transmitted to the Public Printer earl\- in the 
year, was largely in pages. The manuscript of Bulletin 39, 
"Tlingit Myths and Texts," by Dr. John R. Swanton, and of 
a section of Bulletin 40, "Handliook of American Indian 
Languages," Part 1, was also transmitted to the Public 
Printer. 

In addition to the work recjuh-ed in connection with the 
foregoing publications, ^Ir. Gurley devoted a portion of his 



22 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

time to reading proof of Part 2 of the Handboolv of American 
Indians (Bulletin 30). He was assisted in the general edi- 
torial work of the Bureau by Mr. Stanley Searles, detailed 
for the purpose for about two months from the proof-reading 
force of the Government Printing Office, and in the prepara- 
tion for the press of the Handbook of American Indian 
Languages, by Miss H. A. Andrews, whose work was done 
under the personal direction of the editor. Dr. Franz Boas. 

The distribution of publications was continued as in 
former years. Fifteen hundred copies of the Twenty-fifth 
Annual Report, and a like number of Bulletins 33 and 35, 
were distributed to the regular recipients, most of whom 
sent their own publications in exchange. 

There was greater demand for the publications of the 
Bureau than during previous years. The great increase in 
the number of public libraries and the multiplication of 
demands from the public generally resulted in the almost 
immediate exhaustion of the supply (3,500 copies) allotted 
to the Bm^eau. During the year the Bureau received from 
outside soiu-ces a number of the earlier issues of its reports 
and was thus able to respond to numerous requests from 
Members of Congress for complete sets, except the First 
Annual, the edition of which is entirely exhausted. About 
1,000 copies of the Twenty-fifth Annual Report, as well as 
numerous copies of other annuals, bulletins, and separate 
papers, were distri]:)uted in response to special requests, 
presented largely through Members of Congress. 

LINGUISTIC MANUSCRIPTS 

The archives of the Bm-eau contain 1,659 manuscripts, 
mainly linguistic. The card catalogue of these manuscripts, 
begun in the preceding year and completed dm'ing the year, 
comprises more than 14,000 titles, which give as completely 
as possible the stock, language, dialect, collector, and 
locality, as well as the character and the date, of the manu- 
script. ^^Tlile it was not possible in every instance to 
supply all the information called for under these heads, the 
catalogue is found to meet all ordinary requnements of 



ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT 23 

reference. There were several important additions to the 
collection of manuscripts diu-ing the year, mainly through 
purchase. Prominent among linguistic students who have 
recently submitted the results of their labors to the Bm-eau 
are Mr. Albert B. Reagan, who is making important in^•esti- 
gations among the Hoh and the Quileute Indians of Wash- 
ington, and Mr. J. P. Dunn, an authority on the Algon- 
quian languages of the Middle West. 

Owing to the number and bulk of the Bureau's manu- 
scripts, it is not possible to place them all in the fireproof 
vault, and about half the material is arranged in file cases, 
convenient of access. These manuscripts may be classified 
as: (1) dictionaries and vocabularies, (2) grammars, and 
(3) texts. By far the greater number are vocabularies, of 
varying length and completeness. Usually they give the 
Indian name and English equivalent without recording the 
derivation or current usage of the tenn given. Of greatest 
value are the several dictionaries, among them a (pegiha 
(Siouan) dictionary, prejDared by the late Mr. J. Owen Dorsey, 
containing about 26,000 words; the Peoria dictionary of 
Dr. A. S. Gatschet; an Abnaki dictionary in three thick 
folio volumes, prepared by the Rev. Eugene Vetromile, by 
whom it was deposited with the Bureau; and a dictionary 
in five volumes, of the Choctaw tongue, by the Rev. Cyrus 

Byington. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

The Division of Illustrations was, as heretofore, in charge 
of Mr. De Lancey Gill, who was assisted by Mr. Henry 
Walther. Illustrations for Bulletins 37 and 38 were revised, 
and a large nimiber of edition prints for the pu]:)lieations 
was examined. During the year 2,810 photographic prints 
were made for use in illustrating publications, for corre- 
spondents, and for the cataloguing of negatives, which is now 
well in hand. A large number of prints of Indian sul)jects 
were acquh'ed by purchase and filed for reference and for 
future use as illustrations. The photographic work included 
the making of 366 negatives, 310 of these being portraits of 
Indians of visiting delegations. The importance of the col- 
lection of portraits thus being brought together is indicated 



24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

by the list of tribes represented, and is especially emphasized 
by the fact that these delegations usually consist of the 1)est 
representatives of the tribes and hence may serve as types 
of the race. The negatives are 6i by 8i inches in size. 

The tribes represented are as follows: Apache (Apache 
proper, Arizona and New Mexico; Chiricahua Band held as 
prisoners in Oklahoma), Arapaho of northern Wyoming and 
southern Oklahoma, Cheyenne of northern Montana and 
southern Oklahoma, Chippewa (White Earth, Red Lake, 
and Mille Lac Bands), Choctaw, Coeiu' d'Alene, Creek, Crow, 
Eskimo of Labrador, Flathead, Iowa, Kickapoo, Omaha, 
Osage, Oto, Pawnee, Pima, Potawatomi, San Bias (Ai'gona 
tribe, Rio Diablo, south of Panama), Shoshoni, Sioux, Teton 
Sioux (including Brule, Ogalala, Hunkpapa, and Tihasapa), 
and Yankton. 

LIBRARY 

The librarian. Miss Ella Leary, made good progress in 
accessioning and cataloguing the newly acquired books, 
pamphlets, and periodicals. In all there were received and 
recorded during the year 392 volumes, 800 pamphlets, and 
the current issues of upward of 500 serials, while about 600 
volumes were bound at the Government Printing Office. 
The library now contains 14,022 volumes, 10,600 pamphlets, 
and several thousand numbers of periodicals relating to 
anthropology, most of which have been received by exchange. 
The piu'chase of books and periodicals has been restricted to 
such as relate to the Bureau's researches. 

CLERICAL WORK 

The clerical force of the Bureau consists of five regular 
employees — Mr. J. B. Clayton, head clerk; j\Iiss Alay S. Clark, 
stenographer; Miss Jeanne W. Wakefield, stenographer (ap- 
pointed through transfer from the United States Civil Service 
Commission in place of Miss Lucy M. Graves, resigned 
November 1, 1907); Mrs. Frances S. Nichols, clerk; and Miss 
Emilie R. Smedes, stenographer, indefinitely furloughed but 
assigned to the pay roll for limited periods during the course 
of the vear. 



ADMINISTRATIVE EEPOET 25 

PROPERTY 

The property of the Bureau is comprised in seven classes, 
as follows: (1) Office furniture and appliances; (2) field out- 
fits; (3) linguistic and ethnologic manuscripts and other docu- 
ments; (4) photographs, drawings, paintings, and engravings; 
(5) a working library; (6) collections held temporarily by col- 
laborators for use in research work; and (7) an imdistributed 
residuum of the Bureau publications. 

W. H. Holmes, Chief. 



NOTE ON THE ACCOMPANYING PAPER 

The accompanyinc; paper on the Ethnogeography uf the Tewa Indians, by Jnhn 
Peabody Harrington, forming the body of this report, comprises some of the results 
of the research undertaken jointly in New Mexico by the Bureau of American Eth- 
nology and the School of American Archaeology of the Archaeological Institute of 
America in 1910 and 1911, other results being the papers on the Physiography of the 
Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico, in Relation to Pueblo Culture, the Ethnobotany 
of the Tewa Indians, and the Etlmozoology of the Tewa Indians, either published or 
in press as bulletins of the Bureau. Still further results of the joint investigation of 
the Tewa Indians and their environment are in preparation for publication at the pres- 
ent writing. 

Mr. Harrington has devoted much time during the last few years to study of the 
Tewa Indians of New Mexico, especially those of the pueblos of Santa Clara and San 
Hdefonso, and his knowledge of the structure of their language has served him well 
in the preparation of the present memoir. The task has been perplexing, as the 
Tewa people are notably conservative in all matters pertaining to their religious and 
social organization, making it extremely difficult to obtain information bearing on 
this phase of their life and requiring the utmost discretion in dealing with questions 
relating thereto. Nevertheless Mr. Harrington has succeeded admirably in his quest, 
as is shown by the results of his ethnogeographic studies. The scope of the paper is 
set forth briefly in the author's introduction; consequently more need not be said here, 
except to emphasize the importance of the contribution in the light it sheds on the 
concepts of the Tewa people with respect to the cosmos, their symbolism of natural 
phenomena, their periods of time, and their mode of thought with reference to the 
application of geographic nomenclature within the restricted limits of the universe 
as it is known to them. 

F, W. Hodge, 
Ethnologist-in-Charge. 

December, 1913 



ACCOMPANYIXG PAPER 



THE ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF TITE 
TEWA INDIANS 



JOHN PEABODY IL\ERIXGTOX 



CONTEIN'TS 



Page 

Introduction 37 

Phonetic key 39 

I. Cosmography 41 

The world 41 

The cardinal directions and Jheir symbolism 41 

Cardinal colors 42 

Cardinal Corn Maidens 43 

Cardinal mammals 43 

Cardinal birds 43 

Cardinal snakes 43 

Cardinal shells 44 

Cardinal trees 44 

Cardinal mountains 44 

Cardinal sacred water lakes 44 

Other cardinal identifications 45 

The sky 45 

Sun and moon 45 

Sim-dog - 48 

Stars 48 

Constellations 50 

The underworld 51 

The earth 51 

Earthquake 52 

Landslide 52 

Water 52 

Ocean, lake 52 

Wave 52 

Irrigation •'- 

II. Meteorology ■^•' 

Fair weather •'•' 



Ice. 



53 



Glacier ^^ 

Heat, cold •';'^ 

Smoke ; ^-^ 

Steam, vapor _ 

Mist, fog ^"^ 

Dew ^^ 

Frost, hoarfrost ' 

Clouds ^ 

Rain f_^ 

Rainbow ^ 

Hail ^^ 

31 



32 CONTENTS 

'' Page 

Snow 58 

Hail-like flakes of snow 58 

Rainy snow 58 

Little holes in the snow 58 

Wind 59 

Dust-wind .". 59 

\Miirlwind 59 

Lightning 59 

Thunder, thunderstorm 59 

' ' Heat-lightning " 60 

Mirage 60 

Echo 60 

IIL Periods of time 61 

Year 61 

Seasons ■61 

Months 62 

The Christian week 67 

Day, night, times of day and night 67 

Hours, minutes, seconds 68 

Festival 69 

Fair, carnival 69 

Time of plague 69 

IV. Geographical terms 70 

V. Place-names 94 

Introduction 94 

Large features 98 

Trails • i 106 

Place-names in region mapped .... 107 

[1] Tierra Amarilla sheet 107 

[2] Pedemal Mountain sheet 120 

[3] Abiquiu sheet 129 

[4] El Rito sheet 140 

[5] Lower Chama River sheet 147 

[6] Upper Ojo Caliente sheet 157 

[7] Lower Ojo Caliente sheet 168 

[8] Taos sheet 172 

[9] ^■elarde sheet 197 

[10] Old San Juan sheet 205 

[11] San Juan sheet 208 

[12] San Juan Hill sheet 219 

[13] Chamita sheet \ 223 

[14] Santa Clara West sheet 231 

[15] Santa Clara East sheet : 249 

[16] San Ildefonso Northwest sheet •. 260 

[17] San Ildefonso Southwest sheet 278 

[18] Black Mesa sheet 289 

[19] San Ildefonso sheet 300 

[20] Buckman sheet 322 

[21] Jacona sheet 329 

[22] Santa Fe Mountain sheet 338 

[23] Namb6 sheet 357 

[24] Namb6 North sheet 370 



CONTENTS 33 

Place-names in region mapped — Continued. Page 

[25] Cundayo sheet 377 

[2GJ Tesuque sheet 385 

[27] Jeraez sheet 390 

[28] Cochiti sheet 409 

[29] Southern sheet 457 

Unmapped places 558 

Unlocated places, not in region mapped 571 

Mythic places 571 

VI. Names of tribes and peoples 573 

VII. Names of minerals 579 

Bibliography 585 

List of place-names 588 

87584°— 29 eth— IG 3 



ILLUSTRATION'S 



Plates 

Page 
Plate 1. a. Gallinas "Bad Lands" in the Chama drainage. 6. Scone near 
the headwaters of Santa Clara Creek, the slender tniiifated 
cone of Pedemal Peak iji the distance 114 

2. a. Ancient trail leading up the mesa to TsipJT/y'o^wj Ruin. b. Tsi- 

PiV f'QVU'i Ruin 121 

3. a. P'eseje'Qywi Kmn. b. The large white rock near £'tt'o??H( Ruin. 

from which the ruin probably derived its name 152 

4. Cliff of Puye Mesa 236 

5. PoUiiwi'qywi Ruin, looking west 271 

6. "Tent rocks" near Pots7ivi' gyici Ruin, showing entrances to exca- 

vated dwellings 272 

7. "Tent rocks" near Potonn'g7)i/'i Ruin, capped by projecting frag- 

ments of harder tufa 272 

8. ' ' Tent rock ' ' near Potsuwi'gvtvi Ruin, capped by projecting fragment 

of harder tufa 272 

9. Scene on Sxkenn'i Mesa, showing the old Indian trail 273 

10. Scene on Sxkeui'i Mesa, showing the old Indian trail 273 

11. Ancient deer pitfall at NaSam'i 279 

12. a. Black Mesa of San Ildefonso, from the Rio Grande, looking north. 

6. View from top of the Black Mesa of San Ildefonso. looking 
southwest. «. Tfxpir) /> a small mesa-like j^eak, from the fields 
east of the Rio Grande, looking west 293 

13. Mouth of AMiite Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande, looking south 323 

14. Soda Dam, one mile above Jemez Hot Springs 393 

15. Gorge of the Rio Giandenear the motitli of Frijoles Canyon, looking 

upstream 410 

16. Ruined cave-dwellhigs in the noithern wall of Frijoles Canyon, 

near Puqimffe'Qrjvi Ruin 112 

17. Fields in the lower part of Frijoles Canyon, below J'uqu'ig,e'or)tri Ruin . 412 

18. The Painted Cave 423 

19. 0. Cochiti Pueblo, b. Santo Domingo Pueblo 440 

20. a. San Felipe Pueblo, b. Santa Ana Pueblo 500 

21. (I. SiaPueblo. b. Scene near Cabezon, X.Mex., Cabezon Mc'^a on the 

left 519 



Maps 

Map 1. Tierra Amarilla region 107 

2. Pedemal Mountain region 120 

3. Abicpiiu region 129 

4. El Rito region , 140 

5. Lower Chama River region 147 

35 



36 ILLUSTRATIONS 



Map G. Upper Ojo Caliente region 157 

7. Lower Ojo Caliente region 1 68 

8. Taos region 172 

9. Velarde region 197 

10. Old San Juan region 205 

11. Sau Juan region 208 

12. San Juan Hill region 219 

13. Chamila legion 223 

14. Santa Clara West region 231 

15. Santa Clara East region 249 

16. San Ildefonso Northwest region 260 

17. San Ildefonso Southwest region 278 

18. Black Mesa region 289 

19. San Ildefonso region 300 

20. Buckman region 322 

21. Jacona region 329 

22. Santa Fe Mountain region 338 

23. Namb6 region 357 

24. Naml)6 North region 370 

25. Cunday6 region 377 

26. Tesuque region 385 

27. Jemez region 390 

28. Cochili region 409 

29. Southern region 457 

29 A. Plat oi the San Cristobal or E. W. Eaton grant 480 

30. Key to the several regions mapped 558 

Diagram 1. Ground-plan of southern half of San Ildefonso pueblo, giving 

the Tewa nomenclature for the jiarts of a pueblo 305 



THE ETHNOGEOCRAPHY OF THE TEWA I^'DIA^S 



Bv John Peabody Harrington 



INTRODUCTION 

THIS paper presents the geo^^-aphical knowledge of the Tewa 
Indians of the upper Rio Grande VaUey, New Mexico." These 
Indians speak a language of the Tanoan stock, related to the Jeniez 
and Pecos languages, and again to those of Taos, Picuris, Sandia, 
Isleta, and the Piro. The Tewa inhabit at present five villages 
by the Rio Grande: San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nanib6, 
and Tesuque; and one, Hano, among tlie Hopi pueblos of north- 
eastern Arizona. The range of subjects is about the same as that 
covered by a school textbook on geogi-aphy. The information was 
gathered chiefly in 1910, partly l)y systematic questioning, partly as 
incidental to other information. 

The difficulties encountered have been many. The Tewa are 
reticent and secretive with regard to religious matters, and then- cos- 
mographical ideas and much of their knowledge about place-names 
are hard to obtain. Their country is rugged and arid. Most of the 
places visited were reached on foot in company with one or more 
Indian informants whose names for obvious reasons are not here 
given. The region has never been accurately mapped. AU of the 
maps at the writer's dis])0sal are full of erroi-s, many of the features 
shown being wrongly ])laced or named, wliile others are omitted 
altogether, and still others given where they do not exist. The 
occurrence of man\' of the names in a number of dialects or languages 
has not facihtated the work. 

As in a school geography, cosmographical and meteorological 
mformation is presented fu-st. An alphabetically arranged list of 
terms denoting the geographical concepts of the Tewa is next given. 
The treatment of place-names follows. The region in which Tewa 
place-names are more or less numerous has been divided mto 29 
areas, each of which is showTi on a map. The places are indicated 
on the maps by numbers wliich refer to the adjacent text. Tlius 
arranged, maps and names w'dl be found convenient for reference. 
Names of places in Spanish, English, and various non-Tewa Indian 
languages have been included. A list of tribal names and one of 
names of minerals known to the Tewa conclude the paper. 

37 



38 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

The section on place-names is the most complete portion of the 
paper. Interesting studies could be made concerning; them. The 
large proportion of etymologically obscure place-names leads to the 
important conclusion that the Tewa have inhabited for a long time 
the region at present occupied by them. Again, the presence in 
various Tanoan languages of phonetically differentiated cognate 
forms of Tewa place-names indicates that certam names of places 
must already have been used by the Tewa at a remote tune m the 
past, when the divergence of the Tanoan languages was still nuU or 
slight. Folk-etymologies and forms assumed by Tewa names bor- 
rowed by Spanish are curious. The abundance and the preciseness of 
description of the geographical terms are also worthy of special men- 
tion. In an arid and little settled region there is pei-haps more need 
of the richness and preciseness of these terms than elsewhere, since 
accurate descriptions of places seldom visited are necessary in order 
to identify them. 

That a remarkably large ninnljer of tribes and minerals are known 
by name to the Tewa should also be noteii. 

The writer wishes to take this opportunity of acknowledgmg his 
deep indebtedness to Dr. E. L. Hewett, du'ector of the School of 
American ArcliEeology, who suggested that the work be undertaken, 
made it possible, and has given information and advice on many 
pomts connected with it. Thanks are also due to ^Ir. F. W. Hodge, 
ethnologist-in-charge of the Bureau of American Ethnology, who 
has aided in many ways; Mr. K. M. Chapman, Mr. N. C. Nelson, and 
Mr. Owen Wood, who assisted in the preparation of the maps ; Miss 
Barbara Freire-Marreco, Dr. H. J. Spinden, Mr. T. S. Dozier, Mr. K. A. 
Fleischer, Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, Mr. J. A. Jean^ on, Mr. J. L. Nusbaum, 
Mr. O. Goetz, Mr. C. L. Linney, and several other persons, including 
the Indian informants. 



PHONETIC KEY 
I. Tewa Sotjnds 

1. Orinasal ("nasalized") vowels, pronounced with mouth and nose 
passages open: a (Eng. fr/ther, but orinasal), se (Eng. mrni, but ori- 
nasal), i (moderately close e, orinasal), i (Portuguese s/-m), a (French 
pas, but orinasal), g (Portuguese torn), y, (Portuguese atwn). 

2. Oral vowels, pronounced vrith inoutli passage open and nose 
pa.ssages closed hy the velum: a (Eng. father), e (moderate^ close e), 
i (Eng. routine), o (moderately close o), u (Eng. r?de). 

Length of vowels is not marked unless it distinguishes words other- 
wise alike; thus 'o^'K 'hill,' ^vlcii 'turtle.' A superior vowel sj-nibol 
indicates that the vowel is verj' short and apt to be grating (Ger. 
hnarrsthnmig). All the vowels are breathy. Unless a vowel or 
nasal is followed by the glottal elusive, a glottalized elusive, or a 
sonant, an asj)iration is distinctly heard at its end. 

3. Semi-vowels: .;' (Ger. ja., but ver}' fricative), -;/' (Eng. way). 

4. Laryngeal consonants: h (laryngeal A),' (glottal elusive). 

5. Dorsal consonants: k (voiceless lenis), kiv (voiceless lenis labial- 
ized (Latin quis), Ic (glottalized), V (aspirated), g (Eng. fing'er, voiced 
inilative g preplosively nasal), g (Castilian abogrado), qiv (Castilian 
juez), ij (Eng. sbiger), >jw (Eng. Lawj^i/Jorthy). 

6. Frontal consonants: wy (Castilian ma/Jana), t (voiceless lenis), 
i (glottalized), t' (aspirated), d (Eng. law(/ing, inflative d preplosively 
nasal), .« (Japanese /-oku), ts (Ger. s unaspirated), ts (Ger. s glottal- 
ized), s (Eng. saw), ff (Eng. c/iew but lenis), tj (Eng. chevf, glottal- 
ized), /(the capital form is/-; Eng. «/np), n (Eng. ?iow). 

7. Labial consonants: j? (voiceless lenis), p (glottalized), p (aspi- 
rated), b (Eng. la//(^ent, voiced inflative h preplosively nasal), fe (Cas- 
tilian aJogado), i/i (Eng. wan). 

The soimd of I is heard in some words of foreign origin, and in San 
Ildefonso jiolarnimi 'butteril}".' 

The consonants may also be classified as follows: 

Voiced coustringents: j, v;. 

Voiceless fricatives: A, a,/. 

Voiceless fricative labialized: qw. 

Voiceless lenis sonoplosive elusive labialized: 'kv. 

Voiceless glottalized cliisives: 1% t. p. 

Voiceless lenis affricative clusives: ^.v, f/. 

39 



40 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. a>)N. 20 

Voiceless glottalized atfricative clusives: fs, tf. 

Voiceless aspirate clusives: F, t\ p\ 

Voiced inflative clusives, preplosively nasal: ^/, <?, 6. 

Voiced levis clusives: g, •', S. The g of this series is not as levis as 
the 'I and S. 

Voiced nasals: y, nf, 71, m. 

The following phonems are consonantal diphthongs: qii\ l-\i\ ts, fs, 
tf, tj\ (/, d, and h. In the glottalized clusives {I; t, S(, tf, p) the glottal 
plosion follows the oral plosion, even following the glided or sukuned 
sand/of the consonantal diphthongs; that is, the h, i, fs, {/", or p is 
completely immersed in a glottal elusive. It has been determined 
that, in many instances, g and [/, d and .«, and. i and b are respec- 
tively but two aspects of the same phouem, as is the case with 
Castilian g and levis ff, d and levis d, h and levis h. The consonants 
occur in one length only. They may be more or less orinasal when 
contiguous to orinasal vowels. The sonancy of the voiceless lenis 
clusives begins nearly simultaneously with the explosion. 

A grave accent is placed over the vowel of a syllable weakly stressed, 
and with falling intonation. The tone and stress of the other sj'Ua- 
bles are not written in this memoir. 

An intensive study of Tewa phonetics has been made, the results of 
which will be published soon. The reader is referred to this forth- 
coming memoir for a more complete description of the Tewa sounds, 
including explanation of a number of assimilations and other phonetic 
phenomena not mentioned above. 

II. Phonetic Spelling of Non-Tewa Words 

The symbols used in Tewa have the same value as in Tewa. 

Vowels: d (French p«tte), y, (unrounded u). The acute accent over 
a vowel symbol indicates that it is loudl}^ stressed. A circle under a 
vowel symbol indicates that it is surd. 

Consonants: " (aspiration), '' (a peculiar weak aspiration occurring 
in Jemez), k (marginal, "velar"', Tc, lenis), q (Ger. acA), g, d, h (sonant 
stops as in Eng.), f (bilal)ial f); f after a consonant symbol indicates 
palatalized or palatal quality. 

III. Alphabetic Order 

The alphabetic order followed in this memoir is: a a dxsBdhb i d d 
« if P ff {/ 9- ^ ^ i :i ^' ^'" ^ ^'' ^ ^ '>"■ n nf y yy p p p' qqw r ,i 
s f t t f ts tf fs {[ u y, 11, V ui. The glottal elusive is ignored in the 
alphabetic sequence. 



I. COSMOGRAPHY 

The World 

'' OlM 'the workr 'the universe'. The word is perhaps akin to 
Taos paj>\i 'sky'. -Opa includes everything that is. It is thought 
of as being alive and is worshipped as '' Opmej]/ 'Universe Man' i^opa 
'world'; sejjf 'man in prime'). The Milky Way is said to belts 
backbone (see p. 51). The world is represented in Pueblo art in 
various ways. Bandelier^ writes: 

Here [among the Tewa], as well as among the Queres [Keresan stock], we must 
distinguish between the heavens and the sky. The latter is a male deity called 
0-pat-y Sen." 

This statement is incorrect; ' Ojiaseyy is not the Sky but the World. 
The Cardinal Directions and Their Symholtsm 

The Tewa distinguish six cardinal directions or regions, nameh": 
north, west, south, east, above, and below. They are usually named 
in the order here given. Tewa symbolism assigns series of colors, per- 
sons, animals, plants, and inanimate objects to these cardinal directions. 

Divinities in some instances are multiplied that one may be asso- 
ciated with each direction. These cardinal identitioations are not 
regarded as merely general information, but rather as a portion of 
secret ritual: therefore it is difficult to obtain information about them. 

The names of the cardinal directions are clearly descriptive in ori- 
gin. In the names of the four horizontal directions the postpound is 
pije when 'in' or 'to' the region is expressed, p'a'geyfheu 'from' 
the region is expressed. Pije.ii {.li 'from') sometimes takes the 
place oip'q'ffe. The names are used as nouns, adjectives, and adverbs. 

PimjMje 'in the north' 'to the north,' pimp'q'(je 'from the north' 
ipiVf 'mountain'; jrij'-' 'toward' 'direction'; pq'^e 'from the 
direction of). 

Tsqmpijii 'in the west' 'to the west', tsqmp'q^ge 'from the west' 
{tsqyf unexplained, but of. Wi'' ndi'- 'yesterday,' and nd'otsannq 'it is 
a little cloudy'; pije 'toward' 'direction'; ^/re'^'? 'from the direc- 
tion of"). 

\-iko7npijc' 'in the south' 'to the south', \il-qmp' a,' ge 'from the 
south' (^akoyf 'plain'; pije 'toward' 'direction'; p'q'<je 'from the 
direction of.') 

> Final Report, pt. i. 1890. pp. 3U-12; see Bibuographt, pp. 585-S7 of the present memoir. 

41 



42 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

T'ampije 'in the east' 'to the east', t'qmp'a'ge 'from the east' 
{fqyf 'sun'; jyye 'toward' 'direction'; p'q'ge 'from the direction of). 

^OpcAeui 'in or to the top of the world or above', ''op(ike^tip'q^<je 
'from the top of the world or above' i^opa 'world'; "ke.ii 'on top of 
'top'; p'q'ge 'from the direction of). 

' ()panug.e, nq7isogeiutg.e ' in or to the placse under the world or down 
where the earth sits', ''(panuQeM^ ^panvgep q' g<\ n<lnsog.enugeM or 
n(insog.enuQ.ep' a' ge 'from the place under the world or down where the 
earth sits' i^opa 'world'; nuge 'below' 'under' 'down' <nu^u''un- 
Aqv\ ge 'down at' 'over at'; ^(i^y 'earth'; .sogc 'to sit'; ^li 'from'; 
p'q'<le 'from the direction of). 

Bandelier^ gives the Tewa cardinal directions as "Pim-pi-i", 
north; "Tzam-pi-i", west; '"A-com-pi-i", south; "Tam-pi-i", east; 
"0-pa-ma-con", above; "Nau-so-ge-unge", below. These are for 
fimpije, tsiimpije, ''ahqmpije, fqmpije, ''opamakowa, and nqnsoQ.enuQ.e. 
' Opa7nak(nva mea.ns 'sky of the world' Copn 'world'; makawa 'sky') 
and is not the proper term. Bandelicr docs not niune the points in 
their Tewa order. 

Directions intermediate between the cardinal directions are detined 
by posthxing _y'a"a 'between'; thus pi/iipijetsqmpijeja^a 'northwest' 
{piniplje 'north'; tsqinpije 'west'; jcCa 'between'). More definite 
descriptions of points between cardinal directions of points appear 
not to be used. B(^e ' dell ' ' corner ' is sometimes postpouiided instead 
oi jcCn. 

Terms for the cardinal directions have been obtained in tlie neigh- 
boring languages also. The Taos and Jemez have somewhat com- 
plicated systems, position higher or lower than the speaker requiring 
different forms. Each distinguishes six directions. The Cochiti recog- 
nize six directions, which they name in the same order as do the 
Tewa. 

CARDINAL COLORS 

The color symbolism is the. same at all the Tewa villages. It has 
been obtained b}' the writer from all of them, that of some from a 
considerable number of informants. This s^ymbolism differs from 
that of some other Pueblo and non-Pueblo tribes of the Southwest. 
Thus, the Zmii and the Hopi color scheme assigns blue to the north 
and yellow to the west, but otherwise is the same as the Tewa. The 
cardinal colors of Isleta have been obtained by Gratschet,- of Zufli by 
Mrs. Stevenson," of the Navaho by the Franciscan Fathers^ and 
others, of the Apache by Gatschct,^ of tlie Diegueno b_y Waterman.* 

1 Final Report, pt. i, p. 311, 1S90. 

2 Handbook Inds., pt. i, p. 32,), 1907. 

3 The Franciscan Fathers, .\n Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 55, Saint Michaels, 
Ariz., 1910. 

*The Religious Practices of the Diegueno Indians {JJnic. of Calif. Pubis, in Amer. Arcltwol. and 
Ethnol., vol. 8, pp. 332-4, 1910.) 



HARRI.NT.TOX] COSMOGRAPHY 43 

The Tewii colors are: north, fxqijivse'i'' 'hlue' 'green'; west, fsej >"' 
'yellow'; .south, pPi'' 'red'; east, tsse'r' 'white'; above, tssR^iPP'^ 'all- 
colored' or ise7nsege^i'' 'variously colored'; below, y/g«<|r' 'l)Iaek'. 

Bandelier's information,^ probably obtained b^' him at San Juan, is 
identical. An old Tewa of San Ildefonso said that this assignment 
of colors seems very natural to him. The north always looks blue to 
him, he says. The west is yellow, for it is not as bi'ight as the east. 
The south is hot and reddish. The east is white just before the sun 
rises. The above is a mixture .of all colors, like the sky, and the 
below is black. The Tewa do not .seem to i)e aware that neighl)oring 
tribes assign different colors. 

In connection with Tewa color symbolism Bandelier says:' '"The 
summer sun is green, the winter sun yellow." "The winter rainbow 
is white, the summer rainbow tricolored." 

CARDINAL CORX MAIDENS 

The Tewa mention six corn maidens, each assigned a direction 
and a color: north, K'y.tsqnyu\r''nj'y., Blue Corn Maiden; west, 
K\iisejta^'^nf]!,, Yellow Corn Maiden; aonih, ICupiniL a '^n fu, Red 
Corn Maiden; east, ICy,tScenfu'a''nfu, White Corn INIaiden; above, 
K' utsse-geT^' a°n.fy,. All-colored Corn ilaiden; below, K'upe'ndra'''n- 
fy,. Black Corn Maiden. 

CARDINAL MAMMALS 

North, Fxijf 'mountain-lion'; west, l-e 'bear'; south, %e'a 'badger'; 
east,X''ifyo 'wolf; above, tse 'eagle'; below, nqyl-'ieyf 'gopher', lit. earth 
mountain-lion {naijf 'earth'; k'xyf 'mountain-lion"). These are verj' 
powerful medicine animals. The sacred corn-meal is thrown as a 
sacrifice to these and other divinities. The names have been obtained 
at San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and Xainbe. Mrs. Stevenson 
has recorded similar ""beast-gods" from /uni and Sia. 

CARDINAL BIRDS 

An investigator at Santa Clara obtained the following names of 
cardinal birds: north, Ue 'eagle'; west, ; south, qwse/rupi 'red- 
tail hawk' or tan fi 'macaw'; east, ; above, k'untsue, unidenti- 
fied, lit. 'corn bird' (k'y,>jf 'maize'; ts^'Je 'bii'd'); below, JcatsLie, un- 
identified, lit. 'leaf bird' (hi 'leaf; tKU,: 'bird'). Mrs. Stevenson 
has recorded the Zuni and Sia cardinal birds. 

CARDINAL SNAKES 

The Tewa of San Ildefonso mention \iiaiifij,, or sei-pent deities of 
the six regions, each with its appropriate color. Mrs. Stevenson ^ 
mentions (not by name) the six snakes of the cardinal regions of the 
Zufii, and gives ^ the Sia names of six serpents of the cardinal points. 

■ Final Report pt. i, p. 311, 1S90. = The Zuni Indiims, p. 415. » The Siu, p. 69. 



44 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an.n. 20 

CARDINAL SHELLS 

The information was obtained at Santa Clara that ''ejl 'abalone' is 
tlie shell of the west; ''og.de, applied to olivella and cowiio shells, 
that of the south; fssef'a, applied to lai'ge white bivalves, that of the 
east. A San lldefonso Indian told the writer that ^ejl ' abalone ' refers 
to the west, but that he had forgotten the other identifications. The 
Navaho shell assignments are given by the Franciscan Fathers.' 

CARDINAL TREES 

The native trees assigned by the Tewa to the cardinal points have 
not been learned. Mrs. Stevenson records those of the Zuni - and the 
Sia'. An investigator learned at Santa Clara four cardinal fruit 
trees: north, he 'apple'; west, sqijqwqmhe, a kind of apple that ripens 
early, lit. St. John's apple {sqrjqwqtjf < Span. San Juan; he 'apple' 
' fruit'), since it ripens in St. John's month, June; south, befseji'^ 
'yellow plum' and pibe 'red plum' {be 'apple' 'fruit'; fsejp^ 'yellow' ; 
pi 'redness' 'red'); east, bej)'o''P* 'peach' {be 'apple' 'fruit'; p'o 
'hair' 'hairy"; '/'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

CARDINAL MOUNTAINS 

The cardinal mountains are the same for San Juan, Santa Clara, and 
San lldefonso. From the other villages they have not been obtained. 
North, Kepiyf 'bear mountain' (^-e 'bear'; piyf 'mountain'), San 
Antonio Peak (see p. 560), northwest of Tabs; west, Tslkuinupyjf ' cov- 
ered obsidian mountain' {tsi ' flaking-stone obsidian'; hmmi 'to cover'; 
pivf 'mountain'), Santa Clara Peak [2:13];'' south, ^Ol-upi>jf 'turtle 
mountain' ('o^u 'turtle'; piyf 'mountain '), Sandia Mountain [29:8.3]; 
east, \^gatjxnupiij f, of obscure etymology i^agatfxnn. unexplained; 
p\r]f ' mountain'), Lake Peak [22:54]. There is no cardinal mountain 
of the above or the below. The cardinal mountains are also called, 
respectively, according to the regions: Fynpijt^ynpiyf 'north moun- 
tain' {pimpije 'north'; '{ijf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
pVjf 'mountain'), etc. 

Zuni and Sia cardinal mountains are mentioned by ]VIrs. Stevenson, 
but not identified with mountains now existing on earth. The names of 
the Navaho cardinal mountains have been recorded by Dr. Washington 
Matthews, the Franciscan Fathers, and Dr. Edgar L. Hewett. 

CARDINAL SACRED WATER LAKES 

The cardinal sacred water lakes have been learned for San lldefonso 
only. When medicine water, wopo {wo 'medicine'; po 'water') is 
prepared in connection with certain ceremonies, small (juantities of 

' An Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 56, 191U. 

3 Tlic Zuiii Indians, p. 25. 

'The Sia, p. 28. 

i See the accompaDyiDg maps, with explanation on p. 97. 



HARRIXGTOX] COSMOGKAPHY 45 

water are collected from tbe followinc^ four places, all situated near 
8an lidefonso Pueblo: North, Bu-wgrpo/aci [lb :17\; west, PoisafKt^/i- 
nxpohri [16:37]; south, Poishxfegt^ [19:12:)]: east, Pot.v/x'u [19:3!»]. ' 
These places are also sometimes called, respectively, piuipije'yiipokwi 
'north lake' {pimpije 'north'; y) f locative and adjective-fonuiug 
posttix; pohi^i ' pool' ' lake'), etc. The medicine water from thealiove 
is rainwater; that from the below is obtained by digging- a bole in the 
ground where water can be reached. The water from the six sources 
is mixed in a woposaT' "medicine- water bowl' (?w 'medicine'; po 
"water'; sn 'to be', said of 3+; '/"' locative) and used ceremonially. 

OTHER CARDINAL IDENTIFICATIONS 

Mrs. Stevenson^ mentions ciunulus clouds, ants. "Ahayuta," etc., of 
the six regions of the Zuni. Cm'tainly many Tewa identiticatiotis 
remain to be obtained 

The Skt 

Jfahnva 'sky'. Distinct from ''v^>^?i"</'i 'the above'; see under Car- 
dinal Directions. This is pi'obably what Bandelier means when he 
writes: - "'Here [among the Tewa], as well as among the Queres [Kere- 
san stock], we must distinguish between the heavens [the above ^] and 
the sky. The latter is a male deity called 0-pat-y Sen." "0-pat-y 
Sen " is evidently for ' <)pme_r)f ' the World,' as remarked above under 
The World. The skv is personated as ITakowasoido 'Sky Old Alan' 
{inahnva 'sky'; s^ndo 'old man'). The Sky is the husband of the 
Earth, who is personilied ^a JVdyl'ioijo 'Earth Old Woman'; see below 
under The Earth. 

'In the sky' is expressed by iiiakoma without locative posttix. 
Thus the sun, moon, stars, the Christian God, etc., are said to live 
or to be in the sk}-: inakowa fan jiQt'a 'in the sky the sun lives' 
{7nakowa ^ sky ■ ; t'qijy'' sun'; n4'it''he'; t'a 'to live'). jUakowake-ii 
means 'up in the sky' 'at the top of the sky' {Jce-ii 'on top of). 
Tewa stories tell of a pueblo in the sky in which an Indian from this 
earth has adventures. The sun and the moon have their paths in 
the sky. 

sun and .moon 

The sun is called fqijj', the moon pn. Tqijy is perhaps connected 
with the word fa 'day'. Po is used also with the meaning 'montii". 
The divinities resident in the sun and moon are called T'qnsindo ' Sun 
Old Man ' {fqijj' 'sun'; sendo 'old man") and P()»i)id/0 'Moon Old Man' 
{pto 'moon'; s^ndo 'old man"). Both sun and moon are male, as thoj- 

' The Zuni Indians, pp. 21, 5S0. 

= Final KcrK)rt, pt. I, pp. 31 1-12, 1890. 



46 ETIINOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

are also in the belief of the Cochiteiios, and the sun is never called 
'father' and the moon 'mother', as amoni^ the people of Taos, Isleta, 
Jemez, and Zuni. 

"The Tehuas [Tewa]," says Bandelier,' "call the sun T'han and 
the moon Po; and their principal deities bear the names of T'han Sendo, 
sun-father, and P'ho Quio, or moon-woman." The moon is never 
called Pol-u'?Jo, nor does T'ons^/icjo mean 'sun-father.' 

Names for sun in other Pueblo languages are: Taos fidend, Isleta 
funUe, Yn-o (Bartlett) "•\>\\-e'\ ^Qvnez pe or pet fdsa, Cochiti dfata, 
Zmiijd'ttoJc,/a (Stevenson: "Yiltokia . . . means bearer of light"), 
Hopi ta'wa. The moon is called: Taos paend, Isleta paide, Piro 
(Bartlett) "a-e," Jemez pd, Cochiti tdhvafa, Zuni jdiiucmtie, Hopi 

There is in Tewa no name such as 'luminary' applied to lioth sun 
and moon. 

The sun and moon pass daily from east to west over trails which run 
above the great waters of the sky. They see and know as do Indians 
here on earth. When they set they pass throyigh a lake to the under- 
world and travel all night to the east, where they emerge through a lake 
and start out on their trails again. They know their trails,' i)nhipo\'ir)f 
'they 2'+; H possessive; 2^19 'trail'). Cf. Sanskrit dyu-patha- 'sky 
trail,' Latin cursus soils. The trails are also called 'ok'impo 'vapor 
trails' CoFiyf 'vapor'; po 'trail"). 

When there is an eclipse the sun or the moon is said to die. The 
expressions are: nqt'qntfu 'it sun dies' {iiq 'it' 'he'; t'ar)j> 'sun'; tfu 
' to die '), ml potfu ' it moon dies ' (w<j ' it ' ' he ' ; po ' moon ' ; tfa ' to die '). 
The Indians never say T'qns^iio nq,tfic or Pos^ndo nqtf^i, for the 
divine persons in the sun and moon can not die. "Our Lords can not 
die." 

The sun is said to walk through the sky clothed in white deerskin 
and ornamented with many tine beads. The sun has a beautiful face 
tse, hidden bj^ a mask, i'qnyq or i'qiiihi 'y {t'qijf 'sun'; 'y 'mask'; S^ 
possessive). An extracted tooth is thrown to the sun. " The summer 
sun is green, the winter sun yellow."^ 

Of a ring about the sun the Tewa say T'qns^ndo 'obumq 'Sun Old 
Man has a ring' (T'qns^ndo, see above; '(?'he''it'; i^'ring' 'circle'; 
?«a 'to have'). Mexicans of New Mexico call this phenomenon ojo 
del buey 'ox's eye'. The Indians say that it does not mean anything. 

W^hen the sun is "drawing water" the Tewa say t'qmbiqwieijf ' the 
sun's tail' [t'qijj' 'sun'; H possessive; qwieyf 'tail'). This phenome- 
non is seen when the sun is low in the sky, and the name is applied 
because the ra3^s resemble a tail. 

The emergence hole in the lake through which the sun rises is called 
fqijk'oji {t'qijf 'sun'; k'oji 'emergence hole' 'roof -hole'). Nqfqmpi, 

» Baudelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 308, 1890. 
2 Ibid., p. 311. 



HAERixr.TON] COSMOGRAPHY 47 

nqt'aynpPx'^ 'the sun rises', lit. 'the sun comes out' («« 'it' 'he'; t'aijy 
'sun'; j^i 'to come out' 'to go out' 'to issue'; 'x'^ 'to come'). JViil-wa- 
jemxyy 'it goes high' {ml 'it' 'he'; hvaje 'height' 'high' 'on top'; 
ms^yj' 'to go'). Kqisiuiemxyf 'it sets', lit. 'it enters' {nq 'it' 'he'; tsuM 
'to enter'; mseijf 'to go'). 

Of the winter solstice is said: fan nnvnijf or nqf qyiciy f 'the sun 
stands still' {t'qijf 'sun'; ml 'it' 'he'; icvjf 'to stand'). The conception 
is that the sun rises at the same place for a number of days. (Cf. the 
etymology of ''solstice".) The winter solstice marks the beginning of the 
year (jjojo), which is then called pqjo tsambp' 'new year' (/'fl/V^ 'year'; 
tsamiP' 'new'). Of the time following the winter solstice, when the 
sun rises a little farther south each day, the Tewa say t'qny 'ik'qd.ihqijj' 
{t'qyf 'sun'; '/ 'it'; k'qdi said to indicate motion in steps or grades; 
ftojjf 'to go away'); also: t'qn nq'sR'^ 'the sun is coming' [t'qijf 
'sun'; ncl 'it' 'he'; a?'* 'to come'). The summer solstice is called 
fqn. nqfa or nqtqnt'a 'the sun lives' {fqyf 'sun'; nq 'it' 'he'; t'a 'to 
live'). When the sun rises a little farther north each day the Tewa 
say: t'qnf ''IJiqdimai {t'qijf 'sun'; H 'it'; k'q.ii said to indicate motion 
in steps or grades; ?«a'- said to indicate the direction). Also: t'qri 
nqmeeyf 'the sun is going' {t'qyf 'sun'; nq 'it'; inxyj' 'to go'). When 
the sun runs low, as in the period about the winter solstice, it is siid: 
fqnf ''qygetage nqjT^ 'the sun moves low' (fqyf 'sun': 'qtjf/etage 'low' 
'on the lower part of a slope' <''qi)f 'foot'; ge locative; UCa. 'gentle 
slope'; wet 'it' 'he'; ,//''' 'to move' 'to go about'). When the sun runs 
high, as in summer, it is said: t'qn hoaje ndji'' 'the sun moves high' 
{t'qyf 'sun': hwaje 'height' 'high' 'on top'; nq 'it' 'he';//'' 'to move' 
'to move about'). 

The Tewa have no designation for the equinoxes and say that these 
are not recognized. 

The calendar is determined by noticing the point at which the sun 
rises. This is done by sighting along race-courses, hills, or merely 
marking the rising place on the outline of the eastern mountains. At 
Santa Clara the sun appears always to rise at different points in the 
great gap in the Santa Fe Kange known as ir/y<> [22:29]. Who does the 
determining of the rising place and just how it is done remain to be 
learned. The Tewa believe that the sun has a house in the east, and 
has a wife. The father of the War Gods, according to Tewa \er- 
sions, is ^Ok'uvyipi 'red cloud' {^ok'xnca 'cloud'; pi ' red'), who lives 
on top of Sandia Mountain [29:83], and not the Sun. 

The spots on the moon are said to be his clothing: Posen^dbi 'a ' the 
]\Ioon Old ilan's clothing' {pos^n^o, see above; S/ possessive; 'a 'cloth 
'clothing'). 

The terms applied to the rising and setting of the sun are also 
applied to the moon. 



48 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

The new moon is called p'^' tsclmbP' 'new moon' {po 'moon'; tvqmii 
'new'; 'i'^' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Its appearance 
marks the beginning of the Tewa month. Of the slender crescent 
is said: tfcg/P^ mlpoJco 'the moon is little' (tfie^ littleness' 'little'; 
'i"' locative and adjective-forming postfix; nq, 'it'; po 'moon'; ko 
'to lie' 'to be'). As the crescent grows fuller they say: nqpo's^'^ 
'the moon is coming' (;i(t 'it' 'he'; po 'moon'; ^'* 'to come'). The 
full moon is called po t'agi''^ 'round moon' (po 'moon'; t'agp' 'large' 
'round'). Asthemoon wanes they say: nqpo/merjy 'the moon is going' 
{nq, 'it'; po 'moon'; vixrjf 'to go'). When the moon disappears they 
say: nqpohqyj' 'the moon is gone' {nq 'it' 'he'; po 'moon'; hqijf 'to 
be gone'). Why the moon has phases the Tewa do not pretend to 
know. 

Other expressions are: Tcioqruli''* po 'rainy moon' 'moon seen in 
rainy weather' {kwqyf ' rain'; '/'' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; po 'moon'). Of the moon on top of a cloud is said I'o/<^)i(}" ''ok'u- 
wakeive nq' s^Tj f 'Moon Old Man sits on a cloud' {pos^jido, see above; 
'ciA;'KUW 'cloud'; %ewe 'on top of; ?;^ 'it' 'he'; '^t;./ 'to sit'). Po- 
stn4o 7iqbuma 'Moon Old Man has a ring' {Postndo, see above; ?iq 'it' 
'he'; 6« 'ring' 'circle'; via 'to have'). The writer learned at San Ilde- 
fonso that this is a sign that it will rain in three or four days. The 
information was obtained at Santa Clara that if the ring is white it 
means snow; if blue, rain; if red, wind. Mr. C. L. Linney, of the 
United States Weather Bureau at Santa Fe, states that in this part 
of New Mexico the lunar ring is truly a sign that it will rain in two 
or three days. He says it is a scientific fact. The ring is seen only 
when high clouds (cirrus or alta) are in the air. These clouds are 
supposed to be in reality minute spicules of ice — frozen moisture sus- 
pended in the air. 

SUN-DOO 

Tanni/ge ndtse 'under the sun it is ju'llow' ifiayf 'sun'; niCu 'un- 
der'; ge locative; ml 'it'; ise 'to be yellow'). 



\igojo 'star'. The gender is mineral. Makowa di>^agojo><a 'the 
stars are in the sky' {makowa 'sky'; 3,1 'they 2-f'; ''ngojo 'star'; na 'to 
be in or at', said of 3-f). 

Pueblo languages have the following words for star: Taos paijy,- 
laend, Isleta pak'yiade, Firo (Bartlett) " a-hio-sa-^," Jemez wy,/iu, 
Cochiti fe'tj'ata, Hopi sdhy,. 

^Agojo so' jo 'large star' (^ngojo 'star'; so''jo 'large'). ^Agojo^e 'little 
star' C agojo'e 'star'; 'e diminutive). Pinj' ^agojo kipo'" 'the stars 
come out' {dijjj' 'they 3-i-to me'; \igoJo 'star'; ki 'light'; ^V" causa- 
tive). ''Agojo dimser/f ' the stars are marching' {'ogojo 'star';(^i 'they 
2-h'; mseijf 'to go' 'to march'). ''Agojo my.ivc^k'qndi''' 'a dim star' 



HARRINGTON] COSMOGRAPHY 49 

{'agojo 'star; my,wx 'heat lig-htning- 'lio-ht'; k'atjj' 'lioariness' 
'hoary'; '/'» locative and adjective-forming postfix). \igoJo my,ic3e- 
JceT* 'a bright star' {'agojo 'star'; my,icse 'heat lightning' 'light'; 
l-e 'strength' 'strong'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

Tn ''agojo nqk' tvqy^av f 'a star descends angr}-' {ivi 'a' 'one'; 
^agojo 'star'; ng. 'it'; F^yf 'angry'; ^wa?;y 'to descend'). This is 
said of a falling star; curiously enough, the Jemez have the same idea: 
py,se tvy,/iy, gfiibdmi 'a star is going to fight' ' a star is chasing to figiit' 
ipy^se 'one'; wiihij, 'star'; gfuM. 'to fight'; in\ 'to go'). The Tewa 
sometimes also say ''agojo nqkeia 'a star falls' {\igojo 'star'; ml 'it'; 
I'eiq 'to fall', said of a single object). 

A comet is called 'agojo qws^ndi'i 'tailed star' {agojo 'star'; 
qwxyf 'tail'; -r* locative and adjective-forming postfix). The comet 
seen in November, 1910, excited the interest of the Tewa. 

The Morning Star, i. e., the brightest star seen in the morning, is 
called merely 'ffgcy'o so" jo 'big star' {agojo 'star'; so' jo 'big'). In 
this Tewa agrees with nearly all the Indian languages of the South- 
west. It is a male divinity. " One of the fetiches of Tzi-o-uono 
Ojua, or the morning star." ^ TsigmrsenuijfoFuvja is the Lightning 
Cachina {tslguws^nwyf 'lightning'; ''oFuwa 'Cachina spirit') and not 
the Morning Star. 

The Evening Star is, however, to the Tewa a female divinity. Her 
name is Tsek' an /agojo ' dim yellow star ' or Tsel'qijJ.-wijo ' old 
woman with the yellowish hoary hair' {fse 'yellowness' 'yellow'; 
Fqr/f 'dimness' 'dim' 'fadedness' 'faded' 'hoariness' 'hoary'; ''agojo 
'star'; hwijo 'old woman'). She is followed by "OVe agojo (see below), 
who has a carnal desire for her. 

''Oh" agojo or '' Agojo" ol-e 'star of San Juan Pueblo' (^ Oke 'San Juan 
Pueblo'; ''agojo 'star') is said to be a bright star that continually 
chases TseV an /agojo; see above. 

Agojos^ni't'^ 'horned star' ('ffgoy'^ 'star'; sejjf 'horn'; '/"' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix) is a bright star not j'et identified. 

''Al-qmpije!'^ 'agojo 'the southern star' (^al-qmplje 'south'; '/"'loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; 'agojo 'star'). This is a bright 
star seen far in the southern heavens. In October it is seen near 
dawn. 

The Tewa had no special name for the North Star. They did not 
notice particularly that one star in the sky is stationary. Of it might 
be said: vnnqmsempi 'it does not march' {ici . . . pi negative; nq 
^'iV; 71/seyj' 'to go'). 

The Tewa did not know planets other than the Morning Star and 
the Evening Star. The latter are now one planet, now another, Imt 
they did not know it. 

' Bandt-lier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 309, 1890. 
87584°— 29 bth— 16 4 



50 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA IXDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

CONSTELLATIONS 

ICieniahe 'meal-drying bowl' (li'sejjf 'flour' 'nieaP; ta 'to dry'; he 
'vessel' 'bowl"). This name is given to the Northern Crown constel- 
■lation, the stars of which studded on the black sky show beautifully 
the form of a perfect and symmetrical meal-drying jar. These jars 
are of black ware, and meal is placed in them and stirred near a fire 
in order to dry it for keeping. There appears to be no New Mexican 
Spanish name for this constellation. 

Cassiopeia is not known to the Tewa. Persistent attempts to gain 
knowledge prove this. The Indians can readily see that it looks like 
a sqiji^iyj" ''zigz&g^ or W, but never call it thus. The Mexicans 
appear to call it "la puerta del cielo.'' 

/'tj'e 'ladder'. Said to be a constellation; not 3'et identified. 

^Ag.ojote'/icia 'star house' Cagojo 'star'; teqwa ''house^). This is a 
large constellation seen after sunset in the west in September. The 
writer did not identify the stars. 

To.iutsi 'bull's eye' {todai 'bull'<Span. toro; tsi 'eye'). Name of 
a constellation called in Span. Ojo del Toro. Not identified. 

But' a 'big round circle,' name of an October dance (6m 'ring' 'cir- 
cle'; t^a 'large and round'). This is a great irregularly-shaped ring 
of stars near the Northern Crown. Some of the stars are very dim. 
No Spanish name. 

El Corral. Spanish name of a constellation near Cassiopeia. 

Los Ojitos de Santa Lucia. Spanish name; consists of two stars, 
seen east of Orion. 

La Campana. Spanish name of a constellation of perfect bell shajie, 
seen between Orion and the Pleiades. 

^OJcanihii'u 'sandy corner' (^ok'qrjf 'sand'; bii'a 'large low round- 
ish place'). This is a large constellation of dim stars seen near Orion. 

Mqrjf 'hand'. This constellation contains five stars at the tips of 
the imaginary fingers, and one at the wrist. No Spanish name. 

QivUPivf 'in a row' {qwUi 'row' 'line'; ^iyf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). The San Juan form is qwuinvjf. This 
refers to the three bright stars in a row in Orion's belt. The Spanish 
name is Las Tres Marias. 

Tsebege 'seven corner' {tse 'seven'; he'e 'small low roundish 
place'; ge locative). This name is given to Ursa Major, which is 
said to contain seven bright stars. Some Indians call it tseqwxyf, 
which they translate 'seven tail' or even 'dog tail' {tse 'seven', also 
'dog';^M'^/;y 'tail'). It is so called because some of the stars (the 
handle of the dipper) project like a tail. Mexicans call it El Carro. 

Tigijjf 'in a bunch' (tigi 'bunched'; ^{ijf locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). The San Juan form is tiglniyf. This is the name 
of the Pleiades. The Mexicans call them Las Cabrillas. 



HAKRIXGTOX] COSMOGEAPIIY 51 

PPilijf 'turkey foot' {dl 'turke}-' 'chicken'; ^Vf 'foot'). This 
is an easily learued coastellation of the exact form of a turkey's foot. 
The Mexicans do not know it. The Tewa also make a cat's cradle in 
the form of a dP(l)jf. 

KuqwUesipu 'belly of a sling' Qcu 'stone'; qiri.ie 'to sling'; *v^>j< 
'the hollow under a person's ribs'). This is applied to the Dolphin, or 
Job's Coffin, constellation. The Mexicans interviewed did not know 
it. It has the form of a sling belly. 

P'eketo 'yoke' {pe 'stick' 'wood'; Ice 'neck'; to 'to be in or on'). 
This is a translation of Spanish el Yugo, 'the Yoke,' name of the 
square part of the Little Dipper, or Ursa Minor, constellation. 

The Milky Way has two names. ''OqmtuJc'y, 'backbone of the uni- 
verse' ('(y;a 'world' 'universe'; !!w 'back'; ^-'y 'hard straight thing' 
'bone') appears to be the common name. It is called also Tsseh'oJ-o 
'whitishness' {Iscg. 'whiteness' 'white'; Ti'oMj element to weaken force 
of fsie). The Taos and the Jemez call the Milky Waj'by names which 
mean 'backbone of the universe.' The Mexicans usually call it el 
Camino del Cielo. 

The Underworld 

No term for * underworld' different from those meaning 'the below' 
has been obtained. (See under Cardinal Directions.) The Tewa 
declare that they believe in a single underworld, where the sun shines 
at night, pale like the moon. It was there that the human race 
and the lower animals lived until they found their way through 
Sipop'e (see pp. 567-69) and entered this world. The underworld 
is dark and dank, and this world rests on top of it. The under- 
world is never personified; it is the base of ^ojm ' the universe.' 
"When the sun sets in the west it passes through a lake {pokwi) and 
enters the underworld {^ojyanuge or n47isog.enuge), passing through 
the latter to reach the east {t'qmpije) again. 

In the underworld is situated Wajima, "the happy hunting-grounds" 
(see pp. 571-72). 'Wajima is described as a kiva-like place of the 
spirits of the dead. The word is akin to Cochiti Wenfcma and Zuiii 
'Wejima. 

The Earth 

NiU)f 'the earth'; personified as Nqijl-wljo 'Earth Old Woman' 
(«c'9y 'earth'; ^•wyo 'old woman'), wife of the Sky. Bandelier^ saj-sr 
"The earth a female deity, called Na-iiat-ya Quio, and totalh' dis- 
tinct from the conception of below." " Na-uat-ya Quio" must be 
intended for Xqyhcijo, as the Earth is not known by any other name. 
For the peculiar "-uat-\'a"cf. Bandelier's"0-pat-y'", quoted under The 
Skt. According to !Mrs. Stevenson- the Zufii speak of "A'witelin 

1 Final Report, pt. i. p. 3VJ. isoo. ^The Zuiii Indians, p. 24. 



52 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (ETH. A.v.v. 29 

'Si'ta (Earth Mother)". The Towa never speak of the earth as 
' Earth Mother ' but as ' Earth Old Woman '. The Taos call the earth 
7iamend, the Isleta namue, the Jemez hy,ij, or hy,nqpeta, the Plro 
(Bartlett) "na-f'ol-e". 

EAETHQtAKE 

Nant'qtq 'earthquake' i^inyf 'earth'; t'qt'q 'to quivfer' 'to trem- 
ble'). iVcmaniJ'g^'a/Jo'" ' the earth is trembling' (««, 'it'; nqyf 'earth'; 
t'qtq 'to tremble'; j!?o'° postpound). 

LANDSLIDE 

Ndnq7isu7ifu 'the land slides or slips'; v4n(injemu 'the land falls' 
{nq, 'it'; nqyf 'land'; sunfa 'to slide'; jemii 'to fall', said of 3+). 

Water 

Po 'water'. "Water was not jiersonitied. It symbolized life and 
fruitfuluess. 

OCEAN, LAKE 

Pulici 'lake' 'ocean' (fw 'water'; l-iri unexplained). 

TheTewa in primitive times knew of many lakes, and doubtless also, 
in a more or less mythical way, of the ocean. All lakes were sup- 
posed to be the dwelling places of ''ok'uwa 'cachiiias' and passage- 
ways to and from the underworld. 

WAVE 

'Vv/y-Vf 'wave'. '(9/a (< Span, ola) is also sometimes used. 

IRKKiATION 

The Tewa constructed systems of irrigation ditches before the 
Spaniards came to their country. Irrigation ditch is called huno. 
A large or main ditch is called jijakwi'o, lit., 'mother ditch' ijija 
'mother'; l-uu^o 'ditch'). Cf. Span, acequia madre, of which the 
Tewa expression may be a translation. A small irrigation ditch is 
called Tiwio'e ('<? diminutive). The ditches in use at the present day 
are of modern construction and supply Mexican and American as 
well as Indian farmers. In the spring the governor of each Tewa 
pueblo orders the Indians of his pueblo to repair the ditches used by 
the pueblo, and each male member of the community must do his 
share of the work. In former times the women also worked at ditch 
cleaning. 



II. METEOROLOGY 

Fair Weather 

Kij<ig.!.ii)ii)iq 'it is fair weather' (of obscure etjinology: >(•/ iq^par- 
cntly Miu'ht' 'bright'; 7ul 'to be'). 

Ic-E 

''Oji 'ice'. 'Oji txqijwx'/"' 'green or blue ice' ('oji 'ice'; tsqijirie 
'greenness' 'green' 'bluene^is' 'blue'; 'i'* locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). '' Oji, p'lndi'^ 'black ice' (^oji 'ice'; p'vj.f 'black- 
ness' 'black'; '«'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 'Black ice' 
is found the year round on the east side of Truchas Peak [22:13], c^. v. 

Foixxffoji 'the water is frozen' {po 'water;' na 'it'; ''oji 'ice' 'to 
freeze'). NiVojijuwa 'the ice is melted' («« 'it': ''oji 'ice'; juwa 
'to melt'). 

Icicle is called ^ojlsatejjf 'long slender form in which the ice lies' 
(^oji 'ice'; sa 'to be in or at', said of 3+, here used with sing, of min. 
gender; tiijf 'tube' 'thing of long slender form"). 

Glacier 

There is no special term for 'glacier.' The Indians would say 
merely ^oji nqJco 'ice lies' Coji 'ice'; 7iq 'it'; h> 'to lie'). 

Heat, Cold 

Nqxuwa 'it is warm' {nq 'it'; «««•« ' to be warm '). Said of the 
weather and of objects, j^qtmtjwx 'it is hot' {nq 'it'; tsq,tjWc^ *to be 
hot'). Said of the weather and of objects. I^qti 'it is cold' 'it is 
cool' (»« 'it'; ii 'to be cold'). Said of the weather only. Ho'ahi'jo 
nqti 'it is very cold' {ho'ahi'jo 'very'; nq 'it'; ti 'to be cold'). Said 
of the weather only. JVifol'd.'-i 'it is cold' {nq 'it': 'ok'adi ^to be 
cold'). Said of objects only. 

The winter is cold in the Tewa counti'v, and in the summer ihe 
temperature rarely rises abo\-e 90° F. 

Smoke 

'Jnyse 'smoke'. Tobacco is smoked in connection with cerenjonies, 
the smoke symbolizing clouds. 

53 



54 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. ann. 29 

Steam, Vapor 

WFiyf 'steam' 'vapor'. The trails of the Sun and the Moon are 
said to consist of vapor. See Sun and Moon. 

Kwq''o]i'iijf 'rain vapor' {hv(l 'rain'; ^oFiyf 'vapor'). This is 
applied to vapor or steam sometimes seen rising from the ground after 
a rain. 

Mist, Fog 

SdboF^i-wa 'mist' 'fog' (unexplained, of. ^ol'uwa 'cloud'). JVq- 
soiok'uwand 'it is mist^^' (wj 'it'; siiboh'uwa.,&>i above; «(| postpound). 
NqsdtoUiiwapi 'the mist is coming out' {ml 'it'; sdboUuwa as above; 
pi 'to issue'). Nqsdbolcmcako 'the mist is o\xV {na 'it'; sotoFtnva,a.s 
above; Ico 'to lie'). Sometimes the mist comes strangely thick and 
white. This is called sdboFwwa fssg'ka'i'^ ' thick white mist' (sdboFiiwa, 
as above; tsse, 'whiteness' 'white'; Tea 'thickness' 'thick'; 'i'^ocative 
and adjective-forming postfix). 

Mist is rare in the Tewa country, but sometimes there are two or 
three days of continuous mist. Mist is recognized by the Tewa as 
being merely a cloud on the surface of the earth. It is often seen 
rising from the river at nightfall in winter. 

Dew 

Pose 'dew' {po 'water'; se unexplained). ^Iposejernvde" 'the dew is 
falling' ('i 'it'; pose 'dew'; jemu 'to fall', said of 3+, here used with 
sing, of min. gender; ^e'* present). 

Frost, Hoarfrost 

TsBRjji 'white comes out' ifssR 'whiteness' 'white'; pi 'to issue'). 
JVqtsxpiml 'it is (hoar-) frosty' {ml 'it'; fsi^pi, as above; 71& 'to be'). 

' Ojcgi is a peculiar sort of light frost with long spicules, seen espe- 
ciall}^ on the surface of snow when after a snowstorm a cold wind 
comes from the northeast. Small spicules of ice come down as a mist, 
and even fall in such quantity that they can be scooped up by 
the handful where they have fallen as powder on top of the snow. 
It is also called j^'oyyojegi {p'oyf 'snow'). According to Mr. C. L. 
Linncy, of the Weather Service at Santa Fe, ^ojegl is not hoarfrost — 
there is no popular English name for it. Nipdjegiwi 'the ground is 
covered with this kind of frost' {na 'it'; ''ojegi, see above; ml 'to be'). 

Clouds 

' OVwwa is applied to any kind of cloud. It is distinguished from 
^olcuwa 'spirit' 'cachina' bj' having its first syllable short; it is doubt- 
less connected etymologically with the latter word. Cf. also soioFvwa 
'mist'. Words meaning 'cloud' in other Pueblo languages are: Jemez 
'unliaf, Cochiti hmnate, Hopi (Oraibi) oiitau^y,. 



HARRINGTON] METEOROLOGY 55 

Clouds are said to coiiic up or out and then to be in the sky. 
^Vq^jFuwapPcC'^ 'the cloud is coming up or out', i.e. into view above the 
horizon (nq. 'it'; ^ok'uwa 'cloud'; pi 'to issue' 'to emerge'; '^'* 'to 
come'). 'Ok'uwa inakmm nq^xijf 'the cloud is in tha skj'' {^oFuioa 
cloud'; 77Hil-mca, 'sky' 'in the sky'; nq 'it'; ''tEijf 'to sit' 'to be'). 

The verb ''olcuioanq means 'to be cloudy'. Wq^oFuwanq, 'it is 
cloudy' (ml 'it'; ^ok'inm 'cloud'; nq postpound). To give the mean- 
ing that the whole sky is overcast, i^H 'all' or txmiep/Je 'in every 
direction' may be added. 

Clouds are frequenth' mentioned in connection with their color. 
Thus ''oTcuwa tss^i''^ 'white cloud' i^oFuwa 'cloud'; tsx 'whiteness' 
'white'; '*'* locative and adjective-forming postfix); 'oFutra pi^pi 'red 
cloud' {^ok'mra 'cloud'; pi, 'redness' 'red'; '/'' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). The wov^jioii 'flower' is used in describing fluffy, 
cumulus clouds of white or dark color. ' Ok'immpoil 'flufliy, cumu- 
lus cloud' (^ok'uu-a 'cloud'; j^wS't 'flower) — literally 'flower cloud'. 
UJk'mva poWifss^H'^ or ''oUuwa tss^poWi^^ 'white flower-cloud' 'ttufl'y 
white cloud' ('oZ:'?«ra 'cloud'; ^wM 'flower'; tsx 'whiteness' 'white'; '/'^ 
locative and adjective-forming postfix). ^ Oh' viva poiiny.k'ii'i''' or 
^olcuwa ■»y,k'y.poiVi'^ 'dark flower-cloud' 'dark-colored fluffy cloud' 
{^ok'uwa 'cloud'; poii 'flower'; niJ/y, 'dark coloi'' 'dark'; T' locative 
and adjectiv^e-forming postfix). 

Names of seasons are prepounded. Fvequent is pa jo'ok'uwa 'spring 
cloud' {pqjo 'spring time'; \)]i' uira 'cloud'). 

Clouds may be described by their accompaniment. Wq'ok'inva or 
^iFuwaioilT' 'wind cloud' {wq 'wind'; ''oh'woa 'cloud'; T* locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). P' qy / oF uwa 'snow cloud' {jiqyf 'snow'; 
^oFuwa 'cloud'). Kwqyf'oFuwa, 'rain cloud' {kwqyf 'I'ain'; ^iFuwa 
'cloud'). TsigwwsRniirif'oFuyM 'lightning cloud' 'thunder cloud' [tsigu- 
wsenij,7)f 'lightning'; 'oFuwa 'cloud'). 

Other expressions relating to clouds follow. JTwqydi^' n(foFuwa/n4/ 
'it is cloudy and threatens rain', lit. 'rainily it is cloudy' {hoqyf 
'rain'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix; iiq 'it'; ^oFuwa 
'cloud'; nq verbifying element). WF uwawioki 'a long strip of 
cloud' 'a stratus cloud' {'oFmoa 'cloud'; wiijH 'long, straigiit, and 
narrow'). ''OFmvctbu 'long bent cloud', stratus or other cloud that 
extends far across the sk}', because of its length appearing to be 
bent CoFmra 'cloud'; bu 'length and state of being bent' 'long 
and bent'). 'OFiiwa tsqijws^j/ig/-''^ 'small flatfish bluish cloud' of the 
kind seen high in the sky on some cold days [V/Fiiira 'cloud' ; tmywig. 
'blueness' 'blue'; 'greenness' 'green' ; j//gi 'smallness and flatness' 
'small and flat'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). ' OFinva- 
bo.ii 'cloud pile' 'cumulus cloud' {^oFuwa 'cloud'; 6rA<i. 'pile'). 
^OFuwa tsqijivxi'^ 'bluish cloud' of the kind usuallj^ large and 
high {^oFuwa 'cloud'; tsqijwx 'blueness' 'blue' 'gi'eenness' 'green'; 



56 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

V locative and adjective-forming postfix). ^ 01c' uwas<j,'t)wi'i) f 'cloud 
zigzag' 'cloud in zigzag form' Cok'mra 'cloud'; 8(lr)wvr)f 'zigzag'). 
'' Ok' uwd okq 'cloud down', applied to high whitish cirrus clouds 
(^ok'uwa 'cloud'; ''oho 'down' 'tine feathers' 'fluff'). "" Ok' uwa'k<^ 'b"^ 
'sharp cloud' 'cloud with a sharp point or edge' {^oh'uwa 'cloud'; Ice 
'sharpness' 'sharp'; '«''' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
K'se.ijf'olcwixi ' mountaiu-lion cloud', a light-colored cloud associated 
with the north {k'xijf 'mountain-lion'; \)k'uioa 'cloud'). 'Ok'mva 
(jivaje'i''^ 'hanging cloud' Cok'uwa 'cloud'; qwaje 'to hang'; '<"' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix).' ^ Ok' uwmoiii 'horizontally pro- 
jecting point of a cloud' ("ok'nwa 'cloud'; wui ' horizontull}' project- 
ing point'; see under Geographical Terms). ^Ok'uwapiijj' 'cloud 
mountain'; sometimes applied to a cloud that resembles a mountain 
(^ok'u'wa 'cloud'; piyj' 'mountain'); these clouds are usuallj- dark. 
'' Ok'uwawcUeH''^ ' scattered clouds ' {^ok'uwa 'cloud'; wa>i0 'scattered'; 
H'"' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Wk'icwa qwui 'a line or 
row of clouds' {^ok'nwa 'cloud'; q'tviil 'line' 'row'). F oTcany,, ih.Q 
Tewa name of Julian Martmez of San Ildefonso, is said to mean a line 
or arch of clouds. Wk' uwa t'y, 'spotted cloud', applied to a kind 
of greenish cloud with whitish tinge (^ok'uwa 'cloud'; t'y, 'spotted- 
ness' 'spotted'). "" Ok'uwap'ayP^ 'broad flat cloud' (^ok'uwa 'cloud'; 
/>'(7^?; 'breadth and flatness' 'broad and flat'; T^ locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix). ''Ok'uwaHe 'little cloud' i^ok'uwa 'cloud'; 'e 
diminutive). 

The mythological serpents, ^Aian/y, and cachinas, ^oFuwa, are 
supposed to live in the clouds and to be seen sometimes by people 
when looking upward. The cachinas or deified spirits (^dk'uwa) are 
supposed ever to be present among the clouds, and the close asso- 
ciation between them and the clouds probably accounts for the 
resemblance of the words ^uk'uwa and ''ok'uwa. The Tewa also 
speak of mythic persons who are known as ''ok'uwaUiwa 'cloud ^^o- 
ple' ('oA''(m'a 'cloud'; tawa 'person' 'people'), ''ok'uwa^eny, 'cloud 
youth' {^ok'uwa 'cloud'; 'cwy 'youth'), and ^ok'uwa^C'^nfy, 'cloud 
maiden' {'ok'mm 'cloud'; '«'««. /i/ 'maiden'). These people, youths 
or maidens, are also mentioned with appropriate colors for the six 
directions.' Ok'uwapi 'red cloud' figures in the War God myth. 
The Tewa also speak of 'ok'u'wateqv:a 'cloud house' {^ok'uwa 'cloud'; 
ttqira 'house'). They tell of a pueblo in the sky above the clouds. 

The terrace, so common in Tewa art, represents clouds. Bandelieri 
says: "The clouds, the moon, lightning, and the whirlwind maintain 
[in Tewa religious paintings] the same hues all the year round." 

Tewa personal names compounded with ''ok'uwa seem to be given to 
males only. 

Tobacco smoke, soap plant suds, feathers, etc., symbolize clouds in 
ceremonies. 

1 Final Report, pt. I. p. 311, 1890. 



HAREI.N-GTOX] METEOROLOGY 57 

The shadow of a cloud is called ^ok'uvxi'oFy, {^olc'imra 'cloud'; ^ik'y, 
'shadow'). 

Cloudiness is nq,^ otsqnnq, ' it is a little cloudy ' ' the sun is somewhat 
obscured by clouds' (?i4 'it'; 'ofc«?;,/unexpl:iined; cf. tsq/np/jf, 'west' 
and tsqndi 'yesterday'; mi 'to be' postpound). 

Rain 

"The rainy season is defined, inasmuch as it is limited to the months 
of July, August, and September. . . . Weeks may elapse without 
the discharge of a single shower; then again weeks may bring a series 
of thunder-storms accompanied bj^ floods of rain. During the other 
nine months of the year there are occasional da^'s of rain, which 
'usually comes from the southeast, and lasts until the wind settles in 
the opposite quarter. The same happens with snow-storms; the 
southeasterly winds are their forerunners, while north westerl}* cur- 
rents bring them to a close." ' Most rains of the Tewa country come 
from the southwest, not from the soiitheast as Bandeher states. - 

Rain is of supreme importance to the farmer in the Southwest. The 
Tewa religion is replete with practices and prayers the object of 
which is to iii'ing rain and insure crops. There are also special dances 
held by the Tewa for producing rain. These are called hoqn/cue, 
Jcivqnipafa.ie, or kwqmjwiqtijade 'rain dance' 'rain-making dance' 
'rain-power dance' {kwqijf '' vniir \ fade 'dance'; jxt 'to make';^4/i(.'9y 
'magic power'). 

Rain is called hothjj'. Uhoq'ndo^° 'it is raining' {'* 'it'; kmpjf 
'rain'; 'o'" progressive postpound, present). ^Ikwqnml 'it has rained' 
('« 'it'; kimhjf ' rain '; 7Ui verbifying postpound, perfect). Nqktoqyka- 
4a'°' ' it wants to rain ' {nq 'it'; kvjqyf 'rain'; ^a causative; da^°' 'to 
want'). Kimly/e 'a drizzle' 'a little rain' (^•M'(//;y 'rain'; 'ediminu- 
tive). Km'ujf hPindl'^ 'a little rain' {kwqijf 'rain'; hvyjf 'little'; 
T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Bajeki ^ihcdndo'" 'it is 
raining much' ijbajeki 'much'; '/ 'it'; kwqyf 'rain'; 'o'" progres- 
sive, present). II!Iwqkwqi)f 'good rain' {hi'viq 'goodness' 
'good'; kwqtjf 'rain'). NqJcwdywiyf 'the rain is standing', said 
when rain is seen in the distance {nq 'it'; kwqijf 'rain'; w\r)f 'to 
stand'). N'qkwqijwinFse 'the rain stands yellow', said when rain is 
seen in the distance and looks yellowish {nq 'it'; kwqrjf 'rain'; wiijy 
'to stand'; fse 'yellowness' 'j'ellow'). JVqkwdnyse^'' 'the iniin is 
coming' {nq 'it'; kwqijj' 'rain'; 'a'* 'to come'), puumgi 'ikwqijkeniq, 
'soonit will rain' (/MM)«gi 'soon'; '/'it'; Z;?wi7;y 'rain'; /lewa future). 
Ewqmpo 'rainwater' 'rain' (I'Mw^y 'I'iiii'j po 'water'). Juvq'nikoe 

> Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 15, isgo. 

'See Henderson, Geology and Topography o( the Rio Grande Region in New Mexico, Bull. Si, Bur. 
Amer. Ethn, 



58 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

(or hwQTnfd'iwe) nqpojyi 'springs come up in the rain' {kwqrjf 
'rain'; hvqmpo 'rain' 'rainwater' <kw4yy 'rain', po 'water'; 'iwe 
locative; nq, 'it'; po 'water'; pi 'to issue'). 

Acloudburst is called ■hvqmposo^oyj' 'big rain' {hicqmpo 'rain' 'rain 
water' < hivqyf 'rain,' po 'water'; so'qjjf 'big'). 

Rainbow 

Kioqntejnhe 'rainbow' (^'wct^y 'rain'; ^f/^y 'long cylindrical thing 
or tube'; &d referring to round or wheel-like shape; wagon wheel is 
called t^mhe). The divinity of the rainbow is Kwqntq,mhesen4o ' Rain- 
bow Old Man ' {sin4o ' old man '). A rainbow on top of another is 
called kvjqnt^mhe hwage'ijjf 'rainbow on top' {hvage 'on top'; 'iyy 
locative and adjective-forming postfix.) Bandelier' saj^s: "The win- 
ter rainbow [of Tewa s3'mbolism] is white, the summer rainbow 
tricolored." 

Hail 

Sahq7}ibii' '^ 'hail' (of obscure etymology; J*^'*^ seems to mean 'small 
and round'). ^Isalcqmbeo''" 'it is hailing' ('i'it'; 'o'" progi'essive). 

Sxow 

J^QVf 'snow'. Ip on4d° 'it is snowing' ('*' 'it'; pqyf 'snow'; 
'o'° progressive). Snowball is called fomhvUu or p' qmhe^e according 
to its size {pQijf 'snow'; ia'u 'large and round'; he'e 'small and 
round'). For 'snowy' the adjective is formed: leu j^Q^nd/i'^ 'snowy 
stone' {Jcu 'stone'; p>'^-Vf 'snow'; '/'*' locative and adjective-form- 
ing posttix). 

HAIL-LIKE FLAKES OF SNOW 

Pombew^e 'small round snow' {p'qyf 'snpw'; hewe 'small and 
round'; 'e diminutive) is the name given to small flakes of snow, hard 
like hiiil, which come down while it is snowing. 

RAINY SNOW 

Kwqiapqyf 'rain snow' {kwqyf 'rain'; piqyf 'snow'). Said of 
snow mixed with rain. 

LITTLE HOLES IN THE SNOW 

Little holes seen in the crust of fallen snow are called jp'^m^'o'e 
(^'o?;y 'snow'; j^'o 'hole'; '<? diminutive). 

' Final Report, pt. i, p. 311, 18aO. 



iiiHRiNGTOx] METEOROLOGY 59 

Wq 'wind'. ^Iwq.'o'" ' it is blowing ' 'it is windy' ('4'it'; wg. 'wind'; 
'«'" progressive). Nqwildn'"^ ' it wants to blow ' ' it looks like wind ' {uq, 
'it'; ivi 'wind'; ^«'« 'to want'). Kegi ^hvqo'° 'it is blowing hard' 
{kegi 'hard'). A buUroarer is called loilty, 'wind call' {u4 'wind'; fij, 
'to call'). Wind is produced by Wq I >riJo '■Wind Old Woman' («ot 
'wind'; kwijo 'old woman'), who lives on Sandia Mountain [29:83]. 

DTTST-WIND 

JVa'iji'i ' dust- wind' (of obscure etymology). ^Ina-^jPo'" 'it is dust- 
windy' 'there is a dust storm' {^i 'it'; 'rr" present). Nq^'ifP^Fiu 'a 
dark dust-cloud' {)ui'"j!/\ as above; Fu 'dai-kness' 'dark'). 

AVHTRLWrsn 

Nqgomi 'there is a whirlwind' (m 'it'; gomi unexplained). Ban- 
delier * speaks of the whirlwind in Tewa symbolism. 

LlGHTNIX(t 

TsiciuwsRny,yf 'lightning'. 'Itsiguwseny,nde^e 'lightning flashes' ('* 
'it'; tsigmcmnuijf 'lightning'; de'e present). At the point of each 
lightning bolt there is supposed to be a tsiguioseniLntsiH 'lightning 
point' {fsigmoienuijf lightning'; tsPi 'flaking stone' 'piece of flint or 
obsidian' 'arrow point'). The light accompanying a lightning flash is 
called tsil''iej]f 'meal of the point' {tsi'ia.s above; I'^yf 'meal flour'). 
Lightning is produced by ^ok'uwa, who throw it from the clouds. 
Flaking stone, wherever found, is supposed to be the result of light- 
ning striking the earth. An ' ok'wwa, having hurled a tsig.t(;wxny,vi8i'i, 
picks it up again if it is not shattered. That is why no perfect 
tsiguwse.ny.ntsi' i are ever found on the earth. 

The arrows of the War Gods were of lightning; these arro>vs they 
stole. 

Mr. C. L. Linney of the Weather Bureau at Santa Fe gives the in- 
formation that lightning caused more than twenty deaths in New 
Mexico in 1911. Three years ago a prominent Indian of Nambe was 
killed at the place called JohuJiu'ii [25:G0], east of that pueblo. 

Thunder, Thunderstorji 

Kwqt4 'thunder'. 'Ilcwq.tq^o'"' 'it is thundering' ('-*' 'it'; hcqiq, 
' thunder'; 'rr» progressive). Thunder is produced by the Jfinidj/i/v/'jo 
'Thunder Old Woman' {hixitq 'thunder'; ktv/'Jo 'old woman'). 

1 Final Report, pt. i, p. 311, 1890. 



60 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

There is no Tewa name for 'thunderstorm', although such storms 
are very frequent in summer. The Tewa speak merely of kioqtq, 
'Ihunder' and kwqyj' 'rain'. 

" FIeat-lightning" 

MU'irif 'heat-lightning' 'light of dawn which reseml)lcs heat-light- 
ning' 'northern lights' 'brightness,' said of starlight (of obscure 
etymology). JV<lmy,wsptfa 'the heat-liglitning leaps up' («y 'it'; 
my.ws^ 'heat-lightning'; tfa 'to leap'). ''Imy.w^de'^ 'it is light- 
ning with heat-lightning' ('i 'it'; rnuiocS. as above; -li^ present). 
Nq,my,Wcepd"' 'it is lightning with heat-lightning' {nq, 'it'; m y,wie b.s 
above; po''° verbifying postpound). JIy,ivse appears in a number of 
personal names. 

MiKAGE 

Mipohnvagi nqio or n4pohoivag.i 'imtj'qyj' 'it resembles water lying' 
(w</ 'it'; 2^0 'water'; ^o 'to lie'; wa^^/'ILke'; ?!4 'it'; to 'to resemble'; 
'wy 'it'; {fiiVf 'to appear to one'). 

Echo 

JVqtoto 'it echoes' (nq, 'it'; toto 'to echo'). 



Til. PERIODS OF TBIE 
Yeak 

Pqio 'year'; cf. 2)(ijoQfiJ'l 'summer'. iMg'i'' ''q'^n/xike t^isi pujo 
''inqmu 'this girl is sixteen years old' (wvg 'this'; T' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; ''d!°:nfu'ke 'girl'; <^»si ' sixteen '< ^^ ' ten ', 
di 'from', ii'six'; pqjo 'year'; '*'she'; wl'she': mw 'to have' 
' to be '). 

The year began at the time of the winter solstice. The time of new 
year was called j/;a;(> tsqinh '' (j/gjo 'year'; isqmbi 'new'; 'i'' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix). 

JVseH''pgJo ' this year' (nse ' this'; ^P' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). Hepqjo 'last year' {he 'last' in this sense). JVi^wPa jjoJo 
or ^owewi'a pgjo 'next year' {n^ 'this'; wPa 'coming' 'other' 'dif- 
ferent ' ; 'o7oe ' there ') . Wije pajo '>i4p''cue''i''' ' two j^eara ago ' {wije 
'two'; pqjo ' year'; nq 'it' ; fcUe ' to pass'; '»'* locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). Wije pqjo 'iwe ' in two j^ears ' ' two 3'ears from 
now' (loije 'two'; pqjo 'year'; 'iwe 'at', 'in' in this sense). 

Seasons 

The Tewa distinguish only two seasons — summer and winter. The 
summer (jxijoge.'i, unexplained, but ci. j)qjo 'year') begins in the 
spi'ing and lasts until the fall, including the months of April, May, 
June, July, August, and September. The winter {te'mui, unex- 
plained) begins in the fall and lasts until the spring, including the 
months of October, November, December, Januar}', February, and 
March. The Tewa speak also of ta''qn<il ' the spring or planting time ", 
and ^/o;V.f2 'the harvest time', both of these words being obscure in 
derivation and not considered to denote true seasons. Unlike the 
Tewa, the Jemez appear to distinguish four seasons: todagiil 'sj)ring', 
pef 'summer', pal 'autumn', tdiH 'winter'. 

iV^'r*' te!nuM 'this winter' {n^ 'this'; '/'' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; te'niui 'winter'). ]VseirPa te'niuii 'next winter' 
{ns^ 'this'; m'a 'other'; tenuM 'winter'). ITetinxui 'last winter' 
(he 'last'; te'nuM 'winter'). 

All the clans of the Tewa villages belong to either the Summer or 
the Winter phratry. The same clan, wherever it is found, alwa\'s 
belongs to the same phratry. The Summer phratrj^ or division is 
called PajogcdPiniowa 'summer people' {pnjog.e-il 'summer'; 'iyy 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; toioa 'person' 'people'), 

61 



62 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 2!) 

Kunj'sehnva 'turquoise people' Qcanj'x 'turquoise'; /owe* 'person' 'peo- 
ple'), or K'aje (of obscure etymology). The Winter phratry is called 
Te'niui-inio'wa 'winter people' {te'niui f winter'; ^iyf locative and 
adjective-forming iiostfix; hnca 'person' 'people'); Potowa 'squash 
people' {po 'squash' 'pumpkin' 'gourd' 'calabash'; towa 'person' 
'people'), or Kwx.ii (of obscure etymology). The Summer people are 
presided over by the Summer cacique, fo'ce.fy,njo 'ceremony-presiding 
chief (pc'se 'to preside at a ceremony', said of either Summer or Win- 
ter cacique); ty,iijo 'chief, who is in charge of the summer ceremo- 
nies. . The Winter people and ceremoni(\s are in charge of the Winter 
c&(AqaQ,''oj!ketiinjo ' hard ice chief ' ('o/?' 'ice'; I'e 'hardness' 'hard'; 
ty,njo 'chief'). Bandelier^ writes: "The [Tewa] altar (Cen-te) used in 
the estufas is green for the summer months, yellow after the autum- 
nal equinox." So far as the present writer has learned, the Tewa do 
not recognize equinoxes, but only solstices. 

Distinct personal names were considered appropriate for children 
according to the season in M'hich they were born — summer or winter. 

Months 

The Tewa year contained twelve, not thirteen months. In this it 
agreed with the Zufii year according to Cushing (see the accompany- 
ing table). The months are said to have begun at the time of the new 
moon, but this subject needs further investigation. They are divided 
into summer and winter months (see under Seasons). Month is 
called po 'moon'. The term Posind,o is applied only to the divinity 
resident in the moon (see under Sun and Moon). 

The months were known by descriptive names, whicli are passing 
out of use. These names difiered considerably according to the 
speaker and the village. The accompanying table gives month-names 
obtained from Indians of four Tewa villages; also Jemez and Zuiii 
month-names, the latter from Gushing.^ It will be noticed that the 
old designations of some months have been supplanted partially or 
wholly by names of saints, whose festivals play an important role in 
l^resent-day Tewa life. December is invariably named from nup'a 
'Christmas,' and the old name could not be discovered. 



' Final Report, pt. i, p. 311, 1890. 

= ZufiiBreadstulI, The J/i/Wonc, p. 5S, April, 1884. 



PERIODS OF TIME 



63 





^ 


2 


M 


a 


a 


a 


ill 


S 


a 
g 


s 


6» 










i 1 


'H 


:' 
















If 


•?! 


60 


° 


p. 


i 


a 


ja a 2 
f * 


a 


.Q 




a 










^ "T 


S 


1 
















a. 


1= 


a 


." 


a 


a 1 J 


"S 


y; 


" 


u 










9 .' 


" 


^ 
















1 


% 

a 

bo 




a 
a 

J3 


g 


"1 a 

£ 2 


1 


1 


^ 
>. 


^ 


^* 








3 i 


a 


1 


















?* 






" 






H -^ -^H 




^ 


■^ 


'O 


to 








-^ 






















.3 




a 








1 


1 














1 f. 


1 


i 
















i 


s. 


i 


i 






II § 


^ 


■« 














Ik 


3 

3< 


•« 
















■^ 


■a. 

1 


a 

a 


•p. 


"a 
1 






."as 

^ ■« 'a 


H. 


a 


a 

a 












^ 2 


1 


> 


^ 














S z 5 

ih'a 


s 












■f 


















1 




















s 












vy 


















a 




















V 












1 s 

,Q 


















V 




















3 






































































































H 


.'^ 












'^ 


















s 






















:|, 


Y 










■H i i 
N a •« 


2 


,^ 


^ 





1 


ca 






a ^ 
■2 2 


1 


? 


<§. 














<l 

















■is 


a 


a 

a 


1 


a 


_N 






s S 




- 


^" 


ja 












S 


a 


a 










" a 1 
<§■! ■^ 

e " =^ 


1 


•3 




^ 


^ 


1 




5 « 
a « 


e 





,a 
1 


a 












:5 


..a. 




3 

a 










f 


1 


a 
8 


2 


i 

?! 


■0 


g 




1 ?; 


S 


w 


'i 


"a 
























'•S 


















•^ 




















< 




"^ 










« ^ . 


















■a 23 


~J7 


~ 


'^ 


~ 














jd 


<s. 


^ 








S «. — 




















■^ 


^ 


^ 


«. 


i 












a 




i 








- ~^ 


















S 


















a 


a 


s 


a 

a 








a ^ g 
? -' g 


















a " 

.c a 


J 
^ 







il 


a 
1 












z 


1 


■r> 


a 








<s. g a 


















= 1 


i 


i 


"^ 


5 




a 










-ji 
































■^ 




















^ 


,£3 


"a 
8 

a 










'■0 Is a 


2 


i 


"2" 


T 


"^ 





i 




5 S 


•5 


Y 


"^ 















-< 
< 

CO 


a 
s 

!■ 


1 
1 








a 1 8 

a 1 ? 

•a* 


•0 
1 

a 

a 


1 
1 
i 


1 

1 




1 

s 

p, 


a 
.2 

ft 
a 


1 
ft 


S 

1 


a -1 


x: 


3; 


ft 




a 

a 


a 

a 










-< 


A 


«. 


:A 








2 s s 


7 


J 


2 


r- 


¥ 


¥ 


g 


S 


i a 


3 


^ 


a 


%." 


i 


■5 


■3 


i 


^ 


H 


i 


•^ 


a 

a 

8 
_a 










5' 
5, 


2 


a 

-0 


1 
1 


"5. 


5 
a 

a 


a 

a 
£ 


1 
1 

c 


1^ 

■g -2 ^ 


* 



1 

"o 

■a 
a 


2 

e 

-2 


1 


1 

"a 

8 

_a 


1 

2 
2 


a 


1 





3 

a 

i 




•^ 


















c^ 






=; 


« ». s 


a 








<£a* 




^ 


w 


CJ 














•e. 


















« 








































































J 


■ 












^■ 






































53 


s' 












a 


















j= 




















w 


s 
c 






























1 





















64 



ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 





c 


■.k 




g 














t; 5 a 




















-a 

•i 

I 


i 


a 


1 


1 




i - 1 ** § 

3 r -a »H s 








a g ° 

a 4 a 
,a A <B 


i 
















B 


I 

S 


1' 


■a 

3 
a 


J 
i 






i S S '^ " 

■§ 1 -- " a 

? 1 a S ■ 


1 


1 


!3 
a 
C 




J3 

1 
















'a 5 


1 


8 

a 






I'll a 1 


H 


a 


,2 


1 1' 1 k 


a 
1 


















s 












t2 








?' 


















g jo 


^ 












o 








■| 








































































a 

V 


























^1 g 


V 
















V 


















gSSg 


^ 












5* 








'5 


















H 






















■< 




















"^ 


^ 


"a 


«. 






a ^ a § 








fl & "S- 


















•< 


^ 




1 




^ 




« 3' a o 








^ 1' g 


~ 
















1 




_o 


"ri 














M »• ° 


!a 
















t^ 




g. 




a 


a 




B . r 'c 
























s 


s 


\ 


s 


a 




8 5 5'^^ 








'<= •^' § 


a 
















S 


<ll 


r. 


•A 


a 
o 




<§. 3 S g g 








fs d 


"a 
















^ 




1 


S 


a 


1 




•g- » 1 s a 

ai - - - - 








i § «> 8 

§ a V _a 






























^ 








S' 


















< 




"V 




~^ 


a 
8 

a 
4 




^ *- o g . 








a V o 




















£ 


1 


^ 


1 




s * - .- i 

S" " 5 ^ a 

8 a -- S a 








J3 »«• 

o ^^ a 


'a 
J 
















1 


ca. ^^ 
" a 

1 1 




s 

i 




1 

_a 










g 1 V 


} 
















•< 








































v: 














"^ 








S' 


















-< 














' V o o 








^ *~ s 




^ 










a «-. 


o 


f 














ll"?j 








a f ^-2 


i: 










fl ^. 


1=1, ^ 


fr^ 














0- - = & a 








'XL ^^ ^ 


f: 










f- 1 


5 fl 


3 

o 














a . •« 5 o 

if -^2:^ 
1 s ^ s § 








lis 

e <l) ti 


a 


a 

a 

a 












K 














1,1 s -a '5 










o 


la. 










la 


v.a 


m 














^ 








1 














S' 








T, 


e 


~ 


T;r 


c 


■o .•- o . 








13 •- o 




■o 


2? 


en 


, 




a V 


c 


< 

5 


c 
c 


1 

c 


f 


e 

SI, 


o 

p. 


a 
1 


1 1 .- 5 

. 1 * •S a 

^ S a - 

^ ^ i ? i 

a 1 a * 2 








•i "3 "^ 

? "" 7 
Is V. 


'a 

a 
o 

_a 

a 

a 


1 


i 




1 

-a 


o 
a 


•§ r. 


.a. --i 

- 5 
i a 

a ^ 
to "d 


B 


























































































































< 












1 








i 

1-5 



















PERIODS OF TIME 



65 



a ^^ - S . 'S' ■ 



& B d. o 
•S, o !C q 

£■ a vf 



" "" ;S "8 ; 



SIM i^ ^ -* ^ a ^ja—- t«Qj d\/'oS 
r- x.a«Sot:o~ir'aVa,«- 



?" S 5 3 S S s „ 2 



-5 e bo c: 

35 " 5 a 






|.fi- -;!--§ I 'Sol 



2 g«-r~= is*.: 
5 -S ■- £ - ^, 2 .. . 



87584°— 29 eth— 16 5 



68 



ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 









3 
































































T! ^ 













; 




■g ^i 








: 


n3 


oj 




S? a 








M 


u 


1 




.^ 1 








3 




.s'i 




s g 


4, -•- -8 


!a 




a s V s a •- i 




M '^ C 












m a< - c V — 




'^ 1:;^ P 




£ 


« 'E S 


g 




2 & •s « § g 
g .5 s a s 


w 


5 I^ 




■e fe 


S- s 


a 




a 


■fi ^ <s. 
Ill 


a 


1 & 

a. 


S 1 

a 3 t 


8 

a 




S d S „ - 

1 1 5 § ,?■ I S 
1, 1 P ? V 3 a 


i^° 


g 




d 








a 


i!g 


^ 




!i 








^'1 


s^^s 


"i; O 




^ i 








li 


-: o is 
te E a o 
w 






i 1 








11 




-■^ 




e 








•0 




— o - 


7~~ 


e - 


V - o 






f- e t*^ a* -• " ^ 






c 


S .£ 


.=■ 53 ■» 






s -x = = ^ 




5 - o 


a 


1 1 


a' 3 - 


h 




.2 £. 2 - g 


■a 

a 


1 5 1 
■ - s 


+ 

■a 
1 


a £ 

a i = 
- * * 


s S ■" 


a 

8 
a 




-J 2 -|^ ." 

1- a 1 1 1 a 


< 

E- 
o 


1 si 


o 

+ 


• J3 A 

si a 

o a -s 






J3 

i 

a 

a 


a s, 2 . «< 

•C e . <S - - a 
^ " 2 f S ^ . 

- i a 1 _§ «• i 


i 


_a g i 


o 


a - „ 

"I- "^ 


^^'1 


s 


5 


•|3 1 


■a 

i 




iH 


J3 

ho 


1 


laSf *?a 


m 


•^ 




« 








s^ 




" S a 

S -1 a 




5 J 

ij 


h 3 S 


a 


h 


1 "^J { 1 1 

1 " § i > :^ 
5 1 1 1 1 
1- g r» -S a 
•|a?=i fv^ 






a 




0) -* 60 


5 


1 

1 


i 


■3^2 

■g g s 


+ 


~5 5 
1 1 a 


s 2 2 


a 


§ 

a 

8 

a 


1 A 1 -.a 


B 


O I- 1 






•— ' _5* -g 


"a 






a g -H 

fif 


■a 
1 


a s 

lis 

- 1.^ 


a §'2 




u S S S . 

■§; a ? =3 ?'? a 




•S 




^ 








5= 


a 






0) 








u 


1 


£ 




a 








M 


z 


S 
o 












1 



harrixgton] periods of time 67 

The Christian Week 

Jcuii 'time between' Sundays, 'week'. Domiygu 'Sunday' is fre- 
quently used to render 'week'. Spanish semana 'week' is rarely used 
in Tewa. 

Doiniygu 'Sunday' (<Span. domingo). Lune 'Monday' (<Span. 
lunes). Ifcute 'Tuesday' (<Span. martes). MleJ^hole 'Wednesday' 
(<Span. miercoles). Qive'be 'Thursday' (<Span. jueves). Bte^ine 
'Friday' (<Span. viernes). Saiadu 'Saturday' (<Span. sabado). 
No expressions meaning- 'first daj-', 'second day', etc., are in use. 

Day, Night, Times of Day and Night 

T'a 'day': cf. t'ci^f 'sun'. T'/ui 'day' (i!'a'day'; .li ablative, 
locative). T'a refers to the period beginning when it becomes 
light in the morning and ending when it gets dark in the evening. 
For a day of twenty-four hours there is no expression current in 
Tewa. 

N(lt'' a'sWiiaxrj f 'the days are getting shorter' (w« 'it'; t'ci, 'day'; 
tsui 'cut short ' ; mse.ijj' ' to go ') . Tfx.ia^'^ n4t'ana ' the days are short ' 
{tfcgda"^ 'short'; na 'it'; t'a 'day'; tiq. 'to be'). Nqt'ammxijf 'the 
days are getting longer' {nq, 'it'; t'a 'day'; so'large'; inser)f 'to go'). 
Hehxnj'u iiqf ana 'the days are long' (he /i sen j' a 'long'; ml 'it'; t'a 
'day'; nq. 'to be'). 

]Vqk'y,nnd 'it is dark' {?iq. 'it' ; h'y,r)f 'dark' ; nq 'to be'). NqJcipoiua'' x''^ 
'the light is going to come' {nq, 'it'; I'i 'light'; powa 'to arrive'; '^'* 
'to come'). Ifqt'e'c^'^ho'''' 'the light is already coming' 'it is beginning 
to get light' («a 'it'; z!"e 'light' 'clear light'; 'a'* 'to come'; Ao'" 'already'). 
N^qt'eiul 'it is light' 'it is clear' (;«] 'it'; t'e 'light' 'clear light'; nq 'to 
be'). ]Vqkij)o'° 'it is light' (;«]. 'it'; A:i 'light'; po'" 'to make'). NqJ,:htq 
'it is light' {nq 'it'; ki 'light'; nq 'to be'). Wa\iUi 'the time of the 
early morning when already light but not yet dawn or sun-ujj' (of 
obscure etymology). Xqt'amuiB'^ 'the dawn is coming' (ml 'it'; t'amn 
'dawn'; '^'* 'to come'). Nqt'amuml 'it is dawn' (ml 'it'; t'amu 'dawn'; 
nq 'to be'). 2Iuwcet'e 'the light of dawn' (muwx 'heat-lightning'; t'd 
'light'). JV<hnuwset'epo'° 'the dawn is shining' (ml 'it'; muwset'e as 
above; pa''' 'to make'). Nqt'qinp'i'x^ 'the sun is about to come up' (i^q, 
'it'; t'qi)f 'sun'; pi 'to issue'; '^'* 'to come'). Nqt'qmpi 'the sun 
comes up' (nq 'it'; t'ai)f 'sun'; pi 'to issue' 'to come out'). T'qnt'e 
'sunshine' 'sunlight' (t'qi)f 'sun'; t'e 'light'). Wqt'qnt'e 'the sun is 
shining' (nq 'it'; t'qijf 'sun'; t'e 'to shine'). He'i^inio''' 'earl}- morning' 
(heJiJjf- 'morning'; Jo'" progressive). Ilai^idi 'morning' 'forenoon' 
(he<i^i)f- 'morning' 'forenoon', absolute form never used; di ablative, 
locative). He.i,intag.edi. 'morning straight up time' 'time about nine 
or ten o'clock in the morning' (heuejjf 'morning'; tag.edi as below; cf. 
t'e''itage<(P). 



68 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Tage '.straight up', referring to tlie sun, ' noon' (of. taje 'straight', 
not croolied or bent). Tagedi 'noon' {tag_e as above; .li ablative, loca- 
tive). T'qn tage^ii nQuq 'the sun is at noon' {t'qyf 'sun'; tag.eJ-i 
'noon'; fiq. 'it'; n4 'to be'). JViltagepo^" 'it makes straight up' 'it is 
noon' {nq 'it'; tage as above; j)o'° 'to make'), fuwagi nqtagepo"' 
'noon comes very soon' {fuwagi 'soon'; nqtagepo''° as above). 
NqtageMiy cue 'noon is passed' {yiq, 'it'; tag.e.ii 'noon'; jpoue 'to 
pass'). TaQ.e.iip\uedl 'afternoon' {iag.&ii 'noon'; p'cue 'to pass'; ^H 
ablative, locative). T'e'itag&oi 'evening straight up time' 'time 
about two or three o'clock in the afternoon' {fe^i 'evening'; tag&ti as 
above). T'e'ui 'evening' (z!'e'*' 'evening', absolute form never used; 
di ablative, locative). Niigepije nqt'qmmierif 'the sun is declining' 
{^imge 'down' 'below' Knu'u 'below', ge locative; plje 'towai-d'; /xl 
'it'; fayj" 'sun'; mxyf 'to go'). Nql>\i)f 'it is twilight' {nq 'it'; 
Ti-iVf 'to be twilight'). Kin^l 'twilight' {I'iijf 'to be twilight'; ./^ 
ablative, locative). Nqlc li.mpo'"' 'it gets dark' (nq 'it'; h'y,ijf 'dark'; 
p<)'"> 'to make'). NqHijiyf 'it is dark' 'it is night' (nq 'it'; h'tiyf 
'to be dark'). Nqh'y,nnq 'it is dark' {nq 'it'; TSi^yf 'dark'; nq 'to 
be'). K'nUfi 'night', especially used meaning 'last night' (7.;"y, con- 
nected with Tc'y,i)f 'to be dark'; 'li ablative, locative). K'yAui 
'night' {k'lui as above; di ablative, locative). 

Nse,t'a 'to-day' (nse. 'this'; fa 'day'). K'lpii 'last night', see 
above. Tsq'ndi Fyj^i 'last night' {tsq'^idi 'yesterday'; h'y^ii as 
above). Tsq'n4i 'yesterday' (tsqyf, cf . tsqmpije 'west' and n(Votsqnv4 
'it is a little cloudy'; di ablative, locative). Tsqmfserjge 'day before 
yesterday' {tsqrjf^ as above; ps^yge 'beyond'). T'a'ndi 'to-morrow' 
(far)f 'sun'; di ablative, locative). T^a'nd/ih&iind/i 'to-morrow 
morning' {fa'ndi 'to-morrow'; heJ^ndi 'morning'). T\C mpstyge 
'day after to-morrow' {farjf, as above; ^^??ge' beyond'). 

Hours, Minutes, Seconds 

'(?.<« 'hour' (<Span. hora). Minutu 'minute' (<Span. minuto). 
Segundli 'second' (<Span. segundo). Wetis-iijonu ^o-ih wi "day" 
'twenty-four hours make a "day"' {weise.iijonu 'twenty-four'; '»/« 
'hour'; v)i 'one'). Segints^''^ TnlnutU wi ''odh 'sixty minutes make an 
hour' {segints^^^ 'sixty'; minutu 'minute'; vn 'one'; 'oA 'hour'). 
Segintx'^ segunduwi minutu 'sixty seconds make a minute' (segi/itse'^ 
'sixty'; segundu 'second'; wi 'one'; minutu 'minute'). 

Clock or watch is called fqnta 'sun measure' {t'qyf 'sun'; ta 
'measure'), or f qmp^yxo^ 'sun for looking at' [t'qrjf 'sun'; piiyioc^ 
'to look at'). GxmAui ^-qmii t'qmpy,riw£^ 'look at your watch!' (g« 
'you 1' imperative; ?/m/^j 'tolook'; '■jf/w&i 'your'; fqmpinjivss 'watch'). 

''Ih.edi 'o'clock' (said to mean something like 'long being' — cf. henfi 
'long' — di ablative, locative; the H is unexplained). Tse ''ihedi 'y'^'* 
'you will come at seven o'clock ' (fe<; 'seven'; HlieJ-i, as above; \ 'you'; 
'as'* 'to come"^. 



HARRINGTON] PERIODS OF TIZME 69 

Hsenfa ''ihiJqn nqnq 'what time is it'i {hxnfu 'iiow iiiucli'; 
''ih^-iq,'gf^ cf. ^ihe^ii above; ng 'it'; nq 'to be'). Ts^ilieJ'l 'ten o'clock' 
{tse!^ 'ten'; ''iJiedi 'o'clock'). Hcui-H tcsHheJti or maJ^i tssUhc'ii 'about ten 
o'clock' {hcuidi, mcui 'about'). Jomi, daha jtiygeheJ'i 'half past four' 
{jonu 'four'; J,aha 'and'; p\))qeheJ-i 'half </>i?;^(? 'in the middle', heJLi^ 
cf. ''IheM, above). :7^'* '»i«MMi!M«4^c ^^^^flye' /we 'ten minutes before 
twelve' (<^'* 'ten'; mm?/^w 'minute'; nq, 'it'; ^e 'to be lacking"; tstuimije 
'twelve'; ''iwe locative). TT/ 'o./a mite 'one hour remains' (w* 'one'; 
''oA 'hour'; iiq, 'it'; te 'to be lacking'). 

Festival 

{■(iyhPU! 'festival" 'fiesta' (of obscure etymology) or /(/ 'festival' 
• 'fiesta '(related to hitfq 'to be glad'). 

Fair, Carnival 

7^'d.^fe<Span. feria. A?Wn/Sa(Z)< Span, carnival. Fairs or carni- 
vals are held at Santa Fe and Albuquerque. 

TiJiE OF Placue 

Ha'iwiioag.i Iowa ta/ujndi'' 'dying of a great man}' people' {ha'uei- 
wagi 'very many'< hdiwi 'very many', wagi 'like'; tovM 'people'; 
taluLT)/ 'to die of the plague'; '*'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 



IV. GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 

Note. — The alphabetic order isaqases^qhh'bdd/g ifpg^ g. h i 
ij Jc I'w % Ic'll m n tif ■rji]W'r)foqppp^q^qwrJ>sftlt' ts tj fs </ 
u %f,y,v to. The glottal stop (') is ignored in the alphabetic sequence. 

'^'« 'steep slope'. Cf. te'a 'gentle slope'. 

''AkQmhu''u ' plain wholly or partly surrounded by higher land ' ' corner 

of a plain' {^akqi)f+hu''u). 
^Akqmpije 'south,' literally 'direction of the plains' i^akqyf+^ije). 
''A1cqrnpije''i7ite'e''so\xih estufa' (^ahqmpije ''so\it\i''+te^e). Synonyms: 

pqjogeM'intowatite'e, Icy.nj'set.e'e, and k'ajete'e. 
"'AJiowpijeiyqwapsRijije 'locality beyond (south of) the south house- 
row of a pueblo' ^ahompije ^ south^+^P^+pspyf/e). See diagram 1, 

p. 305. 
^ Akqrnpije'iyqwasii, 'south houserow of a pueblo' (^ahqmpije ' south '+ 

''i''^+qicas'\i). 
^ Akqmpv)eps^n4i"- 'south part of a pueblo' (^akqmp{je+pc^?i4i'')- 
^Akqndkve 'at the plain' i^akqyf+^kve). 
''Ahqnnu 'plain' {\ilcqyf+mi). ^jUcqume {' al-qy f+nse) la never used. 

The various postfixes can be added to ''akqnnu as to ''ak-qyf with- 
out difference of meaning. But 'little valley' is rendered ''akqy/e, ■ 

not ''(tkqnnu''e. 
^Akqij(Je, ^akqnnug.e 'down at the plains' ^akqrjf, ''akon.nu+ge). 
''AJcqyf 'plain'. 
''Akqyfhenfiyf 'long plain' ' long valley or glen with flat bottom' 

'long mesa-top' {^alcqyf+henfii)f 'length' 'long', mineral 

gender). 
''AkqyfJm^u 'arroyo with a flat, plain-like bottom' {\tkqijf+hu^u). 
''Anu'u 'foot of a slope' 'below a slope' ('a'a+ww'w). 
^Apinnuu.i 'middle of a slope' 'half way up or down a slope' ('«'«+ 

pinniui). 
"'Awap'abii'u, ^awap'abe^e^ ^awapHhu^u, ^awap'ihe^e 'low place in which 

cattails grow' {^awap'a, \twap'i species of cattail + hu'u, he'e). 
''JEpo 'race track' ('^ 'to run'+^o 'trail' 'track' 'road'). 
'Iki 'V -shape'. 
''Ayfje 'foot of 'base of (^qyf ^iooV+ge). This is often combined 

with other words, as: qyfje\ige 'down the slope to the base of 

the slope'. 
^Anfxgi 'on the head'. 
^AnfxgiJcu, {^qnj'segi+ku) a conical rock bearing on its apex a rock 

cap, thought by the Indians to resemble a person carrying a 

burden on the head. (See pis. 7, 8. ) 
70 



HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 71 

Baa 'woman's belt". It is also used figurativelj^ of a belt or strip of 
country. A man's belt is called sejnha\i {Kyf 'man'+6(f'a). 

Bau 'ford' (<Span. vado 'ford'). 

Be 'pottery' 'vessel'. 

IBe'e (1) 'small, low roundish place' 'dell' 'dale' 'suuill valley' 'small 
corner' of a space, as of a room. (2) 'of roundish ball-like shape' 
'ball' 'clod' 'mound'. 

^e?iy,(}ite ' watchhouse for watching a melon field' {bi-nudi 'musk- 
melon' + te). 

^epulcaM 'potsherd' {he 'pottery '-i-^m 'base'+Z;'aSe 'to break'). 

Be^u 'chimney' 'lireplace connected with a chimney' (apparently he^e 
(1) or he'e {2)+su 'arrow'). 

Besup'o 'hole or opening of a chimney' (besu+j/o). 

BiVf 'little bend'. 

B^yj'huhi 'ari'oyo the course of which bends at short intervals' {heij /•+ 
huhi). 

Bi- 'small and roundish". 

Big_e 'sharp bend' (hi- +g.e). 

Bui 'small roundish pile, grove, clump, hill or mound". 

Boka ' mouth of acauyon' (<Span. boca 'mouth' 'mouth of a canyon"). 

Boui ' large roundish pile, grove, clump, hill or mound'. 

Buia 'dry dell' {hi'u (l)-i-to 'dryness' 'dr}^'). 

Bu'u (1) large roundish low place' 'dell' 'dale' 'valley' 'bottom' (in the 
sense of 'low dell') 'large corner of a space' 'courtyard' 'plaza' 
'placita' 'settlement surrounding a plaza' 'settlement' 'town' 
'city'. (2) 'of large roundish ball-like shape' 'large ball' 'large 
mound'. See diagram 1, p. 305. 

Buwate 'oven' (Jbitva 'bread' -i- te). 

Buyf 'large bend' 'large turn of a waterway'. 

BxLTjfhu^u 'arroyo the course of which makes large turns at intervals' 
hy.yy + hiiii). 

'Dep'o 'coyote's den' {is 'coyote' -^fo). 

Dejjf ' small point' 'small conical point'. 

Dwjjf 'large point' 'large conical point'. 

'-£" ' oifspring ' 'child', also used as the diminutive postpound. The 
tone in the singular is falling, in the 2 4- plural it is rising-falling. 
When meaning 'offspring' 'child' two plural forms are in use: 'e 
and ''en fie. 

'^yiwefe 'school' (<Span. escuela 'school'). 

^ Ehwelateqioa 'schoolhouse' (^ekivela+teqiva). 

^Eda 'threshing floor' (<Span. era 'threshing floor'). 

^Etapeta 'post oflice' (<Span. estafeta 'post otHce'). 

''Etanqn 'railway station' (<Span. estacion 'railway station"). 

''Etup'a 'stove' (<Span. estufa 'stove'). 



72 ETHNOGEOGEAPIIY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

?j(?'at' 'down at' 'to' 'down to', locative postfix denoting rest or 

motion at or motion toward one or more plac'es below the level 

of the speaker. 
Ilse. 'that yonder' 'there yonder,' demonstrative element denoting 

location not very far from the speaker. Cf. nae. (1) and 'o. It is 

much used before postfixes of locative meaning, e. g. hxhuMJe ' up 

yonder on top' (Jis^ + hwaje) . It is also used as a noun prefix, 

e. g. h^teqioa'iwe 'at that house' {hx+ teqwa+''lwe)^i also as an 

adjective Aa'i'*' ^e^2««'iW 'at that house' (hsf + ^P* + (eqiva+^iive). 
Siege 'down there yonder,' denoting location not very far from the 

speaker and lower than the speaker (hse + gc). 
JTxnsR 'there yonder,' denoting location not very far from the speaker 

{/iie + nse [2]). 
Jfx'we 'there yonder,' denoting location not ver\' far from the speaker 

and at about level of or higher than the speaker {/ise + we). 
Hsi.wijakwo'P^ 'inner storeroom' 'closet' {h^wl 'something' 'thing' 

+jal:wo ' to be put away' + T'). 
H^wiqwlkwonvH''- 'inner storeroom' 'closet' {hce,-vi 'something' 

'thing' + qwikwonu 'to be hung up' + T'). 
Hqyge ' beside ' 'at one side of and not contiguous Qx^yf- + ge). 
HqyqwoM., 'polcwiJuiyqwO'ie 'mouth of a lake or a body of water' {hqyf 

'respiration' 'spirit' + qwode; pokwi). ITdyqiarUt' is also applied 

to the break in the "life-line", a line which nearly encircles the 

vessel in certain designs of potteiy painting. 
Ilqyj' in /iQyffe. 

H^e 'small groove' 'arroyito' 'gulch'. 
He''e 'wide gap'. 
Ilegi 'gulchlike,' 'groove'. 
Ilcj'qnje 'lengthwise' (hejl unexplained + j)ije). 
IIe-Ji^mp<£ age ' place down where the sun shines in the morning' {he.ic^ijf 

'morning' + pahige). 
JZs'timjxi'adi 'place where the sun shines in the morning' {he./eijj' 

'morning' + pcCadi). 
He-i^rjTcse.nirjqe 'side or place where there is shade in the morning' 

{Mj>tVf 'morning' +1-^7) f + 'iij<Jfl). 
HeMykiennuge 'place where there is shade in the morning' (hedejjf 

'morning' + I's^yf + nu + ge). 
Hai^yksRyge 'place where there is shade in the morning' {hcd.ej)f + 

Ti^yf + ge). 
Tlin fsesegP^ 'neck of a peninsula" (hlnfse. 'smallness' 'small' + segi 

'slenderness' 'slender' + V'). 
Hill 'near,' locative prefix and adverb (la unexplained + di). 
Huge 'large groove' 'arroyo' {hiCu + ge). 
Ilugtfo 'arroyo water' 'water from an arroyo' {ku^u + ge + po 

'water'). 



HAKRINGTOS] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 73 

JIi(qwog.e 'delta of an arroyo' 'place down where an arroyo cuts 
through' (Am'-« + qwoge). 

Jlaiahuhi 'dry arroj'o' (Am'm + ta 'dryness' 'dry' + huhi). 

IJii'u 'large groove' 'arroyo' ' Canada'. 

''Tbe locative postfix meaning 'in' 'into', referring to rest or motion 
in or motion into hollow ob]'ect(s); T' + ie unexplained). 'I'he is 
also used as a noun meaning 'room of a building'. "In' contigu- 
ous gas, liquid or solid is expressed b}' ^me. 

Wtepirjge 'in the middle' (^ibe + 2)ii]g<-'). 

T* is primarily a locative postfix meaning 'at', referring to place at 
about the same level as or above the speaker. It is also postfixed 
to adjective stems to denote gender and number. '7'' never means 
'in.' Its forms may be tabulated as follows: 

Sing. Dual 3 + Plural 

Mineral gender T' Hi]f '*'' 

Vegetal gender ^ivf 'ivf '«'' 

Animal gender T' 'iijf ^ivf 

When postfixed to words ending in o, o, u or ?/, mv"', u-iyf may be 
used instead of '/'% 'iyy. T* appears as a part of many other 
postfixes, as '/fee ('i'' + fee), px/idf' ipseyj' + 'i'O- 'J' and its 
compounds denote place either near or remote. This can be 
observed by comparing '«^{/e ('*''+ jp?j/e) 'to this place' 'to that 
Tplace^ with ns^2^ije (use + pije) 'to this place', h^pije 'to yonder 
place ', 'oj)ije ' to that remote place '. The forms in 'ii;y are some- 
times elided with the preceding syllable; thus '' OTc^yf 'San Juan 
people' for '' Ohevjf ('CAe 'San Juan Pueblo'). 

'7/(? locative postfix meaning 'at', i-ef erring to two or more places of 
about the same level as or above the speaker (T' +je unexplained). 
At two or more places 'in' contiguous gas, liquid or solid, is also 
expressed by '//e. Cf. '/mv. 

''ljej)ije 'to' 'toward', referring to two or more places of al)ont the 
same level as or above the speaker i^'ije+ pijtj). 

''Ijedi 'from' 'out of, referring to two or more places of about tlie 
same level as or above the speaker {'ije + di). 

'/?!« ' in ' ' within ', referring to motion which takes place entirely within 
an object, as in the sentence ' eagles soar in the sky' ('^'' + nu). 

''live locative postfix meaning ' at", referring to one place but to one or 
more objects of about the same level as or above the speaker 
('/'*-!- Wi"). 'In' contiguous gas, liquid or solid is also expi'essed 
by '<Mv. Cf. '/V'- '■^"■'' i^ ^I'^f used as '?fei? is used, especially if 
the whole of an o})jc(t is not inside, e. g. of a person's hand 'in' a 
box. 

''Iwepije 'to' 'toward', referring to one place but to one or more ob- 
jects of about the same level as or above the speaker (^iice + pije). 



74 ETHNOGEOGEAPHy OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

''Iw&ii ' from ' ' out of ', referring to one place but to one or more objects 
of about the same level as or above the speaker ^iwe + J-i). 

^Inns^ 'side' 'at side' i^ijjj' (2) + 7ise). 

Unn^i 'side' 'at side' ('iyy (2) + nsg^ + m). Cf. 'inn^. 

Uyge 'side' below speaker, 'down at side' ('i^y (2) + ge). 

^Irjf/eU'i 'side' below speaker, 'down at side' ('i^y (2) + ge + •ii). Cf . ^iyge. 

Uijf (1) a form of 'i'', q. v. (3) appearing in several words meaning 
'side'. 

Ja 'in the middle', appearing in various compounds. 

Jage 'amid' 'in the middle of {ja + ge). 

Jcue in pojcue 'island' (apparently _;"« + J-e unexplained). 

Jchil 'between' ' among,' referring to a position between or among 
two or more places or objects (Ja + ui). 

Jawe 'outside' 'out doors' {ja, probably akin to ja 'to put away' 'to 
put out of the way' + we) . 

JclntsiH 'willow-grown canyon' (j<i>jf 'willow' + /si'/). 

Jq^yge 'amid' ' in the midst of ' {j<lyj'-+ge). Used, for instance, in the 
sentence Toioajqiyje \>jp' ' I am moving about in the midst of a 
crowd of people' {ioioa 'people'; 'o 'I';J/'^'* 'to move abovit'). 

Jiyf/i 'middle location' 'middle' 'medial' {jqyf + gi, postfix appear- 
ing in many adjectives). 

J4vfffjyagi, Jqygip^igl 'flat terrace part waj' up between base and top 
of mesa', as, e. g., ' bench at top of talus slope' {jqyfft 'middle loca- 
tion' 'middle' 'medial' + ]}'agi 'largeness and flatness' 'large and 
flat';jo'/gi 'smalluess and flatness' 'small and flat'). 

J'Vdf- 'amid 'in the compounds jifiv^r/e and jqy(/i. 

Jo augmentative postpound. It may be postpounded to certain words 
onh', its usage being not as free or frequent as that of the dimin- 
utive 'e. 

Kahajulca^P^ ' pasture fenced in for grazing for horses ' {kaiaju < Span, 
caballo 'horse' -i- h'a + 'i''). 

luibajute, haiajuteqvja 'barn or stable for horses' {kobaju < Span, ca- 
ballo ' horse' + te; teqwa). 

Kanfedh, ' canada' ' glen ' ' narrow mountain vallej" ' ( < Span, canada, 
of same meaning). 

Kanf&ia])oTsi''i ' canada with canj-on-like walls with a stream flowing 
in it' {Jcanfe-ih, + potsi'l). 

Kapija 'chapel' (< Span, capilla' 'chapel'). 

Kqmpusqvtu 'graveyard' (< Span, campo santo 'gravej'ard'). 

]LSRnd/i^^ 'shady place' {hxyf- + 'i'*'). 

Ks^nnu 'shady place' {k^ijf- + nu). 

K^yf- 'shade,' in some compounds, as he-ieyl:sEn%))(^e). 

Keji 'old', said of things, not persons. Used only as a postpound. 

El, an element postfixed to many adjective stems. Its meaning is not 
clear. 

Kite 'prairie-dog holes' {hi 'prairie-dog' -i- te). 



HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TEEMS 75 

Kyrnrau 'edge' {I'ivj' + »iu unexplained). 

ISjinu 'edge' {lijjf- + nu). 

Kijjge 'edge,' as of a table or mesa {Iciijf + g.e). 

J^Vf- in I'Wge, Mnnu, etc. 

Sop^e 'boat' 'bridge' 'plank or log across a ditcn or bod}- of water to 
serve as a bridge' (fo probably identical with Izo 'to bathe' + pe 
'stick' 'wood' 'timber' 'plank' 'log'). What is said to be a primi- 
tive Tewa bridge is to be seen over the mothor-ditch at San Juan 
Pueblo. Such a bridge consists of a roughly flattened log. 

^(9"(a 'corral' ( < Span, corral 'corral'). The native Tewa ("(juivalont 
is Ua. 

Ko'm- 'right' opposed to left, in various compounds. 

Ko^MQ.edi 'at the right side of locative postfix {ko'di- '+ Q_e + ^;'). 

Ko'dinsR 'on the right' 'at the right side' {Jxo'J-i- + iise. [2]). 

Kq 'barranca,' 'bank of an arroyo or gulch' 'arroyo' 'gulch'. The 
term is applied especialh" to arroyos of which a barranca is a 
prominent feature. Arroj'os which have a bank on one side and a 
gentle slope on the other, like those of the Pajarito Plateau, are 
called Icq. As a term for arroyos l-qhxiu is as common as ^o. 

Kqhu^xi 'arroyo with barrancas or banks as a prominent feature' 'large 
groove by the barrancas' (Z'o + hu^u). Cf. I'o. 

Kqso'o, hqsoge, kqso^Jo 'large barranca' 'large arroyo' {kq + sci'o 'large- 
ness' 'large'; g.e;jo). 

KqtahxCu 'dry arroyo' (kq + ia 'drj'ness' 'dry' + A?/'?/). 

Eqwcui 'wide gap between barrancas' (Jco + waM). 

Kqvji'i 'gap between barrancas' (Zo + tvPi). 

Kutfija 'knife-like tapering ridge' (<Sp. cuchilla of same meaning). 

Kuwalca 'sheep-fold' {litwa 'sheep' + ]ca). 

Elite 'store' 'shop' {Jcy, 'to barter' + te). 

Kvm- in IcvMge, hoaje, etc. 

JTwa'a 'downstairs' 'on the ground floor'. 

Kwag.e 'on or at the broad-topped height of 'flat-topped height' 
'mesa' 'height' (^•?/;a- + g<?). Used of mesa-top, top of frustrated 
cone, flat top of a hand-quern, etc. 

KvMgefu^it, 'horizontally projecting point of a mesa' {kwag.e +/ii''ii). 

Kwag.einiii 'horizontally projecting point of a mesa' {hrage + tpi'di). 

Kwaje 'on or at the height of ' 'height' 'on top of 'above' {hra+je 
unexplained). This is the most inclusive term meaning 'on top' 
'at the top' 'in the top' 'above' 'above the top'. It uray be 
used, for instance, of a bird in the top of a tree, on the top of a 
tree, or above a tree. Pohmje means ' above, not touching, the 
surface of the water' {po 'water'). 

Kwajepije 'up' {kwaje + p!je). 

J??<w^!'u ' room ' of a building (< Span, cuarto "room of a building'). 
The term of native Tewa origin is ^iie. 

Kwsefcu^r^ 'Mexican settlement' {Kvjseku 'Mexican' + T*)- 



76 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Kwsekubiteqwa^ i''^ 'Mexican settlement' {Jviceehu, cf. Kwselci^Df 'iron', 
'Mexican ' + ti possessive + teqwa +' i''). 

Kwxlcyhic'u 'Mexican placita' 'Mexican plaza' 'Mexican settlement' 
(li-wseky, 'Mexican' + bu^u). 

Kujsekiimpo 'railroad' (^■waei'y?;./' 'iron' 'metal', cf. TcwseTcu 'Mexican' 
+ 'f7;y, vegetal gender of '%''?). This term is frequently' used for 
railroad train, thus: Kic£elcy,mpo nq.ms^yf ' the train is going,' lit- 
erally 'iron road goes' (jui 'it' + 7nser)f 'to go'). 

Kwsek^mfokop e 'railroad bridge' {<lws^lcy,mpo + kop'e). 

KwseM 'winter person 'member of winter phratry' (unexplained.) 

Kws^dite'e 'mnter people's estufa' (kwseui 'winter person' + ie'e). 
Synonyms: tenudi ''intowabite'e, pimpije 'intowabite'e, pote/'e. 

KwijekwPo 'irrigating ditch' {kivije 'to irrigate' + kwi'o). 

KwPo 'irrigation ditch' 'ditch'. The Tewa made extensive use of 
irrigation by means of ditches, in pre-European times. Ditch- 
work is now done by the men. h\ olden times it was done by 
men and women working together and the implements used were 
narrow shovel-shaped digging-sticks. Ditchwork is still, as 
formerl}', communal and compulsory. 

Kwi'ojija 'main ditch', literally ' mother ditch ' (Xmy''(> +jf {/'a 'mother'). 
The corresponding term in New Mexican Span, is acequia madre, 
of which the Tewa name is probably a translation. 

Kwi'opo 'irrigation ditch water' 'water from an irrigation ditch' 
(kwPo + po 'water'). 

Ka 'denseness' 'dense' 'thicket' 'forest'. The word refers to any 
thick growth of vegetal matter. 

KaboM 'grove' 'clump-shaped thicket' {ka + bodi). 

Kabii'u 'grove' {ka + buhi). 

Easoge 'big forest' 'grove' 0ca + so'o 'largeness' 'large' + ge). 

Ke 'point' projecting more or less vertically, 'projecting corner' as 
of a table, 'sharp point' as a cactus thorn. 

Ee 'neck' of man or lower animal. The tone of the word is distinct 
from that of ke 'point.' 

Eedug.i 'large pointed peak' {ke + (lug.i 'largeness and pointedness' 
'large and pointed'). 

Eeg.e ' edge ' Qce ' neck ' + ge). This is perhaps the commonest word 

meaning 'edge' of a clitf, 'shore' of a lake, 'bank' or 'edge' of 
a river, etc. 

^ei^e 'dipper' 'ladle' (of obscure etymology). 

E&ii 'on top' of an upward-projecting pointed object (ke 'point' + 
di) . The term seems to refer to an edge at the top of an upward- 
projecting more or less sharp object. 

Ee^iipije 'to the summit' (Jce.d+ j)ij(i). 

Eewe 'on top' of an upward-projecting pointed object, 'point' 'peak' 
'dome' (ke 'point' + ive). The term seems also to be used with 



HABEINGTOX] GEOGRAPHICAL TEEMS 77 

the more general meanino; 'in, on or at the top of 'above," in 

such iisage being identical with l-uxije. Said of water, it denotes 

position above the surface, not touching the surface; cf. hvaje. 
KeioejxO"' 'near the top' ' a short distance below the top' 'not as far 

up as the top ' Qceice + j^a'") . 
£^^'0^''onthe upper surface and contiguous with the upper surface' 

'on top of or on a surface ' (of obscure etymology). Thus ^o- 

^•/gi means 'on the surface of the water' (;\; 'water'). 
Ka 'stone' 'rock'. 
Kuhie 'rocky dell' (ku + hee [1]). 
Kuhiii 'small pile of stones' (Ini + ii.tt). 
Kubcui 'large pile of stones' Qcti + hodi). 
Kvhuhi (1) ' rock\- dell,' (2) ' place enclosed within a circle of stones ', as 

at the shrine of the Stone Lions [28:27] or Stonehenge. 
K"d(dtgPP', IcududiigPP^ 'pointed rock' 'tent rock' {)cu+ dfdeg./,, 

dudiig.i 'pointedness' 'pointed' + H''). See plates 6-8. 
Kudendendi'^.Kiidundy-tidr' 'pointed 'rock' 'tentrock' Qcu + dejidfsj' 

'pointedness' 'pointed' + '/"'). 
KuJc'aje ' stone fetish ' ' stone shrine ' (ku + Vaje). This term is applied 

to all kinds of fetishes and shrines made of stone. Cf. Vajekuhui. 
Rule iemhei] f 'little gravelly bend', as for instance in the course of a 

creek (kuk'seijf + hvjf)- 
KuVxmbu^u 'gravell}^ dell' {hulc'ieyf + hu/u [1]). 
KvJc'sempo 'gravelly water' {l'uJc'serj,/ + po ' water'). 
Kuk'seyf 'gravel' 'coarse sand' (ku + lc'serjj' 'flour' 'meal'?). 
KuFi'oi/wi 'pueblo built of tufaceous stone' {kuJc'i 'tufa' 'tuff' 

'pumice stone' "tufaceous stone' + ^oywi). 
Kuk'voijwikeji 'tufa stone pueblo ruin' (kuk'i 'tufa stone' + ''oijxri + 

Iceji). 
KuTciwade 'place where tufa stones or blocks are strewn or scattered* 

{Jculc'i 'tufa stone' + wa.i.e 'to strew' 'to scatter'). 
'Kii'iifxte 'ant nest' (hc'^iyse 'ant' + te). 
Kii'nj'cetehiJ'i 'ant hill' (ki^nfxte + JzUi). 
Kunf3e.tee 'turquoise estuf a' (kunfse. 'turquoise' + <e'e). Synonyms: 

'akompije'inte'e, pajogeupintrnvaiite'e and Tcajete'e. 
Ku^orjzci 'pueblo built of stone' {ku + ''qijwi). 
Ku'oywikt'jl 'stone pueblo ruin' {hi + ''oywi + Iceji ). 
Knpuhinie^ said to be a Santa Clara equivalent for JcubL'i 'small pile 

of stones' {ku +pu^u unexplained + «^ (2)). 
Kupo 'stone water' 'water in stony creek-bed' {hi + po 'water"). 
Knp'o 'hole in a stone' 'hole in a stone in which water collects' 'water 

hole' in a stone or rock (ku +j)'o). This is the only name by 

which water-holes are commonly designated. 
K>q) op ivi^c "hole through a stone' Qcu + p o -v p (iv:e 'to go completelj' 

through"). 



78 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Eusq.i)wi)nbu' u 'dell partly or wholly .surrounded by a zigzag of stone' 
{kusdrjwijjj' + iu'u {!)). 

EMsqywijjf ^zigzag stone' 'stone zigzag' {kn. + saijwiyf "zigzag'). 
Applied, for instance, to strata of stone with serratedly eroded 
edges. These are represented in pottery painting. 

Kus^Tjf 'hornlike projection of rock' (ku + seyf 'horn'). 

KuJtHu ' horizontally projecting point of stone' Qcu +Juhi). 

Kutq'"^n4i'^ ' painted rock ' ' rock painting ' {leu + ta^'iyf ' painting ' + '*''). 

Kutepa 'stone-wall' used either as a fence, or as part of a building 
{)cu + tejm). 

Kutoia 'rock cliff' (W + tiiba). 

Kut'a^ugi ' rock}^ peak or pinnacle' {Icu + t'a unexplained + dug.' ' large- 
ness and pointedness' 'large and pointed '). 

EuwoAe 'place where stones are strewn or scattered' (Jcu + n-a-ic 'to 
strew' 'to scatter'). 

-ff'ft 'corral' 'fence' surrounding an enclosure, 'fence' 'enclosure'. 

E'ahu.u 'roundish place enclosed by a fence or hedge of some sort' 
Qc'a + hu'u [1]). The enclosures made for certain Jicarilla Apache 
and Navaho dances are called Ic'ahuu. 

K'aje 'fetish' 'shrine', applied to anything in which pimiyf 'magic 
power' is believed to reside. 

K'aje 'summer person' ' member of suimner phratry ' (unexplamed). 

K'ajehu, k'ajekubo'ii 'sacred stone' 'sacred stones' 'sacred stone-pile' 
'shrine' {k'aje + Tcu + bo'ii). Cf. huk'aje. 

E'ajete'e 'summer people's estufa' (k'aje 'summer person' + te'e). 
Synonyms: 'aJcompije'iniowatite'e, fqjogedi'intowabite'e, and 
Tcunj'se.te'e. 

KmoVi ' gap between fences ' ' entrance or exit of a corral ' Qca + wih). 

K'ewi'i 'outside corner o a houserow, house, corral, etc' {¥e unex- 
plained + ^in''i). 

K'o 'arm' of body or, used figuratively, 'branch' 'bough' of a tree, 
'arm' of a lake or other body of water, 'inlet' 'bay' 'bight'. 

K'qji 'roof hole' 'door in the roof through which entrance and exit 
are effected'. In Tewa dwelling rooms the k'oji have been largely 
replaced b}' doors in the walls, but the estufas or kivas still have 
them. Mythical k'ojl are believed to exist at lakes; see pokie\k'oji. 
Tewa ¥oji has been hispanized as coye, and the word is cur- 
rent in New Mexican Spanish. Bandelier ^ writes "Ko-ye." 
Tewa k'oji means 'roofhole', not 'inner room'. 

K'qniiwe 'place where mineral or other substance is dug' 'mine' 
'quarry' {Jcoyf 'to dig' + Hwe). 

K^oyge 'at the end' 'end' 'extent' {k'qyf + ge). 

K'qvj- in k'qyqe. 

Makina 'machine' 'engine' 'sawmill' (<Span. maquina 'machine' 
'engine'), 

1 Final Report, pt. i, p. 2^2. 1890. 



HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 79 

MaJ 'ocean' (<Span. Jiiar 'sea' 'ocean'). 

MfUfokwi 'ocean' {)7uu+pokun). 

McupoTavips^ijgenqyge 'the country down oc^vond the ocean' {nuu- 
pohi'i+pseyf/e+nqrjj'+g.e). 

Mem 'table' 'mesa' 'tableland' (<Span. mesa 'table' 'mesa' 'table- 
land'). 

2fesalwag.e 'mesa' 'tableland' {//iesa+kwag.e). 

Misate 'church' (iiuBa. <Span. misa 'Roman Catholic mass'+^f). 

Misat^e 'chapel' 'little church' (wiisc/fe+'t). 

Na%a ' cultivable held ' 'field'. The word has the same meaning as 
Russian nfiva., which it resembles in sound. Tewa naia has noth- 
ing to do with the uncommon Span, word nava 'plain.' 

Na^a 'game pitfall' 'large bottle-shaped hole excavated in the earth, 
covered with brush and earth'; deer fall into it and arc thus 
caught. Such a pitfall is called in the Taos language quana. 
Plate 11 shows au ancient nciba. 

Xa^ahiCxi 'dell of cultivable land' {n((b<( ' field '-h&m'm [1]). 

jS^aiahu\( 'arroyo or cai5ada with cultivable laud in it' 'field arroyo' 
(naia ' field '+A«'!<). 

y^ciiapohuhi 'arroyo or cafiada with cultivable fields and a stream of 
water in it' {nata ' field "+po/iM'M). 

JVaiatsPi 'canyon with cultivable land in it' 'field canyon' {miba 
'field '-(-/si'/). 

JVasa, nasa 'fishweir' (<Span. nasa 'fishweir'). 

JV^ (!) 'this' 'here', demonstrative element denoting position close by 
the speaker. Cf. hse and 'o. It is much used before postfixes of 
locative meaning, e. g. 7is^hioaje 'here on top' {use + livaje). It is 
also used as a noun prefix, e. g. 7ixtequ:a'iwe 'at this house' 
{nse + teqwa -n ''iwe); also as an adjective nse!%^ teqwa/iwe 'at this 
house' {nse. + '*'' -i- teqica + ^Iwe). (2) 'at' locative postfix. 

Nmge 'here' ' down here', denoting position of or close by the speaker 
and relatively low (7;^ -1- ge). 

JV^^nse ' here', denoting position of or close by the speaker (wa? -1- ttse [2]). 

jVsens^^ot'omise 'on this side', referring usually to a river or other body 
of water (nsen^ + 'oi'o?inse). 

JYa^ns^i 'on this side', said of body or otherwise (nsensr + .'>). 

N^s^we 'here', denoting of or close by the speaker, and relatively high 
(w^ -H we). 

]^se,weJ.i 'here' 'on this side' {ns^we + •(i). 

Nqmbe'e 'small clump of earth' 'mound of earth' {nqijj' + he'e). 

Nqmiit'u 'large clump of earth' ' mound of earth' {nqr)f + hu'u [2]). 

Wqnsipu 'shrine', literally, 'earth's hollow where belly and rib- 
region join' (nqyy + slpu 'belly base' 'depression below the ribs 
and above the protruding part of the belly on each side of the 
navel' <si 'belly', ^m 'base'). 



80 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Nqnla 'desert' 'dry land' {nqyf + hi 'dryness' 'dry'). 

Nqyge 'floor' 'country' {nqyj' + q.</). 

Mlylccii 'on earth' 'in the world' [nqtjf + ke.ii). 

Nqyf 'earth' 'land' 'country' 'soil' 'floor. 

iV5'o/?'e'(? 'plaster' 'mortar' (n(i formative element + 'opV'*^ unexplained). 

Nqpo 'kneaded or workable mud' 'mud suitable for making adobe 
walls or brick' {nq. formative element + po ' water'). Cf. potsi. 

JVqpok'y. 'hard adobe' whether in form of adobe bricks or in other form 
(nqpo + k'ii indicating length and hardness, as inp'ek'y, 'bone' {p'e 
'stick')). The Tewa constructed pueblos of adobe in pre-Colum- 
bian times, building up the walls, a layer at a time, with formless 
mud {nqpo). They learned from the Spaniards how to make 
adobe brick and the modern Tewa pueblos are constructed of 
such brick. The Tewa call an adobe brick toi nqpok'-y, {wi 'a' 
'one'). 

Nqpo' oywikgi 'adobe pueblo ruin' {nqpo + ''qywikeji). 

Nq.powq, 'the water trickles down' said, for instance, of water trickling 
down a cliff {nq 'it'; po 'water'; ?m 'to trickle down'). 

Nqtdbajemu 'the bank falls' (?(y 'it'; toia 'cliff'; jemii 'to fall', said of 
?>+, used herewith mineral singular). Cf. the San Juan name for 
February (p. 63). 

Ni a Nambe and San Juan form sometimes used instead of 'ivy, loca- 
tive and adjective forming postfix. 

NoJ/la 'well' (<New Mexican Span, noria 'well'). This is the ordi- 
nary Tewa word meaning 'well'. 

Nu 'ashes'. 

Nu locative postfix meaning 'at', referring to one or moi'e objects at 
any level. It never means 'in'. Its usage appears to be iden- 
tical with that of was. 

NuQ.6 ' below ' ' under ' ' beneath ' ' at the foot of ' («.«'« + gt). 

Wugepije 'down' {nuge + pije). 

Niiu ' below ' ' under ' ' beneath ' ' at the foot of 'at the base of ' 
'close to' 'down in'; said of liquids. 

^wsenia^i''' 'place where pine sticks are scattered on the ground' 
'place where pines are dry' {ytoseyj' 'rock-pine' +ia 'dryness' 
'dry'-i-'fO. 

NfsS^mst- 'left', in various compounds. 

Nj'£eSns^g.edi ' at the left side of; locative postfix (nfee^ms^- + g.e + di). 

Nfse'ms^nse, 'on the left' 'at the left side' (nfss!mse,- + w^ (2)). 

'(? 'that' 'there', demonstrative element denoting remoteness from 
speaker. It can not be posttixed. Cf. /;« (1) and Zi^. It is much 
used before postfixes of locative meaning, e. g., ''ohwaje 'way up 
there on top' ('o -t- hwaje). It is also used as a noun prefix, e. g., 
'' oteqwd! iwe 'at that house' ('o + teqvja + ''iwe); also as an adjective 
'(?'*'' teqxocDiwe ' at that house ' ('o + 'i'*' -i- teqwa + ''iwe). 



HAKRiNtiTox] CECXiRAPII I( ' A [. TKKMS 81 

'' Oge 'down there', denoting remotoiiess from iiiid position lower Ihuii 
ispeaker ('« + ge). 

' Oji ' ice '. 

^Ojipirjf 'ice mountain' 'mountain with ice, snow or uflaciors on it' 
(^oji + piyf). 

^Oku'^\nW.\ Distinguished iiy its tone and the hMigth of its vowels 
from ''oku, 'turtle'. 

' Okuhegje ' gulchlilce place by (lower than top of) hill(s)' {^oku. + he^e + g.e). 

Ohuhegi 'gulchlike place of the hills ^{■oku + heg.i 'marked by gulches' 
'gulchlike'). 

^ Okukewe 'hill peak' 'peaked hill' (oku + hewe). 

''Okupir)f 'large hill' 'small mountain' 'mountainous hill' 'hill-like 
mountain' i^oku, + pyjf). 

^ Okupayki' not YQVj nsivvow hill or hilltop ridge' Coku+p'qyjki 'large- 
ness and narrowness ' ' large and narrow '). 

^ Ohuj>'ir)l:l 'narrow hill or hilltoi) ridge' {^okn+j/yjl:/' ' smallness and 
narrowness ' ' small and narrow '). 

' Okuty,)jtrsrJo ' ver\' high hill ' {^'o7,'i( + ty,jjw{e ' highness ' ' high ' ' tallness' 
'tall'; ^Vj augmentative). The name is applied especially to cer- 
tain tall hills with shrines on them; near each of the three pueblos, 
San Juan, San Ildefonso, and Tesuque, one hill called thus and 
having a shrine on its summit is found. These were in former 
times ascended each dawn by a priest to worship the rising sun, 
it is said. 

'' OTiuwadi 'wide gap in-the hills' ^oku -h ■ii^a^i'i). 

'' OTcmvvi 'gap in the hills' ^oku + wvi). 

'' 01c' Cj.m'be' e 'small sandy low place' i^oTiqijf + he^e). 

^Oh'qmhUi 'small sand pile' i^oh'qijf + hUi). This is used, for in- 
stance, of the sand piles made by ants. 

^ Oh'qmiodl 'sand pile' 'sand dune' ^olcqyf-v ho.il). 

'' Ok'qmbu^u 'large sandy low place' Cok'qrjy + bu''>i). This is also the 
name of a constellation. (See p. 50.) 

^ OJcqmpo 'sandy water' (;oUqr)f + po). 

^Ok'qmp'o 'hole in sand' 'quicksand' (^oh'(li)f + p'o). 

'' Oh'qnnitpo, nqnnupo 'subterranean water' ^nk'qrjf -f ?((/';/ -i- pu 
'water'; nqi]f). 

'' OTc qi]lc E^to, ''o¥qr)Tceetoto 'quicksand' i^oJcqyf + Fxto 'to sink in"; to 
'to be apt to' 'to look as if it would'). 

^Ok'qijf 'sand'. 

''0¥ir)j' 'steam' 'vapor'. 

"Ok'y, 'shadow' 'shade' 'shed'. 

^ Ok'ii'iijfjeud 'shady side' Cok'u 'shade' 'shadow'; -wjcaI 'side' 
<^iTj[/e 'side', ,ei ablative, locative). The shadj' side of a moun- 
tain, e. g. of Truchas Peak [22:13], is called thus. 

' Ok'y,teqv!a 'shed' {'ok'y, + terprc). 
87584°— 29 eth— 16 6 



82 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

''OnsR 'there', denoting remoteness from speaker ('o + me, [2]). 
^Ot'onnsg. 'on the other side', used especiall}^ with reference to bodies 

of water {^o + -t'qrjf- + Uce). For 'on this side' of a body of 

water nsense ''ofonnx is used. 
''Owe 'there', denoting remoteness from speaker and position at about 

level of or higher than speaker ("o + wv). 
'Orjwi 'pueblo' 'village'. The Santa Clara form is 'tj,ywi. 
■Qywil'eji 'pueblo ruin' {■oyv:i + hjl). 
'Qywiijffe 'pueblo' ' down at a pueblo' {'qyw\ + ge). 
^Qywip" ale Qn4i''^ 'burnt pueblo' {'ojjwi + p'ak'ojjf 'to burn'< ^/r* 'fire', 

Fqrif 'to do' + '^'0- 
^O'Tjwitsq.mbi''' 'new pueblo' 'pueblo at present inhabited' {^or/v'i + 

tsqmhi'^ 'new'). 
Pa^a- in parage, pa^cui (akin to Jemez pe ' sun '). 
7*a'" 'sleeping mat' 'bedding' 'bed' 'mattress'. 
Pa''°' in IcerinepcC'^. 

PcCage 'sunny place' below speaker {pa} a + g-'). 
Pa'^depije 'to the front' 'in front' {pa''^.ie 'first' 'eldest' 'older 

brother or sister' + pijc). 
Pa'a.ii 'sunny place' {j)a^a + jf). 
Pqjog&ii^intmoabite'e 'summer people's estufa' (jMJog.edi 'summer'+ 

'i'» + ioiva 'people' + H possessive + te'c). Synonyms: alcomp/'Je'- 

iniowabite'e, Tcunf^te'e, and Ic'ajete'e. 
Pqnte 'oven' {pqijf 'bread' <Span. pan ' bread' + tt). 
Pse.nfute 'snake nest' 'snake hole' 'snake den' {psenfu 'snake' + te). 
Psi.J.enqy'lco 'salt lick' frequented by deer (7^7; 'deer' + ./.d 'they' 3 + 

^iC'^y + ^0 'to eat'). 
Pad 'thread' 'string'. The word is probably also used figuratively 

to mean 'little stream'. 
Penihee, penihxCu 'graveyard' {pcni 'corpse' + hie^ hnJii). 
PemteTca 'pigsty' {pesote 'pig' + ^''o). 

Piiiiage 'place where meat is dried' {piil 'meat' +ta 'to dry' + gfe). 
PPhm 'ford", literally 'where they come or go through' (pi 'to issue' 

'to come or go through' + '/?»«). 
P/'je 'to' 'toward' 'direction' 'region'. JVaiipije means 'to my 

home' {naii 'my' +pije), ^v^iipij'' 'to your home' {'tibl 'your' + 

pije). 
PijeJ-i 'from' 'from the region or locality of {p>''J^ + ''*')• 
Pixoe 'ford' {pi 'to come or go through' + ?w)- 
Pinqyf 'power' 'magic' 'magic power resident in a fetish 
Pinnu 'in the midst of {piyf + nu). 
Pinnudl ' middle' 'in the middle' {pvjf + rni + di). 
Pijjge 'in the middle of 'amid' {pivf + ge). It means also 'half- 
way'. 
PivgeM 'in the middle' 'from the middle' {pvjffe + -ii). 



HARRINGTON] GEO( IR Al'1 1 IC AL TEHMS 83 

I 'iij _/ 'heaiV 'core' 'middle". 

Pope 'driftwood' 'pile of driftwood' (unanalyzable). 

PopeboJ'i 'pile of driftwood' {pojK + hodi). 

Popewcue 'scattered driftwood' {pojje + vKUe 'to scatter'). 

PoJie 'fishweir' (unaiialyzahlc). 

Po.iete 'watchhouse built near a lishweir' {po.ie+ te 'dwelling place'). 

Pote'e 'squash estufa' {j>o 'siiuash' 'pumpkin' 'calabash' + i!<3'e). 

Synonyms : piinpijeijitinnuiitiie, temui' intowabite'e, and Tcwsesite'e. 
Poiage 'place where squashes are dried' {po 'squash' 'pumpkin' 

' calabash ' + la ' to dry ' + g[e). 
Pu 'base' 'buttocks' 'root'. 
Pii4v]f 'tree stump' {jni + (Jvjf)- 

Punahe 'ball' (probably containing be, referring to roundish sliape). 
PiDiu'u 'near' 'a little way from', said, for instance, of an object on 

the ground near a house (pu, + nu'n). 
Pute 'rabbit holes' {pu 'rabbit' 'cottontail rabbit' + te). 
J^Mioa 'cultivated land' 'ploughed field' (unanalyzable). 
PuwabxiJu 'dell of cultivated land' (puwa + iuhi), 
Pwinte 'bridge' (< Span, puente 'bridge'). 
Psendi ' on the other side ' 'bej^ond' {fmyf + j.i). 
Psendi'^ 'part' 'side,' used especially of parts or quarters of pueblos 

PaEn?ise ' on the other side' 'beyond' {pseyf + nx [2]). 

Ps^ijge 'over or down on the other side' 'beyond' {p^Vf- + ge). 

P^Vf- 'beyond' 'side', used only in compounds, such as psend-P^, 

pxnnie pmyge. 
Pimbu'u 'a dell in the mountains' {pv],f + hiPu). 
Pimpije^inte'e 'north estufa' {pirnpije 'north + '/'* + te'e). Synonyms: 

pqjogedp iiitowatitee, ])ote'e, and Icwxnte'e. 
Pp)ipije''i>jqwapxtj[fe 'locality beyond (north of) the north houserow' 

of a pue])lo (pimpije ' north' + '^'* + (jwa + pxyfje). 
Pirnpije' pjfpvasy, 'north houserow' of a pueblo {pimpije 'nortii' + T' 

+ qvMsy,) . 
Pimpo 'mountain stream' {piijf+ po 'water'). 
Piiiipo 'mountain trail' {piyf + po 'trail'). 
Pimp a 'flat-topped mountain' {pVjf + i><i' 'largeness and flatness' 

'large and flat'). 
Piiiq/<iyTii 'mountain ridge' (pi^y + />'fjj;^-» 'narrowness' 'narrow'). 
Pvnp^opi 'bald mountain' {piijj' + p'^ 'hair' + jpi negative). The 

term is doubtless due to the influence of Span, cerro pelade, etc. 
Pindiigi 'mountain peak' {Jnyf + dugi ' largeness and pointedness' 

' large and pointed '). 
Pimix 'in the mountains' {pijjf + nx [2] ). 
Pinsqywiyf 'zigzag-shaped mountain' {pvjf + sqipi'iT) f 'zigzag'). 



84 ETHNOGEOGEAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth ann. 29 

Piykwaje 'mountain top' 'mountain height' {pyjf +hmje). 

Piijhe ' sharp mountain peak ' {piyf + Tce). 

Pi)jJcediigi 'mountain peak' 'mountain with a tall peak' (pyjy + he + 
4ug.l 'largeness and pointedness' 'large and pointed'). 

Pirjlcewe 'mountain peak' (pvj,f + Iveire). 

Pirjwcuie ' place whei'e mountains are strewn or scattered' {piijf + uxue 
'to strew' 'to scatter'). 

Pitjwa-ii 'wide gap in the mountains' {fiijf + wrui). 

Piywibd'o 'lone mountain' (pyjf + vjti 'one' + hri'o 'heing'). 

PiijwPi 'mountain pass' 'gap in the mountains' (jnijj' + inPi). 

Pyjf 'mountain'. 

Ppjf^e 'small mountain' (piijf + '«). 

Piijf'oJi'y, 'mountain shadow' 'shady locality in a mountainous 
country ' (piijf + ^ol'y,). 

Po 'water' 'river' 'creek' 'brook' 'body of water' 'juice'. The 
writer has not learned that rivers are personified b\' the Tewa. 
But Goddard says of the Pecos, Canadian, Rio Grande, and Chama: 
"These are the sacred rivers of the Jicarilla. The Canadian and 
Rio Grande are male, 'men,' the Pecos and Chama are female and 
are so pictured in the ceremonial by paintings."^ 

Po 'trail' 'track' 'road'. 

Pohee 'dell with water in it' {po 'water' + hee [1]). 

Pobig.e 'sharp bend in a stream' {po 'water' + hi^e). 

Pobu'u 'dell with water in it' {po 'water' + 6w'm [1]). 

Po'e 'small stream' 'brook' 'puddle' {po 'water' + 'e). 

Pd'e 'small trail' {po 'trail' + 't). 

Po^ego 'a stream or body of water which shifts its bed' {jm 'water' 
+ 'eao 'to shift'). 

Pog.e 'river' 'creek' 'low place where water is or runs' {po 'water' 

+ ae). 

Pog.e 'trail' 'road,' conceived of as running low, on, or through the 

surface of the earth {po 'trail' 'road' + g.e). 
Pohe^e 'little gulch in which water is or runs' {po 'water' + Ae'e). 
Poltege 'little gulch where water is or runs' {po 'water' + he^e + g.e). 
Pohuge ' arroyo or cafiada in which water is or runs ^ {po '' water ' + Aw'?< 

+ gi')- 
Pohiru 'arroyo or Canada in which water is or runs' (/I'"' water' + hiiii). 
Pojcuie 'island' {po 'water' +j(Uii). 
Pojege 'confluence of two streams' {po 'water' +je 'to meet' 'to join' 

+ae). 

Pojemuge 'waterfall' {jw 'water' +jernu 'to fall', said of 3 + + ge). 
Pojemu^P* 'waterfall' {po 'water' +jemu 'to fall', said of 3+ +'/'')• 
PojemuHwe 'waterfall' {po ' water' +jemu 'to fall', said of 3 + + ^Ivx). 

1 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 223, footnote, 1912. 



HiRKI.NGTOx] GEOGRAPniCAL TERMS 85 

PoHij(je 'bank of u river or body of Wiitor", .said of a bank which has 
a i-ather siiarp and straight edge {po 'water' + k-ij/ji'). 

Pohvaje 'up river' 'north' {po 'water' + hwaje). 

Poku'i 'lake' 'pond' 'lagoon' 'sea' 'body of water' {po 'water' + 
ttoi unexplained). The -hvi can perhaps be explained by compar- 
ing the Taos paqiom- ' lake ' and Taos qvM- ' pit ' ' pitfall '. Lakes 
are believed by the Tewa to be the dwelling places of ^dk'mm 
and to communicate with the waters beneath the earth. At every 
lake there is a l-'oji or roof-hole, through which the "ok'mca pass 
when they leave or enter the lake. It is said that each pueblo has 
its lakes of the four cardinal points. Among the Tewa place- 
names will be found the names of many sacred lakes. 

Vohw\e 'little lake' 'pond' 'lagunita' {polu-i + 't). 

Pol'vnge 'lake' 'down at a lake' {pokwi + g.e). 

Pohcikirjge 'rim of a lake' {pohi'i + kiijffe). 

PohoiFo ' arm or inlet of a lake ' {pohci + k'o). 

PohciUoji 'roofhole of a lake,' a mj^thic opening in a lake through 
which the ''die wvxi are supposed to pass {poliri + Foji). 

PoJcwinse 'by a lake' {pokwi + use [2]). 

Pohc'imi 'by a lake' {pokwi + n u). 

PoJcwita'iwe 'place where lake grass grows' {poJcwi + ta 'grass' + Hwe), 

Pokeg.e 'banks or shore of a body of water' 'river bank' {po 'water' -i- 
hege). This word is commonly used where we use 'river.' The 
Tewa speak of going down to the river bank {poJcege) instead of 
going to the river. 

PoJcegepi'iire ' place on the edge or shore of a body of water where 
one enters or emerges from a ford' {pohg.e + pPnve). 

Poko 'stagnant water' 'body of water' {po 'water' + ko 'to lie'). 

Pohmragi nqto 'mirage' {po 'water' -i- Ico 'to lie' + u:ag! 'like' 'similar 
to' + lul 'it' + to 'to have the semblance of). 

Polcu 'rock in the water' {po 'water' -i- leu 'stone' 'rock'). 

Pok'qyfje 'end of the water' 'end or mouth of a river' {po 'water" + 
Foyge). 

Pomstyf 'running water' {po 'water' -t- mse-r/f 'to go'). 

Ponuge 'down river' 'south' {po 'water' -i- nuge). 

Po'o 'water mill' 'mill driven by water' (po 'water' + 'c 'metate' 
'quern' 'mill').' 

Pojji 'spring' {po 'water' + pi 'to issue"). 
'Popihee 'dell where there is a spring or are springs' {pojyl -^ he^e [1]). 

Poplhuu 'dell where there is a spring or are springs' {popi + huhi, [1]). 

Popie 'little spring' {pMjn + 't). 

Popip'o 'basin, pool or bowl of a spring" {popl + p'o). 

Pop^o 'water hole' 'hole in a rock or elsewhere in which water col- 
lects' {po 'water' + p'o). 

^ For a good illustration of a New Mexican water-mill, see W. G. Ritch, Illustrated New Mexico, 
p. 133, 18So. 



86 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eih. iNN. 29 

Pofpi'a 'water tank' 'water reservoir' 'basin of water' {po 'water' + 

qwa). The artificially constructed reservoirs of ancient Tewa 

pueblos were called thus. 
Poqwa'e 'little reservoir' 'cistern' {pO'jira + 'e). 
Poqiwg.e 'delta of a stream' 'place where the water cuts through or 

washes out' {po 'water' + qwo^e). 
Poqv}o>ie 'water outlet' 'place where water cuts through or washes out 

little by little, as at the outlet of a lake' {po 'water' + qimue 'to cut 

through little b^' little '<y«w 'to cut through', M seemingly 

meaning 'little by little'). 
Posajen^ivje, posaje'hoe ' place of bubbling, boiling or turbulent water' 

{po 'water' + saje, saj^ijf 'to bubble' 'to boil' 'to be turbulent' 

+ ^iwe). This term is applied to some hot springs and to the 

water of the Rio Grande at Embudo Canyon [8:75], north of San 

Juan Pueblo. 
Posisy^T^ 'stinking or stagnant water' {po 'water' + sisy, 'to stink' + 

'z'»). 
Pdtso 'high water', said of the Rio Grande when it is high {po 'water' 

+ so 'to be at flood' 'to be high'). 
Posog.6 'big river' (^<? 'water' + so'o 'bigness' 'big' + g.e). This term 

is applied especially to the Rio Grande. It is never applied to 

the ocean. 
Poso'O 'big river' {po 'water' + so'o 'bigness' 'big'). This term is 

applied similarly to posog.e, above. 
Posuwa^P^ 'warm water' 'place of warm water' {po 'water' + suwa 

'warmth' 'warm' + 'i''). This term is applied to hot springs. 
Pofau 'bend of a body of water reaching into the land' 'projecting 

bend of water of a river,' literally 'water point' {po 'water' + 

/«'m). 
Poto 'place where the water of a stream sets back' 'pool or place of 

stagnant or slowly flowing water beside a stream' {po 'water' 

+ to 'to set back'). 
Poto''e 'small backset or pool by a stream' {poto + '*). 
Potog_e 'backset side of a stream' {poto + g,e). 
Potoyjge 'place by the side of a stream where water sets back or a 

pool is formed {poto + ^iy[/e). 
Po?a ' drying or dry water' 'mud' (/>i9 'water' + ?a 'dryness' 'dry' 

'to dry'). This is also used of low water in the river; opposite' 

of poso ' high water.' 
Potag.e ' place where water is drying up or has dried up ' {po ' water ' + 

ta 'dryness' 'dry' 'to dry' + g.e). 
PoiaT^ 'place where water is drying up or has dried up' {po 'water' 

+ ia ' dryness' ' dry' ' to dry' + '<'»). 



HiBRi.NGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TEEMS 87 

PotiCiwe ' pltice where water has dried up or is drying up ' {po ' water' 

+ la 'dryness' 'dry' 'to drj^' + ^Iwe). 
Potsa 'marsh' 'swamp' 'marshy meadow', in Span, cienega. Poid 

'mud' is the diminutive form (po 'water' + tsa, which is said to 

be identical with fea ' to cut through' 'to cut across the grain', 

because water cuts or oozes through land in making a marsh, but 

this may be only a popular etymology). Cf. potf:/'. 
'Potxag.e ' marsh' {potsa + g.e). 
Potsak' se/ifofo'' iwe 'miry place', as in a marsh where persons or stock 

smk into the mud (^oz;s« + k'xnto 'to sink in' + ^o ' to be apt to' + 

Hwe). 
Potsapoja^ie 'land in a marsh or swamp' {potsa + pojoAe). 
Potsqywse'' P' 'hot water' 'hot water place' {po ^ wnter^ + tsqywc'g. 

'hotness' 'hot' + '/'''). This term is applied to hot springs. 
Potsi 'unkneaded and unworkable mud' 'nasty mud' 'puddly nuid' 

'mud' 'muddy place' {po 'water' + foi diminutive of the tsa 

which appeal's in potsa). Cf. 7>i]po. 
Potsibee 'muddy dell' {potsi + he'e [1]). 
Potst'bu^c 'muddy dell' {potsi + hwit, [1]). 
Pots/'ge 'muddj- place' {potsi + ge). 
PotsihCu 'arroyo with muddy places in it', as for instance Tesuque 

Creek [26:1] {potsi + hu'u). 
Potsvutemss.ndiice 'place where the water sinks into the earth' {po 'water' 

+ tsiUii 'to enter '+7W«?;y 'to go' + ''iwe). 
Potsige 'canyon in which water is or runs' {po- 'water' + TsiH + g.e). 
Poisii 'canyon with water in it' {po 'water' + fsi^i). 
Powe 'river' 'creek' {po 'water' + ive). Used only in the Nambe dia- 
lect. 
PouriH 'gap through which a trail or road passes' {po 'trail' 'road' + 

w^'^'). 
Powqndiwe 'confluence' of two streams {po 'water' + loqijf 'to come 

down' + '»/'(;). 
P'abee 'hearth' 'stove', literally 'fire corner' {p'a 'fire' + he'e [1]). 
P'aiuge 'hearth' {p''a 'fire' + hu^u (1) + g.e). 
Pabwu 'hearth' {p^a 'fire' + huhi. [1]). 
Paheii-e 'hearth' (/>'« 'fire' + h^e + «•«). 
P'qhnpije 'hither from' {p<i'ijf-+ J)ije). P'q^mpije means 'from 

hither toward speaker'; .^iand its compounds mean merely 'from' 

and denote nothing as to destination. 
Pq'ijge 'hither from' {p''ci'i)f-+ge). P'q^yge means 'from hither to 

speaker'; >ii and its compounds mean merely 'from' and denote 

nothing as to destination. 
P'i'Vfi ill p'q''mpije, p'cVi/Je. 
P^e 'stick' 'timber' 'log' 'wood' 'plant'. 
Peh'a 'wooden corral or fence' {p' e + I' a). 



88 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etd. ann. 29 

PeliStyTcikewe 'a peak, hilltop, or mountain top as steep as a vertical 
pole' d" p'e + k' s^hi ' verticalness' ' vertical' + Icewe). 

P'epu 'underside of a roof (p'e+pu). 

Pepxmqyf ' dirt or dust that lodges on the rafters or thatch of the 
ceiling of a house' {p'epu + nay/). 

P' ep' asibeH''^ 'sawmill' {jfepa 'lumber' <p'e 'stick' 'wood' 'timber' 
'log', jp'a 'largeness and flatness' 'large and flat' + «i?ie 'to cut 
across the grain' + T'). Si^e should be contrasted with jyaJe 'to' 
split with the grain'. 

P'es^^i;^ 'sawmiir (j»'e 'stick' 'wood' 'timber' 'log' + siSd 'to cut 
across the grain ' + 'e'*'). 

P'eyw'w 'horizontally projecting point of timber' 'horizontally pro- 
jecting point of cliff, mesa or rock with timber on it' (j/e + fu'n). 

P'eteqica 'wooden house' 'log cabin' 'log fort' {p'e + te<pm). 

P'tJd 'small pile', said, for instance, of a pile of owl manure and of 
hills resembling in shape such a pile. See [3:18]. 

P'o 'hole', as opening through or into an object, 'mouth of a canyon 
'cave' 'pit'. 

P'ohie 'dell with a hole or pit in it' {p'<> + hj'e [IJ). 

P'o'e 'little hole' (//o + ^e). 

P^op'awe 'hole' going completely through an ol)ject {p'o + p'awe 'to' 
go completely through'). Such holes in natural rocks and hill- 
tops attract nuich attention and are represented in pottery 
painting. See [19:75J. 

Po.ii 'doorway' 'door', referring to the hole and not to the leaf 
or operculum {p'o + m). The word is applied only to holes 
through which people pass. P'oM can be applied to a roofhole 
doorway or hatchway, although the more proper term for the 
latter is ¥oji. Cf. p'ot'ui^ k'oji, and (pmp'odi. 

Pot id 'thin flat object used to close an opening' 'door' 'shutter' 
'operculum' {p'o + tUi 'shield'). 

P'owui 'horizontally projecting point at or side of a hole' 'canyon- 
side at the mouth of a canyon' {p'o + -wii't). 

Pqmpijjj' 'snowy mountain' {p'ojjf 'snow' -i- pvjf). According to 
Fewkes' the Hano Tewa call the high, snowy San Francisco Moun- 
tains of Arizona, "Pompin," which is evidently this same term ; 
cf . Fewkes' spelling " Pofi " as the name of the ' snow ' cachina (p. 
123 of the same report). 

Qica ' row of houses' ' houserow or side of a pueblo.' In its primary 
meaning it seems to denote the state of being a receptacle; cf. 
ieqica, poqwa. The houserow is regarded as the unit of pueblo 
architecture. Probably entirely distinct from gwa-., qwi- below. 

Q(ra- referring to a wall in the compounds qioa^awe and qivap'i. 

' Hopi Katcinas, Twenty-first Rep. Bur. Amcr. Ellin., p. 10.5, 1903. 



IIAREINGTON] GEOURAPIIIC Al. TERMS 89 

Qwa-, qivi- 'liue\ in the compounds tpocuii, qwUi. 

Qwa'aive 'surface of a wall' 'wall of a building' 'housewall' {qvM as 
in qwap'i+\cwe unexplained). Cf. qwap'i, tepa, and tep'i. 

Qwahwage 'a mesa that resembles a pueblo houserow' {(pva+hwag.e). 

Qwaice, qwakiuoi 'upstairs' 'second story' 'upper stories' {qwa+lce; 
J,i). 

Qivapi ' small, low housewall,' apparently used as diminutive of 
quia' awe {qwa as in qwa''aive+p'i as in tepi, possibly identical with 
^'i in/?' i^i 'narrowness' 'narrow'). Qwap'i is employed espe- 
cially to designate the low parapet which runs around the flat 
roofs of Tewa adobe houses. Cf. qtocCaxoe^ teqya, and tep'\. 

Qwap'o ' window hole, through which people did not pass, in the wall 
or roof of a building' {(pvm (l)+//o). These holes were sometimes 
closed by Pueblo Indians in ancient times by means of slabs of 
selenite or mica or by stretching coruhusk. Cf. qwap^o-U. 

Qwapodi ' window of the modern sort, fitted with panes of glass, and 
capable of being opened '. Distinguished from the ancient y?oa/;'o 
by their resemblance to doors {qwa +ji(>J>i). Cf. qirap'o. 

Qwadi 'large long line' {qwa- + M). Augmentative of qwiU. See 
wa^ii, the San Juan form of the word. 

Qwasy, 'row of houses' 'houserow or side of a pueblo' (qwa + sy, 
unexplained). 

QinatsPi 'street', as in Indian pueblos or Mexican or American settle- 
ments {qwa + fsPi). 

Qwawi'i 'gap or passageway between houserows of a pueblo' 
{qioa + tvPi). 

QwawUi 'end of a houserow' {qwa + Wid,i). 

QwawiisiH 'street-like gap or passageway between houserows of a 
pueblo' {qwa + wPi + fsPi). 

Qwi 'fiber' 'line'. Cf. qwa^ii^ qwiii. 

Qwu>i 'small slender line' {qwi- + m). Diminutive of qwcul. See 
vtiJ^i, the San Juan form of the word. 

Qwog.e 'delta' 'place down whei'e an arroj'o or water outs through, 
breaks through, or washes out' {qivo 'to cut through' + g.e). 

Qw/Me 'outlet of a lake or body of water' {qwo 'to cut through' 'to 
break forth' +de). Cf. hqqwoue. 

2Je is postiixed to many verb roots and denotes either continuous 
or intermittent action. Cf. .se 'to push' and seJ^e 'to push in little 
jerks'; qwo 'to cut through' and qimJbe 'to cut through con- 
tinually', as water through the outlet of a lake. 

l[i ' from.' The ablative meaning ofteu goes over into almost locative 
meaning, y^l and its compounds mean merely 'from' and denote 
nothing as to destination; p' a\j(je,p'ii' iapi']e mean 'from', in a 
direction to or toward the speaker. 



90 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ieth. anx. 29 

Sairqijf 'vestibule' 'hall' 'corridor" (<Span. zao-uaii of same mean- 
ing). 

Sqywiyf 'zigzag'. 

Sipii' ' the hollow at each side of the abdomen below the ribs ' {al 'belly ' 
+ pu 'base'). Sipu does not refer to the hollow just below the 
sternum nor to the hollow about the navel. The former is called 
pimp'o 'heart hole' {piyf 'heart' +p''o 'hole'), the latter siiep'o 
'navel hole' {s/ie ' navel' +^/fc> 'hole'). *5^^w appears compounded 
in the words nqiisipu 'shrine' {n<jijf 'earth'), and siptiwUl 'pro- 
jecting ribs at the sides above the s/'pu^ (sipu + inUi), the latter 
being used as the place-name [2 :36]. 

Sipop/'g.eteqwa 'sweat-house' such as the Jicarilla Apache use for 
taking sweats {sipo ' sweat' +2^ ' to come out ' + gc + tequm). 

So ' mouth ' of person, animal, cave-, bottle, etc. 

Sojj'o 'mouthhole' of pei'son, animal, cave, bottle, etc. 

Sy,n4c^iik' (I 'military stockade' (.s'!t«<|«.<« 'soldier' +//a). 

Sy,ndauiipo 'military trail or road' {sy,7i4cuu 'soldier' + po 'road') 

Sy,n4a.iup'^eJc'a 'military stockade' {sy,n(la^u 'soldier' +p'el'a). 

Sy.ywx' i''^ teqioa 'saloon' {sy,ywBe'P^ <sy,yiose 'to drink' + T*' +teqtva). 

fe'e 'ladder' 'stairway'. 

f ulcere 'edge of a horizontally projecting point' {fyu + %eg.e). 

[•uhi, 'horizontally projecting point' (probably connected with /w 
' uose '). 

fuwiii 'horizontally projecting corner' {fnu +vHdi). 

Ta^a 'gentle slope'. Cf. '<«'« ' steep slope'. 

Tajepo 'straight trail' 'short-cut' (taje 'straightness' 'straight' + 
po 'trail' 'road'). 

Taki ' horizontal layer or stratum ' (unaualyzable). 

Tq^Vf 'painting' 'pictograph'. 

Tqyl-e 'tank' 'water tank' (< Span, tanque 'tank"). The train is said 
to drink at a railroad water tank. 

TqutscuPeda 'threshing floor' {fqyf "seed' 'grain' + tsa 'to cut 
through' + -ii + ''&ia). 

Te 'dwelling-place' 'house' 'habitation' 'nest or hole of certain 
animals'. 

71'-, referring to wall in the compounds tepa and tep'i. 

Te ' Cottonwood tree' ' Populus wislizeni". 

le 'wagon'. Nothing could be learned as to the origin of this word. 
It means 'wagon' and nothing,else. 'Wheel' is tehe {be 'round- 
ness' 'round'). 

Te'a'tipi' 'wigwam' 'tent' (te ' dwelling place ' -i- '« 'cloth"). 

J'chee 'dell where there are cottonwood trees' {te 'cottonwood' -t- 
be'e). 

Tebu'u ' dell in which there are cottonwood trees " ' plaza or park in 
which cottonwood trees grow' {te 'cottonwood" + bn'u [1]). 



HAnRixGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 91 

Tee, te'i "estufii' 'kiva.' Both proiuiiu-iations ai'e in use. 

Tee hut'ag.ii'^ ' round estufa' {te'e + btit'ag./, ' I'oundness ' ' round ' + '/"•). 

Te''e hejlH'^ ' x"ectangular estufa' {te'e+ heji 'longness' 'long' + '^"'). 

Tehu'u 'arrojo or cana'da in which cottonwood trees grow' {te 'cot- 
tonwood' + Ini'u). 

Teji ' pueblo ruin' (te ' dwelling place' + jl as in l^eji). This is said to 
be a little used San Juan form equivalent to the ordinary ^qtjioi- 
keji or tel'eji. 

Tekeji 'ruin' (fe 'dwelling place' + h.'ji). This is a more inclusive 
term than ''qyicU'eji. 

TeTcope 'wagon bridge' (fe ' wagon' + ^:oj9'«). 

Teka 'cottonwood grove' (te 'cottonwood + Tea). 

Tekabcii 'roundish grove of cottonwoods' (te 'cottonwood' + lea + 
bodi). 

Te'nuui'intoi'^aiite^e 'winter people's estufa' (te'nvji 'winter' +-/"' + 
towa 'people' +a possessive + ^e'e). Synonyms: pimpije'in- 
toicabite'e and potee. 

TeoTcy,r)f 'wagon shed' (te 'wagon' + ''oh'y,i]f). 

Tepa 'wall' {te&s in tej^i + pa unexplained). Cf. tep'i, qwdatoe and 
qwapi. 

Tepo 'wagon road' (te 'wagon' + po 'trail' 'road"). 

Tejy'i 'small, short wall,' apparently used as diminutive of tejM (te as 
in te2Xi+2->'i, as in quxipi, possibh* the same as vip'ili 'narrow- 
ness' 'narrow'). Tepi is applied to the low, short walls or fire- 
screens built beside some fireplaces of Tewa houses. Tep'^i was 
also applied to a low stone wall used as a fence, although tepa 
is said to be a more proper term for such a wall. Cf. tepa^ 
qiva^iwe, and qioap'i. 

Teqwa 'house' (te + qmi). This is the common term for separate 
house. A ' Kosa's house' traced on the ground in connection with 
a certain dance at Santa Clara was also called teqwa. 

Teqwahe'e 'inside corner of a house' (teqwa + ie'e (1)). 

Teqwalc'ewi'i 'outside projection corner of a house' (teqwa + ^eioii). 

Teqwap ah' qndi'' ' burnt house ' (teqvja + p' ak' oij f ' to burn ' < p'a ' fire', 
k'qijf 'to do" + '/"0- 

Teqwawiho'o 'lone house' •detached house' not part of a houserow 
(teqvM + wi 'one' +6w'o 'being'). 

Tjenda 'store' (< Span, tienda 'tent' 'store'). 

Taiawe 'place where the mud curls up when it dries' (?« 'to dry' 
'dryness' 'dry' -i- ^aw't' 'to be curled up' 'to have risen in a 
curled state"). 

fadawthu'u 'dell where the mud curls up when it Arms'' (tad aire + 

hu'w (1)). 
fa'i'*'goal' such as set in playing certain games (fa unexplained -i- 



92 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

T^ms^- ' every ' in compounds. 

T^msepije 'in every direction' {fse>nse + J>'je). ' 

figl'dof. 

T<Jba'c\iS\ 

T(Jbabv;u 'dell surrounded by eliflfs' (uibd + hiCu (1)). 

Tdbahupo 'mouth of a cliff- walled arroj'o or caiiada' (tiibahxi' it, + p' o) . 

Toiahup'mvUi ' horizontal!}' projecting point at the mouth of a cliff- 
walled arroyo or cafiada' (tuinhau + p'owl.d). 

Toiahuu 'arroyo or canada with cliff-like walls' {toia + /;«'«). 

Toiahetd'iuie 'place where a cliff' or bank is tumbling or falling down' 
(Jioia + ketii 'to fall' + ''iwe). 

Tdbal-wage 'mesa surrounded by cliff-like walls' Q,dba + kimge). 

Tdbahmje 'cliff top' 'heights at top of cliffs or cliff-like land' (toi(i+ 
hwaje). 

Tobanu^u 'place at the base of a cliff' {toia + nu'ii). 

Toiap'o 'hole in a cliff' {ioia + p'o). 

T(>ba(2wa 'clift'-d welling' 'cave-dwelling' (toha + qwa). See plate 16. 

Tdbaqioah' s^nto i'^ 'subterranean cave-dwelling' (tohaipra + l-'iriito 'to 
sink' + '»"). 

Tdbafuho 'horizontally projecting point of a cliff' (foid +fau). 

Tdbata'n4i^ 'painted cliff'' (tiiba + tqtjf + '/'')• 

Tdbawa-ii 'wide gap in cliffs' (toia + vxi.ii). 

Tdbawi'i 'gap or pass in the cliffs' {UJba + wP/). 

Tdbawiii 'horizontally projecting point of a cliff' (toia + -irit/'). 

Tokdahqyf 'sage-brush plain' (to 'chamiso', commonl}' called sage- 
brush + 'ka -v "'akojjf). 

T'qmpije'iyqwapsey^e 'locality beyond (east of) the east houserow' of 
a pueblo {fqmpije 'east' + T* -i- qwa + pxyge). 

T'qmpijeiyqwasy, 'east houserow' of a pueblo {t'mnjnje 'east' + '*"' + 
qicmy,). 

T'qyf appears only in ^ot'onnie. 'on the other side'. 

Tsqmpije'iDqioapseyffe 'locality beyond (west of) the west houserow' of 
a pueblo {tsqmpije 'west' -i- '*'*' + qwa -v pseijge). 

Tsqmpije'iyqwasy, 'west houserow' of a pueblo {fsqmpije 'west' -i- T* 
+ qwasy). 

Tsimadia 'chimney' 'hearth' (<Spau. chimenea, of same meaning). 

T&iteqwa 'dog house or kennel' {Iki 'dog' -i- teqvxt). 

TiiX'wagf; 'basalt mesa' (fej ' basalt' -i- ^:wage). 

Tsihwaje ' basalt mesa or height' {txi ' basalt '-(• kwaje). 

Tsifi(?u 'horizontally projecting point of basalt' {tsi ' basalt '-i- /«''/). 

Tsiwiii 'horizontally projecting point of basalt' {tsi ' basalt '-h //'/.^i). 

TsMge 'entrance' 'shed' (;!«« 'to enter '-i- gc). 

TsuJ.eH''^ 'entrance' {tstUe 'to enter '-H 'i"). 

7sM./e' me 'entrance' (fe?<^>e 'to enter' +^iwe). 

Tsige 'cajnyon' {tsi''i + ge.) 

Tsigepo ' cam' on water ' ' water from a canyon ' (fsn + ge+ po'' water '). 



HARRINGTON] GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS 93 

Ts/'/ 'canyon' '■large steep-walled groove or chanuer. 

T.sq/o 'mouth of a canyon' {tsPi + p'n). 

Ts/'p'mvUi 'horizontally projecting point at the mouth of a canyon' 

{tsPi + p'cnvUi). 
Tiiso'ri 'great canyon' {!sPl + no\) 'largeness' 'large"). 
Tsiwaui 'wide gap in a canj'on' {fsri+ uhU-i). 
TskoeJcPiwe 'narrow place in a canyon' {FsPi + veki 'narrowness' 

'narrow' + '/«'<?). 
Wa 'breast' 'mountain that resembles a breast'. 
Wage 'wide ga.p'' (wa us in v:adt' + gt'). This is an uncommon foi-m 

equivalent to wadi. 
Wagi)j,f 'stair', especially footliole cut in rock for climbing steep 

slopes, clitt's, rocks, etc. (luianalyzable). 
Wali 'slope', used especially of 'talus slope' 'talus' at the base of u 

clitf (//'(/ probably identical with va in vjruti + ki). 
Wake 'nipple' 'head of breast' {wa + Ice 'point"). 
Wade 'to scatter' 'state of being scattered' 'scattered'. 
Wa^ii 'wide gap with sloping sides' {uxi probably identical with v<i m 

waki^ but cf. also 'ioPi, of which it may be the augmentative + .//). 
Wa^ii, San Juan dialectic form of qwadi. 
WmWa 'cattle corral' {mas! 'cow' 'cattle' + Fa). 
Wasiteqica 'cowshed' {was! 'cow' + teqiva). 
W<ii/o 'window hole' {wq 'wind' + po). 
Wqp'odi 'window', the part that tills the hole, the removal)le part {wq 

'wind' +j)'o + d!). 
Wq-ioPi 'windy gap' {irq 'wind' + //'/"/). 
We postpounded in manj- locative postfixes and postfixed in a numl)er 

of place-names. It appears to have the same meaning as '/W, 

supplanting the latter to a large extent in the Nambe dialect. 
Weg! 'hollowness' 'hollow' or 'dell' of small size. Cf. wog!. 
Wekh 'narrow place'. 

W^rjfjekwo' P^ 'council chamber' {vj^yge 'together' -i- hco 'to sit' -i- '/''). 
Wige 'gap' 'pass' {wP! + ge). 
W!ge 'horizontalh' projecting point or corner' {loi as in widi + ge). 

This is a form used only in the Santa Clara dialect and equivalent 

to wid!. 
Wihu'u 'arroyo or cauada running through or from a gap' {tvPl + Au^u). 
WPi ' gap ' ' pass ' 'chink '. 
Wiruqi app iwe 'place where no one lives' 'desert' (?/)i ...}>! negative 

+ nq, 'he' + t'a 'to live' 'to dwell' + Hine). 
Widi 'horizontally projecting corner or point' as of a cliff, mesa, or 

house {w! unexplained + di). 
Widi San Juan dialectic form of qiridi. 

WifsPi 'canyon running through or froua a gap' {wPi + tsPi). 
Wdbe 'high and dry plain' 'arid plain' (unanah'zable). 
Wogi 'hollowness" 'hollow" or 'dell' of large size. Cf. w>gi. 



V. PLACE-NAMES 

Introduction 

The Tewa have a marked fondness for geographical conversation, 
and the number of place-names known to each individual is very large. 
Many a Tewa is acquainted with all or nearly all the place-names in 
localities in which he has lived or worked. A Tewa is almost certain 
to know most of the names of places about his village current in the 
dialect of the village. He is especially familiar with name8 of places 
near his field or fields. Of places situated about other Tewa villages 
he usually knows but few names. Shepherds and hunters are best 
informed about places lying in the hills or mountains remote from the 
villages. The Tewa do not travel much outside their own country. 
A few occasionally attend festivals at Taos, Picuris, Cochiti, or Santo 
Domingo. They frequently go slroppiug to Espaiiola or to Santa Fe. 
Hardly any of the places with Tewa names lying outside the Tewa 
country are ever visited or seen bj^ the persons who use the names in 
daily speech. No one Tewa knows more than a fraction of the total 
number of place-names presented in this, paper. The number of place- 
names known to an individual depends on environment, interest, and 
memory. 

The use of place-names by the Tewa before the introduction of Euro- 
pean culture was doubtless very much the same as it is to-day. As 
many places outside the Tewa country were known to the Tewa, and as 
few visited, as at present. 

Each Tewa pueblo has about it an area thickl}^ strewn with place- 
names well known to its inhabitants and in their peculiar dialect. It is 
probable that these areas correspond closely with those formerly oc- 
cupied by the settlements of the clans which have united to form the 
present villages. The Tewa's knowledge of geographical details fades 
rapidly when one passes beyond the sphere of place-names of his 
village. 

The majority of the names arc descriptive terms denoting land con- 
figuration. Elements denoting animal or vegetal life or things or 
events at the place are frequently prepounded. It requires but little 
use to make a descriptive name a fixed, definite label. It is said 
that no more fiaking-stone is found at Flaking-stone Mountain than at 
other mountains of the western range, and yet the label is Flaking- 
stone Mountain [2:9]. The Chama is a large river as well as the 
94 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 95 

Rio Grande, aud j-et the name Po,sog.e 'big- river' [Large Features: 3] 
is applied to the latter only. Most of these names ai'e made up of 
nouns or of nouns and adjectives. A number contain verbs, as for 
example: Z^«.v!i«yy/n?;y 'where the stones slide down' [2:15]. The 
bahuvrihi type is rare; example: K'osq-yyqijwi ' big-loggiug place' 
pueblo of the people who have the big leggings' [Unmapped]. 

Names of obscure etymology, concerning the origin of which the 
people remember nothing, and which are nevertheless clearly of Tewa 
origin, form quite a numerous class. A newly settled countrv lias its 
Saint Botolph's Towns, a country in which a language has long held 
sway, its Bostons. The occurrence of a considerable sprinkling of 
obscure names argues for the long habitation of the country b\- Tewa- 
speaking Indians; names of this class are especially noted in the treat- 
ment below. 

The translation into Tewa of foreign place-names is very rare. 
Aside fi'om a number of problematical cases in which a Tewa name 
may be the translation of a Spanish place-name, or vice versa, and 
names like Taos jNIountains, which would naturally be the same in all 
languages, there is known to the writer only one translated foreign 
name, that is, Tsepiijf ' Eaglo Mountain ' [29 :93], a peak south of Jemez 
Pueblo, which is clearly a translation of the current Jemez name. 

Quite a number of foreign names have, however, been borrowed by 
the Tewa; thus Saufi 'Zufiij'pi'obabh' borrowed from tlie Keresan. 

Folk etymology has distorted some of these foreign loan-names. 
Keresan (Cochiti dialect) Kotfcte^ a word of obscure etymology even 
in Keresan and which means nothing to the Tewa ear, has been taken 
into Tewa and changed to Kute'e ' Stone Estufa'; see [28:77]. 

Some names of villages, mountains, rivers, etc., appear in various 
Tanoan languages in cognate forms. These place-names were evi- 
dently already in use at some remote time in the past when the Tanoan 
languages were not so diversified as thej' are at present. Such names 
are discussed in the detailed treatment below. 

When a pueblo was shifted from one place to another, the old name 
was regularly retained. There have been, for instance, three succes- 
sive pueblos of the San Juan Indians called by the same name, ' Ohe^ 
each occupying a different site. Compare the English place-names 
transferred to places in America by the English colonists. 

Some much-used names are abbreviations; thus Pog.e 'Santa, Fe' 
for ^ Og.apog.e or Kwa/apoge [29:5]; Bu'u 'Espanola' for BiCxttsdmbi'''' 
[14:16]. 

The practice of distinguishing villages or mesas by numbering 
them 'first', 'second', 'third', etc., seems to be peculiar to the Hopi. 
The Hopi distinguish the Tewa village of San Ildefonso as the 'first', 
Santa Clara as the 'second', San Juan as the 'third', Tewa village. 
See under the treatment of these village names. 



96 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Sometimes we find two names for one place current in a single dia- 
lect. Tims the Rito de los Frijok'S [28:6] is in Tewa Ptiqirlg,'., alias 
Tundbahug.e. Again, two or more places have precisely the same 
name. Almost every Tewa village has its ^okuty,ijioxjo 'high hill', a 
certain high hill near the village on which a shrine is situated being 
called thus, although there may be higher hills in the neighborhood. 
See [12:27], [19:27], [26:14]. There are several arroyos in the 
Tewa country known as H'utahu''u 'dry arroj'o'; see [1:31], [15:26]. 
There is one P\Ju\u [3:36] in the Chama Valley, another [20: unlo- 
cated] south of Buckman. Many sti'eams are called by different 
names in diiferent parts of their courses, as the Chama River [Large 
Features: 2], Pojoaque Creek [19:3], etc. On the other hand, several 
arroyos may have the same name if they come from the same water- 
shed, as [10:13]. Two streams starting from a pass, gap, or moun- 
tain in opposite directions sometimes bear the same name, as [13:l'.t] 
and[13:'26]; [20:9] and [20:10], etc. 

Place-names overlap as much as among us. One place-name may 
cover an area part of which is covered by one or more others. Such 
an inclusive name as fumapxrjge 'the region f\,bout Buckman, south 
of [20:5]' covers many other more limited named localities. Names 
of small but important localities may be extended to cover the 
region of which the locality forms part. Thus P'efupije 'toward 
Abiquiu [3:36]' is used with the meaning 'up the Chama Valley', 
since Abiquiu is to the Tewa the most important place in the valley. 

Numerous instances will be noticed of a stream being called fi'om a 
height, or vice versa. 

The process of appl3'ing a name to a place not previously named, or 
giving a new name to a place, could not be directly studied. It 
occurs very rarely. It appears that a place-name is usually first 
applied by a single individual. It may or may not be adopted by a 
smaller or larger group of other individuals. Many, perhaps the 
majorit}' of place-names, exist for a shorter or longer time in the 
mind of one or a few individuals only and are then forgotten, never 
becoming generally known to the community. The process can not 
be called an unconscious one. 

How ancient or recent a place-name is can not in most instances be 
determined. The vocabulary sometimes enables us to distinguish 
post-Spanish names. Tek'aiektmje 'break-wagon height' [2:40] and 
Kahaju^e'irjj'hwu 'colt arroyo' [17:42] are clearly given by a people 
familiar with wagons and colts. 

Many Tewa place-names have Spanish counterparts of the same 
meaning. In such instances the Tewa may be the translation of the 
Spanish name, the Spanish may be a translation of the Tewa name, 
both may be translations of a name in some other language, or both 
may be descriptive and of the same or independent origin. It is im- 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 97 

possible to determine satisfactoril}- the origin of many of these names. 
Tewa feeling or tradition is the safest guide. Where Tewa idiom is 
violated, as in Tewa ^Al-qunntx [13:46J for Spanish Loma Tendida 
(which is poor Tewa but good Spanish), the Tewa is clearly the 
translation. The Mexicans translated a number of Tewa place-names, 
and took not a few of theTewa words directl\' into their language, very 
carelessly modifying their pronunciation. It is a custom of the Mexi- 
cans to call a place after the surname of a long-resident, important, 
or numerous family, or the sole family inhabiting it. These names are 
sometimes singular, sometimes plural; as, Velarde [9:6], Los Luceros 
[9:3.5]. The Tewa, not well understanding this custom, attempt 
sometimes to translate Spanish names of this origin into their 
language, rendering Los Luceros, for example, ])y '' Agojoso'jo'uce 'place 
of the morning star' (translating Span, lucero 'morning star'). 

There is and always has been considerable dislike for the ^Mexicans 
on the part of the Tewa, and this feeling is responsible for the pui-ist 
tendencies of many Tewa speakers. The Tewa are apt to avoid the 
use of Spanish place-names when speaking Tewa, either translating 
them or using the old Tewa equivalents. When talking Tewa in the 
presence of Mexicans thej- are especially careful not to use any Span- 
ish words, lest they be understood and the secret subject of the con- 
versation be betrayed. Dislike for the Mexicans has tended to keep 
the old Tewa place-names in use, and, in general, to preserve the 
language. 

The area covered by the maps is that in which Tewa place-names 
are common. Twenty-nine regional maps (the key to which is pro- 
vided in map 30) are here presented, of varying scale according 
to the number of the place-names; these follow the Indian political 
divisions more or less faithfullj-. Each map is designated by a 
number in boldfaced type inclosed in brackets, and also by a name 
representing some prominent feature. For several reasons the 
place-names are not given on the maps: The Indian names are too 
long; frequently they have several variant forms in a single dialect: 
many are found in several dialects or languages; there are often two 
or more names for one place. The places are indicated hj numbers. 
The text treatment of the names follows their placement on the maps. 
The number in boldfaced type in brackets indicates the map on which 
the place occurs; the light-faced number refers to the place of cor- 
responding number on the map. Thus [22:3] refers to sheet [22], or 
Santa Fe Mountain sheet, and to the place on the sheet numbered 3. 
Explanatory^ information inserted by the author in quotations is 
placed in brackets. 

Conversation with Mr. Francis La Flesche, student of the Omaha 
and other Siouan tribes, suggests interesting comparisons between the 
place-names of a sedentary Pueblo tribe, as the Tewa, and those 
87584°— 29 ETH--16 7 



98 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

of a typical Plains tribe, as the Omaha. It appears that the Omaha 
have fewer place-names than the Tewa, but more widely scattered and 
more lucidly descriptive. A detailed study should be made of the 
place-naming customs of two such diverse tribes. 

Lakge Features 

[Large Features:!]. (1) Pimpxyge, Tsq?npiJeP' ppnp!ieij[/e 'bej^ond 
the mountains ' 'beyond the western mountains' {piijf 'moun- 
tain'; Tsqiiipije'P^ pivf 'the Jemez Mountains' [Large Features: 
8]; fWVS^ 'beyond'). This name is applied to the region of the 
" Valles'" [16:44], [16:45], [16:131], and [27:6], q. v. 

(2) Eng. The Valles (<Span. (3)), "the Valles".' 

(3) Span. Los Valles 'the valleys '.= Eng. (2). "Los Valles ".^ 
These are high, grass -grown meadow -valleys west of the 

crest of the Jemez Range {Tsamplje^P^ fvjf [Lai'ge Features: 8]). 
Such valleys are found also in the Peruvian Andes, where they are 
called by the German-speaking inhabitants Wiesentaler. There 
are four of the Valles with distinct Spanish names: Valle de 
Santa Rosa [16:45], Valle de los Posos [16:44], Valle Grande 
[16:131], and Valle de San Antonio [27:(;]. See also [2:11] and 
Valle de Toledo [27:unlocated]. The Valles are at present unin- 
habited and no ruins of former Indian settlement have been dis- 
covered in them. This lack of inhabitants was perhaps due to 
altitude, cold climate, and unsuitability for Indian agriculture. 

"Altitude may have been the main obstacle to settlement in some cases, for 
the beautiful grassy basins, with abundant water and fair quality of soil, that 
extend west of Santa F(5 [29:5] between the ranges of Abiquiu, Pelado, and 
Sierra de Toledo on the east, and the Sierra de la Jara and the mountains of 
Jemez on the west [for these names see under Tsampije'i' » pir/j> [Large Features: 
8] ], under the name of 'Los Valles', are destitute of ruins. There it is the 
long winter, perhaps also the constant hostility of roaming tribes contending for a 
region so abundant in game, that have kept the village Indian out. "' " Twenty- 
five miles separate the outlet of the gorge [14: 24] at Santa Clara [14:71] from 
the crest of the Valles Mountains [Ts&nipije' i'' piy ^1.* The Valles proper are 
as destitute of ruins as the heartof the eastern mountain chain [ T'amjnje'i' «' pi,y /] ; 
beyond them begin the numerous ancient pueblos of the Jemez tribe".' 
" Against the chain of gently sloping summitg which forms the main range 

• Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 201, 1892. 

= Ibid., pp. 12, 200. 

3Ibid.,pp. 11-12, 

<"The distances are not absolutelyaccurate, but according to the statements made to me, the only 
means of checking them being my own experience on foot. The view from the crest, where the 
Pelado [2:13] looms up on one side and the Toledo range [37:unIocated] on the other, is really 
striking. The sight of grassy levels glistening with constantly dripping moisture is something rare in 
the Southwest. To heighten the effect, groves of ' Pino ReAl ' and mountain aspen rise everywhere. 
The soil is very fertile, and there is abundant water, and yet no trace of ancient abodes has been 
found. The winters are long in the Valle.^, and there is too much game not to attract the cupidity of 
a powerful tribe like the Navajos [Navaho]. . . . I suppose that no ruin on the flanks of the chain, 
both east and west, is to be found at an altitude exceeding 7,500 feet." 

6 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 65-66, and note. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 99 

from the peak of Abiquiu [2:10?] to the Sierra do la Palisada [2~:iinlocated] 
in tlie south abuts in the west an elevated plateau, containing a series of grassy 
basms to which the name of 'Los Valles' (the valleys) has been applied. Per- 
manent streams water it, and contribute to make an excellent grazing region of 
this plateau. But the seasons are short, for snow fills the passes sometimes till 
June, andmay be expected again as early as September. During the three months 
of summer that the Valles enjoy, however, their appearance is very lovely. . ■ . 
The high summits are seldom completely shrouded for more than a few hours 
at a time, and as soon as the sun breaks through the mist, the grassy ba,sins shine 
like sheets of malachite. Flocks of sheep dot their surface, and on the heights 
around the deep blue tops of the regal pines mingle with the white trunks and 
light verdure of the tall mountain aspens. It is also the country of the bear 
and the panther, and the brooks teem with mountain trout. 

But for agriculture the Valles offer little inducement; for although the soil is 
fertile, ingress and egress are so difficult that even potatoes, which grow there 
with remarkable facility, can not be cultivated profitably. The descent to the 
east toward Santa Clara [14:71] is through a long and rugged gorge [14:24], over 
a trail which beasts of burden must tread with caution, while toward Cochiti 
[28:77] the paths are still more difficult. On the west a huge mountain mass, 
the Sierra de la Jara [27:10], interposes itself between the princijial valley, 
that of Toledo [Valle de Toledo [2~:unlocated] ], and the Jemez country. 
Both north and south of this mountain the heights are much less considerable; 
still the clefts by which they are traversed are none the less narrow, and the 
traveller is compelled to make long detours in order to reach the Jemez River 
[27:34].'" "The Valles constitute a water supply for the Jemez country. 
Two streams rise in it, the San Antonio [27:11] on the eastern flank of the Jara 
Mountain [27:10], and the Jara [Jara Creek [27:unlocated]] at the foot of 
the divide, over which crosses the trail from Santa Clara [14:71]. These unite 
soon to form the San Antonio 'river' [27:11], which meanders through the 
Valles de Santa Rosa [16:45] and San Antonio [16:6] for seven miles in a 
northwesterly direction, and enters a picturesque gorge bearing the same name, 
and then gradually curves around through groves until, at La Cueva [27: 
unlocated], it assumes an almost due southerly direction." - 

See especially [16:i4]. [16:45], [16:131], [27:6], Valle de 
Toledo [27 : unlocated], and Tsqmpije'V^ piyy [Laroe Features: 8]. 
[Lai"ge Features : 2]. (1) San Juan Popiyj' 'red river' (po' water' 
river'; pi 'redness' 'red'; 'iyy locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). This is the old Tewa name of the Chama River, doubt- 
less formerly current at all the Tewa pueblos. It is given because 
of the red color of the water of the river. The water discharged 
by the Chama frequently makes the Rio Grande red for miles 
below the confluence. Bandelier learned tliat this red water in the 
Chama comes from Coyote Creek [1:29] (see the quotation below), 
but the water of the Chama is at all times reddish. 

(2) Tfamapo, Tfatita,pokeg.e {Tfama < Span. Chama, see Span. 
(5), below; po 'water' 'river'; Icege 'bank place' < he 'edge' 
' bank,'^<? ' down at ' ' over at ') . This loan-name is current at all 
the Rio Grande Tewa pueblos. 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt. n, pp. 200-201. =Ibid, pp. 201-202. 



100 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

(3) Cochiti TfHepotfena 'northwest river' {tfete 'north'; p''' 
' west' ; tfena ' river'). The Cochiti are fond of naming geograph- 
ical features according to their direction from Cochiti [28:77]. 

(4) Eng. Chama River. ( < Span.). = Tewa (2), Span. (5). 

(5) Spsjn. Rio Chama, Rio de Chama 'river of Ts(i)/iq\ the name 
Tmm4 having been appHcd ])v the Tewa to the pucl)io ruin [5:7] 
and its vicinity. For a discussion of the origin of the name see 
[5:7]. =Tewa (2), Eng. (4). The upper Cliama River above the 
confluence of [1:4] and Vado settlement [1:5] is called by the 
Tewa Pamfo; see [1:6]. 

"A picturesque gorge or canon terminates a})Ove Abiquiu [3:36], 
and from it emerges the Chama River''.' 

The (/hama usually carries its waters above the sand to the Rio 
Grande confluence. "South of the Rio Chama, the waters of not 
a single tributary of the Rio Grande reach the main artery 
throughout the whole 3-ear'".- 

The water of the Chama is always reddish. "The branches' of 
which the Chama is formed are the Coyote [1:29] in the west, 
the Gallinas [1:24] north of west, and the Nutrias [1:14] north. It 
is said that the watei's of the first are red, those of the Gsxllinas 
white, and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as one or the 
other of tliese tributaries rises, the waters of the Chama assume a 
difl'erent hue. The word 'Chama' is properly 'Tzama'".^ The 
water of the Chama is always somewhat reddish and when the 
water of the Rio Grande is reddish it is said to be due to the dis- 
charge of the Chama. See Posoge [Large Features: 3]. Compare 
the San Juan name of the Chama River given above. 

The region of the Chama River is somotime-i spoken of as the 
Chama region or Abiquiu region. For the Tewa expression see 
[1: introduction]. 

See [1:4], [1:6],J1:8], [1:11], [1:14], [1:15], [1:24], [1:29],[1:31], 
[5:7], [5:16], and Posog^e [Large Features:3]. 
[Large Features: 3]. (1) San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso Porsoge, 
Nambe Posof/e 'place of the great water' {po 'water' 'river'; so 
'largeness' 'large' 'great'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). The Nambe 
form is irregular. Compare the names of similar meaning. 

(2) Picuris "Paslapatine".'' 

(3) Jemez Hq7ifdpal-vja 'place of the great water" {JiQufd 
'large' 'great'; j)r2 'water'; ^vM locative). Compare the forms 
of similar meaning. 

(4) Cochiti Tfenn 'river'. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, i!t. ii, p. S5, 1892. 'Ibid., pt. ii, p. 56. 

' Ibid., pt. I, p. 17, 1890. < Spinden, Picuris MS. notes, 1910. 



UXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 101 

(5) Zufii "the 'Great Flowing Waters'",' evidently a transla- 
tion of the Zufii name. Compare the names of similar meaning. 

(6) Hopi (Oraibi) Pajo 'river' — this is the only name for the 
Rio Grande familiar to the writer's informant. 

(7) Jicarilla Apache "•Kuts5hlhl".- No etj'mology is given. 

(8) Eng. Rio Grande. (<Span.). Compare the names of similar 
meaning. 

(9) Span. Rio Grande del Norte, Rio Grande, Rio del Norte 
'great river of the north' 'great river' 'river of the north'. 
Compare the names of similar meaning. 

The Rio Grande never becomes dry as far north as the 
Tewa country. In summer the waters frequently sink into the 
sand a short distance above Bernalillo [29:90]. In July, 1908, the 
stream flowed only a short distance beyond Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. 
At high water the Rio Grande is dangerous to ford in the Tewa 
country. 

The chief tributaries of the Rio Grande in the Tewa country are 
Truchas Creek [9:9], the Chama River [Large Features:2], Santa 
Cruz Creek [15:18], Santa Clara Creek [14:21:], Pojoaque Creek 
[19:.3], Guaje Creek [16:.53], "Buckman Arroyo" [20:25], Paja- 
rito Canyon [17:30], Water Canyon [17:58], and Ancho Canyon 
[17:62]. The Chama River is said to run perennially to its con- 
fluence with Rio Grande. "South of the Rio Chama, the waters 
of not a single tributary of the Rio Grande reach the main artery 
throughout the whole year." ^ The Rio Gi-ande is quite clear above 
the Chama confluence. The water of the Chama is reddish with 
mud and the water of the Rio Grande below the Chama confluence 
has a dirty reddish or brownish color. See under [Large Fea- 
tures :2]. 

Just above the Tewa country the Rio Grande passes through the 
Canyon [8:61], q. v. From this it emerges at [8:75], but the 
precipitous wall of Canoe Mesa [13:1] hugs the river on the west 
as far south as the Chama confluence. 

From the ricinit}' of the Chama confluence in the noi'th to that 
of San Ildefonso Pueblo [19:22] in the south the valley of the Rio 
Grande is compai'atively broad, bordered on the east by low hills 
and on the west by low mesas. This section is frequently called 
by Americans the "Espailola Valley", from Espanola [14:16]. its 
chief town. 

In this section lie the three Tewa pueblos situated by the river, 
namely, San Juan [ll:San Juan Pueblo], Santa Clara [14:71], and 

1 Gushing in The Millstone, vol. IX (Sept., 1884), p. 152. 

2 Goddarcl, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 41, 1911. 
sBandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 17, 1890. 



102 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axs. 29 

San Ildefonso [19:22]. In fbe east lie the Santa Fe Mountains 
{Tampije'v^ ^ivy [Large Features:?], in the west the Jemez 
chain { Tsq inpij e i^' pil/./ [Large Features:8]), ranges parallel to the 
Rio Grande and 10 to 20 miles from it. 

About 3 miles below San Ildefonso [11:22] at [19:125] the Rio 
Grande enters a second canyon, which extends, with exception of 
a short stretch in the vicinity of Buckman [20:19], as far south 
as Cochiti [28:77]. This is called by the Tewa merely Pofsi'i 
'water canyon' or Po.sog.e'impofsi^i 'water can3'on of the Rio 
Grande' (fw 'water'; isiH 'canyon'; Posoge 'Rio Grande' (see 
above); ^irjy locative and adjective- forming postfix); but the 
Americans have a specific name for it, namely, White Rock 
Canyon. See Pofsi'i [Large Features :4], below. 

So far as the writer has learned, the Tewa do not j^ersonify the 
Rio Grande and other rivers as do the Jicarilla Apache, according 
to Goddard.' The Tewa appear to have no mj^th of the origin of 
the Rio Grande, but saj- that it has run since the beginning of the 
world, as the result of rain. 
[Large Features:4]. (1) Pofsi'i, Posoge'ynpofsPi 'water canyon of 
the Rio Grande' {po 'water'; fsiH 'canyon'; Posfgte 'Rio Grande' — 
see [Large Features:3], above; ^{ijf locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix). This is the only name which the Tewa have for this 
canj'on of the Rio Grande. It is also one of the Tewa names 
of [8:G4]. 

(2) Eng. White Rock Canyon. This name is said to have been 
applied only since the buikling of the Denver and Rio Grande 
Railroad. Persons very familiar with the region know of no white 
rock to which it refers. It can hardly refer to the white rock 
[28:9i] from which Peiia Blanca [28:92] is named, for that is 5 
miles below the southern end of the canyon. Span. (4) appears 
to be a translation of Eng. (3). "White Rock Caiion."- " White- 
Rock Canyon."'^ 

(3) Eng. Devil Canyon. The writer has* heard an American 
apply this name to the canj^on. 

(4) Span. Canon de la Peiia Blanca, Canon Blanco 'white rock 
cany on" white canyon.' (Probably < Eng.). =Eng. ('2). "Canon 
Blanco. "2 

(5) Span. "Canon del Norte. "^ This means 'north canyon' and 
is a Span, name used by people living south of the canyon. 

(<5) Span. Caja, Caja del Rio Grande, Cajon, Cajon del Rio 
Grande Canon, Caiion del Rio Grande, 'box' 'box of the Rio 
Grande Canyon' 'Canyon of the Rio Grande.' "Caja del Rio."^ 

1 Jicarilla Apache Texts, 1911. sHewett, CommunautA, p. 20, 1908. 

"Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 79, 1S92. <Bandelier, op. cit., pp. SO, 149. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 103 

"Almost opposite San Ildefonso [19:22] begins the deep uiul 
picturesque oleft through which the Rio Grande has forced its 
way. It is called "Canon Blanco/ 'Canon del Norte,' or 'White 
Rock Canon.' Towering masses [Buckman Mesa [20:5]] of lava, 
basalt, and trap form its eastern walls; while on the west 
those formations are capped, a short distance from the river, by 
soft pumice and tufa." ' The eastern wall of the canyon ends in the 
vicinity of Buckman [20:1'.>] with the discontinuation of Buckman 
Mesa [20:5], but is continued farther south by Chino Mesa [29:1]. 
The whole can\'on is spoken of by Bandolier- as "the canon 
that separates San Ildefonso [19:22] from Cochiti [28:77]". lie 
also speaks of '"the frowning walls of the Caja del Rio . . . with 
their shaggy crests of lava and basaltic rock" as viewed from the 
dell [28:22] looking east. 

"Except at the little basin [20:22], the Rio Grande leaves no space for set- 
tlement between San Ildefonso [19:22] and Cochiti [28:77]. ^ It flows .-swiftly 
through a continuous canon, with scarcely room for a single horseman along- 
side the stream. The lower end of this caiion afforded the people of Cochiti 
a good place for communal fishing in former times. Large nets, made of yucca 
fibre, were dragged up stream by two parties of men, holding the ends on each 
bank. The shallowest portions of the river were selected, in order to allow a 
man to walk behind the net in the middle of the stream. In this manner 
portions of the river were almost despoiled of fish. The same improvidence 
prevailed as in hunting, and the useful animals were gradually killed off. 
After each fishing expedition, the product was divided among the clans pro 
rata, and a part set aside for the highest religioas officers and for the communal 
stores."'' 

See Po.^oae [Large Features:.3], [8:64], also [19:125], [20:5], 
[28:81], [29:1]. 
[Large Features: 5]. Tewatulyge ' Tewa country ' (7e««f name of the 
tribe; nqijj' 'earth' 'land'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). 

The Tewa consider their country the region between the Santa 
Fe {T'qnipije^r^ pi^/ [Large Features:?]) and Jemez {TsqnqjijiH''' 
■pijjj' [Large Features:S]) Mountain Ranges, from the vicinity of 
San Juan Pueblo [11: San Juan Pueblo] in the north to that of 
San Ildefonso [19:22] and Tesuque [26 :S] pueblos in the .south. 
The Rio Grande Valley proper, that is, the narrow strip of culti- 
vated land on each side of the river, is called TeJWfffeg'e 'Tewa dcll' 
(Tkoanameof the tribe; iee 'small, low, roundish place'; ge 'down 
at' 'over at'). The entire low country of the Tewa. extending from 
mountain range to mountain range and including high hills and 
mesas, is called Tcwahtige 'Tewa valle}'' {Teim name of the tribe; 
hii'u 'large, low, roundish place'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). The 

iBandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 7S1, 1892. 
nbid., p. 179. 

2 The vicinity of Buckman [20:19] should also be excepted. 
I •Bandelier.op. cit., p. 149. 



104 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

portion of the Tewa country iit the foot of the mountain chains 
is known as Tewapinnuge 'Tewa place beneath the mountains' 
{Teim name of the tribe; piijy 'mountain'; nu''u 'below'; ge 
'down at' 'over at'). According to the writer's informants the 
Tewa had in ancient times a stronj^ feeling that the Tewa country 
was their land and propert}^, and would have resented the attempt 
of any other tribe to make a settlement in it. The Tewa had in 
former times also many pueblos in the region south of the pi'esent 
Tewa country, known as 7"a«(«0<?, q. v. [Large Fcatures:6]. 

[Large Features: 6]. (1) T'anugc, T anuge al-qy f 'live down coun- 
try" 'live down country plain' {t'a 'to live'; nuge 'down be- 
low <nu^u 'below', ge 'down at' 'over at'; ''ahqijf 'plain'). 
This name refers to the great plain south of the Tewa country 
and east of the Rio Grande. Its Indian inhabitants were called 
T'anugeintoinh 'live-down-country people' {T'anuge, see above; 
'i'^y locative and adjective-forming postfix; iovxi 'person' 'peo- 
ple'), or for short T'anidowa. See Tano, page 576. 

(2) Eng. Santa Fe Plain. This term seems applicable. Santa 
Fe city [29:5] is at the northern border of the plain and com- 
mands a view of the greater part of it; hence the name is applied. 
This plain has been called by Bandelier "the central plain of 
northern New Mexico". He also speaks^ of the northern part 
of it as "the plateau of Santa Fe," while to the southern part he 
applies "theGalisteo [29:40] plain,"- and " the basin of (ialisteo' 
[29:i0]. This is the broad ai'id plain extending from the region 
about Santa Fe [29:5] in the north to that about Galisteo [29:40] 
in the south. This plain was, roughly speaking, formerh^ the 
homeland of the southern Tiwa. See Tano, under Names of 
Tribes and Peoples, page 576, and Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:3!)J. 

[Large Features:?]. (1) T'qmpijeT'pirjj', t'qmjnjephjf 'eastei'n 
mountains' {t'qmpije 'east' < t' ay y ^sun\ pije 'toward'; '/'' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix, 3 + plu.; piuy 'moun- 
tain'). So called because the mountains are east of the Tewa 
country. Cf. Tsiimpijei'^ PWJ' [Large Features :8]. 

(2) Eng. Santa Fe Mountains, named from Santa Fe citv [29:5]. 
(<Span.). = Span. (3). This name has been applied sometimes 
to the whole range, as we use it here; sometimes to the southern 
part of that range only, in the vicinity of Santa Fe city. "Santa 
Fe range. "^ "Santa Fe Range." ^ 

1 Final Report, pt. n, p. 88, 1892. 
!Ibid., p. 106. 
sibid.,pp. 20,87,88. 
<Ibid., pp. 45-46, 65. 

6 Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. 23, 1907. Ore Deposits of New Mex- 
ico, p. 163, 1910. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 105 

(3) Spaa. Sierra de Santa Fe, 'Santa Fe Mountains,' named 
from Santa Fe cit}' [29:5]. =Eng. (2). This name is, like its 
Eng. equivalent, applied now to the whole range, now to the 
southern part of the same. "Sierra de Santa Fe." ' 

(i) Span. "Sierra Nevada."'- This means 'snowy mountains.'' 
Identified with the Sanfax Fe Range by Bandelier.^ 

These names refer to the range of mountains east of the Tewa 
country f rom Jicarita Peak [22:9] in the north to the vicinity of 
Santa Fe [29 :.i] in the south and west of the upper course of the 
Pecos River [22:ti:i]. They do not properly apply to the Taos 
Range [8:24], nor to the Mora Range [22 KM]. The peaks and 
other features of this range are given on [22]. 

The Span, name Sangre de Cristo 'blood of Christ' is not cor- 
rectly applied to these mountains. It is given on the standard 
maps as a range northwest of Trinidad, Colorado, separating the 
headwaters of the Arkansas and the Rio Grande in Colorado. 

Indians and Mexicans tell of a half-breed, called in Spanish 
Miguel el Indio, 'Michael the Indian,' "Indian Mike," who lives 
in the wild portions of these mountains, eating bear and deer 
meat and avoiding human company. He is said to talk very lit- 
tle Spanish, and no one soenis to know what Indian language he 
speaks. 
[Large Features: Sj. (1) Tsqmpije'i'^pirjf, Tsqmjnjepiyj' 'western 
mountains' (A«rt??i/j)?)V 'west' Ktsqijy unexplained, ^^^'c 'toward'; 
'"' locative and adjective-forming postfix, 3 + plu.; fji;;y 'moun- 
tain'). So called because the mountains are west of the Tewa 
country. Cf. T'qmpije"i''piij.f [Large Features: 7]. 

(2) Eng. Jemez Mountains, named from Jemez Pueblo [27:3.5]. 
This name has perhaps long been applied looseh' to the whole 
range, but the writer has not found such usage in print earlier 
than the writings of Hewett. Bandelier^ uses "Sierra de 
Jemez" as a synonym for Jara Mountain [27:10], q. v. "A 
great complex of mountains loosely known as the Jemez. ''^ 
"Jemez mountains."" 

(3) Yalles Mountains. (<Span.). = Span. (5). Thisisthename 
applied to the chain by Bandolier, who uses it just as Hewett 
uses" Jemez Mountains." " Valles^Mountains.'" " Valles chain."* 
"Range of the Valles."* 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 120, 1892. 

' Castaneda (1540-42) quoted by Bandelier, ibid. 

3 Ibid. 

•Ibid., p. 72, note. 

' Hewett, Antiquities, p. 9, 190C. 

'Ibid., p. 14. 

'Bandelier, op. eit., pp. Go, 72 (note). 

6 Ibid., pp. 32, 53. 



106 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [f.th. 



(•i) Eng. Santa Clara Mountains. This name is suggested by a 
prominent English-speaking Indian of Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71J, 
who thinks the name Jemez Mountains or Valles Mountains is not 
appropriate. Santa Clara Pueblo is the only Rio Grande Tewa 
pueblo lying on the west side of the Rio Grande, and the names 
Santa Ciara Creek [14::i4] and Santa Clara Peak [2:13] are well 
established. 

(5) Span. Sierra de los Valles, ' mountains of the valleys,' re- 
ferring to the meadow-valleys known as Los Valles; see Pi?H- 
fxyqe [Large' Features:!]. This is the name always used by 
Mexicans and b}^ Tewa when they speak Spanish. It is also the 
name used by Bandelier. =Eng. (3). "Sierra de los Valles."' 
" Sierra del Valle."^ 

These names refer to the entire range of mountains west of the 
Tewa country, which Bandelier^ describes as "the mountains 
which divide the Rio Grande valley from the sources of the Rio 
Jemez [27:34]." Mountains or groups of mountains of this 
chain or range pass under many special names, most of which 
do not appear on an}' map, and cannot be definitely located. 

"As 1 shall have occasion to refer frequently to the different sections of the 
Valles Mountains under their current Spanish names, I give here a list of them 
from north to south. The northern end of the range is formed by the Sierra de 
Abiquiu [2:unlocated], with the peak [Abiquiu Peak [2:10]J of the same 
name; then follows the Cerro Pelado [Santa Clara Peak [2:13]]; afterwards 
come the Sierra de Toledo [27:unloeated], Sierra de San Miguel [28:29], 
Sierra de la Bolsa [27:unlocated], and, lastly, the Sierra de la Palisada [27: 
unlocated]. As seen from Santa Fe [29:5], they seem to constitute one long 
chain of contiguous heights. West of this range, at an elevation of at least 
8,000 feet, extend the grassy basins of the 'Valles' [Ppupseij^e [Large Fea- 
tures:!]]; beyond it rises the high Sierra de la Jara [.Tara Mountain [27:10]], 
sometimes called Sierra de Jemez, because the .Jomez region lies on its western 
base."* 

Other mountains of the range arc: Capulin Mountain [1:2S], 
Pedernal Mountain [2:9], Kusiinj'y.piDy [14:25], Pitepiijf [14: 
23], Ji'yjobuhvaje [16:134], Cochiti Mountains [28:6], and the 
mountains with Jemez names shown on the eastern part of [27]. 

Trails 

Po 'trail' 'road'. "Wagon roads are sometimes called tepo 'wagon 
road' {te 'wagon'; po 'road') or posojo 'big road' (po 'road'; so'jo 
'big'), in contradistinction to which trails are called po^e ('e diminu- 
tive). Kaiajupo or hws^jipo 'horse trail' (l-aiajh, kicmji 'horse'; po 
'trail'). Biidupo 'donkey trail' {hudu 'donkey'; po 'trail'). 

'Bandelier, The Delight Makers, p. 1, 1S90; Final Keport, pt. n, p. 71, 1892. 

2Ibid.,p. 199. 

Ubid., pt. I, p. 14, note, 1890. 

<Ibid., pt. n, p. 72, note, 1S92. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAKKINGTO.V] PLACE-NAMES 107 

The region known to the Tewa is covered at present with a networlv 
of innumerable trails, most of which are made by stock. The intro- 
duction of the horse doubtless greatly moditied the course and charac- 
ter of trails used in traveling. Satisfactory knowledge al)out the 
ancient trails is surprisingly^ difficult to get. The chief ancient trails 
leading west were doubtless those which passed up the Santa Clara 
and Guaje Creeks and over the western mountains into the Jemez 
country. Important trails must have run along both sides of the Rio 
Grande and Rio Charaa. All information obtained about ancient trails 
is included in the present section. Old Indian informants say that the 
Tewa had no bridges across the Rio Grande and the Chama in ancient 
times; their trails led them to well-known foi'ding places. These 
were the only streams which could not be forded anywhere. Ford is 
called merclj^ popi'iwe ' place where one goes through the water' {po 
'wr '.-^r'; jy^! 'to issue' 'to go through'; Utve locative). As in the case 
of tae trails, the fords are fullj^ treated in the present section. 
Some of the smaller streams and ditches of the Tewa country were 
spanned by flat-hewn logs. 

Trails were sometimes named after the places or peoples to which 
they led or after the peoples who used them : Thus, P'efupo ' Abiquiu 
trail' {P\'fuu 'Abiquiu'; fo 'trail'); W(lnH(('bt:po 'Navalio trail' 
( lFy?i..s«id 'Navaho'; /'"'trail'). 

Place-names in Regions Mai'ped 

[1] tierra amakilla sheet 

The Tewa have no current term for the region shown on map 1.^ 
Occasionally ^Aieljupije 'up Abiquiu way' {'Aieiju 'Al)iquiu', see 
[S:36J; j)ije 'toward') is used to designate all the country about and 
beyond (north of) Abiquiu. Tierra Amarilla is applied to the sheet 
because Tierra Amarilla is the name of the county seat of Rio Arriba 
County, which has been used to denote this district. Bandelier ' men- 
tions "the cold and well-watered Tierra Amarilla in nortiiern New 
Mexico" as "among the few typical timbered areas". 

Only one pueblo ruin is shown on [1]. Probably many other ruins 
will be discovered later, however, in the southern part of this area. 
Inquiry has failed to reveal that the Tewa have any knowledge as to 
what people built these pueblos. The results secured by the writer 
are as negative as those of Bandelier, who writes: ^ "To what tribe or 
linguistic stock the numerous vestiges of pueblos along the Upper 
Rio Chama, north of Abiquiu and west of El Rito, must be attributed, 
is still unknown." See [2:7]. 

' See explanation regarding maps, on p. 97. 
! Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 19, 1890. 
' Ibid., pt. II, p. 53, 1892. 



108 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIAKS [ETH. ANN. 29 

The Jicarilla Apache now occupy the northwestern corner of the 
area. It was not many decades ago, however, that these Indians 
ranged east of Taos, and the country now occupied by their reserva- 
tion was held by the Southern Ute. See Jicarilla Apache and Ute, 
pages 574 and 578, respectively. 

[1:1] (1) Pokwiwb'i 'lake gap' {pokwi 'lake' <po 'water', hvi 
unexplained; wPi 'gap' 'pass'). This name refers to the lake 
and the whole locality. It was not known to the informants 
whether there is a gap or pass there. 

(2) PokioiiciipoJcwi, Pokwiw/" P'l'pohvi 'lake gap lake' {pohvi 
'lake' <po 'water', h(ci unexplained; wPi 'gap' 'pass'; 'P^ loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular; pohvi 'lake' 
<po 'water', ^//'i unexplained). This name refers especially to 
the lake. 

(3) Kahajapohwi, Kivsejipokwi, Kaiajti T' pokwi, Ivivseji'i'- 
pokwi 'horse lake' {kaiaju 'horse' <Span. caballo 'horse'; 
Jcwcejl 'horse', perhaps an early borrowing from Span, caballo 
'horse'; i'^ locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singu- 
lar, agreeing with postpounded pohvi ] pohri ' lake ' < po ' water', 
hei unexplained). =Taos (5), Eng. (G), Span. (8). 

(4) Pi?npijepoh/^i, Pimj^ijei'^pol'ioi 'northern lake' {pimpije 
'north' <pvjf 'mountain', ^jj/j; 'toward'; T' locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix, mineral singular; pol'iri 'lake'<7W 'water', 

'hoi unexplained). Horse Lake is thus known as the northern 
lake, Boulder Lake [1:2] as the middle lake, and Stinking Lake 
[1:3] as the southern lake, .of the present Jicarilla country. 
= Eng. (T), Span. (9). 

(5) Taos KdupaqwldaiiA 'horse lake' {hla- 'horse'; paqirid, 
'lake' <pa 'water', qiold- unexplained, the compound paqicla- 
probably being cognate with Tewa pohri; and noun postfix, 
agreeing in gender and number with postpounded paqwld-). 
= Tewa (3), Eng. (6), Span. (8). 

(6) Eng. Horse Lake. =Tewa (::)), Taos (5), Span. (8). 

(7) Eng. North Lake. =Tewa (4), Span. (9). 

(8) Span. Laguna del Caballo 'horse lake'. = Tewa (3), Taos 
(5), Eng. (G). 

(9) Span. Laguna del Norte 'north lake'. =Tewa (4), 
Eng. (7). 

This lake is on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. It is 
frequently mentioned in connection with Boulder Lake [1:2] and 
Stinking Lake [1:3]. 
[1:2] (1) Euha^hve 'at the stone enclosure' {kuha 'stone barrier or 
wall of roughly piled stones enclosing a space' < hu 'stone', ha 
'fence enclosing a space' 'corral'; ''iwe 'at', locative postfix.) 



BABKlNGTONl PLACE-NAMES 109 

Olio informant stated tliat the lake is called thus because it is 
surrounded by a parapet or rim of rocks. 

(2) Knk'd'vwepohri 'lake at the stone enclosure' (kuk'a "stone 
barrier or wall of roughly piled stones enclosing' a space' < hu 
'stone', Fa 'fence enclosing- a space' 'corral'; ^hre 'at', locative 
postfix; pohri 'lake' < po 'water', hri iinexplained). Cf. (1), 
above. 

(o) Kupohi'i 'stone lake' {ku 'stone'; poliri 'lake' < po 
'water', kiri unexplained). = Taos (5), Eng. (6), Span. (8). 

(4) Piij(li'pohc% Piijf/e'r'pohci 'middle lake' (jnijffe 'in the 
middle '; *"* locative or adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular, 
agreeing with postpounded pohri; pohri 'lake' < po 'water', 
liri unexplained). The lake is thus called in contradistinction 
to Horse Lake or North Lake [1:1] and Stinking Lake or .South 
Lake [1:3]. = Eng. (7), Span. (0). 

(5) Taos QiupaqicuUina 'stone lake' {qtu- 'stone'; paqidd 
']ake'<f)ff- 'water', (^M'M-unex'plained; «wa noun postfix, agreeing 
in gender and number with postpounded paqind- ). =Tewa (3), 
Eng. (i!), Span. (S). 

(6) Eng. Boulder Lake. =Tewa (3), Taos (:,). Span. (s). Cf. 
Tewa (1) and (2). 

(7) Eng. Middle Lake. =Tewa (4), Span. (!•). 

(8) Span. Laguua Piedra 'stone lake'. =Tewa (3), Taos (5), 
Eng. (6). Cf. Tewa (1) and (%). 

(9) Span. Laguna en el ^ledio. =Tewa (4), Eng. (7). 

It is near this lake that the Jicarilla Apache hold a dance on the 
night of September 15 and for several nights following, every year. 
The dance takes place inside a large round corral built of brush. 
This corral is known to the Tewa as habu''u 'large roundish low 
place enclosed by a corral' {ha 'corral'; huu 'large roundish 
low place'). The Tewa call the dai^ce h abii >/ fade (fa.'e "dance'). 
This lake is often mentioned in connection with this dance ; also 
in connection with Horse Lake [1:1] and Stinking Lake [1:3]. 
[1:3] (1) Posu'r' 'smelling water' {po 'water'; su 'to smell', in- 
transitive, said of pleasant or unpleasant smells: T' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular, agreeing with po). 
Cf. Span. (7). 

(2) PoJ^u-imT' 'smelling lake" {pokiri 'lake < po 'water', hwi 
unexplained; su ' to smell", intransitive, said of pleasant or unpleas- 
ant smells; *"*' locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral sin- 
gular, agreeing with po. =Taos (4), Eng. (5), Span. (8). 

(3) ' Akompijepokiri, 'Ako?np>je''i' pokwi 'southern lake' ('«lo?w- 
j9i;« 'south' <'al-qi]f 'plain' 'level countrj^', ^//e 'toward'; *'' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral singular, agreeing 
with pokwi; pokiri • lake ' <po'' water ", k/ri unexplained ). = Eng. 



110 BTHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(6), Span. (9). The lake is thus called in contradistinction to 
Hor.se Lake or North Lake [1:1] and Boulder Lake or INIiddle 
Lake [1:2]. ^ 

(4) Taos Pa(2wialavma7id 'stinking lake' {paqwid 'lake' <pa 
'water', qivid unexplained; la 'to smell', intransitive, said of 
pleasant or unpleasant smells; ira said to have the force of ' which '; 
and noun postfix, agreeing in gender and number with postpounded 
lazva). =Tewa ('2), Eng. (5), Span. (S). 

(5) Eng. Stinking Lake. =Tewa (2), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(6) South Lake. =Tcwa (;3), Span. (9). 

(7) Span. Laguna del Ojo Hedioudo 'lake of the stinkiug 
spring'. Cf. Tewa (1). 

(S) Span. Laguna Hedionda 'stinking lake'. =Tewa (2), Taos 
(4), Eng. (5). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(9) Span. Laguna del Sur 'south lake.' =Tewa (3), Eng. (6). 

According to some of the names and the statements of two 
Indian informants the lake gets its name from a spring the water 
of which has a strong odor. Just where this spring is situated 
could not be ascertained. This lake is often mentioned in con- 
nection with Horse Lake [1:1] and Boulder Lake [1:2]. Notice 
also [1:4]. Several other Tewa forms of the name of this lake 
are probably also in use. 

This lake is situated south of the .ricarilla Apache Indian 
Reservation, and not on it, as are [1:1] and [1:2]. 
[1:4] (1) P(mj,'hvefohuu, Foay^iwir^ pohii'u 'smelling water creek' 
{pogy/P' 'smelling water', one of the names of Stinking Lake <po 
'water', sy, 'to smell', intransitive, used of pleasant as well as of 
unpleasant smells; ' / '' locative and adjective-forming postfix, min- 
eral singular, agreeing with po; ^iwe, formed by the juxtaposition 
of ^'"' and we, 'at', a locative postfix which is not used unless pre- 
ceded by *'' except in the Nambe dialect; i'' locative and ad- 
jective-forming posttix, mineral gender, agreeing with pohu'uj 
poJni'u 'creek' < po 'water', hu^u 'large groove'). Cf. Eng. 
(2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Stinking Lake Creek. Cf . Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo de la Laguna del Ojo Hediondo 'creek 
or wash of the lake of the stinking spring '. Cf. Tewa (1), 
Eng. (2). 

ISIany other Tewa forms might also l)e applied to this creek. 
[1:5] (1) Baubuii 'Vado town' {bau < Span. Vado, name of the set- 
tlement; bii'u 'town'). 

(2) Eng. Vado. (< Span. Vado). 

(3) Span. Vado 'ford'. 

Vado is a small lumbering settlement. The informants did not 
know whether there is really a ford there. The Spanish name is 
never translated into Tewa. The Chama River above Vado is 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 111 

called Pqmpo, below Vado it is called Popijjf,; see Chaina River 
[Large Features:2]. 

[1:0] Pqmpo 'river of the captive(s)' {2>qr)f 'captive' 'prisoner'; po 
'water' 'river'). The informants do not know why this name is 
applied. They do not know whether in Spanish a corresponding 
name, which would be Rio del Cautivo or Rio de los Cautivos 
' river of the captive(s) ', is in use. 

This name is applied to what Americans call the upper Chama 
River above the confluence of [1:4] and the vicinity of Vado set- 
tlement [1:5]. TheTewa, however, consider Pqmpo to be a river 
distinct from the Chama. See Popiijy [Large features : 2\. 

[1:7] (1) Bdasubiiit 'Brazos town' {B.iasU <Span. Brazos, name of the 
settlement; hii:u 'town'). 

(2) Eng. Los Brazos. (< Span.). 

(3) Span. Los Brazos 'the arms' (bodypart) 'the branches'. 
Why this name was given is not known. Cf. [1:8] and [1:9]. 

[1:S] (1) Bdasupohu\i, Rtasui'^ pohu?u ' Brazos Creek' (B./asu <Span. 
Brazos, name of the settlement; i'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix, mineral singular, agreeing with pohwu; pohii'u 'creek' < 
po 'water', /tu'n 'large groove'). 

(2) Eng. Los Brazos Creek. (< Span.). 

(3) Span. Rito de los Brazos 'arms creek.' Cf. [1:7] and [1:9]. 
[1:9] (1) BJasupiijj',B.(a,sh''impiijy 'Brazos mountain' (5.^rt6« <Span. 

Brazos, name of the settlement; 'iuy locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix, vegetal singular, agreeing with piijf; piijf 'uioun- 
tain'). 

(2) Eng. Los Brazos Poak(s). ( < Span. Los Brazos ' the arms'). 

(3) Span. Cerro de los Brazos, Sierra de los Brazos ' the arms 
mountain '. 

The Indian informants stated that two jjeaks are conspicuous. 
Cf. [1:7] and [1:8]. 
[1:10] (1) ''OJiuiu'u 'Ojo town' {'ohU <Span. ojos 'springs'; hu'u 
'town'). 

(2) Span. Los Ojos 'the springs'. 

It is stated that this settlement is a couple of miles northwest 
of Tieri'a Amarilla town and east of the Chama River. Several 
informants have stated that the Tewa call the town of Parkview 
by this name. 
[Tierra Amarilla region] (1) JVdn'sejiwe ^ at the yellow earth' {nqyf 
'earth'; tse 'yellowness' 'j'ellow'; iwe 'at' locative postfix, j 
being infixed whenever '*'', Hjjf or Hwe is postfixed to tse). 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Tierra Amarilla region. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), 
Span. (3). 



112 ETH]SrOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(3) Spaa, region de Tierra Amarilla 'yellow earth region'. 
= Tewa(l), Eng. (2). 

All the country about Tierra Amarilla town is known by this 
name. Sevei'al informants have declared that this is the "old 
Indian name" of the locality, and that the locality is named from 
the pigment deposit discussed below under [1:13]. Cf. [1:11] 
and [1:1"2]. Furthermore, it is stated that the earth in this whole 
region is yellowish. 
[1:11] (1) JVQnfsej iwepo, Nq,ntsejiv)e^i;'po 'river at the yellow earth, 
i. e., in the Tierra Amarilla region' {nanisejiwe 'at the yellow 
earth' 'at Tierra Amarilla' <7ulijf 'earth', Tse 'yellowness' 'j' el- 
low ', ''wee ' at ' locative postfix,ji being infixed whenever T', 'iyy, or 
Hute is postfixed to Tse; i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix, 
mineral singular, agreeing with po; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). 
= Taos (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Taos NamtsulipcC and, ' j^ellow earth river, i. e., Tierra Am- 
arilla river' {namisuU- 'j^ellow earth' 'Tierra Amarilla' <nain- 
'earth', tsuli 'yellow'; pa- 'water' 'creek' 'river'; and noun 
postfix, agreeing in gender and number with postpouuded pn). 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (-1). 

(3) Eng. Tierra Amarilla Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1). Taos 
(2), Span. (4). 

(4r) Span. Rito de Tierra Amarilla ' j^ellow earth creek '. = Tewa 
(1), Taos (2), Eng. (3). 

(5) Span. Rio Nutritas 'little beaver river'. Cf. [1:12], [1:14]. 

Cf. Tierra Amarilla region, above, also [1:12] and [1:13]. 
[1:12] (1) Nqntsejiwebu\(. 'town at the yellow earth' {nqijf 'earth'; 
("se 'yellowness' 'yellow'; Hwe 'at' locative postfix, _/ being infixed 
whenever T', 'v;./, or ''iwe is postfixed to tse; hu^u 'town'. Cf. 
Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Tieri'a Amarilla town. (<Span.). =3pan. (3). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Tierra Amarilla 'yellow earth'. =Eng. (2). Cf. 
Tewa(l). 

(4) Span. Las Nutritas 'the little beavers'. Cf. [1:11], [1:14]. 
Tierra Amarilla is the county seat of Rio Arriba County. Cf. 

[Tierra Anmrilla region] above, also [1:11] and [1:13]. 
[1:13] (1) Tse/T' k'ondiipe 'where the j'ellow pigment is dug' {fse 
'yellowness' 'y«llow'; '^"' locative and adjective-forming postfix, 
mineral singular, here refering to yellow stufl' or pigment, j being 
infixed whenever T', Hyj', or ^-koe is postfixed to tse; Icqndkoe 
'where it is dug' 'pit' 'quarry' < Fqijf 'to dig', Hv-e 'at' locative 
postfix). 

It is said that this pigment deposit is situated a short distance 
northwest of Tierra Amarilla town. The substance is moist when 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 113 

it is dugout. It is mixed witli water and used for "yellowing" 
the walls of rooms in pueblo houses, near the floor. It is stated 
that the deposit is occasionally visited by Tewa Indians, who carry 
home quantities of the pigment for this purpose. The substance 
may be called 7i(i?itsejr' 'yellow earth' {ndijf earth"), hut is com- 
monly called merely tseji"'. See under Minerals. The names 
of the Tierra Amariila region, river, town, etc., are probably to 
be explained from the presence of this deposit and from the fact 
that the earth is yellowish in the vicinity. Cf. [Tierra Amariila 
region], pp. 111-12, also [1:11] and [1:12]. 
[1:14] (1) ^ Ojotepo 'beaver hoaso water' {^"jofe 'beaver house' 
'beaver nest' <^ojo 'beaver', te 'house'; po 'water' 'creek' 
'river'). This is probably the original Tewa name of this creek. 
Though Nutritas is perhaps as common in Spanish as is Nutrias, 
the former word is never translated in Tewa speech, while the 
Nutrias River is regularly called '' Ojotepo. Cf. Taos (2), Eng. 
(3), Span. (4). _ 

(2) TsLOs Pajapaaiid 'beaver water' {paja- 'beaver'; pta 'water' 
'creek' 'river'; ana noun postfix, agreeing in gender and number 
with postpounded pa). = Eng. (3), (Span. (-1). 

(3) Eng. Nutrias Creek. (<Span.). =Taos (2), Span. (4). 
Cf. Tewa (1). 

(4) Span. Rito de las Nuti'ias ' beaver creek '. Bandelier ' gives 
"the Nutrias". =Taos (2), Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

Bandelier' says: "The branches of which the Chama is formed 
are the Coyote in the west, the Gallinas north of west, and the 
Nutrias north. It is said that the waters of the first are red, 
those of the Gallinas white, and those of the Nutrias limpid. 
According as one or the other of these tributaries rises, the waters 
of the Chama assume a different hue."' Cf. the name Nutritas, 
[1:11], [1:12]. 
[1:15] (1) Si'"' po 'onion water' (••>■/ 'onion'; T' locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix, mineral gender, agreeing with fyo; po ' water' 
'creek' 'river'). Probably' a mere translation of the Span. name. 
= Eug. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. CeboUa Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Rito CeboUa 'onion river'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 
Cf. [1:17]. 

[1:16] (1) ToioTsse'"' 'white cliffs' (ioba 'cliff'; tssg. 'whiteness' 
'white'; '/'' locative and adjective-forming postfix, mineral gen- 
der). = Eng. (2). 

(2) "'\MiiteButts".= =Tewa (1). 

■ Final Report, pt. ii, p. 56, note, 1892. 

» V. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts ol Southern Colorado and Nortliern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69. 

87584='— 29 eth— 16 8 



114 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

The white substance of which these cliffs are composed is said 
to be of no use to the Indians. 
[1:17] (1) SViwe 'at the onion(s)' (a!, ''onion'; '/kv 'at', locative postfix 
referring to a single place). Probably a mere translation of the 
Span. name. =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Cebolla. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (8), 

(3) Span. Cebolla 'onion'. =Tewa{l), Eng. (2). "Sebolla."> 
The settlement is said to consist of a few scattered houses inhab- 
ited by Mexicans. It is said that the road from EI Rito to Tierra 
Amarilla passes through this settlement. Cf. [1:15]. 

[1:18] Popirjf is the name applied to the Chama River below Vado. 
See Chama River [Large features:2]. 

[1:19] (1) Pipi'jJ' 'turkey mountains' 'chicken mountains' ((^i 'tur- 
kej^' 'chicken'; piyy 'mountain'). Probably a mere translation 
of the Span. name. =Eng. (2), Span. (4), Fr. (6). 

(2) Eng. Gallinas Mountains. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. 

(3) Eng. Gallinas Bad Lands. ( < Span.). = Span. (5), Fr. (6). 

(4) Span. Cerros de las Gallinas 'chicken mountains' 'turkey 
mountains'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

(5) Span. Terrenos Malos del Rio de las Gallinas 'chicken or 
turkey river bad lands'. =Eng. (3), Fr. (6). 

(6) "Les Mauvaises Terres de Gallinas"- 'Gallinas l)ad lands'. 
= Eng. (3), Span. (5). Cf. [1:24], [1:25]. See plate 1, A. 

[1:20] (1) KwydcCa 'old woman steep slope' {hwijo 'old woman'; 
'a.'« 'steep slope'). Tewa kicaje or hwag.e 'mesa' is never applied. 
Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Las Viejas Mesa. (<Span.). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Mesa de las Viejas 'old women mesa'. Cf. Tewa (1). 
This mesa or slope is east of the Chama River and north of 

[1:31]. It would be difficult to determine whether the Tewa or 
the Span, name is original. 
[1:21] (1) Eng. Largo Canyon. (<Span.). 
(2) Span. Canon Largo *• long can3'on'. 

This canyon drains into San Juan River. Two of the inform- 
ants know the canyon but say that there is no Tewa name for it. 
[1:22] (1) Sqmpijj y koe 'at porcupine mountain' {sqm.pijjj' 'porcu- 
pine mountain', see [l:unlocated] <sqyf 'porcupine', pirjf 
'mountain'; '/we 'at' locative postfix, indicating a single place). 
This term is applied to the region which since Cope's time has 
been known to some Americans as Cristone. Cf. [1:23]. 

(2) Eng. Cristone. (<Span. creston 'hog-back ridge'). See 
[1:23]. 

1 Topographic Map of New Mexico, U.S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper 68, pi. i. 
2Hewett, Cominunaut<5s, p. 42, 1908. 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 




A. GALLINAS "BAD LANDS" IN THE CHAMA DRAINAGE 




CONE OF PEDERNAL PEAK IN THE DISTANCE 



HAREIXGTONj PLACE-NAMES 115 

[1:23] (1) Sqmpiyf'hne'qyiriJi-eji, Sompiyj'Hwe'P' ''oywihejl 'pueblo 
ruin at porcupine mountain' {xqmfnjjf'noe 'at porcupine moun- 
tain', see [1:22] (1); 't'' locative and adjective-formintf postfix; 
^orjwikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^oijiri 'pueblo", hyi postpound 
'ruin'). Cf. *S'o/rtpvy./' [l:unlocated] and [1:22]. 

(2) Enof. Cristone Pueblo ruin. This ruin was named by Prof. 
E. D. Cope, presuniablj' from Span, creston ' narrow crest'. 

" In riding past the foot of the precipice I observed what appeared to be stone 
walls crowning its summit. Examination of the ridge disclosed the fact that a 
village, forming a single line of 30 houses, extended along its narrow crest, 22 
of them being south of the causeway and 8 north of it. The most southern in 
situation is at some distance from the southern extremity of the hog-back. . . . 
This town I called Cristone. The same hog-back recommences a little more 
than a mile to the north, rising to a greater elevation, say 600 or 700 feet above 
the valley."' 

Professor Cope clearly bad in mind Span, creston ' ridge ' 
' crest '. "Cristone." - 

This ruin is described ])y E. D. Cope, as stated abore. A part 
of Cope's report on the ruin is quoted by Hewett.^ 
[1:2-1] (1) Dtpo 'turkey water' 'chicken water' {di 'turkey' 'chicken'; 
po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). (Probably < Span. ). = Eno-. (2), Span. 
(3). 

(2) Eng. Gallinas Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Rio de las Gallinas 'chicken river' 'turkey river'. 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (2). "The Gallinas." ■* 

"The branches of which the Chama is formed are the Coy- 
ote in the west, the Gallinas north of west, and the Nutrias 
north. It is said that the waters of the first are red, those of the 
Gallinas white, and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as 
one or the other of these tributaries rises, the waters of the 
Chama assume a different hue."'' Cf. [l:li>] and [l:2.j]. 
[1:25] (1) priwe 'where the turkeys or chickens are' {di 'turkey' 
'chicken'; 'iwe 'at' locative postfix indicating a single place). 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Gallinas settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(l),Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Las Gallinas 'the chickens' 'the turkeys'. =Tewa 
(1), Eng. (2). 

It seems probable that the Tewa name is a translation of the 
Spanish. Gallinas seems to be a favorite place-name with the 
Mexicans; cf. Gallinas Creek, by which the city of Las Vegas is 
built. See Gallinas Creek, page 559. The Tewa word di was 

> E. D. Cope, Wheeler Survey Report for 1875, vii, pp. 353, 355, 1879, quoted by Hewett, Antiquities, 
pp. 42, 43. 

> Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 365. 
3 Antiquities, pp. 41-14. 

<Bandelier, Final Report, pt. u, p. 50, note, 1892. 



116 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 2a 

originally applied to the wild turkey, but since chickens were 
introduced it has been used to designate both turkeys and chickens, 
turkeys being distinguished when necessary by calling them piu/'d 
'mountain chickens' {piof 'mountain'; ^i 'turkey' 'chickens'). 
Cf. [1:19] and [l:2-ij. 
fCapulin region] (1) WWime 'where the chokecherry is' ('aSe 'choke- 
cherry' 'Prunus melauocarpa (A. Nelson) R^^db.'; '/hv 'at' loca- 
tive postfix indicating a single place). =Cochiti ("2), Eng. (?>), 
Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti Apofolco ' chokecherry corner ' {dpo ' chokecherry ' 
'Prunus melanocarpa (A. Nelson) Kydb.'; foko ' corner'). =Tewa 
(1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Capulin region. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), 
Span. (4). 

(4) Span, rejion Capulin 'chokecherry region'. =Tewa (1), 
Cochiti (2), Eng. (3). Cf. [1:2G], [1:27], [1:28]. 

[l:2t)] (1) ■ Abe's wemakina, ^ Abe' lire' P' vuiHna, ^Abe'iwep'epaieT', 
^Abe'lioeT^ p'epaieT' 'chokecherry sawmill' ('aie''iwe 'where 
the chokecherry is' 'Capulin', see [Capulin region], above; ' "'loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; ;rt«^-//irt 'machine' 'mill' 'saw- 
miir <Span. maquina 'machine' 'sawmill'; j/ epuie'' P' 'sawmill' 
<p^e 'stick' 'timber', pabe 'to cut crosswise', '?' locative and 
adjective-formingpostfix). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Capulin sawmill. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span, asserradero de Capulin 'chokecherry sawmill'. 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

This sawmill is frequently moved from one part to another 
of the wild region in which it is situated. Tewa Indians have 
been frequently employed at this sawmill. Cf. [Capulin region], 
above, also [1:27] and [1:28]. 
[1:27] (1) \ibepo ' chokecherrj' creek ^ ('«&«, as under [Capulin region], 
above, 'chokecherry' 'Capulin'; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Capulin Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Rito Capulin 'chokecherry creek'. =Tewa (1). 
Eng. (2). 

This creek is tributary to Gallinas Creek [1:24]. Cf. [Capulin 
region], above, also [1:26] and [1:28]. 
[1:28] (1) ''Aiepiyf 'chokecherry mountain' ('tffte, as under [Capulin 
region], above, 'chokecherry' 'Capulin'; pVJf 'mountain'). 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Capulin mountain. (<Span.). = Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cerro Capulin 'chokecherry mountain'. =Tewa(l), 
Eng. (2). 

This mountain is said to be high. 



HARRINOTOX] PLACE-NAMES 117 

[1 :!'!•] (1) Depo 'coyote water' {4e 'coyote'; po 'water "'creek' 
'rivei-'). =Coehiti (3), Eng. (4), Span. (7). 

(•2) y<i poia po '' udohe river' ' mud river" {nqpota 'adobe' ' clayey 
mud'; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). =Eng. (5), Span. (8). 

(3) Cochiti fotsonatxena 'coyote river' {fotsona 'coyote'; 
taena 'river'). =Tewa (1), Eng. (4), Span. (7). 

(4) Eng. Coyote Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), 
Span. (7). 

(.")) Eng. Puerco Creek, Muddj- Creek, Dirty Creek. (<Span.). 
= Tewa (2), Span. (S). 

(6) Salinas Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (9). 

(7) Span. Rio Coyote 'coyote river'. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), 
Eng. (4). '"The Coyote.'"' 

(5) Span. Rio Puerco 'muddy river' ' dirty river'. =Eng. (5). 
Cf. Tewa {-2). 

(!>) Span. Rio Salinas 'creek of the alkali fiats'. =Eng. (6). 
"Salinas Ci'eek.'"- 

After much questioning at San Juan it seems clear that these 
names refer to one stream, the name Coyote Creek coming per- 
haps from Coyote settlement, which is situated on the creek. "The 
branches of whicli the Chama is formed are the Co3'ote in the 
west, the Gallinas north of west, and the Nutrias north. It is said 
that the waters of the first are red, those of the Gallinas white, 
and those of the Nutrias limpid. According as one or the other of 
these tributaries rises, the waters of the Chama assume a differ- 
ent hue.''^ Cf. [1:30] and [29:120]. 
[1:30] (1) 2)t;'iW 'coyote place' (t?f 'coyote'; 'j'we'at' locative post- 
fix referring to a single place.) (Probably < Span.). =Eng. (2), 
Span. (3). This name refers of course to the whole region as 
well as to the ^Mexican settlement itself. 

(2) Eng. Coyote settlement and region. (<Span.). =Tewa(l), 
Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Coyote 'coyote'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). Cf. [1:2'.>]. 
[1:31] (1) /7(/?a,^«'K 'dryarroyoarroyo' (/((t';^ 'arroyo' 'large groove"; 

^< 'dryness' 'dry'; /<«'« 'large groove' 'arroyo'). =Eug. (3), 
Span. (5). This name is applied especially to the lower part of 
the stream, as far up as the white mineral deposit or farther, this 
portion of the bed being usually dry. This is perhaps a transla- 
tion of Span. Arroyo Seco. 

(2) Pctsen fhii u . Pxi<^nipo 'deer horn arroyo' 'deer horn water' 
{p^s^Vf 'deer horn' <p« 'deer', Kyf 'horn'; InCu 'large 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. Ii, p. 56, note, 1892. 

' r. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern ColoraJo and North- 
ern New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69. 



118 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 20 

groove' 'arro3'o'; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'.) Cf. Eng. (4), 
Span. (6). This name is applied most frequently perhaps to the 
upper course of the waterway, near Cangilon Mountain [1:;35]. 
Since this is not an exact equivalent of the Span, name, Pxsejjf 
may be an old Tewa name ajjplied originally to either Cangilon 
Mountain or Cangilon Creek. 

(3) Eng.Cangilou Creek. (< Span.). = Span. (4). Cf.Tewa(2). 

(4) Span. Rito Cangilon ' horn river'. = Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (2). 
This creek rises at Cangilon Mountain. Cf. [1:33], [1:34], 

[1:35], and [22:unlocated]. 
[1:32] (1) S(it('po ' Athabascan water ' {Sa^e ' Athabascan '; ^w ' water ' 
'spring'). Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) iyV_'c/'rtsa6t'2w 'Navaho water' (^!(;y«.vaSe 'Navaho'<iyM)c'9y- 
'Jemez', Ba^e 'Athabascan'; po 'water' 'spring'). =Eng. (3), 
Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Eng. Navaho spring. (<Span.). = Tewa (2), Span. (4). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

(4) Span. Ojo Navajo ' Navaho spring'. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3). 
Cf. Towa (1). 

This spring, said to bo perennial, is situated on the west side 
of Cangilon Creek, as shown on the map. See Navaho Canyon 
[l:unlocated]. 
[1:33] (1) Eng. Lower Cangilon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cangilon el Ritoabajo ' horn settlement down creek'. 
= Eng. (1). Prof. H. E. Bolton states that the name Cangilon 
was given by Father Escalante in 1776. "Cangillon" is dis- 
tinguished from "Upper Cangillon".' " Canjilon."^ 

No Tewa name was obtained. Cf. [1:31], [1:34], and [1:3.5]. 
[1:34] (1) Eng. Upper Cangilon settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cangilon el rito arriba 'horn (settlement) up creek'. 
= Eng. (1). "Upper Cangillon".' 
[1:35] Psenejnpiyf ' deer-horn mountains ' {pst^Vf 'deer-horn' <;i?^ 
'deer', siXjf 'horn'; pv)f 'mountain'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 
Since this is not an exact equivalent of the' Span, name, Pimej)f 
maj" be an old Tewa name applied originally to either Cangilon 
Mountain or Cangilon Creek. Cf. [1:31]. 

The main road from El Rito to Tierra Araarilla is said to pass 
through Upper Cangilon. No Tewa name was obtained. Cf. 
[1:31] and [l::i5]. 

' U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 

2 Map accompanying Hewett, Antiquities, 1906; also Topographic Map of New Mexico, TJ. S. 
Geological Survey, Professional Papers 68, pi. i, 190S-1908. 



HAKKINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 119 

[1:36] (1) San .Tuan T'ihxhii'u 'T'i diinc^ large low roundish place' 
'arroj'o'(7"i "akindof dance held inwintcrat San Juan Pueblo'; 
bu^u 'large low roundish place'; hii/u 'largo groove' *arroyo"). 
Afc any time those wishing to dance the T'i dance get permission 
from the War Captain; a man and a wonum are the principal 
dancers and property is thrown to the crowd at the close of the 
dance; (^*^"i'o'° 'they are dancing thLs kind of dance' (^* 'they 
3 +'; 'o'" progressive postfix). The etymology given above ha^s 
been conlirmed by four San Juan Indians, from whom, however, 
no information could be obtained as to the real meaning of t'i- 
The ;*' of t'i is clearl}' aspirated. A Santa Clara informant stated 
that the tifa.ie (unaspirated t ! ; fiUe ' dance') is a San Juan dance 
and described it a.s it had been descVibed to the writer by San 
Juan Indians. The Santa .Clara informant stated that ti is the 
name of a kind of headdress, made of skin and sticks, which pro- 
jects upward and forward from the forehead of the wearer, and 
that this headdress is worn in the San JuaixJifa-ie. There has 
been no opportunity to have this information discussed by San 
Juan Indians. The place-name is not known to Santa Clara, San 
Ildcfonso. or Nambe Indians so far as could be ascertiiined. The 
verbs t'it'i 'to sparkle" and t'ik\'ui 'to stumble' were suggested 
by « San Ildefonso Indian as possibly throwing light on the 
etymology. 

(2) Span. Arroyo Silvestre 'Silvcstre Arroyo'. The Span, 
name of the arroyo is from the name of the Mexican settlement 
Silvestre [l:unlocated]. 

Un'LOCATED 

(1) Buwaicukq 'breadstuff stone barranca' {huvxi'ku 'guayave stone' 
<bun'a 'breadstuff' 'an}' kind of bread', hii 'stone'; ko 'bar- 
ranca'). = Span. (2). 

This is one of the localities at which the kind of stone used 
for baking paper-bread is obtained. See under Minerals, 
where the preparation of these stones is described. This 
place is probably known to a number of people at each of 
the Tewa puel)los, but informants differ widely as to its location. 
They agree in placing the locality east or north of the upper 
Chama River. One informant places it above [1:20], another 
below [1:31]. 

(2) Span. Arroyo Comal ' arroyo of the stone or pan for cook- 
ing tortillas, guayave, and the like'. =Tewa (1). 
(1) Jundhre 'where the willows' (ji'iVf 'willow'; ^iwe 'at' locative 
posttix). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. La Jara 'the willow'. =Tewa (1). 



120 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

This is the name of some locality on the Jicarilla Apache Reser- 
vation. The form Jq-ndiwe is in use in Tewa. 

(3) Eng. " Navaho Canyon". Given by Hewett ' as a northern 
tributiiryof Cangilon Creek. 
(1) Pobelo 'water-jar barranca' {pobe 'water jar' 'olla' <po 'water', 
be referring to roundish shape; Iq barranca). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo Tiuaja 'large storage- jar arroyo'. Cf. Tewa 
(1). Tinaja is nq,tif,be in Tewa; Tewa pob'' signilies 'olla' in Span. 

This locality is said to be east or north of the upper Chama 
River. 
(1) Eng. Sierra Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito Sierra 'mountain range creek'. =Eng. (1). 

This creek is either a tributary of Coyote Creek [1:29] or 
somewhere in the vicinity of Coyote Creek. None of the Indian 
informants had heard of this creek. 

(1) Span. Silvestre 'wild' 'sylvan'. This is a hamlet on Silves- 
tre Creek [1:36]. =Eng. 2. 

(2) Eng. Silvestre town. (<Span.). =Span. (1). 
Sqmpirjj' 'porcupine mountain' {sqyy 'porcupine'; piyj" 'moun- 
tain'). 

A high mountain somewhere near [1:23]. 

Tss^g.ihii'i^' 'where the white mineral' {ts^g.ll:u 'a kind of white min- 
eral used for whitewashing the walls of rooms of pueblo houses, 
perhaps gypsum' <tssRg.l, unexplained, ^*(« 'stone' 'mineral'; '*'' 
locative and adjective-foi'ming postfix, used here since mere 
fssegiicu would not indicate the place but the mineral itself). 

This mineral is burned and then mixed with water and used for 
whitening interior walls. See under Minerals. The location 
of this deposit is somewhere east or north of the upper Chama 
River. The informants' estimates of the number of miles from 
Abiquiu to this deposit vary widely. Since this substance is 
called yeso in Span, the deposit may be on or by the Rito Yeso. 
See below. 

Span. "Rito Yeso".' This is given as an eastern tributary of Can- 
gilon Creek entering the latter near its junction with the Chama 
River. The name means 'gypsum or chalk creek', yeso being 
the Span, equivalent of Tewa fsieg.iku. See the preceding item. 

[2] PEDERNAI. MOUNTAIN SHEET 

The country shown on this sheet (map 2) includes some of the 
Chama River valley and part of the TsQ/npijeT^ pVJf ' western moun- 

' Hewett, Antiquities, pi. XVII. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 2 




(Photugraph by J. A. Jeaiiron) 
A. ANCIENT TRAIL LEADING UP THE MESA TO TSIPiyj''QyWl RUIN 




(I'liotugraph by J. A. Juiin^-diij 



B. TSIP1N|J''QNW1 RUIN 



HAKEINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 121 

tains' [Large Features: 8] of the Tewa. This portion of the western 
range of mountains, situated near Abi(iuiu, is referred to hy Bande- 
lier' as the range of " Abiquiu", and as " Sierra de Abiquiu".^ 

Pedernal Mountain [2:9J, plate 1, B, 7,580 feet in altitude, is per- 
haps the most conspicuous feature of the area, and the sheet has been 
called Pedernal Mountain sheet. 

This region is as little known as that included in the Ticrra Auia- 
rilla sheet. Here also the site of only one ruin is shown, altliough 
several doubtless exist. See Pueblo Ruin nearer to Pedernal Peak 
than [2:7], [2:unlocated]. 

[2:1] See [1:29]. 

[2:2] See Chama River [Large Features: 2]. 

[2:3] See [1:36]. 

[2:4] (1) Eng. Cauones Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito Canones ' the creek by Cailones settlement '. See 
[2:.5], [2:6], and [2:7]. 

[2:5] This is the upper part of Canones Creek [2:4] according to Mr. 
J. A. Jeaufon. See [2:-!], [2:6], and [2:7j. 

[2:6] (1) Eng. Polvadera Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) New Mexican Span. Rito Polvadera 'dust-storm creek'. 
= Eng. (1). See [2:4], [2:5], and [2:7]. 

[2:7] (1) Tsipijjyoyvil'eji ' flaking-stone mountain pueblo ruin ' ' Ped- 
ernal Mountain pueblo ruin' {Tsipyjj' 'Pedernal Mountain', see 
[2:9]; ''qijwUceji 'pueblo ruin' <^otjiri 'pueblo', kejl postpound 
' ruin '). (PI. 2, B.) " Chipiinuinge (Tewa, ' house at the pointed 
peak') ".' = Tsipi)jj''or)ioige (g.e ' down at' ' over at ' locative posttix 
indicating position not above the speaker). "Chipiinuinge".^ 
"Chipiinuinge (maison du pic pointu)'".^ "Tziipinguinge (Tewa, 
the place of the pointed mountain, from tzii, meaning point, ping 
meaning mountain, and uinge the place or village'"." = Tsipiof- 
^orjwifje 'down at or over at the pueblo by Pedernal 'Mountain' 
(gf^ locative post-tix 'down at' 'overat"). "Tziipinguinge".^ In 
a letter to the author, October 27, 1911, Mr. Jeanpon states: '" Re- 
garding the name. The Cerro Pedernal undoubtedly has given the 
ruin its name. The translation as given to me is: The Place or 
Village of the Pointed iMountain . . . Although Suaso* saj's 
there is another place nearer the Pedernal by that name and 
that this is not the true Tziipinguinge". In the same com- 

i Final Report, pt. ii, p. 11, 1892. 

' Ibid., p. 72, note. 

' Hewett, Antiquities, p. 3fi, 1>.)06. 

* Ibid., pi. XVII. 

' Hewett, Communautj^s, p. 42, 1908. 

6 J. A. Jeangon, E.xpl(irutions in Chama Basin, New Mexico. Records of the Past, x, p. 101, 1911. 

' J. A. Jeanjon, Ruins at Pe.sedcuinge, ibid., xi, p. 30, 1912. 

8 Aniceto Suaso, a Santa Clara Indian. 



122 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axx. 29 

munication Mr. Jeanpon locates the ruin as follows: "The ruin 
is located between two creeks. The Canones Creek joins the 
Polvadera just a short distance north of the ruin and the com- 
panion mesas are situated in the crotch formed by this juncture. 
Cailones runs southwest from the junction, the Polvadera almost 
due south . . . The ruin is in the PiedraLumbre grant." The 
following remarks by Bandelier' have some bearing on this ruin: 
"The ruins above Al)iquiu, and on the three branches by which 
the Chama is formed, I have not visited. Some of them have 
been noticed in the publications of the U. S. Geographical Survey 
and of the Bureau of Ethnology, to which I refer the student." - 
"While at the Itito [4:5], Don Pedro Jaramillo told me of a 
pueblo lying west of it [i. e., of the Chama lliver], and north- 
northwest of Abiquiu".^ No information has been obtained as to 
what tribe built or occupied this puelilo. The name is mcreh' a 
descriptive one and would be applied to any ruin near Pederual 
Mountain. Cf. [2:4], [2:.5], [2:(;], [2:8]. and [2:9]; see pi. 2, B. 

[2:8] Smaller mesa southeast of the mesa on which Tsipi)j,/qijici 
stands. The end of the ari'ow nmrks the situation of a peculiar 
neck of land or causeway which connects this small mesa with the 
large and iiigh mesa southeast of it.^ 

[2:i>] (1) Tlvpiyy ' flaking stone mountain' (A? JV ' flaking stone' 'obsi- 
dian' 'flint'; /)iyy 'mountain'). =Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Span. (5), 
Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (3). 

(2) Cochiti IIefte'janfelc6t''e 'flaking stone mountain' 'obsidian 
mountain' (he'fte'janj'e 'flaking stone' 'obsidian'; kot'e 'moun- 
tain"). = Tewa (1), Eng. (4), Span. (.5), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (:)). 

(3) CoQhiti He fle'janf emu nakakdt' e 'black obsidian mountain' 
{Mrlejanfe 'flaking stone"; monaka 'black'; kot'e 'mountain"). 
Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Span. (.5), Fr. (6). 

(4) Eng. Pedernal Mountain, PedernalPeak. ( < Span.). =Tewa 
(1), Cochiti (2), Span. (5), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (3). 

(5) Span. Cerro Pedernal 'flaking stone mountain'. =Tewa (1), 
Cochiti (2), Eng. (4), Fr. (6). Cf. Cochiti (3). 

"The truncated cone of the Pedernal".' "Cerro Pedernal". ° 

1 Final Report, pt. n, pp. 55-56, 1892. 

2 Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL (App. J, i), Part ii, p. 1086, copied 
into Report upon United States Geographical Surveys West of the Hundredth Meridian (vol. vii, 
Special Report by Prof. E. D. Cope, pp. 351 to 360 inclusive). It is also interesting to note that niina 
on the Chama were also noticed in 1776 by that remarliable monk, Fray Silvestre Velez de E.scalante, 
during his trip to the Moqui Indians by way of the Sau Juan country. See his Diario of that jour- 
ney, and the Carta al P. Morfi, April 2, 1778 (Par. 11). 

2 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 53, note. 

^ See Jeangon, Explorations in Cliama Baain, New Mexico, Records of the Past, x, pp. 102-103, 
1911. 
'Bandelier, op. cit., p. 32. 
•Hewett, Antiquities, pi. XVII. • 



HAEEINGTOS] PLACE-NAMES 123 

(6) Fr. "Pic Pedernal'". (< Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (ii), 
Eng. (1), Span. (5). Cf. Corhiti (3). 

A number of Tewa Indians tiavc stated tliat tliere is no more 
obsidian about Pedernal Mountain tiian eisewliere in mountains 
west of the Tewa villages. 

The top of the peak is flat and its whole appearance is peculiar. 
It appears to be the highest mountain (7,580 feet) within 20 miles 
northwest of [2:13]. It can be seen from most of the surrounding 
country, and names for it will probably l)e found in a number of 
Indian languages. Florentin Martinez, of San Ildefonso, has 
Tsipiyf as liis Tewa name. Mr. J. A. Jean^on states that when 
he excavated at TKipiijf'oijwi [2:7] very little obsidian was found, 
but quantities of calcedony and other varieties of flaking stone. 
See [2:7], [2:10], and Tts<pnplje t"^ pi'JJ' [Large Features:8]; also, 
pi. 1, B. 
[2:10] (1) fupirjf 'cicada mountain' (Jy, 'cicada'; piuf ' mountiiin'). 
Cf. [5:i;t]. [22:30]. 

(2) Eng. Abiquiu Mountain. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cerro Abiquiu 'Abiquiu [3:36] mountain". =Eng. 
(2). "Abiquiu Peak".- "The pyramid of the extinct volcano 
of Abiquiu".^ The high peak of Abiquiu'".^ "The former vol- 
cano of Abiquiu".^ "The base of Al)iquiu Peak, and of its south- 
ern neighbor, the Pelado".** For the Pelado see [2:13]. The 
writer has not found a Tewa Indian who knows this mountain by 
the name of Abiquiu Peak. 

Bandelier' states that this peak is 11„240 feet high accoi-ding to 
Wheeler's measurements. This mountain does not look to be as 
high as [2:9] and not nearly so high as [2:13]. Its top is quite 
pointed. A distant view of the peak is shown in plate 2, B. See 
[2:11], [2:12], Abiquiu Mountains [2:unlocated], and T^qmj>ijeT'- 
fiijf [Large Features :8]. 
[2:11] (1) /'UpVnpxijfje ' beyond cicada mountain' {fnpVjf^ see [2:10]; 
pxij[;e 'beyond'). 

On the other side, i.e., the western side of Abiquiu Mountain, 
there are no trees, it is said; but it is a beautiful place, with 
much grass, waist high. One kind of grass which grows there 
Ls used for making i)rooms. See Pimpifijih [Large Features:!]. 

' Hewett, Communautds, p. 42. 

' U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Mtridiau, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1S77. 
» Bandelier, Final Report, pt. if, p. 32, 1892. 
« Ibid., p. 53. 
5 Ibid., p. 63. 
«Ibld., p. 33. 
'Ibid., p. 53, note. 



124 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[2:12] (!) fiipi/ini/ge 'at the base of cicada mountain' (f'VpiiJJ'i see 
[2:10]; mtge 'at the base of <?iu\t 'at the base of, ge 'down 
at' 'over at'). 

(2) Eng. Vallecito. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Vallecito 'little valley'. =Eng. (2). 

The Vallecito is a lafgc, comparativel}' level, area where con- 
siderable dry-farming is practised by Mexicans. This locality is 
reached from Abiquiu by driving up the canyon, which is also 
known as the Vallecito. This canyon the Tewa might call 
/"yipirinugepo'sPi {fi^p\7ini(ge, as above; potsi'i 'canyon with 
water in it' <po 'water', tsPi 'canyon'), but they usuallj^call the 
whole canyon and x'wnniy fy,p{nnuge. See [2:10] and [2:11]. 
[2:13] (1) TsiJcu'niupiijf, probably abbreviated either from tsldi- 
tulku'my, piu.f 'mountain covered with flaking stone or obsidian', 
or tsinq.kii'my, piij.f ' flaking stone is covered mountain ' ' mountain 
where the flaking stone or obsidian is covered' {tsPi ' flaking stone', 
here referring almost certainly to obsidian, which abounds in the 
range of mountains of which this is a peak; .li ' from ' ' by ' ' with ' 
postfix showing separation or instrumentality; nq 'it'; ku'my, 'to 
be covered'; pii)./' 'mountain'). The writer has discussed this 
etymologj' with a considerable number of Indians. The first 
etymology mentioned above was suggested by an old man at San 
Juan, a very trustworthy old man at San Ildefonso, the old cacique 
of Nambe, and several other i-elial)le informants. One often 
hears such an expression as kiul ix'tl'iPmy, 'it is covered with 
stones', said of the ground (^« 'stone'; M 'from' 'by' 'with'; «g 
' it' ; hii'my, ' to be covered '). The verb hu^my, may also be used of 
eyes covered by a hand, face cov'ered by a blanket, etc. 

(2) Tsqmpij<''impii)f 'mountain of the west' {tsqmptje 'west' 
<;'w;9y» unexplained, ^>//t' 'toward'; '{/;y locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; pijjf 'mountain'). This is the ceremonial name, 
the mountain being the Tewa sacred peak of the west. See Car- 
dinal Mountains. 

(3) P'opipiijf 'bald mountain' {p'opi 'bald' <p'o 'hair', 
pi negative; piyf ' mountain'). =Cochiti (4), Eng. (5), Span. (7). 
This is a mere translation of the Span, name of the mountain, 
hardly ever used by the Tewa. Some of the informants did not 
know that it refers to Tsiku'mupi'tjf. 

(4) Coi^hit'i pa'-watakot' e 'bald mountain '(/a'wa^ff 'bald'; kut'e 
'mountain'). =Tewa (3), Eng. (5), Span. (7). This translates 
the Span. name. The Cochiti use now the Span, name, now the 
term here given, for designating this or any of the other "bald" 
mountains of this part of New Mexico. 



HAEEi.NGTox 1 PLACE-NAMES 125 

(5) Bald Mountain, Raldy Mountain, I'olado Mountain. (<Span.). 
=Tewa (3), Coi-hiti (4), Span. (7). 

(6) "Santa Clara Peak".' 

(7) Span. Cerro Pelade 'bald mountain'. =Tewa (3), Cochiti 
(4), Eng. (5). 

"The base of Abiquiu Peak, and of its southern neighbor, 
the Pelado".^ So far as it can be ascertained this is the 
highest peak of the Jemez or Valle Range. Its height is given 
bj- Wheeler as 11.260 feet.' It is the Tewa sacred mountain of the 
■west and worship is performed on its summit.'' It nuiy also be 
the sacred mountain of the east of the Navaho. See Cardinal 
!MouNTAiKS, page 44. The Jemez name for the mountain could 
not be obtained. The top is almost destitute of trees, hence the 
Span. name. See [2:14]. For the name Pelado cf. [27:10], etc. 

[2:14] Tdol'vaje probably 'cottonwood inside of something height' 
{te 'cottonwood,' Populus wislizeni; to 'to be inside of some- 
thing', said of objects within hollow objects; k/ca/e 'on top' 
'height'). Why the locality is called thus is not known to the 
informants. This name applies to the yellowish slope near the 
top of Bald Mountain on the eastern side. This slope is grassy 
and, especially in autumn, has a bright yellow color. See 
[2:13]. 

[2:15] A'w.sy/t yyj>iyy 'sliding stone mountain' (^?< 'stone'; s^wyji 'to 
slide or slip down a gradual or steep slope'; pirjy 'mountain'). 
The mountain is called thus because its sides are so steep that a 
stone will slide down. 

This is a high and thin ridge which separates the upper Oso 
drainage from Santa Clara Creek. For designations of places 
along its southern side for which the Santa Clara people have 
names, see [14]. 

[2:16] Kumantsikti'u 'Comanche arroyo' (Kumantsi 'Comanche' 
<Span. Comanche; A«'^^ 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

One of the headwaters of Oso Creek [5:35]. It is said that 
it flows into [2:17]. Comanche arroyo is a common name in 
Kew Mexico; cf. [6:12]. 

[2:17] Kqgipo 'wild-goose water' {Mgi 'wild goose'; fo 'water' 
'ci'eek' 'river'). 

One of the headwaters of Oso Creek [5:35]. See [2:18]. 

[2:18] Span. Riachuelo 'rivulet' 'arroyo'. 

This is a small Mexican settlement on the Ay gfipo [2:17]. Three 
families lived there in 1911 according to a San Juan informant. 

^U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the lOOth Meridian. Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 33, 1892. 

sQannelt. Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 648, 1906. 

*See W. B. Douglass, A World-quarter Shrine of the Tewa Indians. Records of the Pasf, vol. xi, 
pt. 4,pp. 15'J-173, 1912. 



126 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth.ann.29 

[2:19] Kw^ihPi 'oak canyon' {hi^x 'oak'; tsPi 'cauyon'). 

This is the most southerly of the chief headwaters of the Rio 
Oso^5:35]. 
[2:20] TsceFiennce 'at the white meal or flour ' (/s^ 'whiteness' 
'white'; VsRijf 'meal' 'flour'; nx 'at'). 
This locality lies between [2:15] and [2:21]. 
[2:21] P«./(;«4?;^o'z'^' ' where the deer eat earth' {px 'mule deer'; M 
'they 3+'; niirif 'earth' incorporated object; 'ko 'to eat': T^ loc- 
ative and adjective-forming- postfix). 

Presumably a salt-lick frequented by deer. The earth at this 
place is said to be saltj^. The locality is said to be a short dis- 
tance east of [2:20]. 
[2:22] Sishehvaje 'pottery bowl height' {s^rhe 'a kind of bowl' <sse. 
unexplained, he 'roundish' 'roundish vessel'; hvaje 'on top' 
'height'). 

This high flat-topped mesa is conspicuous from the Rio Grande 
valley. Cf. [2:24:] and [2:25]. Sandy hills lie between this mesa 
and the Chama River. 
[2:23] Tsit'inttse 'at the basalt fragments' (f.^i 'basalt'; fiu.f 'frag- 
ment' 'to break' 'to crack'; nse 'at'). 

It is said that this place is a short distance southwest from San 
Lorenzo settlement. See San Lorenzo [2:unlocated]. It is at 
the base of Malpais Mesa [2:24]. In this vicinity are strewn 
great quantities of cracked and broken basalt and lava. There is 
a spring at this place. 
[2:24] (1) Ma'xpiijf unexplained {ma'sp, unexplained; piyy 'moun- 
tain'). 

(2) Eng. Malpais Mesa. (<Span.) = Span. (.3). 

(3) Span. Mesa Malpais, Cerrito Malpais 'basalt mesa' 'basalt 
mountain '. 

The top of IMcefiijf has the shape of a mountain peak rather 
than of a mesa top. The height is about the same as that of Black 
Mountain. Cf. [2:22] and [2:25]. 
[2:25] (1) FijjFuyf 'dark mountain' {pirjf 'mountain'; l'\u)f 
'darkness' 'dark' 'obscure'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Black Mountain, Negro Mountain, Black Mesa, Negro 
Mesa. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cerro Negro, Cerrito Negro, Mesa Negro 'black 
mountain' 'black mesa'. =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1). 

The Tewa name is more picturesque than the Span. The moun- 
tain looks peculiarly dark in certain light, but would hardly be 
called black. The top is quite flat, and it may well be called a 
mesa. It can easily be seen from the Rio Grande Valley. Cf. 
[2:22] and [2:24]. 



HAKKINGTO.N] PLACE-NAMES 127 

[2:20] (1) P'eiraboui, P'i^rdi/>/bo.i i ''croiis knob' (p'eipa 'cross' <p'e 
'stick', wa unexplained; bo.ii 'round pile' 'groove' 'knob' 
' knoir 'round-topped mouutiiin'). Probably <Span. = Eng. 
(i>), Span. (3). 

(l') Eng-. Cruz; Mountain. (<Span.). =Te-wa(l), Span. (:'.). 

(3) Span. Cerrito de la Cruz 'cross mountain'. =Tewa (i), 
Eng. (2). 

This small round mountain can be seen at the base of Jfa-x- 
piijj' [2:2-±]. The Tewa name is evidently a translation of the 
Span. Why it should be called ' cross mountain ' is not known to 
the informants. 
[2:27] (1) San Juan Kep'xndP'/wge 'over at the black peak gullies' 
(iv'peak'; pVJj' 'blackness' 'black'; '*'*' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; hee 'small groove' 'arroyito' 'gully'; gLf^'down 
at' 'over at'). 

(2) Eng. Capirote Hill. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. El Capirote 'pointed cap' 'hood' 'falcon hood"; also 
'body louse' 'graj'back'. The informants do not know with 
which meaning this name was originallj^ used. 

This hill was jjointed out to the w^riter from several localities in 
the Chama Valley. It seemed to bo dark or blackish. 

[2:2S] San Juau Toiinhuhu''u unexplained {Toivtbiiu, see [2:29]; 
/iii'u 'large groove' 'arroyito'). 

[2:29] San Juan Tcno'tiu^o unexplained {fowl unexplained; one San 
Juan informant has tried hard to account for the origin of towi 
but without success; huhi 'large low roundish place'). See [2:28]. 

[2:30] San Juan Kotibuhv^u 'malarial chills dale arroyo' {Koitbu''u,see 
[2:31]; A«'« ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

[2:31] San Juan jSo?i6«<'M 'malarial chills dale' (X'oii 'malarial chills' 
as in nd "'ukoiipo'" 'I have the chills' <'?((]- 'I' emphatic pronoun, 
'(> 'I' prefixed pronoun, 'ko'ti 'malarial chills ', jtio'" 'to make' 'to 
be affected by'; 6«'m 'large low roundish place' 'dale' 'valley'). 
See [2:30]. ^ ^ 

[2:32] San Juan Tsxtagelo^ Tssrtag.eiijkQ 'white slope barranca' 
{Tss£tag.c\ see [2:unlocated]; ^yjj' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; I'Q 'barranca'). 

The place Tssetag.e, from which this barranca takes its name, is 
not located. See [2:unlocated]. 

[2:33] San Juan Tsikukohii'u, T»ikui7}ko/iu''u 'basalt rocks an-oyo' 
{isi 'basalt'; feu 'stone'; 'iyy locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; kqhiCu 'barranca arroyo'<Z^'o 'barranca', hii'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[2:31] /'«/;y«7i:'o?i^iwe hi(!u,pv,nfxTionny)f hii'u 'arroyo where the 
white earth is dug' {punj'x Fqndive, see [2:35]; ''iyf locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; hu' ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). See 
[2:35]. 



128 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[2:35j San Juan funf^lc'qniiwe 'where the white earth is dug' 
(junj'^ 'a kind of white earth used by the Tewa', see Minerals; 
h'qyf 'to dig'; ''iive 'at'). See [2:3-lJ. 

[2:36] San Juan Sipuwidl 'projecting corner formed by the lower ribs 
at each side above the abdomen ' {slpu ' the depression at each side 
of the upper part of the abdomen of a person, just below the ribs,' 
noticeable especially in lean persons <si 'belly ', pu 'base'; icUl 
' projecting corner'). This name is given to the ends of the tongues 
of the low mesa west of San Jose [13:44] both north and south of 
fuy fxV qniliwehijUu [2:34], but chiefly south of the latter. See 
[2:37] and [2:38]. 

[2:37] San Juan Sifuwuihu^u, Si'puiiyu'Ciyfhu^u 'projecting lower 
ribs arroyo' {Sipmniii, see [2:36]; ''ii]f locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; hnhi 'large groove' 'arroyo'). This name re- 
fers to several small arroyos south of j'unfieliqn(liweh\Cu [2:34] 
and at SipuwUL See [2:30] and [2:38]. 

[2:38] San Juan SlpimiUi'ohi 'projecting lower rilis hills' (Sipuwiii, 
see [2:36]; 'o^'M 'hill'). 

These low hills are seen on top of the plateau west of Sipuicui. 
See [2:36] and [2:37]. 

[2:39] (1) Watfekwaje'akq'gf 'plain of the height by Guache' ( Watfe 
'Guache' [14:11]; kicaje 'on top' 'height'; ''ak.qVf 'plain'). 
= Tewa (2). 

(2) ^lahyhug.ekwaje'ahqyf 'plain of the height by owl corner' 
{Mahy,bu''u, see [14:11]; ge 'down at' 'over at'; A-waje 'on top' 
'height'; ^akqtjf 'plain'). =Tewa (1). See [14:11]. 

[2:40] San Juan TeFaiehwqje 'break wagon height' {TeFaie, see 
[13:47]; hmje 'on top' 'height'). 

San Juan Indians go nuich to this place for firewood. They 
reach the height by driving up a small arroyo which is called 
Ttik' aMhii u ; see [13:47]. 

[2:41] (1) Eng. Roman Mountain. (< Span.). "Mt. Roman."" =Span. 
(2). 

(2) Span. Cerro Roman. =Eng. (1). Only one Santa Clara 
Indian was found who knows this name. Inquiry at Espanola 
revealed the fact that this mountain bears the given name of 
Roman Sarasar, a Mexican butcher of Espailola, who has cattle 
pastured there. 

[2:42] Santa Clara Creek, see [14:24]. 

[2:43] Coyote Creek, see [l:2t)]. 

[2:44] Cebolla Creek, see [27:3]. 

'- Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvii. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HABEINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 129 

Unlocated 

(1) Eng. Abiquiu Mountains. (<iSpan.). =Span. (-i). "the range. 
... of Altiquiu." ' 

(2) Span. Sierra de Abiquiii 'Abiquiu Mountain.s', named from 
Abiquiu Pealc [2:10] and Abiquiu settlement [3:3<3]. =Eng. (1). 
"Sierra de Abiquiu." - 

The mountain.s west of Abiquiu are thus called. They are 
really the northern part of the Jemez Range; see T><qinpije^ i'^ pivj' 
[Large Features: 8 J. "The northern end of the range [Tsom- 
pije^'P^pivy] is formed by the Sierra de Abiquiu, with the peak 
of the same name [2:10]; then follows the Cerro Pelado [2:13]."^ 
It is very uncertain just which and how many mountains are in- 
cluded by the name. See [2:10] and [3:3t>]. 
PPqykwaje 'turkey tracks height' {di 'turkey' 'chicken'; '(Jyy 'foot' 
'footprint'; I'waje 'on top' "height"). 

This is said to be a low mesa somewhere near Roman ilountain 
[2:41]. The name is familiar at San Juan, Santa Clara, and San 
lldefonso. 
Santa Clara Kup'ubu^u ' hollowed stone corner' (ku 'stone'; j/u 'hol- 
lowness' 'hollow'; bu\i 'large low roundi-sh place'). P'u is prob- 
ably connected with />'i/ ' to inflate'. 

A place near upper Oso Creek [5:35], according to two Santa 
Clara informants. 
Santa Clara JUal-otcupiijy 'sky mountain' {niaAvwa 'sky'; pijjj' 
'mountain'). 
This is a mountain north or northwest of Santa Clara Pueblo. 
Span. San Jose 'Saint Joseph'. 

According to Mr. J. A. Jeanfon this is a ^Mexican settlement 
on upper Oso Creek [5:35]. 

(1) Eng. San Lorenzo settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. San Lorenzo, Plazita San Lorenzo ' Saint Lawrence". 
= Eng. (1). 

This Mexican settlement is said to be southeast of Sxbekiraje 
^ [2:22] and northeast of Tnt'innx [2:23]. 
Tsxta^e 'over at the white slope' {fsx 'whiteness' 'white'; tcCa 

'gradual slope' 'gentle slope"; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). See 

[2:32]. 
Pueblo ruin nearer Pedernal Mountain [2:9] than [2:iJ, q. v. 

[3] AlilQUIU SHEET 

The Tewa refer to tiie country about Abiquiu as \iiel-jupljf 
'up Abiquiu way' {Atelju 'Abiquiu' \pijt' "toward'). The ruins 
shown on this sheet (map 3) are all claimed by the Tewa. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 11, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 72, note. 
S75S4°— 29 ETii— IC 9 



130 ETHNOGEOGR-IPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 20 

[3:1] Span. "Arroj'o Cubre.'" This would mean 'copper arroyo'. 

This name was not known to the informants. 
[3:2] (1) P'efufnjjye 'projecting timber and little mountain' (P'efu, 

see [3:36]; pi/;y 'mountain'; 'e diminutive). Cf. (2) and (3). 

(2) ^Atekjupiyye, 'AMfupirjye 'Abiquiu little mounttiin' 
{Abe/iju, ^Aie/u 'Abiquiu', see [3:36]; pyjj' 'mountain'; 'e di- 
minutive). Cf. (1) and (3). 

(3) Jt'oso'oywiffepiijye, J^'osopiy^e 'large legging or large 
legging village little mountain' {JPoso'qrjioi^a, see [3:36]; piijj' 
'mountain'; 'e diminutive). 

[3:3] See [2:12]. 

[3:4] (1) Eng. Santa Rosa ChapeL (<Span.). = Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Capilla de Santa Rosa ' chapel of Saint Rose'. 
The ruins of this chapel lie about a mile east of Abiquiu, south 
of Chama River, between the main wagon road and the river. 
The walls are still standing; the door was toward the east. The 
structure was built of adobe. 
[3:5] Chama River. See Chama River [Large Features: 2]. 
[S:6]J(imp(nvihu''oku''e 'little hills of [3:7y {Jipnpowiku^u, see [3:7]; 
'oku 'hill'; 'e diminutive). 
The hills of [3:12] might also be called thus. 
[3:7] (1) Jqmpovuhu\i 'willow water gap arroyo' {Jqmpowi''i, see 
[3 :unlocated] ; Am'm ' large groove ' ' arroj'o '). 

(2) Eng. Madera Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Madera, Canada Madera 'timber arroyo' 
'timber caiiada'. =Eng. (2). 

This arroyo enters Chama River slightly east of and opposite [3:9]. 

Mexicans go up this arroyo to get timber witli which to build 

houses, hence the Span. name. Thej' get the timber especially at 

a place up the ?lvvojo cixWQdiJqmpoyjtlin Tewa; see [3:unlocated]. 

A trail passing up this arroj^o connects Abiquiu [3 : 36] and El 

Rito [4:5]. 
[3:8] (1) PofiAeMhu^u 'squash projection height ?i,Yvoyo'' {PofuTce'ii, 

see [3:10]; Jiu'ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) Kij,he.ii/iu\i 'skunk-bush height arroyo' {KiilceJ-i, see 

[3:10]; /a<'^/ 'large groove' 'arroj'o'). See also [3:8]. 
[3:9] (1) Pofvlce^ii'qyu'ikejl 'squash projection height pueblo ruin' 

{Pofiikedi, see [3:10]; ^qywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <-oywi 'pueblo', 

A'e/i'postpound 'ruin'). 

(2) Kiilc&ii^ qrjwikej i 'skunk-bush height pueblo ruin' {K]i1c&ii, 

see [3:10]; ^qywiheji 'pueblo ruin' < 'qrju-i 'pueblo', ^v/V'ruin'). 

See also [3:8]. 



' Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvu. 



HAKKINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 131 

[3:10] (1) Pofulce.ii 'squash projection height' <(j)o 'squash' 'gourd' 

'pumpkin'; firn, ' hoi'izontally projecting end of anything'; kedi 

' at the top' ' height'). 

(2) Kiilcdi 'skunk-bush height' i)cij, 'skunk- bush'; IceJ-i 'at the 

top' 'height'). 

There is much skunk-biish growing on this mesa. 
[3:11] (1) Tomajopijjf 'good pinon mountain' {to 'pinon tree'; majo 

'good' 'best' 'tip-top' 'chief, its second syllable being prohaljly 

the augmentative /o; pirjf 'mountain'). 

It is probable that there are good-sized jjiiion trees on this 

mountain. With this name cf. Chimayo [22:1^J. 

(2) Eng. "Black Mountains".' 
The mountain is not at all black. 

(3) Span. Cerro de los Burros 'donkey mountain'. So called 
because there either are or were many wild donkeys on this moun- 
tain. This appears to be the common name among Mexicans 
about Abiquiu. 

(4) Span. Cerro Tequesquite 'tequesquite [see Minerals] 
mountain'. This name is applied because Tequesquite Spring 
[3:14] is situated near this mountain. 

(5) Span. Cerro Abiquiu 'Al)i((uiu mountain'. This name is 
frequently applied b\' Mexicans living in the Ojo'Caliente region 
and in Chama River valley below the mountain. 

From Ojo Caliente it appears to be the most prominent moun- 
tain near Abiquiu [3:3t>]. 
Cf. [3:2], [3:13], [3:14], [3:15]. 

[3:12] Tamqjopimpserjf/e'okn''e 'small hills behind [3:11]' {Tomd'/opyjf, 
see [3:11]; psetjf/e 'over beyond' 'behind' Kpseyy- 'beyond', ge 
'down at' 'over at'; ^o^-ii 'hill'; 'e diminutive). This name could 
be applied by a speaker anywhere, the Tewa thinking of the set- 
tled Chama River country somehow as being in front of the 
mountain [3:11] and of the little hills [3:12] as being behind it. 
These hills could also be called Jqmpotrihuol''/e [3:0] or by sev- 
era] other descriptive names. Cf . [3:11], [3:13], [3:14], [3:15]. 

[3:13] Tomajopinnug.ti'oli-ii 'hills at the foot of [3:11]' [Tomajopiijf, 
see [3:11]; nug.e 'over at the base of <nu'u 'at the base of, ge 
'down at' 'over at'; ''oku 'hill'). This name refers to the entire 
chain of four whitish hills and also to the two small dark hills 
[3:15] south of this hill-chain. 

There are many tdba 'cliffs' by these hills. Cf. [3:11], [3:12], 
[3:14], [3:15]. 

[3:14] (1) ''AsxpopPc', TomaJopiiimige^4'^scpopPe 'little alkali spring' 
'little alkali spi-ing at the foot of [3:11]' {'qsx 'alkali' <<] as in 

iHewett, Antiquities, pi. xvii. 



132 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

^(Inyse 'salt', sse ' pepperiness ', see Minerals; popi ^ spring'' <po 
'water', pi 'to come out'; 'e diminutive; ToyiajopinnuQfi as in 
[3:13]). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

Although 'qscB refers to any kind of alkali the alkaline deposit 
of this spring has peculiar properties and is called in Span, by a 
special name. See Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Tequesquite Spring. (<Mex. Span.). =Span. (3). 
Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Ojo Tequesquite 'spring where a peculiar alkaline 
substance known in Mexican and New Mexican Span, as teques- 
quite is obtained.' See Tequesquite under Minerals. =Eng. 
(2). Cf. Tewa(l). 

(4) Span. Ojo del Pajaro 'bird spring'. This name was ob- 
tained only from Mr. -lose Rafael Gallego, who lives at [3:20]. 
He says that he has heard the spring called by this name, but that 
it is usually called Ojo Tequesquite. 

This spring is in the arroyo which issues from between the most 
easterly of the chain of hills [3:13] and the hill next to the most 
easterly one. Mr. Gallego, who has lived long in the vicinity, at 
[3:20], and has visited the spring many times, states that the teques- 
quite is deposited as a crust on the bed of the arroyo about the 
spring. In most places this crust is so thin that the substance can 
not be gathered without considerable admixture of sand. Mexi- 
cans and Indians go to the place and carry away sacks of the sub- 
stance, which is used by them as a jjurgative and for raising bread. 
See Tequesquite, under Minerals. A specimen of the. teques- 
quite from this spring was obtiiined from an old Indian of San 
Juan, who kept a sack of the substance in his house to use as medi- 
cine and as baking powder. Cf. [3:11], [3:12], [3:13], [3:16]. 
[3:15] T omajop\nnu^<^ oliiik' •\i,i) / e ' little dark hills at the foot of [3:11]' 
{J'omajop\nnuQ_6 2i'i\\\\Z:Vi\\ ''oka 'hill'; l-'y,yf 'darkness' 'dark'; 
'e diminutive). 

These two small, low, dark-colored hills are situated on the 
southern slope of the chain of hills [3:13] and east of the Teques- 
quite Spring [3:14]. 
[3:16] Pueblo ruin. 

This ruin lies just west of Mariana [3:19], between the wagon 
road and the river. The writer used every endeavor at San Juan 
to obtain the Indian name of this ruin, but without success. A 
low mound could be seen in the field where the ruin lies. 
[3:17] Mah^^aj) idhuhi, 'owl excrement pile arroyo' {Mahy.sap' iM, 
see [3:18]; hu'ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo is lost in the fields just east of Mai'iana [3:19]. 
See [3:18]. 



HARKINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 133 

[3:18] 3[ahij,sap' iii 'little piles of owl excrement' {m,ahy, 'owP; sa 
'excrement'; p'ul 'small pile'). 
These hills might easily be thought to resemble owl excrement. 
[3:19] (1) Eng. Mariana settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Mariana 'pertaining to Mary'. Mariana is in Span, a 
woman's given name. =Eng. (1). "Mardiana,"' 

(3) Span. El Piiente, La Puente, 'the bridge'. A Mexican 
living at this place said that there was formerly a bridge across the 
Chama River there; hence this name. " Three miles below (south- 
east) Abiquiu, ataplace called 'La Puente' (the Bridge)."^ "La 
Puenta".^ 

It is said that some Mormon families came to live at this place 
about six years ago and that the name Mariana was never heard 
before they came. The name of the post-office is now Mariana. 
Mexicans still call the place El Puente, and few who do not live 
in the vicinity seem to know that the name has been changed 
to Mariana. Mariano and Mariana are given names common 
in New Mexico. At present there are two frame houses at 
Mariana, in one of which is the post-office. The ruin [3:lf)] 
lies in the fields just west of Mariana and the ruin on a bluff 
150 feet above the river described by Yarrow, Bandelier, and 
Hewett, must l)e somewhere near. It is possible that the latter 
is [3:9]. See [3:unlocated] for complete discussion. 

[3:20] Span. Los Gallegos. This place is named from Mr. Jose Ra- 
fael Gallego and famih% who have a ranch there. 
The place is just west of Tierra Azul [3:26]. 

[3:21] Toniiijobu'u 'over at the corner by [3:11]' {Tomajo for Tomajo- 
Pwf, see [3:11]; bii'u 'large low roundish place'). 
All this low sand}^ arid corner is called thus. 

[3:22] Toiiiajokohu'u 'arroyos of [3:11]' (Tomajo for Tomajofyjf, 
see [3:11]; ^oAw'w ' barranca arroyo kI'q 'barranca,' hic'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

The arroyo, which enters the river just east of the wagon road, 
has its mouth slightly to the west of the ranch of ^Ir. Farran, a 
Frenchman who married the daughter of a Mexican ranch owner 
named Chavez. See [3:11]. 

[3:23] The main wagon road between El Rito [4:5] and Abiquiu [3:30]. 

\Z:2-^'\ '' Awap ahu u 'cattail corner' i^aiuap'a 'cattail'; huUt, 'large 
low round place'). 
This swampy place is just west of the cottonwood grove [3:25]. 

[3:25] Tf^a&M'w 'cottonwood grove corner ' [fe 'cottonwood' 'Poyju 
luswislizeny; lea 'thicket' 'forest' 'thick', meaning 'close to- 
gether'; hii'ii 'large low round place'). 

1 Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvir. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 66, 1892. 
' Hewett, Comniiinaut^.s, p. 42, 1908. 



134 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

This is almost due north of Tierra Azul [3:26]. 
[3:26J (1) Nilntstlrjjossbu'' u 'blue or green earth corner' {navf 'earth"; 
ts^yiose 'blueness' 'bhie' 'greenness' 'green'; 6m'm 'large low 
round place'). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Tierra Azul. (<Span.). =Tevva (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Tierra Azul ' blue earth '. 

The names refer to the bluish, or rather gra\'ish, color of the 
.soil at the place. The Indian informants insist that N^nts(iy'W!S,l)u''u 
is the original Tewa name of the place. At present the locality 
is occupied by a number of Mexican farms. 

[3:27] Pi'povnkqhu'u^ see [5:12]. 

[3:28] fomi'e, see [5:14]. 

[3:29] ^/'ifPimpo, see [4:3]. 

[3:30] Tsqmqpiijf, see [5:5]. 

[3:31] Sqrju'sepPP' 'at the red sandstone' {sclywie 'sandstone'; pi 'red- 
ness' 'red'; 'i'*' locative and adjective-forming i)ostfix). Cf. [3:32] 
and [3:33]. 

[3:32] Teiimapibu^u 'red house corner' {teq^um 'house'; pi 'redness' 
'red'; hii'u 'large low roundish place'). 

This refers to the locality northeast of Mr. Gonzales' house. 
Cf. [3:31] and [3:33]. 

[3:33] (1) 7eg?^;«yi?'5?/.'w 'red house town' (?'t'5«'« 'house'; pi 'redness' 
'red'; hu'u 'town'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (.3). 

(2) Eng. Plaza Colorada. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Tewa 

(1)- 

(3) Span. Plaza Colorada 'red courtyard' =Eng. (2). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

This is the name of the Mexican settlement north of Chama 
River opposite Abiquiu [3:36]. 
[3:34] (1) P' ejunugepopi 'springs below [3:3(;]' [P'efu-, see [3:36]; 
mige 'over below' <nuht, 'below', gf 'down at' 'over at'; popi 
'spring' <po 'water', j!?i 'to issue'). 

(2) ''AH'fimugepopi, 'Abekjunugepopi 'springs below [3:36]' 
(''AitYu-,^Aieiju,see[3:S6]; mige 'over below' <nu\i 'below', g.e 
'down at' 'over at'; poj)i 'spring^ <fw 'water'; ^^ 'to issue'). 

(3) £^oso''or}tcinug.epopi 'springs ))elow [3:36]' {K' oso' qrjwi, see 
[3:36]; )iug,e 'over below' <7iu^u ' below', g.e 'down at' 'over at'; 
pqpi 'spring' <po 'water', j9i 'to issue'). 

East of [3:3.5] are two little gulches in each of which is a peren- 
nial spring, the water of which is said to be very good. This is 
presumably the best water in the vicinity of [3:36]. 
[3:35] (1) F efnnugepotsa 'marsh below [3:36]' {P'efu, see [3:36]; 
MMge 'over below' <nu'u 'below', ge 'down at' 'over at'; potsa 
'marsh' <po 'water', tsa 'to cut through'). 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 135 

(2) ' Aief imu^epotm, '' Abehjunug.epotsa 'marsh below [3:36]' 
{^Aiefii-,^Aielju, sqq [3:S6]; mige 'over below' <7iu^u 'bolow', 
g.ti 'down at' 'over at'; jJo^sa 'marsh' <f>o 'water', tsa 'to cut 
through'). 

(3) K^oso'qyioimiQ.epotsa 'marsh below [3:36]' {E^osd'oyvn, see 
[3:36]; nug.e 'over below' <,nv)u 'below', g<? 'down at' 'over at'; 
potaa 'marsh' <,fo 'water', isa 'to cut through'). 

[3:36] (1) San Juan P'<?/v/6;/'k ' timber end town ' (//e 'stick' 'timber'; 
fivu 'end of lougish object in horizontal position'; 6m'w 'town'). 
The name P' e,fu- is applied to both the present town and the ruin 
[3:38]; it is used by the San Juan people only. It is undoubtedly 
the ox-iginal Tcwa name of the pueblo ruin [3:38] as well as of the 
present Mexican town, and of it Span. Abiquiu is a corruption. 
See Span. (7). The original reason whj^ this place is called thus 
appears to have been forgotten in the remote past. The name 
means cither the end of a stick or log, or the sharp end of a mesa 
or some other geographical feature which projects horizontally 
and has timber on it. The same word appears as a San Ildefonso 
pla('e-name in P' e fvl-icaje [20 :4:6] and P'efuta'a [20 :47]. = Tewa 
(2), Cochiti (6), Eng. (7), Span. (8). "At San Juan the name 
was given to me as Fe-jiu".' This is given as the name of the 
present town. "In that case it is quite likely that its name 
was Fe-jyu".- This is given as the probable name of the 
pueblo ruin [3:38]. 

(2) 'Aiefu''>/,'Aieljii. (<Span.(8)). Both of these forms have 
been modified b\' folk-etymology. 'J.Se- is identical with \:iie 
'chokecherry' 'Primus melanocarpa' while the Mexicans say 
Aiilcjii. pxCu in ' xi'befu''tr is the woi"d meaning 'end' just as it 
appears in the original Tewa name P'efuho, so that the whole 
meaning of ^Abefu'ii., is 'chokecherry end'. This is the form 
commonly used at all the Tewa pueblos except San Juan, while 
^Aiekju is seldom heard. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (6), Eng. (7), 
Span. (8). "Se-pa-ue and Abe-chiu."^ In the sentence fol- 
lowing the one from which these words are quoted Bandelier 
refers to information obtained by him from the Tewa of San 
Ildefonso. His "Abe-chiu"is evidently- Aiefiiu and was probablj^ 
obtained by him at San Ildefonso. "Abechiu (Tewa. ' the screech 
of the owl')".^ "Abechiu (le cri du hiboii)".^ 

(3) K'o.io'oijyoywi, K'oKo'qywi, K' oso'' omiu^ v , K'osobuu ' lai-ge 
legging pueblo' 'large legging town' [ICoso-oyf 'Hopi person' 
<]i'o 'legging', so'qyf irregular vegetal singular of w'y'w 'large", 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 54, 1892. 

'Ibid., p. 55. 

nbid., p. 78. 

« Hewett, Antiquities, p. 36, 1906. 

'Hewett, Communautfe, p. 42, 1908. 



136 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ceth. ann. 29 

agreeing with k'o 'legging', often clipped to so' or so in various 
forms referring to the Hopi; ''oijioi 'pueblo'; Jw'w'town'). A 
peculiar feature of this name is that when 'i'' or ^iyjf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix, is inserted, it becomes wi'"- or wivf, 
thus K' oso' qrjwiinbu^u instead of K'os6'qi)f'\mT)ii^u which one 
would expect. =Tewa(4:). "Jo-so-ge."' This seems to rest on 
some ungrammatical Tewa form. The writer has spent much 
time inquiring about this form. All the informants agree that 
although a Tewa might say ITosoge or E'oso^qyf/e and these forms 
would be understood, they are not correct Tewa, for gt^ 'down at' 
' over at' added to the name of a people means nothing. There are 
no such forms as Tewage, K'apoge, Poquxuege^ etc. It has been 
ascertained from San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, and Nambe 
Indians that K'asoge is an incorrect forno, which does not sound 
riglit to Tewa ears. See Tewa (4) and the general discussion of 
Abiquiu below. 

(•i) Mol'i'oiji''i^ MoFibtiu 'Hopi (Moki) Pueblo' 'Hopi (Moki) 
town' {Mul% 'Moki' 'Hopi' <Span. Moqui, see Hopi (Names of 
Tribes and Peoples) ; ''oyici ' pueblo '; bu?u ' town '). = Tewa (3). 
" Muke". - For the reason why the names K' osd qy f- ard Mol%- 
are applied to Abiquiu, see the general discussion of Abicjuiu, 
below. The name Moki is applied very seldom or not at all and 
is therefore omitted from the items on place-names about .Vliiquiu 
in which the name of [3:36] appears prepounded. 

(5) Cochiti '' Aivij dtsai {^Avekju <Span. (7); tsus locative). 
= Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(()) Eng. Abiquiu. (<Span.). = Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti 
(5), Span. (7). 

(7) Span. Abiquiu, Santo Tomiis de Abiquiu. (<Tewa (1), 
above). = Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6). "Abiquiu".' 
This is the established Span, spelling of the name. Initial jf' in 
the San Juan dialect approaches bilabial/'and would easily be 
heard by Span, speakers as a medial Span. 5. The Tewa -f- be- 
came Span, -qui-; the sound of Tewa / might easily be thought 
by a Spanish speaker to resemble that of -qui- (kl or Tc'). An a 
was added to the Span, form before the medial S. 

The Tewa have clearly explained this multiplicity of names 
as follows: The original Abiquiu was the pueblo ruin [3:38]. 
The original name of this was P^efur-. See Tewa (1), above. 
When the Mexicans came to the country they mispronounced 
P'efu-, calling it Abiquiu. At present only the San Juan 
Indians preserve the old name P'efu- in their speech, the other 
Tewacalling the place by the Span, name usually mispronounced so 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 54, 189Z 

2 Hewelt, Antiquities, p. S6, 1906. 



INGTON] PLACE-NAMES 137 

as to make it .sound like, ''Atefu'u ' chokecherry end'. See Tcwa 
(2), above. After the Tewa pueblo at Abiquiu was colonized by 
the Spaniard.? a number of Indian captives, mostly Hopi (Moki), 
were settled there by the Spaniards. From this time the pueblo 
or town was known by the name K' oxdqyf- or MoVi- as well as 
by its old name, P'efu-, and its mispronounced Span, name, 
^AiefiCu, ^Abeijii, because the Hopi (Moki) were or had been 
living there. Bandelier's information agrees with that of the 
Tewa informants and makes the history of these names very 
clear, "The modern town of Abiquiu stands almost on the site 
of an ancient village [3:38]. That town was peopled in part by 
'Genizaros', or Indian captives, whom the Spaniards had rescued 
or purchased from their captors. The Tehuas [Tewa] of Santa 
Clara contend that most of tho.se Genizaros came from the Moquis 
[Hopi], and that therefore the old pueblo was called Jo-so-ge.'' ' 
Considerable documentary history of Abiquiu is also given by Ban- 
delier. The Spanish settlers had always to contend with the Ute 
and later on with the Navaho, according to Bandelier. The Tewa 
word rendering Span, genizaro or cautivo is payf. Great festi- 
vals were formerly held at Abiquiu, and many people of various 
pueblos used to go thither to attend these. The Tewa sa\' that 
there is much Hopi blood and still more Tewa blood in the present 
Mexican population of Abiquiu. The Tewa state that Abiquiu 
was a Tewa pueblo, whose inhabitants had the same culture and 
customs as the people of the other Tewa villages, and spoke a 
dialect which was slightly different from that of any other Tewa 
village but no more different from the dialects of the other Tewa 
pueblos than the dialect of San Juan is from that of Santa Clara. 
Abiquiu is todaj' a quaint old Mexican town with one large plaza. 
It contains six saloons. Its largest store is owned by a Hebrew 
merchant. On a cro.ss which stands on the west side of the 
plaza one reads " Recuerdo de la Mission 16 de Marzo 18ST." The 
Tewa and other Indian languages formerly spoken there have 
become entirely extinct. According to information obtained from 
a Tewa Indian by an investigator at Santa Clara the people were. 
formerly saved from a flood by taking refuge in caves at Aln- 
quiu, Chimayo, and the Black Mesa near San Ildefonso [18:19]. 
The cave at Abiquiu to which the people fled was as big as a 
house. According to the Tewa informants the pqnfaJe {pqijf 
' captive '; /(?«^e 'dance'), called in Span, el baile de los cautivos, 
was much danced at Abiquiu a few generations ago. This was 
danced out of doors in the night-time in a specially prepared 
yard. Tewa, Hopi, and IMexicans took part. See [3:38]. The 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 54, 1892. 



138 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Ollero division of the Jicarilla Apache received rations from 
the Government at Abiquiu for several decades prior to 1880, 
according to Goddard.^ 
[3:37] (1) P'efuhu^u 'arro.yoof [3:36]' {P'efu-, see [3:36]; hu^u Marge 
groove' 'aiToyo'). 

(2) 'Aitfuku'ti; 'Aleljuhuht 'arroyoof [3:36]' {'Aiefu-,'j\!belcju, 
see [3:36]; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

(3) K'oso''q)]ii'iJtu''u 'arroyo of [3:36]' {K' Ofso' qyioi, see [3:36]; 
A«.'((' large groove' ' arroyo'). 

[3:38] (1) P'efu' ojjwikeji 'pueblo ruin of [3:36]' {P'efu-, see [3:36]; 
''qywila'ji 'pueblo ruin' <''qijwi 'pueblo', heji 'ruin' postpound). 

(2) 'Abefu'qrjwikeji, ' Abelj u' qijwikej i 'pueblo ruin of [3:36]' 
{^Aiefu-, 'Aiekju, see [3:36]; '' qywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'qijzvi 
'pueblo', kejl 'ruin' postpound). 

(3) K'oso'qyf'qy^riijiejl, IC oso' qywikej I 'pueblo ruin of [3:36]' 
(-ff^o«<9'o?;y-, see [3:36]; 'o?;((/'i^-^"i 'pueblo ruin' K'qijv^i 'pueblo', 
keji ' ruin ' postpound). 

(4) JTokV qijtoikej I 'pueblo ruin of [3:36]' (Moki, see [3:36]; 
^qijwikeji' 'pueblo ruin' <'qi]u% 'pueblo', keji 'ruin' postpound). 

This ruin is described by Bandelier- and by Hewett.^ See 
[3:36]. 
[3:39] (1) P'efnkwaQfi 'mesa of [3:36]' {P'efu-, see [3:36]; kwa(^e 
'mesa'). 

(2) '' Aiefukivage, 'J.&e^7W^M>agr6' 'mesa of [3:36]' {'Albefu-, 'Aiekju, 
see [3:36]; kwag.e 'mesa'). 

(3) IT osd OTjwikwage 'mesa of [3:36]' ( ^cso'^^wj, see [3:36]; 
ktoaqe 'mesa'). 

This mesa is high and flat-topped, and is composed of basalt. 
Cf. [3:40]. 
[3:40] (1) P'efaheud 'height of [3:36]' {P'efu-, see [3:36]; Icedi 
'height'). 

(2) 'AiefuJcMi, '' AbekjukeJ-i i^Ab!:fu-, 'Abekju, see [3:36]; heui 
'height'). 

(3) K' oso' qywike.id, K'oso''qi)%eJ'i '"height oi [3:36]' {K'oso'qytvi, 
K^oso'qr)/-, see [3:36]; IceM 'height'). Cf. [3:2] and [3:39]. 

Unlocated 

Cave near Abiquiu. According to information obtained by an inves- 
tigator at Santa Clara the ancient people were saved from a flood 
by fleeing to caves at Abiquiu, Chimayo, and the Black Mesa near 
San Ildefonso [18:19]. The cave at Abiquiu to which they fled 
was as large as a house. Since caves actually exist at Chimayo 

1 Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 7, 1911. 

2 Final Report, pt. II, pp. 54-65, 1892. 
' Hewett, Antiquities, No. 31, 1906. 



HAnKiXGTOx] PLACE-NAMES ] 39 

and at the Black Me.sa near San Ildefonso we may assume that 
there is a large cave somewhere near Abicjuiu. 

Jqmfovj'i, see [3:7]. 

Span. Mesa Encantada 'enchanted mesa'. 

Mexicans say that there is an enchanted mesa near AMquin. 
Sounds come from this mesa resembling- a faint singing of many 
voices or again like the faint crowing of a cock. 

Tsxhuhi, Tsse'iijj'hii'u'',Tsxpo,Ts3e^impo 'white arroyo' "white creek' 
{fssg 'whiteness' 'white'; 'iy.f locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; A«'» ' large groove ' 'arroyo'; po 'water' 'creek'). 

This is the name of an arro3'o or creek not far west of Abiquiu 
on the north side of Chama River. 

Pueblo ruin northwest of Abiquiu. "While at the Kito [4:5]. Don 
Pedro Jaramillo told me of a pueblo lying west of it [4:5J. and 
north-northwest of Abiquiu." ' This may refer to [2:7]. 

Pueblo ruin on a high bluff near La Puente [3:19]. '"Three miles 
below (southeast) Abiquiu, at a place called "La Puente' (the 
Bridge), on a bluff close to the river on the south bank, stands 
the ruin which Dr. Yarrow of Washington examined about sixteen 
years ago, and of which he has given descriptions and a ground 
plan."- 

Bandelier devotes pages 56 and 57 of his Final Report (pt. ii) to 
a description of this ruin. The ruin is described also by llew- 
ett,^ and later mentioned by him.^ Unfortunatel}^ the writer's 
Tewa informants did not know either the location or the name 
of this ruin, unless indeed [3:9] be meant. Bandelier gives two 
names for this ruin, and Hewett records still another. 

(1) "To this ruin the San Juan Tehuas apply the name of 
Abechiu.'"^ This is true only in the sense that the San Juan 
people might apply the name of [3:36] to any ruin in the vicinity 
of [3:30] of which they did not know the true name. The whole 
region about Abiquiu is called by tlie name of [3:36]. 

(2) " To this ruin the San Juan Tehuas apply tho name of Abe- 
chiu, while those of Santa Clara call it Oj-i30-re-ge, 'Place where 
metates are made rough'. Al)echiu is undoubtedly the original 
name, and the other one of more recent date'."^ In a footnote 
on the same page Bandelier adds: "' ' Lugar adonde pican los 
metates'. As the ancient metates were not made rough by pick- 
ing, I therefore conclude that it is a modern designation for 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 53, note, 1892. 

2Ibid., p. 56. Bandelier refers to H. C. Yarrow, Notice of a Ruined Pueblo and an Ancient Burial 
Place in the Valler of the Eio Chama, Report upon United States Geographical Sun-eys West of lOOth 
Meridian, \TI, pp. 362-65. 

'Antiquities, No. 30, 1906. 

1 Communautds, p. 42, 190S. 

^Bandelier, op. cit., p. 58. 



140 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

the place." Either Bandelier or his informants have made a 
mistake in giving this form. ' O pd'i''^ means ' rough metate ' ('o 
'metate'; po 'rough'; '«''*' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
The expression meaning 'I make the metate rough' is nqdoy/o- 
fuo" (nq 'I' emphatic pronoun; ^iQ)jy 'I it for myself prefixed 
pronoun; 'o ' metate ';jOo 'to roughen'; 'o'" present progressive). 
No such form as -poue- is possible. The writer has studied this 
word especially with Santa Clara informants. I*o 'rough' is a 
very uncommon word, pa being the common word rendering 
'rough' and the verb Jcutsse. the common expression meaning to 
roughen by pecking. '' Ohutsse.''iire would be the common Santa 
Clara translation of " lugar adonde pican los metates" ('o 'me- 
tate'; Kutsse, ' to roughen by pecking'; '<W locative). Podeme,&us 
'fishweir', fj(?.<e means ' head '. Propounding 'o 'metate' to either 
of these words would form a compound which has little meaning. 
The Santa Clara informants can not understand "Oj-po-re-ge" 
at all, and none of them nor any other Tewa informant ever 
heai'd Al)iquiu Pueblo ruin called by such a name. ^Opo'orjwi, 
''ojto'otjwi/ie could be formed, but "does not sound right" ('o 'me- 
tate'; po 'rough'; ''qrjivi 'pueblo'; ge ' down at' 'over at'). 

(3) " Kwengyauinge {'blue turquoise house').''' "Kweng- 
yauinge (maison de la turquoise bleue)".^ This name is evi- 
dently KunfSR'q'Qwj/ie ' over at the turquoise pueblo ' {Jcunfse. 
'turquoise' kIcu 'stone', nfx as in '(jiwyae 'salt', cf. 'tt 'alkali'; 
^qyiri 'pueblo'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). The Tewa know two 
pueblos by the name Kuy fsc" qijvi; one is the inhabited pueblo 
called in Eng. and Span. Pueblito [13:15], which lies northwest 
from San Juan on the west side of the Rio Grande and is inhab- 
ited by San Juan Indians; the other is the pueblo ruin in the Tano 
countty [29 :23] near the turquoise deposit [29 :55]. That the Tewa 
know a third pueblo ])y this name is not impossible, V)ut persistent 
questioning of informants has failed to })ring the information that 
there is a Kunj'x'qijwi in the Chama liiver valley. Cf. KyJce-ii- 
^qyicileji, one of the names of [3:9]. 

See [3:9], [3:16], [3:19], and [3:.36]. 

[4] EL RITO SHEET 

The region shown on this sheet (map 4) is generally called in Tewa, 
Eng., and Span, after El Rito town [4:.5] or the plain or creek bearing 
that name. In the central and southern part of the area shown vege- 
tation is scarce and the low hills are sandy. 

1 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 34, 1906. 

2 Hewett, Coromunaut<5s, p. 42, 1908. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HABRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 141 

Two pueblo ruins are shown on the sheet. These two seem to be 
the only ruins in this area which are known to the San Juan people. 
The}' are claimed by the Tewa, who have definite traditions that they 
were built and occupied b\- their ancestors. 

[4:1] (1) Pi'qpiijj', PPqlcimJe, Pi-qpiijkioaje 'light-reddishness moun- 
tains' 'light-reddishness heights', referring to the color of the 
mountains {pi'd old absolute form of pi'^q.wr*, pi'qwiyf 'light- 
reddishness' 'light red' 'pinkness' 'pink' <pl 'redness' 'red', 
'dwi'', ^Qiciy,/ 'brownness' 'brown' but when postpounded to 
other color names indicates light and faint quality of color; piijj' 
'mountain'; hvaje 'height"). With the use of the absolute form 
of the color-adjective in this name, that is, of pi'q instead of 
pPq-ivr', piQiovjf compare posl 'greenness' 'green' in the name 
[6:24] instead of posuri'', posiwiyy, and ho 'grayness' 'gray' in 
the name [6:21] instead of howl'', hotcyjf. The forms fii'q, posi, 
and ho do not occur in Tewa as it is spoken at the present time, 
but thej' are understood. They are old nouns and correspond to 
the noun-forms of other color-words, as pi 'redness', as compared 
with pPi'', pi'Wf 'red'. 

These mountains or heights are more noticeably reddish than 
the plain [4:1] at their base, and it is not improbable that all the 
other geographical features which are called P/"(]- get their names 
from them. The canyon [4:2] and creek [4:3], the town [4:.5], and 
ruin [4:7] certainly get their names Fiq- from the mountains 
[4:1] and the plain [4:1], and since the plain is less conspicuously 
red than the mountains and bears the name Prqnuge ' over at the 
foot of the pink' (see [4:1]), one is led to think that the mountains 
give the names to all these places, or at least suggest the names 
as strongly as does the plain. 

(2) y^itopiyf, ij 'do \tii p\)) f ' El Rito Mountains '(y/#ci <Span. 
El Rito, Rito, see discussion under [4:3]; "'irj/ locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; pi?;y 'mountain'). =Eng. (3), Span. 

(1). 

(3) Eng. El Rito Mountains. ( < Span.). = Tewa (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Sien-a del Rito Colorado, Sierra del Rito, Cerros del 
Rito 'red creek mountains'. See discussion under [4:.3]. =Tewa 
(2), Eng. (.3). 

Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7]. The most easterly of the 
mountains shown on the sheet is not as reddish as the others. 
[4:2] (1) Piqnug.epotsii, P^qnugeimpotsPl 'pink-below water can- 
yon' {PPdnuge, see [4:4]; 'i^y locative and adjective-forming- 
postfix; potsi'i 'canyon with water in it' < po 'water', fsi'i can- 
yon"). 



142 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) ffitUpofsiH, iiitWimpoisPi ' El Rito Cauyon' {^iih, see [4:3]; 
^pjf locative and adjective-forming postfix; poFsPi 'canj-on with 
water in it' < po 'water', fsPi 'can^yon"). 

"The Mexican settlement of El llito lies at the northern end of 
the basin, near where the creek issues from a sombre and rocky 
gorge^^ Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:5], [4:7]. 
[4:3] (1) PPqnugepokiihi, Pi'Ctnug.eHtnpokuu 'pink below creek' 
{PPq.7iug.e [4:4]; '{9/ locative and adjective-formingpostfix; pohu'u 
'creek with water in it' < po 'water', /iit'ii 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). 

(2) ^jitvJpolnHu^ 'QiVwimpohun 'El Rito Creek' {^ItU < Span. 
(4), ''ivf locative and adjective-forming postfix; poJiu^u 'creek 
with water in it' < pn 'water', Aw'm 'large groove' 'arro^'o'). 
= Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. El Rito Creek, Elrito Creek, El Rito Colorado Creek, 
RitoCreek. (<Span.). =Tewa(2). Span. (4). 

(4) Span. El Rito Colorado, El Rito 'the red creek' 'the creek'. 
Mexicans say that the proper name is El Rito Colorado, but most 
of them say El Rito. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3). 

The creek proper, Tewa pohu'ii, begins where the stream emerges 
from (he can^'on [4:2] three miles above El Rito town [4:5] and 
is called po/iit'u from that point to its mouth. The course below 
El Rito town appears at the present time to be dry throughout the 
year; this may be due to irrigation at El Rito town. The places 
[4:1], [4:2], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7] seem to get their Span, names 
from the creek [4:3] while their old Tewa names, Pi\(-, are derived 
from either the mountains [4:1], the plain [4:4], or from both. 
Perliaps this creek is occasionally called by still another name in 
Tewa and Span. — K'isitapohu\i, KasifvCimpohiPu, Span. Rito 
Casita, Ritode Casita, referring to [4:9] and [4:10], but San Juan 
Indians have denied this. Cf. [4:1], 4:2], [4:4], [4:5], and [4:7J. 
[4:4] (1) Pi'(inug.e, PPqnitge^akqyf, PPdnugeiijf ''ol-ojjf 'pink below' 
'pink below plain' {pPa 'pinkness' 'pink' < pi 'redness' 'red', 
'4 'brownness' 'brown', but when postpounded to other color- 
names indicates light or faint quality^ of color; wt/ge 'below' in 
contradistinction to the mountains [4:1] < niCu 'below', ge 'over 
at' 'down at'; 'iyy locative and adjective-forming postfix; 'akqrjf 
'plain'). See [4:1]. Cf. [4:2], [4:3], [4-5], [4:7]. "The level 
basin of El Rito spreads out to the view. It is surrounded by 
wooded heights on all sides; its soil is dark red, and on its eastern 
edge flows the stream that has taken its name from the color of 
the ground.''' 

'Bandi'lier, Final Report, pt. ii, p, 51, 1892. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 143 

(2) ^ifu^d-oij,/, H'du'yjf \(l'qr)f ' El Rito pluiir {u>th < [4:3], 
Span. (4); 'iijy locative and adjective-forming pretix; \il:qyf 
'plain"). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eug. El Rito Plain, Elrlto Plain, Rito Plain. (< Span.). 
= Tewa(2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Llano del Rito Colorado, Llano del Rito, ' red creek 
plain' 'the creek plain'. =Te\va (2), Eng. (3). "The Rito 
plain."' 

This name applies to the whole plain about El Rito town [4:.5|, 
this plain l^'ing entirely west of the creek [5:3]. The plain is 
level and reddish, but not as marked!}^ so as the mountains [4:1]. 
It extends toward the south beyond [4:0] and [4:10]. See [4:1]. 
Cf. [4j2], [4:3], [4:5],J4:7]. 
[4:5] (1) Pi'qnugebu' a, PPqnxg.e'imhu'u 'pink below town' (PPd- 
7i)ig.e, see [4:4]; iyy locative and adjective-forming postfix; bn'u 
'town"). 

(2) ^ itiibu\i, ^itu'inhhivv 'El Rito town' {^ith < [4:3], Span, 
(i); 'iyy locative and adjective-forming i30sttL\; iuU' 'town"). 
= Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. El Rito settlement, Elrito settlement, Rito settlement. 
(<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. El Rito Colorado, El Rito, 'red creek' 'the creek'. 
"The ilexican settlement of El Rito."- 

Baudelier gives the elevation of El Rito, according to Wheeler, 
as 6,792 feet.* "The Mexican settlement of El Rito lies at the 
northern end of the basin, near where the creek [4:3] issues from 
a sombre and rocky gorge [4:2]."'- There is considerable land 
under irrigation at El Rito town. Cf. [4:1], [4:2], [4:3], [4:4], [4:7J. 
[4:t;] (1) -'EhrelavodnmL (<Span.). Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Spanish-American Normal School. =Tewa (1), 
Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Escuela Normal. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

Mr. Eulogio Cata, of San Juan Pueblo, is the only Tewa Indian 
who has attended this school, the object of which is the training 
of teachers for schools in which many of the pupils come from 
Mexican homes. 
[4:7] (1) Pi\lm(g.eqy7oikeJi 'pink l)elow pueblo ruin' {Pt'qnug.e, see 
[4:4]; 'o^^ri-^'e/* 'pueblo ruin' K'qyiri 'pueblo,' ^v;;'/ ' ruin' post- 
pound). 

(2) ^ itu- orjwikej ! , ^ itiiiij f' oywil-ej i. 'El Rito Pueblo ruin' 
{y[ito < [4:3], Span. (4); 'i/;,/ locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; ''qijiril-eji 'pueblo ruin' <^qi)wi 'pueblo', Zv/?' 'ruin' postfix). 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt.ii, p. 53, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 51. 



144 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEW A INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

The pueblo ruin is a quarter of a mile northeast of the Spanish- 
American Normal School. It consists of indistinct mounds 
which lie in a field. Potsherds of red ware may be picked up 
from the mound. According to San Juan informants this was 
a Tewa pueblo and its old name was the name giv'en above 
under Tewa (1). This is all the information that could be 
obtained about it. 

[4:8] Sxpsewe^Qrjwikeji ^ SxpseweVnehlo rum' {Ssepxire unexplained 
except that -we is probably the locative postfix used in the Nambe 
. dialect meaning 'at' 'up at'; 'orjwil-eji 'pueblo ruin' K'oijici 
'pueblo,' hji 'ruin' postfix). An efi'ort has been made to get the 
explanation of this name at San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ilde- 
fonso, and especially at Nambe, where the old Winter Cacique 
thought a long time about it. The meaning of the word has been 
forgotten l)y the Tewa. "Se-pii-ua".' "Se-pa-ue".^ "Sepaue".' 
"Sepawi''.* 

This ruin is described by Bandelier^ and by Hewett." Accord- 
ing to Bandelier it is the largest ruin in New Mexico. ''Les 
traditions rattachent cette tribu [NambeJ a celle des Sepawi 
sur I'oued El Kito, dans la vallee du Chama."' "AS) milles au 
sud-ouest d'Ojo Calieute. dans la vallee El Kito, on aperfoit Se- 
pawi, I'une des plus grandes ruines de la region Pueblo . . . On 
n'en connait pas I'histoire, mais, d'aprcs la tradition, ce serait 
le village actuel de Nambe, a [20] milles a vol d'oiseau au sud- 
est."* The old Winter Cacique of Namb6 informed the writer that 
Nambe people or Tewa used to live at Sxpsewe, but this informa- 
tion had to ])e gained as an answer to a leading question. A num- 
ber of Tewa were found who knew of SwpsEice ruin, but not one who 
seemed to know definitely that Nambe people used to live there. 
It is generally known that it is a Tewa ruin. The writer is un- 
able to understand from reading Bandelier and Hewett on which 
side of El Rito Creek the ruin is situated. According to Hewett," 
"Sepawi" is located on the east side of El Rito Creek; three San 
Juan informants and the old Winter Cacique of Nambe stated that 
the ruin is on the west side of the creek, but perhaps the3' were led 
to sa}' this because they know the ruin is near El Rito town and 
that the latter is on the west side. 

[4:9] (1) Kasita. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Teqwa'e 'little house', translating Span. (4) {teqwa 'house' 
<te 'dwelling-place', qwa indicating hollowness or receptacle; 'e 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 17, lMa2. 

» Ibid., p. 51. 

a Ibid., p. 52. 

< Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Antiquities, p. 40, 1906; CommunautL's, pp. 33, 41, 99, 1908. 

5 Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 51-52. 

• .\ntiquitie.s. No. 38, 1906; Coniinunaut('s, pp. 33, 41, 190S. 

' Ibid., p. 33. 8 Ibid., p. 41. » Antiquities, pi. xvii. 



HAKEINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 145 

diminutive). =Te\va (1), Eng. {?,), Span. (4). Thi.s term would 
hardly be used, but the writer heard it employed once in the 
conversation of a San Juan Indian. 

(3) Eng. Casita. (<Span.). =Tcwa (1), Tewa (-2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Casita ' little house'. =Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Eng. (3). 
The modern Mexican settlement is entirely on the western side 

of the creek. At this point a wide low plain extends eastward 
from the creek, but above and below Casita there is no plain east 
of the creek, the country being covered bj' low barren hills. 
See [4:10]. 
[4:10] (1) Juisitcd'eji, Kmitabul-eji 'old Casita' 'old Casita town' 
{Kasita <Span. Casita 'little house'; hii'u 'town'; I'ejl 'ruin' 
postpound). =Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Teqwa^ekeji, Teq^wa ebukeji 'little house ruin' 'little house 
town ruin' {teqii:a 'house' <te 'dwelling-place', gwa indicating 
holiowness or receptacle; 'e diminutive; hu'u 'town'; Irji 'ruin' 
postpound). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Old Casita. ( < Span.). = Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Casita Vieja 'old little house' settlement. =Tewa 
(1), Tewa (2). Eng. (3). 

The ruins of the adobe houses of Old Casita are seen about a 
mile south of the present Casita on the eastern side of the creek 
[4:3]. The ruin of an adobe church looms among them. The 
ruin is about 500 feet east of the creek. An old plum tree stands 
on the western bank of the creek opposite the ruin. An old 
informant of San Juan said that when he was a boj' Old Casita 
was still inhabited by Mexicans. See [4:9]. 

[4:11] Pol-witahivu 'dry lake corner' {pohri 'lake' <po 'water', l-iri 
unexplained; ta 'dryness' 'drv'; iu\i. 'large low roundish 
place"). 

This hollow among the hills is 3 or 4 miles east of [4:10] and 
north of [4:18]. An old San Juan Indian said that when he was 
a boy his father and he went deer hunting in the hills east of El 
Rito Creek; having killed a deer, they hung it up in a cedar tree 
at Pohciiabuu. They went to Placita Colorada [5:16] to get a 
donke\- on which to carry the deer home. When they returned 
to F (ill ir {lab it'll, the}' discovered that someone had taken the deer 
during their absen<'e. They found the deer at the house of a 
Mexican at the now ruined Old Casita. It is said that Pi>k>rihibu''u 
does not drain into anv creek. There is a little water in the lake 
there only after a heavy rain. 

[4:12] Dtipoirikqhti'u 'coyote water gap barranca arroyo' (DepoirP, 
see under [4:unlocated]; kqJmu 'barranca arroyo' <^o 'bar- 
ranca', hu'u 'lai-ge groove' 'arroyo'). 
87584°— 20 ETH— 16 10 



146 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 

This arroyo runs into [4:13] aud is crossed by the wagon road 
[4:15] west of [4:14]. The gap from which it gets its name is 
somewhere near the upper course. The trail [4:16] is said to pass 
through this gap. See PepowPi [4:unlocatod]. 

[4:13] To/najokohu'u, see [3:2:^]. 

[4:14] Towa'e 'little people' 'the twin War Gods' (towa 'person'; 'e 
diminutive). 

At the northeastern extremity of the low mesa indicated on the 
map stand two eroded knobs of earth about the size of half-grown 
children. These are at the top of a clitf 20 or 30 feet high, at 
the level of the toi) of the mesa. The main road between El 
Rito and Abiquiu passes within a few hundred feet of these War 
Gods, the arroyo [4:13] lying between the wagon road and 
the effigies. "Picturesque rocks, curiously eroded, line the creek 
bottom on the east." ' 

[4:15] Main wagon road connecting ¥A Rito and Abiquiu. The road 
from El Rito to Abiquiu passes the Spanish- American Normal 
School [4:6] and the Rito I'lain [4:1], Casita [4:9], and somewliat 
below Casita crosses the creek [4:3], recrossing it just north of 

[4:16] JVqnfsejkcepo, JVqnIsejiwe'im po 'Tierra Amarilla trail' {]Vq,ntse- 
jiwe, see [l:Tierra Amarilla region]; 'yjf locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; po 'trail'). 

In following tliis old trail one leaves Rio Chama town [5:16], 
crosses El Rito Creek [4:3] and the upper [4:13], passes through 
Pepoivt'l [4:unlocated], and across [1:32), [1:15], and [1:14] to the 
Tierra Amarilla region. 

[4:17] 'Ohi hehstnfvJi^i 'long hill' i^olni 'hill'; hehcenfu 'long'; 'P 
locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

One wagon road passes down the east side of the creek between 
the stream and the crest of this hill. In driving from El Rito to 
Abiquiu one takes the road which turns to the west [4:15] before 
reaching this hill. 

[4:18] Nameless arroyo, see [7:12]. 

[4:19] Tutsqmbehuhi, see [7:18]. 



Pepowi'i 'coyote water gap' {4<i 'coyote'; Po 'water'; v)Pi 'gap' 
'pass'). 
This is a gap in the hills somewhere in the upper course of [4:12], 
q. V. The trail [4:1G] passes through it. There is said to be a 
spring or a wet place at the gap, hence the name po ' water.' 

1 Baudelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 53, 1892. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 147 

Tuefii'u 'eagle end' {tse 'eagle'; fiCu ' pi-ojecting end of a long 
object in horizontal position '). 

This was said by a SantaClaraiuformaut to be a mountain north 
of El Rito[4:5]. It was also said that the name is Tsefit. 'eagle 
nose'(y*M 'nose'), but this was probably due to misunderstanding. 

[5] LOWER CHAjVIA RIVEE SHEET 

This sheet (map 5) includes a part of the lower Chama River valley. 
Six pueblo ruins are shown, all of which have old Tewa names and 
are declared by the Tewa to have been occupied by their ancestors. 

[5:1] fomajolohu'u, see [3:22]. 

[5:2] fawli'e, see [4:l-i]. 

[5:3] El Rito Creek, see [4:3]. 

[5:4:] Tutsqmhehu'u, see [7:18]. 

[5:5] 2sa?«y]Ji/;y 'wrestling mountain' (i^X/mg, see [5:7]; piijj' 'moun- 
tain'). 

This small, round hill is about half a mile southeast of the junc- 
tion of El Rito Creek with Chama River. It is not more than 50 
feet high, but very symmetrical and prominent. The name given 
above is certainly the old Tewa name of the hill, and it is not im- 
possible that the hill gave the name Tsdmq- to the pueblo ruin 
[5:7] and other features in the vicinity. Inquiry was made of a 
Mexican family which lives on the i-anch situated between [5:5] 
and [5:0] as to the Mexican name of the hill, but they said that it 
has none. However, another Mexican said that he calls it Cer- 
rito Redondo 'round hill'. See [5:7]. Cf. [5:6], [5:8], [5:9]. 

[5:6] Ts(j,mq]ce^i, Tsq-rnqkioaje 'wrestling height' {TsQmq,, see [5:7]; 
IcM, kwaje 'height'). 

This is the height on which the pueblo ruin [5:7] stands. The 
main wagon road down the Chama River valley east of the river 
passes between [5:5] and [5:<)] and then along the base of [5:6], 
between [5:6] and [5:.s] and [5:1»]. Cf. [5:5], [5:7], [5:8], [5 :'.»]. 

[5:7] Ts(j,m(j,''qyviikeji 'wrestling pueblo ruin' {tsqinq 'to wrestle'; 
^qijxvikeji 'pueblo ruin' < 'o/^M'i 'pueblo', l^eji 'ruin' postpound). 
The verb tsqmq is used only in a perfect or past sense; the verb 
denoting 'wrestling' in the present or future is nfa. Thus ^/5^'- 
n facie" 'they are wrestling with each other' {diii 'they 3+ with 
themselves'; nfq 'to wrestle'; .^t^''' progressive present); diiitsqmq, 
'they have wrestled with each other' {cllJbl 'they 3+ with them- 
selves'; tsqmq 'to have wrestled'). The informants thought it 
likely that the name Tsqmq was originally applied to the pueblo, 
jDcl-haps liecause there was at some time in» the past a wrestling 
contest there, and that the other places in the vicinity ar* named 



148 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Tsqmq from the pueblo. The writer has not had an opportunity to 
look through early Span, documents for mention and forms of the 
name Chama. The form " Zama " is used by Zarate-Salmeron. * So 
far as he is aware the only other form which occurs in Span, docu- 
ments is the now standardized Chama; San Pedro de Chama also 
occurs. These terms, Zama, Cliama, and San Pedro de Chama, 
a]:)pear to have been used in Span, invariably to designate either the 
whole Chama River district ("San Pedro de Chama, as the district 
was called after the reoccupancy of New Mexico"-) or the Chama 
River itself. The diminutive form Charaita has been and is given 
to the eastern part of the V-shaped tract of lowland formed by the 
confluence of the Chama River with the Rio Grande, and to the 
Mexican settlement made there. The latter place and settlement 
have been or are also called San Gabriel del Yunque and San Gabriel 
deChamita, oreven merely San Gabriel. See [13:28]. "The name 
Chamita dates from the eighteenth century, and was given in order 
to distinguish it from the settlements higher up on the Chama 
River." ^ Now Span. Zama, Chama, evidently come from Tewa 
Tsqmq, name of the former Tewa pueblo [5:7], applied also to 
several other places near that pueblo. Since there is much land 
good for agriculture in the vicinity of that pueblo, the writer 
believes that one of the Span, settlements higher up on the Chama 
River in contradistinction to which Chamita gets its name, was at 
Tsqmq-. At any rate, the first extensive farming land encountered 
in going up the Chama valley after leaving the region about the 
Canoe Mesa near San Juan [5:55] is at Tsqmq-, and it is not at all 
strange that the name Tsqm/l- was taken over into Span, and 
applied first to a more or less definite region up the Chama Valley, 
as the Tewa applied it, then to the whole Chama River region, 
and more recently especially to the Chama River itself. It was 
forgotten long ago by the Mexicans, if indeed it was ever clearly 
understood by them, that Tsqmq- is properly only the name 
of a former Tewa pueblo and of a little round hill, a marsh, and 
ricli bottom-lands which lie beside it. What relation the name 
Placita Rio Chama [5:lt'>J bears to the names discussed above is 
impossible to determine without historical evidence. It is always 
called Placita Rio Chama 'Chama River town' and never Placita 
Chama. The settlement may be called by this name for no other 
reason than because it is in the Chama River valley. In going 
up the river it is the first compact Mexican settlement met after 
passing [5:33] and entering the narrower part of the Chama 
River valley. From Chama applied to the Chama River the 

'Quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 60, 1892. 
sBandelier, ibid., p. 62. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 149 

modern town of t'hainu on the Denver and Kio Grande Kailroad 
in the northernmost part of New Mexico gets its name. 

Tsqmq' qijii'ikej i is a very large ruin consisting of low mounds. 
Three large courtyards can be distinctly made out. An Indian 
living at San Juan also told the writer that there are three bii'u 
'courtyards' which can ])e seen at this ri:in. The long axis of the 
village, running through these courtyards, is in a northeast-south- 
west direction. An old and disused wagon road can he traced up 
the side of the slope toward [5:5]. The Indian informants are 
inclined to believe that tliis village had already been abandoned 
at the time of tiie coming of the Spaniards to this region. But 
the name Tsqniq, is still known to and used by the Tewa, being 
applied to this ruin and a number of places about it, but never, 
as the Mexicans apply Chama. to the Chama River or the Chania 
River region. See[5:'.5j, |5:6J.[5:bJ, [5:;||, [5:1C,], [13:27], [13:28], 
and Chama River [Large Features: 2], 

[5:8] T)fqmqnug.epotm 'swamp below [5:0]' {Tmmu, see [5:7]; intge 
'below' <?i«'m 'below', (^e, 'down at' 'over at'; potsd 'marsh' 
<po 'water', tsa 'to cut through'). 
Cf. [5:5], [5:0], [5:7], [5:i»], [5:10]. 

[5:9] TsQni(inugepohwi 'pools below [5:0]' {T-^qnui, see [5:7]; nitge 
'below' <?iu'w 'below', g.e 'down at' 'over at'; polcwi 'lake'< 
po 'water', Icwi unexplained). Cf. [5:5], [5:6], [5:7], [5:8], 
[5:10]. 

[6:10] Tsqmq?iiig.epom^'iwe 'where the water went below [5:0]' 
{Tmmq^see [5:7]; Wi/ge 'below '<«?<'?< 'below ', ge' down at' 'over 
at'; pomiR'i'we 'where the water went' <po 'water', mse 'to 
have gone', ''iwe locative). This name refers to the old bed of 
the Chama River, which can be clearly traced through the marsh 
[5:8]. Cf. [5:5], [5:0], [5:7], [5:8], [5:1)]. 

[5:11] Maltusap'ui, see [3:18]. 

[5:12] '0¥q'oI:u 'sand hills' {'ok'q 'sand'; 'okit 'hill'). 

[5:13] Tekasog.ikohic'u, Tvliasogi-ii) kohii'u 'cottonwood grove barranca 
arroyo' {fekasogi 'cottonwood grove' <te 'cottonwood' 'Poj)ulus 
wislizeni'; hi 'denseness' 'dense' 'forest'; sog.i giving the idea 
'together' 'bunched'; ^pj,/ locative andadjective-forming postfix; 
Icohuu 'barranca arroyo' <kq 'barranca', '//w'« 'large groove' 
'arroyo"). 

This little drj'- gulch is so called because its mouth is near a small 
grove of cottonwood trees on the river. 

\^:'\.-i'\ l^wseywuiwe^iku ' rockpine point hills' {rjwseyj' 'rockpine' 
'Pinus scopulorum'; 'icUi 'projecting corner' 'point'; we elided 
form of ^iice locative; 'oZ'w 'hill"). 



150 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

These hills are opposite Rio Chama settlement [5:16]. The 

ends of the tongues of these hills projecting toward the Chama 

River would be called wUi., a word which is applied to the corner 

of a table, for instance. 
[5:15] ]Vq,nfsejkcepo. see [4:16]. 
[5:16] (1) Eng. Rio Chama settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Placita Rio Chama 'Chama River hamlet'. =Eng. 

(1). For a discussion of the name see under [5:7]. 

It is at this place that the old trail to Tieri'a Amarilla leaves 

the Chama River valley. See [5:15]. 
[5:17] Plasita ^iu Tfama hixije 'height by Placita Rio Chama' 

[Plasita^iu Tfauia < [5:16], Span. (2); kwaji 'height'). 

This name is applied to the height back of Rio Chama settle- 
ment. The trail [5:15] pisses up this height. 
[5:18] See Chama River [Large Features: 2]. 
[b:19] /•up'Me'or/wi/i'f'Ji 'cicada head pueblo ruin' {fy, 'cicada'; pode 

'iiead'; oyiiiilcji. 'pueblo ruin' < ^qyxoi 'pueblo', heji 'ruin' 

postpound). 

The ruin is on the mesa [5:21] and at the foot of the hill 

[5:20]. The San Juan informant who pointed out the site of this 

pueblo ruin said that he guessed it got its name fi-om the hill 

[5:20], which the ancient Tewa may have thought resembles a 

cicada's head. Cf. [2:10], [5:20], and [5:21]. 
[5:20] fij,pode^oku 'cicada's head hill' {pupo-i"', see [5:19]; \>]cxi 'hill'). 

For an Indian's guess at the origin of this name see [5:19]. Cf. 

[5:21]. 
\b:-M\ /■iipo.iehwag.e 'cicada's head mesa' {py,pode, see [5:19J; hmge 

' mesa'). This name refers to the broad rolling mesa on which the 

ruin [5:19] stands. See [5:19], [5:20]. 
[5:22] Kapokqhiiu^ Kap<^v)liohu^u 'leaf water barranca arroyo' 

{Kapo, see [5:23]; ^\yf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 

hqhic'u 'barranca arroyo' < ko 'l)arranca', hu^u 'large groove' 

'arroyo'). 

Cf. [5:24]: also the similarly sounding names K'apo, Santa 

Clara Pue])lo [14:71], and ''Kapo", a Tano Tewa pueblo ruin 

[29:unlocated]. The latter name may be but probably is not 

identical. 
This is described as a large pueblo ruin. Cf. [5:22], [5:24]. 
[5:23] Kapd qywxkeji 'leaf, water pueblo ruin' (!■« 'leaf; po 'water'; 

^qijicil-iji 'pueblo ruin '<o?^M'i 'pueblo', A*e/« 'ruin' postpound). 
Where the leafy water is situated from which this pueblo ruin 

gets its name, is not known. The name may be taken from that 

of the arroyo [5:22], or vice versa. 



BAEEINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 151 

[5:24] KapoJiwaje 'leaf water heights' (Iiapo, see [5:23]; l-i'-aje 

'height'). Cf. [5:22], [5:23]. 
[5:25] T'senyutebu^ii 'snalvc dwelling-place corner' {pxnyu 'snake'; te 

'dwelling place'; Jm'm 'large low roundish place'). Cf. [5:26]. 
[5:26] P^nfufelcv^aje 'snake dwelling-place height' {pcenfic 'snake'; 

!!e 'dwelling place'; kwaje 'height'). Cf. [5:25]. 
This is a very low mesa between [5:22] and [5:27]. 
[5:27] TehiHu 'cottonwood arroyo' (i?e 'cottonwood' 'Populus ^\-isli- 

zeni'; A«'t« 'deep groove' 'arroyo'). 

It is not difficult to understand how this arroyo gets its name. 

There is at present a large cottonwood tree growing in it not far 

from the mouth. See [5:28]. 
[5:28] Tehu^ iwepopi, Tehu^ 'nce'ynpopl 'spring in [5:27]' {Tchuu, see 

[5:27]; 'iwe locative; ''iyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 

popi ' .spring' <pr) 'water', pi 'to issue'). 
[5:29] Sxbekwaje, see [2:22]. 
Peeqwiendiwe 'where the deer's tail' (pie mule-deer: (jtriryf 'tail'; 

''hce 'locative'). This is the name of the whole region about 

[5:30] and [5:31], q. v. 
[5:30] Pseqtocen<liwepiy,f 'mountains at the deer's tail place' {Pse.qwstn- 

4iwe, see the preceding term; piijf 'mountain'). 
[5:31] P'ee,<iwse,(liw^(/ku''e 'little hills at the deer's tail place' {PsRqirxn- 

diwe^ see [5:29]; \>l-u 'hill'; '<» diminutive). 
[5:32] Span. Arroyo Palacio 'palace arroyo'. 

According to information obtained fi'om a San Juan Indian, 

]\Ir. Samuel Eldodt, the merchant of San Juan Pueblo, formerly 

had a claim on a bit of tillable land at the mouth of this arroyo; 

but a freshet washed the land away and Mr. Eldodt quit the claim. 
[5:33] Poinqvjidl 'water wind point' (po 'water'; tvq 'wind'; vid 

'projecting corner'). 
This point projects far out, forming a narrow gap through 

which the river passes. This gap is always windy, according to 

Tewa informants. Although perfectly conceivable that the point 

might have been given this name because of the river flowing past 

and the windy chai-acter of the location, the Tewa when using the 

name also think of the Powqhq 'water-air spirits' (jw 'water'; 

vxl 'wind' 'air'; /id 'pulse' 'respiration' 'life' '.spirit'), invisible 

spirits who live in the air and are sometimes heard to speak. 

According to one story they catch people who try to kill them- 
selves by hurling themselves over cliiJs and make them fall lightly 

and unhurt. Cf. [5:34]. 
[5:34] Pcnnqimdipiijf 'water wind point mountain' {Powqwui, see 

[5:33]; pi//y 'mountain'). 

Tlie following queer story came to the mind of a San Juan 

informant when he was asked about this high hill back of Po/rd- 



152 ETHNOGEOGRAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIA^^S [etii. axn. 29 

iviii. St. Cecilia once appeared to some ^Mexican soldiers near 
Las Truchas [22:11]. The soldiers followed her across the Kio 
Grande aud across Chamita [13:28]. At last she passed through 
a hole in PowCiwuipiyj'. The soldiers found her shoe on the 
other side. 
[5:35] (1) F'esedepo 'shove stick creek' {P'eseue, see [5:37]; po 
'water' 'creek'). This is the old Tewa name of the creek. 

(2) Kepo 'bear creek' (Zv 'bear'; po 'water' 'creek'). This is 
a mere translation of Span. (1), but is frequentl.y used nowada3's. 
= En<r. (3), Span. (4). 
(.3) Eng. Oso Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa (2), Span. (4). 
(1) Span. Kito Oso, Kio Oso 'bear creek' 'bear river'. The 
Span, name is often pronounced Joso by native Span, speakers of 
Kew Mexico. 

Although the etymology of P'escie is discussed under [5:37], it 
is quite possible that the pueblo ruin [5:37] takes its name from 
the creek. Oso Creek flows into Chama River nearly opposite, 
but somewhat above, the point at which Ojo Caliente Creek joins 
the latter from the northeast and just opposite the big projecting 
tongue of land PowclwUi [5:33]. See [5:37]. 
[5:3r.] 'Asxhuu 'alkali arroyo' ('a«« 'alkali' <'a 'alkali', sse. 'pep- 

periness' 'peppery'; hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
[5:37] Feseue'oywil-eji 'shove stick pueblo ruin' {pe 'stick' 'log' 
'timber'; s&ie 'to shove or push away from one's self with little 
jerks'; 'qijwil-^l 'pueblo ruin'< 'qywi 'pueblo', fe/i 'ruin' post- 
pound) (PI. 3, A.) M Jopesede means 'I push the stick or 
log in little jerks' {m 'I' emphatic pronoun; do '1 it'; pe 'stick' 
'log' incorporated object; sede 'to shove or push away from one's 
self with little jerks'). M dopese would mean 'I push the stick 
from me steadily, not in jerks'). Cf. [5:35], [5:38]. "Indians of 
San Juan have given me the names of some of the ruined pueblos 
that lie on the mesas west and south of the Chama River; for in- 
stance, Fe-se-re and Te-e-uing-ge".' This is the only reference 
which Bandelier makes to this ruin. Hewett does not seem to 
mention it at all. " Pesede-uinge (Tewa, the place of the sliding 
log)",- for F'esae'otjwige 'down at or over at the shove stick jerk- 
ingly pueblo ' {'oywi ' pueblo ' ; g." ' down at ' ' over at '). 

There is much information about F'eseu.e'oywikeji in two articles 

by Mr. J. A. Jeanyon ' which have recently appeared. See [5:38]. 

[5:38] FeseM'qyivikejinaU 'fields of [5:37]' {Fesae'qywikeji, see 

[5:37]; nala 'field where crops are raised').* 

iBandelier, FlnalReport, pt. II, p. 58, 1892. ,,.,„, , ^ „ oc 

>J. A. Jeancon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, Records of the Pmt. vol. x, p. 96, 

s J. A. JeanfOn, ibid., pp. 92-108; also Ruins at Pesedeuinge, ibid., vol. xi, pp. 28-37, 1912. These 
two articles give photographs and maps of the ruin. 
;See Jean^on, Explorations in Chama Basin, op. cit. 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 3 




A. P'ESEaE'OyWl. RUIN 



,•"4 • 




LARGE V/HITE ROCK NEAR KU'ONWl RUIN, FROM WHICH THE RUIN PROBABLY 
DERIVED ITS NAME 



HAKRiNoroN] PLACE-NAMES 153 

[5:39] Mq^sRfivj', see [2:24]. 

[5:4(1] FeioahoM, see [2:26]. 

[5:41] Kep' ^ndr'hege, see [2:27]. 

[5:42] Santa Clara Kii'qytcikeji 'stone pueblo ruin' {leu 'stone'; 
^qiju'ihiji 'pueblo ruin' <''qi)>r\ 'pueblo', Icejl ' ruin' postpound). 
This name is not mentioned in the writings of Bandelier or llow- 
ett. "Kuuinge''. ' Mr. Jeaiifon, who has described this ruin," 
thinks that it maj' get its name })eeause of an isolated column of 
cream-colored tufa which stands in the lowlands a short distance 
southwest of the mesa on which the ruin is situated. This rock 
(pi. 3, B) is a hundred feet or more in height and is at present un- 
scalable. There are well-worn old ti-ails leading to it, and part of 
a trail which evidently once led up to the top was noticed by Mr. 
Jean^on. This showed the effects of the attrition of human feet. 
There was probably a shrine on top of this rock, such as are 
found at high places about all Tewa pueblos. That the pueblo 
takes its name from this rock seems very probable, inasmuch as 
Icu'qrjivil'eji means merely 'stone pueblo ruin' and is applied to 
any ruin of a pueblo built of stone, in contradistinction to 
n('ipota''qr)iviJ,\'ji 'adobe pueblo ruin' {nqpota 'adobe' < n4 'it', 
pr> 'water', ?rt 'to be drj''). Mr. Jeanpon kindly furnished the 
following information regarding this ruin in a letter bearing date 
October 27, 1911: "Kuuinge is not the same ruin as Teeuinge 
[5:43J. We visited the latter first; then went back to the road 
just after it leaves San Jose [13:44], and taking a road leading to 
the left of the main road to Abiquiu, crossed the hills until we 
came in sight of the Oso. From there we turned dii'ectl}' to the 
left until we came to the vicinity of Kuuinge. The name was 
given me by Aniceto Suaso and was recognized by a number of 
other Santa Clara Indians. The plan of the place shown by Dr. 
Hewett in his Antiquities of the Jemez Plateau as Teeuinge is 
altogether different from that of Kuuinge. Kuuinge can not be 
seen from Chili [5:46] or Cuchilla [5:49]." In October. 1910, the 
San Juan Indian who pointed out Te^c'qt)v)\l-eji [5:43] from the 
Chama Valley- said that there is another pueblo ruin about a mile 
west of Tf^oqijirilceji and south of Oso Creek, but he could not 
remember the name. At San Juan Pueblo the writer talked with 
another Indian who knew of this ruin a mile or so west of 
Te'e'qij'iril-cJ/', but he also was unable to give the name of it. 
After learning the name and location of Kit'qytcihji from ]Mr. 
JeanQon's article, a Santa Clara Indian was found who knew the 
ruin by that name and supplied the etymology of it, w^hich JMr. 
Jeanfon states he also obtained, although he does not give the mean- 



■ J. A. Jeangon, Explorations in Cliama liiisin. New Mexico, Rrcnrds of the Paul, vol. X, p. 92 ut passim, 
1911. 
«Ibid., pp. 9t-%. 



154 ETHlSrOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

ing of the name in his article. That the place received its name 
from the rock described a})ove is only Mr. Jeanpon's conjectui'c; no 
Indian has explained the origin of the name in this way. Two 
San Ildefonso Indians whom the writer asked about the name did 
not know either the name or the ruin, although they knew the ruins 
[5:37] and [5:43]. Notice also that Bandelier gives the names of 
the ruins [5:37] and [5:43], but does not mention [5:42].' 

[5:43] Te'ewPoywikeji, Te'e'qipnikfji, Te^ewlk&ii'qywih/ji, Te'ekeJ-i- 
^qijwiJceji 'little cottonwood gap pueblo ruin' 'little cottonwood 
pueblo ruin' 'little cottonwood gap height pueblo ruin' 'little 
cottonwood height pueblo ruin' {Te'ewl'l, Te^e, see [5:44]; Icedi 
'height'; ^qijwikeji 'pueblo ruin' <''qyv:i 'pueblo', keji 'ruin' 
postfix). See [5:43]. ''Indians of San Juan have given me 
the names of some of the ruined pueblos that lie on the mesas 
west and south of the Chama River; for instance, Fe-se-re [5:37] 
and Te-e-uing-ge",^ "Teiiuinge",' "Teeuinge",'' "Teeuinge".^ 
This ruin is described by llewett.* The mesa on which this 
ruin stands can be clearly seen from Chili [5:46]; also from the 
Cuchilla [5:49] and many points' in the Chama River valley south- 
east of the Cuchilla. The gap [5:44] and the hill [5:45] are also 
clearly seen from these places. Mr. Jeanyon states that part of 
the ruin is being washed away by an arroyo and bones and various 
other objects are being exposed to view. 

[5:44] TeewPi 'little cottonwood gap' {te 'cottonwood' ' Populus 
wislizeni'; 'c diminutive; wi''i 'gap'). 

This is a gap or pass between the mesa on which the ruin [5:43] 
lies and the hill [5:45]. It was presumably called thus because at 
some time undersized or young cottonwood trees stood at the 
place. This gap has given the name to the pueblo ruin [5:43], to 
the hill [5:45], and to the arroyo [5:50]. An old trail is said to 
pass through the gap. Cf. [5:43], [5:45], [5:50]. 

[5:45] Te'ewi^ibodl 'little cottonwood gap knob' {Te^ewPi, see [5:44]; 
6o.<i' roundish pile' 'knol)' 'round hill"). Cf. [5:43], [5:44], [5:50]. 

[5:46] (1) San Juan Tslpapu of obscure meaning {tei'i 'flaking stone' 
'obsidian'; fa unexplained; jxo 'buttocks' 'region about the 
anus'). This is the old San Juan Tewa name of the place. 

(2) TfilL (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Chili settlement. (<Span.). = Tewa (2), Span. (4). 
Span. Chili unexplained. =Tewa (2), Eng. (3). 

■ See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 68, 1892. 

« Ibid. 

> Hewett, Antiquities, p. 34, 1906. 

< Howett, Coimnunautfe, p. 42, 1908. 

6 Jeangon, Explorations in Chama Basin, New Mexico, RecortU of the Past, vol. x, p. 97, 1911. 

6 Antiquities, No. 29, 1906. 



HAKRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 155 

[5:^7] (1) Tnpajiu'olinj 'little hills of [5:46]' {Tmpajm, see [5:it;j; 
''oku 'hill'; '« diminutive). 

(2) TfilPohi'e 'little hills of [5:46]' {Tfil't, see [5:48]; 'ohu 
'hill'; 'e diminutive). 
[5:48] (1) Tsipapuhq, Tsipapukoku^u, 'barrancas of [5:46]' 'barranca 
arroyos of [5:46]' (TxipajnC, see [5:46]; ko/ut'u 'barranca arroyo' 
<ko 'liarranca', hu^u 'lar^e groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) Tfililcq, Tfilikqhu^v, 'barrancas of [5:46]' 'barranca ar- 
royos of [5:46]' {Tfili, see [5:46]; ko/uru 'barranca arroyo' Kkq 
'barranca', hu''u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
[5:49] (1) TiiijolceJi 'knife height', translating the Span, name (^«//o 
'knife' <tsPi 'flaking stone', ^V> augmentative; Ice'Jl 'height'). 
Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3). Span. (4). 

(2) Xutfija. (<Span.). = Eng. (3), Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1). 
(3)Cuchilla. (<Span.). =Tewa(2), Span. (4). Cf.Tewa(l). 
(4) Span. Cuchilla, 'sharp narrow ridge of land'. = Tewa (2), 
Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

This long thin ridge of basalt curves slight!}- northward just 
before touching the river. The extreme point of this ridge was 
cut through several years ago for a proposed railway through the 
Chama River valley and the cut has been utilized for running an 
irrigation ditch. There are several narrow ridges of land called 
by the ilexicans Cuchilla, in northern New Mexico. See for 
instance Cuchilla [9:2]. [5:49] tapers gradually and is very 
symmetrical. 
[5:50] Te'eicihu'u 'little cottonwood gap arroyo' {Te^ewi'i, see [5:44]; 
hu'u ' lai'ge groove ' 'arroyo'). See [5:44]. 
A wagon road leads up this arroyo. 
[5:51] j;i-rtj*<i ' cottonwood grove ' (^e 'cottonwood' 'Populus wisli- 
zeni': Tea 'denseness' 'dense' 'forest'; ho.ii 'pile' 'cluster'). 
The valley is wide here on the side southwest of the I'iver, with 
good alfalfa fields and a grove of cottonwoods. This is possibly 
the cottonwood grove where the Jicarilla Apache used formerly 
to hold a cei-emony at certjiin times. See under [5:unlocated]. 
This is the cottonwood grove lying farthest down the river in the 
part of the valley above Tfiw/.i/' [13:2]. 
[5:52] Nameless arroyo of considerable size. 

[5:53] San Juan Masil'fnje 'young female deer height' {rmid said by 
an aged San Juan informant to be an anticjuated form of mage 
'young female of the mule deer'; hwaje 'height"). This is the 
old San Juan Tewa name. 

This hill is south of Ojo Caliente Creek. The main wagon road 
between Ojo Caliente and Chamita passes between this hill and 
the mesa [5:55]. 



156 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. Ann. 29 

[5:54] Tsi%ci'ii ' projecting corner of basalt' {tsi ' basalt', as in Tsilwaje, 
the name of the whole mesa [5:55]; iridi 'projecting corner'). 
T^iwUi is sometimes applied to this corner of the Black ]\Iesii near 
San Juan, though it is usually applied to the more prominent 
corner [13:2], q. v. See also [i3:l]. 

[5:55] Tsihwaje, see [13:1]. 

[5:56] San Juan Sdyivx-ko/m^i '.sandstone barranca arroyo' {fujrjivx 
' sandstone ' ; l-qhii'u ' barranca arroyo ' < ]iq ' barranca ', Im^'u ' large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[5:57] San Juan Trntuhnhuhi, see [2:28]. 

[5:58] San Juan Tsiei(ig.el-o, see [2:32]. 

[5:59] San Juan Taikukq/iu^u, see [2:33]. 

Unlocated 

Cottonwood grove, where the Jicarilla Apache used to hold a fiesta. 
Doctor Hewett informed the writer that he had learned from Tewa 
Indians that the Jicarilla Apache used to hold a fiesta at a cotton- 
wood grove in the lower Chama Valley about 4 miles above the 
confluence of the Chama with the Rio Grande, somewhere near the 
mouth of Ojo Caliente Creek. It is probably the same grove that 
he means when he writes: "About 4 miles above the confluence 
of the Chama with the Rio Grande is the noble cottonwood grove 
whose grateful shade has been the noon or evening goal of every 
traveler that has toiled up or down that sandy valley for a cen- 
tury. At this point a chain of detached fi-agments of the great 
Black Mesa (Mesa Canoa) [13:1] crosses over to the south side of 
the river and extends for some miles southwestward".' Even the 
statement that the basalt formation crosses the river at the place 
does not enable the present writer to locate the grove. It is not 
unlikely, however, that it is [5:51]. The San Juan Tewa inform- 
ants who accompanied the author up the Ciiama Valley knew 
nothing of the Jicarilla Apache having formerly held a fiesta at 
a grove in the lower Chama Valley. An informant at San Juan 
Pueblo, however, knew of this practice and volunteered the in- 
formation that it was the '' fiesta de San Antonio" which was there 
celebrated. But unfortunately he was not certain even as to the 
side of the river on which the grove is situated. One of God- 
dard's Jicarilla Apache t^xts says of the fiesta: "We [the Jica- 
rilla Apache] started away [from Tierra Amarilla] immediately to 
Cuchilla [5:49] where they were to hold a feast. For that purpose 
we all came there. The Pueblo Indians brought fruits there and 
the Mexicans came with wagons and on horseback. They had a 
rooster race. After the feast was over we moved camp back 
again to Tierra Amarilla, where we and the Ute remained in sepa- 

' Hewett, Antiqiiities, p. 33, 1906. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



BARKIXGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 157 

rate camps".' Goddai'd explains concerning the fiesta: "The 
feast of San Antonio formerly held on the Chama Kiver in a Cot- 
tonwood grove near the mouth of Caliente Creek [Ojo Caliente 
Creek]".- The text implies that the grove is at or near the Cu- 
chilla [5:49]. Perhaps [5:.31] is the grove. 
*'Poihuuinge".^ '•Poihiiunge ".* None of the informants interro- 
gated have known the name or the ruin. The -tunge or -imge of 
the forms of the name quoted above is evidently for ''qipcige 
'down at the pueblo' 'over at the pueblo' ('o??'iri ' pueblo ',ge' down 
at' 'over at"). The etymology of the first part of the name is not 
apparent. 

The ruin is situated as follows: "About 4 miles above the con- 
fluence of the Chama with the Kio Grande is the noble cottonwood 
grove whose grateful shade has been the noon or evening goal of 
every traveler that has toiled up or down that sandy valley for a 
century. At this point a chain of detached fragments of the 
great Black mesa (Mesa Canoa) [13:1] crosses over to the south 
side of the river and extends for- some miles south westward. On 
the top of one of these black fragmentary mesas about a mile 
south of the river stood the village of Poihuuinge".^ See 
[9:unlocated], where Hewett's "Poihuge" is discussed. 

[6] UPPER OJO CALIENTE SHEET 

This sheet (map 6) shows the region about and above Ojo Caliente. 

Three pueblo ruins are included, all of which have old Tewa names. 
These are claimed by the Tewa as former pueblos of their people. The 
Tewa believe this region to have been the cradleland of their race. 
Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:2-4] and the caves at La Cueva [6:30], [6:31] 
are of special interest. 

[6:1] (1) Eng. Petaca. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

("2) Span. Petaca, 'a small coffer or grip of sewed leather or 
canvas used in traveling or for storing articles, much as a suitcase 
is now used.' Very old petacas can still be seen in some of the 
Mexican houses in New Mexico. Why this name was applied to 
Petaca settlement has not been learned. 

This is a small Mexican settlement. See [6:4]. 
[6:2] Pol-sen fill:' qndiice 'where a certain kind of mineral called po- 
JcsEnfi^ is dug' {pokserify,, see under IMixerals, p. 582; k'qn^iwe 
'where it is dug' < Jiorjf 'to dig', 'vmvj locative). 

This mineral deposit is situated in the hills more than two miles 
east of Petaca [6:1]. It is still occasionally visited by the Tewa 

1 Goddard, JicarOla Apache Texts, p. 257, 1911. 

>Ibid., p. 161, note. 

3 Hewett, Antiquities, p. 33, 1906. 

* Hewett, Communautes, p. 42, 1908. ' 

* Hewett: Antiquitie.s, pp. 33-34, 1906; see also Communautes, op. eit. 



158 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

for the purpose of obtaining the glistening earth called poksenfy,, 
which is used by the Tewa woraeu in making potteiy. The name, 
fol'senfy, is applied to coal-ttir and asphalt, as well as to mica, 
but it is supposed that it is mica^ or micaceous earth which is 
referred to by the Indians. See [7:2] and Minerals, p. 582. 

[6:3] TebO'U 'cotton wood grov^e' {te 'cottonwood' 'Populus wisli- 
zeni'; hiui 'pile' 'grove'). 

Petaca [6:1] is said to be situated about a mile north of this 
grove. This grove may be identical with Old Servilleta [8:8], q. v. 

[6:4] (1) Kipo, Ki'impo 'prairie-dog water' {ki 'prairie-dog'; po 
'water' 'creek'). =Taos (3), Eng. (5), Span. (8). 

(2) Pete^'a|>o, P(?to^'im|ici 'Petaca water'. (< Span.). =Eng. 
(4), Span. (7). ^ 

(3) Taos Kit''u,paanq 'prairie-dog dwelling place water' {M 
'prairie-dog'; Cy, 'to dwell', cognate with Tewa t'a 'to dwell'; 
pa- 'water' 'creek'; an<l noun postfix). =Tewa (1), Eng. (5), 
Span. (S). 

(4) Eng. Petaca Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (7). 

(6) Eng. Tusas Creek. (<8pan.). = Tewa (1), Taos (3), Span. (8). 
(♦)) Eng. Servilleta Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (9). 

(7) Span. Rito Petaca 'leathern case creek', named from the 
settlement Petaca [6:1]. =Eng. (4). 

(5) Span. Rito de las Tusas 'prairie-dog creek'. =Tewa (1), 
Taos (3), Eng. (5). 

(9) Rito Servilleta 'napkin creek', named after Servilleta 
Vieja [6:unlocated]. 
[6:5] (1) Eng. Vallecito Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito Vallecito, Arroyo Vallecito, 'little valley creek' 
'little valley arroyo'. =Eng. (1). 
[6:6] San Juan Mahij,sinn.x^ Jfq/iy.atnnsppiyj' 'at the owl's horns' 
'mountain at the owl's horns' (mgA^ 'owl'; s^yj" 'horn', also 
applied to the "Horns" of owls; nee locative; piy./ 'mountain'). 
An old San Juan informant said that he had heard that the moun- 
tains are called thus because from the vicinity of Ojo Culiente 
[6:26] two peaks are seen resembling tht; horns of an owl. These 
are evidently the peak directly north of [6:21] and the norther- 
most of the peaks or mountains called b}'^ this name. It requires 
considerable imagination to see this resemblance. The horn to 
the right is more prominent than that to the left. 

These mountains seem to be about as high as [6:16], whereas 
the other mountains shown on the sheet are lower. The caves 
[6:30], [6:31] are at the foot of the northernmost mountain. The 
colored clitfs [6:11] are in the southern slope of the southern- 
most. This southernmost peak of MaTiim^nnse. one sees when look- 
ing straight up the Ojo Caliente Valley. 

■See W. G. Ritch, Illustrated New Mexico, p. 140, 1886. 



HAERINGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 159 

[6:7] (1) Podipo 'greenness water', referring to Ojo Calientc hot 
springs [6:24]' {Po'<i, see [6:2-i]; p" 'water' 'creek' 'river"). 

(2) Taos FalMpaaiia 'hot water river', referring to Ojo Ciili- 
ente hot springs [6:24]' {pa- 'water'; liia 'hot'; pa- 'water'; and 
noun postiix). =Picuris (3), Eng. (4), Span. (5). 

(3) Picuris "Pasxlupane'".' =Taos (2), Eng. (4), Span. .(5)- 

(4) Eng. Ojo Calieute Creek. ( < Span.). = Taos (2), Picuris (3), 
Span. (5). 

(5) Span. Kito Ojo Caliente, Rio Ojo Caliente 'hot water creek' 
'hot water river', referring to Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24]. 
= Taos (2), Picuris (3), Eng. (4). "This is the llio del Ojo Cali- 
ente, which takes its name from the remarkable medicinal ther- 
mal springs [6:24] on its western banks''.^ 

[6:8] JIqhy,scn7ixfsi''i 'canyon at the owl's horns' (JIgky,.s(,nnx, see 
[6:t]]; fsi't 'canj-on"). 

This is a deep, narrow, and beautiful canyon. The walls are 
rocky and in many places perpendicular. Ihihys^nnx [6:()] towers 
to the northeast and Po.stpiijf [6:1(>] and Fosipiijf'e [6:17] to the 
southwest. 

[6:9] 2Tqhi^,senncfJsi''iwepo'o 'water mill at the canyon hy the owl's 
horns' {MahysiyinxtsPi, see [6:8]; Hwe locative; po'o 'water mill' 
<po 'water', 'o 'metate'). 

The wagon road which runs through. Mqh\Lsin7ise,isv i [6:S] is on 
the northeastern side of the creek. Several small brooks which 
flow down from the heights of Mqft^sinnx- [6:6] cross this road. 
At the fourth of these brooks which crosses the road, counting 
from the confluence of Comanche Creek [6:12], stands the ^lexican 
water-mill. The little brook which turns the wheel is said to flow 
quite strongly all the year. 

[6:10] 3Iq/iy,soins^tsip'owt\il, 2Iqhmejinxp' oiuUi 'tiie pi'ojecting cor- 
ners or points at the opening or mouth of the canyon at the owl's 
horns' (J/a/(ii,sCM/i^tei'/, see [6:8]; p' ow'ui ' projecting corner or 
point at the opening or mouth of acanj^on' < po 'hole' 'open- 
ing', v}'ul 'projecting corner or point'). This name refers to 
both the northern and the southern mouth of the canyon [6:8]. 
The northern mouth is also shown on the enlargement. A San 
Juan informant was heard to say Mqh\ixem p' mcui , but when his 
attention was called to the name he said that he did not consider 
the latter part correct. 

[6:11] JVcimpPqioi'' 'at the pink or light-reddish colored earth' {nqrjf 
'earth'; piqwP', pPchrir/y 'pink' 'light reddish' < pi 'red' 
'redness', \l 'brown' but when postpounded to color-denoting 

'Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. S", 1892. 



IQQ ETHKOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29 

■words indicating light or faint qualitj- of color; i'' locative and 
adjectiA^e-forming postfix). 

The flesh-colored area on the southern slope of the southern 
peak of 31ahy,somx [6:6] extends to about one-third the height 
of the mountain on this slope. It has the form of a broad stripe 
extending east and west. It is seen when looking up Ojo Cali- 
ente Valley from the vicinity of Ojo Caliente hot springs [6:24]. 
This earth is said to be of no use. 
[6:12] (1) Eumqtsihu^u 'Comanche arroyo' {Kumqtsi 'Comanche'; 
hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Comanche Creek. (< Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Caiiada de los Comanches, Canada Comanche, Arroyo 
Comanche 'Comanche gulch' 'Comanche arroyo'. =Tewa (1), 
Eng. (2). "Canada de los Comanches".' "The situation of 
Houiri [6:21] is such as to command a fair view for a few miles of 
the valley of the Canada de los Comanches".' 

The land on both sides of Comanche Creek is dry, rolling, and 
dotted with piiion trees. There is no water running on the sur- 
face of the ci-eek bed during most of the year. The old Jutapo 
or Ute trail [9:17] crosses the KwniqUihiCu above [6:1-1], but just 
where has not been determined. 

[6:13] Kumqtslhup'moui, Kumqtsip' (yinUi ' the projecting corners or 
points at the opening or mouth of Comanche arroyo' {Kumqtsi- 
hu'ii, see [6:10];yoioai ' projecting corner or point at the opening 
or mouth of an arroyo' <p'o 'hole' 'opening', wui. 'projecting 
corner or point'). This name is said to apply especially to the 
northern projection, the southern one, on which the pueblo ruin 
[6:21], q. v., stands, being also called IlovyUi. Mr. Tomas 
Lucero still lives on his ranch at Kumqtsihup' oicidi north of the 
mouth of Comanche Creek just as he did when Bandelier visited 
the localitj^ 30 years ago. "Don Tomas Lucero, who lives near 
Houiri [6:21]".' As a San Juan Indian said: Toina LuseJu 
Kumatsip moui nqfa ' Tomas Lucero lives at [6:13] ' {Toma Zuse.it/ 
<Span.; Kumqtsip'mv'ui, see above; 7i<l 'he'; t'a 'to live'). 

[6:14] (1) Buwafiyf ' bread mountain ' {humtt 'anj* kind of bread'; 
fivf 'mountain'). =Tewa (2). 

(2) Pqnipiijf 'bread mountain' {j^qyf 'bread' <Span. pan 
'bread'; piyf 'mountain'). This latter form is said to be the 
only one used by the San Juan. 

The mountain has the shape of an inverted cheese-box and must 
have been thought to resemble bread of some kind. It is men- 
tioned in the Posejemu story. The Sun first spoke to Posejemu's 
virgin mother at Puwapiyj'. 

[6:15] Ppapijjy, see [4:1]. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 40, 1892. 



HAEBINGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 161 

[6:16] (1) Posipir)j> 'greenness mountain', referring to Ojo C:ili(Mite 
hot springs [6:24]' {PosJ, see [6:2-1]; piyf 'mountain'). 

(2)Eng. Ojo Caiiente Mountain. (<Span.) (3). = Span. (:'.). 
(3) Span. Cerro Ojo Caiiente 'hot spring mountain'. =Eng. 
(2). Mexicans regularly give the mountain this name. 

This mountain is about as high as the highest (the north) peak 
of [6:6] and can be seen from afar, especially from the southwest, 
where there is nothing to hide it. It w"as said by ^Mexicans 
living on the lower Chama River to mark the site of Ojo Caiiente 
Cf.^[6:lT]. 

[6:17] Pos/f)i9,/d 'little greenness mountain' (Po.v/, see [6:24]; phjf 
' mountain'; 'e diminutive). 
This hill rises just west of the pueblo ruin [6:l.s] Cf. [6:lii]. 

[6:18] San Juan IlujxJbl' qipinhji 'pueblo ruin of the flower of the 
one-seeded juniper' {h%L 'one-seeded juniper' -Juniperus mono- 
sperma', commonly called sabina in Span, and "cedar" in Eng.; 
poll 'flower'; ^oyioikeji 'pueblo ruin' K'oyici 'pueblo', kcji 
'ruin' postpound). "Ho-mayo'".' "Homayo".= Bandelier uses 
the spelling "Ho-mayo" once and the spelling '"Homayo" a 
number of times; he does not give the meaning of the name. 
Hewett evidently copies Bandelier's spelling and name. That 
HupoWi- is the name of this pueblo ruin is generally known amono- 
the older San Juan Indians. "Homayo", whatever Tewa form it 
may stand for, is certainly a mistake. San Juan Indians have sug- 
gested Toinajo, the name of the large mountain [3:11] when 
"Homayo" has been pronounced to them. The sound t might 
easily not be heard, or it might be taken for h by an ear unused to 
Tewa; or "Homayo" may be for hy,majo 'good one-seeded juni- 
per' {hy, 'one-seeded juniper'; majo 'good' 'tip-top' 'chief'), 
although none of the San Juan informants had ever heard such a 
name as hipnaja. Hy,pdb\- is the name for this pueblo ruin current 
at San Juan, and until someone proves that a second name for 
it resem])ling "Homayo" exists, we may remain sceptical. 
^'' Hy^jjoW oyvn is an old Tewa pueblo," said a San Juan Indian, 
"coxrvp^monto Iloirii r qrpri [6:21]". AnotherSan Juan informant 
volunteered the information that Poxcjrtmi, a hero or god of the 
Tewa, lived at llu/iob'ioijiri. This information was given under 
such circumstances that it could not be followed up by further ques- 
tioning. Ey,poil and ITovddl [6:21] are said to lie farthest north 
of all pueblos. The ruin has been described by Bandelier^ and 
by Hewett *. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 37, 1S93. 

•Ibid., p. 38 et passim; Hewett: General View, p. 597, 1905; AiUi.|uitles, p. 39, 1906; Communautds. 
p. 41, 1908. 
' Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 41-4-'. 
< Antiquities, No. 36, 1906. 

S75S4°— 29 ETH— 16 11 



162 ETHNOCtEOGBAPHY of the TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29 

[6:19] San Juan HitpoVikeJ'i 'one-seeded juniper flower height' 
{IhipoVi-, see [6:18]; Icedi 'height'). This designates the height 
or mesa on which the pueblo ruin [6:18] lies. 

[6:20] San Juan H^poWbhiCu 'one-seeded juniper flower arroyo' 
{H'ii.ixkl-^ see [6:18]; Aw'w 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[6:21] San Juan JIowUP qywihcj i 'gray point pueblo ruin' {ho abso- 
lute form of howr\ hawivf meaning ' grayness ' ' gray '; wiii ' pro- 
jecting corner' 'point', referring to the projecting corner or point 
of mesa just below the confluence of Comanche Creek and Ojo 
Caliente Creek, on which the pueblo ruin stands; \i)wil-i:jl ' pueblo 
ruin' K^oyun 'pueblo', keji 'ruin' postpound). With the use of 
the absolute form of the color adjective in this name, that is, of 
ho instead of howi'", howiyf, compare ppq instead of pi\j.wi'*, 
ppqwirjf in the name [4:1] and posi. instead of posiwz', podiviyf, 
in the name [6:24]. The forms ho and post do not occur in 
Tewa as it is spoken at the present time, but they are understood. 
They are old names and correspond to the noun forms of other 
color words still in use, as pi 'redness' as compared with pPP^ 
pPiVf 'red'. The pueblo gets its name, according to San Juan 
informants, from the nqyf hawP^ 'gray earth' {nqtjj' 'earth'; 
hoivP\ howiyj' ' gray '), of which the uu'dl or point of land on which 
it stands is composed. The ground all about this place has, in 
fact, a gra}' color. "Ho-ui-ri".' "Houiri".^ Bandelier does not 
give the etymology. "Hoiuri".^ Hewett evidently copies spell- 
ing and name from Bandolier. 

This ruin is said to have been an old Tewa pueblo, companion 
to Ily,pdbv qrjwikeji [6:18]. ^ 

[6:22] How'uiTce^ii^ HowUi- 'gray point height' 'gray point' (i/owiVa', 
see [6:21]; ^e^* 'height'). 
This is a low mesa projection about as high as [6:19]. 

[6:23] HoioidikohiCu 'gray point barranca arroj'o' {IlowUi, see [6:21]; 
l-qhuu 'barranca arroyo' <Xo 'barranca', hu'u 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). 

This is an arroyo, a hundred feet or so broad, which joins Ojo 
Caliente Creek just south of IlowuPqt/irilrjl [6:21]. Its lower 
course runs straight toward Posipiijf'e [6:17], the little mountain 
which stands west of Ojo Caliente Creek. 

[6:2*] (1) Posipojjl, Posipolcvji 'greenness spring' 'greenness pool' 
{posi old absolute form of posPici'', poi<kviyf 'moss-greenness' 
'moss-green', this adjective being applied to water, stain, paint, 
and things stained or painted which have this color, while of 
ordinary green and blue colors tsqyioie is used; popi 'spring' 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 22,37, 1892. 

2 Ibid., p. 37, etpa.ssim; Hewett: General View, p. 697, 1905; Antiquities, p. -10, 1906. 
s Hewett, CommunautSs, p. 41, 1908. 

* For description see Bandelier, op. cit., jip. 39-40; Hewett, Antiquities, No. 37, 1906. 



"'^'^^^l PLACE-NAMES 163 

<po 'water', pi 'to issue'; pol-<ri <po 'water', /.wi un.-x- 
plained). With the use of the absolute form of the color adjec- 
tive ia this name— that is, of pas/ instead of poshcPt, yodwiyf— 
compare pV4 'pinkness' 'pink' in the name [4:1 1 instead of 
pi'qwi'', pPqwiij,/ and ko 'frrayness' 'gray" in the name [6:21] 
instead of AoW% howpjf. As to the forms posl, plVi and ho see 
[6:21] above. The etymology of posi (poskot\ posiwiy/) is un- 
known to the modern Tewa, but it may be that it was origi- 
nally compounded of po 'water' and si 'to stink', which Tp- 
pears, for instance, in nqxisy, 'it stinks' {nq. 'it'; si 'to stink' 
prepound; sij, 'to smell' intransitive, said of agreeable or dis- 
agreeable smells), and that posi originally referred to stinking 
water, which frequently has a moss-green color. This is, of 
course, only a conjecture, and in the absence of records of 
ancient Tewa language can not be proved. At the present 
time 'stinking water' is rendered in Tewa by posisy,''!.'' (po 
'water'; sisy,';'' 'stinking' <si 'to stink,' which appears only 
prepounded to certain verbs, sy, 'to smell', intransitive, said of 
agreeable or disagreeable smells; 'P' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix), and the -sy.- of this expression can not be 
omitted. The reason why this name pay/ 'moss-greenness' was 
applied to Ojo Caliente hot springs by the ancient Tewa is easily 
discovered. "On account of the high temperature of the water 
of the stream, and of the hot springs issuing from the naked roch 
and covering thein with an emerald-green stain, they were not 
only objects of curiositj' to the native, but, like everything he 
does not comprehend, objects of veneration, of worship." ' 

The italics are the writer's. The green stain mentioned mav still 
be seen where the hot mineral water oozes from the ground on 
the banks of the little arroyo just west of the bathhouse. 
The sacred old green-edged pool has been changed and obscured 
by building the bathhouse over it. Bandelier and Ilewett have 
recorded a number of times, in Bandelier's spelling, the name of 
the pueblo ruin [6:25], which is derived from that of the springs; 
see under [6:25]. None of the other place-names beginning with 
posi'-have, so far as is known, been recorded or published, nor has 
the etymology of Posi been ascertained or published. Bande- 
lier has "Pose" or "P'ho-se" in all of his forms (see under [6:25]), 
the .e of which can be explained only as a result of defective 
hearing or of confusion of this name with the name of the culture 
hero Posejemu, Bandelier's "Pose-yemo", etc. It is needless to 
say that the place-names beginning with Posi- and the name of 
the mythical person Posejemu, alias Posequ-ebe, have nothing in 
common except that they happen to begin with the word po 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 4(>-47, 1892. 



164 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. ann. 20 

'water'. The nprings give rise to the names of [6:7], [6:16], 
[6:17], [6:25], [6:26]. See [6:Ojo Caliente region], page 165, 
where names for the Ojo Caliente region in the Taos, Picuris, 
and Cochiti languages, based on names of the spring which were 
not recorded, are given. 

(2) Eng. Ojo Caliente hot springs, or more properly Ojo 
Caliente spring. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(.3) Span. Ojo Caliente 'hot spring'. =Eng. (2). 

This hot spring is situated 25 miles west of Taos and 50 
miles north of Santa Fe, New Mexico, and about 12 miles from 
Barranca station [8:70] on the Denver and Rio Grande Railway, 
from which point ^a daily line of stages runs to the spring. 
Altitude 6,300 feet.*' 

The hot spnng is situated about 300 feet from the mouth of 
a smail arroyo or gulch, which starts beneath Ojo Caliente 
Mountain [6:16] and discharges into Ojo Caliente Creek [6:7] 
from the west about 2 miles south of the junction therewith of 
Comanche Creek [6:12]. The spring is situated where this 
arroyo emei'ges from the mesa. ^Mineral water at a temperature 
of from 90° to 122° F. oozes out or spurts forth from tlie earth 
at this point, mostly on the southern bank of the arroyo, but cov- 
ering a considerable area.= The old pool, over which the bath- 
house is now built, was also on the south side of the arroyo. 

This greenish pool of hot water was one of the most sacred places 
known to the Tewa. According to a San Ildefonso informant, 
when the Tewa lived in the Ojo Caliente region and Posejemu, 
the culture hero was still among them, he used at times to enter 
this pool. A Santa Clara Indian says that PoscjcmiCs grand- 
mother lived and still lives in this pool; that Posejermi comes from 
the south to visit her one day each year, passing in some way 
near Santa Clara Pueblo when he makes this journey. Sacred 
pools such as this were believed to be the dwelling places of 
mythic beings and openings between this world and ''ojjamig.e 
'the under world' through which spirits freely passed. ''Joseph's 
Ojo Caliente."^ "The Hot Springs belonging to the Honoralile 
Antonio Joseph." * Mr. Joseph died several years ago. and the 
spring is now in charge of his son. 

San Juan informants said that the Tewa drink and probably 
also formerly drank the water of this hot spring. Bandelier 
writes: "It is not unlikely that superstition prevented the 
ancient Tehuas of Ojo Caliente from using the warm watei'S of 
its stream for irrigation."^ The San Juan informants knew of 

1 Wheeler gives the altitude of Ojo Caliente as 0,292 feet. 

2 For a geological description of the springs, see Lindgren, Graton, and Gordon, the Ore 
Deposits of New Mexico, Professional Paper 6S, TJ. S. Geol. Snrv., pp. 72-74, 1910. 

"Bandelier, Final Report, pt.ii, p. 22, 1892. 
<Iljid.,p. 3r.. 
5 1hid.,p. 47. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 



165 



no such superstition. Sec [6:Ojo Caliente region], b.-Iow :,m,1 
nameless mineral spring IS miles east of Abiquiu r3:3(;l 16- u„- 

located]. 

[6:Ojo Caliente region] (1) A«;T^ 'at the greenness', referrin.r to 
0]o Cahente hot springs [6::i4]' (/Vv" see [6:24]; V locativeluul 
adjective-forming postfix). This name refers to the whole rp.rion 
about Ojo Cahente hot springs [6:24], from which the Tewa craiin 
that they originally came. For spellings of Poxi- by BandeUrr 
and Hewett applied to the pueblo ruin [6:25] see under [6:2:.J. 
For the etymology and origin of Pod- see [6:24]. 

(3) Taos PaUuhd 'at the hot water' {pa- 'water'; Ua 'hot', 
cognate with su. in Tewa suva. 'hot'; Id locative). =Picuris (;5)' 
Cochiti (4), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(3) Picuiis "Paxluma",' probably a spelling for a form iden- 
tical with the Taos form given above. =Taos (2) Cochiti (4) 
Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(4) Cochiti lumatfaUx. 'at the hot spring' {Mtm 'hot', .said of 
water; i^y"' 'spring or issuing'; Asa' locative). =Taos (2), Picuris 
(3), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(5) Jicarilla Apache "cV<w, 'Ojo Caliente'".^ 

(6) Eng. Ojo Caliente region. (<Span.). = Taos (2), Picuris 
(8), Cochiti (4), Span. (7). 

(7) Span, region de Ojo Caliente 'hot spring region', =Taos 
(2), Ficuris (3), Cochiti (4), Eng. (5). 

The Tewa always refer to this region as their cradleland. Cf. 
[6:7], [6:16], [6:17], [6:24], [6:25], [6:26], and nameless mineral 
sprj,ngs 18 miles east of A])iquiu [3:36], [6:uidocated]. 
[6:25] Posl''qr)in%l-tjl, Po.sipoku^i[/eh.ii'orjwUyi^gveenmss pueblo ruin' 
'greenness pool height pueblo ruin' (Posi-, Posipokwi, see [6:24]; 
g.e 'down at' 'over at'; Jceti 'height'; ^qipcikijl 'pueblo ruin' 
<^oywi "pueblo', keji 'ruin' postpound). The form PosPoipcije 
{g.e 'down at' 'over at') is evidently the form on which the 
spellings quoted below are based "Pose-uing-ge".' "Pose- 
uingge".* "Village of Po-se or P'ho-se".^ "Pose Uingge'".' 
"Poseuinge or Posege".' The Tewa informants state that no 
such form as Posige or "Posege" is ever used, and that such a 
form is not correct. "Poseuinge".* 

The ruin has been described b}' Bandelier," and by Hewett.'" 
PosejeiHU, the Tewa culture hero, dwelt at this village and at 
IIij,p(tbi''oi)iui [6:18] and Howuihyrjtni [6:21] according to a tra- 

' Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. « Ibid., p. 43. 

* Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 161, 1912. ' Hewett, Antiquities, p. 38, 1906. 

3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 310, IS'Jd; pt. » Hewett, Coniniunaut*, p. Jl, m». 

ir, p. 22, 1892. » liandclicr, op. cit., pt. ii. pp. 43-46. 

< Ibid., p. 37 et passim. '» Antiquities, No. 35, 1906. 
5 Ibid., p. 42. 



166 ETHKOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ktii. axn. 29 

dition current at nil the Tewa pueblos. "He [Posejermt] is 
represented as having dwelt in the now ruined pueblo of 
Pose-uing-ge, at the hot springs belonging to the Hon. Antonio 
Joseph ". ^ _ 

[6:26] (1) Podbii'U 'greenness town' (I'os/-, see [6:24]; buhi 'town'). 

(2) Eng. Ojo Caliente town. (< Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Ojo Caliente ' hot spring'. = Eng. (2). 

Ojo Caliente town is east of the creek [6:7], opposite the hot 
spring [6:24]. 
[6: La Cueva region] (1) Mahy,vrUi 'owl point', referring to the 
projecting corners or points of 3/qJiy..^^n?ise mountain {mqhy, 
'owl', referring to i¥aAy.st««« [6:(i]; wai ' projecting corner or 
point'). 

(2) Eng. La Cueva region. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span, region de La Cueva 'region of [6:28]'. =Eng. (2). 
[6:28] (1) San Juan 3fq/>y,u'i<iihKrkubiit/, Mqhy,'wuibu\c 'owl 

point Mexican town' 'owl point town' {Mahy.'wui, see [6: La 
Cueva region]; Invsp.'icu 'Mexican', of obscure etj'mology; hiCu 
' town '). 

(2) Eng. La Cueva town. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. La Cueva 'the cave', referring to the caves [6:30] and 
[6:31]. =Eng.(l). 

A short distance north of the arroyo [6:29] stands the house of 
Florentin Gallegos, the most southerlj^ house of La Cueva settle- 
ment. 
[6:29] (1) San Juan MqliyiWUikqliiHii, 'owl point barranca arroyo' 
{Mqliihrviil, see [6:La Cueva region], above; kqhii'u 'barranca 
arroyo' <l-q 'barranca', hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo has water throughout the year in its lower course, 
tliis condition being the result of the presence of a number of 
small springs. 
[6:30], [6:31] (1) San Juan Tcmap'o 'Keres holes' {Tenia 'Keres', 
applied to the Indians of Cochiti, Santo Domingo, San Felipe, 
Santa Ana, Sia, Laguna, and Acoma pueblos; p'o 'hole' 'cave'). 

(2) San Juan Mqhij,v}ii!p'o 'caves of La Cueva region' 
(Mqhii^vui, see [6: La Cueva region], above; jr/o 'hole' 'cave'). 

The cliff in which these caves are situated is about 25 feet high. 
The caves ai'e tunnel-shaped, have a level floor, and are high 
enough for a man to stand erect in them. The northern cave 
extends into the cliff 25 or 30 paces; its innermost recesses are 
dark owing to a curvature which the cave makes. The openings 
are a few feet above the creek bottom. The interior surface 
of the caves is smooth and flesh-colored. From these two caves 
the Ti'maiowa, 'Keres people', are said to have come forth when 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 310, 1890. 



HAEKINGTO.N] PLACE-NAMES 



1(57 



they lirst entered this world, while the Tewa orijji.mted in the 
lake near Ahuuosa, Coloru.lo (sec p. 568). Nothing further eon- 
cerning this advent of the Keresan peopk> could be learnetl. 

[6:32] Smooth grassy bottom, not marshy. Tlie laud belongs to Mrs. 
Maria de la Luz Lueero. 

[6:83] (1) San Juan Mqh]iwUlpotm 'marsh of La Cueva i-egion' 
{21qhy.iviii, see [6:La Cueva region]; />«<.?«' marsh ' < po 'water', 
tsa 'to cut through"). 

(2) Eng. La Cueva marsh. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cienega de La Cucna 'marsh of the cave', refcrrincr to 
[6:28] settlement. =Eng. (2). 

This marsh is found in two places as indicated on the sheet. The 
ground is grass-grown, soft, and boggy. Curiously enough, in 
front of the caves [6:30] and [6:31] and the little cave [6:3(;] tiiere 
is firm grass-grown ground. According to a San Juan informant 
the land west of the creek, opposite and below this marsh, was also 
marshy when ho was a boy, but has gradually become dry and 
sandy. 

[6:34] This fence divides the land of Mrs. Maria de la Luz Lueero on 
the north from that of Mrs. Dolorita Menguarez on the south. 

[6:35] Smooth grassy bottom, not marshy. The land belongs to Mrs. 
Dolorita Menguarez. 

[6:36] A small cave is situated in the cliff at this place. 

[6:37] Remains of an old stone wall are seen here on the slope above 
the cliff. Whether this was made by Indians or by Mexicans was 
not ascertained. 

[6:38] A small stream flows down a gully in the cliff" at this place; its 
source is evidently a spring. 

[6:39] A second ledge or cliff, 25 feet higher than the first. 

[6:40], [6:41] San Juan JlqhuioUipokwi 'owl point pools' {Jfqhy,wui, 
see [6: La Cueva region], page 166; pokwi 'pool' < po 'water', 
Jcwi unexplained). 

According to the San Juan informants these two pools were as 
sacred to the ancient Tewa as was the pool [6:24] at Ojo Caliente, 
but the water in them was cool, not warm. The pool farther from 
the creek is now choked with sand. 

[6:42] San Juan IIqhii,wii.Pol'u'e 'little hills at owl point' {Mqhuwiil, 
see [6:La Cueva region], page 166; \>ku 'hill'; 'e diminutive). 



Span. Falda 'slope at the rear of a hill'. 

A Mexican settlement on Petaca Creek [6:4] situated below [6:3|. 
Span. Servilleta Vieja 'old Servilleta. 

A jMexican settlement on Petaca Creek a short distance lielow 
Petaca [6:1]. See [8:S], which gives the ai)proximate location; 
see also [8:9] and [6:4]. 



168 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axx. 29 

Soda Springs. "In the same county [Taos County], S miles north of 
Ojo Caliente, are soda springs."^ 

Soda Springs. "There are . . . soda springs 4 miles southeast of 
Petaca, in the same county [Rio Arriba County] ".- 

Old Spanish silver mine. "Traces of such ancient mining for silver 
are found . . . at a prospect near Ojo Caliente".^ 

Nameless mineral springs IS miles east of Abiquiu [3:36]. "There 
ai-e mineral springs 18 miles east of Abiquiu in Rio Arriba 
County."^ This would place the springs somewhere near Ojo 
Caliente hot springs [6:i'4], q. v. Perhaps the latter are re- 
ferred to. 

[7] LOWER OJO CALIENTE SHEET 

This sheet (map 7) shows a portion of lower Ojo Caliente Creek 
and adjacent countrj-. The southeastern part of the area is occu- 
pied by the great Black Mesa, or Canoa Mesa [7:16]. Two ruined 
Tevva pueblos are located on this sheet. 

[7:1] San Juan Ny,tekq 'ashes estuta barranca' {N^t^e^ see [7:2]; IxO 
'barranca'). This arroyo is named after the pueblo ruin [7:2]. 

[7:2] San Juan .^^!(g'g9^oil•e/^ 'ashes estuf a pueblo ruin' {nu 'ashes'; 
te'e 'estufa'; ''oyioilcejl 'pueblo ruin' < ^qytoi 'pueblo', keji 'ruin' 
postpound). The connection in which the name was originally 
applied is forgotten by the Tewa of to-day. So far as they know, 
it is the ancient name of the place. 

The ruin lies between the main wagon road whicli leads up the 
valley, and the creek, being about 500 feet from the road and a 
couple of hundred feet from the creek. A modern irrigation 
ditch cuts through the ruin. Four cottonwood trees stand beside 
this ditch. The writer picked up a glistening black potsherd at 
the ruin, which an Indian informant said had been prepared with 
pokse-nftj, from [6:2]. The pueblo was of adobe, and the ruins 
are now in the form of low mounds. The land on which it stands 
was said by Mexicans who live near by to have belonged to Mr. 
Antonio Joseph. The land adjoining the niin on the south 
l)elongs to Mr. Juan Antonio Archuleta. There is a small grove 
of cottonwood trees about 300 yards north of the ruin. This ruin 
marks the northern extent of TfuQcR'iwe. 

[7:3] (1) T/ii^^'^zoe 'place of the Falco nisus' (/«(/« 'Falco nisus'; 
''iwe locative). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng.Gavilan settlement. (< Span.). =Tewa(l), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Gavilan 'Falco nisus'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

This name is applied to the locality extending on both sides of the 
creek from [7:2] to [7:8]. Most of the Mexican houses are on the 
eastern side of the creek. There is no plaza. It was at Tfiigii^iwe 

■Frost and Walter, The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook . . . o£ New Mexico, etc., p. 173, Santa Fe, 1906. 

nbid., p. 177. 

' Ore Deposits of New Mexico, p. 17, 1910. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAitaiNGTON] PLACE-NAMES 169 

that Posejcmu^ the Tewa culture hero, had his contest with Josl, 
the god of the Mexicans and Americans, according- to a Tewa 
myth. Whether the Tewa name is a translation of the Span, 
name, or whether the opposite is true, could not be ascertained. 
•[7:4] (1) Tfag.se' nvehoaje, TJiigx^iwe'ohi'e Talco nisus heights' 
'Falco nisus hills' {Tfngs^'' hue, sec [7:3]; kiraje 'heiglit'; . V'/rw 
'hill'; 'g diminutive). 

(2) San Juan j\\ifelwaji), jyi^feol-u'e 'ashes estufa heights' 
'ashes estuf a hills' (JV^/!'6''(^, see [7:2]; ^7/vy(3 'height'; 'c;^'!^ 'hill'; 
'^diminutive). 

A San Juan informant insisted that these hills are not called by 
the same name as [7:5], although one cannot undei'stand why they 
should not be so called. 

[7:5] San Juan Tsipseyffe'olLU^e 'little hills beyond the basalt', referring , 
to [7:16]; tsi 'basalt', reierring to Tuilwaje 'basalt height' [7:16]; 
'oA'M 'hill'; 'e diminutive). 

[7:6] Tfugs^' iwepd' 'water mill at Falco nisus place' {Tfugse^iire, t^ee 
[7:3]; po'o 'water mill' <po 'water', 'n 'metate'). 

This Mexican water mill stands on the west side of the creek 
slightly north of the spot where [7:8] enters. 

[7:7] Tfdgxliqhu'u, Tjiigx'hoel'qJnthi ' barranca arroyo at Falco nisus 
place' {Tfugw, Tfvgx'iwe, see [7:3]; kohiiu 'barranca arroyo' 
<ko 'barranca', hii'ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[7:8] (1) San Juan Kid-'ahu'u 'skunk-bush corral arroyo' {hj, 'skunk- 
bush'; Ji'a 'corral' 'fence'; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Per- 
haps a translation of the Span. name. 

(2) Lemita Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) vSpan. Arroyo de las Lemitas 'skunk-bush arroyo'. =Eng. 
(2). Cf. Tewa (1). 

This small arroyo is less than three-fourths of a mile north of 
[7:11]. The most southerly houses of Gavilan settlement [7:3] 
are north of this arroyo. 

[7:9] Ojo Caliente Creek, see [6:7]. 

[7:10] About 200 yards east of the creek and about a quarter of a mile 
north of the mouth of [7:11] is a peculiar figure, like the ground- 
plan of two squarish rooms with corners touching. It is outlined 
on the valley bottom by small stones arranged one next to another 
so as to form lines. This structure is at the foot of the low mesa. 
Neither Indians from San ehian nor Mexicans who live at Gavilan 
[7:3] could explain the origin or significance of this figure. 

[7:1] (11) Eng. Buena Vista Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) vSpan. Caiiada de la Buena Vista 'good view arro3'o'. 
= Eng. (1). 

This name was furnished by Mr. Antonio Domingo Uivera of 
Gavilan [7:3]. The arroyo is less than three-quarters of a mile 
south of [7:8] and 710 paces north of the pueblo ruin [7:19]. 



170 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. Ann. 29 

[7:12] Nameless ari'oyo. This is a large and long gulch, without 
water except just after rains. The main trail connecting San 
Juan Pueblo with El Rito passes through this arroyo. 

[7:13] San Juan Ponfipa^lceM, Ponfipa^^hmje. 'height of the beds 
of plumed arroyo shrub' {Ponfipa>, see [7:14]; )c&ii, Iwajh 
'height'). 

This is the height or low mesa on which the pueblo ruin [7:11] 
stands. 

[7:14] San Juan Ponfip(C°''keriqi]wm)), Ponfipa'H'waje'q'oinl-eji 
'puel)lo ruin of the pliuucd arroyo shrub beds height' {ponfi 
'plumed arroyo shrub' 'Fallugia paradoxa acuminata', called by 
Mexicans living in the Tewa country, ponile; joa'" 'bed' 'mat- 
tress' 'sleeping- mat'; IceJ'i, hwajh 'height'; ''qrjwikeji 'pueblo 
ruin' <''qywi 'pueblo', heji 'ruin' postpound). Bandelier's 
"P'o-nyiPa-kuen" is almost certainly his spelling for Ptf/iyi^fl'"- 
hwaje: "The Tehuas claim Sepilue [4:8] as one of their ancient 
settlements, but I failed to obtain any folk-lore concerning it. I 
was also informed that another ruin existed near by, to which 
the Indians of San Juan give the name of P'o-nyi IVkuen. It 
might be the ruin of which I was informed as lying about 7 miles 
farther west, near the road to Abitjuiu. My informant told me 
that near that ruin there were traces of an ancient acequia".' 
The supposition expressed in the next to the last sentence quoted 
is evidently erroneous. It is not clear from Bandelier's text 
whether the "traces of an ancient acequia" which he mentions 
are near "P'o-nyi Pa-kuen" or near the ruin 7 miles west of 
" Sepilue". No traces of an ancient ditch were noticed near [7:14]. 
The circumstances under which the name Ponfipa'"^Ke'il was origi- 
nally given were probably forgotten long ago. Large mounds 
lying on the mesa top mark the site of the ancient Tewa village. 

[7:15] San Juan Ponj'ipa^'^he.tUq/iu^i/,,Ponj'ipa''''kuMJekqhii''u''harr&ncsi 
arroj'o of the plumed arroyo shrub beds height' {P(mfipa^°'lceM, 
PonfipcC^kwaje, see [7:14]; kqhii'u 'barranca arroyo' <^§ 'bar. 
ranca', hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This is an ari'oyo of considerable size, the first large arroyo 
joining Ojo Caliente Creek north of the northern end of Ts\l-vaje 
[7:16]. A Mexican informant who lives at Gavilan [7:3] said that 
this arroyo has no Mexican name, t)ut that he would call it Arroyo 
del Pueblo 'pueblo arroyo', referring to [7:14]. 

[7:16] San Juan Tsil-ioaje, see [13:1]. 

[7;lower Ojo Caliente region] San Juan Tsipxyge, Tsikwajepseyge 
' beyond the basalt ' ' beyond the basalt height', referring to [7:16] 
(fe^ 'basalt'; kwaj e ''heighV; ps^yf/e' hay ond^). This name refers 
to the whole region northwest of '[7:16]. See [7:4], [7:5], [7:17], 
[7:19], [7:20], [7:22]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 53, 1892. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES ]7J 

[7:17] San Juan T4psei)(fetekabo.ii 'cottonwood grove beyond the 
basalt', referring to [7:16] (f4 'basalt'; pxr/^/e 'beyond'; A -rot- 
tonwood' 'Populus wislizeni'; hi 'densencss' 'dense' 'forest'; 
bo^ii 'roundish pile' 'grove'). 

This small group of cottonwood trees is west of the creek and 
southwest of [7:14]. 

[7:18] (1) San Juan TuWimbrhiPu -peas arroyo' {tutsumhe 'pea"< 
i!M 'bean', fof]7;y 'blueness' 'blue' 'greenness' 'green', absolute 
form of tsq.yuise, of same meaning, he denoting roundish siiape; 
AM'^« 'large groove' 'arroyo'). (<Span.). =Eng. (•_'), Span. (3).' 

(2) Eng. Arvejon Arroyo. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Arvejon ' peas arroyo'. =Tewa (1), Eng. {i). 
[7:19] San Juan Tsipsetjffe^qsx'P' 'at the alkali beyond the basalt', 

referring to [7:16] {tn 'basalt'; pseyi/e 'beyond'; 'c/,va; 'alkali' 
<'(X 'alkali', sx 'pepperiness'; 'i'Mocative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 

This is a small alkali flat. 
[7:i'0] San Juan Tdpxyfjepotsa 'marsh beyond the basalt', referring 
to [7:16] {fsi 'basalt'; pxy^e 'beyond'; ;^ofea ' marsh' < ^o 'water', 
tsa 'to cut through'). 

This is a small alkaline marsh west of the creek [7:9]. 
[7:21] (1) Eng. Ranchitos del Coyote settlement. (<Span.). =Span.(2). 

(2) Span. Ranchitos del Coyote 'little farms of the coyote.' 
= Eng. (1). 

This name is applied by Mexicans vaguely to an area a coujile 
of miles in length. The settlement consists at present of a couple 
of deserted Mexican houses at the place indicated by the number, 
near where the trail from Estaca [10:3] descends the mesa [7:16]. 
[7:22] (1) San Juan Tsipseygehii' u 'corner beyond the basalt', refer- 
ring to [7:16] {tfii 'basalt'; pseij'Jf 'beyond'; b>/u 'large low 
roundish place'). 

(2) Tsexnhuu 'eagle gapcorner', referring to |7:24] {Tsiivi'*, see 
[7:24]; bu'u 'large low roundish place"). 

This large low area is formed partly b}" a concave curve which 
the mesa [7:16] makes at this locality, partly by tiie receding of 
the small hills [7:5]. The place is arid and uninhabited. 
[7:23] Tseuu'kwqje, Tsewihui' eag\e §;a\} height' (TservPi^ see [7:24]; 
hwaje, 'k&-ih 'height'). 

This round knob is of the same heiglit as the adjacent mesa-top 
[7:16] and is really only a detached portion of the latter separated 
from it by an eroded gap [7:24j. The little mountainous knob is 
very striking in appearance, and appc^ars to be well known to 
many Tewa in the various villages. It can be seen from a great 
distance at many points west and north of it, but is not visible 
from any of the Tewa villages now inhabited. It would not be 
surprising if a shrine were discovered on its top. 



172 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[7:24] T.sewi'1 'eagle gap' {tse 'eagle'; uypi 'gap' 'passageway'). 

The gap is at its southeastern extremity perhaps ouly al)out 
25 feet deep. It separates the well-known knob [7:23] from the 
body of the mesa [ 7 :16 ]. 



25] Jutapo, see [9:lT]. 
26] Tsewi'fo, see]lQ:Z\. 
27] Qwake-oi, see [13:3]. 



[8] TAOS SHEET 



This sheet (map 8) shows, roughly speaking, the countiy of the 
Taos and Piciiris Indians, which constitutes the extreme northeastern 
corner of the Pueblo territory. The attempt has been to locate on 
this sheet only those places which are known to the Tewa. Only a few 
Taos and Picuris names of important places are given below to supple- 
ment the Tewa, Eng.,and Span, names. Most Tewa Indians have 
visited Taos and Picuris and are familiar with many if not nearly all 
of the places named on this sheet. The Taos and Picuris names for 
places in this area are however yctj numerous, and would require a 
special and prolonged study. Pueblo ruins exist in this area in great 
number, but, so far as is known, none is claimed by the Tewa as a 
village of their ancestors. For information about the relationship of 
the Taos and Picuris to the Tewa and other tribes see Names of 
Tribes and Peoples, pages 573-78. 

[8:1] Ganglion Mountain, see [1:35]. 
[8:2] El Rito Creek, see [4:3]. 
[8:3] El Rito Mountains, see [4:1]. 

[8:4] (1) Kifvjf 'prairie-dog mountains' (/■/ 'prairie-dog'; piyf 
'mountains')- =Taos (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Taos J^ifupta/ie7id 'prairie-dog dwelling-place mountains' 
{kl 'prairie-dog'; fy, 'to dwell' cognate with Tewa t'a 'to dwell'; 
plan- 'mountain'; e7nt noun ending). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), 
Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Tusas Mountains, Tusas Hill.-,. (<Span.). =Tewa 
(l),Taos (2), Span. (3). 

(4) Span. Cerritos de las Tusas 'prairie-dog mountains'. 
= Tewa (1), Taos (2), Eng. (3). 

Cf. Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek [6:4], and Tusas settlement [8:6]. 
[8:5] Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek, see [6:4]. 

[8:6] (1) Kihuhi, 'prairie-dog town' (Zv' 'prairie-dog'; Jw'k. 'town'). 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

('>) Eng. Tusas settlement. (<Span.). = Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Tusas 'prairie-dogs'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

Cf. Petaca Creek, Tusas Creek [6:4], and Tusas Mountains [8:4]. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAREINGTOX] 



PLACE-NAMES 173 



[8:7] Petaca settlement, see [6:1]. 

[8:8] (1) Encr. Old Servilleta. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Servilleta Vieja 'Old Napkin'. =Eng. (1). 
Before the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad was built Servil- 
leta was a Mexican settlement situated on Petaca Creek [6:i] 
somewhat below Petaca settlement [6:1]. Since the building of the 
railroad Servilleta proper has been situated on the railroad; see 
[8:9]. The former location is distinguished by calling it Old Ser- 
villeta, Servilleta Vieja. Old Servilleta has not been exactly 
located: therefore it is not shown on .sheet [6] but is mentioned 
under [6:unlocated]. The writer is inclined to think that Old 
Servilleta is identical with [6:3], q. v. 
[8:9] (1) Eng. Servilleta town. (<Span). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Sei-villeta 'napkin'. =Eng. (1). See [8:8]. 
The route commonly taken to Taos Pueblo is that from Ser- 
villeta Station. It is from Servilleta Station that Taos Pueblo is 
most frequently I'eached. 
[8:10] (1) Eng. No Agua settlement. (<8pan.). =Span. (2) 

(2) Span. No Agua 'no water". =Eng. (1). 

[8:11] (1) lunvakupohiCu, Kuwaiciriinpohii'u 'mountain-sheep rock 
water arroyo" {Kuwahu, see [8:12]; polmhi ' arroyo which carries 
water' <po 'water', hv/u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). This is the 
old Tewa name, still in common use. =Taos (2). 

{;!) Taos Kuwa/im'pJLaluna 'mountain-sheep rock arroyo' {kuwa 
'mountain-sheep'; giu 'stone'; qudlii- 'arroj^o'; nd noun end- 
ing). = Tewa (1). 

(3) Eng. Tres Piedras Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (.5). 

(i) Span. Arroyo de las Orejas 'ear arroyo', referring to Ore- 
jas Mountain [8:37]. This is the only name for the arroyo cur- 
rent in Span. Neither in Tewa nor Taos, nor in English, so far 
as is known, is this arroyo ever referred to by the name of the 
mountain [8:37], as in Span. 

(5) Span. Arroyo de las Tres Piedras, Arroyo Tres Piedras 
'three stone arroyo', referring to [8:12]. This name is used infre- 
quenth' if at all in Span. 

The region which this arroyo drains is very barren. 
[8:12] (1) Kuicalcu 'mountain-sheep rocks' {l-uica 'mountain-sheep'; 
ku 'stone'). = Taos (2). 

(2) KuwCKjlund ' mountain-sheep rocks' (Z;/?;iff 'mountain-sheep'; 
qiu- 'stone'; nd noun posttix denoting 2+ plural, the cori'espond- 
ing noun postfix denoting the singular being lui). =Tewa (1). 

(3) Eng. Tres Piedras rocks. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Tres Piedras 'three rocks'. =Eng. (3). 

These two or three large I'ocks are just west of Tres Piedras set- 
tlement [8:13]. Perhaps the Tewa tran.slation of the Span, name, 



174 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA IXDIAXS [etii. ann. 29 

which would be F'>M-k ' three rocks' {poje 'three'; hu 'stone'), 
is ill use in addition to the old and commonly employed Tewa 
name given above. 
[8:i;i] (1) Kmoaku'i/^ 'at the mountain-sheep rocks' {Kuwalcu^ see 
[8:l:i]; '^"'locative and adjective-forming postlix). = Taos (2). 

(2) Taos Eiiwaqmt' d^ Kaiomfiubd 'down at the mountain-sheep 
rocks' 'up at the mountain-sheep rocks' {Kmoaql'ii-, see [8:12]; 
t'd 'down at' 'over at'; hd 'up at'). =Tewa (1). 

(3) Eng. Tres Piedras settlement, Tres Piedras region. 
(<Span.). =Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Tres Piedras, rejion de las Tres Piedras ' three rocks', 
referring to [8:12]. 

Taos is sometimes reached from Tres Piedras instead of from 
Servilleta[8:9]. . 
[8:14] (1) Eng. Caliente station. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Caliente 'hot'. =Eng. (1). 
[8:15] (1) Eng. Montuoso Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerro Montuoso ' wooded mountain '. = Eng. (1). 
[8:16] (1) Eng. San Cristobal Mountain. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerro San Cristobal 'St. Christopher Mountain'. 
= Eng. (1). 
[8:17] (1) Eng. Los Taoses Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerro de los Taoses ' mountain of the Taoses', referring 
to [8:45], [8:53], and [8:58]. = Eng. (2). 
[8:18] (1) Eng. Los Cerros Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Los Cerros 'the mountains'. =Eng. (1). 
Just north of these mountainous hills, bej'ond the limits of our 
map, there is a Mexican settlement called Los Cerros. 
[8:10] (1) Pipogepo, Pipog.e'impo 'red water creek' (pi 'redness' 
'red'; po 'water"; ge 'down at' 'over at', locative postfix; po 
'water' 'creek'). The name refers to Pik'Qn4iwe, the mineral 
deposit [8:22]. Cf. Eng. .(3), Span. (4). 

(2) Taos TyMupaand of obscure etymology {(usiu unexplained; 
pa- 'water' 'creek' 'river'; a?(d noun postfix). This is the old 
and only Taos name of the stream. 

(3) Eng. Red River, Colorado River. (<Span.). =Span. (4). 
Cf. Tewa (1). 

(4) Span. Rio Colorado, Rito Colorado 'red river' 'red creek'. 
= Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa(l). 

No two maps examined agree in even the principal data concern- 
ing Red River. Cuesta towu[8:20], Cabresto Creek [8:21], and Red 
River town [8:23] are ditierently located on each map. The data 
given on sheet [8] concerning Red River, and Cuesta and Cabresto 
Creeks are derived from informatioa furnished by Hon. Melaquias 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 175 

Martinez of Taos, Now Mexico, who is familiar with the Kcd 
River region. Certain proportions and directions may be incor- 
rect as shown, hut Mr. .Martinez states that the main features are 
correct. 

[8:20] (1) Eng-. La Cuesta town. (<Span.). -Span. (i>). 

(2) Span. La Cuesta 'the slope'. =Eng. (1). Perhaps the name 
refers to the red slope [8:'22]. 

[8:21] (1) Eng. Cabresto Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Canon Cabresto 'rope canyon'. =Eng. (1). 

[8:22] (1) Pik'q/idlwe, Pipogeynpo' hcepik' mdiu-e 'where the rod is 
dug' ' where the red is dug by red water creek' {pi 'redness' ' red 
pigment' 'red'; Fqvf 'to dig'; 'iwe locative; Pipoge'impo, see 
[8:19]). Cf. Taos (2). 

(2) Taos P'dlqwi7m, Ty:.mut'd Pavjifiha ' up at the red slope ' ' up 
at the red slope over at [8:19]' {p'al- 'red', referring to the red 
pigment; qwl 'slope'; M 'up at' locative; Ty,.s-tiit-, see [8:19]; 
t'd 'down at' 'over at' locative). 

The red pigment which is found at this place is used l)y the 
Taos, Picuris, Tewa, Queres, Jicarilla Apache, Ute, and other 
tribes. Indians belonging to various tribes come here to dig it. 
The pigment is called in Tewa pi 'redness' 'red', in Taos 
p'dljcmema (derived from p'di ' red"). The Indians use it to paint 
their bodies, also moccasins and various other things. The deposit 
is on a slope between [8:19] and [8:21], about 7 miles from the Rio 
Grande. The soil of the whole locality has a reddish color, but 
there is only one spot where it is found in purity and has a dark- 
red color. A cavelike hole has been formed by Indians digging 
at this spot. The presence of this deposit and the red color of the 
soil of the slope have probably given rise to the names [8:19], 
[8:23], and [8:20]. 

[8:2:)j Eng. Red River town. Cf. [8:19] and [8:22]. 

[8:24] (1) T'awipiy,/ ' dwell gap mountains' {T'mvi'i, see [8:45]; piyf 
'mountain"). 

(2) Sandia "Tewipien".' 

(3) Jemez Ju M/iyf 'Taoa Mountains' (./j^'Za, see [8:45]; /ty/ 
'mountain'). 

(4) Taos Mountains. (< Span.). = Span. (5). 

(5) Span. Sierra de Taos 'Taos Mountains'. =Eng. (2). 
"Taos range".- "Sierra de Taos.""- "Mountains of Taos'".' 
This is the general name for the mountains east of Taos. 

[8:25] Eng. Wheeler's Peak. 

This is northeast of Pueblo Peak [8:4(1]. 

■ A. S. Gatschet, Sandia vocabulary. Bur. Amer. Ethn., MS. No. 1563. 
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. u, p. *4, 1892. 
» Ibid., p. 45. 



176 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ietu. ANN. 29 

[8:26] (1) Taos '' 'Lapulasita".' 

(2) Eng. Elizabethtown. 

(3) Span. Moreaa. 

"In 1866 . . . prospectors from Colorado found placer gold 
... at Elizabethtown in Colfax County, and in that district 
operations on a larger or smaller scale have continued until the 
present day".^ 
[8:27] (1) Eng. Cebollas Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito Cebollas, Rito de las Cebollas 'onion Creek'. 
= Eng. (1). 
[8:28] Rio Grande. See Rio Grande [Large Features: 3], p. 100. 
[8:29] (1) Eng. San Cristobal Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito de San Cristobal 'St. Christopher Creek'. 
= Eng. (1). Cf. [8:30]. 
[8:30] (1) Eng. San Cristobal settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. San Cristobal 'St. Christopher'. =Eng. (1). Cf. 
[8:29]. 
[8:31] Eng. John Dunn's Bridge. Cf. [8:36]. 

[8:32] (1) Taos Tuhupaand, of oliscurc etymology (<?/Aw- unexplained; 
pa 'water' 'creek'; (uid noun postfix). Cf. [8:33] and [8:31]. 
Budd gives Taos " Hi'i'aluli'la'ku 'Arroyo Hondo'".' The au- 
thor's Taos infoi-mant could not understand this form at all. 
Perhaps it refers to Arroyo Hondo [8:65]. 

(2) Pieuris " Atsunahiilopaltfllna".* This name presumably 
indicates [8:32]. 

(3) Eng. Arroyo Hondo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (.5). 

(1) Eng. Los Montcs Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (6). 

(5) Span. Arroyo Hondo 'deep gully'. =Eng. (3). "Arroyo 
Hondo ".= 

(6) Arroyo de los Montes 'forest gully'. =Eng. (1). "Los 
Monies Creek ".^ Mr. Melaquias Martinez of Taos says that the 
name Los Montes is never applied to this creek at the present 
day, but that it is applied to the locality of an irrigation ditch 
somewhere south of [8:32]. 

[8:33] (1) Eng. Arroyo Hondo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Caiion del Arro3'o Hondo 'deep gully canyon'. 
= Eng. (1). 

The canyon extends from a short distance east of Valdez settle- 
ment [8:35] to the sources of Arroyo Hondo Creek. 

iBudd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in possession of Bur. Amer. Ethn. 
20re Deposits o£ New Mexico, p. 18, 1910. 
3 Budd, op. eit. 

* Spinden, Pieuris notes, MS., 1910. 
<• Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 32, et passim, 1892. 

6 U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 



HARRIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES J 77 

[8:3iJ (1) Taos maldt'd, of obscure etyraologj^ {hWd unexplaii.od- 
t a ' down at ' ' o ver at ') . " Kilalatu ". ' ' 

(2) Eng. Arroyo Hondo settlement. (<Span.). =Spai.. (4). 

(3) Eng. Los Montes settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(4) Span. Arroyo Hondo 'deep gully', referring to [8-3-'l 
= Eng. (2). 

(5) Span. Los Monies ' the forests', referring probably to [8-3->| 
= Eng. (3). "Los Montes".= Mr. Melaquias Martinez says 
that the name Los INIontes is never applied to this town at the 
present day. 

Arroyo Hondo settlement is about 3 miles above the junction 
of [8:32] with the Rio Grande. The settlement lies on both sides 
of the creek. 
[8:85] (1) Eng. Yaldez settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Valdez (Span, family name). =Eng. (1). 
Valdez town is situated just below the mouth of the canyon 
[8:33]. Unlike Arroyo Hondo settlement, Valdez lies entiivly on 
the north side of the creek. 
[8:36] Eng. John Dunn's sulphur spring. Cf. [8:31]. 
[8:37] (1) Deujepiyf 'coyote ears mountain' {de 'coyote'; 'oje 'ear'; 
piVf 'mountain').^ =Taos (2). Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (i). 

(2) Taos Tuqivatdludfiiml ' coyote ears mountain ' (tuqira- 'coy- 
ote^; tdlyd- 'ear'; t'u 'pile' 'mountain'; m noun postfix). 
= Tewa (1). Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Orejas mountain. (<Span.). = Span (-4). Cf . Tewa 
(1), Taos (2). 

(4) Span. Cerro Orejas 'ears mountain'. =Eng. (3). Cf. 
Tewa (1), Taos (2). 

The mountain is said to reseml>le ears in some way. 
[8:38] A bridge constructed in 1911 to facilitate the driving of sheep. 
[8:39] (1) Eng. Cebolla spring. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Ojode la Cebolla, Bajadade la Cebolla 'onion spring' 
'onion slope'. =Eng. (1). 
There is a spring of sulphurous water at this place. 
[8:40] (1) 2IqqwoIopir)f, Mdqwalopvjf, Mqqwalupyjf, borrowed 
from the Taos language {Mqqicolo-, etc. <Taos (2); piyf 
'mountain") . By some Tewa this name is perhaps applied vaguely 
to the whole Taos Range [8:24]. 

(2) Taos Mdqwaluna, of obscure et^-mology {m4 unexplained; 
qwalu 'high', cf. qwalalamq, 'it is high'; 7ul noun postfix). 
= Tewa(l). "One of them [referring to ruins of the Taos people] 
to which I was told thev gave the name of Mojua-lu-na, or Mi>- 

' Budd, Taos Tocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amcr. Ethn. 

2 n. S. Geographical Surveys We«t of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1S73-1S77. 

87584°— 29 eth— 10 12 



178 EXHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. axx. 29 

jual-ua. is said to exist in the mountains".' Bandelier has here 
recorded the Taos name of Pueblo Peak. From his information 
the name appears to be applied also to a pueblo ruin probably 
situated somewhere near the peak. A Taos informant says that 
no such form as "Mojual-ua" is in use in the Taos language. 

(;5) Eng. Pueblo Peak. (<Span.). =Span. (-i). 

(■i) Cerro del Pueblo 'mountain of the pueblo', referring to 
Taos pueblo. =Eng. (3). 

This great peak rises immediately northeast of Taos Pueblo. It 
is a mountain espcciallv sacred to the Taos. The sacred lake 
[8:50] is situated close to this mountain. The mountain and its 
Taos name in corrupted form are well known to the Tewa. 
[8:41] (1) Taos P«^M/>(itf«d, of obscure etymology (pa 'water'; A(< un- 
explained; pa 'water' 'creek'; ff//d noun postfix). Cf. [8:42] 

(2) Picuris ^^ Iliilotlane 'dry creek'."- =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Arroyo Seco Creek, Seco Creek. (<Span.). = Picuris 
(2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Arroyo Seco 'dry arroyo'. = Picuris (2), Eng. (3). 
Cf. [8:42]. 

[8:42] (1) Taos Pakut'Ci, Paliuhd, of ol)scure etymology (pahi- as in 
[8:41] <2>« 'water', ^)< unexplained; !!'d'downat' 'over at'; ha 
'up at'). '' Pal-ata:''' 

(2) Eng. Seco town, Arroyo Seco town. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Seco 'dry arroyo'. = Eng. (2), named after 
[8:41], on the banks of which it stands. 

[8:43] (1) T' awifo, T' awriinfH) 'dwell pass water' (7" aw/'/, see [8:45]; 
'l?;y locative and adjective-forming postfix; po 'water' 'creek'). 
This name is sometimes used vaguely to include [8:52] and [8:57]. 

(2) Taos ^ Ictiaj)' Mpaand 'red willow water', referring to [8:45] 
{'Idlap'di-, see [8:45]; pa- 'water' 'creek'; ««d noun postfix). 

(3) Taos Tudt'dpaand, Tuahdpaand 'water down at the pueblo' 
'water up at the pueblo', referring to Taos Pueblo {Tudt'd-, 
Tudld-, see [8:45]; pc. ' water' ' creek'; n/id noun postfix). = Eng. 
(7), Span. (9). 

(4) Taos Kipavai 'our water' [kl . . . wai 'our'; pa- 
' water'). 

(5) Jemez JxCldpd 'water of {.JiCId-^ see [8:45], (13); pd 
'water' 'creek'). 

(6) Gof^xWTfetfJokotJena 'north corner river', referring to 
the region of Taos ( Zyt/^z/dl-o, see [8:45]; tfena 'river'). 

(7) Eng. Pueblo Creek. (<Span.). =Taos (3), Span. (9). 

(8) Eng. Taos Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (10). Thisnamealso 
refers to Fernandez de Taos Creek [8:52]. 

.'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 32, 1892. 

2 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

» Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amer. Ethn. 



HAERIN-GTON] I'l.ACE-XAMES 179 

(0) Span. Rio del Puol>lo,Rito del Puohlo 'puel.l.. .reek- refer- 
ring to Taos Pueblo [8:45J. =Taos (:',). Eng. (7). 

(10) Span. Rio de Taos, Rito de Tao.<i 'Taos Creek'. =Eng. 
(8). This name is avoided by many Mexicans, since it is api>lied 
also to Fernandez de Taos Creek [8:52J. "Petites rivieres de 
Taos"'.' 

In its upper course the creek passes through a beautiful ear.von. 
The lake-[8:50], about which the Taos hold secret dances, tlows'into 
this creek. The creek is spanned byiiuaint log bridges at Taos 
Pueblo [8:45]. "lam informed by Air. Miller that blocks or 
'chunks ' of obsidian, as large as a list or larger, are found in the 
Arroyo de Taos. This would bo about (]() miles north of Santa 
Fe".2 The "Arroyo de Taos" here referred to is probably 
Pueblo Creek. 

[8:44] (1) Eng. Lucero Creek. (<Span.). =Siian. (•_>). 

(2) Span. RitodelosLuceros, referring to the settlement [8:17] 
= Eng. (1). See [8:44]. 

[8:45] (1) r"«w«'o?;vri 'd-well pass pueblo' (?"r/ 'to dwell' 'to live at a 
place'; wPi 'gap' 'pass'; 'qiju-i 'pueblo'). To what pass or gjip 
this name refers or why the name was originally applied is not 
known to the Tewa informants. The Tewa name for Picuris 
Pueblo [8:88] also contains postpoundcd u-i'i, although the Tewa 
do not understand to what pass it refers. It is not impossible 
that Tewa T'aici- is a corruption of Taos Tud-; see Taos (4) 
"Ta-ui"% "Towih".* Hodge = suggests that the Span, name 
Taos is derived from the Tewa form, but Span. Taos resembles 
Taos Tud- as closely as it resembles Tewa T'divi'i. Span. Taos is 
derived from Taos Tud-; see Taos (4) and Span. (22), below. 
By the San Juan a single Taos person is called T'awi'i'' or T'awi', 
while two or more arc called T'awijjf ('/'*, 'itjf loaitivc and 
adjective-forming postfix). At San Ildefon.so a single Taos per.son 
is called T'ann' P^ while two or more are called T'awi'iyf. The 
San Juan form T'awhjf 'Taos people' sounds like 'dwell mice" 
(f'a 'to dwell": n^v)f 'mouse"), and the informant took plea,-<ure 
in pronouncing the name so that the second syllable sounded just 
like the word moaning 'mouse' or 'rat' (he rather looks down on 
the Taos people). 

(2) San Juan PM2.sc»'oy«'Z 'great moiuitain jjueblo", referring to 
[8:24] or [8:40] (pwf 'mountain'; so 'great"; ^or^tri 'pueblo'). 
Tewa (1) is, however, the name for Taos commonly used at San 

' Ilcwett, Communautcfe. p. 24, 1908. 

' Bandelier: A Vi.-it to the Aboriginal Ruins in the Valley of the Rio Pceos, in Paps. Areh. Iiui. 
Amrr. , Amer.ser. i,2de(i., p. 129. note, 1883. 
' Bandelier, in Rciuc i'Etlinorjraphir. p. 203, Is,s6. 

< Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1S99 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, pp. fi8.S, 691, 1910). 
5 Ibid., p. 688. 



280 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Juan. 'Taos person' is rendered by Pin.smoi'\ Taos people by 
Pinsowijjfi'i", 'ivf, ■'<'*"% 'iovjy locative and adjective-forming 
postiix). The form Pinsoivir)f sounds like 'great mountain 
mice' while Taw\yf (see above, Tewa(l)), sounds like 'dwell 
mice' or even 'day mice' (fa 'day'). 

(3) Taos ^lalap'aU'a, ^jtdlaj>'allxi ' down at or at the red wil- 
lows' 'up at the red willows' ('Mte ' willow '<'ia- 'willow' cog- 
nate with Tewa jqtjf ' willow', la 'wood' proi)ably cognate with 
Tewa SQ))/ 'firewood'; j(/a^ 'red'; fa 'down at' 'over at'; M 
'up at'). The name seems to refer to ordinary willows, which 
are reddish, rather than to a peculiar species of willow. Accord- 
ing to a Taos informant this is the real name of Taos Pueblo. 
" Red Willowlndians".' ",-Ta-i-na-ma, or willow people "^—per- 
haps for ^latMndmq 'willow people' ('M- 'willow'; tahidmq, 
'people'), a form about which no opportunity has been afforded 
to question a Taos Indian. "Yii'hlahaimub'ahutulba 'red willow 
place '."^ No opportunity has offered to ask a Taos Indian about 
this form either. The first three syllables are evidently 
'Idlajj'al-; the syllable h\l is probably pa 'water'; the last sylla- 
ble Ija is probably ha, ' up at '. 

(-1) Taos Tudfa, Tuuhd 'down at or at the village' 'up at the 
village' {tiid- 'house' 'houses' 'village' 'pueblo', cognate with 
Tewa te 'dwelling-place'; t'a 'down at' 'at'; Id 'up at"). It is 
probably from the form Tun. that Span. Taos is derived. See 
Tewa (1), above, and Span. (22), below. "Taos, or Te-uat-ha'\* 
"Taos, Te-uat-ha ".'^ "Tegat-ha"." Bandelier has here "ega" 
for ud. "TQa-ta".^ "Tai-ga-tah".' This spelling has "ai-ga" 
for ud. The orthography is perhaps French and at stands per- 
haps for the sound of e, wliich u resembles; the g is for u\ as in 
Bandelier's form, above. 

(5) Taos Ivitudwai 'our pueblo' {It, . . . wai 'our'; tud, as in 
Taos (4), above). 

(6) Taos Talndrnq, 'the people', referring especial!}- to the Taos 
people. This form is also postpounded to the Taos names for 
Taos Pueblo given above in order to render 'Taos people'. 
Thus, for instance, '' tdlap d'ddlTuLmd, ''ldlap'dif(ddinci7)iq,, 
'' Idlap dihaidindmq . ' ' Taiinamu ''. ^ 

1 Amy in Indian Affairs Report for 1871, p. 3S2. 1872. 

2 Miller, Pueblo of Taos, p. 34, 1898. 

s Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1899 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910). 

< Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 123, 1890. 

' Ibid., p. 260, note. 

8 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 233, 1893. 

' Jouveuceau in Catholic Fieneer, i, No. 9, p. 12, 1906. 



HARRINGTON-] PLACE-NAMES 181 

(7) " 'Indian name' Takhe".' "Taos (in der eigenen Si.nu-he 
Takhe genannt) ' ' • Taxe "'.^ It may be that the f.jrms used by 
Gatschet and Fo-a are based on Loew's form. Loew's orthog- 
raphy and iuformucion are often incorrect. For Taos tfia-? 

(8) Taos "Wee-ka-nahs".< According to the autliority^ 
from which many of the synonyms of Taos heroin cited are taken, 
this name is given by Joseph as the Taos Indians' own tribal name 
for themselves. Misprmt and error? See [8:88], (2), (4). 

(9) Picuris ''Tuopa'"." This spelling is probably for a form 
identical with Tudhd; see Taos (4), above. '• Tuopa ' the northern 
one'."' This spelling is probably also for a form identical with 
Tu(if)a; see Taos (4), above. 

(10) Picuris "Kwapihalki 'Taos Pueblo.' It means 'chief 
houses or village'. Muwi is the present word for chief. 
Kwapihal was an old word for chief'.' 

(11) Sandia "Towirnin"." 

(12) Isleta "Tuwirat'"." 

(13) Jemez Jit/ldtd of obscure etymology {Ju'Id 'Taos Indian"; 
fa locative). There is reason to believe that locative post-tixes 
other than td may also be used, but no record of such forms 

. appears in the writer's Jemez notes. r/w'M means 'Taos Indian,' 
'Taos person'. For 'Taos Indians' 'Taos people' either the 
plural t/wVft/ or the compound JindisaJaf {fsd'df 'people') is 
used. "Yulata"." This form is given as the Jemez and Pecos 
name of the pueblo. 

(14) Pecos "YuMta'"." As Hodge suggests, Span. (25), below, 
may come from this form. There is a Jemez locative ending bo. 
Perhaps the forms Span. (25) come from a hypothetical Pecos 
i/ii'ldbci. 

(15) Cochiti TfetffoTcotsx 'north corner place' {tfetf 'north'; 
fuko 'corner'; tee locative). Tfet/foko 'north corner' refers 
to the whole northern corner of the Pueblo Indian country, 
to the whole Taos region. The Span, name Taos (see Span. (22)) 
is probably also used in the Cochiti language. 

(16) Sia "Tausame 'Taos people'"'.* This is probably from 
Span. Taos + mx 'people". 

(17) Laguna "Ta-uth"'." 

1 Loew in WhtcUr Survey Rrpnrr, tti. p. SIS. 1879. 

' Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen. p. 41, 1876. 

3 Powell in Amer. NaturalM. xiv, p. 605, Aug., 1880. 

' Joseph in First Eeport Bur. Amer. Elhn., p. 101, 1881. 

s nandbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910. 

fi Hodge, ibid. 

' Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

•Spinden. Sia notes. MS.. ISUO. 

' Gatschet, Laguna MS. vocabulary, Bur. .\mer. Ethu., 1879. 



182 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

(18) Zuiii "Topoliana-kuin 'place of cottonwood trees'".' 

(19) Jicarilla Apache "Koho'hlte".- "Klgotsaye 'Taos' ".^ 

(20) Jicarilla Apache "daaoslye ' at Taos' ".■' The lye is a loca- 
tive ending; the d is equivalent to the t used in this memoir. The 
name seems to be merely the Jicarilla Apache pronunciation of 
Span. (23). 

(21) Navaho "To Wolh "water gurgles"".^ "Ta Wolh 'water 
gurgles'"." "Tqowhul, 'the Taos"".' "Tqowhi'd 'running or 
swift water (?), Taos' ".'* 

(22) Eng. Taos. (<>Span.). = Span. (22). 

(23) Span. Taos, probably from TM-, the Taos name of the vil- 
lage; see Tewa (1), Taos (4), and Taos (.5), above. The -.v is gently 
sounded in New Mexican Span. Such forms as Pecos and Tanos 
are often used by Mexicans as singulars, although these words, and 
probably also Taos, are properly plural forms. '"Taos"." "Sant 
Miguel'l" "Tahos"." "San Geronimo de los Taos". '= "Ta- 
osy"." "Taosij"." "Thaos"." "Taoros"."" "S. Hieronymo"." 
"Taosis".'* "SanGeronimode losTahos".'" "S^'Hieronimo"'.-" 
"S. Geronimo de los Thaos".-' "Tuas"." "San Geronymo de 
los Thaos".-^ "S. Jerome de los Taos"." "S? Jeronimo".-" 
"S' Jerome".^" "San Geronimo Thaos"." "Tous".^' "S. Je- 
ronimodeToas".^'' "Yaos".'" "Tons"." "Taosas".''^ "Tao".'^ 
"Taoses".^* "Tou.se".^^ "Toas".=» "Taosites"." "Tacos".=« 
"San Geronimo de Taos". ^^ "Jaos".^" "Taosans"."*' Gatschet^^ 
quotes "Taos" as the name of a Nicaraguan ti'ibe. 

1 Gushing, 1884, quoted in Handbook Inds., pt. =' Rivera, Diario, leg. 950, 1736. 

2, p. 691, 1910. 2iMota-Padilla, Hist.NuevaGallcia,p.515,17-)2. 

2 Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895, 2" Villa-Sefior, Theatro Americano, ii, p. 410, 
ibid. 1748. 

3 Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, p. 14, 1912. 2* Vaugondy, map Amdrique, 1778. 
< Ibid., p. 121. ■•» Bowles, map Am., 1781. 

5 Curtis, American Indian, i, p. 138, 1907. » Kitchin, map N. .\., 17S7. 

= Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 691, 1910 (misquot- =? Alcedo, Die. Geog., v, p. 115, 1789. 

Ing Curtis). 28 Arrowsmith, map N. A., 1795, ed. 1814. 

' Franciscan Fathers, Ethnologic Dictionary of 29 Walch, Charte America, 1805. 

the Navaho Language, p. 128, 1910. *> Pike, Expedition, m^p, 1810. 

s Ibid., p. 136. 31 Ibid., opp. to pt. m, pp. 7, 9. 

9Onate(1598)ini)o(?./»it^d.,xvi,pp.l09,30fi,1871. 32(^iregg, Commerce Prairies, i, p. 124, 1844. 

"Oflate (1598), ibid., p. 2.57. 33 Disturnell, map M<;jico, 1816. 

» Zarate-SalmerOn (ca. 1629) quoted by Ban- si Ruxton, Adventures, p. 199, 1848. 

croft. Native Races, i, p. 600, 1882. as Garrard, Wahtoya, p. 131, 1850. 

"Benavides, Memorial, p. 37, 1630. as Gallatin in Nouv. Ann. Voy., .5th series, xxvii, 

" Linschoten, Descr. de I'Ami^rique, map 1, 1638. p. 304, 1851. 

" Sanson, I'Ameriquc, map, p. 27, 1057. s; Davi.s, El Gringo, p. 311, 1857. 

1' Freytas, Pefialosa Rel. (1662), pp. 42, 74, 1882. sn Buschmann, New Mexico, p. 23Q, 1858. 

"Blaen, Atlas, xii. p. 71, 1667. as Ward in Indian Affairs Report for 1867, p. 213, 

I'Ibid., p. 61. 1S6S. 

"Ibid., p. 62. « Hinton, Handbook to Arizona, map, 1878. 

"Vetancurt (1696) in Teatro Mex., ni, p. 318, " Poore in Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, 

18"1- p. 101. 1.893. 

2» De I'Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703. « zwolf Sprachen, p. 45, 1S7C. 



HARRIN-GTOX] PLACE-NAMES 



183 



(24) bpan. "Braba".> -Rrafla".= A« Ilodjre .su<vcrpst8 » fas- 
tanedas -Braba" may bo a miscopyinj.- of "Tuata". but itsooiiis 
to the writer that it is probal)ly a n,iscoi)vino- of Tnaba or son.e 
such spelling of the Taos name TMM (see Taos (4), above). 

(25) Span. " Valladolid".' Taos was probablv called tliiis by 
the Spaniards on account of its fancied resemblance to, or in nioh;. 
ory of, the Spanish city of this name. 

(26) Span. "Yuraba".'' '-Uraba"." As Hodge suggestsMlie^e 
forms are perhaps in place of tlie P.-cos form equivalent to 
JulCitd, or rather of JulCihi;. wliicli is tiiought to ),e another 
Jemez form. 

(27) Span. "Tayberon"." as a name for the province of '-Teos" 
Taos. 

(28) Span. -'Tejas".^ It is not certain that (iarces refers to 
the Taos when he uf^es this word. 

(29) Span. ^'Tejos''." This is identified with Taos.'" . 
Bandelier describes Taos as follows: "Taos has two tall houses 

facing each other, one on each side of the little stream, and com- 
municating across it by means of wooden foot bridges."" Cf. the 
names [8:24], [8:43], [8:51], [8:52], [8:53], [8:54], [8:57], [8:58]. 
[8:46] Pueblo ruin about a hundred yards northeast of Taos. 

Dr. li. J. Spiuden has descril)ed this ruin as follows: "There 
is an old pueblo site about a hundred yards from Taos pueblo, 
on the north side of the creek, up the creek from Taos. This 
is said to be a part of Taos which burned down about four hun- 
dred years ago. Remains of pottery of several kinds, metates, 
mortars, etc., may be picked up at the ruin"'. The followinir de- 
scription evidently refers to the same ruin: "Au nord du village 
de Taos, a quelques metres de la maimn du nord du village actuel, 
on voit les mines Av. pueblo occupe en dernier lieu par les Indiens 
Taos, avant Tetablissement des deux grandes constructions en ter- 
rasses qif ils habitent aujourd'hui. Ces ruines ne sont plus que 
des amas d'adobe desagrege en niiettes. On ne .sait pas quand le 
village de Taos a ete rebati sur le plan actuel, mais il est probable 
que ce fut dans la periode historicjue. Cette question sera sClre- 
ment elucidee par les investigations ult^rieures".'- 

iCastafifda, 1596, in Fourleenlh Sep. Bur. Amn: Elfm.. pt. 1, pp. .Ml. 523. 1S96. 

^Curtis, ChUdren of the Sun, p. 121, 1883 (misquoting Ca.stancda). 

' Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 688, 1910. 

*Castaneda, op. cit., p. 511. 

5Relaci(5n del Suceso (oa. 1542), ibid., p. IJT.i. 

' Jaramillo {ca. 1542), ibid., p. 587. 

' Onate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi. p. 257, 1871. sivi-n in Handlx>ok Inds.. pi. 2. p. i;;il. 1910. 

sGarci^s (1775-76) diary, p. 491, 1900. 

'Squier in Amer. Sei'iew, p. 522, Nov.. 1818. 
i» Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 691, footnote, 1910. 
" Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i. p. 266, 1890. 
WHewett, Communautfe, p. 29, 1908. 



184 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. axn. 29 

[8:-t7] (1) Taos "Puawenuma'ya'luta 'Placita de los Luceros'".' 

(2) Taos "Ya'liihanemta 'Placita de los Luceros', second 

name''.' 

(3) Luceros settlement. (< Span.). = Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Luceros, Plazita de los Luceros, from the family 
name Lucero. =Eng. (3). 

Tins Mexican settlement is a mile and a quarter southwest of 
Taos Pueblo, and just south of Prado settlement [8:-lS]. 
[8:-i8] (1) Enjf. Prado settlement. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Prado 'meadow'. =Eng. (1). 
This ]\Iexican settlement is just north of Luceros [8:4:7]. 
[8:49] North branch of Pueblo Creek or Pueblo Canyon [8:43]. 
[8:50] The sacred lake of the Taos Indians. 

This was located for the writer by Mr. Melaqufas Martinez, of 
Taos. Once when passing near this lake Mr. Martinez came 
suddenly upon a body of Indians, who leveled their rifles at him. 
He hastened from the spot as fast as he could go, not daring to 
look back. Mr. Martinez did not see Indians dancing. Two 
Mexican informants say that they have friends who have seen 
Indian men and women dancing naked about this lake. An 
American friend informed the writer that an old man (an Ameri- 
can) recently came upon the Indians when they were dancing at 
this lake, and that they had on their ordinary dancing costumes. 
Mr. Martinez says that he knows the location of the lake very 
well, and that it drains into Pueblo Creek [8:43]. 
[8:51] (1) Eng. Taos Peak. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerro de Taos 'mountain of Taos'. =Eng. (1). 
"The Truchas [22:13] are slightly higher than Taos Peak. 
The latter is 13,145 feet, the former 13,150,^ — both according to 
Wheeler. The altitude of the Jicarita [22:9] has not, to my 
knowledge, been determined; but the impression of those who 
have ascended to its top is that it exceeds the Truchas in height."^ 
It would appear that either Taos Peak, Truchas Peak, or Jicarita 
Peak is the highest mountain of the Santa Fe-Taos Range. 
[8:52] (1) Taos "Paxweniuipu"hwik'qu° 'Fernandez Creek'".' "Pa- 
xwentia-" is evidently the same as " Paxwinowia-" in Picuris (2) 
and Paqwianuw- in [8:54]. 

(2) Picuris "Paxwin6wiapaxhune(pahua 'canyon'; paxwinowia 
'spring"), Fernandez de Taos Creek"'.'' "Paxwinowia-" is evi- 
dently the same as "Paxwenua-" in Taos (1) and " Paqwianuwa-" 
in [8:54]. 

■ Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amcr. Ethn. 

'The United States Geological Survey has determined the height of Truchas Peak to be 
13.275 feet. 
'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. it, p. 34, note, 1892. 
•Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., I'JIO. 



HAERISOTON] PLACE-NAMES 1 S5 

(3) Eng. Fernandez Creek, Fernandez de Taos CreeU, Taos 
Creek. (<Span.). =Span. {-i). 

(4) Span. Rito Fernandez, Kito Fernandez de Taos, Kito de 
Taos, etc. See [8:54]. 

[8:.53] (1) Eng. Fernandez Canyon. F'ernandez de Taos Canyon, Taos 
Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. ('2). 

(2) Span. Caiion Fernandez, Canon Fernandez de Taos. Canon 
de Taos, etc. See [8:.i-l:]. 

Perhaps Picuris (2) of [8:5'2J is the Pieiiris name for the canyon 
instead of for the creek. 
[8:54] (1) Taos ''Paqwianuwaaga" 'down at night pooF, referring to 
the pool of a spring situated somewhere near Taos settlement 
{paqu'ld- 'lake' 'pool'; nmm 'night"; atjq 'down at'). 

The pool to which the name refers is said to have green gra^^s 
about it all winter. This name is evidently applied also to Fernan- 
dez Creek [8:5'2] and Fernandez Canyon [8:53]. See "Paxwenua" 
and ''Paxwiuowia-" under [8:.'>2]. 

(2) Eng. Fernandez de Taos, Fernandez Taos. {<Span.). 
= Span. (3). The name Taos is the official and commonly used 
form. 

(3) Span. Fernandez de Taos, Fernandez Taos. Information 
hearing on the history of this name is lacking. 

This is the town of Taos, county seat of Taos County. 
"The modern town of Fernandez de Taos, which lies about 3 
miles west of the pueblo". ' According to the maps "west"' in 
the quotation above should be corrected to "southwest."' "The 
Ranchos de Taos [8:58] lie 4 miles from Fernandez de Taos, the 
modern town"". - 
[8:55] (1) Eng. Taos Pass. =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Paso de Taos. =Eng. (1). 
[8:56] (1) T'anupo, T'a)iug.c'impo 'dwell below water" 'dwell below 
place water", referring 'to the Tano and especially to Ciaiisteo 
[29:40] (Tanu, T'mmi^e, see [29:40]: fw 'water' 'creek" 'river"). 
(2) fJu'J'Jt'impo 'river of [29:33]" Cffm^e, see [29:33]; Hjjf 
locative and adjective-forming posthx; po 'water' 'creek' 
'river'). 
[8:57] (1) Eng. Rio Grande of Taos Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Rio Grande de Taos 'great river of Taos' 'big creek 
of Taos". =Eng. (1). 

One would expect that this creek would also be called after 

[8:58]. 
[8:58] (1) a^an^/w. (<Span.). =Span. (.>). 

(2) Taos "T'a'lamuna. 'los Ranchos de T aos".^ = Ficuris (.i). 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, lit. ii, p. :v:. l.^^ttt. 

2 Ibid., p. 33, note, 

»Bud(3, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Elhn. 



Jgg ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(3) Piciiris "Talaniomi, 'name of the pueblo ruin at Ranchos 
de Taos''".' Evidently the same as Taos (2), above. 

(4) Eng. Kanchos de Taos, Ranchos of Taos, Ranches de Taos, 
Ranches of Taos, Ranchos, Ranches, Francisco Ranchos, Francisco 
Ranches. (<Span.). =Span. (5). 

(5) Ranchos de Taos, Ranchos, Ranchos de Francisco, Francisco 
Ranchos. "Ranchos de Taos".' 

"The Ranchos de Taos lie 4 miles from Fernandez de Taos, the 
modern town".' "There are said to be considerable ruins near 
the Ranchos de Taos, and also extensive vestiges of garden 
plots".* See [8:59]. 
[8:.5','] Picuris "Talamona 'name of the pueblo ruin at Ranchos de 
Taos"'.' Budd records what is evidently the same word as the 
Taos name for Ranchos de Taos [8:58]. 

Mr. Melaquias Martinez informs the writer that the pueblo 
ruin is at the site of the modern Mexican town [8:58]. Dr. 
Spinden states as follows: " There: are remains of an old pueblo 
near Ranchos de Taos. This pueblo ruin is apparentlj^ quite 
modern — walls are still standing. I was informed at Picuris 
that this pueblo ruin' had its former population depleted Ijy dis- 
ease. Some of the remnant went to Taos and some to Picuris. 
The people have mixed with those of other pueblos, but there are 
none at present at Picuris." 
[8:60] (1) Eng. Miranda Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo Miranda, Arroyo de Miranda 'Miranda 
arroyo'. Miranda is an important family name in N(!W Mexican 
history. 

This is a small arroyo on whii'h the sulphur spring [8:61] is 
situated. 
[8:61] (1) Eng. Sulphur Spring. =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. OjodeAzufre, 'sulphur spring'. =Eng. (1). 
This is a sulphur spring on the arroyo [8:60]. 
[8:62] (1) Eng. Frijoles Creek. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito de los Frijoles, Rito Frijoles 'bean creek'. 
= Eng^(l). 
[8:63] (1) Kup'vidiii'i- 'at the black stone' {ku 'stone'; p'tVf 'black'; 
'*'«'(? locative). 

The informants were one San Juan and one San lldefonso 
Indian. Each of these said that there nmst be a black stone 
somewhere near the settlement, but did not know where the stone 
is situated. 

(2) Eng. Cordova. (< Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cordova, name of a city in Spain. =Eng. (2). 

1 Spinden, Picuris notes. MS.. 1910. 3 Ibid., p. 33, note. 

» Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 33,34, 1892. < Ibid., pp. 32-33. 



HAKRINGTON] PLACE" NAjM ES 187 

[8:Gi] (1) Pods' impohnhi, PoJeiinpotnil ' lishweir water-eanyoir (/»o.^t 
'fishweir': 'iyy locative and adjective-forming postfix; p»lniu 
'arroyo or canyon with water in it' < fw 'water', hiCu Marge 
groove' 'arroyo'; pote*"/ 'canyon with water in it' < ^o 'water', 
isiH 'canj'on'). This name was given because the Tewa used to 
construct tishweirs in this canyon. Cf. yWe'tf'ffywv/fc^'/wy [8:67] 
and Po.icIu'f [8:78J. 

The Cochiti used to make tishweirs in the canyon of the Hio 
Grande above the Keres country; see (28: White Rock Canyon]. 

(2) Posogeiiiipohicv, Po><(iQ.i^i7npo1sr I 'water canyon of tiie 
great river ', referring to the Rio Grande (Posoge, see [Largo 
Features: .3]; ^iyf locative and adjective-forming posttix; 
pohii'H 'ari'oyo or canyon with water in it' < p<i 'water', 
hu\c 'large groove' 'arroyo'; potsri 'canyon with water in it' 
< po 'water', /s/'i 'canyon'). This name could be applied to any 
canyon through which the Rio Grande passes. 

(3) Ptnnhu.iu'inipohxi\i,PtmhiUwoynipohu^u,PembiUuw^^ 
Pemiiuijuw'yiipotsi'i 'Embudo water canyon' {J)eiiihiuu <.Span. 
Embudo, see Span. (6), lielow; 'i''', wi'' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; pohvlu 'arroyo or canj'on with water in it' <po 
'water', huu 'large groove' 'arroj'o'; potst! 'canyon with water 
in it' <po 'water', fsi'i 'canyon'). =Eng. (5), Span. (G). 

(4) Picuris "Pasxlapakwlix 'the whole Rio Grande or Embudo 
Canyon' (pasxlapM 'canyon')".' 

(5) Eng. Embudo Canyon. (<Span.). =Tewa (3), Span. (6). 

(6) Span. Canon Embudo, Canon del Embudo, Embudo ' funnel 
canyon' 'funnel'. =Tewa (3), Eng. (.5). 

This gorge extends from the mouth of [8:-l:3] to the mouth of 
[8:79], or according to other informants, to the uiouth of [9:3]. 
"The banks of the Rio Grande, from the San Luis valley [Un 
mapped] to the [lower] end of the gorge of the Embudo, appear 
. . . not to have been settled in ancient times'".- 
[8:ti.j] (1) Xqbufsri 'barranca corner canyon' (I'o 'barranca'; bu'it 
'large low roundish place'; fsi't 'canyon'). The situation of .the 
larg^ low roundish place from which the arroyo takes its name 
was not made clear to the writer. 

(2) Taos PafsijuhMfi/iul 'water locust creek' (jJa- 'water'; /s{/«- 
' cicada', equivalent to Tewa /ji. Span, chicharra; /,ua/ u-'a.rroyo\ 
the first syllable of which seems to be cognate with Tewa hit'ii 
'arroyo'; '«f2 noun postfix). Budd's vocabulary has a form 
^'nu'ahdiU'ku 'arroyo Hondo '".^ This form the Taos in- 
formant was unable to understiind. It may refer to Arroyo 
Hondo [8:32]. ^ 

1 Spinden. Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

'- Bandelier, Final Report, pt. li, p. 13, IS*!- 

3Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn. 



]^88 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. Axx. 2» 

(3) Eng. Arroyo Hondo, Arroj-o Hondo Arroyo, Hondo Arro3'o. 
(<Span.). =Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Arroyo Hondo 'deep arroyo or gulch'. =Eng-. (3). 
This is the first deep gulch entering the Eio Grande from the. 

east above Cieneguilla [8:67]. According to Mr. Melaquias 
Martinez, of Taos, a Mr. London Craig owns a fine piece of land 
at the head of this aiToyo, wliich he irrigates by means of 
springs situated where the arroyo begins [8:(!GJ. Arroyo Hondo 
played an important part during the Taos rebellion of 1847. 
Cf. Arroyo Hondo [8:32]. 

[8:66] Kohutsipopi 'spring of barranca corner canyon' {A'obufsPi, see 
[8:65]; popi 'spring' <po 'water', pi 'to issue'). 

This is the spring (or springs) on Mr. Craig's place, referred to 
under [8:65]. 

[8:67] (1) San Juan Pode'a^aqvMieHive 'fishweir slope descending 
place' {p(Ue 'fishweir'; 'a'a 'steep slope'; gicaie 'to descend'; 
^iwe 'locative'). The name would indicate that a fishweir or 
fishweirs were formei'ly built at this place. Cf. the names of 
Embudo Can3'on, Po^e'impohuu [8:64], and Embudo Station, 
Podelwe [8:73]. 

(2) Eng. Cieneguilla. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cieneguilla ' little marsh '. = Eng. (2). 

This Mexican settlement lies on both sides of the little aiToyo 
[8:68]. There is some marshj' ground there; hence the Span, 
name. The name Cieneguilla appears never to be translated into 
Tewa. The San Ildefonsos seem to know the place onh* by its 
Span. name. Cf. [8:68] and [8:65^]. 
[8:68] (1) San Juan P(hie'a''aqv)iiie!treku''u, PoJ^idaqwc^eiwiyrjfJiiCn 
'fishweir slope descending place arroyo' {PcUe^ahiqwaie'iwe^ see 
[8:67]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfi.x; htu 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) Eng. Cieneguilla Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo de la Cieneguilla 'arroyo of [8:67]'. 
= Eng. (2). 

[8:69] San Juan. Po^ie! cC aqvxibekwaje 'fishweir slope descending 
I^lace height' (Po./e'ff'a^'waStf-, see [8:67]; Tcviaje 'height'). This 
name refers to the mesa each side of Cieneguilla Creek; for 
some reason the name seems to be considerably used. Cf. [8:67]. 

[8:70] (1) Eng. Barranca station. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Barranca 'cleft' 'barranca'. =Eng. (1). 

[8:71] A bridge across the Rio Grande. This bridge, about 4 miles 
below Cieneguilla [8:67], is sometimes called Barranca bridge 
because it is near Barranca [8:70]. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 18<J 

[8:72] (1) Eng. Comanche station. (<Span.). =Span. (-2). 
(2) Span. Comanche, 'Comanche'. =Eng. (1). 

[8:73] (1) San Juan Po-h'-iirc 'at the lishweir' (j^w./^- 'fishweir'; '///v 
locative). The name implies that there was foi-morly a fishweir 
or that there were Hshweirs huilt in tlio river at this place. Cf. 
[8:6tl:] and [8:67]. 

(2) Eng. Embudo station. (<Span.). =Span. (:3). 

(3) Span. Embudo 'funneP. =Eng. (2). The name is perhaps 
a recent one and is talien from the canyon [8:64]. 

Cf. Dixou, Okl Embudo, Embudo [8:7Sj. 

[8:7-1:] Black Mesa near San Juan, see [13:1]. 

[8:75] (1) San Juan Pomje'lwe 'where tlie water bubbh's or boils' 
{po 'water'; mje ' to boil' 'to bubble'; '/wc locative). This name 
refers to the water bubbling over the rocks at the mouth of 
Embudo Canyon [8:(U]. 

(2) Po'te'impohujiowidi 'projecting points at the mouth of 
[8:64]' {Po.ie'impohu''u,se,Q [8:64]; jm'^u'M* ' projecting point at 
mouth' <j/o 'hole' 'mouth of canyon, ' wUi. ' projecting corner or 
point'). 

(3) P<>sog.i'i>/ipi>/ii/jyovv\/t 'projecting point at mouth of 
[8:64]' {Posog.e '{nifohu'u, see [8:64]; p (wUi 'projecting point 
at mouth' <fo 'hole' 'mouth of canj-on', wul 'projecting corner 
or point"). 

(4) l^enihu.iu'iiii polivj) owi.i ! 'projecting points at the niouth 
of [8:64]' {pci)/bvru'ivipohu''u, see [8:64]; p'mviii 'projecting 
point at mouth' <po 'hole' 'mouth of canyon', wi</ 'projecting 
point or corner'). 

(.5) Eng. Embudo Canj^on mouth. (<Span.). = Span. (6). 

(6) Span. Boca del Cation del Embudo "mouth of funnel can- 
yon'. = Eug. (5). 
[8:76] San Juan Kuheii'ekwaje 'roundish rock height' (ku '.stone' 
'rock'; bewe 'smallness and roundishness' 'small and roundish'; 
l-iri(je 'height'). The mesa probably gets this name from its 
roundish appearance. 

This high mesa separates [8:7li] from [9:3]. Its southernmost 
part rises just north of La Joya corner [9:.5]. Kubewehraje is 
about the same height as Canoe IMesa [8:74]. It may be tiie 
"Table Mountain" of son)e Americans. 
[8:77] (1) Picuris "Paotsona 'the mouth of Embudo Creek"'.' 
" (2) Eng. Kinconada. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Einconada 'corner'. =Eng. (2). ATewa translation 
of Kinconada would be '^/^wnSw'M ('«A-02;y 'plain' ; J'/'w 'large 
low roundish corner'), Imt the Tewa use the Span, name only. 

The low land about the mouth of Embudo Creek [8:7!'] is called 
Kinconada. 



1 Spindon, Picuris notes, MS 



J90 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[8:7SJ (1) Eng. Dixon settlement. This is at present the official 
name. 

(2) Old Enibudo, Embudo. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(3) Span. Dixon. (<Eng.). =Eng. (1). 

(•i) Span. Embudo Viejo, Embudo 'old funnel' 'funnel'. 
= Eng. (2). This name refers to P^mbudo Canyon [8:t!4]. 

Before the Denver and Rio Grande liailroad was l)uilt, this was 
the only settlement called by the name of Embudo. The naming 
of the station [8:73] Embudo eaused confusion and led to the 
final adoption of Dixon as the name of the old P^mbudo settlement. 
" Embudo is a small Mexican town five miles from the railroad 
station of the same name''.' 
[8:79] (1) San Juan. Tenfxpo, Tenfse.'imfw ' Rydberg's cottonwood 
water or narrow-leaved cottonwood water' {Tenfx Tewa name of 
both Rydberg's cottonwood (Populus acuminata) and the narrow- 
leaved cottonwood (Populus angustifolia); 'i'' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). 

(2) Dembudupo, Demhiuu-impo 'Eriibudo water' {PfmhiUu 
<Span. Embudo, cf. [8:64]; 'i'*" locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; po 'water' 'creek' 'river'). 

(3) Eng. Embudo Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Rio Embudo, Rito Embudo 'funnel river' 'funnel 
creek', referring to [8:78] and [8:t]4]. "Rio del Embudo."' 

Embudo Creek is formed by the joining of Pueblo Creek [8:S(i] 
and Penasco Creek [8:85]. "One of thes'e brooks is the Rio del 
Pueblo; the other the Rio del Penasco, and they unite at a dis- 
tance of a mile below the pueblo of Picuries to form the Rio del 
Embudo, and thus become tributary to the Rio Grande.'" 
[8:80] (1) Eng. Trampas Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2) 

(2) Rio de las Trampas 'trap river'. =Eng. (1). For the 
name cf. Trampas settlement [22:4], (2). No Tewa name for this 
creek has been found. 
[8:81] (1) Eng. Ojo Zarco springs and settlement. (<Span.). 
= Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Ojo Zarco 'light blue spring'. =Eng. (1). 

"At Ojo Sarco on the Rio Grande, north of Santa Barbara 
[8:9!)], Taos County, is a fine group of mineral springs." - 
[8:82] (1) Eng. Ojo Zarco Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito del Ojo Zarco 'creek of the light-ljlue spring', 
referring to [8:81]. =Eng. (1). 
[8:83] (1) Eng. Chamizal settlement. (<SpaQ.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Chamizal, adjective form of Chamizo, an unidentified 
slu-ub common hi the Tewa country. = Eng. (1). 

Cf. [8:84]. 

' Bjmaeliur, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 35, note, 1892. 2 Land o£ Sunshine, p. 173, 1906. 



HARRiN-r.Tox] PLACE-NAMES 191 

[8:S4] (1) Eng. Chamizal Creek. (<Si);m.). -Span. (i>). 

('2) Span. Rito Chainizal. 

Cf. Chamizal settlement 18:8:^]. 
[8:8.5] (1) Pieuris "Tuikwopapama 'river on tlio other side", name of 
the Pefiasco River".' 

(2) Eng. Penaseo Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Lucia Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (.">). 

(4) Span. Rio del Penasco, Rito del Pefisisco -rock river or 
creek' 'rocky clifi' river or creek'. =Kng. (2). '"Hio del 
Penasco".- Pefiasco valley ".- 

(5) Span. Rio Lucia, Rito Lucia ' Lucy River or Creek'. = Eng. 
(3). Whj' thi.s name is applied was not ascertained. 

"From these two mountains [[9:4]. [9:13|. |22:'.»]. |22:13]] de 
scend two streamlets, which run almost directly to the west, 
parallel with each other, for many miles, divided by wooded 
ridges of small width. One of these brooks is the Rio del Pueblo 
[8:86]; the other the Rio del Peilasco [8:8.")], and they unite at a 
distance of a mile below the pueblo of Picuries to form the Rio del 
Embudo [8:79], and thus become tributary to the Rio Grande ".- 
The present writer has not been able to learn anj- Tewa name for 
Penasco Creek. 

Cf. Penasco settlement [8:'.»S]. 
[8:86] (1) Picuris '.'Teupopapama "Pueblo canyon and Pueblo river 
near Picuris pueblo'."' 

(2) Picuris "Telpupapama 'whole Puelilo river above Picuris" 
(telpapa 'above'; panui 'river")".' 

(3) Picuris "Tunopahiikuil 'Pueblo river below the canyon" '".' 
(■i) Eng. Pueblo Creek, Pueblo River. (<Span.). = Span. (6). 

(5) Eng. Picuris Creek, Picuris River. = Span. (7). 

(6) Span. Rio del Pueblo, Rito del Pueblo, 'pueblo river", refer- 
ring to Picuris Pueblo [8 :SS]. =Eng. (4). "Rio del Puei>lo"".= 

(7) Span. Riode Picuris, Rito de Picuris. = Eng. (o). 
Budd's Taos "Pa'tiilshenaya 'Pueblo Canyon'"'^ presumably 

refers to Pueblo Canyon [8:43] above Taos Pueblo. 

It is understood that the canyon extends from the vicinity of 
Picuris Pueblo upward to the mountains. A short distance above 
Picuris Pueblo there was formerly a sacred rock in the middle of 
the stream, which had an ancient sun-painting on its surface. In 
spite of the protest of the Picuris Indians thi.s rock was l)lastcd 
away a couple of years ago by the employees of a lumber com- 
. pany. See excerpt from Bandelier. under [8:85]. 
[8:87] Confluence of Pueblo Creek [8:86] and Penasco Creek [8:S,-,] 

about one mile below Picuris Pueblo [8:8S]. 



. Spinden, Piouris notes. MS., lyiO. ' Bu<l<I, Taos vot-abulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Elbe. 

■ Bandelier, ilnal Report, pt. it, p. 35, 1S92. 



192 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 20 

[8:SS] (1) PiijivPoywi ' mountain-oap pueblo' {pijjj' 'mountain'; wPi 
'gap' 'pass'; ^oywi 'pueblo"). The form with no other word 
l^ostpounded is Piyv:Pi. Ticuris person' is regularly- enough 
Piijwi-r'; 'Picuris people', PijjwPiyj' ('*'', 'i??y locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). =Jemez (8). Ping-gwi' 'gateway 
of the mountains' '".' Picuris can hardh' be said to be situated in 
a gap in the mountains, and why the Tewa and Jemez names and 
perhaps some of the unexplained names should moan 'mountain 
gap' has not been made clear. Cf. T'awPi 'dwell gap', the Tewa 
name for Taos Pueblo [8 :4:5]. 

(2) Taos "Wilana."^ = Picuris (4). 

(3) Taos "Hiututii.'"^ 

(4) Picuris: " Picuries, the aboriginal names of which are both 
Ualana and Ping-ul-tha."* "Picuries, Ualana, also Ping-ul-tha."^ 
" ^Ve-la-tah. " " = Taos (2). Ci. [8 :4.5], (8) . 

(5) Picuris: "Pinuelta".' "Pi°weltha 'Picuris Pueblo.""' 
"Pi°welene 'Picuris people."" 

(6) Sandia " Sam-nan." ' Cf. Isleta (7). This is apparently a 
plural form and may mean 'Picuris people.' 

(7) Isleta "Sam-na'i";^ cf. Sandia (6). 

(S) Jemez Pekw/letd 'at the mountain gap' (pe 'mountain"; 
kwile 'gap' 'pass'; td locative). =Tewa (1). "Pe"kwilita'.""' 
A Picuris person is called Pehwile; two or more Picuris people 
are called Pehrilef. One also says, for instance, Pehcilctcla 
'Picuris old man'(S6'Wold man'), Pt^rw^YeSa'^y/ ' Picuris people' 
(fe<^'*?/' people'). Pe is cognate with Tewa pi?;y 'mountain'; kwi- 
is cognate with Tewa loPi ' gap.' 

(9) Jemez Ota of obscure etymology. OtaTsadf means 
' Picuris people' [fsa^df ' people '). This name was obtained from 
one Jemez Indian only. If it is correct, it may be that Onate"s 
"Acha"' (Span. (17), below) is a corruption of this name. 

(10) Pecos "Pe"kwilita'.'"' This is given as the Jemez and 
Pecos name. 

(11) Cochiti Plkian. The informant volunteered the informa- 
tion that this is merely the Span, name pronounced as it is by 
Cochiti Indians. In New Mexican Span, the final s is usually 
faint or has disappeared altogether. Mexicans commonly say 
Pikuri for the written form Picuris. =Sia (12), Keresan (13), 
Eng. (15), and Span. (16). 

'Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., isns 'Ibid., p. 260. 
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 245, 1910). 'Jouvenceau hi Catholic Pimien-. i, No. 9, i>. Vl, 

= Ibid., 1899 (Handbook Inds., op. cit., p. ■2'1('>). 1906. 

^Spinden, Taos notes, MS., 1910. i Spinden, Picuris notes, Ma., 1910. 

<BandeIier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 123, 1890. 



BARRINGION] PLACE-XAATES 193 

(12) Sia "Pikuris."' Probably from the Span. =Cocbiti 
(11), Keresan (13), Eng. (15), and Span. (1(3). 

(13) Keresan (dialect not stated) "Fikuri'a"=. ''Picuri.s U<m\ 
l\liida, its Keresan name."= It seems probat)lo tliat tliis is 
merely the Span, name as pronounced })y Keresan Indians. 
= Cochiti (11), Sia (12), Enjr. (15), and Span.'(lC). 

. (11) Jicarilla Apache "Tok'ele."^' 

(15) Eng. Picuris. (<Span.). =Cocliiti (11). Sia (12). Kerossm 
(13), Span. (16). 

(Ki) Span. Picuris (of unknown origin). "Picuries." ' '"Sunt 
Buenaventura."' "Pecuri."" "San Lorenzo de los Pecuries."' 
"Pecuries."'* '• S. Lorenzo de Picuries."" "St. Lawrence."'" 
" S. Lorenzo de los Picuries." " •• Pecari." '^ " San Lorenzo dc 
Picuries.'''^* "Pecucio."" '-Pecucis."'^ "Pecuris."'" ''Pila- 
ris.'"^ "Pecora."i« "Picoris."'" "Vicuris."-» "San Lorenzo 
dePecuries."-' "Picux."- "Picuni."^' "Ticori.'""' "Picto- 
ris."=' "S. Lorenzo."-" "Picuri."" -Picuria.'-' "Piccu- 
ries."-''' "San Lorenzo de los Picuries."'" "Lo village desPicu- 

(17) Span. "Acha."^^ "Acha" is identified with Picuris by 
Bandelier. It may be a corruption of Jemez Ota; see Jemcz 
(8), above. Or it may come from a Pecos form cognate with 
Jemez Ota. 

Picuris Pueblo stands on the north side of Pueblo Creek 
[8:80] about a mile above the confiuence of the latter with Pe- 
nasco Creek [8:85]. Bandelier says of Picuris: "At the time of 
the first occupation of New Mexico, Picuries formed a considera- 

iSpinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. "Calhoun, in Cal. Mess, and Curresp., p. 212, 
2Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 18.i0. 

(Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 24.'), 1910). " Calhoun, ibid., p. 211. 

3 Hodge, ibid., p. 246. 20 x^ane in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, v, p. 689, 
<Oiiate(1598)ini)oc.Iiif((.,.xvi.pp.l09.2.i7.1S71. 1855. 

6 Onate, ibid., p, 2.57. -' Ward in Indian Affairs Report for 1807, p. 213, 
5 MS. of 1683, quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Inst. 1808. 

Papers, ill, p. 88, 1890. - Hinton, Handbook to .Vriz., map, 187S. 

' Vetancurt (ca. 1693) in Teatro JIe.K., p. 31s, " I'owell in Amrr. yaluralist, xiv, p. 605, Aug.; 

1871 (mission name.) 1880. 

s Vetancurt, ibid., p. 300. =< Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Ili/I.. p. 2.i9, Apr., 
» Je£ferys, Amer. Atlas, miii> 3, 1771',. 1882. 

10 Kitchin, map of N. A., 17n7. " Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883. 

" Bowles, map of America, 17.50+. =' Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889. 

>2 Hervas (ca. l.SOO) quoted by Pric.'hard, I'hys. ' Ibid., p. 176, map. 

Hist. Man., V, p. 341, 1847. ^ Indian Affairs Report, p. 606, 1889. 

"Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, New » T,add, Story of New Mexico, p. 201, 1891. 

Mexico, p. 37, 1883. '° Bandelier, Final Report, pi. 11, p. 206, I89'>. 

" Pike, Exped., 2d map, 1x10. " Hewett, Communautfe, p. 29, 1908. 

■5 Ibid., 3d map. ISIO. ^- Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 215. 

i« Humboldt, Atlas Nouv.-Espagne, carte 1, ISU. » Castancdn (1.596) in Temaux-ft)mpiins, Voy. 
" Simpson, Exped. to Navajo country, 2d map, IX, p. 168, 1838. 

1850. 

875,S4°— 29 ETH— IG 13 



194 ETfllv^OGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

ble village; to-day it is reduced to a mere hamlet.'''^ A San Juan 
informant says that the principal shrine of the Picuris Indians is 
on top of Jicarita Mountain [22:9]. An old scalp-house (Tewa 
poFowate 'head-skin house") is still to be seen in the plaza of 
Picuris. Scalps are hanjfing in this house in plain sight of all 
who enter. 

[8:89] The "Old Castle," presumably called in Span. Castillo Vie jo. 
This ruin stands just north of the pueblo. Dr. H. J. Spinden^' 
furnishes the following information about it. "There are still 
several houses at Picuris which show pre-Spanish construction. 
The best example is the 'old castle' on a mound back of the 
pueblo. It is said to have been live stories high. It is now 
three, but is in an advanced stage of decay. There are still two 
perfect rooms, which are sealed up and which contain some 
sacred meal. There is a shrine on the mound of the ' old castle.' 
On it a fetish of clay representing an animal, a piece of an old 
tube pipe, and four small stones, one of them a piece of obsidian, 
were to be seen." _ 

[8:90] (1) Piijvnfmjf 'mountain-gap mountains' {Piywi\ see [8:88]; 
pitjj' ' mountain '). 

(2) Picuris " Pi°ene — the Picuris mountains are called thus; 
also any range of mountains is called thus."^ 

(3) Eng. Picuris Mountains. = Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Sierra de Picuris ' mountains of [8:88]', q. v. = Eng. (3). 
"The dark mountains of Picuries divide the ruins in the Taos 

country from those to which the traditions of the Picuries are 
attached".^ " There is a trail leading from Taos to Picuries, but 
I preferred the wagon road as more commodious and as furnish- 
ing a better view of the eastern high chain. This road sur- 
mounts the crests of the Sierra de Picuries b}' going directlj' 
south from the Ranches de Taos [8:58] for some distance. It 
follows at first a pleasant valley and a lively rivulet, and then 
penetrates into forests of pine on the northern slopes of the 
Picuries chain. These wooded solitudes afforded no room for the 
abode of man in ancient times. The modern traveller delights in 
their refreshing shade, and notices with interest the animal life 
that fills the thickets. The jet-black and snow-white magpie 
[Tewa kioa'a^ flutters about; blue jays [Tewa se] appear, and 
variegated woodpeckers. It is so difierent from the arid mesas 
and barren mountains that we forget the painful steepness of the 
road. Its general direction is now to the southwest. Once on 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 35, 1892. ' Bandelier, op. cit., p. 33. 

" Picaris notes, MS., 1910. 



HARRINGTON! PLACE-XAMES 



I'.tr 



the southern .slope of the Picuries range, we strike directly for 
the west. ... the abrupt Sierra de Picuries, against which the 
pueblo leans on the south, is covered with stately forests " ' 

[8:91] Eng. United States Peak. 

Wheeler = gives the height as 10,7;U feet. It appears to be the 
highest peak of the Picuris ^Mountains [8:90]. 

[8:92] The old trail between Taos and Picuris. 

Bandelier^ evidently mentions this trail: "There is a trail 
leading from Taos to Picuries". Mr. Spinden^ gives this infor- 
mation: " This trail goes over 11,000 feet high; some people can 
not stand it. The road attains a height of over 10,000 feet."' 

[8:93] Picuris "Matsoita, meaning 'muy fragoso' 'very rough' ".^ 

[8:94] Picuris "Poiketha".' 

[8:95] Picuris '"Kaket'hoa, 'the old pueblo' ".'^ Whether this name 
means old pueblo in general or is the proper name of this ruin is 
not clear. 

Dr. Spinden furnishes the following native description: '-The 
old pueblo is on the ridge between Pueblo and Penasco Rivers. 
This old pueblo was established after the flood. It continued to 
increase until Cortes came. The people of this pueblo went to 
the east. But live families went west to California. Most of 
the Indians of this pueblo went to Red River [8:19] and founded 
a new pueblo close to a very high mountain. It was a verj^ long 
time ago when the}' were last heard of. There are old remains on 
top of a flat ridge between Rio Pueblo and Rio Penasco about 1 
mile below Smith's store. Bowlder foundations extend over a 
large area. Pottery fragments are common. It is black and 
white painted pottery with geometric designs. A common ele- 
ment is standing triangles with parallel lines. Also incised black 
pottery was found. The incisions ai'e horizontal lines a quarter 
to half an inch apart. Also a few samples of corrugated ware 
were ^sicked up. Remains of small grinding stones were fairly 
common." 

[8:96] Picuris "Quta, lower bench of the tongue of land l)etween 
Pueblo Creek and Penasco Creek".* 

"From these two mountains [22:9] [22:13] descend two stream- 
lets, which run almost directly to the west, parallel with each 
other, for many miles, divided by wooded ridges of small width'"." 

iBandelier, Final Report, pt. n, pp. Sl-35, 1S92. 

2U. S. Geographical Surveys west ottlie 100th meridian, part.s of southern Colorado and northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 
^Bandelier, op. cit., p. 34. 
^ Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 
^ Bandelier, op. cit., p. 35. 



196 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

[8:97] Picuris " We°to°ta, 'high hill', upper bench of the tongue of 
land between Pueblo Creek and Peiiasco Creek"'.' See quotation 
from Bandelier under [8:96]. 
[8:98] (1) Eng. Peiiasco settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Peiiasco, 'rock' 'rocky cliff'. =Eng. (1). 
Cf. Peiiasco Creek [8: 85]. Whether there is a rockj' cliff in the 
vicinity is not known to the writer. 

"Peiiasco, about 2i miles southeast of Picuries, is higher than 
Taos [8:5i], while Embudo [8:78] is more than a thousand feet 
lower". ^ 
[8:99] (1) Eng. Santa Barbara settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Santa Barbara, 'Saint Barbara'. =Eng. (1). 
Cf. ''Sierrade Santa Barbara" under [22:unlocated], page 355. 
[8:100] (1) Eng. Junta Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito de la Junta, 'confluence creek'. =Eng. (1). 

UXLOCATED 

" Bear Mountains." The Taos informant said there are certain moun- 
tains south of Taos Pueblo which the Taos call by a name in their 
language which means 'bear mountains.' 

Picuris "Ku'pama, 'eye of a bear,' the name of a canyon."' 

Picuris "Kalene Creek; Kalene means 'here sits a wolf."'"' 

Taos "Hiutiitt'a, 'a ruined pueblo on Red River. "'^ 

Pueblo ruin in the Taos jNlountains. "The ruins of the Taos people 
are to be sought along the base of its high mountains. One of 
them, to which I was told they gave the name of Mojua-lu-na, or 
Mojual-ua, is said to exist in the mountains.''^ See Pueblo 
Peak [8:i0]. 

Picuris "Quoma, a mountain of the Picuris range north-northeast of 
the Government school-house at Picuris pueblo." ' 

(1) Eng. Sora settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Soi'a. =Eng. (1). The Span, dictionaries give "sora, a 
kind of drink prepared from maize." Or for Span. Zorra, 'fox' ^ 
A Mexican town on Petaca Creek [8:5] somewhere above 
Petaca settlement [8:7]. 

Taos "Tii'luia 'Plaza Rota, in Rio Hondo'.'"^ Rio Hondo refers 
perhaps to Arroyo Hondo [8:32]. A Span, dictionary' gives 
"rota" as meaning 'route' and 'rattan.' 

iSpinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p, 35, note, 1892. Wheeler gives the altitude of Peiiasco as 7,462 feet, 
and the Denver and Rio Grande Railway gives the height of Embudo as 5,809 feet. 

3 Harry Budd, Taos vocabulary, in Bur. Amer. Ethn. 
< Bandelier, op. cit., p. 32. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



habkixgton] 



PLACE-NAMES 197 



Unlocated pueblo ruin near Picuris Pueblo. "The ruins of a pueblo 
exi.st on one of the mesas near by, but I had no time to investi- 
gate them, and have only seen many fragments of pottery and of 
grinding-slabs from that locality."' Perhaps identical with 
[8:95]. 

Unlocated sulphur springs. " Five miles south of Taos . . . ai'e 
sulphur springs of rare medicinal value." ^ Perhaps identical 
with [8:<;il]. 

Unlocated sulphur springs. "Between Peuasco [8:08] and Mora 
[Mora in Mora County, not on any of the accompanying maps] 
on the Rio Pueblo [8:86], are sulphur springs of rare medicinal 
value.'" ^ 

[9] VELARDE SHEET 

All the region shown on this sheet (map !») is claimed by the Tewa 
of San Juan. Three Tewa pueblo ruins are included. The sheet is 
named from Velarde [9:ti], which is perhaps the most widely known 
settlement. 

[9:1] Canoe Mesa, see [13:1]. 

[9:2] San Juan Kubt-weh'xije, see [8:76]. 

[9:3] San Juan Joliuu 'cane cactus arroyo' (/o 'cane cactus' 'Opun- 
tia arborescens'; Am'm 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[9:4] (1) San Juan Eop^ebe^e 'boat corner' 'bridge corner', referring 
to the Span, name (tdjc'e 'boat' 'bridge' <lco unexplained, fe 
'stick' 'log'; 6<?'e small low roundish place). Cf. Span. (4). 

(2) Eng. Brady. This name, now the official one, was given 
to the place several years ago and is in common use. 

(3) Eng. Canoa. (< Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(4) Span. Canoa, 'canoe' 'boat'. The name is perhaps taken 
from Canoe Mesa [9:1]. =Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

[9:5] (1) San Juan Tiv'gwSi/M 'chico corner' (As- ^'gw an unidentified bush 
very common in New Mexico, called by the ^Mexicans of the 
Tewa country chico; hu^v ' large low roundish place'). 
There is much chico growing at this place. 

(2) Picuris "Phahu'tena, 'hole in the ground.' "* Perhaps a 
translation of the Span. name. = Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. La Hoj'a, La Joya. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. 
Picuris (2). "^ 

(4) Span. La Hoya. New Mexican Span. La Joya, 'the dell' 
'the hollow.' =Eng. (3). Cf. Picuris (2). The Span, name is still 

in conuuon use as a designation of the whole locality. It was 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 35-36, 1892. 3 ibid., p. 175. 

s Land of Sunshine, Santa Fe, pp. 173-175, 1906. ' Spinden, Picuris Dotes, MS., 1910. 



198 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Teth. an'n'. 29 

formed V also used as the name of the settlement [9:6], which was 
recently changed from La Hoya to Velarde because of confusion 
with La Hoya on the Kio Grande below Albuquerque. In New 
Mexican Span, words beginning with a vowel or h are frequently 
pronounced with an initial^'. Hence the current misspelling "La 
Joya'' for La Hoya. Hoya is a much applied geographical term 
in New Mexican Span., being the nearest Span, equivalent of 
Tewa hull, hee. '"La Joya (ten miles north of San Juan)".' 

[9:6] (1) Eng. Velarde settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Velarde (family name). =Eng. (1). 
This place was formerly called La Hoya settlement; see [9:.5]. 
Because of confusion with La Hoya on the Rio Grande south of 
Albuquerque the name of the post office was recently changed 
to Velarde, this being now the official name and adopted Ity 
Mexicans living in the vicinity. The name Velarde was chosen 
because of a prominent Mexican famil}' named Velarde, which 
resides at the place. 

[9:7] (1) San Juan KutfijVoku 'Cuchilla Hill' {Kiiffija <Span. (2); 
'oku 'hill'). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cuchilla, 'narrow sharp ridge'. Cf. Tewa (1). 
The bladelike point of [9:S] is called by this name. Some apply 
the name vaguely to the whole hill. See [9:8]. 

[9:8] San Juan T^/g.ubi/ge'impiijf 'chico corner mountain', refer- 
ring to [9:5] (7^y/gwJ«'M, see [9:5]; g_e 'down at' 'over at'; 'i'* 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; piyj' 'mountain'). This 
hill or mountain is perhaps sometimes called by the same names 
as [9:7]. Perhaps the Mexicans would call it Cerro de La Hoya, 
but such a name might refer to any mountain or large hill near 
La Ho3'a, while the Tewa name given above does not. 

[9:9] (1) San Juan ^ Oinxy(j^ir)j'ku''u 'crooked chin place arroyo' 
(^ Omceyfjti see [22:unlocated]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix ; huhi, ' large groove ' ' arroyo '). 

(2) Eng. Truchas Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Ritode las Truchas, 'trout creek.' Probably so called 
from the presence of trout therein; but cf. Truchas settlement 
[22:11], which is probably named from the creek, although the 
reverse may be true. 

This long creek has perennial water only in its upper course. 
See Wmst)j(j^ [22:unlocated], and Truchas settlement [22:11]. 
[9:10] San Juan ^ 0)Hiey(jihug.etot)a 'clitfs at crooked chin place arroyo' 
{Omxygihuhi, see [9:9]; ge 'down at' 'over at'; tiiha 'cliti"). 

These very noticeable cliffs are on the north side of the creek 
[9:9] about two miles from the Rio Grande. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, pp. 63-64, 1892. 



HARRixGTOx] PLACE-NAMES 199 

[9:11] San Juan Ku.so'jowih>/'g.e ke.ta ' Omxygihuge^ir)f\>hi 'hills of 
[9:9] and [9:12]' {Kuso''jowihv''u, see [9:12]; g_t' 'down at' 'over at"; 
he-ia'a 'and'; ' Omseyg^hu'u, see [9:9]; T' locative and adjective 
foi-ming postfix; ^oku 'hill'). 

[9:12] San Juan Kimd'jovnhuhi 'groat rock gap arroyo' (AVw^Wifr/, 
see [9:15]; Jut'u ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

[9:13] San Juan Jag_emiroku of obscure etymology 0'«fite 'between'; 
?«« unexplained; ^olcu 'hill"). 

[9:14] San Juan Emojo 'great stone' (ku 'stone'; so' jo 'great', form 
agreeing with hi, mineral singular). 

This stone is what remains of the woman who fed the water- 
man according to the myth related under [10:2t)]. Kleeing from 
''Ol-eqiju-ikeji [10:26] over the old trail to Picuris, she reached the 
site of this stone, where she became petrified as she lay down on 
the ground to rest. The stone lies on a little height about a dozen 
yards east of Kuso-joirPi [9:15] through which the old trail to 
Picuris passes. It is a hard grayish-white stone, about the size 
of a person. The length is five feet, its diameter averages about a 
foot and a half. Its surface is smooth and roundish. The stone 
lies north-northwest and south-southeast. The head end, which 
is to the south-southeast, is slightlj' higher than the other end. 
Arms, breasts, and other features (female) are clearly to be made 
out, as the old Indian informant showed the writer. The stone 
would weigh a thousand pounds, perhaps. Some small fragments 
of stone lie on the ground just southwest of the stone. These are 
said to be what remains of two ears of corn which the old woman 
had with her as provisions during her flight. This stone is a i''iije, 
or sacred thing. A wagon road passes a few rods east of the spot. 
Mexicans travel on this road, knowing nothing of the existence of 
the old woman. The stone has given names to [9:12], [9:15]. and 

^'^'^- - . . -. .. 

[9:15] San Juan KiMo'joioti 'great stone gap," referring to the Kum'jo 

[9:14] {wi'i 'gap' 'pass'). 

The old trail to Picuris passes through this gap. The trail is 

deeply worn in the gap. The petrified old woman lies near by, 

to the east. 

[9:16] San Juan Kvsojdoku 'great stone hills', referring to the 
Kmo'jo (see [9:14]; 'oA-?* 'hills'). 

[9:17] Jutapo 'Ute trail' {Juth 'Ute'; j)o 'trail'). 

This is the old and still well-worn trail to the Ute Indian 
country. It climbs Canoe Mesa [9:1] opposite the pueblo ruin 
[9:23], passing up the Jutupo'iyfhu''u [9:18]. It crosses Canoe 
Mesa [9:1]. going toward the north, and Comanche Creek [6:12] 
at a place not determined, and passes thence to the country where 
the Ute former! V ranged. 



200 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[9:18] San Juan Jufapd'ivfhu'u ' Ute trail arroyo' {Jutapo, see 
[9:17]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forniiug posttix; huUi 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). See [9:17J. 

[9:19] (1) Eng. Lyden station. 

(2) Span. Bosque, 'forest', the Span, name referring to the 
locality both west and east of the Rio Grande. See [9:20]. 

[9:20] (1) San Juan Boke. (<Span.). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Bosque. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Bosque, 'forest.' =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 

This name is applied to the locality on both sides of the river, 
including Lyden, which is on the west side. The name Lvden 
seems never to be apjjlied to the settlement on the east side of the 
river, which is always called Boscjue. See [9:21]. 
[9:21] San Juan Bokep ek' ahi'u 'Bosque corral corner' {Boke, see 
[9:20]; //e^-'a 'corral' <p'e 'stick' 'timber', k'a 'fence' 'en- 
closure'; buhl 'large low roundish place'). 
[9:22] San Juan S^/u/iuhi 'corn-silk arroyo', referring to [9:23] 
{Siefu, see [9:23]; hwu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This is a large arroyo. 
[9:23] San Juan Sa^JiCqyvi^keji 'corn-silk pueblo ruin' {i^seju 'corn- 
silk' < s« 'corn-silk', Ju perhaps connected with f^ 'to fly'; 
^qrjwikeji 'pueblo ruin' <-o)jiri 'pueblo', keji 'ruin' postpound). 
"They [the Tewa of San Juan] also state that there are two ruins 
at La Joya [9:5], (ten miles north of San Juan), one of which 
they call' Sa-jiu Uing-ge', and the other 'Pho-jiu Uing-ge'."* 
"Poihuge (maison du clan de I'eau), et Saihuge (maison du clan 
du tabac) a dix milles au nord des villages actuels sur le meme 
cote de la riviere." ^ 

The ruin consists of low mounds on a low bluff beside the river. 
Potsherds and other debris arc strewn along the edge of the bluff 
for a distance of 200 yards or more. The ruin is being eroded 
by the river, and much of it is already gone. An irrigation ditch 
runs at present at the foot of the bluff between the bluff' and the 
water of the river. The sandy island [9:21] is opposite the ruin. 
[9:21] (1) San Juan Bohepojcuie 'Bosque Island' {Bol-e, see [9:20]; 
pojcue 'island' <po ' water', _;a./'<; 'in the middle of 'in'). 

(2) San Juan Sx/upoja-ie 'corn-silk island' {Ssefn, see [9:23]; 
pojcue 'island' <po 'water', ;ff.<e 'in the middle of 'in'). 
This is a large, low sr.ndy island ojjposite the ruin [9:23]. 
[9:25] San Juan Siefubuu 'corn-silk corner' (Si^fii, see [9:23]; bu'ii 
'large low roundish place'). 

This is a little dell beside the river just below [9:23]. A small 
arroyo which has its mouth here might be called Sipfubidiuu 
{Jiuu 'arro3-o'). 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt, n, pp. 63-64, 1892. 
»Hewett, Communautfe, p. 30, 1908. 



HiRRixGTox] PLACE-NAMES 201 

[9:-^<i] Nameless unoj-o. The Sau Juan iufoimant could not remem- 
ber its name. 

[9::iT] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

Many fragments of 1 ndian pottery are strewn here on the ground. 
Part of a wall composed of adobe bricks was found at the place. 
The site is an open plain. It is not certain that this is the ruin 
of an Indian pueblo. The San Juan informant could not remem- 
ber the name of this ruin, but .said that he had heard the name of 
either this or another ruin somewhere in this vicinitv. It may 
be that this is PopoViojjwikeji; see under [9:unlocated]. ilr. 
Juan de Dios Romero, whose home is in this region, told tlie 
writer that he knows of Mexicans finding Indian metates at a 
place not far from the river and about midway between |9:l'7] 
and [9:34]. There used to be two Mexican houses at the place 
where the metates were found, but nobody jives there now. 

[9:28] Farmhouse of ^iv. Felipe Lopez, given in order to locate 
[9:27]. 

[9:29] Farmhouse of Mr. Manuel ilartinez. given in order to locate 
[9:27]. 

[9:30] San Juan Pdb^nfui^iiriijl-o • barranca of Avafiu dwelling-place 
corner', referring to [9:31](P(y5««/'w^e6w'M, see [9:31J; '/"' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; Iq 'barranca' 'arroyo witli a 
noticeable liank"). 

This gulch runs straight back from Alcalde station. 

[9:31] (1) San Juan Pohsenfutebuu, 'Avanu dwelling-place corner', 
referring to the pool [9:32] (FoS^ny^it', see [9:32]; bic'u 'large 
low roundish place '). 

(2) Eng. Alcalde station. (< Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Alcalde 'magistrate' 'judge'. =Eng. (2). This 
name was recentl}' given and properh' belongs to Alcalde settle- 
ment [10:1.5] on the east side of the river. 

There are a station and windmill at [9:31]. 

[9:32] San Junn Potxnj'ute, P(ibx»j'utepohvi 'Avaiiu dwelling-place' 
Avanu dwelling-place pool' {Poixnfu San Juan form of the San 
Ildefonso 'Aiaiifu 'horned-snake divinity', probably < fo 
'water', ])8R7ifu 'snake'; te 'dwelling-place ^ypokvi 'pool' 'lake' 
<po 'water', ^v/;i unexplained). 

West of the station and windmill and by the river's edge is a 
depression as large as a span of horsi^s, where water may collect. 
This was believed by the Tewa of San Juan to be one of the 
dwelling-places of ^Abanj"u 'horned-snake divinity'. 

[9:33] Sau Juan Suiulaup'ek'awifjf ''akonnu 'plain of the corral of 
the soldiers' {Sipidnuj) el' a. see [9:34]; T', 'wt'\ locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix; 'xkqmvi 'plain' <\ikqyf 'plain', vn unex- 
plained). 

This is a wide, level, barren plain. 



202 ETHXOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

[9:3i] (1) San Jimn Sy,ndaup'eFa'{tve 'at the corral of the soldiers', 
translating the Span. name. = Eng. (2), Sisan. (}i). ^ 

(2) Eng. Corral of the Soldiers, translating the Span, name, 
Corral de Los Soldados. =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Corral de los Soldados, 'corral of the soldiers'. =Tewa 
(1), Eng. (2). Cf. [9:33], [9:3(5], [9:37]. 

Some American soldiers had their barracks at this place at 
sometime or other, when, the informants did not know: hence 
the name. This place is about a mile below Bosque [9:20]. 
[9:35] (1) Eng. Los Luceros settlement. {<Span.). = Span. (2)- 

(2) Span. Los Luceros (a family name). =Eng. (1). 

The northernmost houses of Los Luceros are at [9:34]; the 
most southerly are at [9 :-i4]. 
[9:36] San Juan Sundaup ek' abu' u 'corner by the corral of the sol- 
diers ' {Sy,ndaupek'a, see [9:34]; btt'u ' large low roundish place '). 

This name refers to the low place by the river about and below 
the mouth of [9:37]. The mesa almost merges into the bottom- 
lands here, so slight is its elevation. 
[9:37] San Juan Siindaiq^'elca/iyl-ohuhi 'barranca arroyo of the 
corral of the soldiers ' {Sy,ndaupek'a,see [9:34]; T' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; ^-oAj^'m ' barranca arroyo' <ko 'bar- 
ranca', hii'ti 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

To this large arroyo the spring [9:38] is tributary. 
[9:38] (1) San Juan Tsig.Uponii'u, Tsiguponupopi 'down by the chico 
water' 'spring down by the chico water' {Tsig.h unidentified 
species of bush, called by the Mexicans of the Tewa country 
chico; po 'water'; nu'u 'below' 'down at'; poj)i 'spring' <po 
' water,' j)i ' to iss-ue'). 

(2) Eng. Ballejos spring. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Ojo de los Vallejos, Barrancas de los Ballejos, ' Balle- 
jos Spring' 'Vallejos Barrancas' (Vallejos, Span, family name, 
name of a Mexican familv which used to live near this place). 
= Eng. (2). 

This spring is the only water in the vicinity and is used for 
watering slieep. The place is almost due west of Alcalde station 
[9:31]. The old San Juan informant formerly spent much time 
herding sheep about this spring. When the spring did not have 
enough water, the sheep had to be driven down to the river to 
water them. The whole region south of Kiiso^jo [9:14] is loosely 
called Tsigjiponuu. See [9:39], [9:40]. [9:41], and [9:42]. 
[9:39] San Juan Tsigitpormg.e'i'^%ia''e 'little clifi's or banks down by 
the chico water' {TxiQup(mu''u, see [9:38]; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; 
'«'• locative and adjective-forming postfix; iota 'cliff' 'bank'; 'e 
diminutive). 

The si)ring and pool are surrounded on the north and east by 
peculiar little clifi's. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 203 

[9:40] San Juan mgitpomig^^rioki^e ' littlo hills down bv the rliico 
water ^ (Tsighpoim^i, see [9:3S]; ge ' down af ' over at';"T' locative 
and adjective-forming posttix; 'oh, 'hilF; 'tf diminutive). 

Sontlieast of the spring and pool is a range of very small hills. 

[9:41] San Juan T><ig.Hponui}^c'{mi>ok;ci', 'little pool down bv the ehico 
water' {TslghponiC u, see |9:3SiJ: ge 'down at' 'over at*'; '/•< loca- 
tive and adjective- forming posttix; pokici 'pool' 'lake' <po 
'water', ln-i unexplained; '« diminutive). 

This is a small round pool which drains to the south. North- 
east and west of it are small knolls of bluish, pebbly earth. 
Grass grows luxuriantly in a small patch south of the pool. The 
little arroyo [9:42] can be traced from the spring. 

[9:42] San Juan Tsighponu'g.e'iylcq 'barranca down by the chico 
water' (Tsighponu'i/, see [9:38]; g.e 'down at" 'over at'; T' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; lo 'barranca' 'banked 
arroyo'). See [9:41]. 

[9:43] San Juan P'Pog.e'qyvihji 'pueblo ruin down at the wood- 
peckerplace' {pVo 'woodpecker', Span, 'carpintero'; g.e "down 
at' 'overat'; 'o?;w^7vyi' pueblo ruin' <'oijwi 'pueblo', Av/* 'ruin' 
postpound). The whole region about the ruins is called FTo^r. 
There are several names of animals compounded with ge. Thus 
Ts'idege ' down at the bird place ' [17:34], for instance. " Tio-ge." ' 
"Pioge."^ 

The pueblo ruin lies perhaps a hundred yards southeast of the 
farm of Mr. Isador Lopez. A wagon i-oad runs between this 
farm and the ruin. A ditch about 15 feet deep has been cut 
through the ruin from north to south. This ditch was con- 
structed for irrigation purposes about seven 3'ears ago, but owing 
to financial ditficulties of the company which dug it, the ditch 
has never been utilized. The pueblo was of adobe and the ruin 
consists of low mounds. Bandelier' says of P'i'oge: '"Tio-ge, 
three miles north of San Juan. This is smaller than Abiquiu [3:oSj; 
but the disposition of its buildings appears to have been similar. 
Considerable pottery has been exhumed from Pio-ge, and hand- 
some specimens are in Mr. Elldodt's possession. Among them 
are sacriticial bowls with the turreted rim that characterizes those 
vessels, and the symbolic paintings of the rain-clouds, of water- 
snakes, and of the libella. Similar fetiches of alabaster have also 
been unearthed. Pio-ge is claimed by the Tehuas of San Juan as 
one of their ancient villages, and they assert that it was aban- 
doned previous to Spanish times." 

'•Quatre endroits sont bien connus des Indiens de San Juan 
pour avoir ete habites anciennement par quelques-uns de leurs 
clans: Pioge, a trois milles au nord de San Juan."- PT'/gf has 
given the name to the small arroyo [9:44]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. Ii. p. 63, 1892. ■ Hewett, Communaut4s, p. 30, 1908. 



204 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

[9:4:J:] San Juan P' Pog.e'yjl-q 'barranca down at the woodpecker 
place' {P'l'oge, see [9:43]; 'iJ'* locative and adjective-forminjj 
postfix; kq ' barranca ' ' cleft arroyo ' ). 

[S:-!.")] San Juan ^Awap'ahuhi 'cattail corner' {'awaj/a 'cattail', 
unidentified species; bii''n 'large low roundish place'). This name 
is applied to the low laud by the river south of the vicinity of the 
mouth of [9:i4] and north of the vicinity of the mouth of [10:6]. 
Cattails {^awaj/a) were seen growing at the upper end of this area. 
The corner has given its name to [9:4(')j and to [10:6]. 

[9:46] San Juan "" Awcvp akwaje 'cattail heights', referring to [9:45] 
{^awap'a 'cattail', as in [9:45]; l-waje 'height'). This name 
refers to the higher land east of [9:45]. The ruin [9:43] is said to 
stand on ''awap^ahwaje. 

Unlocated 

A puel)lo ruin mentioned by Bandelier as "Pho-jiu Uing-ge" 
and by Hewett as "Poihuge." 

"They [the Tewa of San Juan] also state that there are two ruins 
at La Joya (10 miles north of San Juan), one of which they call 
'Sa-jiu Uing-ge' [9:23], and the other ' Pho-jiu Uing-ge'.''' 
" Quatre endroits sont bien connus des Indiens de San Juan pour 
avoir ete habites anciennemcnt par quelques-uns de leurs clans . . . 
Poihuge (maison du clan de Teau)."- No form like "Poihuge" 
can mean in Tewa " house of the water clan," and what is more 
perplexing no Tewa can make any meaning out of "Pho-jiu." 
The writer labored with these forms persistently' among the San 
Juan Indians. The San Juan informants suggest that "Pho-jiu" 
is for Pofu^u, the name of the pueblo ruin [3:9] situated near 
Abiquiu; and they think that " Poihuge" must be the sanie name 
with the locative g.f postfixed, as is often done. Bandelier may 
quite easily have made this mistake. There is, however, another 
plausible explanation, and that is that "Pho-jiu" may be for 
Popoii; see P/jMiiTqiprileji, page 205. Poj>oit may have been 
changed to Pofiiu by Bandelier's informant because of influence 
of Sfefic, with which it was associated. Sse/u may have called to 
his mind Pofiiht., although the latter is a ruin in the Chama River 
drainage, especiallj' since Piju^u and Popcitri both contain p>o 
' squash ' as their first syllable. Or the writer's informants may all 
be wrong. But it would be strange if there were a pueblo ruin 
named Pojuhi, near Abiquiu and another by the same name near 
La Hoya [9:5]. One should also notice in connection with these 
names Hewett's " Poihuuinge ", which he locates in the Chama River 
drainage; see "Poihuuinge" under [5:unlocated], page 157. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 63-64, 1892. = Hewett, Communautfe, p. 30, 1908. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAKRIXCTON] PLACE-NAMES 205 

San Juan PopoWqrjwikeii 'sqna.sh flower pueblo ruin' {po 'squash' 
'pumpkin'; pott 'flower'; -qijwikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^oijwi 
'pueblo', Irji 'ruin', postpound). This name was known to 
three San Juan informants. They agreed that this ' ruin ' is lo- 
cated somewhere near S^sfuoywikeji [9:23]. It may be the 
nameless and problematic ruin [9:27] the name of which the in- 
formant could not remember. At any rate it is almost certain 
that it is the name for which Bandelier's "Pho-jiu'" is intended. 

[10] OLD SAN .nJAX SHEET 

This sheet (map 10) shows a tract just north of San Juan Pueblo. One 
pueblo ruin, Old San Juan [10:2G], is included, from which the sheet 
has been named. 

[10:1] Canoe Mesa, see [13:1]. 

[10:2] San Juan Qwah.ii, see [13:3]. 

[10:3] Tsexmpo 'eagle gap trail', so called because it passes north of 
but near [7:21] {TsewPi, see [7:21]; po 'trail'). 

This is an old trail. It is the one frequently taken when going 
by trail from the vicinity of San Juan to Ojo Caliente or El Rito 
regions. The trail winds its way up Canoe Mesa [10:1] just back 
of JV(j)uj/oniiu [10:1] and almost directly opposite the old ruin of 
P' Page [9:13]. The trail is perhaps also called b}' the San Juan 
^^qinpvmipo {Nqm2?\miiu, see [10:1]; po 'trail'). It is probabl}' 
to this trail that Bandelier' refers when he says: "A trail leads 
across it [Canoe Mesa] to the Rio Grande from Ojo Caliente". 

[10:4] (1) San Juan JV4mp'onu''u 'down at the holes in the earth", 
referring to holes of some sort in the ground at the foot of the 
cliff of Canoe Mesa [10:1] at this place {mnjf 'earth'; p'o 'hole'; 
«m'w 'below', applied to distinguish the place from the height of 
Canoe Mesa [10:1], which overhangs it). 

(2) Eng. Estaca settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Estaca 'the stake'. =Eng. (2). In what connection 
this name is applied is unknown. '"La Staka".- 

The most southerly house of this place is the large residence of 
Mr. Juan Lopez, which is approximately opposite Alcalde [10:15]; 
the place extends to the north to the point at which the Tuewipo 
trail [10:3] climbs the mesa. The hill or slope called Qtvake-ii 
[10:2] lies between the place and the clifl' of the mesa [10:1]. 
[10:.5] San Juan ^Awap'ahiPu, see [9:15]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 63, note, 1892. 

2 U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 



206 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[10:0] San Juan ^Awaj>''abuijjkq 'cattail corner arroyo' (^Awapa- 

btt'i/, see [9:45]; 't'' locative and adjective-forming postfix; l-o 

'barranca' 'arroyo with banks'). 
This is a broad and straight arroyo which gets its name because 

its mouth is at [10:5]. 
[10:7] (1) Eng. La Villita settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. La Villita 'the little town.' =Eng. (1). A few 

Mexican houses at this place are called by this pretentious name. 

No San Juan Tewa name for this place could be learned. 
[10:8] (1) Eng. Los Pachecos settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Los Pachecos (Span, family name). =Eng. (1). 
There are a few Mexican houses at this place. 
[10:9] San Juan ^A7iy,bu''u of obscure etymology {''a?m unexplained; 

bi/^ti 'large low roundish place'), '^wji appears al>o in a number 

of other names; see [10:10], [10:11], [10:12], [10:13], [10:U], and 

[10:15]. 
[10:10] San Juan ^Any,heu-l of obscure etymology ('a//y, see [10:9]; 

kiM'i 'height'). This name is applied to the higher land east of 

[10:9]. 
[10:11] San Juan''A)iy,kQ of obscure etymology ('any, see [10:9]; ko 

'barranca' 'arroyo with banks'). 

This arroyo passes about half a mile north of Alcalde settle- 
ment [10:15]. 
[10:12] San Juan ^Any/oku of obscure etymolog}' {\iny,, see [10:9]; 

'ohu'-hiW). 
The group of hills here referred to is about 2 miles from the 

Eio Grande. 
[10:13] San Juan "'Amj^^ohnhq of obscure etymology {^a»y,, see [10:9]; 

'o^'w'hill'; 1-0 'barranca' 'arroyo with banks'). 
[10:14] San Juan '^?iy.'oI'«J«'M ' '^wy. (unexplained) hill corner' ('«wy, 

see [10:9]; ^olcu 'hill'; biiu 'large low roundish place'). 
This low place lies between ^Any,^okn [10:12] and IlyfseJcwaje 

[10:21]. It is said to be barren, with no trace of the works of 

man in sight. 
[10:15] (1) San Juan ^iny.bii'u "J.riy (unexplained) town' {'any,, see 

[10:9]; bu'n 'town'). 

(2) Akadehi'ti 'Alcalde town' {Aka^e, see Span. (4); buu 
'town'). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Alcalde settlement. ( < Span). =Tewa (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Alcalde, Plazita Alcalde 'magistrate' 'judge.' 
= Tewa (2), Eng. (3). Span, alcalde is translated in Tewa by 

the word tscdt*, but the name of Alcalde settlement is never 
translated. 

This is an old Mexican settlement. 



HARRI .NGTOX ] p, .^f. y_s; ^ M £8 



207 



[10:l.;j San Juan PrpcU; 'day point' (/./"j "a kind of pottery .-lav " 
^Nuprt under MiNKKALs; wai ^projectiufr corner or point')', 
ihis name is given to a small point of land projecting toward the 
south, situated about midwav between 110:151 and ilO-'Ol Cf 
[10:17] and [10:ls]. " l i l - J- ci. 

[10:17] San Juan Pl'iwUriijfhiu 'clay point arroyo' {PriwU!. see 
[10:lt;]; \'i locative and adjective-forming posttix; hwu 'lar.re 
groove' 'arroyo'). " 

[10:18] San Juan PrixvUihtu 'clay point corner' (Pii^cij!, see 
[10:16]: hu^u 'large low roundish place'). 

[10:19] San Juan Qwoden^hu' u 'corner where it cuts througii' {iimode 
'to cut through' as a stream cuts through earth or "sand: me 
locative; hCu 'large low roundish place'). Cf. [10:iOJ. 

[10:20] San Juan Qwodenxkohuu 'barranca arroyo where it cuts 
through' {Qivodenx, se& [10:19]; Z:oAm'm 'barranca arroyo' <J,q 
'barranca', hu^u ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

This large arroyo flows out from Jliifsehvaje [10:21]. and in it^ 
upper part might perhaps be called Hyiselohuu. See [12:2j. 

[10:21] San Juan Iliifselwaje, see [12:2]. 

[10:22] Small nameless arroyo. 

[10:23] San Juan Piiilcu.tsse.''irifhu''u 'arroyo where the meat is or was 
pounded' (7)/S/ 'meat'; hutsse. 'to pound' 'to peck'; 't'Mocative 
and adjective-forming postfix; liu'a 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[10:24] San Juan 'Anfihu'u. 'sunflower corner' i^anfi 'sunflower', 
probably <Span. aiiile 'sunflower', used instead of the old Tewa 
na.va& t' dmjjoil 'sun flower' {fq))f 'sun'; poU 'flower'); bn'u 
'large low roundish place'). Whj' the name was originally ap- 
plied was not known to the informants. Cf. [10:25] and [10:2(5]. 

[10:25] San ^WA,n^Anfihe.i!,''Anf'^u'keJi, '^Myi6«'olvi-(3.*/ 'sunflower 
height' 'sunflower corner height' 'sunfloAver height where Old 
San Juan is' i^anfi 'sunflower', ■Anfibirv, see [10:24]; 'oh:, see 
[10:20]; le-d 'height'). The higher land east of [10:24] is called 
thus. 

Old San Juan Pueblo ruin [10:2<5] is at this place. 

[10:26] San Juan ^ Olce^ qijwil'ej i , ^Anfibiiokeoijir/ktji '^Ol-e (unex- 
plained) Puelilo ruin' ''^Oke (unexplained) Pueblo ruin at sun- 
flower corner [10:24]' {;Ohe unexplained, name of San Juan 
PueV)lo, see San Juan Pueblo under [11], pages 211-15; \i)v:ikeji 
'pueblo ruin' <'ojjic\ 'pueblo', Iceji 'ruin' postpound; ^Anf\hiCu, 
see [10:24]). 

No previous mention of this pueblo ruin can be found. The 
San Juan informants say that San Juan Indians speak of it more 
frequently than they do of any other pueblo ruin, for it is old 
San Juan, and the San Juan people used to live there before they 



208 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [BTH. ANN. 29 

migrated south to build a pueblo [11:17], also called '' Ol-e and now 
in ruins, and more recently to build the present puelilo of San 
Juan, which they now inhabit and to which they still apply the 
old name '' Olie, the present pueblo being the third to which this 
name has been applied. 

^AnfiJbuolce'qyw%kt'ji, above, was abandoned because of a flood, 
according to the San Juan informants. It Avas once a very pt)pu- 
lous pueblo. In those old daj's there were certain religious cere- 
monies which required that a man be shut up without food or 
water for twelve days. A certain man, inhabitant of the ancient 
pueblo, was once shut \i\i according to this custom; he was con- 
fined in a dark room, and a man and a woman were appointed to 
watch him and see that he neither drank nor ate. On the eleventh 
day he burst out of the room like a madman, and crazed for want 
of water, running to a marshy place at ''Anfihii'u [10:24], just 
below the old pueblo, he la_y down and drank and drank of the 
water. This was a bad omen. After a while the man burst, and 
water from his body gushed over all the highlands and lowlands 
and obliterated the whole pueblo. One can still see at the ruin 
ti-aces of this catastrophe. The inhabitants fled, and built a new 
' ^>Ze village at [11:17] about a mile farther south. The woman 
who had been guarding the fasting man also took to flight, fol- 
lowing the old trail which leads to Picuris. Where this trail 
passes through a gap in the hills the woman lay down on the 
ground to rest, when she was suddenly transformed into a stone, 
which can still be seen lying near the pass. This stone is called 
^wsoy^ ' great stone ' ; see [9:14]. The gap referred to is £'(<sci'_yV«i'/'* 
' great stone gap' [9:15]. According to an old custorm, the woman 
carried a couple of ears of corn with her to sustain her on her 
journe}'. These also turned to stone, and may be seen beside the 
petrified old woman. No names of the persons who figure in this 
myth could be obtained. 

The site of the ruin is on a low highland not far from the river. 
Not even a mound could be distinctly traced, so completely oblit- 
erated is the ruin. Some fragments of graj^ and black unpaiuted 
pottery were piclvcd up, 
[10:27] San Juan Kqp'ag.r%:i)f, see [11:()]. 

[11] SAN JUAN SHEET 

This sheet (map 11) shows the country in the immediate vicinity of 
San Juan Pudblo. So far as could be learned, only one pueblo ruin is 
included in the area shown. On the lowlands east of the Rio Grande 
and west and southwest of San Juan Pueblo the San Juan Indians do 
most of their farming. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HABRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 209 

[11:1] San Juan TuiHownhee 'little corner of the fireflies' {tsihtroa 
said to mean 'firefly'; he'e 'small low roundish place'). 

This little corner merges into 'J.?iyi6w'z< [10:24]. Mr. Julian 
Sanchez owns the land and has his house a short distance east of 
the low place on Tsil' owalwaje [11:2]. This low place appears 
to have given [11:2] and [11:3] their names. 

[11:2] San Juan Tsilr/wahvuje, T-fih/wahel-waje 'firefly height' 
'height of the little corner of the fireflies' {Ts/'k'mca, TsiVowabee, 
see[ll:l]; Zwoy'tf 'height'). This name is applied to the high land 
north and northeast of Txil'inoithee [11:1]. 

[11:3] San Juan Tuil' owahe'iijliq 'arroyo of the little corner of the 
fireflies' {Tsik' owuie e, see [11:1]; 'i'* locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; ho 'l)arranca' 'arroyo with bauks'). 
This little gulch is tributary to Tsik'owabe'e [11:1]. 

[11:4] San Juan Kqpceijfje, Koj) ag.rir)l-qpxj)(ie 'beyond the arroyo' 
' beyond the wide gulch arroj'o ' {Kq abbreviated from Kqp\ig.!'irilq, 
see [11:6]; p!fr/f/e 'beyond'). This name refers especially to the 
locality which hes immediutolv north of the lower Ko]ii'ag.i'i>jf 
[11 :6]." 

[11:5] San Juan Kqpxijgebuhi, Iiqj/ag.i'ir/lopxijtjebu'u 'low corner 
be3'ond the arroyo' ' low corner beyond the wide gulch ari-03-o' 
{Kqpxyfjehu'u, Kqp' ag_rirjkqpcei]gebu''x(, see [11:4]; hii'u 'large 
low roundish place'.) 

[11:6] San Juan JTqp'ag.t'iyj', lLqj/ag.Piylq 'broad arroyo' 'broad 
gulch arroyo' (Iv 'barranca' 'arroj'o with banks'; p'ag.i 'broad'; 
'iyy locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

This is a large and straight arroyo with barrancas at many 
places along its course. In the names [11:4] and [11:5] it is often 
referred to simply by Iq 'the arroyo'. Its mouth is opposite the 
upper end of the sandy island [11:!»]. Its upper course is called 
I'Lqpikag.Piijl-q ■ see[12:T]. One should compare the name Ju>p'ag_t- 
''iyl-q with Kqp>'ag.i'l'q/iu'H [19:3], the San Ildefonso name of the 
lower part of Pojoaque Creek, which lies north of San Ildefonso 
Pueblo just as this [11:6] lies north of San Juan Pueblo. 

[11:7] San Juan Jope'i'^^iA-u, see [13:17]. 

[11:8] Pueblita Pueblo, see [13:15]. 

[11:9] San Juan Pojadi 'the island' (po 'water'; ja.il 'in the midstof 
'in'). 

This large sandj' island is crossed by the wagon road which con- 
nects Chamita settlement [13:28] with San Juan Pueblo. 

[11:10] Fo%e 'water neck' 'water brink' {po 'water'; 1:6 'neck' 
'height"). The river bank in the vicinity of San Juan is known 
by this name. 
S75S4°— 20 ETH— 1(3 14 



210 ETHKO(:iE()<;HAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 20 

[11:11J San Juan Pofupohinige 'lovi^l bank by the bend in the river' 
{po 'water'; fu'u. 'projecting corner or point', in this instance 
referring to a bend in the river; po 'water'; hmg.e 'high and 
level place'). 

[11:12] San Juan 'Ohe'iilomin 'plain of Ohe or San Juan Pueblo' 
(^Oke, see San Juan Pueblo, below; 'akonnu 'plain' <''al-qyj' 
plain; nu unexplained). The entire plateau on which the present 
pueblo of San Juan stands is called thus. Cf. [12:G]. 

[11:13] (1) San Juan Km^o Jija 'mother ditch', translating the Span, 
name (hri^o 'irrigation ditch'; jija 'mother'). =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Acequia Madre 'mother ditch'. =Tewa (1). 
This is the chief irrigation ditch of the San Juan Indians, and 
is therefore called by this poetic name. A part of it is shown on 
the map. 

[11:14] Sfm Juan JqyVejn'buhi. of obscure etymology (jivf 'willow'; 
h'iyf unexplained; hii^u 'large low roundish place'). 
Cf. [11:15] and [11:10]. 

[11:15] San Juan Jq.yli' ^ijwUi of obscure etymology {Ji'iyJc^yf, see 
[11:14]; wui 'projecting corner or point'). Cf. [11:14]. This 
name applies to a sort of projecting point of higher land east of 
the ditch [11:13]. 

[11:16] San Juan Penihege 'dead })ody corner' 'graveyard' {pcni 
'corpse' 'dead body'; he'e 'small low roundish place'; g.e 'down 
at' over at'). 

This is the Roman Catholic graveyard at San Juan at present in 
use. In earlier times interments were made in the churchyard 
[11:22]. The graveyard is on the level ground just north of the 
north end of the race-track [11:20]. It is surrounded by a fence. 

[11:17] San Juan Kiih'g,l'i'' 'bunched stones place' (ki/ 'stone'; tt'g_i, 
' in a bunch ' ' bunched ', as in T/g.Ppjf, San lldef onso name for the 
Pleiades; ' *'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). This name 
refers to the bunches or groups of stones, which are said to be ail 
that remain of tlie second pueldo called by the name ^Oke. See 
KuUgi oke' oywihj i under [ll:imlocated], p. 219. The whole lo- 
cality about this as yet uulocated ruin is called Kiitigi''i'^. A 
number of Mexican houses are at the place. See Kntigikwaje 
[11:23], this name being applied to the height on which the present 
San Juan Pueblo is built. 

[11:18] San Juan Pejehivu of obscure etymology {})€ is said to sound 
like ^w, 'an unidentified species of rodent resembling the iield- 
mouse'; j/e" unexplained; 6m'm 'large low roundish place'). Cf. 

[11 :!!>]. 

This low corner lies just west of the rise to the higher land and 
east of KifH.gri.'^ [11:17]. 



HABKINGTOX] PLACK-XAMES 211 

[11:19] San Juan Pejeb,^<fa 'slop.> l,y [IMs]' (P,.j,h,ru. see [llrls]- 
a'a 'steep slope'). It is said that the bottom [11:1SJ rises some- 
what to the nortji at this place; henee tlie name. 

[11:20] San Juan Pimpyeiij f^rpo 'northern race-track' {pimj.;je 
'north' Kflijf 'mountain', pij,^ 'toward'. T' locativ.> and 
adjective-forming- posttix; '.fp.; 'race-track" <'<t "t,. nm ' h„ 
'trail' 'track'). " ' 

This is the northern race-track of the San Juan Indians; it 
runs north and south. For the southern one see [11::;:;]. Mrs. 
Perlina Sizer Cassidy, of Santa Fe, New Mexico, informs tlio 
writer that there are at the northern end of this race-track two 
stones, one on each side, markino- the starting place. The one 
on the eastern side is a shaft of sandstone nearly a foot in diameter, 
about 2h feet high, and approximately square. The one on the 
western side, about 30 feet from the other, is of a kind of granite 
formation of pyramidal form, about U feet high, with base (,>f 
rounded triangular form, each side of which is about 2 feet long. 
At about 2 o'clock on St. John's day, 1912, after a race run 
on this track was finished, three women were observed liy Mrs. 
Cassidy to pour water with meal in it over these stones and rub 
them with their hands. This water was what remained in tiie 
^ ollas from which the racers had been drinking. Why there 
should be two race-tracks at San Juan and whether this one is 
considered to belong to the Summer or to the Winter phratry, or 
to both or neither, are questions which, so far as the WTiter knows, 
have not been determined. 

[11 : 21] San Juan ' Okekiraje ' ' Ole (unexplained) height ' (' Ohe^ see San 
Juan Pueblo, pp. 211-21.5; Iwaje 'height'). The extreme north- 
eastern corner of San Juan Pueblo is called thas. This place is 
said to be called Aguapa by the Mexicans, a term for wiiicii no 
explanation has been obtained. 

[ll:San Juan Pueblo] (1) U)l-eqyir\ of oliscure etymology {^nke 
unexplained; ''ojyiin 'pueblo'). The original etymolog}' of ^nl-e is 
no longer known to tlie Tewa. '' Ohe sounds exacth' like 'hard 
metate' ('o 'metate'; I'a 'hardness' 'hard'). One should a!>o 
notice the tse'oke name of a certain Tewa religious oflicei-, which is 
said to mean ' bard metate face ' (/s<? 'face'; 'o 'metate';/^ 'liard"). 
In most of the forms quoted below the noticeal)le aspiration at 
the end of the o just before the h is represented by a letter such 
as A or Span. j. Dr. J. Walter Fewkes seems to liave noticed some 
peculiarit}', since he writes ■■. A single San Juan person is called 
regularly '' OkcP^; two or more San Juan people are called regu- 
larly ^ OJ^Hyf, but the San Juan Tewa and perhaps some other 
Tewa sometimes say ^OJc^jf ('*'', 'Wf locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix). The n-ame'' Oke was originally applied to the pueblo 



212 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. anx. 20 

luiii [10:26] and after that pueblo wa.s destroyed, to the iiiilocated 
pueblo ruin at [ll:l'i'], the present pueblo of San Juan being 
ai'cording to the tradition the third to which the name has been 
applied. See the general discussion below. The forms of ' Ohe 
quoted from various sources ' all appl^' to the present San Juan, no 
mention of the pueblo ruins to which this name is applied being 
there made. "Ohque."= "Ochi."^ "Oj-que."^ "San Juan do 
los Caballeros, or Oj-ke."^ "San Juan, Jyuo-tyu-te Oj-ke."« 
The writer has not had opportunity to question Tewa about "Jyuo- 
tyu-te." The spelling has a non-Tewa appearance. "Ohke, 
'up-stream place'.'" The meaning given is certainly incorrect. 
"0''ke'."* Given as the Hano Tewa name of San Juan. "Kaj- 
kai;"" this is given as the native name. 

(2) San Juan Kid!g.ikicaje' qyv'i, Kutlg.!hoajc''ol'e'qyv'i 'bunched 
stone height pueblo' 'bunched stone height pueblo of V>^y^ (un- 
explained)' {Kuiiglkwaje^ see [11:2:'.]; Wl-e, see Tewa (1), above; 
^qywi 'pueblo'). This name is applied to distinguish the present 
San Juan from the first- and second-built pueblos, now in ruins, 
which were called by the .same name. 

(3) Taos ''Pakabaluyu, 'where the Kio (Irande opens into a 
lilain' ".' Cf. Picuris "(4), Isleta (0). 

(i) Picuris "Paku(ihalai".i" ''Pakupala"." Cf. Taos (3), Is- 
leta (6). 

(5) Picuris "Topiane 'San Juan people' "." 

(6) Isleta "PakA'parai".'" Cf. Taos (8), Picuris (i). 

(7) Jemez Sq/iuxJ. (<Span.). The writer is convinced that this 
is the only name for San Juan commonly used at the present dav 
by the Jemez. See Jemez (8). 

(8) Jemez77apa(7i''i: of obscure etymology (fjd unexplained; pel 
'water'; gPt 'down at' 'over at'). This is an old and abandoned 
name formerly applied to San Juan, as nearly as the informant 
could remember. It seems likely that it is however the old Jemez 
name of Santa Clara Pueblo; sec [14:71]. The people oi/ydpdyi'i 
were called /7'd|>dtea'tty {tsd'df 'people'). 

(9) Gochiti Sanhwa?!. (<Span.). = Span. (14). 

(10) Sia "Sanhwan".'- (<Span.). =Span. (11). 

1 Chiofly tlirough Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 443, 1910. 

2 Smilh, Oabe?a de Vaca, p. 163, 1871. 

3 Gatschet in Mag. Amcr. Hist., p. 259, April, 1882. 
< Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885. 

s Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 123, 1890. 

« Ibid., note, p. 260. 

' Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 443, 1910). 

« Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. A7iicr. Ellin., p. C14, 1900. 

9 Jouvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, I, No. 9, p. 12, 1906. 

10 Hodge, op. cit., p. 444. 

n Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 
12 Spinden, Sia notes, MS.. 1910. 



HARttixGTON] PLACE-XAMES 213 

(11) Oraibi Hopi Ju'pahi Tiwa 'la.st Tewa' {jn^/xihi. 'liisf: 
Tewa 'Tewa'). San Juan is the villa«,^o of tho Tewa pa.s.sod last 
of all when going up the Rio Grande Valley; hence the name. 

(12) Navaho "Kin KlechinI 'red house ])eoplc'".' "Khfnli- 
chfni, the red house people, the San Juau".= "• Khinliciif, red liouse, 
San Juan. "^ 

(13) "Eng. San Juan. (<Sp!in.). = Span. (1-1). 

(14) Span. San Juan, San Juan de los Cahalleros 'Saint John' 
'Saint John of the gentlemen'. =Eno-. (13). Bandelior' 
explains why "de los Cahalleros" was added to the saint name: 
"The village [13:'_'7] was definitively forsaken in 1.5'.is, for the 
benefit of the Spaniards, who established themselves in the houses 
temporarily, until they could build their own abodes. This 
occurred with the consent of the Indians, who voluntarily relin- 
quished the place to join their lirethren at San Juan; and it was 
parti}' on account of this generous action that the title 'De los 
Cahalleros' was bestowed upon the Tehuas of the latter village".' 
"Sant Joan"." "Sant Joan Batista".' "San Juan de los Cahal- 
leros".' "Saint-Jean de Chevaliers".* "St. Johns".'" "San 
Juan"." "S.John". '2 "S.Joanne"." "S.Jean"." "S. lean"." 
"San Juaners"." "San Juan de los Cabelleros"." " San Juane- 
ros".'* "San Juan de Cabalenos"." 

1 Curtis, Americau Indian, i, p. i:>s, 1907. 

2 Franciscan Fathers, An Ethnologic Dictionary of the Xavaho Language, p. 128, 1910. 
a Ibid., p. 136. 

« Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 61-62, 1892. 
^ " Historia de la A'uei'a i[exko (fol. 141) — 

Aqui los Indios mui ^stosos. 
Con nosotros sus casas dividieron. 
y luego que alojados y de asiento, 
Haziendo vezindad noa as^entamos. 
Also — 

Hazia un gracioso Pueblo bien trazado 
A quien San Juan por nombre le piLsieron, 
Y de los caualleros por memoria, 
De aquellos que primero lebantaron, 
Por estas nueuas tierras y regiones, 
El sangriento estandarte donde Christo, 
Por la salud de todos fue arbolado. 
This disposes of the fable that the title ' Cahalleros' was given to the San.Iuan Indians for 
their loyalty to Spain during the insurrection of 1680. On the contrary, the Indians of San Juan 
were among the most bitter and cruel of the rebels; and their participation in the risings of 169-1 and 
169S is well known".— Bandelier, ibid. 

« Oiiate (1598) in Doc. Ined., xvi. p. 2oG, ISTl. 

' Ibid., pp. 109,.116. 

8 Cordova (1619) trans, in Ternaux-Compaus, Voy., x, p. -HO, l!ffl8; Villa Sei5or, Theatro Amer., ii, 

p. 418, 1748. 

' Cordova, op. cit. 

10 Heyleyn, Co.smography, p. 1072, 1703. 
u Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 82, 18T0. 
12 D'Anville, Map. N. A., Bolton's ed., 17.52. 
1' Morelli, Fasti Novi Orbis, p. 31, 1776. 
n Vaugondy, Map Am^riqne, 1778. 
■5 Crepy, Map Am^rique Septentrionale, 1783 (?). 
'« Davis, Span. Conquest New Mexico, p. 289, 1869. 
" Villa-Senor (1748) quoted by Shea, Cath. Miss., p. S3, 1855. 
18 ten Kate, Eeizen in N. A., p. 221, 1885. 
» Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893. 



214 ETHKOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

According to San Juan tradition, the present pueblo is the thiid 
one which has been called ' Ohe. The first ' Ol:c Pueblo is [10:L>t;], 
the ruins of which are about a mile north of the present San Juan. 
When this pueblo was destroyed by a miraculous flood, the inhal) 
itantsbuilta second pueblo called '' Ole at KntiQi'l'^ \\\:Vl\ the 
ruin of which has not been located. This second pueblo was only 
a few hundred yards northwest of the third and present pueblo of 
' Ohc^ which is situated on the height or mesa near Kut!gVP\ the 
latter name applying to a low place. Why the second-built 
pueblo was abandoned for the present site was not known to the 
informants. The now ruined pueblo of Juijge [13:27] and the 
pueblo of ' Ohe (the present San Juan) used to be "like brothers,'" 
it is said. When Juyge was abandoned its inhabitants went to 
live at ' Ol-e or at Pueblita [13:15]. When JiLyrje was permanently 
abandoned seems not to be known to the historians. Bandelier' 
says: "Yuge-uingge must have been still occupied in 1541, for 
Oastaneda says, in Cibola, p. loS: ' Mais ceux de Yuque-yunque 
abandonnerent deux beaux villages qu'ils possedaient sur les bords 
du fleuve, et se retirerent dans les montagnes . . . On trouva 
beaucoup de vivres dans les deux villages aljandonnes' ". 

Bandelier obtained the following interesting tradition from the 
Sun Juan Indians: '"Indian folk-lore has much to say about Yuge- 
uingge. The Tchuas relate that when their ancestors journeyed 
southward from Cibobe, and the division into summer and winter 
people occurred, of which I have spoken in the First Part of this 
Report [p. 303], the summer people, under the guidance of the 
Pay-oj-ke or Po-a-tuyo, settled at Yuge-uingge; but the winter 
people, after wandering over the eastern plains for a long 
while, at last went in search of their brethren, and established 
themselves near San Juan in sight of the other's village at 
Chamitii. Finally it was agreed upon that a bridge should be 
built across the Rio Grande, and the official wizards went to work 
and constructed it by laying a long feather of a parrot over the 
stream from one side, and a long feather of a magpie from the 
other. As soon as the plumes met over the middle of the stream, 
people began to cross on this remarkable bridge; liut bad sor- 
cerers caused the delicate structure to turn over, and manv people 
fell into the river, where they became instantl}' changed into 
fishes. For this reason the Navajos, Apaches, and some of the 
Pueblos refuse to eat fish to this day. The story goes on to tell 
that both factions united and lived together at Oj-ke on the cast 
bank ".2 

The present writer obtained a somewhat different version of 
the same tale, which is given under Sipoj/e, Mythic Places, 

I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n. p. 61. note. 189'2. = Ibid., pp. 60-61. 



HAKKINUTO.N ] PLACE-NAMES 



215 



pages 0/1-72. The infonnant of Su.i Juan who related this 
tale knew nothing- of Juy,je [13:27J being settled l.y Summer 
people and Wke by Winter people. He said that he suppo.sed 
that both these places were settled by the same kind of people 
He did not know that the feather bridges were made at San 
Juan; he had heard merely that they were made somewhere 
across the Eio Grande. The informant said that both ,hu)qe and 
'Ole (at Its various sites) were inhabited for a very long time, 
but that at last J^mje w-as abandoned, the people being menred 
into the 'Ol-e villagers, as stated above. The informant was^an 
old man, and his statements were honestly made. 

The San Juan Indians will invariably tell one that San Juan 
was the chief Tewa village in olden day.s. Councils (Span, juntas) 
of villagers from all the Tewa pueblos, from Tano pueblos, Taos 
and Picuris, used to be held at San Juan. It was from San Juan 
that word was sent out when the Tewa tribe declared war. The 
Tewa of the other pueblos do not contradict these statements. 
San Juan, it will be remembered, played a leading part in the 
rebellion of 1680. 

In ancient times, it is said, the people of San Juan used to raise 
melons, corn, cotton, etc., on the highlands east of San Juan, in 
places which are now barren indeed. It was dry farming and crops 
were not certain; but usually plenty of rain fell in those times. 

According to the informants, the Tewa of San Juan are of 
pure blood, not mixed with non-Pueblo blood as are the Taos. 
This information was received in one instance unsolicited. Yet 
Bandelier* says: "at San Juan the Yutas [Ute] and Apaches 
[Jicarilla Apache] . . . have assiduously contributed to the prop- 
agation of the species." As regards the architectiire of San Juan 
the same authority says: "Santo Domingo. San Juan, Santa Ana, 
and especially Acoma, consist of several parallel rows of houses 
forming one to three streets."- There is only one estufa at San 
Juan; this is in the northern part of the village. It is a rectjin- 
gular structure, above ground, and contains no permanent paint 
ings in its interior. 

The elevation of San Juan, according to the Wheeler Sur\ey, 
is h,m\ feet.' 

There is a post office at present at San Juan Pueblo, but the 
oflieial name of the post office is Chamita. 

The name ^ OJce is also applied by the San Juan to a bright star 
seen in the southern skies; see Stars, page 49. 

1 Final Report, pt. i, pp. 261-262, 1890. 

2 Ibid., p. 26.5. 

5 Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 6S0, 1906. 



216 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ANN. 20 

[11:2^] S;in Juan Misate 'mass-house' 'church' {misa 'mass' <Span. 
missi 'lloman Catholic mass'; te 'dwelling-place'). 

This is the Roman Catholic church. Its entrance faces the 
east. It is sometimes distinguished from the chapel across from 
it by being called Misate Jieji'i''' 'the large church' (heji 'large'; 
T'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Across the street 
from this church, east of it, is a Roman Catholic chapel, which 
has its entrance toward the west. This is called Mimtee. (V 
diminutive) bj' the San Juan Indians to distinguish it from the 
church. In front of the church stands a statue of the Mother of 
Jesus, which is called bj' the San Juan Indians Nii^iixhl Kicijo 
'our lady', translating the Span. "Nuestra Senora" {nq^imbi 
'our'; TtvHjo 'old woman', used here to show reverence). 

[11:23] San Juan Katigil-irdje 'bunched stone height', referring to 
Euiig.PP' {Kuiigi, see [11:17]; ktoaje 'height'). This name refers 
to the whole high locality on which the pueblo of San Juan is 
built, the present puel)lo itself sometimes being distinguished as 
Kuiigiliivaje'ol-e; see San Juan Pueblo, above. See also [10:2<!] 
and [11:17]. 

[11 :24:] San Juan Ky.teliejVi''^ ' the big store ' {]i'^,te ' store ' < hi, ' to 
trade', te 'dwelling-place' 'house' 'building'; heji 'large'; T' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
This is the store of Reuth, Eldodt & Co. 

[11:2.5] San Juan ''Age 'down at the slope' ('rt'a 'steep or short slope'; 
Qfi 'down at' 'over at'). All the lowland sloping toward the 
river west of San Juan Pueblo is called thus. This is the form 
used when the speaker is at San Juan and the place is below 
him. 

[11:2(1] San Juan Pcfoa 'marsh' (po 'water'; tm 'to cut through'). 
Although 'potsa is applied to any marsh, when used at San 
Juan, unless otherwise indicated, the word refers to this jalace. 
There is some swampy ground, and several cottonwood trees 
stand at the place. 

[11:27] San Juan ^ Akqyqe^irihq 'the arroyo down at the plain' 'the 
arroj'o over at the plain' 'the arroyo of the plain', referring to 
^Ohehikqyinu [11:12] {^al-qijf 'plain'; ge 'down at' 'over at'; 
'■i'^ locative and adjective-forming postfix; Iq 'barranca' 'arroyo 
with banks'). 

This arroyo runs in front of (north of) the residence of Mr. 
Samuel Eldodt, the merchant, of San Juan. See [11:28] and 
[11:29]. 

[11:2!S] San Juan Kqqwoge 'down where the arroyo cuts through' 
'delta of the arroyo', referring to [11:27] {kq 'barranca' 'arroyo 
with banks'; qwo 'to cut through'; g.e 'down at' 'over at"). 
This name is instantly understood by a San Juan Indian as 
referring to a definite locality. See [11:27]. 



HAi-.RiNGTox] PLACE-NAMES 217 

[11:29] San Juan Kqnvg,' 'down holow thearroyo', rcfcniii<r to |ll:-i7] 
{Iq 'barranca' 'arroyo with hanks"; nu'u -below"; g^'^'down ;ii" 
' over at'). This name refers to quite a large and indetinite loealily 
below (i. e., west of) the end |11:l'8| of the arroyo [11:271 See 
[11:-'T] and [11:28]. 

[11:30] San Juan 'EldhU ie<jwa 'dwelling house of Eldodt' {' Kldo 
< German Eldodt; fc/ possessive postKx; teqxna ' \\omc>' <^(' dwell- 
ing-place', qwa indicating state of being a receptacle). 

This is the red-l)rick residence of iMr. Samuel Eldodt. lie has 
a collection of rare Indian objects from existing puel)los and 
pueldo ruins, which he courteously allowed the writer to examine 
and use for purposes of study. 

[11:31] San Juan 'EdakeM 'threshing-floor height' ("r.<d -threshing- 
floor' <Span. era 'threshing-floor', which in turn is derived from 
Latin area, of same meaning; ]c,'.ti 'height"). 

This is a high place southeast of Mr. Eldodt's house whore wiieat 
is threshed in Mexican fashion by driving animals over it. 

[11:32] San Juan ' Ekwelateqwa 'school house' (^elcwela 'school' 
<Span. escuela 'school'; teqwa 'house' <te 'dwelling place', 
qtLia denoting state of being a receptacle). 

This is the Government schoolhouse for Indian children. It is 
south of the pueblo. 

[11:33] San Juan ''Akqmpije^i:r)f'se.po 'southern race-track' (^akovipije 
' south ' < ^al'oyf ' plain ', plje ' toward '; 'i'' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; 'a-po ' race-track '< '^ 'to run', |>o 'track' 'trail"). 
This is the southern ceremonial race-track of the San Juan 
Indians. It lies on the level, barren height of TsigU'itkonnu 
[11:34] and extends in a north and south direction as does the 
northern race-track. See[ll:2Uj. 

[11:34] San Juan Tsig.u\d'qnnu, Ts/g:ukwaje 'chico plain" -chico 
height' {Tsig:u an unidentified species of bush, called chico by 
the Mexicans of the Tewa country; 'al-qmiu- 'plain' <'(dqijf 
'plain', ?iu unexplained; kwaje 'height"). This name is given to 
the high, barren plain southeast of San Juan Pueblo. Chico 
bushes grow on it; hence the name. 

This may also be regarded as a part of "Ol-e'akqntni [11:12]. 
South of [il:3rt] is Tsigubu'u [ll:-i-t], q. v. 

[11:35] San Juan ' EkwelhfSRijqe^ era 'threshing-lloors beyond the 
school', referring to the Government schoolhouse [11:32] {'ekwel^ 
'school' <Span. escuela 'school"; p»v'je 'beyond'; 'em'thresh- 
ing-tloor' <Span. era ' threshing-floor"). 

There are several threshing-floors at the locality known by this 
name. 

[11:36] San Juan Niige 'down below', so called because of its low 
and southerlv location {nua 'below"; g^' 'down at' "over at"). 



218 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Mr. Tomasino Martinez lives about where the more southerlj' 
of the two circles suggesting this name is placed. 

[11:37] San Juan Kiiqwanug.e^ir)lq 'drag-stone-down arroyo' Qcu 
'stone'; (l^va 'to drag'; nug.e 'down' 'from a higher place to a 
lower plai;e acrcss a surface' <nu'u 'below', g.e 'down at' 'over 
at' 'down to' 'over to'; 'i?;y locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; Xq 'barranca' 'arroyo with banks'). 

Who dragged a stone down, and under what circumstances, is 
probably forever forgotten. It is not impossible that the arroyo 
itself did the dragging of a stone or stones referred to by this 
name. 

This arroyo is quite deep where it cuts through the edge of the 
highland. It starts at Tslg:u'al:Qnnu [11:;!4] and loses itself in 
the lowlands of i\^Mg« [11:36]. See [11:38]. 

[11:38] San Juan P' ewaw\nd/iwe 'where the cross stands' {p'e^ra 
'cross' Kp'e 'stick', wa unexplained; tcyjf 'to stand'; ''tire 
locative). 

On the high corner just north of [11:37] where the latter 
leaves the highland stands a wooden cross, said to have been 
erected hy ]\Iexicans in connection with a funeral procession. 

[11:30] San Juan .fie'apo ' badger water ' (it'a 'badger'; po 'water"). 
This is a low place near the bank of the Rio Grande. 

[11:40] San Juan Pijjge 'in the middle', referring in some wa}- to the 
middle or central portion of the lowlands. 

[11:41] San Juan fug.ohe'e 'little corner of the mosquitoes' {/ug.o 
'mosquito' ; be'e 'small low roundish place"). 

[11:42] San Juan ^MicaJM'w 'cultivated land corner' (/jTr«'« 'cultivated 
land' 'land under state of cultivation'; bu^u ' large low roundish 
place'). 

It is at this place that the clay-pit [11:43] is situated. 

[11:43] San Juan Prinapok' ondiwe '' vrhere the clay is dug', referring 
to a peculiar kind of clay {ptinapo 'moist cla^'' 'clay that is 
moist when it is dug out' <pPi 'reddish pottery-clay', tiapoas in 
7uipotti 'adobe'; k'qijf 'to dig'; ''iwe locative). 

This is the source of the clay used in making the common red 
pottery of San Juan. See JVqpi'i, under ]\1inekals. The clay- 
pits are at the place called Puwahii'u [11:42]. 

[11:44] San Juan Ts/'g.ubti'ti 'chico corner' (fo/gu, name of an uniden- 
tified bush which is called chico by the Mexicans of the Tewa 
country; biiii 'large low roundish place'). See [11:34]. 

[11:45] San Juan Puteiylq, see [12:20]. 

[11:46] San Juan Pute'iijhqqwog.e 'delta of jackrabbit hole arroyo' 
[11:45] {Pute^iTjkq, see [12:20]; qwog.e 'delta' < qwo 'to cut 
through', ge 'down at' ' over at"). 

Pute'iijkq is here lost in the lowlands of Txtg.uba'u [11:44J. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



PLACE-NAMES 219 



San Juan Kiiiig.Pqijwil-e'ji^ Kutig.Pol'c' qrjtinl'cj >, '^^■e'o^M'i^v^'i' 'bunched 
stones pueblo ruin' 'bunched stones pueblo ruin of '6'Atf (unex- 
plained)' 'pueblo ruin of ' Ol-e (unexplained)' (Kutig.!,, see [11:17]; 
'o?;M"i^'f;'/ 'pueblo ruin' K'qrjun 'pueblo', kejt 'ruin' postpound; 
^Ohe, see San Juan Pueblo, above). 

This pueblo ruin of the second-built village called ^ Oke is said 
to be somewhere in the vicinity of the place called Kutig:i'P^\\l:11'\, 
in the lowlands a short distance northwest of the present San 
Juan Pueblo. The site was not visited h\ the writer. See dis- 
cussion under [10:20] and Sun Juan Pueblo, above. 

[12] SAN JUAN HILL SHEET 

This sheet (jnap 12) shows a small area of arid hill country east of 
San Juan Pueblo. The hill [12:27] is the chief ceremonial iiill of the 
San Juan villagers. 

[12:1] San Juan QiDo.iensekqhu'u, see [10:2uJ. 

[12:2] San Juan Iltjiselwaje 'yellow one-seeded juniper height' {Jiy, 
'one-seeded juniper' ' Juniperus monosperma"; tse 'yellowness' 
'yellow', absolute form of fseji\ tsejiijj' 'yellowness' 'yellow'; 
I'waje 'height'). These two long ridges bear this name. Cf. 
[12:3]. 

[12:3] San Juan 7/ytee^o 'yellow one-seeded juniper arroyos', refer- 
ring to [12:2] (IIy,ise, see [12:2]; Iq 'barranca' 'arroyo with 
banks'). 
These arroyos join, forming Qw/Mensekq/m'u [10:20]. 

[12:4] San Juan Kq2)'ag.rii]f, see [11:6]. Only the lower course of 
the arroyo is called by this name. 

[12 :5] San J nan '' Ag.ehwaje' akqij f ' plain of the height above the slope ' 
i^age 'down at the slope' <'«'« 'steep slope' 'short slope'; ge 
'down at' 'over at'; hwaje 'height'; ^akoijf 'plain'). 

Just why this name is applied did not seem to be clear to either 
of the two informants. It refers to the generally level plain 
north of [12:7] and east of ■ 10:26]. 

[12:6] San Juan ' (JJiel-wag.e''al-qijj 'plain of the high flat place hy - Oke 
(unexplained)', referring to San Juan Pueblo C Oke, see San Juan 
Pueblo, under [11], pp. 211-215; hixige 'high flat place' 'mesa 
top'; ''akqrjf 'plain"). 

[12:7] San Juan Kqpikagi 'red starving arroyo' (kq 'barranca' 
'arroyo with banks'; pi 'redness' 'red'; l:ag.i 'starving' 'becom- 
ing or having become thin from starvation'). 



220 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an.\. 29 

The connection in which this name was originally given was 
not known to the informants. Tliis arroyo and its height [12:8] 
are reddish in places. The arroyo is nothing but the upper part 
of [12:4]. Cf. [12:8]. 

[12:8] San Juan Kopikag.Piykwaje, Kqpilcag.iirjhwaje'oJcu ' red starving 
arroyo height' 'hills of red starving arroj'o height' {Kqpilcag.l, 
see [12:7]; '-i'* locative and adjective-forming postfix; Tcwajh 
'height'; 'ohu 'hill'). 

This reddish height is north and northeast of the arroyo from 
which it appears to take its name. See [12:7]. 

[12:9] San Juan Jqmp'an\kq, Jqmp'aiijlo 'broad willow arroyo' 
ij'iV/ 'willow'; ^'a 'broadness' 'broad' 'largeness and flatness' 
'large and flat', here evidently referring to the shape of a willow 
tree or a group or number of willow trees; ''iyf, ui locative and 
adjective-forming postfix, the San Juan dialect sometimes having 
ni for iijf; I'O 'barranca' 'arroyo with banks'). See [12:13]. 

Whether the name originally applied, to the arroyo or to the 
height [12:13] it is of course impossible to determine. No willow 
trees were to be seen either in the dry gulch or on the height. 
See [12:13]. 

[12:10] (1) San S\\a,nWohui 'medicine piles' {wo 'medicine' 'magic'; 
hUl ' pile ' or ' heap ' of roundish shape). Why this name is applied 
appeared not to be known to the informants. Perhaps it refers 
to the occuiTence of the medicinal plant referred to by name (2), 
below. 

(2) San Juan ''Ag.oj<ip'e'oku 'contrayerba hills' [^ag_ojop'e 'con- 
trayerba' 'Dorstenia contrayerba', a kind of weed the stalks of 
which are chewed, the cud being applied to sores and swellings 
by the Indians <'agojo 'star',jp'e 'stick' 'stalk' 'plant'; ''oJcu 
'hill'). 

[12:11] San Juan Papibe'e 'red fish corner', referringto [12:12] {Pap/, 
see [12:12]; be'e 'small low roundish place'). 

[12:12] San Juan Paplkwaje 'red fish height', said to be applied 
because the height looks like the reddish spine of a reddish fish, 
although the writer could not see the resemblance {pa 'fish' ; pi 
'redness' 'red'; Iwaje 'height'). 

[12:13] Sun Juan Jqmp'akwaje 'broad willow height' {Jqmp'a, see 
[12:t»]; kwaje 'height'. 

[12:llr] San Juan Tuitqihinfs^''i'^ 'little shield painting' {tui 'shield'; 
tq'i 'painting'; hinfx 'small'; T' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 

This little hill is as round as a shield and is of reddish and 
yellowish color as if painted. The 'large shield painting' hill 
[12:33] is, however, not of shield shape. Cf . [12:15] and [12:33]. 



HARRINGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 221 

[12:1.-.] San Juau TUUq>h'nifirlq -little shield paintiiifr arroyo^ 
{TUJtq'ihhifx, see [12:14]; Iq M.arranoa' 'arroyo witli hankV). 
This little gulch takes its name from [12:14]. 

[12:l<i] San Juan JVqmpihi.// 'pile of red earth' (nqtjy 'earth"; p,' 
'redness' 'red'; bhii 'roundish pile of small size"). 

This is a small roundish hill <.f hrioht red color which is con- 
spicuous afar off. 

[12:17] San Juan 2'»fea, Tmejdy.ijwsrjotola 'the cliffs' 'the cliffs of the 
tall tnsvjf grass species place', referring to [12:l'.i] (f.,ia 'cliff' 
'vertical bank'; Tas^niy.yw,Tjo^ see [12: 111]). 

These cliffs are high and noticeable, and give the upper ]);iit nf 
the dell of [12:7] a markedly barren appearance. The dill's are 
yellowish and reddish in color. See [12:18] and [12:19]. 

[12:18] San Juan Toiapse.yfje^ Tasejity>ijv\rjotob(ipppij[/^ ' beyond thecliffs' 
"beyond the cliff's of the tall taseijf grass species place", referring 
to [12:17] {Tdia, Tasinfuywsejoidba^aee [12:17]; pirij^e "beyond"). 
This name refers to quite a large region of arid, broken count iv. 

[12:11»] Sau Juan Titsinfy,ijv\-eJo''ol-ii 'hills of the tall ia.soj./ grass 
species' {tasetjf 'an unidentified species of grass which is very 
good for grazing purposes and grows waist-high under very 
favorable conditions, called liy the Mexicans zacate azul' <fa 
'grass', sejif unexplained; ty,rj'Wsr/o "very high" <()j,tjwip 'high', 
jo augmentative; \)ku 'hill'). 

These hills are much higher than any other hills shown on the 
map. They can be seen distinct! j^ from places far west of the Rio 
Gi'ande. There are two peaks or heights. 

[12:20] San Juan Pute'iijl-q 'jackrabbit hole arroyo', referring to 
[12:'25] {Pute, see [12:25]; '/'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; kq 'barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'). 

The lower course [11:45] and end [11:40] of this arroyo are 
shown on map [11]. 

[12:21] San Juan TsignhiCic, see [11:44]. 

[12:22] San Juan Ki/tsqyvsehiiykq ' blue rock arroyo' {Kuimrfwxbu-u, 
see [12:23]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming posttix; ko 'bar- 
ranca' 'arroyo with banks'). The name appears to be taken 
from [12:23], in which the arroyo lies. 
The arroyo is tributary to [12:20]. 

[12:23] Sau Juan Kutsqywajbit' >i • blue stone corner' (hi "stone': 
tsqijwse. 'blueness' "blue" "greenness' 'green'; hu'u 'large low 
roundish place'). 

The informants said that there were bluish or greenish stones 
in this low place. The place has given names to [12:22] and 
[12:24]. 

[12:24] San Juau Ei/tsqywxbid-wnje ' blue stone corner height (k'ltKq- 
yw^bu\i, see [12:23]; kwaje ' height"). Cf. [12:22] and [12:23]. 



222 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

[12:-25] San Juan Pate'oku 'rabbit hole hill' {pu 'rabbit'; te 'dwell- 
ing-place' 'warren' 'rabbit hole'; ^ol'u 'hill'). This name ap- 
plies also to the small hills surrounding the larger hill on whieh 
the circle is placed. See [12:2(5]. 

[12:26] San Juan Et(1cqn4iwe 'stone quarry' (I: k 'stone'; Voyf 'to 
dig'; ''iwe locative). 

There is a quarry at this place from which stone has been taken 
to build the church and other buildings at San Juan Puel)lo. 
The quarry is said to belong to Mr. Samuel P^ldodt, of San Juan 
Pueblo. 

[12:27] San Juan '' Okuty.ywxjo 'high hill' {^oJcu 'hill'; tuywsejo 'verj' 
high ' < ty,rjwse ' high ', jo augmentative). 

This is the sacred high hill of the San Juan Indians. It has 
two shrines on its top; see [12:28] and [12:30]. The unidentiried 
medicine-plants hj,febl and thro were found growing on this hill. 

[12:28] The northern peak of [12:2T] hill. On this summit is a shrine 
of stones arranged like a letter U, about a yard in length, with 
the opening toward San Juan Pueblo. 

[12:29] The middle peak of [12:27] hill. 
There is no shrine on this peak. 

[12:30] The southern peak of [12:27] hill. 

There is on this summit a large V-shaped stone shrine with the 
opening toward San Juan Pueblo. Where the two lines of the 
V meet is erected a large slab of yellowish stone. 

[12:31] San Juan^OJcuty,r}wsejopspyffe, ^01cuty,yw!FJopx7j(/ehu'u 'beyond 
the high hill' 'corner beyond the high h\\\^ {'Olidiirjw^jo, see 
[12:27]; pxyge 'beyond'; iiCu 'large low roundish place'). 
These names refer to a more or less definite locality beyond, 
i. e., east of, [12:27]. Cf. [12:32]. 

[12:32] San Juan '' OkiitityWc^jopcEyjelcwaje 'heights beyond the high 
hill' ('6>^M<t/7;w«;'o^^9^(?, see [12:31]; ^wry'tf 'height'). Thisname 
may be used to include [12:33], which has also a name proper 
to itself. 

[12:33] San Juan TiiM'ihj'iH^ 'large shield painting' {TijUai, hqq 
[12: 14]; /k^'j 'largeness" large'; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 

This is the large shield painting as distinguished from the 
'small shield painting' [12:14]. [12:33] is long and not shield- 
shaped, while [12:14] is round like a shield. As noted under 
[12:32], this hill is sometimes included with the hills designated 
[12:32] under the descriptive name of '' Okuty^ywsijopmrjrje'kuyije. 

[12:34] San Juan Tdbap'oltDfije'tn'ba 'cliff hole height cliffs' {Toiap^o- 
kwaje, see [12: 36] ; UjU ' cliff '). Cf . [12: 35]. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



IIARKINOTOX] PLACE-NAMES 223 

[12:35] San Juan folapo, Tobap'oT' 'cliff hole' 'at the cliff hole' 

{hia ' cliff'; p'o ' hole' ; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

There is a cave in the cliff" at this place. This 'cliff' hole' has 

given names to [12:34] and [12:36]. 

[12:3(3] (1) San Juan foiap'i/hiyije 'cliff hole height' {Tdbap'o. see 

[12: 35] ; Iwaje ' height'). The hills, or perhaps more properly the 

western hill only, are so called because of the well-known cave 

. [12:35]. 

(2) San Juan ^Agapehimje, Wg.ii p" eTsilwaje, of obscure ety- 
mology {^Ag.</p'e, ''Ag.ajyefsi-i, see [12:37]; l-wujh 'height'). This 
name is surely taken from that of [12:37]. 
[12:37] San Juan Wg.ap'efsi''l of obscure etymology {\ig.a an unex- 
plained word which occurs also in [22:54]; p\' 'stick'; fsPi 
' canyon-'). 
This is said to be a deep gulch, tributary to 1 12:li()]. 
[12:38] San Juan Sapobiiu ' corner of the thin or wateiy excrement' 
(sa 'excrement'; po 'water'; hi'u 'large low roundish place'). 
This is a large hollow in the hills which extends far to the south- 
east toward Santa Cruz Creek. Cf. [12:39]. 
[12:39] San Juan Sapohwaje, Sapolioajeoln ' height of the thin or 
waterj^ excrement' 'hills of the height of the thin or watery 
excrement' (mpo, see [12:38]; Invajl: 'height'; ''oltK. 'hill'). 
[12:40] Wle'oywil-eji, see [10:26]. 

Unlocated 

San Juan Pihuv. 'red corner' {pi 'redness' 'red'; hu'ii large low 
I'oundish place '). 

This is said to be a dell in the hills east of and not very far 
from San Juan Pueblo. 

[13] CHAIIITA SHEET 

The area shown on this sheet (map 13) lies about the confluence 
of the Chama and Rio Grande, west of San Juan Pueblo [13:24]. 
Canoe Mesa [13:1] occupies the upper part of the sheet. The whole 
of the area shown was formerly claimed and occupied by the San 
Juan Indians. 

The entire region west of San Juan Pueblo, west of the Rio Grande, 
is c?i\\BA'' Of'onnx 'on the other side' ('o^'or^y unexplained; w« loca- 
tive) by the San Juan Indians. They use also the Span, name 
Chamita, as do Mexicans and Americans, to indicate the territory 
west of the Rio Grande, west of San Juan. Chamita is more strictly 
the name of the Mexican settlement [13:28]. 



224 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

[13:1] (1) Tsihwaje, Tsihoage 'basalt height' 'basalt mesa' {tsi 'ba- 
salt'; l-waje 'height'; lnvag.e 'large flat high j)lace' 'mesa'). 

(2) Eng. Canoe Mesa, Canoa Mesa. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Black Mesa, Black Mesa near San Juan. =Span. (5). 
Cf. [18:19]. "Black Mesa"'.' "Black Mesa (Mesa Canoa)".= 

(4) Span. Mesa de la Canoa, Mesa Canoa 'Canoe Mesa' 'boat 
mesa'. =Eng. (2). " Mesa de la Canoa ".^ '"Black Mesa (Mesa 
Canoa)".^ 

(5) Span. Mesa Prieta 'black mesa'. =Eng. (3). Cf. [18:19]. 
The mesa is commonly called thus by Mexicans of the vicinity. 
Mr. Thomas S. Dozier of Espafiola informs the writer that this 
is the nauie which appears on deeds and land grants; he has seen 
a large blueprint map which had this name on it. 

This high mesa with its dark clifl's is one of the most striking 
geographical features of the Tewa region. It is called Black 
Mesa from its color, and Canoe Mesa presumably because of its 
oblong boatlike shape. The name Black Mesa is better avoided, 
lest it be confused with other mesas of the region called by this 
name. The Tewa of all the villages call it Tsihoaje, or Tsilwage. 
Bandelier^ says of the mesa: "In the east an extensive plateau, 
covered by a laj^er of black trap, separates this valley [the Chama 
Valley] from the Rio Grande; it is called the 'Mesa de la Canoa', 
and there are no vestiges of anticjuity on its surface so far as I am 
aware, but there are rents and clefts in its eastern side that I have 
reason to believe are used to-day by the Indians of San Juan for 
sacriticial purposes". Canoe Mesa is crossed by at least two im- 
portant trails; the Jufapo [9:17] and the Tsewipo [10:3]. • It is 
probably to the latter trail that Bandelier^ refers when he says: 
"A trail leads across it [Canoe Mesa] to the Rio Grande from Ojo 
Caliente". See [5:54], [7:23], [13:2]. 

[13:2] San Juan Tsiiviii., Tsiju^u 'basalt point', referring to [13:1] 
(fei 'basalt'; vndi 'projecting corner or point'; /«'«' projecting 
point'). 

[13:3] San Juan Qwalce.ii 'housetop height' {qwa showing state of 
being a receptacle, as in teqwa 'house', fioqrva 'reservoir for 
water', gwrt.s!* 'houserow of a pueblo'; Icedi 'height' 'top'). It 
is said that this long hill is so called because of its resemblance to 
a house or row of houses; also, that Qwahe^itoia (ioia 'cliffs') is 
either another name of the hill or a name of a localitv near the 
hill. See [13:4]. 

■ Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvn, 1906. 

2Jean5on, Explorations in Chama Basin. New Mexico^ Records of the Past, x, p. 92, 1911. 

3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. (iS, 1892. "^ • 

<Jeancon, op. cit. 

^Bandelier, op. cit., note. ! 



HARKiXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 225 

[13:-i] A large white house with a red roof, owned by a Mexican. 
The southern end of Qwaice.il [13:3J is ahiiost due west of this 
Mexican villa. 

[13:5] San Juan fa'ny'xtituywsejyoku,fa'nj'X7i(y,yv),TJobo.ii 'hill of 
the tall ta'nf^yf bushes' (ta'nfxyf an unidentified species of 
bush; tuywsejo 'very high' <ty,yw;e. 'high', > augmentative: 
'oJcu 'hill'; lo.i-i 'large roundish pile' 'hill")'. The adjective 
refers to the bushes, not to the hill. See [13:6J. 

[13:6] San Juan Pihkvi'i 'meat gap' (/;/8* -meat'; wi'l 'gap" 'pass"). 
This gap gives the name to Piiiwi'iykq [13:7]. 

[13:7] San Jmm PlUwiiijlq 'meat gap arroyo' {Piiiwi'l, see |13:(;J; 
^iVf locative and adjective-forming postfix; kq ' barranca' ' arroyo 
with barrancas"). Why the arroyo was thus named, was not 
known to the informants. 

[13:8] San Juan Jeful-qhu'u of oljscure etymology [jufu unexplained; 
kq/iii'u 'arroyo with l)arrancas' <kq 'barranca', hu'ii 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 
This arroj'o is lost in the fields north of Pucblito [13:1.")]. 

[13:9] San Juan Tcibap'olwajehul 'the roundish height of the cave 
in the cliff ', referring to [13 :!)] {Tohaj/o, see [13 :9] ; kv:aje ' height' ; 
hoM ' large I'oundish pile'). See [13:10]. 

[13:10] Han, 1 nun fobapo 'cliff hole" {hM 'cliff'; //t; 'hole'). 

This cave is situated on the southern side and near the top of a 
peculiar round knob [13:9]. The cave opens to the south. Its 
floor is level. The mouth is S feet wide; the depth of the cave is 
6 feet. From the innermost part of the cave and on the level of 
its floor a small tunnel-like hole runs back horizontal!}' .5 feet or 
more. There is a niche in the western wall of the cave. The 
roof of the cave is arching, low, and sooty. 

[13:11] San Juan Tdbap'ohal 'cliff hole height' {foiapo, see [13:10]; 
%eu,i 'height', here referring to a narrow ridge). 

This ridge incloses the low roundish place [13:13]. It is a 
thin neck of hill; one can walk along its top as along the ridge- 
pole of a house. See [13:12]. 

[13:12] San Juan foiatsw'l'' 'at the white cliff' (toia 'cliff'; ts$ 
'whiteness' 'white'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
At the place indicated by the circle, on the eastern slope of 
[13:11], is this white cliff. See [13:11] and [13:12]. 

[13:1.3] (1) San Juan Tobap'obwu 'cliff hole corner", referring to 
[13:10] {Tdbap'o, see [13:10]; hu'u 'large low roundish pla^-e'). 

(2) San Juan foiafsfrbu'i/ 'white cliff corner', referring to 
[13:12] {foiafsie, see [13:12]; bu'u 'large low roundish place"). 
This arid low place gives the arroyo [13:1-1] its name. 
87584°— 29 eth— 10 15 



226 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[13:14] (1) San Juan foiaj/o'ivko 'cliff hole arroyo', referring to 
[13:10] (foiapo, see [13:10]; 'iyf locative and adjective-forming 
pofstHx; ^0 'barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'). 

(2) San Juan foiafs.x'iy/,v 'white cliff arroyo', referring- to 
[13:13] {foiafsse., see [13:12]; '^t;,/ locative and adjective-forming 
posttix; ^0 'barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'). 

[13:15] (1) San Juan Emifse-ojjwi 'turquoise pueblo' (Jcmifss, 'tur- 
quoise' 'kalaite'; ^oywi 'pueblo'). This name is applied also to 
the pueblo ruin [29:2H]. Compare also "alaPuenta [3:10], on 
voit la grande ruine de Kwengyauinge (maison de la turquoise 
bleue)". ' See [3 : unclassified]. 

(2) San Juan' Ot' qjinx' qywi 'pueblo on the other side' {''ot- 
qnnx 'on the other side' <''ot'oyf unexplained, nse locative; '§??uii 
'pueblo'). This name is much used bj' the San Juan people. 

(3) Eng. Pueblito settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (1). 
(!■) Span. Pueblito 'little pueblo'. =Eng. (3). 

San Juan is the only Tewa pueblo which has a suburb — Pueb- 
lito. Pueblito is a genuine little Towa pueblo, built about a court- 
yard or plaza, but inhabited by Indians who are identical with 
the San Juan in origin, dialect, and customs. Bandelier- says of 
Pueblito: "The Indians of San Juan to-daj^ still hold a portion of 
the arable lands about Chamita, and a small colony of them dwell 
on tiie west side of the Rio Grande at the so-called 'Pueblito'". 
A summer village of the Acoma is also called Pueblito in Span.^ 

[13:16] San Juan J)esiw{kxi:aje 'stinking coyote gap height' {DesiivPi, 
see [13:18]; Iwaje 'height'). 

[13:17] San Juan Jop'e'P'''ol'i', 'hill adorned with cane cactus' (jo 'eane 
cactus' 'Opuntia arborescens'; p'e 'adorned' 'fixed up'; T' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; \>]cu 'hill'). 
The railroad track lies close under this hill. 

[13:1S] San Juan pes/'wPi 'stinking coyote gap' {4e 'coyote'; «* said 
to mean 'stinking'; wPl 'gap' 'pass'). 
This place has given names to [13:1G], [13:19], and [13:2(3]. 

[13:19] San Juan Pesiwikqhu'u 'stinking coyote barranca arroyo' 
(P<?6'iW<.''i, see [13:18]; kqkii'u 'barranca arroyo' <Zg 'barranca', 
Am'm large groove' 'arroyo'). [13:26] is called by the same 
name. 

[13:20] San Juan Kqp'ag.riyf, see [11:6]. 

[13:21] The San Juan name (which unfortunately has been mislaid by 
the writer) means 'where the water is deep', 

[13:22] San Juan Tepokoj/e 'wagon road bridge' {tepo 'wagon road' 
<te 'wagon', po 'road'; kojj'e 'bridge' 'boat' <h) 'to bathe'. 
p'e 'stick' 'log'). 

1 Hewett, CommunauWs, p. 42, 1908. 

2 Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 62-63, 1892. 
•See Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 316, 1910. 



HAREIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 227 

[13:23] San Juan Poja.il^ ^cx^. [11:!)J. 

[13:24] San Juan Pueblo, see under [11]. page 211. 

[13:25] San Juan P«i'e'^y^o, see [12:20]. 

[13:2fi] San Juan Pesiw/ko/m-u 'stinking coyote gap barranca ar- 
royo' {DesmPi, see[13:lS]\ Xo/(m'« 'barranca arroyo' </(•§' bar- 
ranca,' A?^'w 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[13:27] (1) San Juan Juij[U'' oywil-ej /' of okscure etymology (jyij'je 
means clearly enough ' down at the mocking bird place ' <jinjf 
' mocking bird', g,e ' down at' 'over at,' just as the name of the 
pueblo ruin P' ioge [9:43] moans ' down at the place of the wood- 
pecker' and that of the pueblo ruin Tsir<g_,' [17:34] mean-; 'down 
at the place of the bird'; but although the San Juan informants 
agree that this is unquestional)ly the meaning, they state that 
when they use the word they never think of a mocking bird or of 
any etymology at all; ^oywihj/' 'pueblo ruin' <'oijwi 'pueblo,' 
keji ' ruin ' postpound). The forms quoted below from various 
sources are intended ior Juij^i/'qijirvie (ge 'down at' 'over at'): 
" Yuqueyuncfiie." ^ This is a poor spelling, indeed. The writer 
may have been influenced by Span, yunque ' anvil' < Latin incus 
'anvil.' " ' Yuque-Yunciue ' are the Tehuas [Tewa], north of 
Santa Fe." ^ " Yuque-yunque, or Chamita.'"^ "'Yuque-yun- 
que'. "* "Y'unque is but a contraction of Yuge-uingge. Esca- 
lante says, in Carta al Padre J/'trf [April 2, 1778], par. 2: 'Una 
Villa de Espaiioles, que era de San Gabriel del Yunque, primoro y 
despues de Santa Fe.' " ' Jy,i]ge is not a contraction but a portion 
of the name Jy,y(jiqrjinj}r. London would hardly be called a con- 
traction of London town. "Yuqueyunk."" " Yuqui Yanqui."'' 
" I'nqueyunque." * " Juke-yuiKjue."' "Yunque."^" "Yuge- 
uingge."" '• Yuge-uing-ge.'''- '" Yugeuinge."" " 'Yun-que.'"'* 
" Y^ugeningge (Tewa: " village of the ravine ')." '° This etymology 
cannot be correct. It is based on /y ' to pierce.' 
(2) Span. " Sant Francisco de los Espafioles. " '" 

I Castaneda (1596) in Fourleenth Ann. Rep. Bur. Amcr. Etkn., p. 525, 1896. 

» Bandelier (quoting Castafieda), nistorical Introduction, pp. 23-24, 1881. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 31, 18'J2. 

^Ibid., p. 61, note. 

6 Ibid., p. 60, note. 

'Gallatin in TVatw. Amer. Ethn. Soc, ii, p. Ixxi, 1848. 

' Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, map, pp. 3S-39, 1854. 

8 Davis. Span. Conquest of >few Mexico, pp. 185. 221, 225, 1869. 

» Loew (1875) in Wheeler Stirv. Rep., Tii. p. 344, 1879. 

10 Bandelier in Ritch, N. Mex., p. 210, 1885. 

" Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, pp. 48, 58, 60, 61, 1892. 

12 Ibid., pt. I, p. 123, 1890. 

1' Hewett: Antiquities, p. 38, 1906; Commuiiautds, p. 30, 1908. 

» R. E. Twitchell in Sania Fe Xew Mc-J-icau. Sept. 22, 1910. 

15 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, 1007, 1910. 

"Onate (159S) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 116, 1871. 



228 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an.\. 29 

(3) Span. " S:iiit Gabriel."' "San Gabriel."^ "Sant Ga- 
briele. " ^ 

"The pueblo was voluntarily relinquished to the Spaniards under 
Ofiate in 159S, the inhabitants joining their kindred at San Juan. 
In the year named the first white settlement in tlie West was here 
made, under the name ' San Francisco de los Espafioles,' and on 
September 8 the chapel was consecrated. In the following year 
the name was changed to San Gabriel, which has been retained 
by the Mexicans as the name of the place to this day. San Gabriel 
was abandoned in the spring of 1605 and Santa Fe founded as the 
seat of the New Mexican provincial government."^ The older 
Indians of San Juan are still familiar with the name San Gabriel.' 
[13:28] (1) Eug. Chamita settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (:i). 

(2) Span. Chamita, diminutive of Chama <San Juan Tsu7nq; 
see discussion under [5:7]. "The name Chamita dates from the 
eighteenth centuiy, and was given in order to distinguish it from 
the settlements higher up on the Chama River.''" "Chamita."' 
"La ville mexicaine de Chamita."'* The Tewa use the Mexican 
name only. 

The name Chamita is applied definitely to the settlement 
[13:28]; also vaguel}^ to the whole region about this settlement. 
See [5:7], [13:27], [13:31]. 
[13:29] Chamita warehouse or station. 

[13:30] (1) San Juan Juyrjeoku'e 'little hills of [13:27]' {Jy.yge, sf^e 
[13:27]; ^oku 'bill'; ^e diminutive). This is the old name. 

(2) San Juan Tfamita'oku'e 'little hills of [13:28]' {Tfamita, 
Span. Chamita, see [13:28]; 'o^'w 'hill'; 'e diminutive). 

These hills are mentioned under the name first given, in a San 
Juan myth. 
[13:31] San Juan Tat' ojjkexl 'grass shooting up height' {ta 'grass"; 
i'ojjf 'to shoot upward,' said to refer here to the slope of the land 
itself; ^v.'/ 'height'). 

At the grassy rise known Ijy this name Mr. Romelo de Herrera 
has a store. Mexicans at the place said that they include this 
under the name Chamita. The arroyo indicated on the map, 
west of the circle indicating this place, is presumably named 
Tat'oykeMhtCu or Tat'oijhu^u {hii^u 'large groove' 'arro}-o"). 

'Onate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 116, 1871. 

' Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 78, 1870. 

'Bandelier In Papers Ar,:h. Inst., i, p. 19, 1888 

< Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 1007, 1910. 

5 For a ground plan of the ruin see Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pi. i, fig. 10, 1892. For a descrip- 
tion see the same work, pp. 58-63, and Hewett, Antiquities, No. 38, 1906. See also San Juan Pueblo 
under [UJ. 

5 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 62, note, 1892. 

'Ibid., p. 59 et passim. 

* Hewett, Communaut^s, p. 30, 1908. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACF.-NAMES 229 

[13:32] The San Juan have a 8pcci:il name for this locality, hut tiie 
information is not availablo. 

[13:33] San Juan Awseiymp" 'the raih-oad' {hrifhiijf 'iron" ' metal " 
unexplained; po 'trail' 'road'). 

[13:34] San Juan Invsehim poloj>' e 'the railroad bridge' {Jiiv^ky.mpo, 
see [13:33]; Ivp'e 'brido-e"boat'</y3 'to bathe', p'e 'stick' 'lo<,''). 

[13:35] San Juan 'A/i'S^^ 'down at the alkali point' ("<./ 'alkali"; /»/'»/ 
'horizontally projecting point'; g.e 'down at' 'over at"). 

The V-shaped alkaline meadow at the confluence "of the Chama 
and Rio Grande rivers is called by this name. It is here that 
^Anyickv.yo, the Old Salt ^^'oman, used to dwell and eive of her 
body to the people, according to San Juan mythology. See 
[29:110]. The San Juan do not gather salt from this place at the 
present time. The place is, indeed, very scantily supplied with 
alkali or salt, a fact may explain the origin of the myth, which 
relates that Old Salt Woman forsook the place. See [29:110], 
Salt, under Minerals; cf. [13:3t)], [18:15]. 

[13:30] San Juan Pajege 'down where the waters meet" {po 'water"; 
je 'to meet'; g.e 'down at' 'over at"). 

This name applies to the confluence and the adjacent locality. 
As used at San Juan Pueblo it of ten refers especially to the fields 
of San Juan Indians bordering on the Eio (irande, just east of 
the confluence. 

[13:37] San Juan Q'wSejiQ^umigelceJi, sometimes abbreviated to Qwe- 
iemtgAeJi 'height of kick down together low place' {Qwete- 
jeg.i'nugt\ see [13:38]; lci\ii 'height'). 

The wagon road leading up the Chama Valley on the north side 
of the river passes over this height before plunging into [13:3S]. 

[13:38] San Juan Qwc^ejegenuge 'kick down together low jjlace' 
{qwSe 'to kick an object' as in the kicking-race gaiue; je 'to 
meet', said to refer here to the objects kicked; g.e ' down at' ' over 
at'; «(<'« below'). The name probably refers to the kicking of 
objects in a direction toward each other and downward at this 
place,, in connection with the playing of some game, it is said. 
Cf. [13:37]. 

[13:39] San Juan T^U'o 'basalt arroyos' {t.-<i 'basalt"; /?o 'barranca' 
'arroyo with barrancas'). 

These short and broken gulches extend from the mesa-clitt' to 
the river. The place is strewn with blocks and masses of basalt. 
Cf. [13:1], [13:2]. 

[13:40] (1) Eng. Duende settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Duende ' dwarf. = Eng. (1). Why the name ■ dwarf 
was given is not known. 



230 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

There is no San Juan Tewa name for this Mexican settlement. 
The Tewa word meaning 'dwarf is p'i?ii?n, Imt is never applied 
to this place. 

[13:41] San ^\xiu\ /•unfceJi' qud!wehu''u, see [2:34]. 

[13:42] San Juan Sljmwui, see [2:86]. 

[13:43] San Juan SipuwuUai'u, see [2:37]. 

[13:44] (1) San Juan IIy,'innce 'where the one-seeded juniper' {?iy, 
'one-seeded juniper, Juniperus monosperma'; 'ivf locative and 
adjective-forming posttix; nx locative). The use of two locative 
elements in this word appears to be irregular. The one-seeded 
juniper still grows at the place. This is the old name of the place. 
People at San Juan Pueblo often say Ily/innx 'ot'onnse i^ot'onnx 
'on the other side' 'on the other side of the river', referring to 
the Rio Grande). 

(2) Eng. San Jose, San Jose des Chama settlement. (<Span.). 
= Span. (3). 

(3) Span. San Jose, San Jos6 de Chama 'Saint Joseph' 'Saint 
Joseph of Chama', referring to Chama River. =Eng. (2). 

This settlement extends for two or three miles in a northwest- 
erly-southeasterly direction. The Mexican houses are along the 
irrigation ditch, which runs where the higher irrigated lands to 
the southwest merge into the lower irrigated lands nearer the 
Chama River. The ditch is perhaps half a mile fiom the river. 
See [13:45]. 
[13:45] The Roman Catholic church at San Jose de Chama. 

This is situated at the southern end of the settlement. 
[13:46] (1) San Juan ^Akonnutse. ' stretched plain ' {\il:qnnu 'plain' 
<^akqnf 'plain', nu locative; tse. 'state of being stretched' 
'stretched'). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Sp. Loma Tendida 'stretched hill' 'flat hill" 'mesa'. Cf. 
Tewa (1), which is evidently a translation of this idiomatic Span, 
expression. 
[13:47] San Juan Tek' atehu u 'break wagon arroyo' {te 'wagon'; 
k'a'be 'to break'; hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

San Juan Indians go nuich to the mesa Tel:' ((bihwajh [2:40] for 
firewood. To reach the height the}' dri\e up this small arroj^o, 
the wagon road of which is very rough and hard on wagons. 
See [2:40]. 
[13:48] (1) Ma/iy.buwui, Mahy/wLii 'owl corner point' 'owl point' 
{Mqhuhuu, see [14:11]; wUi 'projecting corner or point'). 

(2) WaifewUI 'point of [14:11]' {Watfe <Span. Guache, see 
[14:11]; will 'projecting corner or point'). 

This long projecting tongue of mesa separates Guache settle- 
ment from San Jose de Chama [13:44]. See [14:11]. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 231 

Unlooated 

San Juan PotekegjQy'wihjl 'pueblo ruin down at the edge of tlie ugly 
water' (|i£> 'water'; te "ugliness' 'ugly'; Iccge ' down at the edge 
of <lie 'neck' 'height', ge 'down at' 'over at'; ^qrjwiJcejl 
'pueblo ruin' <''oywi 'pueblo', lyi. 'ruin' postpound). This 
form was obtained from a single San Juan informant, now dead, 
as the name of a pueblo ruin somewhere near Chamita. 

fl4] SANTA CLARA WEST SHEET 

The central feature of this sheet (map 14) is Santa Clara Creek 
[14:24]. Roughl}' speaking, the area of the sheet proper was claimed 
by the Santa Clara people, and a large percentage of the places included 
in this area have names which are known to the Santa Clara Indians 
only. 

Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71] is shown, also the important Mexican 
and American settlement of Espaiiola [14:lt)], and a number of pueblo 
ruins which are claimed by the Tewa and in some cases rather defi- 
nitely by the Santa Claras as the homes of their ancestors. 

The Santa Claras claim also considerable territory east of the Rio 
Grande; see sheet [15]. 

[14:1] /")j,pinnug.e, see [2:12]. 

[14:2] Siebelwaje, see [2:22]. 

[14:3] Tetokwaje, see [2:14]. 

[14:4] Kumqntsihu^u., see [2:16]. 

[14:5] Iyig.ipo, see [2:17]. 

[14:6] Ku^frtsi'i, see [2:19]. 

[14:7] Oso Creek, see [5:35]. 

[14:8] Jfq/iy,buwUi, see [13:48]. 

[14:'.>] JIq/iy,bu''i7jko, J/qhy,''iyJ,o 'owl corner arroyo' 'owl arro3^o' 
{Mqhy,hu\(., see [14:11]; ^ii]f locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; kq 'barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'). See [14:11]. 

[14:10] 3Iqhyhulwaje'ohu, Mqhy;ol:u 'hills of the height by owl cor- 
ner' 'owl hills' {Mqky,buu, see [14:11]; Iwajo 'height'; \>hu 
'hill'). See [14:11]. ' 

[14:11] (1) Ilqhyhu^u 'owl corner' {///q/iy, 'owl'; biru 'large low 
roundish place'). 

(2) Eng. Guache settlement and vicinity. ( > Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Guache, of obscure etymology. = Eng. (2). So far 
as it has been possible to learn, " Guache" has no meaning in Span., 
and is not a corruption of any Tewa name. Cf . , however, G uache- 
panque [14:20]. 



232 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

This Mexican settlement merges into Placita Larga [14:12] on 
the south, and is separated from San Jose de Chama [13:14] on 
the north by Mqhy,bii.wUi [14:8]. 
[14:12] (1) ^Oywiheji, Buheji 'long pueblo' 'long town', translating 
the Span, name ('o?;'wi 'pueblo', hardlj- properly applied to a ^Mexi- 
can settlement; i<^'/ ' length ' 'long'; Mu 'town'). =Eng. (2), 
Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Placita Larga. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Placita Larga 'long town'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 
Mr. L. Bradford Prince of Santa Fe, New Mexico, has a ranch 

near this place. 
[14:13] Woteijjl-o, see [15:13]. 
[14:11] (1) Eng. Angostura settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Angostura 'narrow place'. =Eng. (1). 
[14:15] (1) Kutepdme 'stone wall place' Qcutepa 'stone wall' <ku 

'stone'; tepa 'wall'; '«we locative). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Corral dePiedra. (<Span.). =Span.(3). Cf.Tewa(l). 

(3) Span. Corral de Piedra 'stone corral'. =Eng. (2). Cf. 
Tewa (1). Both the Tewa and the Span, names are descriptive 
and may have originated independently. 

[14:16] (1) Butsqbi'i''\ ^utsqbPivJe 'new town place' {huhi 'town'; 
tsqhi 'newness' 'new'; '/'*' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; ''iwe locative). This name is felt to be the opposite of 
Bukeji 01- Guachepanque [14:20], the latter name meaning 'old 
town'. 

(2) Eng. Espanola.' (<Span.). =Span. (3). The " othcial" 
spelling of the name omits the tilde. 

(3) Span. Espanola ' Spanish', agreeing with some such femi- 
nine foi-m as placita 'town', which is understood. =Eng. (2). 

The Santa Clara people definitely claim Espanola as within the 
territory formerly considered as belonging to them. Espanola 
contains two large stores and a number of American inhabitants. 
The Indians of Santa Clara and San Ildefonso pueblos do most of 
their shopping here. 
[14:17] Bids(ibi''r'kojye, Butsqb^PHepokop'e 'new town bridge' 'new 
town wagon bridge' {ButsibPi'^, see [14:16]; Icop^e 'bridge' 
'boat' <ko 'to bathe', ^/e '.stick' 'log'; tepo 'wagon road' 
<te 'wagon', po 'trail' 'road'). 

This is the only wagon bridge between San Juan Pueblo and 
Buckman [20:19]. AVhen the Rio Grande is so high as to make 
the fords near San Ildefonso dangerous the San Ildefonso people 
in driving to Espanola take the road on the eastern side of the 
Rio Grande, which is not so good as that on the western side, cross- 
ing by means of this bridge. 



HAiiitiNGTON] PLACE-NAMES 233 

[14:18] Santa Cruz Creek, see [15:lSj. 

[14:19] Santa Clara Tv.ijv);rjokq],u'u • lii<ih arroyo' {turjirxjo ' vory 
high' Ktuywie ' high', yo augmentative; A-o7m'« 'arroyo witli bar- 
rancas' <]cQ 'barranca', liu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Wliy 
thi8 name is applied was not known to the informants. 

[14:20] (1) Santa Clara Potdpa'^f/e 'down at the mud .string place' 
ipotsi 'mud' <po 'water', tsi unexplained; pn'i 'thread' 
'string' 'cord', used also figuratively; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 
Span. (-4) is a corruption of this name. The Santa Claras of the 
present day do not fully understand the meaning of the name, 
and the informants have puzzled much over it. Tlie reference is 
perhaps to a muddy string, or to mud lying in the form of a 
string. The word potsi is applied to any mud except regularly 
made adobe mud, the latter being called napota. 

(2) Sukeji 'old town' {hu'u 'town'; Iceji *old' postpound). 
This name is felt to be the opposite of JButiqbi'i'', Espanola 
[14:16], the latter name meaning ' new town '. The name JJukeji 
is used especially in conversation when it is feared that Mexicans 
would overhear and understand Guachepanque. 

(3) Eng. Guachepancjue. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Guachepanque. (<Tewa (1)). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3). 
The settlement of Guachepanque lies mostly on the edge of the 

low mesa. The Santa Claras distinguish the lowlands lying in 
this vicinity b}^ the river as Potsipq'i(jenug,e, see [14:21]. The 
Santa Claras usually pass through Guachepanque when going to 
Espanola. If talking Span., the}' sometimes use low tones when 
passing this place, for fear that the Mexicans will overhear. 
This is, of course, mere sentiment. 

[14:21] Santa Clara Potsipq'i[/enug.e 'down below the mud string 
place', referring to [14:20] {Potsipq'S(je, see [14:20]; vm'u ' below'; 
g_e 'down at' 'over at'). As explained under [14:2o]. this name 
is applied to the lowlands by the river at [14:20]. 

[14:22] Siinta Clara Peak, see [2:13]. 

[14:23] PUepiijf 'loathsome penis mountain ' {pi for pyla * head of the 
penis'; te ' loath.someness' 'loathsome'; fhjf 'mountain"). 

[14:24] (1) ICapopohu'ii, K'ap<>'imPoku''u, E'apopofsPi, Kapo''vnpii- 
fsPi 'creek of Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71]' 'canyon of Santa 
Clara Pueblo [14:71]' {E'npo, see [14:71]; 'iv.f locative and ad- 
jective-forming postfix; po/ni'u 'arroyo with water in it' < po 
'water', kii'it ' large groove ' 'arroyo'; fwtei'-i 'canyon with water 
in it' <po 'water', &i'* 'canyon'). PohiPu is used of the more 
open, pofsVi of the more closed-in, parts of the creek. Merely 
pohu'u or potsn is often used by the Santa Claras, it being under- 
stood to which creek or canyon the reference is made. Santa Clara 
Creek is appropriately named, for Santa Clara Pueblo is at its 



234 ETHKOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

mouth, and it is claimed by tiae Santa Clara Indians as their own 
creek. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Santa Clara Creek. (<Span.). =8pan. (3). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Rito de Santa Clara, Arroj'o de Santa Clara, Canon 
do Santa Clara ' creek, arroyo or canyon of [14:71]'. = Eng. (2). 
" Les rivieres . . . Santa Clara."' Bandelier's "Arroyo de Santa 
Clara "^ certainly does not apply to Santa Clara Creek; see 
under [14:116]. 

[14:25] Kusurifupiyf, see [2:15]. 

[14:26] Santa Clara 'J-y^/pjiw't* 'naked red corner' ('«;/?*' nakedness ' 
'naked'; pi 'redness' 'red'; hu\i, 'large low roundish place'). 
This name refers to a low place on both sides of the creek. It 
is said to be reddish. Cf. [14:27]. 

[14:27] Santa Clara ' J./>/p62</tWa/e ' naked red corner height' CApipi- 
bu'u, see [14:26]; kwaje 'height'). 

[14:28] Santa Clara TseewaM 'wide gap of the little eagle' {tse 
' eagle'; 'e diminutive; wcui ' wide gap'). 

[14:29] Santa Clara Ki(\mfxg.riwe, Kii''onfceg,ihiu ' stone on its head 
place' 'stone on its head corner' {hu 'stone'; ^onf'^g_i 'on the 
head', advei'b; 'iwe locative; itiu 'large low roundish place"). 
There are at this place "tent-rocks" (see pis. 6-S), which are 
thought to resemble people carrying objects on their heads; hence 
the name. 

[14:30] Santa Clara Ts^g^'^ww^ 'white meal place' (/s^ 'whiteness' 
'white'; Jc'se-yf 'meal' 'flour'; oise, locative). 

A Mexican family is said to live at this place, which is north 
of the creek, under Kuminj'upirjf [14:25]. 

[14:31] Santa Clara .ff'wywa'i'' 'rock house place' {hu 'stone' 'rock'; 
qwa denoting state of being receptacle ; T* locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). The name refers to the location of a rock 
which has caves in it or is hollow, capable of being used as a 
house. 

[14:32] Santa Clara Buirakupamve ' sunnj' place of the stone for baking 
bread' (buwalcu 'bread stone', referring here to stone of the kind 
of which slabs are made for cooking buwajaie 'paper bread' 
< buwa 'bread', jaie 'to tear otf the surface layer from an 
object'; fcu ' stone '; j?a'awe 'sunny place' 'sunny side' <paa 
akin to Jemezjje 'sun', we locative). 

There is said to be at this place a deposit of the kind of sand- 
stone used for preparing guayave slabs. So far as could be 
learned, the Santa Clara or other Tewa do not get gua3'ave stones 
from this place at the present time. 

' Hewett, Communaut(5s, p. 24, 1908. » Bandelicr, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 05, 1892. 



HAKRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 235 

[14:33] Santa C\viT& fnipijmxoyivikeri 'pueblo ruin at the narrow 
point' (/m'w 'horizontal!}- projecting corner or point, as of a mesa 
top'; 7/f/;y for p'iyki 'narrowness' 'narrow'; nx locative; 
'o»;M'i/(y^'« 'pueblo ruin' <'qywi 'pueblo', %'i 'old' postpound). 
The Santa Clara informant does not know why this name is 
given; he thinks that the narrow point referred to may be the whole 
of the mesa. Bandelier writes: "On the north side a castle-like 
mesa of limited extent detaches itself from the foot of the Pelado. 
The Tehuas call it Shu-finne."' "Shu Finne."- "Shu-linn6."' 
"ShuHmie."^ "Shutinne."'^ "Tsiphenu."" ''Tsifeno."" The 
forms "Tsiphenu" '"Tsifeno," meaning black obsidian' (sec 
under Minerals, p. 5S4) are incorrect, being based on informa- 
tion obtained by the writer in 1008 from San lldefonso and Santa 
Clara Indians, who did not know the old Santa (Jlara name for 
the place. Mr. Ignacio Aguilar of San lldefonso calls the place 
Tsipennii 'Itlack obsidian' to this day. The ruin and locality 
are described by Bandelier ' and by Hewett.^ See [14:46J, [14:54]. 

[14:34] Santa Clara Kujfyhu'ic 'rocky i-abbit-brush corner' 0cii 
'stone';^/!/. ' rabbit-V)rush' 'Chrysothamnusbigelovii"; biru''\a.rge: 
low roundish place'). See [14:3r)J. 

[14:35] Santa Clara Kup'y,bukwajeqtjwil-ejl ' pueblo ruin of the height 
at rabbit-brush corner', referring to [14:34] iKiip nhiCn, see 
[14:34]; //wajr) 'height'; 'o7;w^/'e^'i ' pueblo ruin' ('oyu'^ 'pueblo", 
heji 'old' postpound). 

[14:36] Santa Clara QwsRnsapo'al'qjm.n, 'plain of the soft rat excre- 
ment' iqwse.yj' a species of rodent resembling the woodrat; sapo 
'watery excrement' <sa 'excrement', po 'water'; ^nl-qnmi 
'plain' K'aJcqijf 'plain', mi locative). 
This is a low, level, meadow-like place. See [14:37]. 

[14:37] Santa Clara Qwxnsapo'al'qnmCqvwil-eji 'pueblo ruin at the 
plain of the soft rat excrement', referring to [14:36] (Qwxnsnpo- 
'akqttnii, see [14:36]; 'qijwikeji 'pueblo ruin" K'qywi 'pueblo", 
keji 'old' postpound). 

[14:38] Santa Clara Tsipiwri 'gap where the pieces of flaking stone 
come out of the ground' {tsPi 'flaking stone'; pi 'to emerge' 'to 
come out' 'to go out' 'to issue'; wPi 'gap' 'pass'). For quoted 
forms of the name see [14:39]. 

Doctor Hewett furnishes the information that the gap or pass 
referred to by this name is west of the ruin [14:39], q. v. 

1 Final Report, pt. ii, p. tJ6, 1892. 

2 Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 378, 1890. 

» Bandelier, Final Report, op. cit., pp. 7, 19, 66, 67. 

i Hewett: General View, p. 598. 1905; Antiquities, p. 1-1, 1906; Communaule*, p. to. 1908. 

6 Hewett in Out West, xxxi, p. 702. 1909. 

''Harrington, ibid. 

' Final Report, op. cit., pp. 66-67. 

« Antiquities, No. I, 1906. 



236 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[14:39] Santa Clara Tsipiwi'oywikeji ' pueblo ruin at [WtP.S] ' ( TsipiwiH, 
sec [14:38]; 'Qr)wikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'orjwi 'pueblo', keji 'old' 
postpound). Hewett mentions "cliff dwellings of Chupadero 
Canyon" [14:87]. 1 "Chipiwi".^ 

Tsipiwvi is a ruin situated on the southern rim of the mesa 
east of the gap from which it takes its name, according to Doctor 
Hewett, by whom it is described.' 

[14:40] Santa Clara Pujekojiu^i, Puje'iyl-ohu''u 'arroyo of [14:46]' 
(Puje, see [14:46]; ^{ijf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
Ivhu^u 'arroyo with barrancas' <7.-o 'barranca', huSt 'large 
groove ' ' arroyo ') . 

The two chief head waters, or rather head gulches, of this 
aiToyo unite, just south of the western extremity of the mesa 
[14:45] to form Ptijel-qhii'u proper. 

[14:41] Santa Clara Pujeijwxyh/bou.i 'rock-pine grove of [14:46]' 
{Puje, see [14:46]; ywmrjf 'rock-pine' 'Pinus scopulorum'; "ka 
'denseness' 'dense' 'forest'; ioM 'large roundish pile', possibly 
referring here to a hill, but more probably referring to a grove). 
The Santa Clara informant insists that this is a regular place 
name. 

[14:42] Santa Clara iZ^i^J^^'e ' little corner of the one-seeded juniper' 
(Ay 'one- seeded juniper' 'Juniper us monosperma'; J^'t 'small 
low roundish place'). Cf. [14:43]. 

[14:43] Santa Clara Ilyhelnvaje 'height at the little corner of the one- 
seeded juniper' {Hiibe'e, see [14:42]; himje 'height'). 

[14:44] Nameless pueblo ruin, located by Doctor llcwett. 

[14:45] Santa GX^iVix Pujekwaje, Pujelwag.e '■\\e\ght of [14:46]' 'mesa 
of [14:46]' {Puje, see [14:46]; hraje 'height'; Iwage 'height' 
'mesa'). (PI. 4.) 

"Puye is a rock of grayish-yellow tufa, 5,750 feet long, vary- 
ing in width from 90 to 700 feet. It is a fragment of the great 
tufaceous blanket that once covered the entire Pajarito plateau 
to a thickness of from 50 to 500 feet." ^ See [14:46]. 

[14:46] Santa Clara Puje^^ywikejl probably 'pueblo ruin where the 
rabbits meet or assemble' {pu probably 'cottontail rabbit'; je 
probably 'to meet' 'to assemble'; ''y.ywikejl 'pueblo ruin' 
<''y.rjiv\ 'pueblo' (Santa Clara dialectic form of Tewa 'o7?«'i), heji 
'old' postpound). This etymology is not certain, although it is 
given b}' Tewa Indians when asked to etymologize the word. The 
Santa Clara pronounce pnje with rising-falling tone of the last 
syllable, while,;'*? 'to meet' has a level tone. One informant sug- 
gested that if the etymolog}- given above is correct, the name may 

' General View, p. 59S, 1905. 

* Hewett: Antiquities, p. 15, 1906; Communautfe, p. 45, 1908. 

' Antiquities, No. 3, 1906. 

'Hewett in Out West, xxxi. p. 697, 1909. 



LIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 237 

refer to rabbits bciiio- driven toovther at a coniiminal ral)l)it luirit. 
Although ])u refers properly to the species of cottontail rabbits 
with which the Tewa are familiar, it is also used as the general 
word for 'rabbit'. Puje means 'deerskin'. Stephen' gives 
"puye" as meaning 'quail" in the llano dialect of Tewa. A'ote 
also the etymology by llewett, quoted below. "Puiye.''^ 
"Puye."^ "Pu-ye."^ ''Puye (Tewa: [place of the] 'berrv")".= 
"Puye."" 

The pueblo ruin is described by Ikndelicr,' by llewett,* and l)y 
S. G. Morley.^ The Santa Claras say that their ancestors lived 
at Pity<^, although this is perliaps a conclusion at whicli they would 
naturally arrive rather than a definite historical tradition. The 
Tewa of the other pueblos consider that all the country about 
Santa Clara Creek belongs to the Santa Clara Indians, and that 
Puye, being situated in this countrj', must also belong to the 
Santa Claras. The writer has talked with many Tewa on the 
subject, but has never been able to learn anything further than 
this. But Bandelier'" writes: 

For two consecutive years I inquired of the Tehuas of San Juan and San Ikle- 
fonso if they knew anything about the cave dwellers, and they invariably \*M me 
they did not. At last, in 1888, I became acquainted with the people of Santa 
Clara, and during three protracted stays at their village I succeeded in gaining 
the confidence of several of their principal Shamans. These medicine-men 
assured me that the puelilo on the summit of the Pu-ye, and the cave dwellings 
in that cliff and at the Sliu-finne, were the work and abodes of their ancestors. 
Subsequently I questioned the medicine-men of San Juan, and they acknowl- 
edged that what their neighbors had told me wa-s true, but that it was no part 
of their local traditional history. The same was said to me afterwards by one 
of the wizards of San Ildefonso. The Indians of Santa Clara also informed me 
that drought and the hostility of nomadic Indians had compelled the final aban. 
donmeut of the sites. The statements of these Indians were so emphatic, that I 
am strongly inclined to believe them. The cave-houses and the highest pueblo 
appear therefore to have been the homes of that portion of the Tehua tribe whose 
remnants now inhabit the village of Santa Clara, in days long previous to the 
coming of Europeans. 

The statements which Santa Clara Indians have made to the 
present writer relative to this subject have been only what one 
might expect, and apparently are based on speculation rather 
than definite tradition. Hodge" says: 

The natives [the Santa Claras] assert tliat their ancestors dwelt in the clusters 
of artificial grottos excavated in cliffs of pumice-stone (Puye and Shulinne) 



1 A. M. Stephen, A Vocabulary of tte Language of Te'wa, One of Ine Moki Pueblos, extract made by 
A. S. Gatschet, Bur. Amer. Ethn., MS. no. 1540. 
^Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 3, 1890. 

3 Ibid., p. 178; Hewett: General View, p. 598, 1905; Communautfe, p. 29 et passim, 1908. 
*Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 67 et passim, 1S92. 
i-B-tweUin American Anthropologist, vol. vi, p. 649. 1904. 

"Hewett: Antiquities, p. 14, 1906; in Out WeU, xxxi, p. 703 et passim, 19(19; Harrmgion, Ibid. 
I Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 67-71, 1892. 
'Antiquities, No. 2, 1906, also in Out West, xxxi, 1909. 
nbid., .-5XXII, No. 2, p. 121. ISIO. 
"Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. pp. 74-75, 1892. 
"Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 456, 1910. 



238 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

■nest ot the Rio Grande, and this may be true of both historic and preliistoric 
times; but the Santa Clara people probably were not the only Tewa occupants 
of these cliff-lodges. 

Pmje has given the names to [14:-10], [14:45], and [14:47]. 

[14:47] (1) Santa Clara Pujepopi 'spring at [14:46]' {Puje, see [14:46]; 
poj)l 'spring' <po 'water', /»i 'to issue"). 

(■1) Eng. Nine Mile spring. It is called thus because it is 
supposed to be 9 miles from Santa Clara Pueblo, or from the Rio 
Grande. 

[14:48] Santa Clara Suwalq 'warm barranca' {swwa 'warmth' 'warm'; 
Jcq 'barranca'). Why this bank or gulch is called warm the in- 
formants did not know. Suwa is used much as Eng. ' warm ' is 
used, of objects which are warm, of warm and sunny locations, etc. 

[14:49] Santa Clara Kupiitmse 'at the small pile or piles of stones' 
{hi 'stone'; jcw «< 'small roundish pile' of about the same mean- 
ing as b/'dt; nse locative). 

[14:50] Santa Clara TapojateqwaHwe 'place of Tafoya's house' 
{Tap ojh <Span. Tafoya, surname of a Mexican who has a house 
at this place; teqwa 'house' <te 'dwelling-place', qwa denoting 
state of being a receptacle; ''■iwe locative). 

[14:51] Santa Clara Potaq_e 'down at the place where the squashes, 
pumpkins, or gourds are dried' {po '.squash' 'pumpkin' 'gourd'; 
te 'to be dry' 'to dry', transitive; g<? 'down at' 'over at"). Cf. 
[14:52]. 

[14:52] Santa Clara PahgehiCu 'arroyo at the place where the 
squashes, pumpkins, or gourds are dried' {J'ot(rg.e, see [14:51]; 
hiiii ' large groove ' 'ari-oyo'). 

[14:53] Santa Clara ^Awaj/asakPimu 'corner where the cat-tails are' 
Cawap'a 'cat-tail'; m 2 + plural of t/a 'to be at a place'; Jc/"i?nu 
said to mean about the same as bu^u 'large low roundish place'). 

[14:54] Santa Clara P'y,p'i?inse, P'y,p' imieelwaje 'rabbit-brush nar- 
row place' 'rabbit-brush narrow place height' {p'u rabbit-brush' 
'Chrysothamnus bigelovii'; j9'i?;y for p'iij^'i 'narrowness' 'nar- 
row'; wa? locative; hvaje 'height'). Cf. [14:33] and [14:55]. 

[14:55] Santa Clara P'lip'innsekuu ' rabbit-brush narrow place arroyo' 
{P' iip'innx, see [14:54]; kii'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

It is said that the main wagon road leading to Puje [14:46] 
passes through the lower part of this arroyo. 

[14:56] Santa Clara ^xiteehiru 'little chokecherry arroyo' ('aie 
' chokecherry ' 'Prunus melanocarpa'; 't; diminutive; ^w'« 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[14:57] Roman Mountain, see [2:41]. 

[14:58] Santa Clara Mimp'^miuhi, 'black earth corner' {nCyy 'earth'; 
^oCi^y 'blackness' 'black'; 6w'm ' large low roundish place). Cf. 
[14:59]. 



HAEEINGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 239 

[14:59] Santa Clara NqmpOjtim}:< 'black earth height' {mlmp'ojy, 
see [14:58]; ^M;a;^ 'height'). 

[14:6(1] Santa Clara TejUrr' -box-elder place' (tejiii 'box-elder' 
'Acer negundo'; T' locative and adjective-forming postlix). 

[14:61] Santa Clara Po6eV' 'little corner of the .squashes, pumpkins, 
or gourd' (po 'squash' 'pumpkin' 'gourd'; he'e 'sniali h)w 
roundish place'). Cf. [14:6i2]. 

[14:62] Santa Clara Pobehu'u 'arroyo of the little corner of the 
squashes, pumpkins, or gourds' {Pohe'e, see [14:61]: hu'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[14:63] Santa CXa.va'' A" atsqijwsebe'e 'little corner of the blue slope' 
Ca''a 'steepor short slope'; tec'?;w^ 'blueuess" 'blue' •greeimess' 
'green'; be'e 'small low roundish place'). 

[14:64] Santa Clara Potsibe'e 'little mud corner" (/wtei •mud' <po 
'water', tsi unexplained; be'e 'small low roundish place'). Cf. 
[14::^0]. 

[14:65] Santa Clara Qivsempiwi'i 'gap of the red-tailed hawk' (q^csemfn 
"red-tail hawk", unidentified species of bird <qvMru,f ^tuiV, pi 
'redness' 'red'; wi'i 'gap' 'pass'). The gulch at the place is 
probably called Qwsempiwihu^u (liu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

The locality Avas pointed out to the writer, but the gap itself 
could not be definitely located. Pei'haps it is identical with the 
gulch or arroyo. 

[14:66] Santa Clara Joit'i'i 'cane cactus gap' (/o 'cane cactus" 'Opun- 
tia arborescens'; wiH 'gap'). 

[14:67] Santa Clara Kapopolm'iijhwfekwnpoJcop'e 'railroad bridge of 
[14:'2-1:]' {Kapopohu'u, see [14::^!]; Hij,f locative and adjective- 
forming postfix ; Icwiekumpio 'railroad' <kw;rl-y,ijj' 'iron', of ob- 
scure etymology ', po 'trail' 'road'; lop'e 'bridge' 'boat' <1co 
'to bathe', p'e 'stick' 'log'). 

[14:68] Santa Clara Nubu'u 'corner below' [nu'u 'below' 'under'; 
bu'u 'large low roundish place'). The place is called thus, it is 
said, because it is far below Santa Clara Pueblo. 

[14:69] (1) Santa Clara Kapijhlceji 'old chapel' [kapija <Span. 
capilla 'chapel'; keji 'old' postpound). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Santa Clara Misate'ekeji 'old chapel' {misaie'e 'chapel" 
<rnisa <Span. misa 'Roman Catholic mass'; te 'dwelling-place' 
'house'; 'e diminutive; keji 'old' postpound). Cf. Tewa (1), 
Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. the Old Chapel. =Tewa (1), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Capilla Vieja 'old chapel'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (3). 
Cf. Tewa (2). 

It is said that there is at this place the I'uin of a Catholic 
chapel. 



240 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[14:70] Seco Arroyo, see [15:26]. 

[14:71] (1) Kapo'y.ywi of o})scure etymology {Fafo unexplained; 
^Wjwi 'pueblo'). Although a large number of Tewa Indians have 
been questioned concerning the etymology of this name and 
although what are apparently cognate forms of the name occur in 
other Tanoan languages, K'apo has withstood up to the present 
time all attempts to explain its meaning. Both syllables are 
long in the Tewa form of the name; the first syllable has level 
tone and the second syllabic circumflex tone. The syllable h 'a 
with level tone has no meaning in Tewa. Neither k'a 'corral' 
'fence', X; 'a 'weight' 'heavy', h' a in tsik' a 'eyeball' {tsi 'eye') 
nor^'a'" 'wild rose' 'rose' 'any rosa species' is identical with 
the syllable k 'a in K'apo. The second syllable of K'apo, namely 
po, is even more perplexing. It has the circumflex tone, as said 
above, and is identical with Tewa po 'trail' 'road'. The seem- 
ingly cognate Jemez form of the name (see Jemez (5), below) has 
as its second syllable the Jemez word pa ' water', cognate with 
Tewa po 'water'. The quoted Taos, Picuris, and Isleta foi'ms 
seem to show pa 'water'. Tewa has besides po 'trail', also po 
' water ' and po ' moon', each of these three words having a differ- 
ent tone. The etymology of the name K'apo is not known either 
to the Tewa or to the Jemez. If a Tewa Indian is asked to give 
the meaning of K'apo he couples either ' corral ', ' heavy ', ' sphci'i- 
cal', or 'rose' with either 'trail', 'water', or ' moon'. Some of 
the fancied etymologies formed in this way are very pretty. 
Thus he may render the name by ' rose-trail ' ' spherical moon ' 
' heavy water '. One informant was strongly in favor of ' corral 
water '. An investigator at Santa Clara Pueblo writes: " I asked 
. . . what Kapo meant . . . He answered without hesitation 
'dew' (Span, rocio) — what comes in the night and looks pretty in 
the morning." This Indian had chosen the meanings ' rose-water ' 
and construed them as the water on rose plants, that is, 'dew', the 
similarity in sound between Span, rosa ' rose' and Span, rocio (c 
in New Mexican Span. =«), ' dew ', perhaps, helping along this ety- 
mology. In a later letter the same investigator writes: " I have 
discovered that the Indians do not know the meaning of K'apo." 
The writer is hopeful that a thorough study of the forms of the 
name in the Indian languages in which it occurs, other than Tewa, 
will make clear its etymology. Some of the forms quoted below 
represent a variant pronunciation, K'apo""". It is possible, but 
hardly probable, that the name of a former Tano Tewa pueblo, 
Bandelier's "Ka-po", etc. [29:unlocated] is the same. Cf. this 
name, and also Kapo., name of the pueblo ruin [14:71], which is, 
of course, entirely distinct. The present pueblo [14:71] is said to 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 241 

be the third which has borne the iiiiine JC apo. Tiie lirst to liuve 
this name was [14:11«], the sceond [14:117J. See general dis- 
cussion below: "Capoo/'i "Capo."^ "Ca-po."^ "Ka-po."-* 
"Kapung'-^ (given as Hano Tewa name). " Kapoii."' 
"Ka-Poo."' "Kap-h6"« (given as San lldefonso and 
San Juan name). " K'hapo'-o.''*' "Ka'po."'" "Kah-po."" 
"Ca-po."'= "Ivhapoo 'where the roses (?) grow near the 
water.'" ^^ 

(2) Taos "HaipMi"." " Hai'bata"'.." Ilaiba'yu".' 

(3) Picuris "Haiphaha".** "Kaipaa ' in the river there are wet 
cornstalks'"'.'" 

(4) Isleta "K'haibhai".^ 

(5) Jemt'z /ydpdffri of obscure etymology but evidently akin to 
the Tewa, Tiwa, and Keresan forms {fjd unexplained; pa 'water'; 
at least it sounds exactly the same as Jemez pul 'water': ffi'l loca- 
tive, probably equivalent to Tewa ge 'down at' 'over at"). This 
name was given the writer as the old and now no longer used 
Jemez name of San Juan Pueblo. It was seen at once, however, 
that it must be the old Jemez name for Santa Clara Pueblo, K'apa. 
This is corroborated h\ the fact that the same name was obtained 
by Mr. Hodge as the name of Santa Clara Pueblo; see below. The 
people of fjdpd<j Pi arc called by the ,lemez /•Jdpdffd'df {{fd''df 
'people'). "Shi-ap'-a-gi".* 

(6) Pecos "Giowaka-a"'.'" '•Giowatsa-a'".'" "Giowa-" in these 
forms is clearly the same as Jemez gimvd 'over above' 'up- 
country'; "tsa-a"' of the Pecos form second given is certjiinly 
equivalent to Jemez f/'d'df 'people'. In the Jemez language 
(flowdffd^df means 'up-country people' and is said to be ap]:)lied 
to the Ute, Jicarilla Apache, Taos, etc.. who live up-country, 

iBenavides, Memorial, p. 59, 1630, 

^Vetancurt (1G96), Cr6nifa, p. 317, 1S71. 

'Bandelier in Kiteh, New Mexico, p. 201, 1885. 

*Bandelier (1888) In Pnc. Int. Cong. Amir., vii, p. -157, 1890; also in Final Report, pt. i, pp. 124, 260, 
1890. 

5 Stephen in Mighth Rep. Bur. Amcr. Ethn.. p. 37, 1S91. 

*Bandelier, op. cit., pt. ii, p. 64. 

' Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 232, 1893. 

"Hodge, field notes. Bur, Amer. Etim., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pi. 2, p. 4.57, 1910). 

9 Ibid. 

i»Fewkes in Nineteenth Kep. Bur. Amer. Ethn.., p. 614, 1900. 

"Jouveneeau in Catholic Pioneer, i, No, 9, p. 12, 1906. 

"Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910 (quoting early Span, .source). 

"Hodge in Handboolc Inds., pt. 2, p. 456, 1910. 

X Budd, Taos vocabulary, MS. in Bur. Amer. Etlin. 

15 Spinden, Pieuris notes, MS., 1910. 

i« Stevenson, Pecos MS. vocabulary, Bur. .\mer. Ethn., 1887. 

87584°— 20 ETii— 16 — —10 



242 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

above, north of Jemez Pueblo. Probably the cori-esponding 
Pecos form, of which Stevenson has fortunately given us a record, 
had the same meaning, being api>lied to the Tewa and other tribes 
living up country from the Pecos. The " ka-a'"of the Pecos 
form first given remains unexplained. 

(7) Pecos "Ak'-e-ji".' 

(8) Cochiti Kdlpa. This name is said to have no etymology 
known to the Cochiti. "Kai'p'a".- 

(9) "Sia 'Tinjititja me'".^ The last syllable is evidently ms^ 
'people'. 

(10) Acoma "Kaiipa".^ 

(11) Oraibi Hopi Nasaie' etewa ' middle Tewa ' (wff.wSe'f ' middle ' ; 
T^wa 'Tewa'). So called because Santa Clara is the central vil- 
lage of the Tewa villages on the Rio Grande, lying between San 
Ildefonso and San Juan. 

(12) Navaho '"Ana S'ushI 'tribe like bears'".^ It is explained 
that the Santa Claras are so named from their skunk-skin moccasins 
which at first were thought to be of bear skin. 

(13) Probably Keres or Tiwa "Caypa"." This name is con- 
founded with San Juan. 

(U) Eng. Santa Clara. (<Span.). = Span. (15). 

(15) Span. Santa Clara 'Saint Clara'. =Eng. (14). "Santa 
Clara".' "StClara".^ "S^"' Clara"." "S. Clara".'" 

With ICapo compare the name of the pueblo ruin Ka pij' qrjwil'eji 
[5:23] and Bandelier's "Ka-po" given asthenameof apuebloruin 
nearGolden, New Mexico [29: unlocated]. Bandelier describes Santa 
Clara Pueblo:" "Jemez, Santa Clara, and San Felipe are each a 
double quadrangle with two squares." "At Santa Clara . . . 
the Yutas . . . have assiduously contributed to the propagation 
of the species".'^ A Santa Clara informant knew nothing of the 
Ute blood at Santa Clara Pueblo. "The church of Santa Clara was 
first used in 1761 "." The present pueblo is the third to bear the 
name ICapo according to Santa Clara tradition. The first JCapo 
pueblo was [14:116], a short distance northwest of the present 
Santa Clara Pueblo. This was abandoned, so the story goes, its 
inhabitants building a second village called K'apo at a site some- 
what northeast of the present Santa Clara; see [14:117]. 

' Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amcr. Ethn., 189.i (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 457, 1910). 

> Hodge, ibid. 

3 Spinden, Sia notes, 1910. 

» Hodge, op. cit. 

5 Curtis, American Indian, i, p. 138, 1907. 

" Onate (1598) in Doc. Ined., xvi, p. 256, 1871. 

'Ibid., p. 116. 

» De I'lsle, Carte Mex. et Flor., 1703. 

' D'Anville, Map AmSr. Septentrionale, 1746. 
'° Cr^py, Map Am^r. Septentrionale, 1783 (?) 
" Final Report, pt. i, p. 265, 1890. 
'2 Ibid., pp. 261-62. 
" Ibid., p. 267, note. 



HAERI.NGTON] PLACE-NAMES 243 

[14:72] Santa Clara KwsRhee 'oak arroyito {hwx 'oak'; hee 'small 
erroove' 'arroyito'). Cf. [14:73]. [14:120]. 

[14:73] Santa Clara KwxJuhwaji 'oak arroyito height' (Aw^/^-V, .-ice 
[14:72]; hiyije 'height'). Cf. [14:72]. " 

[14:74] Santa Clara Kupurifwhul-qhuu 'arroyo of the eorner where 
the stone is conspicuous' {Kupunf^bu'ii^ see [14:75]: lo/m'u 
'arroyo with barranca.s' <y?o 'barranca', //m"m 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). Cf. [14:75]. 

[14:7.5] Santa Clara Knpu/ij'xbtru •corner where the stone is conspicu- 
ous' {hi 'stone'; pimfse 'to be conspicuous' 'to be noticeably 
beautiful'; bu^u 'large low roundish place"). 

[14:76] Santa Clara Eimiriijfhuhi 'arroyo t)e]ow the rocks" (iv( 'rock' 
'stone'; nuu 'below'; '/'' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; hiCu 'large gi'oove' 'arroyo'). 

There is said to be white sand in this gulch. Cf. [14:77]. 

[14:77] Santa Clara Knnuiijfhulx-waje, Eitnuhraje 'height of the 
arroyo below the rocks' 'height of the place below the rocks' 
{Kunv'ijj fkwii, Kimirit^s&elX^U^]]-, biv/Je 'height'). Cf. [14:70). 

[14:78] Santa Clara P'eqwapokuhi 'drag pole or log creek' {jie 'pole' 
'log'; qwa 'to drag'; pohuu 'creek with water in it' <po 
'water', hi'ii ' large groove ' 'arroyo"). 

[14:70] Santa Clara Ku'irifhun 'rocky arroyo' {hn 'rock" 'stone'; 
T' locative and adjective-foiming postfix; kiCu 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). 

[14:80] San Ildefonso Tsahijoiehn''u, see [18:8]. 

[14:S1] Santa Clara PPqtifse.hii'u 'smooth red arroyo" (/>/ 'redness' 
'red'; '''Infce. 'smoothness' 'smooth'; /(m'ij 'large gulch' 'arroyo"). 

[14:82] Santa Clara T ant' aJiii' u 'arroyo where the sun lives or 
dwells', said to refer to the shining of the sun (t'qyf 'sun'; t' <i 
'to live' 'to dwell'; haiu 'large gulch' 'arroyo'). For the name 
cf. [23:16] and [23:17]. 

[14:83] Santa Clara T li^^Tsehic u 'arroyo of the yellow ;;'!<"- mineral" 
(il'y"" a kind of whitish mineral, see under Mixerals; Ue 'yel- 
lowness' 'yellow'; hiCu ' large groove ' 'arroyo"). 

[14:84] Santa Clara Qivawhvag.i'vjfhiiu 'arroyo of the place like a 
gap between the houserows of a pueblo' {'pmwPi 'gap between 
the houserows of a pueblo' <qwa 'house." indefinite term show- 
ing state of being a receptacle, wi'i 'gap"; vag.i 'like' similar to' 
postfix; T' locative and adjectivc-forniing postfix; hn'u 'large 
gap' 'arro3'o'). 

[14:85] (1) Santa CXuva K'ahuu. "corral arroyo' {k'a 'corral"; Iik'u 
'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo dc las Latas 'slat arroyo". Cf. Tewa (1). 

[14:86] (1) Santa Clara yivxmpupohu'u, ^jiDxmpupo 'rock-pine roots 
CYf^ek' {rjwxijf 'rock-pine' 'Pinus saxorum"; pu 'base" 'roof; 



244 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 2'J 

point' u 'arroyo with water in it' <f)o 'water", liu'u Marge groove' 
arrojo"). Cf. Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Arroj-o del Pinavete 'rock-pine arroj-o'. Cf. 
Tewa (1). 
[14:87] (1) Santa Clara AywiAw'w 'skunk-bush gap' (AT^iiwi'-i, see under 
[14:unlocated]; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) San Ildef onso 'A'<^nfy,nda'xniijfhu'u ' arroyo where the two 
maidens sit' ('a'"7i.yy/;y 2 + plural of 'a'^ufij, 'maiden' 'virgin'; 
da 'they two' third person dual prefixed pronoun with intransi- 
tive verb; ''leyf 'to sit'; 'wf locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; liu'u 'lai-ge groove' 'arroyo'). ^^'lly this name is applied 
was not known to the informants. 

(3) Eng. Chupadero Creek, Chupadero Arroyo, Chupadoro 
Can3'on. (<Span.). =Span. (J-). 

(4) Span. Arroyo Chupadero, Canon Chupadero 'sucking place 
canyon'. =Eng. (3). 

Span, chupadero means 'sucking place' 'nursing bottle'. 
Doctor Hewett explains the application of the name Chupadero 
to this canj'on in a very satisfactory wa}'^. In the bed of the 
lower part of the arroyo, Doctor Hewett says, holes or pits in 
the sand are always to be seen. These, which are sometimes 5 
feet or more in depth, are made by the donkeys pastured in tlie 
region, who always obtain water in this fashion, although the sur- 
face of the arroyo-bed may be entirely dry. This explanation 
probably accounts for the frequent appearance of the name of 
Chupadero on the map of New Mexico. Mr. 1 lodge informs the 
writer that the name "chupadero" is applied also to a certain 
apterous insect. Information given by Indians and Mexicans 
leads to the conclusion that no such application is current in New 
Mexico. "Chupadero Can3"on.''' "Chupadero".- For the name 
cf. [22:51], [22:.JS], |23:25], [26:4]. 

[14:88] Santa Clara P' ininik' xytini 'dwarf-corn meal gap' {j)'inmi- 
Vc^yf ' dwarf -coi'n' a variety of corn resembling our sweet corn 
<]iinini 'dwarf 'pun}' and undersized person'. New Mex. 
Span, pinineo 'pygmy"?, Fseyj' 'meal' 'flour; toi'i 'gap' 'pass"). 
For quoted forms of the name see under [14:H3]. 

Doctor Hewett informs the writer that this is a deep gap. It 
has given names to [14:89], [14:91], and [14:93]. 

[14:89] Santa Clara P'ininik' serjivikwaje ' height by dwarf-corn meal 
gap' (P'ininik'seyivi'i, see [14:88]; Jcwaje 'height'). 

[14:90] Santa Clara Nai>ahu'y.ijwiJceji ' pueblo ruin of the arroyo of 
cultivatable fields', referring to [14:91] {Naiahu'u, see [14:91]; 
'uywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <''y,ij'wi 'pueblo', Tceji 'old' postpound). 

' Hewett, General View, p. 598, 190.5. 
2 Hewett in Out Wat, xxxi, p. 707, 1909. 



HARRINGTON] I'LACE-XAMES 245 

"Navahu".' "Navalui".^ '^Navalui".-^ The ruin sia.uls on 
low land, at the side of the arroyo [U:'.n\ from which it tak.'s its 
name. It is described hy llewctt/ 

[14:91] (1) Santa Clara Naiahi'n 'arroyo of the cultivatable lields' 
{naia ' piece of land which is or has been cultivated or is con 
sidered capable of being- cultivated"; hu'u. -large groove' 'ar- 
royo'). The name refers to any arroyo to whicTi the detinition 
applies. It means about the same as ' arroyo where the people 
raise crops'. There are many such arroyos in the rugged Navalio 
country, and it is probable that the tribal name Navaho is a cor- 
ruption of Tewa naiahu'u as suggested by Ilewctt^: sec under 
Navaho, page 575. For (pioted forms oi Xabahu'u see under 
[14:90]. 

(2) Santa Clara P'ininik'xyu'iyjfhu'u 'dwarf-corn meal gap 
arroyo' (P'ininiwi'i, see [14:88]; 'i"' locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix: liu'u ' large groove ■ 'arroyo'). 

[14:92] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

[14:93] Santa Clara P'inimVseywi'^iju'ikeji 'pueblo ruin at dwarf 
corn meal gap' (JP'ininik'xywi'i, .see [14:88]; 'lujunlrji ' puel)lo 
ruin' <'y.7jwi 'pueblo', I'eji 'old' postpound). "Pininicangwi 
('place of the corn-flour')"." ''rininicangwi."'" "Phiniiu- 
kanwi'i."' 

The ruin stands on low land, at the side of the creek [14:91] 
and .some distance east of the gap [14:88], from which it takes its 
name. 

[14:91] Nameless ruin. 

[14:9.")] Si^an. Arroyo del Ojo de Agua 'arroyo of the spring of 
water'. The name is supplied ]>y Doctor Hewett. 

[14:9fj] Pimpije'iijqwog.e 'northern arm of the delta' {frimpije 
'north' KpiijJ' 'mountain', j'V'' 'toward'; '<"' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; qwog.e 'dcltix' 'arm of delta' <qu'o 'to 
cut through' 'to gouge out'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). One of 
the names of the creek [14:87] niaj' also be prepounded. See 
[14:87], [14:97]. 

[14:97] "'Akqmpije'iijqxooge 'southern arm of the delta' (akonipije 
'south' <^akoij J' ''p\iiin\ pije 'toward"; ' i' ' locative and adjec- 
tive-forliiing j^ostfix; qivoge 'delta' 'arm of delta' Kqiuo "to cut 
through' ' to gouge out'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 

[14:98] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102. 

[14:99] Klack ]\lesa, see [18:19]. 

[14:100] San Ildefonso Ei/po, see [16:50]. 

■Hewett, Antiquities, p. 16, 1906. 

' Hewett, ComQiunaut&, p. 45, 1908. 

'Hewett in Out West, xxxi, p. 704, 1909. 

* Hewett, Atitiquities, No. 4. 

'Hewett in American Anthropologist, n. s., vni, p. 193, 1906. 

•Hewett: Antiquities, p. 16; Commuuttutfs, p. 45. 

'Harrington in Out West, xxxi, p. '06. 1909. 



246 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ans. 29 

[14:101] Sail Ildefonso EupiwcuiPinfsri, see [16:19]. 

[14:102] Guaje Creek, see [16:53]. 

[14:103] San Ildefonso ]Vseg.efsPi, see [16:80]. 

[14:104] San Ildefonso T/xhiiu, see [16:20]. 

[14:105] San Ildefonso Tij,p!-Jm'a, see [16:24]. 

[14:106] San Ildefonso P'ahewlhu'u, see [16:25]. 

[14:l0T] San Ildefonso 'E\lijl-ohu-u, see [18:-10]. 

[14:108] Santa Clara K'apopohufseyge 'beyond Santa Clara Creek' 
{K'apopohii'u, see [14:24]; psey(/e 'beyond'). 

This term is applied more or less definitely to the region beyond 
(north of) Santa Clara Creek. 

[14:109] Santa Clara Belie e 'arroyito of the fruit trees' (he 'intro- 
duced fruit' ' introduced fruit tree', meaning- originally 'round- 
ishness'; Ke'e 'small groove' 'arroyito'). 

The informant thought that some fruit trees used to grow 
somewhere in this gulch. It is very small and dry, yet is appar- 
ently identical with Bandolier's "mountain torrent called Ar- 
royo de Santa Clara".' See under [14:llt)]. Cf. [14:110]. 

[14:110] Santa Clara ^ehehwaje 'fruit tree arroyito height' (J?<Vte'e, 
see [14:109]; hmtje 'height'). 

[14:111] Santa Clara Katsinahe'e 'Cachina arroyito' {KaUina 'cachina,' 
a kind of mythical being; he'e 'arroyito'). Cf. [14:112.] 

[14:112] Santa Clara Katninahekwaje 'height b}- Cachina arroyito' 
(Katsinahe'' e, see [14:11]; kwaje 'height'). 

[14:113] Santa Clara Sabepenihe'c 'Athabascan corpse arroj'ito' {Saie 
'Athabascan Indian'; j)eni 'corpse' 'what remains of a dead 
bod}''; hee 'small groove' 'arroyito'). 

Mr. J. A. Jean^'on states that he learned while at Santa Clara 
Pueblo that two "Apache'' Indians are buried somewhere 
slightly south of the village. At times in the night these Apache 
rise from their graves and are seen by Santa Clara Indians. INlr. 
Jeanyon's informant said that he alwaj's ran when he passed near 
the place at night. lie refused to tell Mr. Jeanfon just where 
these Apache lie buried for fear the latter might dig up the 
remains, an act which the informant thought might cause trouble. 
[Cf. 14:11]. 

[14:114] Santa Clara SniepenihektiMJe 'Athapascan corpse arroyo 
height' (Saiepenihey, see [14:113]; kwaje 'height'). 

[14:115] Santa Clara Euta'^wui 'painted rock point' (ku 'stone' 
'rock'; te'? 'painting' 'pictograph'; wUi 'projecting corner or 
point'). 

[14:116] Santa Clara K' apo'^ywikeji (first site) of obscure etymology 
{K'apo, see [14:71]; 'y,yiviktji 'pueblo ruin' <'y,7jiri '■\meh\o', 
feyi 'old' postpound). 



' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 65, 1892 



HAKP.IXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 247 

This ruin is said to lie northwest of Santa Clara and west of the 
railroad track. It is said tluit this is the first and orij,nnal site of 
K'apoiLijwi. Bandelior certainly refers to this site when he 
writes: "A still older site [than [14:117JJ is at the outlet of a 
mountain torrent called Arro\-o de Santa Clara, a short dis- 
tance to the west [of Santa Clara Puehlo]. There, say the natives, 
stood 'old Kapo before the white man and the gray fathers came 
to dwell among us'".i It is not known what is meant l)y a 
"mountain torrent called the Arroyo de Santa Clara "'. Any 
arroyo back of Santa Clara would bo called Arroyo de Santa 
Clara by the Mexicans. The ruin must lie somewhere near ^ehce 
[14:10y]. One would hardly call the latter a "mountain torrent". 
Can it be that the well known Santa Clara Canyon is here referred 
to? Hewett^ refers to this ruin in the last clause of the fol- 
lowing passage: "Pres du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits 
ont ete autrefois occupes par cette tribu. Celui qui a ete habits 
le plus recemment est Old Kapo [14:117], a quelques metres a 
Test du village actuel; de Tautre il ne reste que des d(5bris'". Cf. 
[14:71]. [14:117]. 

[14:117] Santa Clara K'apo''y,ywih'ji (second site) of obscure ety 
mology {K'apo, see [14:71]; \yw\keji 'pueblo ruin' <'u)jiri 
'pueblo', Jceji 'old' postpound). 

It is said that this ruin, which lies northeast of the present vil- 
lage of Santa Clara, is what remains of the pueblo occupied by 
the Santa Clara Indians after they abandoned the pueblo [14:lir>] 
and before they built their present village [14:71]. Bandelier' 
says of this site: "The former pueblo and church of Santa Clara 
have long since disappeared, but their site is still known to the 
Indians, north of the pueblo". Of this ruin Hewett- writes: 
"Pres du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits ont etc autrefois 
occupes par cette tribu. Celui qui a ete habite le plus recemment 
est Old Kapo, a quelques metres a Test du village actuel". Cf. 
[14:71]. [14:116]. So far as can be learned this is the pueblo 
wliicii the Santa Claras inhabited at the time of the coming of the 
Spaniards, and it was at this pueblo that the church and monastery 
were erected between 1(322 and 1629.^ 

[14:118] Santa Clara Jlimtekeji 'old church' {misaie 'church' <misa 
<Span. misa 'Koman Catholic mass'; /« 'dwelling-place' 'house'; 
Jceji 'old' postpound). 

"The church dates from 1761".' Tiiis churcli is now in ruined 
condition and is no longer used. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. fa. 1S92. 

» Communautt<s, p. 31, 1908. 

3 See Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 457, 1910. 



248 ETHNOGEOGRAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[14:119] A special name is applied by the Santa Clara Indians to the 
southern part of their village, but unfortunately the name is not 
available. 

[14:120] Santa Q\2iY2i KwsRhepc^yge 'beyond oak arroyito', referring to 
]14:72] {Kwxlide, see [14:72]; psRyge 'beyond'). This name refers 
rather vaguely to the locality be^^ond (that is, south of) the gulch 
[14:72]. 

[14:121] Santa Clara I<L'aponug.e 'down below [14:71]' {K'apo, see 
[14:71]; ?;«'«- 'below', ge 'down at' 'over at'). This name applies 
to the low farming lands near Santa Clara, lying west of the Rio 
Grande. 

[14:122] Santa Clara '(>(!' o««c'E 'on the other side' ^otojQf unexplained; 
nx locative). This name applies vaguelj^ to the region east of the 
Rio Grande, on the side of the river opposite Santa Clara. It is 
very commonly used, sometimes added to other names denoting 
places east of the river. 

Unlocated 

Santa Clara Aim''*' < 'skunk-bush gap' (hu. 'skunk-bush' 'three-leaved 
sumac' 'Rhus trilobata', called leniita ])y the Mexicans of the 
Tewa country; 'wvl 'gap'). 

This gap is somewhere in the drainage of [14:87]. It gives 
[14:87] its Santa Clara name. It also gives rise to the two names 
next below. 

Santa Clara Ky^wikvDcije, Kynuitdbahwaje 'skunk-bush gap height' 
'skunk-bush gap cliff height' {Ey,ii:Pi, see above; kwaje 'height'; 
?f>fe« 'cliff'). 

Santa Clara Ky,wi'y,i)wike/i 'skunk-bush gap pueblo ruin' {Kywi'i, see 
above; ^y.ywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^y,yivi 'pueblo', Irji 'old' post- 
pound). 

This is said to be a large puel)lo ruin, near the place called 
Ky,wPi. 

"Pajarito" Hill. "Les mines les plus septentrionales [du district de 
Gallinas] appartiennent ii la colline Pajarito, pres de la riviere de 
Santa-Clara, a dix ou douze milles a I'ouest du village indieu de 
ce nom".' 

San Juan Pimp'y, of obscure etymology (fii^y 'mountain'; p\i unex- 
plained). This name is applied by the San Juan Indians to a large 
motuitain not far south of the headwaters of Santa Clara (^reek 
[14:24]. It can be seen from San Juan Pueblo, but is difficult to 
identity. 

1 Hewett, Oommuiiiiuti's, p. -12, 190.S. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARKISGTON] PLACE-NAMES , 249 

San Juan FopilcmnCu of obscure etymology {po^yl 'spring' <i)() 

' water', ^< 'to issue'; k' a unexplained; nitwit 'below'). Name of 

a mountain situated not far south of the headwaters of Santa 

Clara Creek. 

This mountain can be seen from the vicinity of San Juan Pueblo. 
Santa Clara QwcRnfjopo 'ci'eek or water of a species of rat-like animal 

called qw^ijfjo'' {qwxijfjo unidentitied species of rodent, perhaps 

a kind of woodrat; po 'water' 'creek'). 
"Thampijebukwa 'east town 3'ard\ the narrow place east of Dono- 

ciano's house [at Santa Clara]. "' 
"Teikwaa 'estufa j'ard' east of Jose Guadalupe's house, but rather 

south of it, near the corrals [at Santa Clara]."' 
Shrines on the hills west of Santa Clara. 
On the hills [14:llU], [14:112], and [14:114], and on the high laud 

just west of these hills are many curious shrines made by 

arranging stones of various kinds on the earth. Praj'er-sticks 

and sacred meal are deposited at these shrines. Mr. J. A. 

Jeanfon states that he counted more than 30 distinct shrines on 

these hills. 
Place near Santa Clara where candles are burned in the night on 

certain occasions. This custom is of Christian origin, according 

to Mr. Jean(,'on. 

[15] SANTA CLARA EAST SHEET 

It is claimed by the Santa Clara Indians that the I'egion about lower 
Santa Clara Creek [15:18] as far north as llanchito [15:14], as far south 
as slightly to the south of Mesilla settlement [15:28], and about as far 
east as Puebla [15:25], was formerly held by their people. (See map 
15.) San Juan and San Ildefonso informants also have stated that 
this i-egion is considered to have belonged to the Santa Clara people. 
The pueblo ruins ^'5:21] and [15:22] are claimed l)y them. The ruin 
[15:24] is said by all the Tewa to have been a Hano pueblo. See under 
[15:24]. On the eastern side of the river San Juan names prevail as 
far south as Ranchlto [15:14]. 

[15:1] Chama River, see [Large Features], pages 99-100. 

[15:2] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102. 

[15:3] San Juan Pii/je-, see [11:41]. 

[15:4] San Juan Tviguhuu, see [11:44]. 

[15:5] San Juan ' pohiCu, see [12:38]. 

[15:6] San Juan lj>jege, see [13:36]. 

[15:7] San Juan P(9j/?n^?Vj(? 'black water place' (po 'water'; p'tyf 

'blackness' 'black'; 'i'^w locative). 

At this place black marsh-water is found only al)out a foot below 

the surface of the ground. There is an apple orchard just east of 

the place. 

I Intormalion, 1910. 



250 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OV THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 

[15:S| San Juan VookaMire 'cold water place' (/<« 'water'; \>l-adi 
N'oklness' 'cold'; we for Hwe locative). 

A stream of cold water runs from this place down to Totxage 
[15:10]. 

[15:9] San Juan Fnfiigi' 'down hj the bend in the river', referring to 
a small bend in the livcr {po 'water"; fa a 'projecting corner or 
point', here referring to a bend of the river; g.e 'down at' 'over 
at'). 

There are several cotton wood trees at this place. 

[15:10] San Juan Potsag.,' 'down at the marshy place' {po 'water-; 
/sa 'to cut through'; g.i' 'down at' 'over at'). 

This place extends for some distance along the river. A stream 
from a spring, from which PdoJiCUiwe [15:8] gets its name, runs 
down to this place. 

[15:11] San Juan Potmqwog.e 'down where it cuts through or gouges 
out at the marshy place' {po 'water'; tm 'to cut through' 'to 
ooze out'; qwo 'to cut through or gouge out as when a stream 
washes away land'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). This name is said to 
])e applied to a kind of guh'h or bank at Potsage [15:10]. 

[15:1^] San Juan Woie 'the high plain' (unanalyzable). The level 
land all a))out Ranchito settlement [12:14] is called thus by the 
San Juan Indians. Cf. [12:13] and [12:14]. It is probable that 
the locality called Llano [15:15] was formerly included under the 
name Wote. 

[15:13] (1) San Juan Woieopjko 'arvoyo of [15:12]' {Woie, aee[15:i.2]; 
H'' locative and adjective-forming postfix; kQ 'barranca' 'arroyo 
with barrancas'). 

(2) Eng. Ranchito Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo de Ranchito 'arroyo of the little farm', refer- 
ring to [12:14]. = Eng. (:i). 

This arroyo runs through the settlement of Ranchito [15:14]. 
[15:14] (1) Eng. Ranchito settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Ranchito ' little farm'. =Eng. (1). The San Juan 
and Santa Clara Indians use only the Span, name when referring 
to this place. 

Ranchito lies on both sides of Ranchito Arroyo [15:13]. There 
are a number of Mexican houses and a small school-house at the 
place. 
[15:15] (1) Eng. Llano settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Llano 'the plain'. =Eng. (1). It is probable that 
the vicinitv of Llano was former] v included under theTewa name 
Woie [15:12]. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 251 

[15:16] Te.'(lpog.e ' down at the cottonwood tliitl' water ' (/.•.^i ' frreen 
seedpod of the female tree of Popuhis wi.slizeni, Populiis acuiuiii- 
iita, or Populus angustifolia'. but used in this place-name a.s an 
abbreviation of te.iqpoht {jiobl • flower") or tedqoica (oha 'down' 
'tJufl"), 'the fliifi' of the seed of the female tree of these species"; pi> 
'water'; gt;' down at' 'over at'). There were cotton woods and 
pools at the place; hence the name. 

This is the old Towa name of the site of the present raiu-ii of 
Mr. Lucero Amado, which is passed by the main road contiedinj,' 
San Juan Pueblo and Santa Cruz settlement [15:19J. 

[15:17] (1) Busogi', BiisngepoJiivi^hig i;ovrw.Y'' 'pool of the big corner' 
(6m'w 'large low roundish place'; .w'" 'bigness' 'big"; g,' 'down 
at' 'over at'; pol-wi 'pool' 'lake' <po 'water', hri unex- 
plained). 

(2) San Ildefonso Pimpijepohvi ' lake of tlie north ' {pimplji' 
'north' <piyf 'mountain', pije 'toward"; polari Make' <pi> 
'water', kwi unexplained). For the reason that this name is 
given, see below. 

These names refer to the large dell near the Rio Grande just 
to the north of the mouth of Santa Cruz Creek [15:1S]. Near the 
Rio Grande this dell is marshy and there is a pool. This pool 
is the ' ' lake of the north " of the San Ildefonso sacred water ct-re- 
mony; see Cardinal Sacred Water Lakes, pp. 4-1—15. It is 
at this pool that the Santa Clara and San Ildefonso Kosa societies 
hold their initiation ceremony annually, when certain members 
sing and pray at the pool for eight days. The Kosii paint their 
bodies with stripes, using the mud of this pool for the purpose. 

[15:18] (1) Tshnajoimpoliii'u 'creek of the superior flaking stone', 
referring to Tshnajo [22:18] {Tdmajo, see [22:18]; T' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; pohu'u 'creek with water in it' 
<fjo ' water', huu ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). Cf. Picuris (3). 

(2) KanfXda, lumfxda'imiwhru ' the Canada' 'Canada Creek' 
{l-anfi(Ja <Span. Canada, referring to the Canada de Santa 
Cruz, see Span. (5), below; '/"' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; pohu'u 'creek with water in it' <po 'water", /lu'u 
'laro-e groove' 'arroyo"). This is a soi-t of translation of the 
Span. name. 

(3) Picuris "Chemaiyona 'Canada de Santa Cruz."""' Cf. 

Tewa (1). 

(4) Eng. Santa Cruz Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (.5). 

(5) Span. Canada de Santa Cruz 'mountain valley of the holy 
cross', referring to Santa Cruz settlement [15:19]. 

The course of the headwaters of the creek is shown on sheet [22]. 



'Spinden, Picuris iioles, MS.. 



252 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 29 

[15:19] (1) Kanyseua'imbu'u ' Canada town,' reforriii"- to the Canada 
de Santa Cruz [15:18] {Kanj'sej-a, see [15:18]: T* locative and 
adjective-forming posttix; bu'u 'town'). 

(:2) Eng-. Santa Cruz settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(;3) Span. Santa Cruz 'holy cross'. =Eng. (2). 

The Roman Catholic church at Santa Cruz is at present the onlj' 
church in the central and southern part of the Tewa country' 
which has a priest in residence. IMan}^ Tewa are married at thi.s 
church. 
[15:20] (1) Sam Peuh corrupted from the Span. name. =Eno-. (2), 
Span. (3). 

(2) Eno. San Pedro settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(l), Span.(3). 

(3) Span. San Pedro ' Saint Peter'. =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 
[15:21] Santa Clara P'ajobu'u'uyv-iikeii 'pueblo ruin of winnowing 

basket corner' (P'ajobu'u, see under [15:unlocated]; 'iiyunJceji 
'pueblo ruin' <y,ijwi 'pueblo', Iceji 'old' postpound). " Pa- 
yumbu".' 

Bandelier does not mention this ruin. Hewett' says of it: 

Pres du village de Santa Clara, deux endroits ont ^t6 autrefois occup^s par 
cette tribu. Celui qui a t'te habitc' le jiliis recemment est Old Kapo, a quelques 
metres :i Test du village aotuel; de Fautre il ne rette que des deljris. D'autres 
emplacements des clans de Santa Clara se trouvent dans la Canada de Santa- 
Cruz, vis-a-vis d'Espanola, de I'autre c6te de la riviere, a deux ou trois milles 
de leur village actual. Au sud de Santa Cruz, a nioins d'un mille du confluent 
de la rivifere avec le Rio Grande, Tewai [15:22] s'61evait sur une haute coUine. 
Payumbu est a un deini-mille au nord, du cote oppose de la riviere. Ce sont 
des lieux dont la tradition a garde le souvenir; il ne reste que des quantit^s de 
tessons qui couvrent le sol et quelques outils de pierre. 

TwitchelP evidently refers to the ruin in the following passage: 
Up the Santa Cruz river [15:18], beginning jus^t below the site of the pres- 
ent church, where there was a pueblo, in a number of places are sites of old 
pueblos, any one of which can be pointed out to the tourist or student. 

The writer has not visited the sites of [15:21] and [15:22]. 
These are located on the map through the kindness of Doctor 
Hewett and Mr. Jeanfon, who have visited them independently. 
A number of Indians also have located them for the writer. Both 
[15:21] and [15:22] are claimed by the Santa Claras as being 
former pueblos of their people. Cf. [15:22]. 
[15:22] Santa Clara Tewig.e'y,ijwilceji 'pueblo ruin below cotton wood 
gap' {Tem'i, see under [15:unlocated]; gre 'down at' 'over at'; 
'uywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <\i7j}ri 'pueblo', Iceji 'old' post- 
pound). "Tewai"."' The name resembles Teivig.e, the Tewa 
name of Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:109], but has different intona- 
tion and a totally distinct etymology and origin. See [29:109]. 

' Httwett, Coinmuaaut&, p. 31, 1908. J R. E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910. 



HARRINGTON 1 PLACE-NAMES 253 

Some Indians, however, cureless in etyin()lo<,ncal mutters, liuve 
attempted to connect the two names. 

Bandelier does not mention this ruin. 8ee excerpt from 
Hewctt, under [15:21]. 

The writer has not visited the site, but Doctor Hewett and Mr. 
Jean(;on have kindly located it for him. Mr. Jeancon writes ': 
'■Tewai as given in Hewett's report [Commimautds] is correct as 
regai'ds location." 
[15:23] Tsxwcud. This name means in the San Juan dialect, and i)re- 
sumably also in the Namho dialect, either 'broad white lino" or 
'wide white gap' {?s^ 'wiiitcness' 'white'; UHui 'wide gap", but 
in the San Juan dialect and presumably also in the Nambe dialect 
qwaM 'broad line' of the other Rio Grande dialects has become 
wcui). In the other dialects of llioCirande Tewa the name means 
only 'wide white gap'. The interpretation of the name in llano 
Tewa has not been learned. A conspicuous broad line of soft, 
whitish rock occurs at this place on both sides of Santa Cruz 
Canada. Specimens of the rock were obtained, but have not 5-et 
been analyzed. The Hano Tewa former!}' lived at the pueblo 
[15:2J:] at this place and the name is probably of llano Tewa 
origin. The question wliether the Tewa name meant originally 
'white line' or 'white gap' must await answer until it is deter- 
mined whether the llano Tewa word meaning 'broad line' is 
qvmM or \va.ii. The Nambe form Tsewa.ii [23:30] clearly means 
'vellowgap,' not ' yellow line'. The Tewa commonly translate 
the name as ' white gap'. At which Tewa village Ilewett obtained 
the following explanation is not known to the writer : 

Tsawari est un mot des Tewas et sigiiitie bande blanche vers le ccnlrc. Or, 
derriere la colline sur laquelle est situ^> le village, s'oleve un plateau, et une 
intercalation de roches blanches calcaires, au centre de la parol du precipice, 
donne I'apparence d'une bande blanche autour du rocher. C'est la coutume 
des Tewas de donner a leurs villages des uoms qui decrivent leur situation. - 

The pueblo ruin [15:24] has taken its name from this ruin, as 
Hewett says in the quotation given above. For quoted forms of 
the name, see under [15:24]. 
[15:24] fsigwaui'qyiinl-eji 'pueblo ruin of the wide white gap", refer- 
ring to [15:23] (Tsifwcui, see [15:23J: 'qijunjceji -pueljlo ruin" 
<oijwi 'pueblo', Tceji 'old' postpound). For the application of 
the name, see the quotation under [15:23]. " Tceewadigi,"" "■ l^ee- 
wage".^ (Hano forms.) The iirst form is probably for Ts^- 
wcui'i'i ('i'' locative); the second fo rm the writer takes to be a 

. In a letter to the writer. November. WU. sgtepheii in Eighth Rep. Bur. A,n<r. Ell,,,., v- V'. IMl- 
'Hewett, Communautfe, p. 31. 1908. 



254 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

poorer spelling, equivalent to the first^ "Chawari".' "Tsa- 
wi'u-ii".- This form is doubtless for fsse.wcuii'i''- ('i'' locative). 
"Tcewadi".^ "Tsawari".* "Tsawari, ou Tcewadi".' The first 
of these forms is evidently' from Hewett's information from the 
Tewa, the second Fewkes's spelling. 

The ruin consists of low mounds of disintegrated adobe, lying 
on a low bluff on the south side of Santa Cruz Creek a short dis- 
tance west of the Mexican settlement of Puebla [15:25]. It is 
strewn with fragments of pottery. The site is well known to 
Mexicans who live in the vicinity, one of whom guided the writer 
to the place. ^^ 

The ruin is known to the Tewa by the name Tssewodi'tK Tewa 
and Mexican informants had never heard that it is called also 
" Yam P'ham-ba"," San Cristobal, or any name other than TsBRwadi. 
Of the history of the people of fssewcui prior to their building of 
the pueblo the informants knew nothing; not one of them had 
heard that the people of Tsxwcuii were Tano people or that they 
came originally from the Tano country or from 'down country'. 
SeeTano(NAMESOFTRii5ES andPeoples, page 576). The evidence 
is contradictory and confusing. We quote in chronologic order 
what various writers say: " Los Queres [Keresans], Taos y Pecos, 
peleaban contra los Tehuas y Tanos."' "Los Tanos, que cuando 
se sublevaron vivian en San Cristobal [29:45] y en San Lazaro 
[29:52], dos pueblos situados en la parte austral de la villa de Santa 
Fe [29:5] despues por las hostilidades de los Apaches y de los Pecos 
y Queres [Keresans] se trasladai'on y fundaron con los misnios 
nombres dos pueblos, tres leguas largas de San Juan [11 : San Juan 
Pueblo]."* "Higher up [in Santa Cruz Cafiada, [15:1s]], toward 
Chimayo [22:18], there are said to be well defined ruins on the 
mountain sides, the names of two of which are Po-nyi Num-bu [22 : 
unlocated] and Yam P'hani-ba [elsewhere given by Bandelier as 
the Tano Tewa name of San Cristobal [29:45], q. v.]. The site of 
Yam P'ham-ba is pro})ably that of the socalled 'Puebla' [15:25], 
two miles east of Santa Cruz [15:1'.>]. The former [Po-nyi Num- 
bu] is very ancient, but Yam P'ham-ba was a village which the 
Tano [see NAsras of Tribes and Peoples, page 576] constructed 
in the vicinity of Santa Cruz [15:18] after the uprising of 1G80, 
when they forsook the Galisteo [29:39] region and moved north in 

'Hodge, fleW notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (NamM information). Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 823, 
1910. 
2 Ibid. (Santa Clara information). 

SFewliesin Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 614 (Hano name.) 
* Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905. 
'Hewett, Communautfe, p. 31, 1908. 
« Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 83. 1892. 

' Esealante (1778), Carta al Padre Morii, par. 7, quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 103, note. 
sRelacion An6nima, 1718, p. 127, quoted by Bandelier, ibid. 



"X'^Tox] PLACE-NAMES 255 

order to be nearer their kindred, the Tehuus [Tewa]. Vargas found 
them there iu 16!)2, when ho made liis first successful dash into 
New Mexico. Tliere is also a ruin iu that neiohlwrhood, I pe-re 
[elsewhere giv^en hy Bandelier as the Tano Tewa name of San Laz- 
aro [29:52]], or San Lazaro, which dates from the same period. 
Both were abandoned after the rcconquest, San Lazaro in 16'.t4, and 
Yum P'hamba or San Cristobal iu the same year. It [San Cristo- 
bal] was subsequently reoccupied, and finally deserted in llil'tl, 
after the murder of the missionary Fray Jose de Arvizu on the 4th 
of June. With him was killed the priest of Taos, Fray Antonio 
Carboneli. In the Canada de Santa Cruz [15:18], consequentlv, 
there are ruins of historic, as well as of pre-historic pueblos: a 
fact which future explorers should bear in mind".' "After the 
expulsion of the Spaniards [16.31], the Tanos of San Cristobal 
[29:'±5] settled in the vicinity of Santa Cruz [15:1S], as already 
related. Most of their descendants are now among the Moquis 
[Hopi]".' "San Lazaro [29:52] . . . which was abandoned after 
the uprising in 16S0 and never occupied again."' " Les mines de 
Tsawari se trouvent sur une petite colline du cote sud, a cinq 
milles plus haut [than [15:21] and [15:22]], sur la Canada [15:18]. 
Le nom historique de ce village est San Cristoval. Nous avons 
^tabli que ce lieu est le Tsawari, ou Tcewadi , ou vivait le peuple 
Hano, aujourd'hui a Hopi. Les Indiens de Santa Clara et do San 
Ildefonso out a cet egard des traditions. Dans ces deux villages, 
on trouve encore des Indiens qui se rappellent les visites faitcs 
par les Indiens Hano a leur demeure ancestrale, selon une coutume 
en usage chez les Pueblos. Une preuve d'identitication importiinte 
est la localite elle-meme .. . L'identitication decetendroitavecle 
San Cristoval de Fhistoire est egalement complete, car c'est le nom 
par lequel la ruine est connue des Mexicains de la vallee. A propos 
de ce village, Bandelier dit: 'Yam Fhamba etait un village con- 
struit par les Tanos dans le voisinage de Santa Cruz apres la 
revoke de IGSO, lorsqu'ils abandonnerent la region de Calisteo et 
allerent au nord pour se rapprocher de leurs parents, les Tchuas. 
II y a aussi, dans ce voisinage, une ruine, Ipera, ou San Lazaro, 
qui date de la meme periode. lis f urent tons deux abandomies 
apres la conquete, en 1694, furent ensuite repris et finaleuicnt 
desertes en 1696.""' -The natives of this pueblo [San Cristobal 
[29:45]], and of San Lazaro [29:51] wore forced by hostilities of the 
Apache, the eastern Keresau tribes, and the ^(^(■os to transfer their 
pueblos to the vicinity of San Juan [ll:San Juan Pueblo], where 
the towns were rebuilt under the same names (Bancroft. Ariz, and 
N. Mex. . p. 186, 1S89). This removal (which was more strictly to a 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 11, p. 83 and notes, 1S92. 'Ibid.,p.l05. ,, -., lu^j 

oTKvi „ ,AQ iHewett.fommunautes, pp. 31-32. 190S. 

'Ibid., p. 103. 



250 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an.n. 29 

place called Pueblito [Puebla [15:25]], near the present Potrero [15: 
unlocated], about 2 m. e. of Santa Cruz [15:li»], on the Rio Santa 
Cruz [15:18]), occurred after the Pueblo revolt of 16S0, and prior to 
1092, at which latter date the natives were found by Vargas in their 
new locality. The pueblo was abandoned in Iti'J^, but was later re- 
occupied, and was finally deserted in lOitG after the murder of their 
missionary in June of that year. Most of their descendants ai'e now 
among- the Hopi of Arizona." ^ It will be noticed that Bandelier ap- 
pears not to have visited Tsse.ivaJ/' Pueblo ruin or vicinity, and 
merely approximates the site of " Yam P'ham-ba" (San Cristobal) 
as a pueblo [15:25]. Hewett is more definite, but his information 
is contradicted by the writer's information. Even the Mexicans 
living at Puebla [15:25] whom the author interviewed had appa- 
rently never heard that Tss£.wa.ii Pueblo ruin is called San Cristoljal. 
The history of the people of Tsxiocui after they aV)andoned the 
pueblo is, on the other hand, widely known among the Tewa. 
Bandelier says mereh" "After the expulsion of the Spaniards 
[from New Mexico in 1680], the Tanos of San Cristobal [29:45] 
settled in the vicinity of Santa Cruz [15:1!>], as already related. 
Most of their descendants are now among the Moquis [Hopi].'"- 
" It [San Cristobal ))v Santa Cruz [15:19]] was . . . finally deserted 
in 169(i, after the murder of the missionary Fray Jose de Arvizu on 
the -Ith of June."^ "Tsawari, on Tcewadi, oti vivait le peuple 
Hano [unmapped], aujourd'hui a Ilopi. Les Indiens de Santa 
Clara et de San Ildefonso ont a cet egard de traditions. Dans 
ces deux villages, on trouve encore des Indiens qui se rap- 
pellent les visites faites par les Indiens Hano a leur demeure 
ancestrale, selon une coutume en usage chez les Pueblos."'' " Most 
of their descendants [those of San Cristobal [29:-15] and San 
Lazaro [29:52]] are now among the -Hopi of Arizona."' The 
writer has succeeded in obtaining from a number of Tewa 
Indians the uniform information that the inhabitants of Tsxwa^ii 
were Tewa and that they fled to the Hopi several generations 
ago to escape from the tyranny of the Mexicans and to help 
the Hopi fight the Navaho and the Mexicans. On reaching 
the Hopi country they })uilt a new pueblo, called "Tewa" (see 
Hano [unmapped]). Hano Tewa frequently visit the Tewa and 
other pueblos of the Rio Grande drainage, trading or selling 
goods. They sometimes visit also fs^wcui, the site of their 
former pueblo. Two Hano Tewa men visited the Tewa villages in 
1910. Information obtained by a friend from J. M. Naranjo, an 
aged Santa Clara Indian, assigns a reason not usually given for the 
migration of the people: "Long ago people of our language 

' Hixige in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 428, 1910. 3 Ibid., p. 8:i. 

■ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 103, 1892. < Hewett, Communautes, p. 31, 190S. 



HABRISGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 257 

lived near Chimiiyo [22:18], at f^sewa.u, and there came Moki 
[JToso'otjj', Hopi] people and said they were fighting uuKh with 
the Xavaho. and for these people to go with them to fight the 
Navaho, and that they would give them lands to sow for their 
families. They all went, to a man, deserting fsxwa.ii. They 
went to ioiakimje ' a mesa top ' [toia ' (■litf ' ; kwaje ' top "] and were 
given lands below. Then came Navaho, very many. The cap- 
tain told the people that he would spend the night helow in the 
fields and half-way up on the mesa. After breakfast they all 
went down to fight the Navaho, they and the IComoi)/. They 
met the Xavaho at a place between two high hills. They fought 
all day, from breakfast until the sun was pretty low. All the 
Navaho were killed except one to carry the news home. Many 
:\Ioki [HopiJ died also. So that place is called Tuwi'i \tu ' flesh"; 
wti 'gap']." An old man of San Ildofonso gave the writer 
the following information: A fellow tribesman of Pue 'Little 
Jackrabbit' {pu 'jackrabbit"; 'd diminutive; Tewa name of a 
young Oraibi Hopi silversmith, who lives, working at his trade, 
at San Ildefonso and Santo Domingo) visited San Ildefonso a 
couple of years ago. This man said that the people of "Tano"' 
village at Hopi used to live at Tsc^wa-ii. When the people 
left Tsxwcui they buried a big storage jar {tuity,mbe 'storage 
jar,' Span, tinajon) filled with blue turquoise, red coral, and 
other beautiful things, somewhere near the pueblo. What the 
jar contains is very valuable. Nobody has yet found it. The 
Tssewcui people went straight to the Hopi country. They shot 
an arrow four times and then they reached Hopiland. See 
[15:23], [15:25], Tano (Names of Tribes and Peoples, page 570), 
San Cristobal [29:45], San Cristobal [15:unlocated], San lA/.aro 
[29:52], Sau Luzaro [15:unlocatedJ, "Potrero" [15:unlocated]. 
J(iyk'4y[/i [15:unlocated], 'Ok'omboJi [15:ualocated]. and Hano 
Pueblo [unmapped]. 
[15:25] (1) Eng. Puebla. (< Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Puebla, perhaps named from the large town of this 
name in Mexico. Span, puebla means 'settlement,' but is an 
uncommon and little-known word in New Mexican Span. 
= Eng. (1). 

"The site of Yam P"hara-ba is probably that of the so called 
' Puebla ' two miles east of Santa Cruz ". ' Bandelier identifies the 
site of his '"Yam P'hamba'' with that of TsxwaM qijinhj i ; see 
"Y"amP"hamba'" [29:4.5]. "Tsawarii . . . The Tewa name of a 
pueblo that once stood at or near the present hamlet of La Puebla, 
or Pueblito, a few miles above the town of Santa Cruz, in s. e. Kio 

'Bandelier, Final Report, ft. ii, p. S3, note. IS9J. 
87584° — 29 eth — 10 IT 



258 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Arriba Co., N. Mex.'"' Indian and Mexican informants state tiiat 
the place is called Puebla, never Pueblito. The settlement consists 
of a string of Mexican houses and farms between the arid hills on 
the south and the bed of Santa Cruz Creek on the north. See 
[15:23], [15:2i]. 
[15:2fi] (1) Uutahu^u 'dry arroyo', probably translating the Span, 
name. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Seco Arroyo, Arroyo Seco Arroj-o. (< Span.). 
= Span. (3). Cf. Tewa(l). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Seco 'dry arroyo'. =Eng. (2). Cf.Tewa(l). 
This is a large, deep, and usually dry arroyo. It was at this 

arroyo that a "battle" was fought between Mexicans and Tewa 
Indians about a century ago, according to a San Juan informant. 
"The governor of San Juan Pueblo was at that time Baltazar and 
the name of the captain of the Mexicans was Arniijo. They had 
a battle in the Ilutahuu, or Arroyo Seco, south of Santa Cruz 
Creek. It was a big battle. There were five wagonloads of dead 
Mexicans. One wagon which the Indians captured contained 
ammunition. At evening of the day of the battle the Mexican 
leader wanted to confer with the Indian leader. The latter agreed 
to come unarmed to the former. Peace was made. But when 
the Mexicans and Indians were returning together to Santa Cruz, 
suddenly the Indians were seized and were locked up in Santa 
Cruz church. Just a little bread was thrown in to the Indians, 
but they refused to eat such food. They were Tewa Indians, and 
some of them were from San Juan." This informant was an old 
man and he stated that his father took part in this " battle." The 
writer is unable to explain this account. It can hardl}^ refer to 
the engagement which Bandelier^ mentions: "The Arroyo Seco 
was the scene of the engagement in August, 1837, in which Gov- 
ernor Perez was routed by the insurgents from Taos and north- 
ern New Mexico". 

It is said that there is a deposit of good guayave stone [see 
Minerals] somewhere near Seco Arroyo. 
[15:27] (1) Eng. Pol vadera settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) New Mexican Span. Polvadera for Span, polvareda 'dust 
storm' 'dust wind'. =Eng. (1). 

The settlement consists of a few Mexican farms scattered along 
near the river. There appears to be no Tewa name. The Span, 
name is well applied; it is a very dust- windy place. 
[15:28] (1) San Ildefonso Tij,njofcevge 'heyondL Black Mesa [18:19]' 
{T'y,7ijo, see [18:19]; ps^yge 'beyond'). 

> Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 822, 1910. ' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 83, note, 1S9U. 



MAKKiNuroNj PLACE-NAMES 259 

[15:29] mmhe Johu\i 'cane-cuctus arroyo' (> 'cane-ctictus" Opun- 
tia arborescens'; hu'u ' larg-o groove ' 'arroyo'). 

The upper part of this arroyo is shown on uia.) [221 Cf 
[22:34]. ' ' ■'■ 

Unlocatkd 

Santa Clara JqyFqvgi 'end of the willows' [jCnjf 'willow'; k'nyqi 
said to mean ' end '). This name was obtained from a sin yl.- Santa 
Clara informant, and was said by him to refer to a place near 
Tsss.wiui [15:2i]. It was obtained in connection with the writer's 
endeavor to get information respecting Bandelier's '-Yam 
P'hamba"; see "Yam P'hamha" under [15:24]. 

(i) Eng. Montevista. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Montevista 'forest view'. =Eng. (I). 

This place is said to be a small Mormon settlement a short dis- 
tance north of Santa Cruz [15:19]. 

Santa Clara V>/5:'o;»Mi 'large sand-pile' (W'o/;/ 'sand'; 6*;,// •]ar<'-e 
pile'). 

This name was given as that of a place in Santa Cruz Canada 
[15:18] a short distance above Santa Cruz [15:19]. The inform- 
ant was unable to locate the place more definitely. It can hardly 
be the "Y^am P'hani-ba" of Bandelier; see under [294.5] and 
[15:24]. 

Santa Clara I''a)ohi/ii 'winnowing ))asket corner' {jyajo 'sliallow 
roundish basket used for winnowing wheat and other purposes'; 
hu'ii 'large low roundish place'). 

This is the corner which gives the ruin [15:21] its name. Its 
exact location is uncertain. 

"Potrero".' The name means 'tongue of land' 'enclosed piece of 
pasture land'. "The natives of this pueblo [San Cristobal 129:45 j] 
and of San Lazaro [29:52] were forced by hostilities of the 
Apache, the eastern Keresan tribes, and the Pecos to trans- 
fer their pueblos to the vicinity of San Juan [11: San Juan 
Pueblo], where the towns were rebuilt under the same names 
(Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 186, 1889). This removal 
(which was more strictly to a place called Pueblito [Puebla 
[15:25]] near the present Potrero, about 2 ni. e. of Santa Cruz 
[15: 19], on the Rio Santa Cruz [15 : 18]), occurred after the Puei)lo 
revolt of 1680 and prior to 1(!92, at which latter date the natives 
were found by Vargas in their new locality. The pueblo [two 
pueblos?] was abandoned in 1694, but was later reoccupied, and 
was tinally deserted in 1696 after the murder of their missionary 
in June of that year. Most of their descendants are now among 
the Hopi of Arizona.'' ' The present writer's Tewa and Mexi- 

' Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 42S, 1910. 



260 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

can informants knew of no place in the vicinity of Santa Cruz 
[15:19] called the '^Potrero". See [15:2-1:J, [29:45], [29:52], San 
Cristobal [15:unlocated], and San Lazaro [15:iin]ocated]. 

(1) Eng. Santo Nino. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Santo Niiio ' holy child ", referring to Jesus. = Eng. (1). 
This name is applied to a locality or a hamlet between Ranchito 
[15:14] and Santa Cruz [15:19]. 

(1) Eng. Cuarteles. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cuarteles 'quarters' 'barracks \ =Eng. (1). "Quar- 
tellas."> 

The informants said that Cuarteles is somewhere south of Santa 
Cruz [15:19]. The archeological map '■ referred to above places it 
on the northern side of Santa Cruz Creek, about a mile east of 
Santa Cruz. 

Santa Clara TewPi, Tewig.e 'cotton wood tree gap' 'down at cotton- 
wood tree gap' {te 'cottonwood tree' 'Populus wislizeni'; wi'i 
'gap"; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 

This unlocated gap lias given the ruin [15:22] its name. See 
[15:22]. 

Span. San Cristobal, a former settlement of Tano Indians 3 leagues 
from San Juan [ll:San Juan Pueblo], situated probably in Santa 
Cruz Caiaada [15:18]. See [29:45], [15:24], and San Lazaro 
[15: unlocated]. 

Span. San Lazaro, a former settlement of Tano Indians 3 leagues from 
San Juan[ll:San Juan Pueblo] and probabh* in Santa Cruz Canada 
[15:18]. See [29:52], [15:24], and San Cristobal, above. 

[16] SAN ILDEFONSO NORTHWEST SHEET 

This sheet (map 16) shows a large area of Pajarito Plateau, west of 
San Ildefonso Pueblo and south of Santa Clara Creek. The country 
is a high plateau of tufaceous stone cut h\- deep can\-ons and arro30s. 
The drainage is from the Jemez ilountains in the west to the Rio 
Grande in the east. The region shown is wild and little explored, and 
the existing maps of it are very inadequate. Manj" ruins exist, some 
of which are shown. In tliis area is the Pajarito Park. "I here 
restrict the name Pajarito Park to the district 10 miles long by 4 wide 
that is under withdrawal and consideration for a national park (H. R. 
7269, 58th Cong.) ... As the lines are now drawn it creates Paja- 
rito Park with the 'Pajarito' [17:34] loft out."== 

[16:1] Santa Clara Creek, see [14:24]. 
[16:2] Puye Mesa, see [14:45]. 

'Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvii, 1906. 'Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 261 

[16:3] Santa Clara P'eqwafwhiPu^ see [14:78]. 

[16:4] Santa Clara EuH_r) fhiCu, see [14:79]. 

[16:.j] Santa Clara Pl''qnfxhu^u, see [14:81]. 

[16:<;| Santa Clara T'qnt'ahu'u, see [14:82]. 

[16:7] Santa Clara T'^yisehuu, see [14:83]. 

[16:S] Santa Clara Qwawiwag.i'y) fhithi^ see [14:84]. 

[16:i»] Santa Clara K'akit'u, see [14:8.5]. 

[16:10] Santa Clara yweepupohii^u, see [14:86]. 

[16:11] Santa Clara Xaiahu''u, see [14:91]. 

[16:12] Santa Clara Kiiwi/m^u, see [14:87]. 

[16:13] Punjnje'irjqwoge, see [14:9(3]. 

[16:14] 'AkompiJeHyqivog.e, see [14:97]. 

[16:1.5] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102. 

[16:10] San Ildet'onso fviaqwak'iento'iwe 'cave-dwelling in which the 

meal was put' (trJbaqwa 'cave-dwelling' <triba 'cliff', (/!/?« denoting 

slate of being a receptacle; k'^yf 'flour' 'meal'; to 'to put in' 

' to be in'; 'iive locative). 
[16:17] San Ildefonso TfaihuHmpiijgehjoaje 'the height between the 

two branches of [16:20]" (ijajAw't*, see [16:20]; 'i'' locative and 

adjective-forming postfix; piyffe 'in the middle of; I'Waje 

'height'). 
[16:18] ii-AwWd^ionso Piriq^i/c Inffirhu u ' northern branch of [16:20]' 

{pinipije 'north' Kpitjj' 'mountain'; pye 'toward'; "i'' locative 

and adjective-forming postfix; Tfsghuu, see [16:20]). Cf. [16:19]. 
[16:19] San Ildefonso -Al-qmj)ijeintfcPjai^u 'southern branch of 

[16:20]' (^ahqmpije 'south' <''akq'r)f 'plain' 'down country', 

pije 'toward'; 'i' ' locative and adjective-forming postfix; TfiR- 

Am'm, see [16:20]). Cf. [16:18]. 
[16:20] (1) San Ildefonso TfitlaCu of obscure etymology (tjse, unex 

plained, said to be neither tfie, 'small' nor tfx 'money'; Am'm 

'large groove' 'arroj'o'). Cf. [16:2(3], [16:27]. 

(2) Eng. Las Marias Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Canada de las Marias ' mountain valley of the three 
bright stars of Orion's Belt'. =Eng. (2). 

[16:21] San Ildefonso Pieqwetykwage 'deer tail mesa' {px 'mule- 
deer'; qwxyf 'tail'; 1'wag.e 'mesa'). 

[16:22] San Ildefonso Del'ehtie 'little corner of the hard penis' {^e 
'penis'; Av 'hardness' 'hard'; he's 'small low roundish place'). 

[16:23] San Ildefonso T'y.piluihvaje 'height b}' red white-earth ar- 
royo' {T'lipihuu, see [16:24]; kwaje 'height'). 

[16:24] San Ildefonso T'y,pikuu 'red white-earth arroyo' {t'y,'^ 'a 
kind of white earth', see under Minerals; pi 'redness' 'red'; 
hiiu "large groove' "arroyo'). 



262 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[16:-*5] San Ildefonso P'ahgvoihv^u 'arroyo of fire gully gap' (P'ahe- 
vPi, see under [16:unlocated], p. 277; hu\i 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). 

[16:26] San Ildefonso T/«'?7;^i'V7g<; of obscure etymology (;!/« unex- 
plained, as in [16:20] and [16:27]; 'i' ' locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix; hvage 'mesa"). 

[16:27] Sau Ildefonso Tfsepiv./ of obscure etymology {ffpe unex- 
plained, as in [16:20 and [16:26]; piyj' 'mountain'). 

This large hill has a small flat top surroimded by clitfs. (See 
pi. 12, (7.) This hill is said to have no Span. name. 

[16:28] San Ildefonso Tfsepii/tbu'd, Tfirbii^u of obscure etymology 
{Tfxpiyf, see [16:27]; tf^ unexplained, as in [16:20], [16:26], 
[16:27]; huu, 'large low roundish place'). 

[16:29] San Ildefonso Tseiiruiv^' qyfje 'down where the soft earth is 
dug' {txii 'soft'; mlyf 'earth'; Tcqyf 'to dig'; Q.e, 'down at' 
' over at '). 

[16:30] Eng. Pajarito station. This station was established by the 
Denver and Rio Grande Railroad Company some time between 
1908 and i912. The name was probably given by Miss Clara D. 
True, who owns a large ranch near by, which she has named Pa- 
jarito Ranch. The name Pajarito is taken of course from the 
Pajarito Plateau, etc.; see [17:34]. 

[16:31] San Ildefonso StUt'^qlwydtinaia ' Mrs. Stevenson's ranch ' 
{Stii^sQ <Eng. Stevenson; kivijo 'old woman'; ii possessive; 
?iaia ' ranch '). 

Mrs. M. C. Stevenson has a ranch at this place. Mrs. Steven- 
son herself calls her ranch Tunyo Ranch, naming it from T'y,njo, 
the Black Mesa [16:130]. 

[16:32] San Ildefonso Tnlcahwu, Tabuhi 'corner where the grass is 
thick' 'grass corner' {ta 'grass'; lea 'denseness' 'dense'; iuhi, 
'large low roundish place'). 

This place is near the river, just south of Mrs. Stevenson's most 
southerly alfalfa field. 

[16:33] Pojoaque Creek, see [19:3]. 

[16:34] (1) San Ildefonso P«6C??yAM'?< 'deer horn arroyo' (/?^ 'mule- 
deer '; styf ' horn '; hu^u ' large groove ' ' arroyo '). 

(2) Eng. Contrayerba arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Canada de las Contrayerbas ' narrow mountain val- 
ley of the weed-species called by the Mexicans contrayerba.' 
= Eng. (2). 

[16:35] San Ildefonso Tx'b!l-ohu''u 'soft arroyo' {ts^M 'softness' 
'soft'; hohu^u 'arroyo with barrancas' <hq 'barranca', ]tu'u 
'large groove' 'arroyo'). T'ckS/ would be said of soft earth or 
rock or any other soft substance. 



PLACE-NAMES 



203 



[16:36] San lldefonso Pe.ia^e' ojjwiJceji 'pueblo ruin down at tl.e placo 
of a species of kangaroo rat' [peua a small rodent whlcli Mulks 
and jumps like a kangaroo, also called pe; g.e 'down at' 'over 
at'; 'oywl 'pueblo'; hjl 'old' postpound). "Pe-ra-ge."' 
" Perage."2 '' Perage (maison du clan dii rat des niontagncr-;)." ' 

Parage has been described b^- Ikndelicr/ and Hewctt/ 
TwitchelP evidently refers to Pe-iage when he writes, "a large 
mound across the river from the present pueblo of San lldefonso/' 
The present writer's Tewa informants did not know whether 
PeMge was still inhabited or already abandoned at the time the 
Spaniards first came to the Tewa country. The scene of a Corn 
Maiden story o1)tained at San lldefonso is laid at Peuaye. The 
tradition that Peaage was a village of the San lldefonso people is 
very definite and widely known. According to llewett: '• When 
the mesa life grew unbearable from lack of water, and removal to 
the valley became a necessity, a detachment from Otowi [16:105] 
founded the pueblo of Perage in the valley on the west side of 
the Kio Grande about a mile west of their [the San lldefonso 
people's] present site."" It is believed that Pe^iage is located 
quite accurately on the sheet. 
[16:37] (1) San lldefonso Potsqywsesinnse, Potsqns^tuae, Potsq'r)Wcesin- 
7ixpokwi, Potsihis^nnsepohwi, PotsqrjWSRSinnsR'ol-u, Potsqns^j}- 
7is^^ol-u, Potsdyw^stnnsehta, Potsqnsin?iseioia 'place of the blue 
or green water man ' ' pool at the place of the blue or green 
water man' 'hill at the place of the blue or green water man' 
' clifls at the place of the blue or green water man ' {po ' water'; 
tsqytvse 'blueness' 'blue' 'greenness' 'green', the syllable ?/•,■? 
being most frecpiently elided when the place-name is pronounced; 
stvj' 'man in prime'; nse locative 'at', locative postfix; pohi:\ 
'lake' 'pool' <po 'water', hui unexplained; 'olu 'hill'; tcta 
' clifl"). Mauv inquiries regarding potsqrpvxseyj' were made, but 
it was not possible to learn whether or not the name designates a 
mythic being. The color tsqywse symbolizes the north, not the 
-west. The name Potsqijwxs^7i7ise appears to have in its origin 
something to do with the pool; see below. 

(2) San lldefonso Tnqmp/Jepohri '■lake of the west' (^sc/m/«;<^ 
'west' <tsqii)f unexplained, />{/e 'toward'; pohwi 'lake' 'pool' 
<po 'water', hwi unexplained). For the reason this name is 
applied, see below. 

The pool is just west of the big pear tree of the farm belonging 
to Mr. Ignacio Aguilar. This pool is the '"lake of the west" of 

Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 78, 1892. < Antiquities, p. 16, 1906. 

"Hewett: General View, p. 897, 1905; Antiqui- 'In .S'an<ai« AVw Jfcrican, Sept. 22, 1910. 

ties, p. 16 1906. "Uewctl, Antiquities p. 20, 1906. 
^Hewett, Communaut^, p. 32. 1908. 



264 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

the Sau Ildefonso sacred water ceremony; see Cardinal Sacred 
Water Lakes, pp. ii-^o. West of the pool rise two little hills — 
the 'oku, with clifflike sides, and the hba. Cf^ [16:38] and [16:3i»]. 

[16:38] San Ildefouso Potsqywxsi?mse'iyfku^u, Potsqns^nns^'iyfhu''u 
'blue or green water man place arroyo' {Potsq-))waesinnse, see 
[16:37]; H' ' locative and adjective-forming postfix; Aii^u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). The name is probably taken from [16:37]. 

[16:39] San Ildefonso Potsqytoses^nnse-iykwag.e, Potsqnstnj^x'irjkwag.e 
'blue or green man place mesa' {Pofsqywses^nme, see [16:37]; 
'■(.'Mocative and adjective-forming postfix; hvag.e 'mesa'). The 
name is probably taken from [16:37]. 

[16:40] San Ildefonso JC'/Mobunoi obscure etj-molog}' {F/ao unex- 
plained; bun 'large low roundish place'). Cf. [16:41]. 

[16:41] San Ildefonso IT o,iobukwag.e 'mesa at [16:4n]' ; (ICou-obu^u, see 
[16:47]; hvage 'mesa.') 

[16:42] San Ildefonso Wmapirjf oi obscure etj-mology {^oiKct unex- 
plained; fij)f 'mountain'). '(:> means with different intonations 
'scar' and 'metate'. The syllable ?«« is postpounded in several 
other place-names, but its meaning is no longer understood. 
This high hill is thought of hj the San Ildefonso in connection 
with /'U7n a piij J' [16:130]. ^Omapiyj' is on the west side of the 
Rio Grande at the mouth of the canyon, fumafiiyf is on the east 
side. The locality at the foot of ' Omapiyj' is called ' Omapinnii'u 
or '' Omanuhi {nu^u ' below'). ''Omapiyf is a conspicuous moun- 
tain as viewed from San Ildefonso Pueblo. 

[16:43] San Ildefonso '' Omapiywi'i, WmaurPi 'gap by [16:4i']' CO/na- 
PiVfi ' Om a see [IB ■.■i2]; wi^i 'gap'). 

A wagon road goes through this gap or pass. 

[16:44] (1) San Ildefonso Pijiipxyge 'beyond the mountains' {piyf 
'mountain'; pxyge 'beyond'). There is no more definite Tewa 
name for this valley. 

(2) Eng. Santa Rosa Valle3% (< Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Vallede Santa Rosa 'valley of Saint Rose'. =Eng.(2). 
This is one of the high, grass-grown meadow -vallej's west of 

the Jemez Range. Such valleys occur also in the Peruvian Andes, 
whei'e they are called by the German - speaking inhabitants 
" Wiesentaler." Cf. [16:45] and [16:131]. See also [27:11]. 
[16:45] (1) San Ildefonso Tsifiopi//tpcf"r)[/e '■hexond the mountain of the 
great canyon', referring to [16:46] (7'.s/*'op^?;,/', see [16:46]; pserjge 
'beyond'). The locality is also referred to by the more inclusive 
and loosely applied name PimpSEyqe ' beyond the mountains '. Cf . 
[16:45]. 

(2)Eng. Posos Valley. (< Span.). = Span. (3). 



HAKRINGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 265 

(3) Span. Valle de los Posos ' valley of the holes'. =Eng. (2). 
The Span, name is said to ref('i- to the holes in the yrassy .surface 
of the valley. 

This is, like [16:44] and [16:131], one of the high, grass-grown 
nieadow-valle3^s west of the Jeinez Range. 
[16:4(3] San Ildefonso fsisopiyf, Ts/.s-o/n 9 Wt; ' mountain of the great 
canyon ' ' mountain peak of the great canyon ' {fsko'o, see [16:53]; 
piVf ' mountain '; Icewe ' peak'). 

This mountain is at the head of Tsirn'o, or Guaje Canyon [16:53]. 
A trail much used by Tewa people when going to Jemez leads up 
the Guaje Canyon [16:53], over this mountain and across the 
Valle Grande [16:131] to Jemez. See [16:47]. 
[16:47] San Ildefonso Tsisopiri/'afa'i''^ 'great canyon mountain steep 
slope where one goes up as one ascends stiurs or ladders ' {fsi'<o- 
Pi'Jfi ■'^ee [16:46]; aV ' steep slope '; fa ' to go up a stairway or a 
ladder'; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

On this slope the trail mentioned under [16:4(i] is steep and 
stairwaj'-like. 
[16:48] San Ildefonso KupmaJ i ''iyhvag.e ' red stone strewn mesa' (ku 
'stone'; pi 'redness' 'red'; wa^i 'strewn' 'scattered'; iijj' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; kwag.e 'mesa'). Whether 
the name 'red stone strewn' is originally' applied to [16:48] or 
[16:49] or to both is not determined. Cf. [16:49]. 
[16:49] (1) San Ildefonso Knplwcuil HnfsiH ' red stone strewn canyon' 
{Kupiwcui, see [16:49]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; fsPi ' c&nyon''). Whether this name was originally applied 
to [16:48] or [16:49] or to both is not determined. Cf. [16:48]. 

(2) Eng. Angostura Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (;3). 

(3) Span. La Angostura, Canon de la Angostura "the narrow 
place ' ' canyon of the narrow place '. = Eng. 2. 

[16:50] (1) San Ildefonso Kup)o 'rock water' {ku 'stone' 'rock'; po 
' water ' ' creek '). Cf . Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Piedra Creek, Piedra Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 
Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Agua de Piedra "rock water'. =Eng. (2). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

The stream gives [16:51] its name. Whether the Tewa name 

is a translation of the Span., or vice versa, is not determined. 
[16:51] San Ildefonso Kupohviij'^ 'rock water height' {Kupo, see 

[16:50]; ^-wytf ' height '). 
[16:52] San Ildefonso Unw/je 'live ' place of the two arroyos', referring 

to [16:50] and [16:49] (/<«'(« ' large groove' 'arroyo'; wije 'two'; 

Hwe locative). 



266 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[16:53] (1) San lldefonso fsiso'o 'great canyon' (fsPi 'canyon'; 
so'o ' greatness ' ' great'). This name refers to the Guaje Canyon 
above its junction with [16:100]. Below this junction it is called 
by the San lldefonso Tewa 'Omahuv; see [16:126]. The Guaje 
is a very large canyon, and it is easy to understand why the name 
fliso'o was originally applied. 

(2) Eng. Guaje Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Caiion de Guaje, Canon Guaje, Canon de los Guajes 
'canyon of the long gourd(s) or gourd rattle(s)'. =Eng. (2). 
Why the Span, name was applied has not been learned. ' ' Guages." ' 

This deep and long canyon has its mouth near the railroad bridge 
[19:121]. There is said to be always water in its upper course. 
The pueblo ruin [16:60], situated on the Guaje, is an important 
one. The trail leading up Guaje Canyon is mentioned under 
[16:16]. _ 

[16:51] Sun lldefonso fsiwekip^vge 'beyond the narrow canyon', 
referring to [16:55]J_fsiW'Zv', see [16:55]; pxyge ' beyond"). 

[16:55] San lldefonso fsiwekPhve 'place of the narrow canyon' {fsPi 
' canyon ' ; weki ' narrowness ' ' narrow ' ; 'iwe locative). The canyon 
is narrow at this place. The place has given the names to [16:51] , 
[16:56], and [16:57]^ 

[16:56] San lldefonso PimpiJeFsiwel'rirjJiWag.e 'northQvn mean by the 
place that the canyon is narrow' {pvirp/'je 'north' <pwf 'moun- 
tain' 'up country', pijn 'toward'; Tsiwehi, see [16:55]; T' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; kwage 'mesa'). Cf. [16:57]. 

[16:57] San lldefonso AJcQmjnjeTsiweTciirjkwage 'southern mesa by the 
place that the canyon is narrow' (^al-ompije 'south' <^(ikqijf 
'plain' 'down country', ^ye 'toward'; "flmeli, see [16:55]; 'z'» 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; l-wuge 'mesa'). Cf. 
[16:56]. . 

[16:58] San lldefonso Kapotewti 'gap by the Santa Clara houses' 
{Kapo 'Santa Clara Pueblo', see [14:61]; te 'dwelling place'; wPi 
'gap') It is said that Santa Clara Indians used to dwell at this 
place; hence the name. 

The informants say that it was not more than a hundred years 
ago when Santa Clara people lived at this place. 

[16:59] San lldefonso ^A'ywsRteg.e ' down where the spider was picked 
up' {'(j'rjwfe 'spider'; te'to pick up'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 

[16:60] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer 
that tills ruin is at least as large as that of Potsuwi'i [16:105]. 
The Indian name for the ruin has not been ascertained. 

' Hewett: Antiquities, pi. xvu, 1906; Communautfe, p. 24, 1908. 



HAEEINGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 2()7 

[16:61] (1) San Ildefonso Bfijekwage 'mesa where the threads meet ', 
referring to [16:62]; /IfJ/V, see [16:6-2]; kwage Miiesa"). 

(2) Eng. Cuchilla de Piodra height. (<Span.). =Span. Ci). 

(3) Span. Cuchilla de Piedra 'stone ridge-point'. =Eng. (2). 
[16:62] San Ildefonso Pq'{jei'' ' where the threads n)oet\ probalTly re- 
ferring to the two streams {pai 'thread', now never applied to a 
stream of water; je ' to meet" • to ilow together'; T" locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). 

[16:63] San Ildefonso Pijj^/cpijjj' 'monntain in the middle', referring 
to its position between [16 :r):^] and [16:85] (piyge 'in the middle"; 
piyf 'mountain') 

[16:6-i] (1) San Ildefonso fsxb/"/'' 'at the small white roundish rock.s' 
{fsx 'whiteness' 'white'; bi 'very small and roundish or conical'; 
'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

(2) Span. Las Tienditas 'the little tents'. There are many 
small tent-rocks (see pis. 6-8) at this place; hence the name. 
Cf. [16:6.5]. _ 

[16:65] San Ildefonso Tsxh!'ii)l-wage 'mesa at the small white round- 
ish rocks' (TsafJ/, see [16:64]; '/"' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; Zwffgt" 'mesa"). See [16:64|. 

[16:66] San Ildefonso KumqnUiliketaii'iw)- ' where the Comanche fell 
down" (Al/ «(««!;.</ 'Comanche'; fc<«S* 'tofall down'; ^twe locative). 
This name refers to the locality about a high cliff on the north 
side of the arroyo [16:67]. A Comanche Indian once, when pur- 
sued by the Tewa, fell over this cliff and died; hence the name. 
The place has given the name to the arroyo [16 :67]. 

[16:67] San Ildefonso Kxirriantsiketc^i ij) fim u 'arroyo where the Co- 
manche fell down' {KmnqntsU'eta^i , see [16:66]; T' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; huht 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[16:68] San Ildefonso Qwsekadt'g.i 'little mountain mahogany forest 
peak' (qum 'mountain mahogany' 'Cercocarpus parvifolins', 
called by the Mexicans 'palo duro'; In 'denseness' 'dense' 'for- 
est'; degi 'smallness and pointedness' 'small and pointed"). 

Bushes of the mountain mahogany grow all over this little peak. 
Cf. [16:61>]. 

[16:6!»] San Ildefonso Qwxicadegl'intsi'i -canyon of little mahogany- 
forest peak' {Qwxhideg!, see [16:6S]: '/"' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; fsri 'canyon'). 

[16:70] San Ildefonso Jqndr' 'where the willows' {jqij.f 'willow'; 
T'locative and adjective- forming postfix). One informant said 
the Span, name of this place would be La Jara 'the willow.' 
The name refers to a nearly level place where willows grow. 
This is said to he a pretty place. Cf. [16:71]. 



268 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[16:71] San Ildefonso Jq,mpo, Jq-mfoisn 'willow water" 'willow 
water canyon' {Jdyf, see [16:70]; po 'water'; tsi^i 'canyon'). 

[16:72] San Ildefonso Fidahwi/i ' dry head of penis gap' {pi4a 'head 
of penis'; to 'dryness' 'dry'; wi'i 'gap') 

[16:73] San IlAeionso Mtbakwa^e, ]Vaiawihvag.e 'pitfall mesa' 'pitfall 
gap mesa' (JVa^a, M/iawPi, see [16:74]; hrag.e 'mesa'). 

[16:f4] San Ildefonso JVaiawiH 'pitfall gap' (naia 'pitfall'; wi'i 
'gap'). The na'da were bottle-shaped holes sev-eral feet in length 
cut in the tufaceous rock in gaps through which deer and other 
large game were likely to pass. They were covered over with 
sticks and earth so that the animal suspected nothing till it 
crashed through. Cf. [16:73]. There is another NatawPi in the 
Pajarito Plateau; see [17:15]. 

[16:75] San Ildefonso Tse'ebuhwaje 'little eagle corner height' 
{Tse'ehvhi, see [16:70]; hwaje 'height'). Cf. [16:76], [16:77]. 

[16:76] San Ildefonso Tse'ehi'u 'little eagle corner' {tse 'eagle'; 'e 
'diminutive'; iuht 'large low roundish place'). This place has 
given names to [16:75] and [16:77]. 

[16:77] San Ildefonso T»e'ebuhiCu 'little eagle corner arroyo' {Tse'e- 
buu, see [16:76]; /m'w 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [16:75], 
[16:76]. 

[16:78] San Ildefonso Qw^bonssbu'u 'mountain-mahogany round hill 
corner' {Qws^bonse, see [16:79]; btiu 'large low roundish place'). 

[16:79] (1) San Ildefonso Qwsebonse, Qwce.bouce'kewc 'at the round hill 
of the mountain mahogany' 'round hill peak of the mountain 
mahogany' {qwse ' mountain mahogany' 'Cercocarpus parvifolius' 
called by the Mexicans ' palo duro '; bo, referring to large ball-like 
shape as in boM 'large roundish pile'; nx locative). Cf. [16:78]. 
(2) Span. Cerro Palmilloso 'hill where there is much j^ucca'. 

[16:80] San Ildefonso J^xgefsPi of obscure etymology {nsR unex- 
plained; ge 'down at' 'over at'; tez'i 'canyon'). 

[16:81] (1) San Ildefonso Ps^Xtntohti'u 'arroyo in which there are or 
were deer tracks' {ps^ 'mule-deer'; 'g^y 'foot' 'foot-track'; to 
'to be in'; hu'a 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [16:82]. 
(2) Span. Arroyo de las Barrancas 'arroyo of the barrancas'. 

[16:82] San Ildefonso PsP^^^ntohube'e 'little corner by the arroyo in 
which there are or were deer tracks' {Px^nio/iiiu, see [16:81]; 
be^e ' small low roundish place '). 

[16:83] San Ildefonso Sqnnxhi'e 'little corner where the firewood is 
or was' {sqijf 'firewood'; nx locative; be^e 'small low roundish 
place'). 

[16:84] San Ildefonso SqnnxbeirjfhMu 'arroyo of the little corner 
where the firewood is or was' {Sonnspbee, see [16:83]; '/'' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; Aw'w ' large gi'oove' 'arroyo'). 
Cf. [16:83]. 



HARRIXOTON 



PLACE-KAMES 209 



[16:85] San Ildeionso I^'>rsp,tjvn''iy,/ha'u 'rock-pine gap arroyo' (.)'ir;r- 
ywi'i,seQ undei- [16:uiilocatecl], below; 'i'' locativo and adjoi'tive- 
forming postfix; /ntu 'largo, groove" "arrovo"). 

[16:8(i] San Ildefonso fuuxiiap'qijkwage 'dry louse not very narrow 
mesa' {fmva 'louse'; fa 'dryness' 'dry'; jj'atjf as in j>'nijli 
'largely narrow' 'not very narrow' and corresponding nouns: 
hwage 'mesa'). P'qyl-i is the augmentative form of p'vjl'i 
'narrow'. 

The tlattish hill to which this name applies looks thin and nar- 
row, like a dry dead louse. 

[16:87] San WA&fonno P' eqwapokwag.e 'drag pole or timber trail mesa' 
(^V- 'pole' 'timlier' 'log'; ^^wa 'to drag'; /w ' trail'; Z-i/'rtg<'' mesa'). 

[16:88] San Ildefonso T(hvi-y(jehwag.f 'mesa where the pifion trees 
are all together' (to 'pinon tree' 'Pinus edulis'; wi'ijge 'together 
in one place'; lwag.<> 'mesa'). 

[16:89] San Ildefonso ^ Ai^i^i) fhu\i 'arrovo with chokecherry grow- 
ing at its little bends' (ate 'chokecherry' 'Prunus melanocarpa'; 
h^ijf 'a small bend'; Ini'u 'large groove' 'arrovo') Cf. [16:'JUj. 

[16:90] San Ildefonso ^ Aiti^ij fhnqwog.e 'delta of the arroyo with 
chokecherry growing at its little bends' ('J.Se6t';/A'<'M, see [16: 
89]; qwoge 'delta' 'down where it cuts through' < ywo 'to cut 
through', g.e 'down at' 'over at'). See [16:89]. 

[16:91] San Ildefonso Jayfliinna 'where the willow is all gone" 
(j'iVf 'willow'; Mvf 'to be all gone'; nn locative). This name 
is applied to the locality both north and south of the stream. 
There are many cottonwood trees at this place and the inform- 
ants think that the Mexicans call the place Bosquecito 'little 
forest'. 

[16:92] San Ildefonso Mqpoma of obscure etymology. (No part of 
the word can be explained; ma occurs as the last element of 
several place-names). 

This locality is on the southern side of the stream-bed. 

[16:93] (1) San ifdefonso Budid'ekwag.e 'mesa where the donkey was 
killed' {hudu 'donkey' < Span, burro 'donkey'; l-'e 'to be 
killed'; hvaa<-' 'mesa'). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Banco- del Burro 'donkey bank'. Cf. Tewa (1). 
The following story explains the name: A Navaho once stole 
a donkey from the Tewa, taking- it from a corral at night. Mo 
was overtaken by armed Tewa somewhat east of this place on tin- 
following morning. The Navaho made the donkey fall over tin- 
clitiof this mesa', thus killing it, and escaped by dceing afoot. 
The Tewa found the dead donkey at the foot of the cliti. 



270 ETHNOGEOGHAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[16:94] San Ildefonso I^w^mpekVi' 'place where the rock-pine tree is 
bent' (7;w^7?y» 'rock-pine' 'Piuus scopuloriim'; peli 'bent', said 
for instance of an arm bent at the elbow or at the wrist; T' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix). 

There is a peculiarly twisted and bent rock-pine tree at this 
place; hence the name. 

[16:1)5] (1) San Ildefonso Kiisin/qmhu^u of obscure etymology {hu 
'stone' 'rock'; si unexplained; nj'qyj' 'nest'; bii'ii 'large low 
roundish place'). 
(2) Span. Vallecito 'little valley'. 

This is described as being a large and deep dell at the head of 
[16:98]. 

[16:96] (1) San Ildefonso Kuk' iwouihj)ag.e ''tufa-strewn mesa' {huk'i 
'tufa' < kii 'stone', ^''/unexplained; wadi 'to strew' 'to scatter'; 
Awage 'mesa'). Cf. [16:97] and [16:99]. 

(2) Span. Chiquero 'pigsty' 'sheepfold'. Why this Span, 
name is applied is not known. 

[16:97] Sa,n Ildefonso KuJ^'iwcutipiyj', Kuk' iwaMpiijlceuie 'tufa-strewn 
mountain' ' tufa-strewn mountain peak' {Kuk'iwtui, see [16:96]; 
pivf 'mountain': ^<?u,'e 'peak'). Cf. [16:96]. 

[16:98] San Ildefonso Pifsawehii^u of obscure etymology (pi apparently 
'redness' 'red'; teawe unexplained; hu^u ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

[16:99] San Udeionso Kt(Fiwcui/iu'''u 'tufa-strewn arroyo' {KuUiwcui, 
see [16:96]; huhi 'large groove' 'arroyo'). This name is applied 
to the two upper forks of [16:100] because they are situated in 
the locality called Kuk' km.t.ikwag.e [16:96]. 

[16:100] (1) San Ildefonso Telni'u ' cotton wood tree arroyo ' (te ' cotton- 
wood' 'Populus wislizeni'; huhi 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. 
Span. (4), of which this Tewa name is perhaps a translation. 

(2) San Ildefonso ^ Oieiuhwu 'arroyo of [16:121]' C Obebuti, see 
[16:121]; /in'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

(3) Eng. Alamo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span.(4). Cf.Tewa(l). 
"Alamo canyon.''' "Canyon de los Alamos."^ 

(4) Span. Canada de los Alamos 'narrow mountain valley 
of the cotton woods'. =Kng. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

The headwaters of this arroyo are called Kuk'iwaJ^lhuu; see 
[16:99]. 
[16:101] San Ildefonso Iuiwm^nto'i'\ Kuwasinto'' iyhu u, 'place in 
which the horn or horns of the mountain-sheep is or was, are or 
were' 'arroyo in which the horn or horns of the mountain-sheep 
is or was, are or were' (^-Mwa 'mountain -sheep'; sfijf 'horn'; to 
'to be inside or in'; T', locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
Jiuu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

'Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. »Ibid., p. 21. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 271 

[16:10:2] (1) San Ildefonso Kul-'seby./,u\i 'arroyoof the larjre {,'ravclly 
dells' (htd'ie 'coarse gravel'; bicu Marge low roundish place'; 
hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. "Otowi canyon".' This i.s evidently the same can- 
yon. For the etymolooy of "Otowi" see [16:lo5J. 

(3) Span. Canada de los Vallcs "narrow mountain valley of the 
dells'. Cf. Tewa (1). 

The Tewa name is applied to the arroyo only above the vicinitv 
of Potsuwvi [16:105]. Below that vicinity tlie arroyo is called 
fsede'Hsvl; see [16:115]. . 

[16:103] San Ildefonso PsetokiLwlwdge 'mesa on which the deer are 
or were enclosed' (j>g? 'mule-deer'; to 'to be inside or in'; hu-o 
'to be' said of 3 + ; kwage 'mesa'). The name is applied, it is 
said, because the walls of the mesa are so steep that deer on the 
top of the mesa were as if impounded in a corral. The eastern 
extremity of this mesa bears the ancient name Tfug.erfii'ii; see 
[16:104]. 

[16:10-4] San Ildefonso Tfiig.<\'f'ni 'little sorcerer point' {(fugc 
'sorcerer' 'wizard' 'witch'; '.- diminutive; fu'u 'horizontally 
projecting corner or point"). This name is applied to the eastern 
exiv&m.\ty ot Pxtolwokw(ig.e\\&:lQ?j]. Tfug.eefd'u is just west 
of Potsuwn ruin [16:l(t5]. The name is said to be "a very old 
one". The reason for its application was not known. 

[16:105] San Ildefonso PofmwPqywikeji 'pueblo ruin at the gap 
where the water sinks', referring to [16:106] {Potsuwi/i, see 
[16:106]; ■qyivikeji 'pueblo ruin' <-oyiri 'pueblo', keji 'old' 
postpound)! Cf. [16:106], [16:144]: also, see plate 5. The "tent 
rocks", including several "rocks which carry a load on the head"', 
are shown in plates 6-8. "Po-tzu-yc"'.- For Bandelier"s spell- 
ingof irr«:as "ye" or "yu" see [16 .ill] and [22:42]. '"Otowi"".' 
"Otowo"'.^ 

Referring to Otowi Mesa, Hewett' says: 

Half a mile to the south [of [16:105]] the huge mesa which is terminated 
by Rincon del Pueblo bounds the valley* with a high unbroken line, per- 
haps 500 feet above the dry arroyo at the bottom. The same distance to the 
north is the equally high ami more al)rupt Otowi mesii, and eiL-t and west 
an equal distance and to about an equal height rise the wedge-like terminal 
buttea which define this great gap [16:106] in the middle mesa. 

PotsinviH ruin is merely mentioned by Ikndelicr:^ it is fully 

described by Hewett.' Of the location of the ruin Hewett says: 

The parallel canyons [16:102] and [16:100] running through this glade 

[16:106] are prevented from fnrnung a confluence b y a high ridge, the rem- 

1 Hewett. Antiquities, p. IS. 19U6. < IWd., Table des matiires. 

2Bandelier, Final Keport. pt. n, p. 78, 1S>,)2. 
'Hewett: General View, p. 59.S, 190,5; Commu- 
Jiautes, pp. 29, 45, 8.5, 86, 1908. 



272 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

nant of the intervening mesa. Upon the highest part of this ridge is located a 
large pueblo ruin which formed the nucleus of the Otowi settlement. In every 
direction are clusters of excavated cliff-dwellings of contemporaneous occupa- 
tion and on a parallel ridge to the south are the ruins of one pueblo of con- 
siderable size and of seven small ones, all antedating the main Otowi settle- 
ment.' 

Of the ruins of the pueblo to the .south, Hewett saj's further: 

This is a small pueblo ruin in Otowi canyon [16:100] just across the arroyo 
[the bed of [16:100]?] about .300 yards south of Otowi pueblo. It is situated on 
top of a narrow ridge which runs parallel with the one on which the large ruin 
stands. The stones of the building are smaller and the construction work is 
cruder. The building consists of one solid rectangle with one kiva within the 
court. Seven other small pueblo ruins or clan houses are scattered along the 
same ridge to the west within a distance of one mile, all apparently belonging 
to this settlement.- 

It is a tradition generality known at San Ildefonso that a con- 
siderable number of the ancestors of the San Ildefon.so people 
u-sed to live long ago at PotsuwiH [16:105] and at Sielceivri 
[16:114]. The writer has obtained two myths the scene of which 
is laid at PotsuwPi. The San Ildefonso Indians insist that Po- 
tmwi'i and SsekewiH were inhabited by their ancestors, and not 
by those of any of the other Tewa villagers. Hewett says: 

The traditions of Otowi are fairly well preserved. It was the oldest village 
of Powhoge [San Ildefonso] clans of which they have definite traditions at 
San Ildefonso. They hold in an indefinite way that prior to the building 
of this village they occupied scattered 'small house' ruins on the adjacent 
mesas, and they claim that when the mesa life grew unbearable from lack of 
water, and removal to the valley became a necessity, a detachment from Otowi 
founded the pueblo of Perage [16:36] in the valley on the west side of the Rio 
Grande about a mile west of their present village site.^ 

The "tent rocks" (pis. 6-8) near Potsuwi'i ruin are called by 
the San Ildefonso Tewa Potsuwihud^ti^tndiwe 'place of the 
pointed or conical rocks of the gap where the water .sinks' {Potsu- 
wf/, see [16:106]; d^ndiyf ' largeness and pointedness' 'large and 
pointed'; '/wt; locative). 

From about half a mile to a mile above the main pueblo of Otowi is a cliff- 
village that is unique. Here is a clu.ster of conical formations of white tufa, 
some of which attain a height of thirty feet . . . These are popularly called 
'tent rocks'. They are full of caves, both natural and artificial, some of which 
have been utilized as human habitations. These dwellings are structurally 
identical with those found in the cliffs. They present the appearance of enor- 
mous beehives.^ 

See [16:106], [16:114]. 

[16:10(:'.] San Ildefonso PotsuwPi 'gap where the water sinks' (po 
'water'; tsu 'to sink in'; wPi 'gap'). The ordinary expre.ssion 
meaning ' the water sinks ' is nqpotsiuems^y f {ml ' it'; po ' water'; 

'Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. =Ibifi., p. 20. sibid., p. 19. 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOr,Y TWENTY-NINTH AN 



NUAL REPORT PLATE 




Ors|W[ RUIN, CAPPED By PROJECTIK. 
TUFA 



JT OF HAROER 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 10 




SCENE ON S/EKEWI'I MESA, SHOWING THE OLD INDIAN TRAi; 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES '273 

tsudemseyf 'to sink in' < Av« 'to sink in', .te ' littlo by littl.-, 
mxvf ' to go '). Why the gap is so called appears to 1)0 no longer 
known to the San Iklefonso people. Perhaps the water of The 
arroyos [16:lO-2], [16:1001 or some other water sinks or sank in 
the earth or sand at this locality. The name hints at the prob- 
able reason for the abandonment of the pueblo. The gap gives 
its name to the pueblo ruin [16:10.5]. 
Hewett' desci-ibes this gap as follows: 

The long narrow potrero [tongue of mosa] bounding the canyon on the nortli 
is entirely cut out for a distance of nearly a mile, thus throwing into one 
squarish, open park the widtli of two small canyons and the formerly inter- 
vening mesa. From the midst of this little park, roughly a mile square', a view 
of surpassing beauty is to be had. 

[16:107] San Ildefonso Sy,nd//hp<rnii't/ 'below the .soldiers' road", re 
ferring to a road made in tliis locality by American .soldiers, it is 
said (m/idah <Span. .soldado 'soldier'; po 'trail' 'road'; 7ii>'u 
'below'). Cf. [16:108]. 

[16:108] San Ildefonso Sundahjwlwaje 'soldiers' road height' 
{sy,ndahpo, see [16:107]; hoaje 'height'). Cf. [16:107]. 

[16:109] Nameless pueblo ruin. Hewett^ says: 

This ruin is situated in Canyon de los Alamos on a high ridge running par- 
allel with the stream on its south side. It is about three-quarters of a mile 
west of Tsankawi and its inhabitants eventually merged with the population 
of that village. The settlement consisted of one rectangular pueblo of consiil- 
erable size and a number of small clan houses scattered along the ridge to the 
west for about half a mile. It belongs to the older class of ruins. 

Doctor Hewett informs the writer that an old trail leads 
straight from Ssehewtl [16:114] due west to this ruin. 

[16:110] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer 
that a small pueblo ruin exists about where located on the map. 
So far as can be learned, this ruin has not been mentioned in any 
publication. 

[16: 111] San Ildefonso Sxhewihvaje, SsRlcewilwage 'height or mesa uf 
the gap of the .sharp round cactus', referring to [16:112] (S^keir"i, 
see [16:112]; hvdje, kwag.e 'height' 'me.sa'). =Eng. (2). 

(2) Eug. ' ' Tsankawi mesa ".^ ( < Tewa). = Tewa (1). For the 
spelling of the name see [16: 114]. (Pis. 9, 10.) 

[16:112] San Ildefon.so SseJceivPi 'gii\:> ot the sliarp round cactus" (.sx 
applied to several varieti* of jointed round cactus, among others 
to Opuntia comanchica and Opuntia polyacantha; ^v 'sharpness' 
'sharp', probably referring to the sharpness of the thorns; iri'i 
'gap'). This gap has given the names to [16:111]. [16:lin], 
[16:114], and [17:13]. 

1 Antiquities, p. 18. 1906. !Ibi<i.,p. 21. Ubid., p. 20. 

87584° — 29 eth— 10) IS 



274 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA IXDIAXS [etii. ann. 29 

This gap or narrow and low place is west of the pueblo ruin 
[16:114:]. Whether round cactus now grows at the pass has not 
been ascertained. For quoted forms of the name, see under 
[16:114]. 
[16:113] San Ildefonso Ss^Ktnvmug.e'oTjwikeji 'pueblo ruin below the 
gap of the sharp round cactus ', referring to [16:112] (SselcewPi 
see [16:112]; ni(g.e 'down below' <7ui'u '})elow', ^f 'down at' 
'over at'; '' qijioil-ej i 'pueblo ruin' <^Qi/wi 'pueblo', keji 'old' 
postpound). " Cf. [16:114]. 

Ilewett' says of this ruin: 

This is a small pueblo ruin of the older type, situated on a lower bench just 
north of the Tsankawi mesa [16:111], about half a mile south of the Alamo 
[16:100]. The walls are entirely reduced. The site belongs to the same class 
and epoch as nos. 9 and 11. 

See under [16:105] and [16:109]. It has not been possible to 
obtain any tradition about this ruin. 

[16:114] San Ildefonso SseicefiiH'oj)rLnlejl,Sxlcew{l:iLHije' oywikeji 'pueblo 
ruin of the gap of the sharp round cactus ' ' pueblo ruin above the 
gap of the sharp round cactus', referring to [16:112] {Sselcewi'i, 
see [16:112]; hvajti 'height' as in [16:111]; 'orjwikeji 'pueblo 
ruin' <^orjwi 'pueblo', keji 'old' postpound). Cf. [16:113]. 
"Sa-ke-yu".- For Bandelier's spelling of wPi as "ye'' or "yu" 
see [16:105] and [22:42]. "Tsankawi".^ "Tsankawi" (Tewa, 
' place of the round cactus ')."'* 

Ssi-'kefwPi ruin is merely mentioned by Bandelier; ^ it is full}^ de- 
scribed by Hewett." Of the location of the ruin Hewett says: 
" It is a veritable ' sky city '. . . . The site was chosen entirely 
for its defensive character and is an exceptionally strong one''. 
It is a tradition generally known at San Ildefonso that a consider- 
able number of the ancestors of the San Ildefonso people used to 
live long -A^oAtFotsuwi'l [16:105] and SsehnvPi [16:114]. The 
writer has obtained a myth the scene of which is laid at SxhewPi. 
The San Ildefonso Indians usually mention the names PotstiwPi 
and SfeA'ewPi together and insist that these two places were 
inhabited by their ancestors and not l>y those of the other Tewa 
villagers. 

[16:115] San Ildefonso Tsede'HsPi ' canyon of the erect standing spruce 
trees ' {tse ' Douglas spruce ' ' Pseudotsuga mucronata ', called by the 
Mexicans pino real ' real pine'; ^e'^&a in de'g.i ' erectness' ' erect'; 

' Antiquities, p. 22, 1906. 
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 78, 1892. 

sHewett: General View, p. 598, 190!); Antiquities, p. 20, 1906; Communauti!s, pp. -1.5, 85, 86, and table 
des matiOres, 1908. 

< Hewett, .Antiquities, p. 20, 1906. 
^ Bandelier, op. cit. 
'Hewett, op. cit. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 275 

isii 'cmyon'). Whether spruce trees now grow in the ciinyon 
is not known to the writer. This name is applied to tlic anny.. 
or canyon only below the vicinity of Potsuvni ruin [lenc.l 
See [16:102]. 

It is believed that the canyon is correctly located on the sheet. 

[16:116] San Ildefonso Tseew>"i -(vap of the eafrle(s)* (^y • eagle ": \- 
diminutive; wf/'gap'). Cf. [16:117]. 

[16:117] San Ildefonso Txeewil-waje 'height by the gap of the 
eagle(s)' {Tse'eivPi, see [16:11(5]; kwaje 'height'). 

[16:118] San Ildefonso ''Agap ifc^e of obscure etymology (aga unex- 
plained but occurring also in a few other Tcwa place-names, fur 
instance ^Agatfanu [22:o-±]; pi said to sound exactly like ji ! 'a 
sore'; te 'to lift up' ' to pick up'; ge 'down at" 'over at'). This 
name applies to the western part of the low mesa shown on tlie 
sheet. 

[16:119] San Ildefonso ^Ohel-mijh ' height there by the little bend', re- 
ferring to [16:121]; ("06?, see [16:121]; kwajh 'height') Cf. 
[16:122]. 

[16:120] San Ildefonso Pxnfut'akege ' hill where the snake(s) live(s)' 
{pxnfu 'snake'; t'a 'to live' 'to dwell'; K^Uf-'hill' 'knob' <ke 
indicating height, ge ' down at' ' over at'). 

The author was shown the holes in this hill in which many snakes 
of various kinds are said to live. 

[16:121] San Ildefonso ''Ohihu^u 'corner there by the little bend' ("« 
'there'; hi 'little bend'; btCu 'large low roundish place'). The 
canyon at this place is very deep and has precipitous walls, 
especially on tlie southeastern side. It forms a sharp little bend: 
hence the name. Cf. [16:1 lit], [16:122]. 

[16:122] San Ildefoaso Ujhejbuhthi, • cliffs there by the little bend", re- 
ferring to [16:121] i'Obeh"'", see [16:121]; tola ' cliff'). 

As noted under [16:121]. there are high cliffs at this place on the 
southeastern side of the canyon. These cliffs are of blackish 
basalt. 

[16:123] (1) San Ildefonso KwxwUi 'oak-tree point' {hr^. 'oak': 
wUi 'horizontally projecting comer or point'). Cf. Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Creston 'ridge' 'hog-back'. Cf. Tewa (I). 
These names are applied to a projecting ridge sitiiated on the 
south side of Guaje Arroyo. There is a spring of good water at 
the locality. 

[16:124] San Ildefonso ' Omapfey<je ' beyond [16:42]' (' Oiita, see [16:42]: 
pxyrje ' beyond '). This name is, of course, applied vaguely to the 
region beyond the hill [16:42]; especially to the locality indicated 
on the map. Sec [16:42]. 



276 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 

[16:125] SanlldefonsoKutiysetewaki 'turquoise dwelling-place slope' 
{Jcuiifse. 'turquoise' <Tcu 'stone', nfcE unexplained but postfixed 
to some other nouns, as ''anfSR 'salt'; te 'dwelling-place'; waki 
'slope'). The informants were amused at this name. There is, 
the}' said, neither turquoise at this locality nor is it a dwelling-place 
for anything or any bod}'. The name applies somewhat vaguely to 
the slope on the southern side of Guaje Arroyo a short distance 
east of [16:123]. 

[16:1-26] San Ildefonso ^Omahu^u 'arroyo by [16:42]' i^OmiU see 
[16:Jr2]; /m'w 'large groove' 'arro3'o'). The lower course of 
Guaje Arro}'o, from the confluence of Alamo Canyon [16:100] to 
the mouth [16:127], is called thus very regularly by the San Ilde- 
fonso Indians. Thej' think of the conspicuous hill or mountain 
[16:42] and of this wide arroyo together and call them both by 
the name ' Oimx-. See [16:42], [16:53], [16:127]. 

[16:127] San Ildefonso ' Omuhuq'Wog.e 'delta of [16:126]' {'Omahuu, 
see [16:126]; fjwog_e 'delta' 'down where it cuts through' <fjuio 
'to cut through', g_e 'down at' 'over at'). 

The mouth of the great Guaje is a wide dry gulch just west of 
the railroad bridge. See [16:126]. 

[16:128] San Ildefonso Totsetikwqje 'quail height' (totif^i 'quail'; 
hicaje 'height'). 

This is a large mesa-like height southwest of [16:42] and on the 
south of Guaje Arroyo. The Santa Clara Indians call ([uail totx 
instead of iotseii. 

[16:129] San Ildefonso Beta\'we ' place that fruit is dried' {be 'roundish 
fruit', as apples, peaches, pears, etc.; ia 'to dry' 'dryness' 'dry'; 
^iwe locative). 

This nearly level place on the western bank of the river was 
foi-merly used by Indians for drying fruit, so it is said. The 
name ls probably of recent origin. 

[16:130] Buckm'au Mesa, see [20:5] 

[16:131] (1) San Ildefonso Porpnawifimpscyge 'beyond the reservoir 
gap mountains', referring to [16:132] {PoqwawPi, see [16:132]; 
piyj" 'mountain'; pspy^e 'beyond'). Also called mereh* Pim- 
pserj(je 'beyond the mountains'. Cf. [16:44] and [16:45]. 

(2) Grande Valley, Valle Grande. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Valle Grande 'large valley'. =Eng. (2). 

This is the largest of the high grass-grown meadow- valleys 
west of the Jemez Range. Cf. [16:44] and [16:45]. 
[16:132] San Ildefonso Poqwawii ' water reservoir gap' {poqwa ' water 
reservoir' 'water tank' < fo ' water', qina indicating state of being 
a receptacle; wl"! "gap'). 



HAHRi.NGTox] PLACE-NAMES O77 

The name is said to refer to a {rap or pass in the range itself. 
Why the name was given is not known; the informants say that 
there may be an old water reservoir there or that the pass may 
resemble a reservoir in some way. The canyon [16:133] begins at 
this pass, from which it takes its name. Cf" also [16:131]. " 

[16:13.3] San Ildefonso Poqwaw&i'i 'water reservoir gup canyon', 
referring to [16:132] {PoqwawP!, see [16:13l^]; fsPl 'canyon'). 

[16:134] San Ildefonso lCy,}i>buhmj<) 'wolf corner height', referring 
to [16:135] {E'iLJohiu, see [16:13.5]; hvajh 'height'). 

[16:13.5] San Ildefonso K'yjohu'ii 'wolf corner' {?i'u/o 'wolf; bn'u 
'large low roundish place'). 
This name refers to a very large and \V(>1I known low plac<>. 

[16:136] San Ildefonso TsUeg.e'inisvi, see [17:3u|. 

[16:137] San Ildefonso <?;F/«fcTOe' round-cactus point hill" (.v.-e 'round- 
cactus' of various species, among others Opuntia conianchica and 
Opuntia polyacantha; fuhi 'horizontally^ projecting point or cor- 
ner'; IvMv'hiir 'knob'). Three informants gave this form of 
the name independently; one gave the first syllable as f;p, 
'grouse'. 

This is a small roundish topped hill south of [16:13.5] and on the 
southern side also of [16:136]. 

[16:138] San Ildefonso T'qnt'akwajeyjflvuii, see [17:10]. 

[16:.139] San Ildefonso Pcwy^e'ii/yAw'w, see [17:17]. 

[16:140] San Ildefonso KedawUm'u, see [17:19]. 

[16:141] San Ildefonso J^ivqwihiiu, sec [17:'25]. 

[16:142] San Ildefonso 'Aiebe/iti'u, see [17:29]. 

[16:143] San Ildefonso Besu'iyfhuu, see [17:37]. 

[16:144] San Ildefonso TS/.Wtw'K, .see [17:34]. 

[16:145] San Ildefonso Tsikwaje, see [20:45]. 

[16:146] San Ildefonso Ka'bajue'irjfhiJu, see [17:42]. 

[16:147] San Ildefonso Po.upopq'^iiri, see [17:58]. 

[16:148] Frijoles Canyon, see [28:6]. 



San Ildefonso K'lijepiuj' 'fetisli mountain' (//«>' -fetish' 'slirine': 
piv.f 'mountain'). 

This mountain is said to be somewhere west of (hiaje Creek 
[16:53]. 
San IkMonsoF'ahewPl ' fire gulch gap ' (p'a 'Hre'; //.--small groove 
'arroyito' 'gulch'; vPl 'gap'). 

This gap is said to be in the vicinity of the upper P' n /ieii;7, »' u 
[16:25] and gives the name to the latter. 



278 ETIINOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. a.n-n. 29 

Span. Rincon del Pueblo ' pueblo corner'. 

Half a mile to the south [of [16:105]] the huge mesa which is terminated by Rincon 
del Pueblo bounds the valley with a high unbroken line.' 

Of two San Ildefonso Indians one had heard this name, the 
other had not. Neither knew where the place is. 

San Ildefonso Tdba^j^wak's^to'iwe ' place where the clitl'-dwelling is sunk 
underground {toiatjwa 'cliff-dwelling' < h/ia 'cliff', ywa indicat- 
ing state of being a receptacle; I'xto 'to sink under' 'to be im- 
mersed', said for instance of one sinking into quicksand < Itss. 
unexplained, ti> 'to be in'; ^ivoe locative). This name was ob- 
tained from a single San Ildefonso informant, who could locate 
the place no more detinitel}^ than to say that it is somewhere in 
the I'ajarito Plateau west of San Ildefonso. He had never seen 
the place. 

[17] SAN ILDEFONSO SOUTHWEST SHEET 

This sheet (map 17) shows a large area in the Pajarito Plateau south- 
west of the San Ildefonso Pueblo. The country is of the same charac- 
ter as that shown on sheet [16]. This sheet [17] contains 7^y//y gf Pueblo 
ruin [17:34], after which Doctor Hewett named the Pajarito Plateau; 
see [17:34], and the introduction to sheet [16]. The area represented 
on the slicet proper is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians, and most 
of the names of places are known to them only. The southern boun- 
dary of the sheet proper is approximately the boiuidary between the 
country claimed by the San Ildefonso people as the home of their 
ancestors and that claimed by the Cocliiti as the home of their ancestors. 
The part of the area near the Kio Grande is often included under the 
name puiiutfxrj(le 'beyond Buckman Mesa [20:5]'; see introduction 
to 1 20]. 

[17:1] San Ildefonso fliso'o, see [16:63]. 

[17:2] San Ildefonso Tehu\i, see [16:100]. 

[17:3] San Ildefonso ' t'ma/m't*, see [16:126]. 

[17:4] San Ildefonso SseJcewikwaje, see [16:111]. 

[17:5] San Ildefonso Sij„iliuj>n,iuge, see [16:107]. 

[17:6] San Ildefonso Su/nl.n)i„J,ivqje, see [16:108]. 

[17:7] San Ildefonso Totxbilwaje, see [16:12s]. 

[17:8] San Ildefonso JBeiaUwe, see [16:129]. 

[17:9] San Ildefonso T'qnfakwaje 'sun dwelling-place height' {fayy 

'sun'; t'a 'to live' 'to dwell'; Iwaje height). The name refers 

to a mesa. Cf. [17:10]. 
[17:10] San Ildefonso. T'qnt' akwaje'iijj'hu'a 'sun dwelling-place 

height ari'oyo', referring to [17:9] {T'qnt'akwaje, see [17:9]; '^'' 

locative and adjective-forming postfix; hohi 'large groove' 

'arroyo'). 

'Hewett, Antiquities, p. 18, 1906. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 




ii 



HAiiRiXGTOX] PLACE XAAtES 279 

[17:11] San Iklefonso KetdbaqvKikwaje 'bc;ir cliff-dwelling height." re- 
ferring to [17:12] (/f^toSff(Z?m, see [17:12J; X-fwyt' 'height^"). The 
name refers to a roundish mesa, it is said. 

[17:12] San Iklefonso Kehiaqwa, Kddbaqioa hv,; 'bear clitf-dwelling' 
'bear cliff-dwelling place' {ke 'bear' of an3' species; iohco/ira 
'cliff-dwelling' <foia'r\iS,''jVM indicating state of being a re- 
ceptacle; 'iwe locative). The name evidently refers to a clilV- 
dwelling which was occupied by a bear. 

The cave-dwelling is said to be near the top of the mesa [17:1 1 ] 
to which it gives the name. 

[17:13] San Iklefonso /Sirhnvi/ni ii 'arroyo of the sharp round-cactus 
gap', referring to [IQ-.U'I] {Sxh'irP/, see [16:112]: huu 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo stfirts at [16:112] and flows into [17:14]. 

[l?:^] (1) San Ildefonso /Sa/i^/dM^Jf/////'*/ 'watermelon field arroyo' 
{sqn^ia <Span. sandia 'watermelon'; na^a 'field'; Iniu 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). This Tewa name is 
applied only to the upper pai-t of the arro3-o, the part l)elow the 
gap [17:15] being called Posufje'iijfhu'u; see [17:17]. The Eng. 
and Span, names, however, refer to the whole arroyo. 

(2) Eng. "Sandia Canj'on."'. (<Span.) = Span. ('3). Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Canada de las Sandias 'narrow mountain- valley of 
the watermelons.' =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1). 

Possibly the name Posy,gt' [17:17 ], now applied only to the lower 
course of the arroyo, was origiuallj" applied to the whole arroyo, 
and the names given above owe their origin to watermelon fields 
in its upper course. There are man}? clifl'-dwcllings in this arroyo. 
See [17:17]. 
[17:15] San Iklefonso JVaiawi:i 'pitfall gap' (miba 'pitfall'; wi'i 
'gap'). There is another iiatawi'i on the Pajarito Plateau; see 
[16:71]. For quoted forms of the name see [17:16], a pueblo 
ruin which is called after this gamepit gap. The pitfall is shown 
in plate 11. Hewett describes [17:15] as follows: 

On the narrow neck of mesa about 300 yards west of tlie pueblo [17:16], at 
the convergence of four trails, is a game-trap (nava) from which tlio villaiie 
[17:16] takes its name. This is one of a numlu^r of pitfalls which have In-fii 
discovered at points in this region where game trails converged. One of tlie 
best of tliese is that at Xavawi. It was so placed that game driven down the 
mesa from toward tlie mountains or up the trail from either of two side canyons 
could hardly fail to be entrapped. The trap ia an excavation in the rock whicli 
could have licen made only with great difliculty, a.s the cap of tufa is here 
quite liard. The pit is buttle-shaped, excei-t that the mouth is oldung. It ia 

I Hewett, General View, p. 6'JS, 1903. 



280 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS Ieth. ANN. 29 

15 feet deep and about 8 feet in diameter at the bottom. Tiie mouth of the pit 
is about six feet in length by four in breadth. The trap has been used in 
modern times by the Sau Ildefonso Indians.' 

[17:16] Sanlldeionao jyaiawi'orjwih'j I '■pitiiiWg&Y) pueblo ruin', refer- 
ring to the gap [17:15], which is just east of the ruin {jyaiawi'i, 
see [17:15]; ' qywileji 'pueblo ruin' <'qi]wi 'pueblo,' Ivji 'ruin'). 
'Navakwi'.^ "Navawi ('place of the bunting trap')"'^ "Na- 
vawi."'' 

The ruin is not mentioned by Bandolier. It is fully described 
b}^ Hewett.^ 

[17:17] San Ildefonso Pofiyf/ehv'v 'arroyo of the place where the 
water slides down' {Pos\ige, see under [17:unlocated]; Lii'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). The lower course of the arroyo [17:14], below 
the gap [17:16], is called by this name, although in Eng. and Span, 
the entire arroj'O is called by a single name. For SqndianahaJmhi, 
the name of the upper course of the arroyo, see [17:14]; for Posyrje, 
see under [17:unlocated], page 289. 

[17:18] San Ildefonso ''Awap'a^i''- 'cattail place' ('awaj/a a kind of 
broad-leaf cattail K'awa 'cattail', p'a 'large and flat', referring 
to the leaves). 

Some cattails grow at this place. It is said to bo the point of 
beginning of the Judawilut'u. There is a Mexican house at the 
place, but no Mexican name for it is known. See [17:19]. 

[17:19] San Ildefonso Kedawihu^u 'arroyo of the gap where the bear 
is or was desired', referring to KedawPi [17:unlocated]; Am'w 
' large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [17:20]. 

[17:20] San Ildefonso Iij[dawt7iu^i))7iwcig_> , 'mesa of the arroyo of the 
gap where the bear is or was desired' {Kedawihu'v, see [17:19]; 
'*"' locative and adjective-forming postfix; hvage 'mesa'). 

It appears that this name is given especially to the mesa north 
of the upper luxlawihu'u,' see [17:19]. 

[17:21] San Ildefonso J^tlntuheg.eiijhwaje 'height of the arroyitos of 
the earth flesh' {I^)lntuheg.e, see [17:22]; T' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; kwaje 'height'). 

[17:22] '6a.i\l\A.Qiouso IS AnttiheQ.eirjfhu-u 'arroyo of the arroyitos of 
the earth flesh', referring, it is said, to a kind of clay mixed with 
earth {miyf 'earth'; in 'flesh'; he'e 'small groove' 'arroyito'; g_e 
'down at' 'over at'; 'i'*' locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
hu^i ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

It is said that some brownish or reddish claj' is mixed with the 
earth at this place. Cf. [17:21]. 

' Hewett, Antiquities, pp. 22-23, 1906. < Hewett, CommuniiutcSs, p. 98, 1908. 

2 Hewett, General View. p. 598, 1905. » Antiquities, No. 14, 1906. 

' Hewett, Antiquities, p. 22, lOOiJ. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 281 

[17:2yj San Ildefonso jywqwPi 'wind g-ap' (ywd 'wind'; wPi 'gsip"). 

This wide and windy gap is believed to be correctly placed on 

the sheet. The names [17::^-l] and [17:25] are derived from it. 
[17:2i] San Ildefonso ^wnwikwaje, ]^w4wi~ke.ii 'wind gap height', re. 

ferring to [17:23]: kwaje 'height'; h.n 'height'). Erpeciallv 

the mesa between ^wdwPl [17:23] and the Kio (rrande is call.'d 

by this name. 
[17:25] San Ildefonso yirdwikuu 'wind gap arvoyo'. referriii!.' to 

[17:23] (,yHv »'/■■;. see |17:23]; /niu ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 
The Krdiniuhji'u [17:19] is the largest tributary of this arroyo. 
[17:215] Buckman wagon bridge, see [20:2(iJ. 
[17:27] Buckman settlement, see [20:19]. 
[17:28] San Ildefonso /I'V^-ffya-T' 'place of the twi.stcd corn-husks' 

{Vou-a 'skin' ' tegument', here referring to 'corn-husks'; ^'a: 

'to twist' 'to br-aid' 'to interlace'; '/"' locative and adjective- 

foi-ming postfix). 

Corn-husks were and are sometimes twisted and knotted into 

strange foi'msand thus prepared have some ceremonial use. At 

the ruins on the Pajarito Plateau a number of twisted corn-husks 

have been found. 

The locality is described as a nearlv level dell at the head of the 

'Abelehuu [17:29]. 
[17:29] (1) San Ildefonso ^A^tl>ehu'v, "'Aiebefsn 'arroyo of the little 

corner of the chokecherry' 'cam-on of the little corner of the 

chokecherry' ('Atehe'e, see under [17: unlocated], page 288; /lu'a 

' large groove ' ' arroyo '; tsPi ' canyon '). 

(2) Buey Canyon, Ox Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Sp^n. Canon del Buey ' ox canyon '. = Eng. (2). 

[17:30] (1) San Ildefonso TfiUegetsri^ ysvVfgf;/(M(< ' bird place canyon' 
'bird place arroyo', referring to [17:34] {TsUeg.e, .see [17:34]; 
fsti 'canyon"; hnhi 'large groove' 'arroyo'). The name 
TsUegeisvi is applied especially to the upper, Tsuegehu'u to the 
lower, course of the waterway. Cf. Cochiti (2), Eng. (3), 
Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti Wdftetlanfo 'bird canyon', probably translating 
the Span, name {lodftet 'bird'; l-hnfo 'canyon' <Span. cjinoii). 
Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3). Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. '-Pajarito Canyon'".' (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf, 
Tewa (1), Cochiti (2). 

(4) Span. Canon del Pajarito ' canyon of the little bird ', refer- 
ring to Pueblo del Pajarito [17:34]. =Eug. (3). Cf. Tewa (1), 
Cochiti (2). 

The arroyo begins at K'vjobuu [16:135]. At places in its 
upper course it is a deep and narrow canyon. The lower course 
seldom carries surface water. . "A limited supply of water can 



■Hewett, General View, p. 59S, 1905. 



282 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an.v. 29 

Still be obtained at almost any season at the spring in the arroyo 
a quarter of a mile away [from [17:34] ], and during wet seasons 
the Pajarito carries a little water past this point".' 
[17:31] (1) Sa,nJ\deiouso'AI,otjf/ieH)jkwag.e ' long plain mesa' ('aX'o?;,/ 
'plain'; he 'length' 'long'; T' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; hvag./' 'mesa'). Cf. Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Phillips Mesa, so called because a Mr. Phillips does 
dry-farming on this mesa, raising large crops of corn. 

(3) Span. Llano Largo ' long plain '. Cf. Tewa (1). 

This mesa is several miles in length. The ruins [17:32] and 
[17:5r)] are found here. 

[17:32] Nameless pueldo ruin. Doctor Hewett informs the writer 
that a large pueblo ruin lies on the mesa approximately where 
indicated. See [17:31]. 

[17:33] San Udetonso Mal/'/K/T' 'sawmill place ' (?h/7Z/h« 'machine' 
'sawmill' <Span. maquina 'machine'; 'f' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). 
This is one of the sites on which sawmills have been built. 

[17:34] (I) San Ildefonso Tsuege'ojjwil-eji 'pueblo ruin down at the 
bird' 'pueblo ruin of the bird place' {tsUe 'bird'; g.e 'down at' 
'over at'; ''qywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <.^or)un 'pueblo', kejl 'old' 
postpound). Several other Tewa place-names are compounded 
of a word denoting a species of animal, plus the locative ge; thus 
FToge 'woodpecker place' [9:43], 1'erug.e 'place of a species of 
kangai'oo rats' [16:36], etc. Some other place-names are animal 
names with 'Iwe postfixed; thus De'-iwe 'coyote place' [1:30]. 
Why such animal names are given to places it has not been pos- 
sible to learn; it is believed that clan names have nothing to do 
with them. Bandelier ^ says of Tsi.iig^c: " It is also called ' Pajaro 
Pinto,' from a large stone, a natural concretion, found there, 
slightly resembling the shape of a bird." A large number of San 
Ildefonso Indians have been questioned about this bird- shaped 
rock, but none has been found who knows of the existence of 
such. Several Indians ventured to doubt this explanation of the 
name, and said that it is the Tewa custom to name places after 
animals and that that is all they know about it. "Tziregc."^ 
"Tzi-re-ge."* "(Tewa; Tchire, bird; ge, house =house of the 
bird people: Spanish Pajarito, a little bird.) Tchirege."'' "Tshi- 
rege (Tewa, 'a bird;' Spanish pajarito, 'small bird').''" "Tchi- 
rege.""' Cf. Cochiti (2), Span. (3). 

> Hewett, Antiquities, p. 25, 1906. 

2 Final Report, pt. n, p. 79, note, 1892. 

' Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 381, 1890. 

< Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pji. 1(1, TS, 79, 1892. 

' Hewett, General View, p. 598, 1905. 

« Hewett, Antiquities, p. 23, 1906. 

' Hewett, Communautes, pp. 45, 85, 86, and table des niatitres, 1908. 



HAESiXGTox] PLACE-NAMES 283 

(2) Cocliiti Wdffethaaft.hifihna 'old village of the hii-.r 
{wdftet 'bird'; luCaJtdn -viliHue' 'pueblo'; f6)„a 'old'). Cf. 
Tewa (1) .Span. (o). 

(3) Span. Pueblo del I'ajaro, Pueblo del Pajarito 'bird jmeblo' 
'little bird pueblo." Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (2). "Pueblo «.f the 
Bird"' (evidently translating the Span. name). "Pajarito."' 
Bandelier gives "Pajaro Pinto" ['piebald bird"J^ as the name of 
the pueblo, but none of the Tewa informants are familiar with 
the name with "pinto" added. ;Mr. J. S. Candelario of Santa Fe 
informs the writer that he has hoard the name Pajarito Pinto 
applied by Mexicans to a ruin somewhere near Sandia Puelilo 
[29:100]. 

T)<Ueg.e was first described by P>audelier.' It is fully described 
by Hewett, who saj-s in part: 

Tshirege was the largest puelilo in the Pajarito district, and with tlie exten- 
sive cliff-village clustered about it, the largest aboriginal settlement, ancient or 
modern, in the Pueblo region of which the writer has personal knowledge, 
with the exception of Zuiii . . . Tshirege is said to have been the last of all 
the ■i-iUages of Pajarito Park to be abandoned. A limited supply of water can 
still be obtained at almost any season at the spring in the arroyo a quarter <.f a 
mile away, and during wet seasons the Pajarito [17::50] carries a little water 
past this point. ^ 

The San Ildefonso Indians state very definitely that their ances- 
tors and not the ancestors of the other Tewa villagers lived at 
TuJiQfi. No detailed tradition, however, was obtained from 
them. One Cochiti informant stated that TsUeg.e was formerly 
inhabited by Tewa. The Pajarito Plateau (see introduction to 
[16], page 260) was named by Hewett after TsUege; so also Pajarito 
Park. TxUege gave rise also to the names of [17:30], [17:3.">], 
[17:3(i], and [17:39]. 

[17:35] San Ildefonso T-<'.'eg.e'i7jffL'akwag.e 'bird place house nicsa', 
referring to [17:34] (TfiUeg.t', see [17:34]: 'Z"'' locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix; <ju-a indicating sti^te of being a receptacle 
or. house-like shape: kwag.e 'mesa'). This name is applied, it is 
said, to a large mesa shaped like a Pueblo house, situated just 
north of T^i^eae ruin [17:34]. Cf. [17:36]. 

[17:36] (1) Cochiti "Tziro Ka-u.ash".^ Bandelier says: "The Queres 
call it 'Tziro Ka-utish', of which the Spanish name is a literal 
translation". "Tziro Kauash".* Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Pajarito Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (3). Cf. Cochiti (1). 

(3) Span. Mesa del Pajarito 'little bird me.sa', doubtless refer- 
ring to [17:34]. =Eng. (2). Cf. Tewa (1). "Me.-,a del Paja- 



iBandeUer. Delight Makers, p. 37S.1S92. < Ibid., note. „,.,„„ 

= Hewett, General View, p. 598. 1905, =• Hewett. Antiqa.t.e.-, pp. •»-i^ 1906. 

3Bandelier, FinalReport, pt. ii,p. 79, note, 1S92, « BandeUer, op. cit., p. lofS. 



284 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii, ANN. 29 

rito''.^ So far as could be learned, the Tewa do not apply the 
term TxiJeg.e or Pajarito to anj- mesa other than [17:35]. The 
Cochiti name quoted above is just as likely a translation from the 
Span, name as vice versa. Bandelier- says: "The ]\Iesa del Paja- 
rito forms the northern rim of a deep fjorj^e called Rito de los 
Frijoles [28:6]". Hewett^ writes: 

Beginning about a mile and a half south of Twuikawi [16:114], the aspect of 
the country changes. From the Pajarito Canyon [17: :50] to Rito de los Frijoles 
[28:6], a distance of perhaps 10 miles, the high abrupt narrow tongue-like 
mesas protruding toward the river with broad timbered valleys between are 
replaced by one great table-land, the Mesa del Pajarito, which at first sight 
appears to be one continuous expanse only partially covered with pifion, ceilar, 
and juniper. It is, however, deeply cut at frequent intervals by narrow and 
absolutely impassable canyons. 

Cf. the names Pajarito Plateau and Pajarito Park; see intro- 
duction to [16], page 260. Perhaps [17:53] is the nearest Tewa 
equivalent to "Mesa del Pajarito" as the latter is applied by 
Bandelier. See also [17:65]. 

[17:37] San Ildefonso Basii'iwe 'chimney place' (besu 'chimney' 
apparently <be ' smallness and roundness' 'small and round', su 
' arrow ' ' .shaft ' ; Hwe locative). 

It is said that some American soldiers once built houses at 
this place, of which the chimnej^s are still standing. The arroyo 
[17:3S] is named after this place. 

[17:38] San Ildefonso Besu^/Qfhuu 'chimney place arroyo', referring 
to [16:37] {Benii'iwe, see [16:37]; '«''' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; Am'?^ 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[17:39] San Ildefonso Tsi'ig_e''al'qmpije''aliqr)f 'plain south of the bird 
place', referringto [V1:?A'\{TsUege, see [17:34]; ''al-omplje 'south' 
<\d'oi]f 'plain' 'down co\xntvy\ pi je 'toward'; ^ahqrjf 'plain'). 
This name is applied to the large low region between TsUege and 
the Rio Grande. 

[17:4(1] Rio Grande, Box Canyon of the Rio Grande, see special treat- 
ment [Large Features], pages 100-102. 

[17:41] San Ildefonso Tsihmje, see [20:45J. 

[17:42] (1) San Ildefonso Ju/iaju'ci>j_f/in''u 'colt arroyo' (kabajil 
'horse' <Span. caballo 'horse';. 'e diminutive; 'i'' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; hii^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. 
Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Colt Arroyo. (<Spau.) = Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Arroyo del Potrillo'colt arroyo'. =Eng. (2). Cf. 
Tewa (1). Whether the Tewa or the Span, name was first applied 
is hardly ascertainable, nor is it known why the name was applied. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 79, IBS, 1892. s Antiquities, p. 22, 1906, 

'Ihid., p. 79. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 2S5 

The name 'horse or colt canyou or arroyo' is frequently applied 
by Mexicans and Americans; cf. [28:.j2J. The name refers to a 
Ion? arroyo which flows into the river. 
[17:47] is an important tributarv. 

[17:43] Sanlldefouso 2LiUn<('r> 'sawmill place' {makina 'ma.'liine' 
'sawmill' <Span. maquina Mnacbine'; T' locative). 

A sawmill is situated at tliis place at tlie present time (11II2) 
Cf. [17:45]. 

ri7:44] Nameless pueblo ruin. The information is furnished l»y 
Doctor Hewett. 

[17:45] San Ildefonso lu/iaju'/'huijj/nm/e, KaiajiCehndjc 'colt arroyo 
height' 'coltheioht', referring evidently io\Vl-Ai\{KnUjw'I.>r,i, 
Kahaju'e, see [17:42]; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming posttix; 
Aw'm ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). The name is applied, it is said, 
only to the mesa on the south side of part of [17:43] ; on the north 
side of [17:42] are [17:41] and [17:39]. 

[17:46] San Ildefonso '^wy^wi'i' 'smooth gap' i^qn/x. 'smoothness' 
'smooth"; Wi 'gap'). This g-ap is really smooth; henceprobably 
the name. The gap connects [17:47] and [17:58]. Cf. [17:47]. 

[17:47] San Ildefonso Anfiewihuu 'smooth gap arroyo', referring to 
[17:46] i^Anf^wVi, see [17:46]; huu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
It is said that this arroyo flows into [17:42]. 'Anfxwi-i [17:46], 
from which it takes its name, is situated near its head. 

[17:48] San l\deionso B&ni'iwe'iyj'kuhi 'chimney place arroyo^ (binu 
'chimney,' apparently <be 'smallness and roundness' 'small and 
round', su 'arrow shaft'; \'we locative' 'i"' locative and adjective- 
foi-ming j^ostfix; ^luu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). The name is the 
same as [17:38]. Either a mistake has been made or there are two 
arroyos by this name. See [16:37], [16:38]. 

[17:49] San Ildefonso luvxbtd-waje 'height of the large roundish oak 
trees' (/.-wee 'oak'; bu 'largeness, and roundish form like a liail' 
'large and roundish like a ball'; hvaje 'height'). 

[17:50] Jemez ^Mountains, see special treatment, [Large Featurcs:Sj. 
page 105. 

[17:51] San Ildefonso Foqwatvitsi' i, see [16:133]. 

[17:52] San Ildefonso PotpvawifsikiKiJe 'water reservoir arroyo 
height", referring to [17:51] {Foqwawitii'i, see [17:51]; hnije 
'height"). 

[17:53] Sim IkMonso Xaidjlik' a r\ Kahijuk' a'ir)kwag.e ' hor.se fenced 
in place' 'horse fenced in mesa' (/ta Jay m 'horse' <.Span. caballo 
'horse"; X'a 'fence' 'corral"; '/'% 'iyf locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfixes ; hrag,e ' mesa "). This name is applied to a large and 
indefinite mesa area north of the upper course of the Kito de los 
Frijoles [28:6]. It is perhaps the nearest equivalent of " Mesii del 



286 ETHJ^OGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ans. 29 

Pajtirito" as the latter is applied by Bandelier. It is said that 
horses are confined in the area and that this fact explains the 
name. See [17:36]. Cf.[17:57]. 

[17:54] San Ildefonso Qwxmpifu'u ' red-tailed hawk point' {qwsempi 

'an unidentified species of red-tailed hawk' <(2wseijf 'tail', fi 

'redness' 'red'; fu^n 'horizontally projecting point or corner'). 

The point gives the name to the canyon [17:55]. There is at 

San Ildefonso a Qws^mp/' Clan. 

[17:55] San Ildefonso Qwsemplfiiae''in*st\' 'canyon down by red- 
tailed hawk point', referring to [17:5-1] {Qwsempifu''u, see[17:5-i]; 
ge 'down at' 'over at'; T' locative and adjective-forniino- post- 
fix; isPi 'canyon'). 

This is a deep canyon, on the northeast side of which [17:54] is 
situated. 

[17:56] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

Tins ruin has been approximately located through the kindness 
of Doctor Hewett. It is said to be at the upper end of the long 
mesa [17:31]. 

[17:57] San Ildefonso XabaJhFaT'po'iwe 'place of the water at the 
horse-fenced-in place', referring to [17:53] (KaiajuJi'a''i'', see 
[17:53]; po 'water'; 'iwe locative). The name refers to a spring 
at the very head of [17:58] proper. 

It is said that a sawmill was formerly situated about 100 yards 
north of this place. The locality is like a rolling valley, it is 
said. 

[17:58] (1) San Ildefonso Po^iepopa'^FsPi, literally 'fishweir water 
thread canyon', but the etymology is not clear {po-te 'tishweir'; 
po 'water'; j!>a'- 'thread' 'cord' not used in modern Tewa with 
the meaning 'stream', but perhaps used so in ancient Tewa; tsPi 
'canyon'). 

(2) Eng. Water Canyon. ' Water Canyon ' is a common name 
in the Southwest. Cf. Huntington: '"But there ain't no water in 
these mountains, except once in about 10 years in Water Can- 
yon".^ The reference is not to this Water Canyon. 

(3) Span. Cafion del Diezmo 'canyon of the tenth or the tithe'. 
Why this Span, name is applied is not explained. 

The names apply to a very long canyon, running from [17:57], 
it is said, to the Rio Grande. 
[17:59] San Wdeionso Mik/'iiaP^ 'sawmill place' {maJcina 'machine' 
'sawmill' <Span. maquina 'machine'; T' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). 

It is not ascertained on which side of the creek [17:58] the saw- 
mill formerly stood at this place. 

1 Huntington in Harper's Magazine, p. 294, Jan., 1912. 



HAiuuxGTON] PLACK-NAMES 287 

[17:60] San Iklefonso f.ibatchekiCu 'cliff cottonwood little cornor 
aiToyo' (Toiateb.''e, see under [17:unlocated], below; hnn 'liwfre 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[17:(3L] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

The ruin was located on the sheet t)y Doctor Ilewett. 

[17:62] (1) San lldefonso rw;*«6«AM'M 'bean-tield arroyo' (;!« 'l)ean'; 
7\ala 'field'; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo"). It is said that for- 
merly there were bean-iields in this canyon; hence the name. 
This and not [28:6] is the frijol or bean canyon of the Tewa. but 
is never thus designated in Span.; cf. the Span, name of the 
neighboring Rito de los Frijoles [28:6]. 

(2) Eng. Ancho Canyon. (<Si)an.). =Span. (:3). 

(3) Canada Ancha, Caiion Ancho 'broad mountain-valley' 
'broad canyon'. It is so called because of its breadth and large 
size. =Eng. (2). "Canada Ancha."'' "There are caves in the 
deep Canada Ancha." - 

[17:63] San lldefonso Siywiygeiijfhn^u 'arroyo down by the jilace 
where he or she stood and cried and wept' (Sajirirjqe, see under 
[17:unlocated]. below; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming ]>(),sttix; 
/lUK 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[17:64] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

This has been located on the sheet by Doctor Ilewett. 

[17:65] San lldefonso Top'op'awci'^ 'place of the pinon tree which 
has a hole thi'ough it', referring to a peculiar tree that stood and 
perhaps still stands in the locality (to 'piiion' 'Pinus edulis'; ^/o 
'hole'; J) awe 'pierced'; '/'* locative and adjective -forming 
posttix). This name is given to the mesa north of the Kito de los 
Frijoles, northwest of the pueblo ruin [28:12]. This is a part of 
the mesa region to which Bandelier applies the name ]\Iesa del 
Pajarito; see [17:36]. 

[17:66] (1) San lldefonso ToluCu 'arroyo of the chamiso hediondo' 
(}(> 'an unidentified species of plant which the ^Mexicans call cham- 
iso hediondo; Itu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. Eng. (3). 

(2) San lldefonso Suheweiyfhu^ii 'arroyo of a kind of thick 
cornmeal mush' (.SYcIviiv 'a kind of cornmeal mush thicker than 
atole'; 'i"' locative and adjective-formiug postfix; hu\i 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

(3) Eng. Bush Canyon. It is .so called by Doctor Hewctt and 
others, although this name appears never to have been published. 
Cf. Tewa (1). 

This is a short canyon between Ancho Canyon [17:<;2] and 
Frijoles Canyon [28:6]. See Kito del Bravo under [17:unlocated] 
below. 



1 Bandelier: Delight Makers, p. 381, 1890; Final Report, pi. ii, p. 79. 1892. 
nbid. 



288 ETHXOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (eth. ANN. 29 

[17:67] Frijoles Canyon, Rito de los Frijoles, sec [28:0]. 
[17:68] Sau Ildefonst) Puqw/'georjioikejl, see [28:12]. 
[17:69] San Ildefonso Pu<jwig.''''infs'g.epoJe)nug.>>, see [28:14]. 
[17:70] Nameless canyon, see [28:17]. 
[17:71] Alamo Canyon, see [28:20]. 

[17:72] Capulin Canyon, Cuesta Colorada Canyon, see [28:30]. 
[17:73] Cochiti Canyon, see [28:52]. 
[17:7-1] Quemado Canyon, see [28:66]. 



San Ildefonso ^Aiebe''e 'little coi-ner of the chokccherry ' ('aSf 'choke 
cherry' 'Prunus melauocarpa ' ; be^' 'small low roundish place'). 
This dell is said to be somewhere in the vicinity of the upper 
part of [17:29], to which it gives the name. 

Span. Rito del Bravo 'creek of the brave' 'creek of the non-Pueblo 
Indian'. 'Bravo' is often used l)y Span, speaking people of New 
Mexico to distinguish non-Pueblo from Pueblo Indians. But 
it is possible that the name is not Rito del Bravo, but Rito Bravo, 
'wild, turbulent river'; cf. Rio Bravo del Norte, an old Span, 
name of the Rio Grande. See non-Pueblo Indian, page 575, and 
Rio Grande [Large Features:3], pages 100-102. This name was 
not familiar to the Tewa informants. It is evidently the Span, 
name of some canyon not far north of Frijoles Canyon [28:6]. 

Hewett' mentions this stream at least three times in his Antiq- 
uities: "It [ruin No. IS] is not less than 800 feet above the waters 
of Rito del Bravo, which it overlooks'". "No. 19 . . . A small 
pueblo ruin in the beautiful wooded park just south of the Rito 
del Bravo and a mile north of Rito de los Frijoles"." "This site 
[of ruin No. 20] overlooks the deep gorge of the Bravo to the 
north, and south a few rods is another deep canyon". 

San Ildefonso Kedawi'l 'gap where the bear is or was desired' {ke 
'bear' of any species; (la a 'to wish' 'to want' 'to desire'; wiH 
'gap'). For the name cf. Nambe /*«(?«&«'« [22:4-1]. The circum- 
stances under which the name was originally given were not 
known to the informants. 

San Ildefonso ^Odo'ebu'u 'little ci'ow corner" ('odo 'crow'; V' diminu- 
tive; bii'u 'large low roundish place'). 

This corner is indeliuitely located as somewhere not verj- far 
north of Frijoles Canyon [28:6]. 

Span. Mesa Prieta 'dark mesa'. Bandelicr^ writes: 

The formation of black trap, lava, and basalt crosses to the west side of the 
Eio Grande a little below San Ildefonso, and extends from half a mile to a mile 
west. Hexagonal columns of basalt crop out near the Mesa Prieta. 

■ Antiquities, p. 25- 1906. ' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 148, 1892. 

>Ibid.,p. 26. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARnixiiTON] PLACE-NAMES 289 

This place is .seeniing-ly situated on cither [16] or more probably 
on [17]. See the unloeated pueblo ruins j;iven below. Two or 
three San Ildefonso Indians have been questioned, but they know 
of no mesa Ijy this name. 

San Ildefonso Posuge 'where tlie water slides down' {po 'water'; ,sy 
said to be the same as .sy in .sywyy *to slide'; g.e 'down at' 
'over at'). This name is said to be applied to a place in or near 
the lower course of Po.m'je'iijj'Jmu [17:17], from which the latter 
takes its name. See [17:17]. 

San Ildefonso Siywiijffij 'down where he or she stood and cried and 
wept' {siywiijj' 'to stand and ciy and weep' <si for s/'JPi 'to cry 
and weep', ijwir)f 'to stand'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). The rea- 
son why this name is applied is not known, nor can the place be 
delinitel}' located. See Shjwiijgeir) fhuhi, [17:63], which takes its 
name from Siywijjrje. 

San Ildefonso Sij,tsVidiwe 'place of the weed species' knowji as 
sutsi'iijy 'an unidentified species of weed which grows in 
marshy ground and is ground up and rubbed all over a person 
as a cure for fever' (<sy. 'to smell' intransitive, tsiiyy unex- 
plained; Wve locative): said to bo known in Span, as poleo. 

The name is applied to a locality on the west side of the Jemez 
Mountains opposite Kaiajul' a !'' [17:53]. 

San Ildefonso Totatehe\' 'little corner of the cliffs and cottonwood 
trees' {ioia 'cliff'; fe 'cottonwood' 'Populus wislizeni'; hr'i 
'small low roundish place'). 

The informant says that there ai:e cliffs at this place in one 
of which is a large cave, but he does not rememlier any cottonwood 
trees. The place can not be definitely located. See Tobatcht- 
hii'io [17:fi0], which takes its name from Tobuftiee. 

Pueblo ruins Nos. 17, 18, 19, and 20 of HewetVs A7ifkpiit{es (1906) lie 
in the area, but it has not been possible to locate them definitely. 

[18] I'.LACK MESA SHEET 

This sheet (map IS) shows the Black Mesa north of San Ildefonso 
Pueblo and some of the hill country about the Black Mesa. Besides 
the ruins of temporary structures on the mesa, only one pueblo ruin 
is represented on the sheet proper; this is [18:9], which is perhaps in- 
correctly placed. The entire region shown east of the Rio Grande is 
claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians and most of the place-names are 
known onh' to them. 

[18:1] San Ildefonso T'imfj(ipxj)(jed>p<>pvhoe 'where they go through 
the river beyond [18:19]' {T'y,nyjopse)jge, see [18:10]; di they 3 +; 

87584°— 29 eth— 1(5 19 



290 ETHXOOEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axx. 29 

po 'water' 'river'; j!)/ 'to issue' 'to pass'; 'iwe locative). This 
name is applied to the little-used wagon ford of the llio Grande 
slightly north of Hobart's ranch [18:11]. 

[IS:-1\ Santa Clara AV?>;yA?<'M, see [14:79]. 

[18:3] San Ildefonso Niimpihegi 'red earth with the many little 
gulches' {nqyf 'earth'; pi 'redness' 'red'; heg.i 'gulched' 
<hee 'little groove' 'gulch' 'arroyito', g/ as in many adjectives 
which denote shape). Cf. [23:69]. The name is applied to the 
first range of low reddish hills east of Black Mesa [18:19]. 

The range is more than a mile long. It is much eroded and 
cut by small gulches. On its highest point is the ancient altar or 
shrine [18:4]. A higher range of hills, east of ^Ya ?///'//*( y/ and run- 
ning parallel with it is Pljog.e [21:2]. 

[18:4] San Ildefonso NqmflhegihubcMi 'stone pile of the place of the 
red earth with the many little gulches', referring to [18:3] 
{NqTupihegi, see [18:3]; %uhoui 'pile of stones' 'altar or shrine 
consisting of a pile of stones' <^w 'stone', hcui 'large roundish 
object or pile'). 

This shrine is situated on the highest point of the whole 
Nq7}ipiheg.i Range. 

[18:5] San Ildefonso j'uiifse.li' qywvl 'gap where the mineral called 
fmifse, is dug' {funfsel'qyf-. see [18:6]: uu'l 'gap'). This name 
refers especialty to the vicinity of the pit [18:0] but more loosely 
to the whole gap between N(lmpiheg.i [18:3] and P//V/g<' [21:2]. 
See [18 :G]. 

[18:6] San Ildefonso fitnfse.l:'ondiv-e 'place where the mineral called 
funfx is dug' {funfse. a whitish mineral used in pottery making 
(see Minerals); ^'g^y 'to dig'; ^iwe locative). 

The pit follows the outcropping of the vein of the mineral. It 
extends 60 feet or more in length in an easterly and westerly 
direction. It is nowhere more than a few feet deep and a few 
feet broad. This is the place where San Ildefonso potter3'-makers 
usually obtain funfs^. A well-worn ancient trail leads to the 
place from San Ildefonso and a modern wagon road passes a short 
distance west of the pit. Cf. [18:5]. 

[18:7] San Ildefonso Tmi/Jode/iiihit 'stone on which the giant rubbed 
or scratched his penis' (tmtijo 'a kind of giant' <fsaH unex- 
plained, 7^ augmentative) ; de 'penis'; /<«'« 'to rub' 'to scratch'; 
Icn 'stone'). 

This is a trough-shaped stone about 7 paces long and 2 or 3 
feet broad. The child-eating giant who lived within Black Mesa 
[18:19] used to visit this rock. In former times San Ildefonso 
Indians were accustomed to come to this stone to pray. The San 
Ildefonso informants sav that the writer is the first non-Indian 



HARRixuToxl VLACE-N-AMES 



291 



to ^\honi thi.-; stone was showi, and oxplained. All knowledfrcof 
It IS kept from outsiders with scrupulous care. Cf. [18 rM. to 
which this stone g^ives the name. 

[18:8] San Ildefonso Tsa^Jj.d.huku'hj.fhu^v, nmjodrhnu 'arrovo of 
the stone on which the giant rubbed his penis' 'arrovo of the 
giant's penis' (TiY/feZ/r^rf,,/,,,^,/, nai^jode, see [18:7]: 'i"" locative 
and adjective-formino- postfix; hv'>/ 'large groove' 'arro.vo'). 

The arroyo begins near [18:7] and takes its name from the 
latter. The Mexicans are said to refer to it as Arroyo Seco 'dry 
arroyo' if they give it a name. The arrovo enters the Hio 
Grande just north of Hobart's ranch [18:11]; U is perhaps some- 
times included under the name T unfjdfmrjgehiv. see [18: in]. 

[18:9] San Ildefonso and Santa Clara Qwafng./qi)vnhj» '^mh\o rum 
of the red house-wail(s)' (//»v/ 'house-wall'; p! 'redness' 'red'; 
ge 'down at' 'over at'; 'qywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'o)ju-i 'pueblo'; 
A'eji 'old' postpound). 

Whapige (maison du clan du faucon a la queue rouge), reconnu par les Po- 
whoges [San Ildefonso Indians] comme la maison d'undeleurs clans, k I'^po-iue 
de Perage. Ce clan (Whapitowa) existe encore ^ San Ildefonso.' 

Hewett's informants confuse the first part of the name with 
qwcginpi 'red-tailed hawk.' Early in November, 1911. Mr. J. A. 
Jeanfon told the writer that Santa Clara Indians had informed 
him that the Tewa name of this pueblo ruin means "place of the 
lazy people." In a letter dated November 15. 1911. :Mr. Jeancc.n 
writes : 

I have had the Santa Clara jieople repeat the name a nuinher of times and 
to my untrained ear I get 'Wahpie, which they say means the "Place of the 
Painted Walls." I misunderstood about the meaning "Lazy People." It seems 
that the people of that place were very lazy, and that when people of other 
places were lazy they were told to go to '^Wahpie. This does not refer to the 
name, however. This information was corroborated by Ancieto (?) Suaso, 
Nestor Naranjo, Victor Naranjo, Pueblo (?) Vaca, Pablo Silva, and tieroniino 
Tafoya. All of these were questioned apart and without any intimation that 
anj' one else had been spoken to about the name. 

Doctor Ilewett kindly located the ruin on the sheet, l)ut it is 
doubtless placed too far south. Hewett de.scribes it.s location 
very indefinitely: 

A quelques milles au nord de Tuyo [18:19], i la base de coUines de sable, et 
vis-a-vis de Santa Clara [14:71], on voit I'emplacement de \Vhapige. ' 

Mr. J. M. Naranjo, an aged Santa Clara Indian, stated that there 
is a pueblo ruin at "La Mesilla [15:'2y] — thi.s wa.s Qwapl and the 
people were Tan u." It was not known to the writer's San Ildefonso 

1 Hewott. Comiminimt«.«, p. :i:!. I'.W^. 



292 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

infoniiaiits either that the people of Qwapig.e were T'anu (Tano) 
or that, as Hewett tsays in the quotation above,' they were the an- 
cestors of San Ildefonso people. 

[18:10] San Ildefonso Ty-nfjopseyge 'beyond [18:19]' {T'linfjo, see 
[18:19]; pseyqe 'beyond'). This name refers especialh' to the 
locality just north of Black Mesa [18:19], and more vaguely to 
all the region north of Black Mesa. The name Hobart is some- 
times applied much as T'y,7i,/Jopieij(/e is applied, but Hobart 
refers properly to [18:11] only, q. v. Cf. [18:1-1]. 

[18:11] Eng. Hobart's ranch, Hobart, so called because a Mr. E. F. 
Hobart, now of Santa Fe, owned the ranch for many }fears. The 
ranch is now owned by Mr. H. J. Johnson. Sometimes the name 
Hobart is used to designate more or less vaguely all the region 
between Black Mesa [18:19] and Mesilla [15:28] or to include 
Mesilla itself. 

[18:12] Rio Grande, see [Tjarge Features:3], pages 100-102. 

[18:13] Santa Clara Ppqnj'eRhu'i/, see [14:81]. 

[18:11] San Ildefonso T'%i7ifj('pxr)fieiijfhuhi 'arroyo beyond [18:19]' 
'arroyo of the region [18:10]' {T'y,nfjo, see [18:19]; pseyffe 
'beyond'; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix; A?i'w 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo runs from T'v,n,fjowi''i [18:21] to the Rio Grande. 
It passes south of Hobart's ranch [18:11], and is the first large 
arroyo north of Black IMesa [18:19]. To it is tributary the arroyo 
of the salt spring [18:10]. 

[18:15] San Ildefonso ^An_ffgpo, ^Anj'^po'iwe 'the salt water' 'at the 
saltwater' (^anfx 'salt' <'(] alkali, nfBg. unexplained, perhaps the 
same as in l*((w,/^ 'turquoise', etc. ; po 'water'; '/we locative). 

The salt spring is about 100 yards above the confluence of the 
little stream which comes from the spring, with the main bed of 
[18:16]. The bed of the little arroyo in which the spring is situ- 
ated is whitish with saline substance for some distance about the 
spring. It is said that this spring never goes dr}', but the little 
water it contains sinks into the sand at the spring or a few 
feet below according to season. It was at this place that the San 
Ildefonso Indians used to get salt many years ago, but now all 
the salt there has turned into peppery alkali Cqsx), it is said. The 
arroyo [18:1()] takes its name from this. See Salt, under ]MiN- 
ERALs; also [29:110] Cf. [13:35]. 

[18:16] San Ildefonso \\nf3epd%r)flvii!'u 'arroyo of the saltwater' 
referring to [18:15] {''Anj'sppo, see [18:15]; i'' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; /ni'n 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[18:17] Santa Clara Tant'ahu'u, see [14:82]. 

' Communautt^'S, p. 33, 190S. 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT PLATE 12 



Ji^ 




ii 


iL« 


*" *"" "m^^^^^^ 




inJi 














■-"^ 


■ -'_^- 




— _ 


— "i 


^^e^- 






1 


rj?.--: " 






-- '■ ""^ 


, -X^ ; -'» 


«S^->t^6jfe' *v 




-*• 



,1. BLACK MESA OF SAN ILDEFONSO. FROM THE RIO GRANDE, LOOKING NORTH 




JJ. VIEVv' FROM TOP OF THE BLACK MESA OF SAN ILDEFONSO, LOOKING 
SOUTHWEST 




HAKRi.Nr.Toxj PLACE-.VAMES 293 

[18:ls] Santa Clara Tv^ylsehPu, see |14:,s3]. 

[18:l!t] (1) Tunfjofnijf, iipparentl\- ' very slotted mountain' 'vcrv 
piebald mountain' {t'unfjo, apparently identical with the aiKr„,on- 
tativeform of fuyf 'spottedness' < 'fyyj' 'spottedness\ yV. au.r- 
mentative; jnijf 'mountain'). No etvraolojrv for the name usu- 
ally exists in the minds of the Indian users. T\ujfjo 'very 
spotted' 'piebald' is in common use in the language and sounds 
exactly like the name of tlie mesa. Tuyf ' spottedness ' ' spotted', 
without the augmentative ,/V,, appears in fat'yijfie, the old Tewa 
name for Tesuque; see [26:8]. The northern cliffs of Black 
Mesa, especially about the cave [18:21], are marked with large 
greenish spots, and if Tim f jo really meant originally 'very 
spotted' this feature may have given rise to the name. Many 
surrounding features are named from T'unfjo. "Tu-yo"!' 
" Tuyo." ^ The Tewa name of Terecita Martinez, a young woman 
of San Ildefonso, is Tun f jo 'weave basket' {hu]f 'basket'; jo 'to 
weave'), which merely happens to sound like the name of the 
Black ilesa. 

(2) Eng. Bhick Mesa. Black Mesa of San Ildefonso, Black :\Iesa 
near San Ildefonso (pi. 12, .4). Cf. [13:1] Ko Span, name of 
similar meaning appears to be applied to this mesa. The mesa 
is composed of blackish basalt and is near San Ildefonso Pueblo; 
hence these names. "Black Mesa''.^* "The Black .Mesa of San 
Ildefonso".* " Black Mesa of San Ildefonso"."' 

(3) Eng. "Sacred Fire Mountain"." It is so called because of 
the altar [18:23] on its top. 

(4) Eng. :Mesita, Mesilla. (< Span.). =Span. (9). 

(5) Eng. Orphan Mountain. (<Span.). = Span. (10). Tiiis 
name is much used by Americans who live in the Tewa 
countr}'. 

(C.) Eng. San Ildefonso Mesa, ]\Iesa of San Ildefonso. .*^iin 
Ildefonso is sometimes coupled with the other names applied in 
Eng. and Span, to the mesa. =Span. (11). 

(7) Eng. Beach Mesa, Beach Mountain. Doctor Hewett some- 
times calls it thus because its top is strewn with pebbles a> if >t 
had once been a beach. 

(S) Eng. Round Mesa, Round Mountain. ]\lr. John Stafford 
of Espauola regularly calls tiie mesa thus. The name is given 
because of its apparent roundish shape, although in reality the 
mesa is squarish rather than roundish, as shown on the sheet. 

iBandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 81, 82, 1892. 

'Hewett: Comraunautes, pp. 32, S). 1908; in Out West, xxxi, p. 701, 1909. 

3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 173; Hewett: Communaut^s, p. 32, 1908: in Out West. op. dt. 

^Bandelier, op. cit., p. 81. 

'Ibid., p. 64. 

6 Hewett, in Out West, op. cit. 



294 ETH^rOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. Ann. 29 

(9) Span. Mesita, Mesilla 'little tableland' 'little mesa'. 
= Eng-. (4). Cf. the names of the settlement MesiUa [15:28] and 
of the Mesilla on the west side of the Rio Grande somewhere 
opposite the latter [14:unlocated], which take their names from 
[18:19]. 

(10) Span. Huerfano 'the orphan', so called because the mesa 
is so isolated. =Enfj. (5). This is perhaps the commonest Span, 
name of the mesa. 

(11) Span. Mesa, Mesita 6 Mesilla de San Ildef onso. = Eng. ((i). 
The Black Mesa is the most conspicuous geographical feature 

in the Tewa valley country. It looms like a great black fort, 
aliout midway between San Ildefonso and Santa Clara Pueblos. 

Of the geology of the Black Mesa Hewett writes: " Here is an 
example of the geologically recent basaltic extrusions which char- 
acterize the Rio Grande Valley from this point south through 
White Rock Cafion".' The entire mesa is of blackish basalt; see 
the discussion of its history, below. The cave [18:'2l] was 
deepened in the hope of finding mineral deposits, but up to the 
present time no mineral of conmiercial value has been discovered 
at the mesa; see [18:21]. 

The Tewa say that the mesa has been used as a place of refuge 
and defense in time of war since the earliest period. The clitis 
are scalable in four places only: [18:-'T], [18:28], [18:29], and 
[18:25]. At one of these places [18:29] are remains of an ancient 
wall. In historic times the San Ildefonso Tewa were besieged on 
the top of this mesa by the Spaniards at the close of the Indian 
revolt of 1680. 

It was on this cliff [18:19] tliat the Tehuas [Tewa] held out so long in 1694 
against Diego de Vargas. No documentary proof of this is needed. Varga.s 
made four expeditions against the mesa, three of which proved unsuccessful. 
The first was on the 2Sth of January, 1694, and as the Tehuas made proposals 
of surrender, Vargas returned to Santa Fe without making an attack upon 
them. But as the Indians soon after resumed hostilities, he invested the mesa 
from the 27th of Felsruary to the 19th of March, making an effectual assault on 
the 4th of March. A third attempt was made on the 30th of June, without 
results; and finally, on the 4th of September, after a siege of five days, the 
Tehuas surrendered. Previously they had made several desperate descents 
from the rock, and experienced some loss in men and in supplies. The mesa 
is so steep that there was hardly any possibility of a successful assault. The 
ruins [18:24] on its summit [18:19] are those of the temporary abodes con- 
structed at that time by the Indians.^ 

The San Ildefonso Indians preserve traditions of this siege. 
Brave Indians used to descend everj' night through the gap 
[18:27] and get water from the river for the besieged people to 

' Hewett in Out West, xxxi, p. 701, 1909. ^Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 82, and note, 1892. 



HARUIN-GTOX] PLACE-NAMES 295 

drink. The Spauiard.s were afraid to fome near enoujrli to he 
within range of rocks and arrows. The stone wall [18:i'9] and 
the ruined houses [18:-J4J prohably date from the siege of Vargas, 
but still older remains of walls and houses may bc'discoverahle 
on the mesa. 

Black Mesa has much to do witii the mythology and religion of 
the Tewa. A giant (Tewa tsaiijo) formerly lived with Ids wife 
and daughter within the mesa. They entered through the eave 
[18:21] and their oven was [18:8(iJ. The giant was so large that 
he reached San Ildefonso village in four steps. He made daily 
trips thither in order to catch children, which he took home and 
he and his family ate. He used to drink from the Rio Grande 
See also [18:7]. At last the giant and his family were killed by 
the War Gods (Tewa frnva,' 'little people"). The giant's heart 
is a white stone situated on top of the mesa at [18:22], which 
pro))ably is mythic, as are so many other things both in the Tewa 
■world and in our own. Cf. [19:ll.s]. 

It is said that Black Mesa is one of the four places which for- 
merly belched forth fire and smoke. The others were fummni- 
kipoiwe [19:116], UJg_uheu\' [20:8], and fomapyjf [29:3], accord- 
ing to San Ildefonso tradition. 

The altar [18:1?.] on top of the mesa is still perfectly pre- 
served, and remains of offerings are to be found by it, showing 
that it is still used. It is said that dances were once performed 
on certain occasions on top of the mesa. 

From the top of Black 'Mesa one may ^iew the whole Tewa 
country (see pi. 12, B). It is a strange place, full of historical and 
mythical interest, and no visitor at San Ildefonso Pueblo should 
fail to take a trip to the top of the mesa in company with an 
Indian informant. 

Mr. A. Renahan, of Santa Fe, has published a book of verse 
entitled "Songs of the Black ilesa ''. AVhether the title refers 
to [18:19] is not known to the writer. 
[18:20] San Ildefonso T'y,nfiovxd!''Ao^(iovi\\\\i<.oi\\S:U*Y{Ty.nfjo, 
see [18:19]; waki "slope' 'talus'). This name refers to the talus 
slopes at the foot of the cliti's of [18:l!i|. The cliffs themselves 
are called T'un-fjoioia ( hU ' cliff '). See [18:10]. 
[18:21] San Ildefonso T'v,n,fjop'o, T'y,nfjo]joH'' 'hole of [18:l'.i]' 
'place of the hole of [18:19]' {Tun f jo, see [18:19]; p',, 'hole'; 
'/''■ locative and adjective-forming postfix). Note that the p'<> 
' hole' is used and not any of the words meaning ' cavity ' or • cave". 
Po suggests 7/ wi* 'door' and appears to be used because the cave 
is thought of as an opening leading into the hollow interior of 
the mesa. 



296 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

According to information obtained from Tewa, Mexicans, and 
Americans, a natural cave has always existed at this place. This 
cave was deepened about 25 years ago by a party of miners from 
the Middle West, under extraordinary conditions, according to 
information obtained from Mr. E. F. Hobart, of Santa Fe. A 
woman who resided in an Illinois town saw in a trance the Black 
Mesa, and mineral deposits at its center. She had never been in 
the West, but she saw it just as it is. Organizing a party consist- 
ing of four men and herself, a start was made at once for San 
lldefonso, under guidance of the spiritual insight of the woman. 
They made a camp near Hobart's ranch, and under the woman's 
direction the men commenced digging and blasting, making the 
ancient cave deeper. No mineral of commercial value was dis- 
covered. After carrying the cave to its present dimensions the 
project was abandoned and the party returned to the East. 

The cave is at present 13 feet high at its mouth and 6 feet 
across. The mouth is at the top of the talus slope, perhaps about 
300 feet above the bed of the llio Grande. The floor is horizontal 
and the walls are quite uniform and smooth. The cave is 75 feet 
deep, and 50 feet from the mouth is a cavity with perpendicular 
sides, 12 feet deep. The portion of the cave near the mouth is 
clearlj' in its ancient condition, unaltered. There are traces of red 
lines still left on the roof, evidently the work of Indians. There 
are also concentric circle designs about 4 inches in diameter, and 
some incised and reddened lines. It is difficult to determine just 
where the old part of the cave ends and the recently excavated 
portion begins, but it is not far from the mouth. 

Owing to mythological ideas even the sophisticated Tewa of the 
present day do not like to venture near the hole. It was through 
this hole or door that the child-eating giant went in and out. 
From out this hole in very ancient times the mountain belched 
smoke and fire. See further concerning this under [18:19]. 
According to information obtained at Santa Clara Pueblo by 
an informant, at the time of the flood the Tewa people were 
rescued in caves at Abiquiu [3:36], ('himayo [22:18], and T unfjo. 

The only published reference to this cave that has been found 
is in Bandelier: 

On the steep side of the Tu-j'o there is a cave about which some fairy and 
goblin stories are related which may yet prove useful for ethnological and liis- 
toric purposes.' 

See [18:19]. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 82, 1892. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 297 

[18:22] (1) San Ildefonso Tmlitjolipiyf 'tlio friant's heart' {tmtijo 
'giant'; il possessive; piyf 'heart"). 

(2) San WAeionm Eufsx' :'' 'wliitc stoiio' {1-h 'stone'; to 'wliite- 
ness' 'white"; '»"'' locative and adjective-forniinir postfix.) 

These names are .said to refer to a white stone about a foot in 
diameter situated on the top of the mo.sa near the northern ed<je 
and slightly east of a point on the surface over the cave [18:21]. 
This stone is what remains of the giant's heart, it is said. 

An Indian told the writer that although he has been on top of 
the mesa many times and knows that tlie heart exists, he has never 
seen it. A careful .search along the northern edge of tlie mesa 
failed to reveal the giant's heart. See [18:19]. 
[18:23] San Ildefonso T^nfjol-wajek'ajeku 'holy stone on top of 
[18:iy]' {Ty,nfjo, see [18:19]; lewaje 'height' 'on top of; Vaje 
'holy object' 'fetish'; Icn. 'stone"). 

This is a roundish bowlder-altar on the western side of the top 
of Black Mesa. Hewett describes it as follows: 

Un sanctuaire sur le bord ouest du plateau serf, aujourd'hui pm-ore an culte des 
Indiens. C'est un cairn creux, conique, de sis piedsde liaut, fait de gros cail- 
loux, avec un creux pour le feu a sa base. II est connu sous le nom du mnrluaire 
dufeu. Iloccupe la place la mieux en evidence detoutelavalleedu Rio Grande.' 

Fresh jirayer-plumes and feathers have been found deposited 
at the altar. Because of this shrine Hewett has called the Black 
Mesa "Sacred Fire ^lountain"-. See [18:19], 
[18:2i] San Ildefonso T'ltiifjohvajetegwakejl ^oldhouscs on the top oi 
[18:9]' (7"y/?//o, see [18:19]; kwaje 'height' 'on top of '; teqwo- 
keji 'old house' <te(]wa 'house <;■(,'' dwelling place," jwa denoting 
state of being a receptacle; kcjl 'old" postpouud). 

Somewhat north and east of the center of the surface of the 
mesa the wails and rooms of former houses or shelters can be 
traced as low ridges and mounds. The Indians .say that the top 
of Black Mesa was never inhabited except temporarily in times 
of war. Bandelier is evidently correct when he writes: 

It was on this cliff [18:19] that the Tehuas [Tewa.'^] held out so long in 1694 
against Diego de Vai^as. The ruins on its summit are those of the temporary 
abodes constructed at that time by the Indians.^ 

See [18:19]. 
[18:25] At the place indicated one can climb up and down tlie cliff, 
but only with considerable difficulty. The cliff is high and steep, 
and there is no easy way up as there is at [18:27], [18:28], and 
[18:29]. 

1 Hewett. Commtmnuti^s pp. 32-33, 190S. » Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. »2. 1S92. 

2 Hewett in Oul West, xxxi, p. 701, 1909. 



298 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[18:26] The place indicated is the hi^liest part of tiie mesa-top. It is 
a -sort of a knoll on the otherwise iiat surface. There is no 
shrine or altar on its summit. 

[18:27] San Ildefonso Tsqinpijelcutsikifo'e 'little trail of the notch in 
the rock at the west side' {tsqmpije 'west' <tsqi]f- not fully ex- 
plained, jpye 'toward'; liu 'rock' 'stone'; tfiiki 'notch' 'notched'; 
po 'trail'; '? diminutive). This is the expression in current use. 
It is said that through this gap brave j'oung Tewa went down 
to the river to get water at night when the San Ildefonso people 
were besieged by Vargas on top of the mesa in 1094. It is at 
present difficult to get up or down through this cleft. See 
[18:19]. Cf. [18:28]. 

The cleft is called also KujMie'iwe 'where the rock is cleft' (ku 
'rock'; pate 'to split'; ^iwe locative), but this is merely a de- 
scriptive term. It can, of course, also he spoken of as a ivi'i, as 
[18:28] is usually referred to. 

[18:2s] San Ildefonso 'Akomp/JeiijivPi 'the south gap' {^(ik'qmplj>_> 
'south' <^akoyf 'plain' 'down country', ^>//e 'toward'; 'f* 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; vn^i 'gap'). 

It is through this gap in the clitf that access to the top of the 
mesa is usually gained. A well-worn ancient trail leads up the 
talus-slope and through the gap to the top of the mesa. See 
[18:19]. Cf. [18:27]. 

[18:29] San Ildefonso Tsahijdbipqnfe'i'We^intepdlceji 'old w^all bj' the 
giant's oven', referring to [18:30] {Tsatijo'bipqnte, see [18:30]; 
''iwe locative; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix; tejya 
'wall'; Iceji 'old' postpound). The name applies to the remains 
of a stone wall which may date from the time of de Vargas or 
earlier, or may have been built more recently for the purpose of 
fencing in stock. This was built across a place at which there is 
no clift' at all and at which ascent or descent would be easy if not 
barred in some way. See [18:19]. Cf. [18:30]. 

[18:30] San Ildefonso TsaHjdbipqute ' the giant's oven' {tsitHjo 'giant'; 
Si possessive; pqnte 'oven' <pqyf 'bread' <Span. pan 'bread', 
te 'dwelling-place' 'house', probably for an earlier hitwate, hinra 
being the native Tewa word for ' bread'). 

This dome-shaped detachment at the southeastern extremity of 
the mesa is nearly as high as the mesa itself. It is separated 
from the main mesa-top by a narrow and shallow gap [18:31]. 
Tewa tradition says that this was the giant's oven, in the inner- 
most recess of the mountain, at the extremity farthest from the 
opening [18:21]. Into this oven the cruel giant put the youthful 
War Gods, but they got out and, placing the giant's only daughter 



HARUixr.TON] PLACE-NAMES 299 

in the oven, thev hiirnod her up in their stead. See |18l!t| Cf 
[18:-2y], [18:31J. 

[18:31] San lldefonso Tsiit!j(ii!pqnteitfwii 'gap by the giant's oven' 
(Tmiijottjmite, see [18:3uJ; T' 'locative and adjeetive-forniing 
posttix; wi'i 'gap"). This name is applied to the narrow gap 
which separates [18:30] from the main mesa-top. See [18:3(i]. 

[18:32] San lldefonso T'lmyJowPi 'gap by [18:19]" (Tunyji), see 
[18:19]; ^v^i 'gap' 'pass'). 

The main wagon road connecting San lldefonso and Santa Cruz 
pas.ses through this gap or pass. The northern [18:14| and south- 
ern [18:32] T'ii,n.fjoliiciis both start at this pass. For a >iniilar 
pass cf. [20:9]. See [18:19]. 

[18:33] San lldefonso ^ Alqm pijeint' ynf johu u., ' Akqmpij,' int' \infji>- 
wilqhiiu, T'^.n-fjohul-qhiCu 'arroyo south of [18:19]' 'southern 
arroyo of [18:19] gap' 'arroyo at the foot of [18:1!']" {'nkqmpJJ,' 
'south' <'(dq)jj' 'plain' 'down country"; "i"' locative and adjec- 
tive-forming posttix; T'linyjo, see [18:19]; hu'u 'large groove' 
'arroyo'; wl'i 'gap", here referring to [18:32]; l-qJi'/'n 'arroyo 
with barrancas' <^g 'barranca', /luu 'large groove" 'arroyo*; 
?)w'm 'below' 'at the foot of"). 

This is the tirst large arroyo south of Black Mesa. 

[18:3-4] Santa Clara Kuwihii'ii, San lldefonso 'J^'^rtywi^a'ajii^y/;**"!/; 
see [14:ST]. 

[18:35] San lldefonso Pci'/pvj./, IWifiij/olu 'flower mountains" 
'flower mountain hills' {p'lhl 'flower'; piijf 'mountain": 'nix 
'hill"). Why this name is applied is not known. 

There are three of these little hills, one north and two south of 
[18:36]. Tlie hills give the name to [18:36], which in turn gives 
the name to [18:3T]. 

[18:36] San lldefonso PoUpitpv"', Poiqnij/ohHwn 'gap of the 
flower mountains' 'gap of the flower mountain hilLs', referring to 
[18:35] (PoVipVjf, Pnl)i>vj/i>l->i, see [18:35]; unl 'gap'). 

This gap is between the hills [18:3.>J. It gives the name to the 
arroyo [18:37]. 

[18:3T] San lldefonso PiMpwioihu'u, Polqnij/ohtwiht'H 'arroyo of 
the gap of the flower mountains' 'arroyo of the gap of the flower 
momitain hills", referring to [18:36] .{PMpir/wti, Poi\pw/"J^-"- 
wPi, see [18:36]; htiu 'large groove' 'arroyo"). 

This arroyo l)egins at the highest part of Nqmpiheg.! [18:3] 
and flows through the gap 118:36] whence it takes its name. 

[18:38] San lUt^ionso KunvJcu]^' qndiwe 'where the limestone is dug' 
(j:-an< 'limestone', literally 'stone ashes' <hi 'stone', «» 'ashes": 
leu 'stone' 'rock'; ]>:'qi)f 'to dig'; 'A/v locative). 



300 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS I etii. an.n, L>9 

Whitish stone, probably real limestone, is found at this place; 
at any rate, Mexicans and, imitating them, Indians, gather and 
burn this stone, making mortar or cement from it. The custom 
appears not to be a primitive Tewa one. See Kunulcu under 
Minerals. 

[18:39] San Ildefonso 'E'qvl'qhug_,'\,ku, 'E\'njfohi 'hills of the ar- 
royo of the child's footjirints" 'hills of the child's footprints' 
CEfirj/io/iuu, see [18:40]; g^- "down at' 'over at'; 'oka 'hill'). 
The name is probably taken from [18:-40]. It is applied i-ather 
indefinitely to a number of hills and hillocks, of which the three 
chief ones ai'e shown on the sheet. The arroyo of the same name 
extends north of the most southerly and largest of these hills. 
Cf. [18:40]. 

[18:4-0] San Ildefonso "'E^jyl-qhu^it 'child's footprint arroyo' ('e 'child' 
'offspring'; ''iyf 'foot' 'footprint'; hqhu'u 'arroyo with bar- 
rancas' <l'q 'barranca', }iu\i 'large groove' 'arroj'o'). AVhj'the 
name was originally applied is not known. The arroyo extends 
through the hills [18:3','], which are called by the same name. 

[18:41] Mrs. M. C. Stevenson's ranch, see [16:31]. 

[18:42] San Ildefonso Tahaluu, TahiPii, see [16:32]. 

[18:43] San Ildefonso Kqj>' ag,e1n(psei]Cjed!popr kve 'where they go 
through the river bej^ond [18:40]' {Kqp' agehuSi , see [18:4(>]; pse.rige 
'beyond'; ^i 'they 3+'; po 'water' 'river'; pi 'to issue' 'to 
pass'; ^iwe locative). This is a wagon ford, often used when 
[19:1 '2] is dangerous. 



[18 
[18 
[18 



44] San Ildefonso Tfa'hu'u, see [16:20]. 
45] San Ildefonso Pojiiywx^oku, see [19:5]. 
46] Pojoaque Creek, see [19:3]. 

[19] SAN ILDEFONSO SHEET 



The area is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians and is f idl of _ 
places known by name to them. One pueblo ruin [19:40] is included 
in the area of the sheet proper (map 19). 

[19:1] San Ildefonso Tfsthu'u, see [16:20]. 

[19:2] San Ildefonso ^Of<ihjCu 'corner there at the wrinkles' ('« 
'there'; si ' wrinkle' as in a tegument or surface; huu 'large low 
roundish place'). Why the name is applied is not known. This 
name is applied to the lowlands on both sides of Pojoaque Creek 
[19:3] at the confluence of the latter with the Kio Grande. 
There are several Mexican farms at the place where, among other 
crops, good melons are raised. Particular inquiry was made of 
the Mexicans; they have no special name for the place. 

[19:3] (1) Posij,i]wfeg.e'impohu''u 'creek of [21:29], {F(Mij,i)WtP,g_e, see 
[21:29]; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohuu 'creek 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] 



PLACE-NAMES 301 



ill which water flows' </w 'water', hu'U 'larcve groove" "arroyo"). 
= Eng-. (6), Span. (7). This name is applied especially to the part 
of the creek between Pojoaque [21:2lt] and the Rio Grande: Init 
it is applied also to the creek which runs past Nambe Pueblo[23:4J. 

(2) Jemez Fa /"^/pd 'creek of San Ildefonso [19:2'2]' {Pafu, 
see [19:22]; pa 'water' 'creek'). 

(3) yamlfiimpohu'H 'creek of [23:4]' {Nqmie, see [23:4]; '*'' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; pohu\i 'creek in which 
water llows' <po 'water', hn'u. 'large groove' 'arroyo'). =Eng. 
(S), Span. (9). This name is sometimes applied only to the creek 
which flows past Nambe Pueblo [23:4] and down only as far as 
Pojoaque [21:29]; but it is applied also to the whole creek from 
the mountains back of Nambe to the Rio Grande. 

(4) San Ildefonso Kopagehuu. 'broad bank place arroyo' {l-q 
'barranca'; p' a 'broadness' 'broad' 'largeness and flatness' 'large 
and flat'; g^ "down at' 'over at'; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This name applies properly to the lower part of Pojoaque Creek 
only, where it is a quarter of a mile or more wide; hence the 
name. Cf. KqpagPiijj' [11:6], a name of similar meaning applied 
by the San Juan people to a wide arroyo just north of their pueblo. 
For the application of the simple Koji'a^e. see [19:17]. 

(5) Nambe Po, Pohu'ii 'the water' 'the creek' (po 'water'; 
pohii'u 'creek in which water flows' <po 'water", Am'«. 'large 
groove' 'arroyo"). The Nambe people often refer to the creek 
merely b}' this simple designation; they mean the creek which 
flows past Nambe Pueblo [23:4] and less detinitely the creek from 
the mountains back of Nambe to the Rio Grande. The Nambe 
people regularly say pohege of going down to the river or the 
river bank which refers to the creek, while the same word used 
at San Ildefonso refers to the Rio Grande. See [23:1]. 

(t>) Eng. Pojoaque Creek. (<Span.). =Spau. (7), Tewa (1). 
Applied the same as Tewa (1). 

(7) Arroyo de Pojoaque, Rio de Pojoaque 'arroyo of [21:29]" 
'river of [21:29]'. =Tewa (1), Eng. ((i). Applied the same as 
Tewa (1). '"Rio de Pojuaque, called in its upper course Rio de 
Nambe"".' 

(S) Eng. Nambe Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (9), Tewa (3). 
Applied the same as Tewa (3). 

(9) Span. Arroyo de Nambe, Rio de Nambe 'arroyo of [23:4]' 
'river of [23:4]'. =Tewa (3). Eng. (8). Applied the same as 
Tewa (3). "Rio de Pojuaque".' 

The most important tributarv of Pojoaque Creek is Tesuque 
Creek [26:1]. . 

I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ll, p. 84, l»9i 



302 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. an.\. 29 

[19:4] Saa Ildefoiiso Pojwjws^'X of obscure etymology (po 'water'; 
jf?/??/ apparently 'to pierce'; wse'ee unexplained). 

The locality to which this name is applied includes a portion of 
the creek bed and some territory north of it. In the creek bed is 
a water hole frequented by live stock. North of the creek P^c- 
cuudo Sanchez of San Ildefonso has a shanty. There are some 
Cottonwood trees by the northern bank. The locality in this 
vicinity south of the creek is called Potsifuu; see [19:38J. 
P(ij\u]Wif'c^ gives the name to the hills [19:5]. 

[19:5J San Ildefonso Pojy.ywx'olu 'hills of [19:4]' {P'ijij,)jwse\r, see 
[19:4]; W« 'hill'). 

These little bare hills have ridges like devilfish arms stretching 
in many directions. 

[19:6] San Ildefonso Figfiitjy/m^u, see [16:;]4]. 

[19:7] San Ildefonso Peduge ojjwil'ej i , sec [16:3(>]. 

[19:8] San Ildefonso TxtihohuK, see [16:o."i]. 

[19:9] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pp. 100-102. 

[19:10] San Ildefonso P<tt.sq)jwsr.sejiii;p, see [16:37]. 

[19:11] San Ildefonso PatnvirasvutrrHyj'Jiu'u, see [16:38]. 

[19:12] San Ildefonso Dipopiiv^e, Poqwogedipopi'twe 'where they 
cross the river' ' where they cross the river hy San Ildefonso' ((/•/ 
'thej^ 3+'; po 'water' 'river'; pi 'to issue' 'to cross'; ^iwe 'loca- 
tive'; Po//wogf', see [19:22]). 

This is the chief ford in the vicinity and is more used than any 
other ford in the Tewa country, the bridges at Espanola and San 
Juan Pueblo making fording unnecessaiy at those places. At 
high water the river is 3 or 4 feet deep at this ford. The 
fords [18:1] and [18:43] are said to be slightly shallower, but not 
so conveniently situated. A Mexican family named Gonzales 
lives just west of the ford. 

[19:13] San Ildefonso Pofs/'gebn''u 'marshy place corner' {potsi 
'marsh' <po 'water', fsi 'to cut through'; g.t' 'down at' 'over 
at'; iiCit. 'large low roundish place'). This name is given to the 
low land on the eastern side of the river near the ford [19:12]. 

[19:14] San Ildefonso Pokege 'the bank of the river' (po 'water'; Ice 
'height' 'above'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). This name is applied 
to the bank of the river and the land near the river bank. The 
common expression meaning 'I am going to the river' is ;»)' 
'opokege \mix {ml 'I'; '(5 'there'; poJcege as explained above; 
'o 'I'; m^ 'to go'). Cf. [19:15]. 

[19:15] San Ildefonso Pokeg.eiag.e 'down at the slope by the river 
bank' {Poheg.c, see [19:14]; ta'a 'gentle slope; g.e 'down at' 
'over at'). This name is given to the level, gently sloping lands 
directly west of San Ildefonso Pueblo. Cf. [19:14]. 



HARRI.NUTON] PLACE-NAMES 303 

[19:16J San Ildefonso Tefuht'n 'oottonwood troo bend cornor' (/- 
'cottouwood' 'Populiis wislizoni'; fn'a 'horizontally projecting 
corner', here referrinj^ to a l)end of tiio river which is conceived 
of as a projection of the water of the river; huu 'large low 
roundish place'). 

The place is by the river bank, due west of |19;3-1J. 

[19:17] San Ildefonso Kojiage 'down by the broad arroyo', referring 
to the lower course of the h'oj>'ag.e'itj,f/iu'u [19:8]. This name is 
applied to the locality north of San Ildefonso Pueblo from as far 
south as the vicinity of the schoolhouse [19:18] to and including 
the arroyo [19:3]. See Ko]>'ag.i'ij)fhn'it [19:3), the connnonest 
San Ildefonso name for the lower part of I'ojoaque Creek. 

[19:18] San Ildefonso ' Ehwelateqwa 'the .schoolhouse" {'e/,"n\/a <Span. 
esquela 'school'; feqiua 'house' <fe 'dwelling place'. y».'« denot- 
ing state of being a receptacle).' 

This is the Government school, which the younger Indian chil- 
dren of San Ildefonso attend. There are a schoolhouse propel- and 
a living house for the teacher. The well contains better water 
than is generall}' to be obtained about San Ildefonso. 

[19:19] San Ildefonso Te>uig.ebu'u 'corner down below the cotton wood 
trees' (fe 'cottonwood' 'Populus wislizeni'; nii'i/ 'beneath"; g.' 
'down by' 'over by'; bu^u 'large low i-oundish place"). A large 
area northeast of San Ildefonso Pueblo is called b^- this name. 
There are at present no cottonwood trees at the place. 

[19:20] San Ildefonso Kqnuge 'down below the barranca or arroyo' 
[k'O 'barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'; nn'u 'below' 'beneath': 
g.e 'down at' 'over at"). This name refers to the locality of the 
old plum orchard, situated about midway between San Ild(>fonso 
Pueblo and the schoolhouse [19:18] and west of the main road 
leading northward from San Ildefonso. There is an irrigation 
ditch with large barrancas at the side of the locality toward San 
Ildefonso Pueblo; hence probably the name. The locality is used 
as a latrine. 

[19:21] San Ildefonso T,'j!l-imge of obscure etymology {teji unex- 
plained; ku\tge ' mesa' 'high level land"). This name is applied 
to the locality north of the northern estufa [19:23] of San Ilde- 
fonso Pueblo, that is, north of the middle of the northern house 
row. It consists partly of bare ground used as a dumi)ing phice 
for rubbish near the houserow, and partly of a cultivated tield 
which lies farther north. The infoi-mants say that it is an old 
name, of unknown etymology. 
[19:22] (1) A>y(TOge'o;;w-i' pueblo where the water cuts down through" 
'pueblo down by the delta' (po 'water'; <jwoge 'where it cuts 
down through' < <pro 'to cut through", ff.' 'down at ' 'over at ; 



304 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

^qywi ' pueblo'). A San Ildefonso person is called either re<>ularly 
Po<jwog.e'i'', 2+ plural Poqwogepj.f ('/'% 'irjj' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix) or irregularly Poqwode, 2+ plural Fotjwode {qivo-ie 
'to cut through little by little' < qwo 'to cut through', ^le 'little 
by little "). Just where it was that the water cut through or waslied 
out was long ago forgotten. Any stream of water from the Rio 
Grande running down to an irrigation ditch or gully may have 
done the work which gave the place its name. Qwoge and qwode 
ajipear in many Tewa place-names. Tlie name Po(jwog.(' was ap- 
plied both before and after the site was shifted to the north; see 
general discussion below. Cf. Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4), 
Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (S). '■O-jo-que''.' "Po-juo- 
ge'".^ '"P'Ro-juo-ge".^ "Po-juo-ge".^ "'Poo-joge".* '"Po'- 
kwoide".^ This form was obtained by Fewkes from the Hano; it 
is evidently Fewkes's spelling of PoqwoJ-e 'San Ildefonso people'. 
"Powhoge"." "Po-hua-gai".' The ffi is evidently intended to 
be pronounced as in French, "Powhoge (maison au confluent 
des eaux)".^ "0-jo-que".' It maybe that Bandelier's "0-po- 
que" and Twitchell's "0-jo-que" are copied from some Spanish 
.source unknown to the present writer. 

(2) Hano "Posowe".'" No such form is known to the Rio 
(jrande Tewa. Notice also the Hano form included under 
Tewa (1), above. Cf. Tewa (1), Taos (3), Isleta (4), Jemez (5), 
Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8). 

(3) Taos "Pahwa"lita"." "f'awha'hlita".'? Said to mean 
"where the river enters a canj'on". Cf. Tewa (1), llano (2), 
Isleta (4), Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8). 

(4) Isleta "P'ahwia'hliap".'- Cf. Tewa(l), Hano (2), Taos (3), 
Jemez (5), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8). 

(5) Jemez Fcifugii of obscure etymology {pa 'water'; fa 
unexplained; gri locative, akin to Tewa ge). San Ildefonso people 
are called FdfutscCdf {Pdfu, see above; fsa'df 'people'). Cf. 
Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4), Cochiti (7), Santa Ana (8). 
Cf. al.so Jemez (6). 

'Bandelier: In Ausland, p. 925, 1882; in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 210, 188S. 

' Bandelier: Final Report, pt. I, p. 124, 1890; pt. 11, p. 82, 1892. 

» Ibid., pt. I, p. 260. 

'Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 232, 1893. 

» Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Elhn., pt. i, p. 614, 1900. 

•Hewett: In American Anthropologist, n. s., vi, p. 630, 1904; Antiquities, p. 20, 1906. 

' Jouvenceau in Catholic Pimicer, i. No. 9, p. 12, 1906. 

'Hewett, Communaut(5,s, p. 32, 1908. 

9 Twitchell in S(i;i((i Ff New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910. 
■"Stephen in Eirihth Rrp. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 37, 1891. 
11 Bndd, Taos vocabulary, MS., Bur. Amer. Ethn. 
"Hodge field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1896 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 441, 1910). 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAREIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 305 

(6) ,1emezSahifoso. (<Span.). =Eng. (11). Span. (1^). This 
form is given iTecause the corruption is in couinion use, is stand- 
ardized. 

(7) Cochiti Pdk'weie of obscure etymology (no part of the word 
explainable; evidently borrowed long ago from Tanoan). Cf. 
Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4), Jemez (5), Santa Ana (8). 

(8) Santa Ana "Pakwiti".' The form is evidently identical 
with Cochiti (7). Cf. Tewa (1), Hano (2), Taos (3), Isleta (4), 
Jemez (5). 

(0) Oraibi Hopi Sostavanatewa 'first Tewa' {sostavana 'fii'st'; 
teira 'Tewa' <Tewa Tewa). San Ildefonso or its population is 
so called because it is the first Tewa village reached when going 
up the Rio Grande Valley. Cf. the Hopi names of other Tewa 
villages. 

(10) Navaho "Tse Tii Kinne";- said to mean '" houses between 
the rocks ''. 

(11) Eng. San Ildefonso. (<Span.). = Jemez (6), Span. (12). 

(12) Span. San Ildefonso ' Saint Ildefonsus.' = Jemez (6), Eng. 
(11). " Santllefonso''.^ " San Ilefonso".^ '' San Ildephonso".'^ 
"S. Ildefonso".*^ "S. Ildefonse".^ "San Jldefouso'".** "Ilde- 
fonso".' San Aldefonso'".'" "San Ildefonsia"." "San II de 
Conso".'- " San Yldefonso'"." San Ildefonzo "." "SantYlde- 
fonso ".'^ " San Yldefonzo "."^ 

(13) Span. (?) "Bove".^' This reminds one of the Tewa word 
u-oie ' high plain '. With the name San Ildefonso cf. Ildefonso 
[19:49]. 

The plaza of San Ildefonso (see diagram 1) was formerly (previ- 
ous to the uprising of 1696, according to Bandelier"*) just south of 
its present location, so that the row of houses south of the present 
plaza was then the row of houses north of 'the plaza. The place 

• Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn.. 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 441, 1310). 

= Curtis, American Indian, i, p. 13S, 1907. 

sOfiate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 116, 1871. 

< BenaTide.s, Memorial, p. 26, 1630. 

^ VUla-Seiior. Theatro Americano, ii, p. 413, 1748. 

6D".\nville, Map N. .\., Bolton's edition, 1752. 

^ Vaugondy. Map .A.merique. 1778 (French form). 

sWislizenus, Memoir, map, 1S48. 

9 Calhoun in Cal. Messages and Correspondence, p. 213, 1850. 
'"Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 140, 1860. 
n Simpson, ibid., 2d map. 

"Lane (1854) in Schoolcraft, Indian Tribes, v, p. 689, 1855. 
'3 Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, 1857. 
nBrevoort, New Mexico, p. 20, 1875, 

15 Bandelierin Arch. Inst. Papers, i, 1881 (correcting Onate, according to Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 441, 
1910). 
■sCurtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883. 
"Oiiate, op. cit.. p. 256. 
"Final Keport, pt. ll. p. 82, 1892. 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 20 



306 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

formerly occupied by the plaza is called Tadawe; see [19:26]. The 
south estuf a [19 -.24:] was in the center of the former plaza. The 
house rows surrounding the former plaza were two or three stories 
hig-h; most of those of the present pueblo are only one story 
high, while a few have two stories. According to San Ildefonso 
tradition, when the plaza occupied its former southern location 
San Ildefonso was a populous and prosperous village. It was big 
and several-storied. All went well until certain sorcerers advo- 
cated moving the pueblo to the north. All good people, including 
the Po'sentujo (Summer cacique), opposed this move, saying that 
people must always migi-ate to the south, villages must always be 
moved southward. It was arranged at last that the good people 
and the bad sorcerers should hold a gaming contest and that the 
pueblo should be moved according to the wish of the winners. 
What kind of game was played is no longer remembered. The 
bad sorcerers won the game by witchcraft, and according to their 
wish the pueblo was shifted northward. Since that time the San 
Ildefonso people have decreased in number, have had pestilence, 
famines, persecutions. This is because the pueblo was shifted 
in the wrong direction. Concerning this shifting Bandelier says: 

After the uprising of 1696, when the church was ruined by fire, the village 
was moved a short distance farther north, and the present church is located 
almost in front of the site of the older one, to the north of it.' 

In a footnote Bandelier adds concerning tiie destruction of the 
church : 

This occurred on the 4th of June, 1696. Two priests. Father Francisco Cor- 
bera and Father Antonio Moreno, were murdered by the Indian.s, who during 
the night closed all the openings of both church and convent and then set fire 
to the edifice. Several other Spaniards also perished. The facta are too well 
known to require reference to any of the numerous documents concerning the 
events. 

The plaza of the present San Ildefonso used to contain, within. 
the memory of an informant about -io years of age, seven large 
Cottonwood trees. Of these at present only one remains. 

Cf. especially [19:23], [19:24], [19:25], [19:26]. 
[19:23] San Ildefonso Pimpijete'e 'the north estuf a' (py/ip/'je 'north' 
<pivf 'mountain' 'up country', pije- 'toward'; te'e 'estuf a' 
'kiva'). 

This is a rectangular room, entirely above ground, a part of 
the north houserow of the village. Cf. [19:24]. 
[19:24] San Ildefonso '' AJcqmpijete'e 'south estufa' {'nl-qmpije 'south' 
<^akqyf 'plain' 'down countrv', pije 'toward'; te\ 'estufa' 
'kiva'). 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 82, 1892. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 307 

This is a circular room, entirely above ground. It formerly 
stood in tlie middle of the plaza of the pueblo, before the pueblo 
was shifted toward the north. Cf. [19:'23]. 
[19:i>5] SanllAeiomo Jflmte, Po<jivog.e,mm(e' the chmx-h' 'the church 
of [19:22]' {?msat>j 'church' Onim <Span. misa. Roman Catholic 
mass', te 'dwelling place', 'house'; Po'jw,>g.e, see[19:22j). Of the 
church at San Ildefonso Bandelier says: 

The church ... of San Ildefonso L- posterior to 1700.' After tlie ui.ri.«inK 
of 1696, when the church was ruined by fire, the village wa.-^ moved a sh.,rt 
distance farther north, and the present church is located almost in fn.nt of the 
site of the older one, to the north of it.- 

The present church faces southward. About the front of the 
church is the graveyard, few of the graves of which arc marked 
in any way. In interring a body bones of other bodies are usu- 
ally dug up. The San Ildefonso call the graveyard by the usual 
word: j>e?iiber ' little corner of the corpses' (yx;;*/ 'corp.se'; 6t-'e; 
'small low roundish place' 'corner"). 

Mr. Dionisio Ortega, of Santa Fe, infonuod the writer that sev- 
eral years ago at Ranchos [19:.5u] he ol)taiued some religious images 
which were said to have come from the old church of San Ilde- 
fonso, the one destroyed in 16i»6. That they came from the old 
church seems improbable. Indians have said that carved beams 
from the old church were in possession of some of the Indians a 
few years ago. The site of the old church, south of that of the 
present church, is known to many of the Indians. See [19:22J. 
[19:26] San Ildefonso Tadawe, Tadawebun. 'where it is curled up 
when it dries,' 'corner where it is curled up when it dries,' 
referring to mud (ta 'to drj'' 'dryness' 'dry'; dawe 'to be*urled 
up' 'to have risen up curlingly'). The name refers to the crack- 
ing and curling up of the surface layer of diying mud such as 
one often sees in Ne»v ^lexico and elsewhere and sees in drying 
puddles at this ver}- place. One .says commonly of this phe- 
nomenon nqpo nqta 'the mud is dry' {ndpo 'mud' <nii unex- 
])laiuecl, po 'water'; mj 'it'; ia 'to be dry"); nqpo nqtad'nre 'the 
mud is dry and curled up' (nqpo "mud' </iq unexplained, po 
•water'; «4 'it'; ia 'to dry' 'to be dry"; dmre 'to be curled up"). 

The name is applied to all the locality immediately south of the 
southern houserow of the pueblo about the southern estufa [19:24]. 
The place is entirely west of the main wagon road which leads 
south from San Ildefonso and extends indefinitely to the west to 
a point perhaps al)out south of the church [19:25]. A large cot- 
tonvvood a couple of hundred yards south of the .southern house- 
row marks the southern extremity of the locality. This locality 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 267, 1890. - Ibid, pt. ii. p. .S->. IWJ. 



308 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

was the former site of San Ildefonso. When at ths site the 
pueblo was only slightly north of a point due west of the shrine 
hill] 19:27]. See [19:22], [19:24]. 

[19:27] San Ildefonso ' Okutij,vwiejo 'the very high hill' {'ohu 'hill'; 
ty,ywcCJo 'great height' 'very high' <ty,rjwir, 'height' 'high', /o 
augmentative). 

This symmetrical higii round hill is the shrine hill of San 
Ildefonso. A well-worn trail leads from the southeast corner of 
the pueblo to the shrine [19:28] on the summit of the hill. See 
[19:28]. ., , , . 

[19:28] San Ildefonso ' Ol-utibijwse.jokeiveF ajekuhoui 'holy rock-pile on 
top of the very high hill' (^ Okuty^yivsejo, see [19:27]; Icev^e 'peak' 
'on the very top of a pointed thing'; 1,'aje 'fetish' 'holy thing' 
'holy'; kuboui 'pile or group of stones' <k>/ 'stone', boui 'large 
and roundish like a pile'). See [19:27]. 

[19:29] San Ildefonso 'OlmrPi 'the gap in the hills" (\)l-u 'hill'; wi'i 
'gap'). 

This refers to the gap between '' Okuty.yvjsejo [19:27] and ^ Oku- 
p'agi'iyf [19:33]. Out from the gap runs the arroj'o [19:30], 
which takes its name from the gap. Just east of the gap lies the 
claj-pit [19:31] which also takes its name from the gap. The lower 
part of the western side of the gap is used by the villa;,-ers as a 
latrine. At daybreak on the day of the l)utfalo dance (January 24) 
the dancers file down through this gap from the east. 

[19:30] San Ildefonso '' Okuiiypiyfhwu 'arroyoof the gap in the hills' 
referring to [19:29] (' OkuwPi, see [19:29]; ^iy./" locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix; Am'?/, 'large groove' 'arroyo'). See [19:29]. 

[19:31] San Ildefonso 'Okmvinqyk'ondiwe 'place at the gap in the 
hills where the earth or clay is dug' {^OkuivPi, sec [19:29]; nqy,/ 
'earth'; V qyf 'to dig'; ^hre locative). 

This deposit is the chief, indeed practically the only, source of the 
clay from which San Ildefonso women make their pottery. The 
clay is reddish, and both the red and the black ware of San Ilde- 
fonso are made from it. See Nqpi'i, under Minerals. 

[19:32] San Ildefonso "" Ohuhu^u, ^Okupxycje 'corner of the hills' 
' corner back of the hills' i^ohi. 'hill'; hiihi 'large low roundish 
place'; ^«7;^(? 'beyond'). This name applies to the dell or low 
place back of the hills inmiediately southeast of San Ildefonso. 

[19:33] San WAeionso'' OJcup'ag.rij)f 'the two broad flat hills' {\jI-u 
'hill'; J)'c9' ' V>roadness and flatness ' 'broad and flat'; 'iyy loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix). 

There are two of these hills which appear nearlv flat when 
compared with '' Oh(ty,yws^jo [19:27]. 



HAKKINOTox] PLACE- NAMES 309 

[19:34] San Ildefonso Supok'e 'where the arrow water starts' (su 
'arrow'; po 'water'; k't^ 'to start to move"). Why tliLs name, 
which seems peculiar even to the Indians, is applied, is not 
Ivnown. No water starts at the place. The name is given to tiie 
locality west of [19:3;!| and south of fl9:2G]. 

[19:35] San Ildefonso fj'uinaoku of obscure etymology {Quma unex- 
plained; 'oku ' hiir). A number of unanalyzable place-names end 
in ma. This name is applied to the long ridge, extending north 
and south, which has a horizontal streak [19::;t)l on its western side. 
It is much higher than the low chain of hills between it and the 
Rio Grande. There is no other hill as near San Ildefonso sus 
ffvma, which is nearly as high as 'ffitm.a. The northern end of 
Tj'inna rises immediately south of Taba'a [19:41]. See [19:36], 
[19:70], to which this place gives names. 

[19:36] San Ildefonso T/'innapi<jira,o\ Plqwa-ii 'the large red line of 
[19:3o]' 'the large red line' (ffuma, see [19:35]; p/' 'redness' 
'red'; qwadi 'large or broad line', contrasting Avith qwUi 'small 
or thin line"). 

This horizontal reddish line on the west side of Tfuina is very 
conspicuous. See [19 ::-!.!>]. 

[19:37] San Ildefonso Netofjonsditbiteqwa'iwe ' place by Nestor Gon- 
zales' house' {NetiXjonmlv < Span. Nestor Gonzales; ?>t possessive; 
tci/v'" "house' < te 'dwelling place', qwa denoting state of being 
a receptacle; 'iwe locative). 

Mr. Nestor Gonzales, a Mexican about 4u years of age, has 
lived here with his family for years. Mr. Gonzales speaks Tewa 
to some extent and is especially liked by the Indians. This desig- 
nation of the locality is much used. 

[19:38] San Ildefonso Pofxifuu 'muddy point' (potsi 'mud" < po 
'water', tsi 'to cut through" 'to ooze through'; /m'm 'horizon- 
tally projecting point or corner'). It is said that the marsh is 
called thus because it runs out in a point toward the east. This 
marsh is just south of [19:14] and entirely on the south side of 
the creek. There is a pool or spring almost in the middle of the 
marshy place: see [19:3i»]. 

[19:39] (1) San Ildefonso rotxlfupopi 'spring of the muddy point' 
referring to [19:38] {Fotxifuu, see [19:38]; pupi 'spring' < po 
' water ', pi ' to issue "). 

(2) San Ildefonso T qinpijepohwi 'lake of the east" {t'qwplje 
'east' < t'qy~p 'sun', plje 'toward"; pohci 'lake" -pool' < po 
'water", Iwi unexplained). For the reason that this n.-nie is ai>- 
plied, see below. These names refer to a small pool of water on 



310 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

the south side of Pojoaque Creek, almost in the middle of the 
marshy meadow [19:38]. This pool or sprinu- is never dry. Live 
stock drink there. The pool is the ' lake of the east' of the San 
Ildefonso sacred water ceremony; see pages 44-45. 
[19:40] San lldefon.so T aba ojjwikej i 'live belt pueblo ruin' {Tuha'a 
.see [19:41]; ^qyunkejl 'pueblo ruin' <\ywi 'pueblo', Z-ty'i 'old', 
postpound). "I'ha-mba."^ The "I" is evidently a misprint for 
"T." "Ihamba." = 

All that could be learned of this puel)lo is tliat it is verj' old 
and probably was formerh^ inhabited by some of the ancestors of 
San Ildefonso people. It was constructed of adobe. Bandelier 
says of it: 

On the south side of the Pojuaque River, between that village [21 : 29] and 
San Ililefonso, two ruins are known to exist; Jacona, orJSacona [21:9], a small 
pueblo occupied until 1696, ami I'ha-mba, of more ancient date. I have not 
heard of any others in that vicinity.' 

Hewett says : 

PrSs de la riviere [19:3], au-dessus de San Ildefonso, on trouve les mines 
de Sacona [21:9] et d'lhamba . . . Toutes cea mines sont historiques.^ 

See [19:41]. 

[19:41] San Ildefonso T'dMa 'live" belt' 'belt where they live' {f'a 
'to live' 'to dwell'; ba^a 'woman's belt', applied also sometimes 
to a belt of country). The etj^mology of the name is not very 
clear to the Indians. For quoted forms see under [19:40]. 

This name is applied to a strip of country at the foot of the 
north end of Tfuma'okH [19:35]. The place gives names to the 
pueblo ruin [19:40] and the arroyo [19:42]. 

[19:42] San Ildefonso TahakolnCu 'live belt arroyo' {T\ib<^a, see 
[19:41]; K'ohxCu 'arroyo with barrancas' <Z'o 'barranca', InCu 
'large groove' 'arroyo'). The gulch takes its name from [19:41]. 

[19:43] San Ildefonso Site'e, Sitepo 'vagina estufa' 'vagina estufa 
water' {si 'vagina' 'vulva'; fe^e 'estufa' 'kiva'; po 'water'). 
There is a spring near Zuiii called by the Zuni "vulva spring."^ 
For the use of te'e cf. [24:11]. 

Although in a dry dell of the hills, there is always water in this 
spring. There is a roundish pool about 1.5 feet across, from one 
side of which two long narrow arms extend 10 feet or more, each 
arm ending in a small roundish pool. The large pool is the 
'vagina estufa' proper; the arms are called k'o 'arm'). The 
water is clean and tastes good. Mexican women come to the |k)o1 

' Bandelier. Final Report, pt. ii, p. &5, 1892. 

= He«-L-tt, Communaliti'.s, p. 33, 1908. 

'Stevenson, The ZnHi Indians. Tuieniy-third Hep. Bur. Amcr. Ethn., j). 87, 1904. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-MAMES 311 

regularly to wash dollies. Sometimes Mexicans of Ranclios 
[19:50] fetch barrels of water from the spring for domestic use at 
Raiu'hos. Indian and Mexican live stock water at tiie place. The 
water Hows into and soon siniis beneath the sands of [19:44), to 
which the spring gives the name. The name and phice are curi- 
ous; whetlier any religious signiticance is or was attached to this 
spring has not been learned. Tlie spring is a short distance north 
of the curious place [19:7o] and is sometimes said to l)e, loosely 
speaking, at [19:70]. The spring gives names to [19:44], [19-4.^] 
and [19:46]. 

[19:44] San Ildefonso SiM-ohuhc 'vagina estufa arroyo', refi>rring to 
[19:43] {Sijee, see [19:43]; lohii'u 'arroyo with barrancas" </.n 
'barranca', /ii(.\i ' large groove ' 'arrovo'). 

The lower part of the gulch passes just east of a Mexican farm- 
house. Below the farmhouse the gulch is lost in cultivated 
fields. The water of the spring [19:43] sinks under the sand a 
few feet below the pools of the spring; in dry times the water 
sinks at the pools themselves, so that there is no outHow. 

[19:45] San Ildefonso Sijehvaje 'height by vagina estufa', referring 
to [19:43] (Sitee, see [19:43]; hcaje 'height'). This name is ap- 
plied to the high land immediately south and east of Sije'e spring 
[19:43], but not to the hill [19:47]. 

[19:4(1] San Ildefonso Sifeakqnnu 'vagina estufa plain', referring to 
[19:43] {Site-e, see [19:43]; ''akonnu 'plain' <\ikoj]f 'plain', i,n 
locative). This name is applied to the large, nearly level area south 
of Sitee spring [19:43] and between it and the northern limits 
of the broken country called SdyMsepiyc/e [19:70]. 

[19:47] San Ildefonso PefiCT'^^olu, PefuT^ of obscure etymology 
{pe unexplained; fu'u. apparently /w'm 'horizontally projecting 
point or corner'; 'r' locative and adjective-forming posttix: 'ohu 
'hill"). This name is applied to the hill or hills immediately east 
of Sitee [19:43] and directly south of Tej) tylceire [19:40].' The 
hills [19:51] are never called by this name and are carcfidly 
distinguished. 

[19:48] San Ildefonso Kirxhupenibe'e ' little corpse corner of the Mex- 
icans ' (^(/'«i'M 'JNIexican', of obscure etymology; cf. l-inrhuijf 
'iron'; peiu 'coi'pse'; ie'e 'small low roundish place'). This name 
refers to the ilexican graveyard which lies just south of thi» main 
wagon road that leads up Pojoaque Creek from San Ildefonso. 
The place where the graveyard is situated can also be included as 
a part of the localitj^ [19:4!»]. 

[19:49] (1) San Ildefonso Tep'eiuui'v, Teji ei)heire 'below the bla.k 
dwelling-place' 'black dwelling-place height' Ue 'dwelling-place" 



Q12 ETHNOGEOGRAPHT OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

'house'; p^Vf "hlackness' 'black'; niC\h 'below'; Icewe 'top' 
'peak' 'height'). The former of the two names refers to the low 
lands beside Pojoaque Creek; the latter refers to the hill}- land a 
few rods south of the creek. 

(2) Eng. Ildefonso. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Ildefonso. so called because of its proximity to San 
Ildefonso Pueblo [19:22]. =Eng. (2). The Eiig. and Span, 
names are very recent; see below. 

There are a few Mexican houses at this place. The post-office, 
formerly at San Ildefonso Pueblo under the name San Ildefonso 
Pueblo, has recently been moved to this place and is now called 
Ildefonso. This name has not come into use, however, and most 
of the letters received at the post-office are addressed to San Ilde- 
fonso Pueblo or San Ildefonso. The official list of New Mexican 
post-offices spells the name Ildefonzo. With the names San Ilde- 
fonso and Ildefonso cf. Santo Domingo [29:61] and Domingo 
[29:60]. This system of place-naming is confusing. The name 
Tep\r)keive maj- be applied so as to include the locality of the 
graveyard [19:48]. 
[19:50] (1) San Ildefonso ICoso'o^ probably 'large legging' but possi- 
bly 'large arm' {J/o 'legging' 'arm'; so'O 'largeness' 'large'). 
This is the old name of the place and is still frequently applied. 
It refers especially to the localitv where Ranchos village is the 
biggest. Wh}' the name is applied is no longer remembered. 
One should compare with this name ICoso'iyfi^. 561), the Tewa 
name for the Hopi. 

(2) San Ildefonso Kwsp.hj.'i''* 'place of the Mexicans' {Kwielcy, 
'Mexican', of obscure etymology; cf. Iw^hj^yf 'iron'; T' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix). This name is used perhaps 
more commonly than (1), above. This is the largest Mexican set- 
tlement in the immediate vicinity of San Ildefonso, hence there is 
no misunderstanding. 

(3) Eng. Ranchos. (<Span.). =Span. (■!■). 

(4) Span. Ranchos, Ranchos de San Antonio 'ranches' 'ranches 
of Saint Anthony'. =Eng. (3). According to Mr. Dionisio 
Ortega of Santa Fe the only proper name of the place is Ranchos 
de San Antonio. 

The settlement extends for some distance along the south side 
of the creek as a row of small Mexican farms. The place gives 
names to [19:51] and [19:52]. 
[19:51] (1) San Ildefonso ICoso'ol'u 'hills of [19:50]' {ICoso'o, see 
[19:50]; 'ohu 'hill'). 

(2) San Ildefonso ICwsp.^y,'iyoku ' hills of the place of the Mexi- 
cans', referridg to [19:50] (Ii^wsehy,T^, see [19:50]; ''"lu 'hill'). 



HARRINGTOX] PLACF.-XAMES 313 

[19:52] (1) San lldefonso K'o^ol-qhuu 'arroyo of [19:50]' (K'„><,;n, 
see [19:50]; l-qhiPu 'arroyo with barrancas' <ko 'barrani-a", liu'n 
' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

(2) San lldefonso A'wirhuiyl-o/m'u 'arroyo of the plaic of tlie 
Mexicans', referring- to [19:50] (Aw;cl-y.'t'', see [19:5(»|; kohu'ii 
'arroyo with barrancas' </'o 'barranca', hu\t 'large groove' 
'an'oyo'). 
[19:53] San lldefonso Kube\> 'small rocky corner" {hn 'stone' 'rock'; 
bee 'small low roundish place"). 

The dell called by this name is on tiie south side of the cn-ek, 
about a mile east of Kanchos ( 19:50 1. There are some Mexi- 
can farms at or near the place. The place gives the name to the 
hills [19:54]. 
[19:54:] San lldefonso A'^/Sc'r^^'? 'hills of the small rocky corner", refer- 
ring to [19:53] (Kubee, see [19:53]; \,/,h 'hill"). 
These hills are low and scattering. 
[19:55] San lldefonso Potisiijwajcg.e of obscure etymology {pofsi 
'marsli' <po 'water', tsi 'to cut through" 'to ooze through'; 
(/ttv/;^ apparently identical witli ywv/jV" "to hang" intransitive; g-- 
'down at' 'over at"). 

The name refers to the large marshy place on both sides of 
Pojoaque Creek, east of [19:53]. It is said that Mr. Felipe Koybal 
is one of the Mexicans who have farms at or near this ])lace. 
The place gives the name to [19:50]. 
[19:57] San lldefonso Wajimii'dl-u of ohscure etymology ( Wajima the 
abode of spirits in the underworld; 'oka 'hill'), see pages 571-72. 
This small roundish hill is south of the two ' Ol-upagiv}/ 
[19:33] and is separated from them by the 'Wajimwwil [19:58]. 
Cf. [19:58] and [19:.59]. 
[19:58] San lldefonso \Y<ijunawi"i of obscure etymology ( Vi'ajima, see 
[19:57]; ttv-'i' gap"). . „- .. , 

This gap is between [19:33] and [19:57 1. 1-rom it Wnnmako- 
liu'u [19:59] runs westward. 
[19:59] San lldefonso WajuiMl-ohu'u of otjscure etymology {Wajima, 
see [19:57]; lohuu 'arroyo with barrancas' <lq 'barranca', hi'u 
'large groove" 'arroyo"). 

This arroyo runs westward from Wajimawi'i [19:58] until its 
course is obliterated in the cultivated lands about midway between 
the hills and the Rio Grande. 
[19:60] San lldefonso Tamal-qqe of obscure etymology {tama unex- 
plained, but note that a number of unexplained Tewa place-names 
end in ma; lo 'barranca'; ge 'down at' 'over at"). 

This is a place that is much spoken of. The name refers espe- 
cially to the higher level land just west of the hills [19:.;2], both 
north and south of the arroyo [19:»U]. AVheat is threshed at this 



314 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

place. It is here that one of the chief ancient foot-trails con- 
necting- San Ildefonso and Cochiti Pueblos leaves the lowlands by 
the Rio Grande. This trail runs directly south from San Ilde- 
fonso Pueblo up through the gap [19:63] and south westward 
through the hills [19:102]. Clay similar to that dug at [19:31] is 
obtained at this place; just where could not be learned. At this 
place, or more precisely at the western foot of [19:63], is a ledge 
of rock which is used for making the handstones (manos) for 
metates; see [19:63]. A large cottonwood tree stands just south 
of the place on the north bank of the arroyo [19:6S]. The place 
has given names to [19:61], [19:62], [19:63], and [19:6-1:]. 

[19:61] San Ildefonso Tawal-q(jei»ih-u''u 'corner by [19:60]" {Tamakqge, 
see [19:60]; ^^y locative and adjective-forming postfix; 6w-w, 'large 
low roundish place'). This name is given to the low, cultivated 
land immediately west of [19:60]. 

[19:62] San Ildefonso Tainalqqe\>l-u 'hills of [19:60]' (Tamakocje, see 
[19:60]; 'ohi 'hill'). 

These hills lie south of the gap [19:65]. Somewhere at the 
western foot of the hills, called in Tewa T(imalqqeohu7m''u {nwu 
'below' 'at the foot of) is a ledge of rock which is used by 
the San Ildefonso Indians for making manos for metates. This 
kind of stone is called merely s^^w^*^*" 'sandstone' {sdywse 'sand- 
stone'; hii 'stone'). 

[19:63] San Ildefonso Tnmakqgewri 'gap by [19:60]' {Tarnal-qg.<\ see 
[19:60]; wti 'gap'). 

This gap is north of the hills [19:62] and through it the San 
Ildefonso-Cochiti trail passes; see under [19:64]. Through this 
gap runs the arroj'o [19:64]. 

[19:64] San Ildefonso Tamakqgekq/iu'n 'arroyo by [19:60]' {Tama- 
lcq(je, see [19:60]; kqlai'u 'arroyo with barrancas' <lcq 'barranca', 
hii'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[19:65] San Ildefonso TeJiHu, T(?/i<6m'?< 'cottonwood tree point' 'cor- 
ner by cottonwood tree point' {Te 'cottonwood' 'Populus wisli- 
zeni'; fvDu 'horizontally projecting corner or point'; hu^u 'large 
low roundish place'). The name and place are said to be distinct 
from [19:16]. 

The land at this place is low and is cultivated. A house belong- 
ing to Mr. Ignacio Aguilar of San Ildefonso stands in Tamal:q<je 
[19:60] very near where the latter joins Tejnhi. 

[19:66] San Ildefonso Pojag_e 'the island' 'in the midst of the waters' 

{po 'water'; jag.e 'in the middle of). It is said that after heavy 

rains the land at this place is more or less flooded; hence the name. 

This place consists of low, cultivated land. The place probably 

gives the name to [19:67]. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 315 

[19:67] San Ildefonso P»jag.ebn'u 'corner by the island', rpfeninjj 
probably to [19:t'.(3] {Pojage, sec [19:»)6]; hiu 'large low rouiuli-^h 
place') 

The arro.TOs [19:87] and [19:95] end at this place. The boundary 
between this place and [19:98] is indolinito. See [19:i'>01. 

[19:68] San Ildefonso K y,nsxl-qhu' u • arroyo of the boiled or stewed 
maize' {k'uijf 'maize' 'corn' "Zeaniays"; ,s-,r, 'boiled stuff" "stow', 
'to boil' 'to stew'; l-qlm'n 'arroyo with barrancas' <Z() -bar- 
ranca', A;4'« 'large groove' 'arroyo"). Why this name is applied 
is not known. The arroyo is called by this name as far up as the 
point at which the arroyos [19:t>9j, [19:71], and |19:74:| come 
together to form it. 

The arroyo is lost in the lowlands at [19:6ti|. 

[19:69] (1) San Ildefonso Sqrjv^rrpirjyekqhu'u 'arroyo in the midst of 
the sandstone,' referring to [19:70] {Sqywsepyjge, see [19:70]: 
kohti'a 'arroyo with barrancas' <A'0 'barranca', /luu 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) San Ildefonso ffiunapseycjel-qhu'it ' arroyo beyond Tf'ona 
WQ-.ZbY {'ffuniiipxy'je, 8&ei\\9:~i0\\ ](qhu'u 'arroyo with l)arran- 
cas' <lq 'barranca', hwu ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

See [19:70]. 
[19:70] (1) San Ildefonso Sqijwse.j>iij(/e 'in the midst of the sandstone' 
{sqywse '.sandstone'; pw!]e 'in the midst of"). The place is a 
maze of curiouslj^ eroded sandstone; hence the name. 

(3) San Ildefonso ^jMOTfl/).?);^'' 'beyond fj'uma [19:35]' (ffmiia, 
see [19:35]; pseyge ' beyond'). 

The place drains into the arroyo [19:69], to which the same 
name is applied. It was at this place that a crazy man used to try 
to kill himself by wrapping iiimself completely in his blanket and 
rolling over the cliffs, but he was rescued every time by the 
Water-Wind Spirits (Pom'ihqijf). who caught him in the air and 
made him fall gently. [19:70] is a weird place at night, when the 
whole region looks mottled and streaked and the little cliffs throw 
their shadows. 

[19:71] San Ildefonso Tfepel-qhna of obscure etymology {tfepe unex- 
plained, but see under [19:72]; l-qhiCu 'arroyo with barrancas' 
<lo 'barranca', hwu 'large groove' 'arroyo"). The arroyo 
designated thus is known by a different name in the uppermost 
part^of its course [19:83] and by a still different name in its lower 
course [19:68]. See [19:72]. 

[19:72] San Ildefonso Tfepe'i'' of obscure etymology (ifepe unex- 
plained, but perhaps from Span, chepa 'hunch' • hump", refcrrmg 
to the hiUockv land at the place; "f' locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix). The writer has recorded the name Tscpe i ' a couple 



316 ETHI^OGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

of times;, but this is probably not correct. The name is applied, 
it is said, to the locality in the immediate vicinity of the sprinjj 
[19:73] and is not etiuiralent to [19:70]. Cf. [19:71], [19:7;'.]. 

[19:73] San Ildefonso TfepeT'po'thii water at [19:72]' {Tfeper\ 
see [19:72]' po 'water'). This name refers to a spot in the bed 
of [19:71] where water can always be obtained by digging- in the 
sand a few feet. Since the water at most times of the year does 
not flow forth of its own accord, the place is not called a spring. 
See [19:72]. 

[19:74] San Ildefonso Pi,?ipije^im,j)'op'awekohu''u 'northern arroyo of 
the place, with the hole through it' {fimpije 'north' < f>iyf 
'mountain' 'up country', pije 'toward'; '{rjf locative and adjec 
tive-forming postfix; P'op'a'we, see [19:75]; lojni'u 'arroyo with 
barrancas' < kq 'barranca', Am'm 'large groove' 'arroyo'). For 
the southern F' op awekqhii'u, see [19:87]. 
The arroyo must not be confused with [19:77]. 

[19:7.5] San Ildefonso P'op'awe, P't/p'aivel'' "the hole which goes 
through' 'place of the hole which goes through" (p'o 'hole'; 
p'azve 'to go completely through'; T' locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix). 

At the spot indicated, at the western end of the ridge, near 
the summit, a small eroded hole passing completely through the 
ridge was formerly to be seen. There was a cave-in here many 
years ago (more than fifty according to one informant) but the 
place where the hole was is still remembered and the name is 
still used. The site of the hole is a short distance southeast 
of Poqwawi'l [19:76]. The hole gives names to [19:74]. [19:76], 
[19:87], and [19:91]. 

[19:7ti] San Ildefonso P'op'awe'oku 'hills of the hole which goes 
through', referring to [19:75] {Fopdav, see [19:75]; 'ohi 'hill'). 
There are two chief ridges, parallel to each other, called by this 
name. The hole [19:75] from which the name is taken is at the 
western end of the more northerly of these two hills. See [19:91]. 

[19:77] San Ildefonso Po<poawikohu\i, 'arroyo of water reservoir gap' 
referring to [19:78] (Po/pvavjPi, see [19:78]; kohii'tt 'arroyo with 
barrancas' < Jcq 'barranca', /»/(/ 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This small arroyo runs into [19:71] from the south. 

[19:7s] San Ildefonso PoqwawVi 'gap of the water reservoir' {poqwa 
'water reservoir' 'hollow where water collects' < po 'water', 
qioa denoting state of being a receptacle; mi' I 'gap'). 

No reservoir or water-hole of any kind could be found at the 
place, and the informants said that they had never heard of the 
existence of any. Why the place is called thus is not known. 
The place gives names to [19:77] and [19:79]. 



HAREIXGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 317 

[19:79] San Ildefonso Poqwawi'oku. Po'/imwi'oht'e 'hills by water 
reservoir gap' 'little hills by water reservoir gap' {P',„fwawii 
see [19:78]; 'ol-u 'hilP; ;.- diminutive). 

The gap [19:78], from which the hills take their name, is in the 
range of hills. 

[19:80] Sanlldefonso QwxtuiPohtQi obscure etymology (ywvr appar- 
ently qwx 'mountain mahogany" 'Cereocarpus parvifolius", called 
by the Mexicans palo duro; t\b sounds exactly like ty, 'to say": 11 
apparently the possessive &// ^oloi, 'hill"). 

This roundish hill is much higher than any other hill east of 
San Ildefonso Pueblo shown on this sheet. The hill either gives 
the name to [19:81] or vice versa. 

[19:81] San Ildefonso Qivxtyjbi'okiibu'u, Qwsety,iibu'u of obscure etv- 
mology {Qrrcety,ii'oku, see [19:80]; Jw'k 'large low roundish place"). 
Whether the name Qwxfipti was originally applied to the hill 
[19:80] or to this low corner can not be determined. 
The hill is far more conspicuous than the corner. 

[19:82] San Ildefonso Poblbamli'', Poi'ibandi'''okii of obscure ety- 
mology ij/oil 'flower'; Jart^i"' unex]3lained, apparently <har)f 
unexplained, '/"' locative and adjective-forming postfix; 'ohn 
'hill'). "Whether 'oAw is added or not, the name refers to the two 
hills of roundish shape slightly northeast of the high hill [19:>iU], 
The hills give rise to the name [19:83]. 

[19:83] San Ildefonso rnmhandihqhv'u 'arroyo of [19:82]" (I'„ii- 
handi\ see [19:82]; IqhiCu 'arroyo with barrancas' <ko 'bar- 
ranca,' Am'm 'large groove' 'arroyo'). The uppermost part of 
the course of the arroyo [19:71] is so designated. 

[19:84] San Ildefonso Kihuu 'prairie-dog corner' (Z/ 'prairie-dog'; 
&m'm 'large low roundish place'). 

This hi\t, is bounded on the east by the yv)xntsa'okii [19:!55]. 
There is an abandoned Mexican house at the place. 

[19:85] San Ildefonso ^'wientsa'oki/. 'hills where the rock-pine trees 

are or were cut' {ywxyf ' rock-pine' 'Pinus scopulorum"; Ua 'to 

cut across the grain' ' to cut down", said of a tree: 'oln 'hill"). 

No rock-pine trees were to be seen on the hill. The hills give 

the name to [19:s6]. 

[19:SG] San Ildefonso ywxntxa'ohd-qh>/'" 'ari'oyo of the hills where 
the rock-pine trees are or were cut', referring to [19:85] 
{:^'w^ntsaolii, see [19:85]; lo/iu'u 'arroyo with barrancas" <kQ 
' barranca," /(«''/ 'large groove" 'arroyo'). 

This gully discharges over the lowlands just south of A'ibu'u 
[19:.s4]. 

[19:87] San Ildefonso \il:qmpijeWipop<ncd-qhH>i, F op awdqh, >i 
'southern arroyo of the place with the hole through it" 'aiioyo 



318 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. ^it* 

of the place with the hole through it', referring to [19:75] 
i^aJcqinpije 'south' <^al'qijf 'plain' ' down country ',/?yc 'toward'; 
'^yy locative and adjective-forming postfix; P'oj/awejSee [19:75]; 
kqhu'u 'aiToyo with barrancas' </.o 'barranca', /ix^u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [19:74]. 

This arroyo is very large. Its lower end is at [19:67]. 

[19:88] San Ildefonso J"^«i'o^'w, said to mean 'white earth hills' 
{t'^ni, said to be for fy,''ii a kind of white earthy mineral, see 
Minerals, page 683; 'oZ;m 'hill'). The name is not clear in its 
meaning. It may have referred originally to the arroyo [19:89] 
instead of to these hills, or it may have referred originally to 
both arroyo and hills. 

A wagon road connecting Ranchos [19:50] and Buckman passes 
just east of these hills. A trail follows the wagon road, making 
short cuts, being in .some places identical with the wagon road. 
No kind of whitish earth or rock was to be seen at the hills. The 
hills clearly give name to [19:90]. 

[19:89] San Ildefonso T' (i/iiko hu''u, said to mean 'white earth arroyo' 
(T'y,?ii, see [19:88]; ko/ni'u 'arroyo with barrancas' <Z'o 'bar- 
ranca', hu\i 'large groove' 'arroyo'). The name T'y,ni may 
have been applied originally to the arroyo instead of to the hills 
[19:88], vice versa, or to both. No white earth was to be seen 
at either hills or arroyo. 

[19:90] San Ildefonso T'y,nvokuhu''u 'corner by the white earth hills' 
referring to [19:88] {T'y,n^oku, see [19:88]; hu\i 'large low 
roundish place'). 

This huhi is just south of the hills [19:8.5]. 

[19:91] San Ildefonso P' 02) cnue'ohibu'' u, P'opavj^ohufceyqebiJ^u 'cor- 
ner bjr the hills of the hole that goes through ' ' corner beyond 
the hills of the hole that goes through', referring to [19:76] 
{P'op'awe'oku, see [19:76]; bu^ii 'large low roundish place'; 
fSRjjfje ' bevond '). 

At this corner is the spring Pxpopi [19:92]. 

[19:92] San Ildefonso Pi^pojn 'deer spring' {px 'mule deer'; popi 
'spring' <fo 'water', pi 'to issue'). 

This spring, which is sometimes drv, is situated at the corner 
[19:91]. 

[19:93] San Ildefonso Nqrjk' ondiwe 'where the eailh is or was dug' 
{nayf 'earth'; A''o??y ' to dig'; 'we 'locative'). Cf. [19:9-t] and 
[19:95]; also Nqyh'qywiH under [19:unlocated]. 

A hole in the ground is still clearly seen at this place. It is 
said that earth was removed long ago for the purpose of making 
a thin layer of clay or plaster on the walls of rooms. 

[19:94] San Ildefonso JVqrjk' qywi''ohi 'hills of the gap where the 
earth is or was dug' {Niiyk'qywi^ see [19:93]; 'oku 'hill"). 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 319 

[19:95] San Ildefonso JVdok'qijwi^kqku'ii 'arroyo of the gap where 
the earth is or was dug" {Naijkqijwj^i, see [19 : 93]; l-nhiiit ' anoyo 
with barrancas' <kq 'barranca', hwu "hirge groove' 'arroyo"). 
[19:9(i] San WAaionso Ni'n)Fq))mi'ohi\uh 'threshing Hoor of the hills 
by the gap where tiie earth is or was dug', referring to [19:'.»4| 
(Mrjk'qywi'oku, see [19:94]; \ua <Span. era 'threshing floor'). 
This threshing floor is on a low. Hat hillfoji. 
[19:97] San Ildefonso ^Oinapi)]/, see [16:42]. 
|19:9S] San Ildefonso Wmahu-v, see [ie:12H]. 

[19:99] San Ildefonso pumanu''u 'at the foot of [19:ll:^|' (/-(/w«. see 
[19:113]; 7n/\/ ' below' 'at the foot of). The name refers to 
quite a definite locality as it is usually applied; this locality is 
indicated by the number on the sheet and is equivalent to the 
lower drainage of the arroyo [19:100], to which fumanuu gives 
the name. 
[19:100] San Ildefonso [•uinann'ijj flncu 'arroyo at the base of 
[19:112]', referring to [19:99] {fumanu^^t, .see [19:99]; y)f loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix; hitn 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This large arroyo has several large tributaries. 
[19:lol] San Ildefonso Fimjdjeijifiiiinmul'qhwu, fummcH'ohiMi 
' northern arroyo of [20:9]' 'arroyo of [20:9]' {pimpije 'north' 
< piij,/ ' mountain ' ' up country ', jnje ' toward'; Hjjf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; fumawPi, see [20:9]; Tcqhuht 'arroyo 
with barrancas' </o 'barranca', hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
Cf. [20:11] and [18:14]. 
[19:102] San Ildefonso Ifadlwe. Mndiweoku, Ma.nwelnmje of oliscure 
etymology {ma.iiwe unexplained but apparently ending in the 
locative we/ ^oku 'hill'; Iwajt'i 'height"). 

This ridge is very long, stretching far toward Tesuque. It is 
crossed by a mimber of trails, notably by the old trail connecting 
San Ildefonso and Cochiti, which leaves the lowlands by the Kio 
Grande at Tanyd-qcje [19:60]. This trail crosses [19:102] about 
two miles east of Buckman Mesa [19:1 12]. it is said. Cf. [19:103], 
[19:104], and [19:105]. 
[19:lo:^.J San Ildefonso Ma-moetaa of obscure etymology (ma-iiuv, see 
[19:102]; t,t'a 'gentle slope'). This name is given to the gentle 
slope to Jliuiweohi just south of the arroyo [19:105]. 
[19:104] San Ildefonso Ma.mofpxijgr, M'Ulwepxygehru, Ma.iiwebuu 
'beyond [19:102]' 'corner beyond [19:102]" 'corner by [19:102]' 
{mcuiwe, see [19:102]; fWV'J'' 'beyond"; i'/'v/ 'large low roundish 
place '). 

The locality is l)etter shown in [20:1:5]. 

[19:105] San Ildefonso J/«.</Vv///rM 'arroyo of [19:102j" w--.< - «■ 

[19:102]; huu 'large groove' 'arroyo"). Cf. [20:2"',]. 



320 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

Thi.•^ is the chief tributary of [19:100], or, in other words, it 
may be said that the upper course of [19:100] is known by this 
name. 

[19:106] San Ildefonso K'ahu^u 'fence arroyo' "corral arroyo' {J/a 
'fence' 'corral'; hitu ' large groove ' 'arroyo"). 

[19:107] San Ildefonso Pdblhee 'little corner of the Howers' {poVi 
'flower'; he'e 'small low roundish place'). 
The corner gives the name to the arroyo [19:107]. 

[19:108] San Ildefonso PoilbeAu'u 'arroyo of the little corner of the 
flowers', I'eferring to [19:107] (Poilbe^e, see [19:107]; huu 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

[19:109] San Ildefonso P/mj'ibti.'u' corner of the plumed arroyo shrub' 
(ponj'i 'plumed arroyo shrub' ' Fallugia paradoxa acuminata'; 
6m'm 'large low roundish place'). 
This large corner gives the name to [19:110]. 

[19:110] San Ildefonso Ponfihuhu\t, 'arroyo of the corner of the 
plumed arroyo shrub', referring to [19:109] {PonfibiCu, see 
[19:10!*]; hiu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[19:111] ^-nn WAeionsiO Kutsqywsehu^ u 'blue rock arroyo' {leu 'stone' 
'rock'; tsqywse 'blueness' 'blue' 'greenness' 'green'; hu^u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). It is said that there ai-e bluish rocks at the 
arroyo; hence the name. 

[19:112] San Ildefonso /'Mz/tapi^y, see [20:.5]. 

[19:113] San WAeionao J'umawaki 'slope of [19:112]' 'talus slope of 
[19:112]' {f'v7iia, see [19:112]; ^mJci 'slope' 'talus slope at the base 
of a clifl"). This name is applied to the talus slope at the foot of 
the cliffs of [19:112]. See [19:115] and [19:116]. 

[19:114] San Ildefonso ^Aywowapo 'tickle-foot trail' (qr)f 'foot'; 
wowa 'to tickle"; po ' trail'). The trail is so called because it is 
gravelly and the gravel tickles one's feet through the moccasins. 
This trail ascends the mesa [19:112] west of trail [19:117], pass- 
ing the cave [19:116] about half-way up. Cf. [19:115]. 

[19:ll.j] San Ildefonso '^?;wc«t'«'a'« 'tickle-foot slope' (Ayujoioa-, see 
[19:114]; \ra 'steep slope'). Tiiis name is given to the gravelly 
foot-tickling slope where the trail of like name 1 19:114] ascends 
the mesa [19:112]. 

[19:116] (1) San Ildefonso fumaxoaklp'o, pumaH^ak-lj)'di'- 'hole of 
[19:113]' 'place of the hole of [19:113]' (fumaioaki, see [19:113]; 
2> 'hole"; T'- locative and adjective-forming posttix). 

(2) San Ildefonso JVdijkeidie'i'', NqyketiXbep d t'- 'place where 
the earth tumbles down quickly' 'place of the cave where the 
earth tumbles down quickly' ipvlyj' 'earth'; ketdie, said to mean 
'to tumble quickly'; 'j'^' locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
p'o 'hole' 'cave'). 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 321 

On the east side of a small orulch near the top of the talus there 
is a clitf of earth about 15 feet in height. It is said that in former 
times there was a cave at the bottom of the cliff. Larjre fraj?- 
ments of the earthen cliff have broken off from time to tinTe. until 
novr not a trace of the cave can be seen. The cave was in amicnt 
times, it is said, one of the places from which fire and smoke 
issued. The other places were 'Oguheioe [20:7J, foma [29:?,], 
and Ty.nfjo2)'o'r' [18:21] according to San Ildefonso tradition. 

[19:117] San Ildefonso 7«;V/w 'the straight trail' (%> 'straight'; po 
'trail'). The name is applied to distinguish this trail from the 
more devious trail [19:11-4]. 

This trail goes straight up the mesa [19:112]. Either [19:117] 
or [19:112] is often used when traveling down the river on foot 
or horseback. 

[19:118] San Ildefonso Tvai/'jotij/o, Tmlijotip'oi' 'the hole of tlie 
giant' 'the place of the hole of the giant ' {tsalijo ' a kind of giant '; 
6i possessive; jio ' hole ' 'cave ": T' locative and adjective-fornung 
postfix). 

This is a large but shallow cave at the base of the cliff above 
the talus. It is said to have been one of the caves frequented by 
the giant who lived within the Black Mesa; see under [18:19]. 

[19:119] San Ildefonso '(/'(^oie/^rw/.^i 'projecting corner of the crow 
dwelling-place' {'<do 'crow' 'raven'; te' dwelling place", here 
almost equivalent to ' nest' in the vaguer sense of the word; fun, 
wUl ' horizontally projecting corner '"). The name is applied to 
a projecting corner of blackish cliff'. 

[19:120] Potsip owWi 'projecting corners at the hole or mouth of the 
river canyon ', referring to the canyon of the Kio Grande south of 
the place {poisii 'river canyon' <po 'water' 'river', tsi't " {-.in- 
j'on '; p'o ' hole ', here referring to the ' mouth ' of a canyon ; viji 
'horizontally projecting corner'). The name refers to the pro- 
jecting corners of higher land at each side of the month of the 
canyon. See special treatment of the Rio Grande [Lai-ge Fea- 
tures], pages 100-102. 

[19:121] San I\defoiisoluvxky,mpokop'e 'the railroad bridge' (J.-u'x%y,Vf 
'iron' 'metal'; /w 'road' 'trail'; l-op'e 'boat' 'bridge' <^y? 'to 
bathe', ^/e? 'stick' 'log'). 

This bridge is the only railroad bridge across the Kio Grande 
north of Albuquerque, New Mexico. 

[19:122] San Ildefonso Awsekumi^'^ 'the railroad' {kw^lciujf "iron' 
'metal;' po 'road' ' trail')— the Denver & Rio Grande Railroad. 

[19:12,3] (1) San Ildefonso Potsinqege 'down at the little nniddy 
place ' {potsinil ' it is muddy ' < potsi ' mud ' </w ■ water ". tai ' to 
cut through' 'to ooze through'; 7i4 "to be'; "c diminutive; Qg 
87584°— 29 eth— IG 21 



322 ETHNOGEOGRAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

• down at' 'over at"). The use of ml in this name is unusual and 
its force is obscure. 

(2) San Ildefonso ^ Akompijefokwi ' lake of the south ' ( ^tkqrn- 
pije '.south' <'akqvf 'plain' 'down country', plje 'toward'; 
pohwi ' lake ' ' pool ' <po ' water ', kwi unexplained). For the 
origin of this name see below. 

(3) Eng. Rio Grande station. = Span. (-t). 

(4) Span, estacion Rio Grande (named after the Rio Grande). 
These names refer to the locality of a short gulch which has its 

head near the top of the mesa and forms a junction with the Rio 
Grande. It is crossed at its mouth by the railroad. A tank 
[19:124] for supplying engines with water stands at the mouth 
just east of the track. The water for the tank comes from a spring 
near the head of the gulch. There was formerly a pool at this 
place c-a,\led PotshuVeg.epokwi {pokwi 'lake' 'pool' <yi6i 'water', 
kwi unexplained). This pool was the "lake of the north" of the 
San Ildefonso; see page 251. Hence the name San Ildefonso (2), 
above. Some Mexicans live at Rio Grande. See [19 :124]. 
[19:124] (1) San Ildefonso Jvwsehp/i popoqwa ' the railroad tank' {kwse- 
lcy,mpo, see [19:122]; poqwa 'tank' 'reservoir' <po 'water', qwa 
denoting state of being a receptacle). 

(2) San Ildefonso Kwselcy,vip(Myke 'the railroad tank' (kiox- 
Icumpo see [19:122]; tayke <Span. tanque 'tank'). 

It is at this tank that the train drinks {nqsy,yw3e ' it drinks'), as 
the San Ildefonso express it. 
[19:120] Pofsip'owUi, Posog.e'impotsip'owii/, 'mouth of the water 
canyon' 'mouth of the water c^anyon of the Rio Grande' {Potsi'i, 
PosogeHinpofsPi, see [Large Features], pp. 102-03; p'owui 'hori- 
zontally projecting point or points of high land at the mouth of a 
canyon' <p'o 'hole', wUi 'horizontally projecting point'). 

This is the northern mouth of White Rock Canyon. See 
PofsPl [Large Features], pp. 102-03. 



San Ildefonso N(iij¥or)Wii 'gap where the earth is or was dug', 
referring to [19:93] {NilyVorjf as in [19:93]; wPl 'gap'). 
This gap is situated somewhere near [19:93], [19:94], and [19:9.5]. 

[20] liUCKMAN SHEET 

The sheet (map 20) shows places with Tewa names about Buckman, 
Mexico. No pueblo ruin is known to exist in this area west of the New 
Rio Grande. The territory is claimed by the San Ildefonso Indians 
and the names of places were obtained from them. The whole region 
is known to the San Ildefonso and other Tewa a.s f'vm.apie7jge 'beyond 
Buckman Mesa [20:5]' {fmna, see [20:5]; pxyge 'beyond'"). 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAREIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 323 

[20:1J San llAeioaso^Oma/mii, sec [16:120]. 

[20:2] San Ildefonso MinfsewPi 'yellow eartli gap' (ndijf •eiirlir; 
fse 'yellowness', absolute form of rsejP' 'yellow': v^/.'i 'i,'ap"). 

This is a little guleh about 400 yards south of [19:1-23). In it 
lumps of yellow mineral (probably ocher) are picked up, whli-h arc 
ground and used as yellow paint. See under Minerals. 

[20:3] White Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande (pi. 13), see special 
treatment of the Rio Grande [Large Features: 3J, pages 100-102. 

[20:4] San Ildefonso TobaFssePP' 'the white cliff or rock' {hba 'clifl' 
'large cliff-like rock'; fsx 'whiteness' 'white'; 'i'' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). 

It is not certain that this "white I'ock'" exists except in the 
minds of some of the Indians, who claim that White Rock Canyon 
of the Rio Grande must be named after it. See special treatment 
of Rio Grande [Large Features: 3], pages 100-102. One Indian 
describes the "white rock'" as a '"ledge as white as snow in 
the middle of a black cliff.'" Mr. F. W. Hodge suggests that 
the white rock referred to may be a perfectU' white ''patch" in 
a cliflf on the east side of the river, which may be seen from the 
road out of Buckman leading to the Rito de los Frijoles. 

[20:5] (1) San Ildefonso fnmnpiyy of obscure etymology {fitma un- 
explain'ed, but containing -hki in common with many other unana- 
lyzable Tewa place-names, as for instance ' Oma [16:42] across the 
river ixova. fuma; fnr// 'mountain"). Mr. W. M. Tipton, of 
Santa Fe, informs the writer that " cuma" is given in an old Span, 
document as the name of a hill or mountain west of Santa Fc; see, 
however, foina [29:3]. "'Gigantes', or the black cliff of Shyn- 
mo south of San Ildefonso." ' " The Tehuas call . . . the gigan- 
tic rocks forming the entrance to the Rio Grande gorge south of 
their village, Shyu-mo.'"' The o at the end of these forms of 
Bandelier is probably a misprint for a. 

(2) Eng. Buckman Me.sa (named from Buckman [20:U»]). This 
name seems to be rapidly coming into use. 

(3) Span. Me.sa de los Ortizes 'mesa of the Ortizes (family 
name)'. This is the common Span, name: why applied is not 
ascertained. 

(4) Span. "Gigantes.""' Probably so called because of the tra- 
dition of the giant: see [20:7], [19:118]. 

This high basaltic mesa faina forms, as it were, the eastern 
pillar at the mouth of White Rock Canyon of the Rio Grande: 
the smaller but equally dark 'Oma [16:42] forms the western 
pillar. The mesa is crossed by an ancient trail connecting Sun 
Ildefonso with the more soutliern pueblos. From two places on 



1 Bandelier, Fiual Ueport, pt. ii, p. 81, 1692. 



324 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

jfumn fire and smoke were belched forth in ancient times, it is said, 
namely, from [20:78] and [19:116], i\. v. ]Many other features 
of interest in the vicinity of funia will be noticed on the maps. 

[20:6] San WAeionso '' Oguhowe, '' Oguhewehtive of obscure etymology 
{'og^uhewe unexplained, except that -we is apparently locative; 
hewe "peak' 'height'). 

The top of Buckman Mesa [20:5] is flattish; ' Ognhewe rises like 
a hillock on the western side of the mesa top. It contains the 
hole '' Oguhi'wepo [20:7] from which tire and smoke used to belch 
forth. See [20:7]. 

[20:7] San Ildefonso Wgithewep'o, '' Ogiihetoei) d i"^ 'hole at [20:6]' 
'place of the hole at [20:6]' ( Oguhewe, see [20:6]; p'o 'hole'; '/"' 
locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

This is dcscritied as a hole 10 feet or so deep which goes verti- 
tically into the earth at the summit of [20:6]. According to San 
Ildefonso tradition this is one of the four places from which 
fire and smoke came forth in ancient times; the other places 
wereyMm«waIvj>'c> [19:116], Tomn [29:3], and T'y,nfjoj)''i\\S:21\ 
Bandelier ' mentions this tradition, but names onlj" three of the 
places: "To-ma", "Shyu-mo", and '"Tu-yo." 

[20:8] San Ildefonso yMwawi'i 'gap by [20:5]' (/*«?««, see [20:5]; wiH 
'gap'). 

This is the pass east of /»?M?mMesajust as 7"ywyr>w?/ [18:32] 
is the pass east of T'y,nfjo Mesa [18:19]. The main wagon road 
between San Ildefonso and Buckman runs through this pass. 
See [20:ft] and [20:10]. 

[20:9] San Ildefonso Pimpije^infumxtwilcQhu^xi, /nimawilcqhuhi, see 
[19:101]. 

[20:10] San Ildefonso ''Akqiiipijeinfumawil-ohu^u 'southern arroyo 
of [12:8]' {^akqmpije '.south' < ''alqyf 'plain' 'down coun- 
try', />//e 'toward': Hyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
fumawi''i, see [20:8]; kqhii'u 'arroyo with barrancas '< kq 'bar- 
ranca', Am'w 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo runs into the KqhoM(wag.e [20:11]. It is not as 
important or as well known as [20 :'.>]. 

[20:11] San Ildefonso Kqho.iuuiage of obscure etymology {Iq 'bar- 
ranca'; hoMi unexplained; wa apparently as in w(ui 'wide gap'; 
g.e apparently the locative "down at' 'over at'). It has not been 
found possible to analyze the name. 

This arroyo is deep and narrow; its walls are in many places 
vertical clifls, its bed sandy. One can walk through it, and to do 
so is a strange experience, so narrow and shut in is it. The arroyo 
discharges into the Rio Grande just below the spring [20:17]. Its 

' Final Keport, pt. ii, p. 81, 1892. 



HARBIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 325 

lower course is spanned l)y a wooden railroad bridge. Its upper- 
most course, or what may be termed an uppe^r tributary is 
[20:10]. 

[20:12] San Ildefonso Mculwe, Madlwriikn, see [19:102]. 

[20:13] San Ildefonso Ma.iiwepmi)<je, see [19:10-1]. 

[20:14] KnJf/iii(g.eiijko/i>rii, see [21:22]. 

[20:15] San Ildefonso Po»\bg,'hu^u, see [17:17]. 

[20:16] San Ildefonso Irwieky,mfw 'the railroad' (hrifhjDj' 'iron' 
'metal'; po 'trail' 'road'). 
This is the narrow-gauge Denver and Rio Grande Kailioad. 

[20:17] San lldeionso fumapx>j(fepofs/'p'owai 'projecting corners at 
the mouths of the canyons of the river beyond Buckman Mesa 
[20:5]' {piamipxycje, see introduction to sheet [20]; potsti 'river 
canyon' <po 'water' 'river', here referring to the Rio Grande; 
Sr/ 'canyon'; ^o 'hole' 'mouth of canyon"; m,-/.^/ 'horizontal) v 
projecting corner or point'). This name is applied to the vicinity 
of the projecting corners of higher land at the mouth of the can- 
yons of the Eio Grande both north and south of Huckman. These 
are called merely ' the canyon mouths at Buckman '. to translate 
freely. 

[20:1S] San l\(\eion^o funKipw.i)(jeuiipopi''t\\Q spring beyond Buck- 
man Mesa' |20:12] {fumapxycje, see introduction to sheet [20]; 
i??y locative and adjective-forming postlix; pqjii 'spring' < po 
'water', pi 'to issue'). 

This spring is most peculiarly situated. It is near the top of a 
steep earthen bank beside the Rio Grande and perhaps 20 feet 
above the bed of the river. There are two little basins for water, 
one of which has been recently boxed in with boards. Although 
it is hard to determine the source of the water, the spring runs 
the year round and probably contains the best water for drinking 
purposes in the vicinity of Buckman. The San Ildefonso Tewa 
say that it is a xevy old and good spring, and frequently go to 
it to drink when at or passing through Buckman. 

[20:19] (1) £umapxi)qeteii'WcCv'' 'place of the houses beyond Buck- 
man Mesa' {fuiiiapif.yge, see introduction to sheet [20J: tcpra 
'house' <te ' dwelling-place', qwa denoting state of being a 
receptacle; "i"' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Indian 
purists use this name. It is also used sometimes so that Mexicans 
and Americans will not understand that Buckman is referred to. 

(2) San Ildefonso BalamiKi] f, Balamqyf. The first of these 
forms is evidently from the Eng., the second from the Sixm., pro- 
nunciation of the name; see below. 

(3) Eng. Buckman. Named, it is said, from •• old man Rnck- 
man,'" now dead, who operated a sawmill in the mountain- west 



326 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

of Bucknian, in the eighties. The railroad station and settle- 
ment were named after him 20 or 30 years ago. The name is 
applied also to several surrounding geographical features, as 
Buckman Mesa [20:5]. One San Iklefonso Indian had curiously 
enough determined that this name must mean ' male doer ' ; he took 
"buck" 2iS px 'deer' and "man" assfi;,/, meaning 'man' 'male', 
smce j)sesir) f means ' male deer' in Tewa. =Tewa (2), Span. (-4). 
(4) Span, pronounced Bakman, Bakaman. (<Eng.). =Tewa 
(2), £ng. (3). 

The settlement of Buckman consists at present of several small 
houses and shacks mostly south of the railroad, and a large lum- 
ber yard. The lumber sawed in the territory west of the Rio 
Grande is hauled to Buckman in wagons and thence shipped by 
train. Buckman is only a stone's throw fi-om the two arro3'os 
[20:11] and [20:25]. The vicinity of Buckman itself and of 
places designated by Buckman used in compounds is usually 
rendered in Tewa by fumapsRyfje, literally ' beyond Buckman 
Mesa' [20:5]; see introduction to sheet [20], page 322. 

[20:20] ^ai\l\Aeion&ofinnapse7)<j<telo]>'e 'wagon bridge beyond Buck- 
man Mesa' [20:5] {f'uiiiap£e.rj<je, see under introduction to sheet[20]; 
i(3' wagon'; kop'e 'bridge'' boat' <l:o 'to bathe', />'<? 'stick' 
'log'). 

This is the only wagon bridge across the Rio Grande between 
Espafiola and Cochiti. 

[20:21] San Ildefonso I^wqwihu^u, see [17:25]. 

[20:22] San Ildefonso 'Alebehu'u, see [17:29]. 

[20:23] San Ildefonso T.^Ueg.ehu\i, see [17:30]. 

[20:24] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pages 100-102. 

[20:25] San Ildefonso KQsog,e, Kojogeiyfhuu 'down at the large bar- 
ranca or arroj'o' ' arroyo down b3' the large barranca or arro^^o ' {I'o 
* barranca' 'arroyo with barrancas'; so^) 'largeness' 'large'; ge 
*downat' 'over at'; ' i?;/ locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
A !<'?^ 'large groove ' 'arroyo'). Some individuals appear to use 
Kqs()g.e and KQsog.e iy fhii' u indiscriminately; others insist that a 
certain locality in the arroyo is called Kosog^e and that the whole 
arroyo must ])e called Kqsoge'ir) fhu u. There are very large and 
high barrancas at several places in the arroyo and although the 
writer was accompanied by an Indian at Buckman who had ad- 
vocated the two-name, two-place theory, he did not know to 
which barranca Kosoge should be applied. 

This arroyo is very large and in the neighborhood of the mesa 
[20:33] wildly picturesque. It is known by the Americans as 
"Buckman Arroyo", but since [20:11] also can be so designated, 
this cannot be given as an established name. 



HABEIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 327 

[20:26] San Ildefonso 2Iiuivepxij(je ii) fhuht, Miuiwih^u 'arroyo of 
[20:13]' 'aiToyo of [20:1-2]' {M<u!.wepiTy<je, see [20:13]; Ma-iiwc. 
see [20:1-2]; Hijf locative and adjective-foriuiiii; postlix; hu'u 
'larg-e groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [19:105]. 

This flows from the viciuity of [20:13] and enters |20:2.")| not 
very far above BucUiuan .settlement [20:111]. 
[20:27] San Ildefonso Ssefsxbu'u 'white round-cactus corner' (.v,t 
'round-cactus' of .several species, as 'Opuntia comanchica' and 
'Opuntia polyacantha'; t.s:ij ' whiteness" 'white'; bn'u 'hirye low 
roundish place"). 

It is said that the cactus ])lants look whitish or dusty at this 
place, hence the name. The corner is believed to be accurately 
located on the sheet. 
[20:28] San Ildefonso P'amupube'iij^f/nrii 'arroyo of the little cor- 
ner of the roots of Yucca glauca', referring- to |20:21t] {P'anni- 
piibe'e^ see [20:29]; 'ijjf locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
[20:29] San Ildefonso P'Umnpahi' e ' little corner of the root,s of 
Yucca glauca {p'uma 'Yucca glauca' a small species of Spanish 
bayonet the roots of which are used for washing people's hair 
and for other pui-poses; pu 'root'; hee 'small low roundish 
place'). 

This small corner gives the name to the large arroyo [20:28]. 
[20:30] San Ildefonso Fq'th-hu'' u 'corner where the thread or fila- 
ment is on top' {pa'i 'thread' 'filament'; Ice said to be the same 
as in Ice-we and to mean 'on the very top'; hiCu 'large low round- 
ish place'). To what the name refers is not clear to the modern 
Indians. It may be that the name was originally applied to 
[20:31], q. v. 
[20:31] San Ildefonso Pa'ikekwaje 'height where the thread or fila- 
ment is on top' {Fqih, see [20:30] ; l-imje ' height "). It may be 
that Pq'''-Jce- was applied originally to the height instead of to the 
dell [20:30], or more probably originally to both. 
[20:32] Tesuque 'AfuywsRpxvrjeiykqhuu, see [26:2]. 
[20:33] San Ildefonso MmiiT', Mmtipvjf 'place of the swollen 
hand' 'swollen hand mountain' [mqyf 'hand"; -^Z 'swollenness' 
'swollen'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix: /Mz/y' moun- 
tain'). Why this name is applied is unknown to the informants. 
The little mountain bearing this name is clearly visible from the 
railroad. It has a flatfish top and is very picturesque. The 
common form of the name is said to be J/ij»i/"/"'. It appears 
that Tewa usually use the word without thinking of its etymology. 
The mountain appears to give names to [20:3-1], [20:3.5]. and 
[20:30]. 



328 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

[20:3J:] San lldeioBSO JifCmtrP' he e 'little arrojo of the place of the 
swollen hand', referring to [20:33] {MmtPP\ see [20:33]; he'e 
' .small groove ' ' little arroyo '). 
Thi.s arroyito runs into [20:25]. 

[20:35] Sun IldefoQso Muntl'i'Hsl'i 'canyon at the place of the swollen 
hand', referring to [20:33] {MintPP', see [20:33] ; tsPl 'canyon'). 
This name is given to the beautiful canyon of [20:'i5] opposite 
MintPP' Mountain [20:33]. 

It is at the lower part of the canyon in the bed of the arroyo 
that the spring [20:36] discharges. 

[20:36] San Ildefonso MantPP^popi 'spring by the place of the 
swollen hand', referring to [20:33] {M(lntPP\ see [20:33]; fyopi 
'spring' <po 'water', ^i 'to issue'). 

The spring is situated as described under [20:.35], above. It is 
said that it is never dry. 

[20:37] San Ildefonso TsxnfutaHjjfhtMit ' arroyo of the whitish gentle 
slope', referring to [20:38] {Tsx,nfut(ia^ see [20:38] ; 'i7?y locative 
and adjective-forming posttix ; JiiCu 'large groove ' ' arroyo'). 
This arroyo joins [20:40] and the two form the canyon [20:35]. 

[20:38] San Ildefonso Tss^nfutoPa ' whitish gentle slope' {tsxnfu^ said 
to be an old form of isig. 'whiteness' 'white' now used only in 
this place-name and in the name of the White Corn Maiden 
{K'ij,ntscenfu''a'''^nfij, <U^,'r)f ^ corn^fssenyu ' whiteness' 'white', 
^d'^nfu 'maiden'); toUa 'gentle slope'). Whj^ the sloping plain 
is called thus was not known to the informants. It may be said 
to be whitish. 
The plain gives names to_[20:37] and [20:39]. 

[20:39] San Ildefonso fsxnfutd'olni: 'hills by the whitish gentle 
slope', referring to [20:38] {flieiifutaa, see [20:38]; 'ohu 'hill'). 

[20:40] San Ildefonso TehiPu 'cottonwood tree arroyo' {te 'cotton- 
wood' 'Populus wislizeni'; InCti 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[20:41] San Ildefonso KcCbaju''e''ir) fhii' u, see [17:42]. 

[20:42] San Ildefonso PcUepopa'HsPi, see [17:58]. 

[20:43] San Ildefonso Tfmabahn\i, see [17:62]. 

[20:44] San Ildefonso fohii'u, see [17:66]. 

[20:45] Tsilwaje, see [29:1]. 

[20:46] San Ildefonso P'efulwaje, see [29:2]. 

[20:47] San Ildefonso P'efuta'a 'gentle slope of timber point' 
{P'efn'u, see under [20:unlocated]; tda 'gentle slope'). 
A large sloping part of the mesa top is called thus. 

[20:48] San Ildefonso P'efvbo.ii 'roundish hill of the timber point' 
{P'efii'u, see under [20:unlocated]; hMi 'large roundish thing or 
pile'). 

[20:49] San Ildefonso ICy.//ip'ibtPu 'shin corner' (k'umjii 'shin' 
<'^'liyy 'leg'; 2>'i 'narrowness' 'narrow' as m p'ili of same 
meaning; hu'u 'large low roundish place'). 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 329 

The place gives the name to [20:50]. Why the name is (jiven 
is not known to the informants. 
[20:50] (1) San lldefonso K' %lui}) {bukwaje 'height by shin corner' 
{K'lunjy'ihwv, see [20:49]; Icwaje 'height'). 

(2) Span. Mesa del Cuervillo, Mesa del Cuervo 'crow mesa'. 
Why this name is applied is not known. Mesa del Cuervo is 
erroneously identified with [29:3] by Bandolier. 

This name is given to the northern extremity of the great mesa 
[29:1], especially to the portion that towers above the dell [20:4;tJ. 

U-NLOCATED 

Jacona station, Jacona section. This is a place on the railroad a few 
miles east of Buckman. There are no buildings there. The nauie 
is but recently applied and is taken from [21:6], q. v. 

San lldefonso P'efiCu 'timber point' {p e 'stick' 'log' 'timber'; 
fun 'horizontally projecting point'). Cf. P'efuhi, the Tewa 
name for Abiquiu; see [3:36]. 

Just where this point is and of just what nature it is the infor- 
mants did not know. It gives names to [29:2], [20:48], and 
[20:47]. 

[21] .TACOXA SHEET 

The sheet (map 21) shows the vicinity of the Mexican settlements 
Jacona and Pojoaque, also three pueblo ruins about which definite 
traditions have been preserved. It is not certain what kind of Tewa 
formerlj- occupied this area. 

[21:1] San WAeionso fun f^ I:' qipin i^ see [18:5]. 

[21:2] San lldefonso and Nambe Pijoge, I'ijog.e'ol-u 'down at the very 
red place' 'hills down at the very red place' {pi 'redness' 'red'; 
^'o -augmentative; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; ^olcu 'hill'). 

This is a high, long, and much eroded reddish range of hills. 
It is the highest and most conspicuous range between Xambe 
Pueblo and the Black Mesa [18:19]. P>j<'g.e is separated from 
Kqmp!Jicg.i [18:3] by the gap'fimj'grl'oyirii [18:6]. Pij(>g.'i is 
nearly as conspicuous as the Black Mesa [18:19]. According to 
a San lldefonso story, a Santa Clara man once loved a Cochiti 
woman. The woman had a Cochiti husband. A peiiita 'dr}- 
corpse' {peni 'corpse'; ia 'dryness" 'dry') volunteered to kill 
the husband. The story ends by saying that the jx-niUi went to 
sleep in a cave somewhere in Pij<>g.e, where he is still sleeping. 

[21:3] Nambe T'qtug.e, Tqtiibu'u 'down at the place of the pure 
white earth' 'white earth corner' (7"o'? Nambe form of <"?/- 
'white earth', see under Minerals; fu said to be for tuJq"'! 
'pureness' 'pure'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; huu 'large low 
roundish place'). 



330 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

There is much "tierni hlaiica" at this place, an can be seen 
from far off. Cf. [21:4]. 

[21:4] Nambe T'otubahwaje 'heights by white earth corner', referring 
to [21:3] {T'ofubu'a, see [21:3]; Iwaje 'heio-ht'). 

[21:5] Pojoaque Creek, Nambe Creek, see [19:3]. 

[21:6] (1) Sakonse, Scd-onsekwseky.T^ 'at the tobacco barranca' 'Mexi- 
can place at the tobacco barranca' (Scd-onx, see [21:9]; Kwsplcy, 
'Mexican', modi&ed irom hvpeky,rj_f 'iron' 'metal'; '*"' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). For quoted 
forms of the name see under (9) below. 

(2) Eng. Jacona settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa(l), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Jacona. (<Tcwa Sakqnse). =Tewa (1), Eng. (2). 
The change from s to Span, j is peculiar. 

This is quite a large Mexican settlement. The main road 
between Pojoaque and San Ildefonso runs through it. See espe- 
cially Jacona under [20:unlocated] and Jaconita [21:7]. 
[21:7] (1) Sakqnx^e, iSa/iQ7iie/,wxkii'i''^e 'little place at the tobacco 
barranca ' ' little Mexican place at the tobacco barranca ' 
{Sakonie, Snkomekwseky,''i'^, see [21:6]; 'e diminutive). Cf. Eng. 
(2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Jaconita. (<Span.). = Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Jaconita, dimiiuitive of Jacona [21:6]. =Eng. (2); 
cf. Tewa (1). 

Jaconita is nearly a mile west of Jacona [21:6] and like the lat- 
ter is a Mexican settlement through which the main road between 
Pojoaque and San Ildefonso passes. 

[21:8] Sa]cqncenug.efoUa 'marsh below the place of the toljacco bar- 
ranca', referring to the vicinity of [21:6] {Sakquie, see [21:6]; 
nu'u 'below'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; potsa 'marsh' < po 
' water', tsa 'to cut through' 'to ooze through'). 

The bed and vicinity of Pojaque Creek are meadowy at this 
place. 

[21:9] Sakonx' otjwikej I 'pueblo ruin by the tobacco barranca' (.sa 
'tobacco'; hq 'barranca'; nx locative; ^qywikeji 'pueblo ruin'< 
""qyivi 'pueblo', keji 'old' postpound). "Xacona."' "Xacono."^ 
" S. Domingo de Xacona."^ "S. Domingo de Xacomo."* 
" S. Domingo de Xacoms."^ "Jacoma."" "lacona."' "Sa'- 
kona."* ''Jacona, or Sacona."" "Sacona."'" "Sacoma."" 
" There is also one [a ruin] near Jacona." " 

1 De I'Isle, carte M^xique et Floride, 1703. « Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885 

2 De risle. Atlas Nouveau, map 60, 1733. (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p, 6'27, 1907). 

' D'Anville, map Amtfrique Septentrionale, » Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 85, 1892. 

1716. 10 Hevvett: General View, p. 597, 1905; Com- 

« Jetferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. munautiSs, p. 33, 1908. 

Walch. Chane America, 1805. " Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvii, 1906. 

« Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, 1857. '! Twitehell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 

' Buschmann, Neu-Mex., p. 230, 1858. 1910. 



HAEKINGTO.V] PLACE-NAMES 331 

This is the ruin of a historic pueblo, as is cvicU'iit I'rom the 
quoted names given above, Bandelier says of it: 

On the south side of the Pojuaque River [2 !:.">], between that villace 
[21:29] and San IMefonso, two ruins are known to exist; Jacona, or Sacona. a 
small pueljlo occupied until Kiilfi, and Tha-mha, [19:40], of more aneiint 
date. I have not heard of any ottiers in that vicinity.' 

In a note Bandelier' adds: 

In 1680 Jacona was an 'aldea ' [village] only. Vetancurt, Cronica, p. .317. 
It belonged to the parish of Naming. After its abandonment it became the 
property of Ignacio de Roybal in 1702. Merced de Jacona, MS. 

The ruin is evidently still in possession of the Royl)al family, 
for its southern end is on land owned by Mr. Juan Raulista 
Roybal while the remainder is on land belonging to Mr. lleinedios 
Roybal. The pueblo was of adobe, and the ruins consist of low 
mounds altogether about 200 feet long. The site is well known 
to Tewa and Mexicans of the vicinity and the writer was informed 
by Mexicans at Jacona settlement [21:»i] that some good pottery 
has been found at the ruin. The Mexicans added Santo Domingo 
'holy Sunday' or 'Saint Dominick' to the Indian name, as will be 
noticed in the quoted forms above. There is no record of a church 
or chapel ever having been built at the place. Just why the name 
Sakonx was originally applied is no longer known to the Tewa, 
so it seems. One myth has been obtained at San Ildefonso, the 
scene of which is laid at Sid-qnse. The informants do not know 
whence the Salonsr, people departed, except that they went to 
live at other Tewa villages. Sakonx gives rise to the names of 
[21:6], Jacona [20:unloeatcd], [21:7], and [21:ln]. 

[21:lt>] San Ildefonso Sakojixolcu 'hills by the place of the tobacco 
barranca', referring to the vicinity of [21:6] {Sai-omi. see [21:l»]; 
'ohi 'hill'). This name is in common use and is found also in a 
San Ildefonso myth, above mentioned. When the Parrot ^laiden 
brought her husband i)ack to S>'ko/ise, the home of his parents, 
she alighted on the Sul'qiiit'ol-u. The maiden and her husband 
remained there till after nightfall, when they went to the pueblo.^ 

[21:11] Nambe Kupiyfliu'i 'arroyo of the l)lack rocks* (fc>i 'rock' 

'stone'; p'vjf 'blackness' 'black'; Am'm 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo is formed by the joining of [15:29] and [21:l'(i]. It 

discharges into Pojoaque Creek at the upper end of the marsh 

[21:8]. Cf. [21:lit]. 

[21:12] Nambe Tahhuu, Tahhithirn 'arroyo where they live on 
top' 'arroyo of the corner where they live on top', said to refer tn 
[21:13] (T'ah-, T'ahbu'u, see [21:13]; hu'u 'large groove' 
'arro3"o'). 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 85, 1892. 



332 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. axn. 2!) 

[21:13] Nanibe T'alceiuhi 'the corner where they live on top' {t'a 'to 
live'; Ice 'on top' as in %ewe 'on top'; Sw'-w 'large low roundi.sh 
place'). Why the name was given is not known; the informants 
presume that some people used to live "on top'' somewhere near 
this low place. 

The place extends both north and south of Pojoaque Creek 
and all about the lower course of [21:12]. On the south side of 
Pojoaque Creek there are many Mexican farms and a Roman 
Catholic chapel [21:1.5]. The Mexicans include this locality under 
the name Pojoaque, it seems. The locality gives names to [21:12] 
and[21:U]. 

[21:14] Nam be T'a^fhwaje, T' alcebukwaje 'height of the place where 
they live on top' "height of the corner where they live on top' 
referring to [21:13] {Take-, T'alcebii'u, see [21:13]; kwaj^ 'on 
top'). The name refers to the high lands north of Pojoaque 
Creek in the vicinity of [21:13]. 

[21:15] Nambe Jlimte'e, T'ah'bumiiate'e 'the little church' 'the little 
church of the low corner where they live on top', referring to 
[21:13] {misate 'church', literally 'mass house' <misa <Span. 
misa 'Roman Catholic mass'; te 'dwelling-place' 'house'; 'e 
diminutive; T'aJcebii-ii, see [21:13]. 
This is the Roman Catholic chapel mentioned under [21:13]. 

[21:10] Nambe Tscqwier)wiuihu''v, see [24:8]. 

[21:17] Nambe Tapuhuhu^u 'grass root corner arroyo', referring to 
[21:18] {Tapulv^u^ see [21:18]; hii'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[21:18] Nambe Tajmhu^u 'grass root corner' {ta 'grass'; ^« 'root'; 
hiihi 'large low roundish place'). 

[21:19] Nambe kup^vfJni'iihiyije 'height of the arroyo of the black 
stones', referring to [21:11] (Kup\yfhu\t, see [21:11]; kwaje 
'height'). 

[21:20] Nambe Rusoge, see [24:1]. 

[21:21] Tesuque Creek, see [26:1]. 

[21:22] San Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque, and Santa Clara A'v/emi^gtf"??;- 
Jcqkuu 'arroyo of the place where they threw the stones down* 
referring to [21:24] {kujemiig.e, see [21:24]; ^iijf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; ko/ai'u 'arroyo with barrancas' <k<} 
'barranca', ku^ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[21:23] Nambe Kosoge, Ilusoge, "" Okitpxygekqsoge, '' Okupsej)gehmog.e, 
see [23:48]. 

[21:24] San Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque, and Santa Clara Kuje!mig.e- 
'oywikfiji 'pueblo ruin where they threw down the stones' {ku 
'stone'; jeinu 'to throw down three or more objects': g.e 'down 
at' 'over at'; ^oywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^Qywi 'pueblo', keji 'old' 
postpound). 



HAKBiNGTo.v] PLACE-NAMKS 333 

Throwing down stones from a height was a commoii moiiiis „( 
defense in Pueblo warfare. Under what circumstances the stuno 
were hurled down at 121:24] has apparently been forgotten. 
"Cuyammique."» '-Cujo, Monque."^ "Cuyamungui'."^ '"^Cuya- 
manque.-'* "Cuya Mangue."' '■Coyanianque."" "Cuvamun- 
que."' "Cuya-mun-ge."'' •'Cuyamongc."" "Cuyamunque."'" 
"Cu-ya-mun-gue."" "Kn Ya-nuing-ge."'= "Kvanmnfc "" Sec 
[21:25]. ■ • - 

The Tewa retain memory of this pueblo much as they do of 
Sahqnse [21:9], with whi(^h they often couple its name. Like 
[21:9], it is a historic ruin. Bandelier says of it: 

Near Pojuaque [21:29] the Teziique stream [21:21] enters that uf I'ojuaque 
[21:5] from the southeast. On its banks, about three miles from the moutli, 
stand the ruins of Ku Ya-mnng-ge. This Teliua village also was in existence 
until 1696, when it was finally abandoned. '- 

In a note Bandelier adds: 

In 1699 the site of the pueblo wasgranted to Alonzo Eael de Aguilar; in 17:il 
it was regranted to Bernardino de Sena, who had married the widow of .lean 
I'Archev&que or Archibeque'- [the murderer of La Salle]. 

According to Hewett," the land where the ruin stands is part of 
an Indian reservation (the Tesuque grant) at the present time. 
The Indian informants agree that the people of Kitjeiniig,' viQve 
Tewa, who, after the abandonment of the place, went to live at other 
Tewa puelilos, but one old man at Nambe insisted that Kujemuge 
was a Tano pueblo. The ruin is on a low mesa and is said to con- 
sist of mounds of disintegrated adobe. Kuje?nug.e gives the names 
to [21:22] and [21:2.5]. _^ 
[21:25] (1) San Ildefonso K'tjemiigeliivxkii'P^ 'place of the ^Mexicans 
l)y the place where they threw the stones down ', referring to 
[21:24] {Kvjemiige, see [21:24]; Jvwxky, ']\Ie.\ican\ modified from 
hwxkiiyf 'iron' 'metal' <^\'wsr 'oak,' leu, 'stone'; '<"' locative 
and adjective-forming posttix). = Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng.Callamongue and other spellings. (<Span.). ^Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Callamonguc and various other .spellings, as will be 
noticed in the quoted forms under [21:24]. (<Tewa). =Tewa (1), 
Eng. (2). Although the spelling of the name varies so much, the 
pronunciation among Mexicans appears to be quite uniform. It 

'Vargas, 1692, quoted by Bancroft, Ariz, and 8 Bandelier in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 188.5. 

N. Mex., p. 199. 18S9. spiillen in lliirpcft. IVecHy.p. 771, Oct. 1, 1890. 

2 Davis, El Gringo, p. 88, lSn7. '"Bandelier in Are/i. In/I. P(i)«;rj<, I. p. -JS. ISSl. 

^Buschmann, Neu-Mexico. p. 2:50, 18.58. ii Bandolier. Final Report, pt. I, p. 123, note. IKJO. 

*Domenech, Deserts, i, p. 443, l^wi. lUhid.. pt. it, p. 8.5, 1892. 

sVetancurt, Teatro Mexicann, in, p. 317, 1.871. "Hcwett: General View, p. 597, 190.5: Antiqui- 

«Cope in Ann. Rep. Wheeler Surrni. app. LL, ].. ties, jil. .vvii, 190(5: CommunauUs. p. .13, 1908. 

70, 187,5. "General View. p. 597, 1905. 

'Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, i, p. 23, note, 
1881. 



3S4 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. Ann. 29 

is kajamoyge. This pronunciation has been obtained from a num- 
ber of Mexicans, and from a Cochiti Indian who had heard only 
the Span, form of the name, with considerable uniformity. Such 
proaunciatiou« as kajamoijM, kajamoyle and l-ujamojjJie are prob- 
ably also to 1)6 heard. Mr. Antonio Koybal and some of his 
friends who live at Callamongue were questioned as to the spell- 
ing of the name by residents of the place. Mr. Roybal wrote 
"Callamongue," which was approved by the othei's. This spell- 
ing has been chosen therefore from among many current ones. 

[21:26] Nambe Pojege 'down where the waters or creeks meet' (/)o 
'water' 'creek'; _;e 'to meet'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). This 
name refers to the confluence. 

[21:27] Nambe Posy,r)W3^g.en)t^ii,, Posy,ywseg,enug.epoha 'place below the 
drink water place' 'marsh below the drink water place ', referring 
to [21:29] {Po.sy,r)Wcrg_ejSee [21:29]; ww'i< 'below'; g.e 'dcwn at' 
'over at'; potm^ 'marsh' <|io 'water,' tsa 'to cut through' 'to 
ooze through '). 

The author once tried to cross this marshy place at a time when 
it looked like a dry meadow, but he slumped in up to his knees, 
much to the amusement of some Mexicans who live near. Of 
course Posy,ywsege7iu'u is a more inclusive name than the other, 
but the two names seem to be used by the Indians indiscriminately'. 
There are a number of Mexican houses at the place. 

[21:28] Nambe Posy,ywxgelwaje 'height of the drink water place', 
referring to [21:29] {Potsy,7jWcrg_e; see [21:29]; kwaje 'height'). 
This name is given to the whole height or hill on which Pojoaque 
stands. 

[21:29] (1) Posy,ywseg.e 'drink water place' {po 'water'; ay^ywce 'to 
drink'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). Why the name was originally 
applied appears to have been forgotten. All the forms in vari- 
ous languages given below seem to be either corrupted from or 
cognate with this name. "San Francisco Pajague".' "Pojua- 
que'\^ "Pujuaque".^ '"Pasuque".*' "Pusuaque".^ "Ojuaque"." 
"Ohuaqui".' " Ohuqui"'.' '•Pojaugue"." "Pojodque".'" " Po- 
godque"." "Payuaque"'.^- "Pejodque"." "Pajuagne"." "Pa- 
juaque".'^ "Projoaque"." "Pozuaque"." "Pofuaque"." "Nues- 

1 Villagrran (1610), Hist. Nueva Mexico, npp. 3, » Parke, Map of New Mexico, 1S61. 

p. 96, 1900. '" Callioun (1851) in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, VI, 

2 MS. CO. 1715 quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Insl. p. 709, 1857. 

Papers, y, p. 193, 1890. » Ibid., in, p.633, 1853. 

3 Villa-Senor, Theatre Amer., II, p. 418, 1748. " Meriwether (1856) in H. R. 'Ex. Doc. 37, 34th 
•1 Alcedo, Die. Geogr. , iv, p. 114, 1788. Cong., 3d sess., p. 146, 1857. 

!■ Hezio (1797-98) quoted by Meline, Two Thou- " Schoolcraft, op. cit., vi, p. 688. 

sand Miles, p. 208, 1867. » Domenech, Deseits N. A., ir, p. 63, 1860. 

'Escudero, Noticias Estad. Chihuahua, p. 180, i' Ibid., i, p. 183. 

Mexico, 1834. '« Taylor in Cat. Farmer, June 19, 1863. 

' Ruxton, Adventures, p. 196, 1848. " Ind. Aff. Sep. for 1S64, p. 193,1865. 

s Ruxtonin Nouv. Ann. Voy.,6th s., x.xi.p. 84, '«Ibid.,p. 191. 
1850. 



HAKEIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 335 

tra Senora de Guadiiliipo dc Pojuaquo".' *'Pouiuaque".= "Pa- 
joaque".^ "Pojoague".' "PojoaciiK-".-' -Pojanquiti"." " Po- 
jake".' "Pojanque".'' '■Po-zuan-ge".=' " Pujuaf,nio"."' 
"Potzua-gc" (given here as ■' native name" accordinir to"liaiid- 
book Inds., pt. 2, p. 274, 1910)." ••Pojouquo.".'-' •• Poluiaqiio ■'.'■• 
"Pojuaque, or more properly Pozuanir-ge"." -'Pojuaiiuo. P'llo 
zuang-ge".»5 '' Fo-zuang-ge, or Pojuaque".'" - Pojua(|u.'. or 
P'o-zuang-ge"." ^'Phojuange".'^ ' ' Posonwii '\ '" Tliis form was 
obtained by Fewkes from the Hano Tewa. It is clearly for 
Posy.ywse-, the g.e being for some reason omitted. "' Pojoaqui'".'" 
" Po-su an-ga i " . - ' 

(2) Picuris '-A'sona', Pojoaqu(> Pueblo. Last syllaUle hard to 
get — seems to have a sound before th(> a, but not dear."'" Prob- 
ably identical or cognate with "Tigua" "P'asuiap", below. 

(3) "Tigua" (presumably Isleta) " Fasuiap". -'^ Cf. Picuris 
"A'sona' ", above. 

(4) "Po;fuaki".=* Clearly <Span. Pojuaque. 

(5) Cochiti Pohwdke, Pohwdketsis. (txx locative). Clearly < Span. 
Pojuaque. 

(6) Eng. Pojoaque, also other spellings. (<Span.) 

(7) Span. Pojoaque, also other spelling,?; see under Tewa (1) 
above. (<Tewa). Span, jf for Tewa .y is the same change as 
in the name Jacoua [21:(3] {<Sa/,-o»sc.) and some other words. 
Notice also that under Tewa (1), above, names are quoted showing 
that attempts have been made to attach the saint-names Nucstra 
Senora de Guadalupe and Sau Francisco to Pojoaque, but they 
have not remained. The name Pojoaque must not l)c confused 
with Pohuate, name of a subpueblo of the Laguna Indians. 
The Handhook of Indians quotes *' Pokwadi " " and " Po'kwoidc " =° 
as Hano forms meaning Pojoaifue, but this is erroneous; 

1 Ward in Ini. AH- Rep. for 1R67, p. 213, 1868. '« Ibid., pt. n, p. 83, IHB. 

2 Arny, ibi<i., 1871, p. 383, 1872. " Ibid., p. 84. 

3 Loew (1875) in Wlieekr Survey Rep., vii, p. 345, " Cu.sliing in Johnson's Univ. Cyclopi-dia, viii, 
1879. P- 3, 1896. 

< Morrison, Ibid., app. NN., p. 1276, 1877. " Fewkes, Tusayan Migration Traditions, in 

5 Gatschet, ibid., vii, p. 417, 1879. Xiii'lccnth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn.. pt. i, p. 614. IVW. 

6 Stevenson in SmUhsoninn Rep. 1880, p. 137, =° Hewett, Antiquities, pi. .tvii, 1906. 

2881. '■ Jonvenceau in Catholic Pioneer, i, No. 9, \: 

' Stevenson in Second Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 12, 1906. 

328 1883. ^ Spindcn, Picuris notes, .MS., 1910. 

8 Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883. ^ Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., ls9o 

= Bandelier in Ritcli. New Mi'.xico, p. 201, 1S85 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 274. 1910). 

■0 Bandelic-r in Revue d'Ethwg.. p. 203, 18S6. « Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocabularj-. 18S5. ciicl 

" Bandelier, ibid. "> 'bid. 

■2 Wallace, Lund of the Pueblos, p. 42, 188.S. ».stephcn in EinMh Rep. B<ir. Am,r. h.il.n.. ... 

13 Briihl in GWw.s-, lv, No. 9, p. 129, 1889. 37, 1891. 

i< Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 124, 1890. » Fewkes, op. cit. 

16 Ibid., p. 260. 



336 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

'• Pokwadi" and " Po'kwoide" are both for Tewa PoqivoJLe ' Sau 
Eldefonso people' (see |19:ii2]). 

Pojoaque has changed gradually from an Indian pueblo to a 
Mexican settlement. 

It became the seat of the Spanish mission of San Francisco early in the 
seventeenth century. After the Pueblo rebellions of 16S0 and 1696 it was 
abandoned, but was resettled with five families, by order of the governor of 
New Mexico, in 1706, when it became the mission of Nuestra Senora de Guada- 
lupe. In 1760 it was reduced to a visita of the Nambe mission; but in 1782 it 
a^ain became a mission, with Nambe and Tesuque as its visitas. In 1712 its 
population was 79; in 1890 it was only 20; since 1900 it has become extinct as 
a Tewa pueblo, the houses now being in possession of Mexican families. ' 

In 1909 the writer could not find an Indian at Pojoaque, although 
a girl was found who said she was partly- Indian but did not know 
the Indian language. At Pojoaque were obtained the names of 
three men said to be Pojoaque Indians. The family names of 
these men is Tapia. One was said to be living at Nambe and two 
at Santa Fe. The history of Pojoaque is well known to the 
Indians of other pueblos. When at Santo Domingo in 1909 the 
writer was told that he could not be permitted to sleep at that 
pueblo and was reminded i>y an old Indian of the fate of Pojoaque. 
Cf. especially [21:.30] and [21:31]. 
[21:;50] (1) Po-sy.rjwxg.e'e 'little drink water place' {Posy,yWceg.e, see 
[21:29]; 'e diminutive). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Pojoaquito. (<Span.). = Span. (3). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(3) Span. Pojoaquito (diminutive of Pojoaque [21:29]). = Eng. 
(2). Cf. Tewa (1). 

The eastern group of houses on Pojoaque height is called thus. 
The church is at this place. Both Mexicans and Indians are care- 
ful to distinguish between Pojoaque and Pojoaquito. 
[21:31] (1) TeV e" oywil-ej !, Tel''eoywUejroywipiyffe, Tek'e'oTjvnpijjge- 
^oyivikeji 'cotton wood bud pueblo ruin' 'cottonwood bud pueblo 
ruin central!}' situated among the (Tewa) pueblos' {teVe bud of 
male tree of Populus wislizeni, Populus acuminata, or Populus 
angustifolia < teas in te.iq, see under [15:16], I'e 'kernel' 'grain'; 
'' qywikej i. 'pueblo ruin' < ''oyxvi 'pueblo', kejl''o\A'' postpound; 
firjqe 'in the middle of 'in the midst of). Why the pueblo was 
given the name 'cottonwood l)ud(s)' seems no longer to be known. 
It was designated ^oywipiyge 'centrally situated among the pueblos' 
because it and the historic Pojoaque [21:29] are actually so situ- 
ated. San Juan is north, Santa Clara northwest, San Ildefonso 
west, Tesuque south, and Nambe east of this place. No other 
pueblo is so situated. This was stated independently by several 

I Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 274, 1910. 



•''><'™xJ PLACE-XAiMKS 337 

Indians at San Ildofonso, Nainbo, and San Juan. When the 
writer objected that other pueblos, as Jacona [21:(t] for ex- 
ample, when inhabited also occupied a central position, the in- 
formants answered that that miji-ht be true, but that it did not 
alter the fact that the i)uel(lo ruin [21:;n] used to be called 
'qrjunpijjge. One San Ildefonso Indian said that [21::U] was the 
middle of the Tewa counti-y. It is not known what importance 
should be attached to his statement. Bandolier writes of the 
pueblo ruin: 

The Tehuas [Tewa] claim tliat this puelilo marks tlie center of tlie ran-o of 
their people, and that the division into two branches, of which the Tohua.s 
became the northern and the Tanos the southern, took place there in verv 
ancient times. Certain it i.s that in the sixteenth century the Tehuas alreailv 
held the Tesuque valley ten miles south of Pojuaque, as they still hold it today.' 

San Juan "Te-je Uing-ge 0-ui-ping".' This is evidently for 
the locative form Tek'eqtjwu/eorjwipiyffe. '■Tohauipiiif,'-'".^ 

(-2) Posy,VWseg,eqtjwiJi-e}i 'drink water place pueblo ruin', refer- 
ring to the vicinity of [21:20] (Posu)jwxg.(>, see [21:29]: 'qiju'ikeji 
'pueblo ruin' K'qrjwi 'pueblo', keji 'old' postpound). The 
informants sav that this name is descriptive and that the name 
given under (1) above is the real, old name of the pueblo ruin. 
Bandelier, Hewett, and the Handbook of Indians incorrectl}- locate 
the pueblo ruin. Bandelier writes: 

Around the Pojuaque [21:29] of today cluster ancient recollections. -V 
large ruin, called by the San Juan Indians Te-je TJing-ge 0-ui-ping, occupied 
the southern slope of the bleak hills [21:28] on which stands thie present vil- 
lage [21:29]' 

The writer's Indian and JMexicun informants knew of no pueblo 
ruin on the southern slope of [21: 28]. Tel'e'qyioikeji'qijicipirj'jL, 
as is well known to the Tewa and many Mexicans, is situated as 
located on sheet [21] on the northern slope overlooking Pojoa(|ue 
Creek. Bandelier's mention of San- Juan informants makes it 
probable that his information was obtained at Sun Juan Pueblo and 
that he did not visit the ruin. Bandelier's mention of San Juan 
informants gives rise to a mistake in the Ilandhooh oflndiann; see 
below. Hewett and the Handbook evidently follow Bandelier: 

Le village de Pojoaque [21:29] s'est d6peupl6 r^cemment; 11 tombc en 
mines. Sur la colline, au sud, sont les restes d'un ancien village appel6 
Tehauiping.- 

The ruins of a prehistoric Tewa pueblo on the s. slope of the hills on which 
stands the present jiueblo of San Juan, on the Rio Grande in New .Mexico.^ 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. s). ls92. > Handbook Inds, pt. 2, p. 724, lalu. 

sHewett, Commimautes, p. 3.3, 1908. 
S75S4°— 29 ETH— 16 22 



338 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA li^fDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

It will be noticed that the first edition of the Handbook (1910), 
owincv probably to the luentiou of San Juan informants in Bande- 
lier's sentence, is doubly in error in indicatiug the location of the 
rain on the south slope at San Juan when in reality it is on the 
north slope at Pojoaque. 

The ruin lies on the nearly level hilltop, which slopes slightly 
toward Pojoaque Creek. It overlooks the creek, from which it 
is separated by a precipitous hillside. The land on which tiie 
ruin is situated belongs to Mr. Camillo Martinez, who lives near 
San Ildefonso Pueblo. The ruin consists of mounds of adobe. 
It measures 138 paces in an east-west direction and 131 in a north- 
south direction. The Tewa say that it had once a large popula- 
tion. The pueblo has certainly not been inhabited in historic 
times. Informants say it was a Tewa pueblo, but what became 
of its inhabitants they do not know. 
[21:3i!] (1) Nambe Migtlkqlaiu 'Michael arroyo' {3fig.el <Span. 
Miguel; kokiiu 'arroyo with barrancas' Kkq 'barranca', huu 
' large groove ' 'arroj'o'). (<Span.) Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Arroyo Miguel 'Michael's arroyo'. Cf. Tewa (1). Why 
the name is given is not known. 

Unlocated 

Nambe Kq-rjfqwxyge 'place down at the tail of the American bison ' 

{ko'-yf 'American bison or bufl'alo'; qwa^yf ' tail '; ge 'down at' 

' over at '). 
The place known by this name is somewhere east of Tesuque 

Creek [21:21] and near Callamongue settlement [21:25]. 
Nambe Soqwiwi'i 'bridle gap' {sogwi 'bridle' <so 'mouth', qwi 

'cord' 'fiber'; wi''i 'gap'). 
This 'gap 'is situated somewhere in the northeastern part of 

the sheet. The name nutst have originated since the introduction 

of the horse. 

[22] SANTA FE MOUNTAIN SHEET • 

The mountains east of the Tewa country are shown on this 
sheet (map 22). These mountains are called by the Tewa 
TampijiV^^irif 'eastern mountains' {t'qinpije 'east' Kfqrjf 
'sun', pije 'toward'; Y*' locative and adjective-forming postfix; 
f i??y 'mountain'). The Americans call them, especially the range 
west of the Pecos River [22:62], the Santa Fe Mountains; see spe- 
cial treatment of Santa Fe Mountains [Large Features:?] Most 
of the place-names were obtained from Indians of Nambe, who are 
better acquainted with .the region than are those of the other Tewa 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAEEI.VGTON] PLACE-XAMES 339 

pueblos. The locuted ruins on the sheet proper are all ciaiuicd 
by the Nambe Indians as the villages of their ancestors. The 
greater part of the area shown is at present comprised in tiie 
Pecos National Forest (formerly known as Pecos River Forest 
Reserve). 

[22:1] Rio Grande, see special treatment [Large Features], pp. 100- 102. 

[22:2] Embudo Creek, see [8:79]. 

[22:3] Trampas Creek, see [8:S0]. 

[22:4] (1) Eng. Trampas settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Trampas, Las Trampas 'the traps'. =Eng. (1). 
"Trampas."" 

It appears that no Tewa name for the settlement exists. Cf. 
[22:3]. 

[22:5] Peaasco Creek, see [8:8.i]. 

[22:6] Penasco settlement, see [8:98]. 

[22:7] Picuris Pueblo, see [8:8S]. 

[22:8] Pueblo Creek, see [8:86]. 

[22:9] (1) Ty.mpijjj' 'basket mountain' (fy,>JJ' 'ba.sket'; ppjj' ' moun- 
tain'). It is said that the name is applied to the mountain because 
of its shape. Cf. Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Picuris " Jicarilla or Jicarita peak is called Qayaitha, which 
means mountain. Jicarilla or Jicarita is called /nltljA^e//io, 'eat- 
ing basket '".- 

(3) Eng. Jicarita Mountain, Jicarita Peak. (<Span.). = 
Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(4) Cerro Jicara, Cerro Jicarita, Cerro Jicarilla 'mountain of 
the basket' 'mountain of the cup-shaped basket". =Eng. (2). 
Cf. Tewa (1). "Jicarilla Peak". ^ "Jicarrita'".* 

The peak is roundish like an inverted basket; it is not heaviiv 
wooded; Bandelier* calls it "the bald Jicarrita."" The altitude of 
the mountain has been determined by the United States Geolog- 
ical Survey to be 12,944 feet.^ It is well known to tlie Tewa that 
Jicarita Peak is a sacred mountain of the Picuris Indians. The 
Picuris have a shrine on its sunuuit, it is said, and members of 
certain fraternities of Picuris frequenth' visit the top of .Jicarita 
in a body. 

[22:10] Truchas Creek, Las Truchas Creek, see [9:9]. 

[22:11] (1) Eng. Truchas settlement, Las Truchas settlement. 
(<Span.). = Span. (2). 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 35, 1S92. 

2 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

3 U. S. Geog. Surveys W. of the lOOlh Merid., Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern New Mexico, 
atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-77. 

* Bandelier, op. cit., p. 34. 

s Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, p. 645. 1906. 



340 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) Span. Truchas, Las Truchas 'the trout', probably called so 
from TjTichas Creek [22:10J. "Truchas".' There is no Tewa 
name for the settlement. 

This is a small Mexioan town. Sheep and other stock are 
raised on the hills in the vicinity. The grandfather of one San 
Juan informant used to herd his sheep up by Truchas, make 
cheese from the milk at Truchas town, and bring it to San Juan 
Pueblo to sell. The important claypit [22 : 12] is near Truchas. 
[22:12] San Juan ' Onaeyje'iij fhug.e7iqi)l' qndiwe ' where the earth is dug- 
down by crooked clan place arroyo', refei'ring to [22:10](V>//?aK9- 
g^^yr)fhu''u, see [22:10]; ge 'down at' 'over at'; nqyf 'earth' 
'clay'; Tcoyf 'to dig'; ''iwe locative). 

It is said that at this place the best red pottery clay known to 
the Tewa is obtained. It is pebbly, but makes very strong 
dishes, and it is used especiallj^ for ollas. It is said that Tewa of 
various pueblos visit this place frequently and carry awaj' the clay. 
See under Minerals, page 581. The clay deposit is a mile or 
two southeast of Truchas town [22:11]. 
[22:13] (1) Kmv'ipivf, Kus^tinx apparently 'rock horn mountain' 
'place of the rock horns', but .st^y has the intonation of {<ejjj' 
'man in prime' rather than that of .sf7;y 'horn' although some 
Indians recognize it as the latter word and feel sure of the mean- 
ing given above {ku 'stone' 'rock'; .<<tij f 'horn'; |ii?;y 'moun- 
tain'; nse locative). If this etymology is correct, as several 
Indians have assured the writer, the name doubtless refers to the 
upward-projecting rocks of the sunmiit described by Bandclier: 
"The summit of the Truchas is divided into sharp-pointed peaks, 
recalling the 'Horner Stocke' or 'Dents' of the Alps".^ 

(2) Eng. Truchas Mountain(s), Truchas Peak. (<Span.). 
= Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Sierra Truchas, Sierra de las Truchas 'mountain or 
mountain range of the trout'. = Eng. (2). This name appears 
to be taken from Truchas Creek [22:10], which rises at tliis 
mountain. "Trout mountains (Sierra de la Trucha)'".^ "Sierra 
de las Truchas."^ Of the height of Truchas Peak Bandelier says: 

The highest pomt of the whole region [i. e., the whole southwestern United 
States], as far as known, lies in northern New Mexico. The 'Truchas', north 
of Santa Fe, ascend to 13,150 feet above sea level. None of the peaks of the 
Sierra Madre reach this altitude; tliey do not even attain the proportions of 
lesser mountains in New Mexico like the Sierra Blanca . . . [11,892 according 
to official maps], 'Baldy' [22:.53] (12,661), the Costilla (12,634) or the Sierra 
de San Mateo [29:115] (11,200). The same may be said of Arizona, where 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 35, 45, 1892. 

2 Ibid., p. 35. 

3 Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., i, p. 39, 1881. 
'See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, pp. 34, 35, 63, 1892. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 341 

only the northern rantres of the Sierra de Saii Fraiieiseo and the .Sierra Hlunra, 
rise above 12,000 feet.' 

Again : 

The Truchas are slightly higher than Taos Peak [8:51]. The latter is l:?,H.5 
feet, the former 13,150,— botli according to Wheeler. The altitude of the 
Jiearrita [22:9] hag not, to my knowledge, been deteraiined; liiit the impres-^inn 
of those who have ascended to its top is that it exceeds the Truchas in lieight.^ 

The United States Geological Survey ha.s established the altitude 
of Truchas Peak as 13,275 feet, and that of *' Jicarilla" Peak a.s 
12,944 feet. See [22:14]. It is said that 7iulcu is found on this 
peak; .see under Minerals. 

[22:14] ' <>'k''q!h](]e--il, KuKinfynfiP yqe oV -i^ yriqe.iU Ei(Sinnxpsp.i)ge\>li' u- 
'iyfjeM 'the shadowy side or place' 'the shadowy side l)eyond 
rock horn mountain ' ' the shadowy side beyond the place of the 
rock horns' Cok'y, 'shadow'; Hy[/eM 'side'; Kufiempirjf^KnAinmf, 
see [22:13]; pxyge 'beyond'). It is said that on the other side of 
the great mountain [22:13] the sun rarely shines. On that side 
near the mountain top all the place is like smokj- ice l(oji j>\iidi'' 
'black ice' < \/ji '' ice' , p' ^ij j> 'blackness' 'black', T' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). On the mountain.side below this ice 
are flowers, white, red, yellow. See [22:13]. 

[22:15] San Juan Tasinty.yiv^jo'ol-u, .see [12:19]. 

[22:16] San Juan Sapobuu, see [12:3,'<]. 

[22:17] Santa Cruz Creek, see |15:1S]. 

[22:18] (1) Tffimajo, Tsimnjobu'a 'flaking stone of superior quality' 
'town of the flaking .stone of superior quality' {tsii, 'flaking 
stone' of any variety; majo 'superior' 'chief, apparently < ;/<« 
unexplained, ^'o augmentative; hin 'town'). With the name cf. 
fowft> -pinon of superior quality' [3:11]. Just why the name 
was originallv applied has been forgotten. No obsidian or otlief 
flaking stone is known to exist at the place. = Eng. (2), Span. (?.). 

(2) Eng. Chimayo settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (l),Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Chimayo. ( < Tewa). = Tewa (1), Eng. (2). The pho- 
netic condition of the Tewa name is well adapted to be tjiken over 
into Span.; cf., for general sound, Chumayel, a place in the 
country of the Maya Indians. "Chimayo".' The Indians of 
Taos (according to "information obtained by the writer) and of 
Picuris (according to information obtained by Doctor Spinden) 
know the place well, but call it by its Span. name. 

The Indians sav that Chimayo u.sed to be a Tewa Indian pueblo, 
then called Tslmajo'qvtvi ('oywi ' pueblo '). This pueblo was situ- 
ated where the church now is, the informants stated. The church 
is on the south side of the creek. Where the church now is there 



■ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i. pp. 7-8 and notes, 1890. 
'Ibid., pt. II, p. 34, nole, 1S92. 
3 Ibid. ,p. 83. 



342 ETHNOGEOGHAPHY OF THE TEVv'A INDIANS |rth. ann. 29 

used to be a pool, they say, called Tsimo/jopolwi {pohvi ' pool ' 
<po 'water', ^w^ unexplained). The earth or mud of this pool 
has healing properties; see below. Doctor Hewett furnishes the 
following information about Chimayo: 

Chimayo was originally an Indian pueblo, a pueblo of blanket weavers. 
There is a famous old shrine at the lUace. It was originally an Indian shrine. 
After the pueblo became Mexicanized a church was built by the shrine and 
pilgrimages were made to the shrine from all over the Southwest. The church 
built at the shrine is in the custodianship of the people of purest Indian descent. 
In a grotto is the curative earth. Boards in the floor are taken up in order 
to get at the earth. People used to carry the earth away with them. Articles 
of silver, brass, ami glass were dejjosited at the place. The earth was con- 
secrated. 

The Mexican inhabitants of Chimayo are famous for the beau- 
tiful blankets which they weave. The blankets are of a thin 
texture and have attractive designs in colors. Hundreds of dol- 
lars' worth of these blankets are purchased from the makers every 
year. "'Chimayo blankets made; by Chimayo Indians of northern 
New Mexico, who are now practically extinct, are thought to be 
the connecting link between Na\ajo and 8altillo weaving." ' It 
is probable that the Chimayo blankets are a development of 
ancient Tewa weaving. No blankets are now woven by the Tewa 
Indians, this art probably having been lost since the Mexicaniza- 
tion of the Tewa country. It is said that Chimayo blankets are 
woven also by Mexicans living at Santuario [22:20] and at other 
places in the vicinity of Chimayo. 

Chimayo lies in a deep canyon or cafiada. Bandolier^ mentions 
the "gorges of Chimayo." He proliably refers to a number of 
gorges, as those of [22:17], [22:22], and [22:26]. It is said 
that a large part of the settlement is on the north side of the creek; 
the church and some houses are, however, on the south side. 
There is vei'y little published information about Chimayo. Ban- 
delier merely mentions the name, and no information is given in 
Hewett's publications. Tsimajo gave the creek [22:17] its old 
Tewa name. It gives the name also to a mountain or hill [22:19]. 
According to information obtained by an investigator at Santa 
Clara Pueblo, Chimayo was one of the places at which tiro and 
smoke were belched forth in ancient times. 
[22:19] Tsimajo piyf 'mountain of the flaking stone of superior qual- 
ity', referring to [22 -.IS] (Tsimajo, .see [22:18]; piyf 'mountain'). 
This name is given to a mountain or hill north of Chimayo 
[22:18]; it was seen and located from the heights between Nambe 
and Cundayo [25:7J. 

> Ainci-. Mitunim Journal, xir. no. 1. p. 33, Jan.. 1912. 

> Final Report, pt. ii, p. 74, 1892, 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 34.S 

[22:20] (1) Eng. Santuario .settlement. KSpan.)- =Span. (i'). 

(2) Span. Santuario 'sanctuary'. ^Eiijr. (l). There is no 
Tewa name for this Mexican settlement. 

See under [22:41] and Santuario Mountains under [22: un- 
locate.d]. 

[22:21] Nambe Po)i,fifij,r)V}seb>iu 'corner of the tall plumed arrovo 
shrub' {'poiifi 'plumed arroyo shrub' 'Fallugia paradoxa acu- 
minata'; ty,)jwse 'tallness' 'tall'; bu^ti 'large low roundish placi'"). 
It is said that this low place is so named because the plumed 
arroyo shrub actually grows tall there. 

[22:22] (1) Nanibe and San Juan Po\-p(>hint 'little water creek' 
'creek of the small stream of water' (po 'water'; -s diminutive; 
poluPu 'creek with water in it' </w 'water', Jui'u 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). Cf. Picuris (2), Eng. (;3), Span. (4). 

(2) Picuris "Pat/iiqeone, KioChiciuito, literally 'little i-iver'."' 
Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. RioChiquito. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Cf. Tewa(l), 
Picuris (2). 

(4) Span. Rio Chiquito ' little river". = Eng. (3). Cf . Tewa (1), 
Picuris (2). There is reason to believe that the Tewa form is the 
original one, and that tlie Span, form is an attempt at translating 
it, while the Picuris form is a mere translation of the Span. form. 

It is said that the creek is called by its Tewa name because tlie 
stream of water in it is very small. Cf. Rio Chiquito settlement, 
also Rio Frijoles, under [22:uidocatcdJ. 
[22:23] Sapapiywi'i of obscure etymology (S/ipapiyf, see under [22: 
unlocated]; wPi 'gap'). 

This pass drains into the Pecos River [22:62] and Medio Creek 
[22:2s]. 
[22:24] Nambe P'ig.apiyj' 'mountain of an unidentified species of 
bird' ipuga a large species of bird the description of which indi- 
cates that it is probably the sandhill crane'; piuf 'mountain'). 

It is said that the Pecos River [22:63] has its origin at this 
mountain. 
[22:25] (1) Nambe Ilumatopvj.f of obscure etymology (Ininuito unex- 
plained; pijjf 'mountain"). 

(2) Span. Cerro del Cuballe 'mountain of the notch." 
This is a very high peak. Jt can be distinguished by its yel- 
lowish colot\ 
[22:20] Nambe fopvjf, see [25:14|. 
[22:27] Nambe Topinipxyc/eHmpo/iuii, see [25:15]. 
[22:28] Medio Creek, see [25:3]. 

iSpinrten, Picuris notes. MS., ll'll). 



344 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

[22:29] Wijo 'the o-reatgap' {wii 'gap'; Jo augmentative). 

This gap is well known to all the Tewa. It is large and wide 
and can be clearly seen from most parts of the Tewa country. At 
Santa Clara Pueblo the sun appears to rise through this gap, a 
fact which has been mentioned by Santa Clara Indians both to 
another investigator and to the writer. Somewhere at or near 
the gap is the ruin of the ancient pueblo W/Jo'oijwi 'pueblo of 
the great gap' ( Wijo, see above; ^Qywi 'pueblo'), which was built 
by the united Summer and Winter people after thej' had wan- 
dered separately for generations. See Wi'jo'qywi/icJ/' under [22: 
unlocatedj. 

[22:30] 'Nsixahe /"iikwaje ' locust height' (fij, 'locust'; hiiaje 'height"). 
Cf. [2:10]. ^ ' 

[22:31] Iffamhe Knjotfa, Kojotfa apparently 'big rock there' (1*m, Iv; 
'stone' 'rock'; yV; augmentative; ffa 'to be there' 'to be at a 
place ', the dual and plural forms being sa). 

[22:32] }i&mhe Kuj)\ijfhu'i(, see [21:11]. 

[22:33] Nambe Johuu, see [15:29]. 

[22:3-1] Namb^ Jo/iuo^'u\', Jo/mkwaje 'little hills of cane-cactus 
arroyo ' ' height of cane-cactus arroyo', referring to [22:33] {Johuu, 
see [22:33]; '(^/w ' hill'; '<? diminutive; hvaje ^height'). 

[22:3.5] Nambe Psetehuu 'deer dwelling-place arroyo' (Psete-, see 
[22:36]; Auu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). The name is probablj' 
taken fi'om [22:36], q.v. 

This arroyo flows into Hmog< [24:1]. 

[22:36] Nambe Fxtekwaje 'deer dwelling-place heights' {-pse. 'mule- 
deer'; ;"(? 'dwelling-place'; Away'*) ' height'). This place probably 
gives the name to [22:35]. It is said that there is good deer 
hunting on these heights, hence the name. 

[22:37] Nambe Creek, see [19:3]. 

[22:38] Nambe P^/J<? 'deer water' (^^ 'mule-deer'; p^' 'water'). The 
lower course of this arroyo is called ' Obipowe, see [23:25]. 

[22:39] Nambe IIq/ty.pfnve 'owl water' 'owl creek' {niqhy, 'owl'; po 
'water'; we locative). 

[22:40] Nambe Kehwaje ^qrjwikeji ' pueblo ruin of the sharply pointed 
height' {Jce 'peak' 'shai-pness' 'sharp'; l-waje 'height'; 
^oywikeji 'pueblo ruin' K^qywi 'pueblo', leejl 'old' postpound). 
" Ke-gua-yo".^ "Keguaya".^ 
Of this pueblo ruin Bandelier says: 

Mesas with abrupt sides border upon the valley [of Naiiib6] in the east, and 
on these there are pueblo ruins. The Indians of Namb6 assert that they were 
reared and occupied, as well as abandoned, by their ancestors prior to the 
establishment of Spanish rule in New Mexico. They alsti gave me gome of the 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 84, 1892. 2 Hewett, Communaut(=s, p. 33, 1908. 



HARRINGTON-] PLACE-NAMES 345 

names: . . . Ke-gua-yo, in tlio vicinity of the Chupaderoa [probably 
[22:51]], a cluster of springs about four miles east of Xambd in a narrow 
mountain gorge.' 

Ilewett says: 

Plus loin, ce eont les mines de Keguaya, -X quelques milles i\ I'eft ile 
Kambe . . . on suppose que ce sont celles des villages historiiiuead&s Nanibc' 
All that fould be learnod is that this is a very anciont villuiri' t>f 
the Nambe people. 
[22:41] Nambe ^ Agnwonu qyvnkej i of obscure etyinolojjy, poriiaps 
' pueblo ruin where the cowrie or olivella shells are or were \\\xn^- 
ing down' ('rtgrt unexplained, but occurring in several Te\va])lare- 
names, e. g. ^Agatfanupyjf [22:54-], possibly an old form of 'n^^n 
' cowi'ie shell', 'olivella shell", it is said; wo "to hang"; nu loca- 
tive; 'oywih'ji 'pueblo ruin' <^oywi 'pueblo', keji *old' post- 
pound). Since the etymology above was given by a very reliable 
informant, an aged cacique, considerable weight is to be attached 
to it. "A-ga Uo-no".' '"Agauono". This is given = both as 
the name of the pueblo ruin and, by mistake, a.s the name of 
Juan B. Gonzalez^ of San lldefonso, whose Indian name is 
''Agdjo'q'nfse ' shaking star ' i^agojo 'star'; q''nfx 'shaking"), not 
^Ag.aivonu. 

Bandelier has already been quoted with regard to this pueblo 
ruin (see under [22:40]). He speaks further of — 

A-ga Uo-no and Ka-ii-yu [22:42], both in the vicinity of the Santuario in 
the mountains.' 

The location of " the Santuario" has not l)een ascertained. 
[22:20] is the Mexican settlement called Santuario. Ilewett 
writes as follows: 

Plus loin, cesont les ruines de Keguaya [22:-10], a quelques milles i1 Test 
de Kambe et de Tobipange [25: 30], a 8 milles au nord-est; on suppose que le 
sont celles des villages historiques dos Xambe. Les ruines d" Agauono etde 
Kaayu [22:42] sur le Santuario [see above], a quelques milles plus loin au 
nord-est, indiquent probablement I'ancienne residence de certains elans des 
Nambe. - 

^Agawonu is said to have been a very ancient pueblo of the 
Nambe people. 
[22:4'i] Nambe j?'(i'«w»'o?;wi/?-«/i'puebloruinof an nnidentitied species 
of bird called Fa'^wl' {A'q'xwi'i an unidentified species of^ bird 
of bluish color which cries hi/ul; 'oijwikejrpwhlo ruin' K'ouun 
'pueblo', k>^l ' old' postpound.) For Bandelier's spelling of u-n 
as "ye" or "yu", see [16:10.5] and [16:114]. 



I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. M. 1892. 
>Hewett, Uommunautds, p. Si, laOS. 



346 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETii. ANN. 29 

For quoted information about K'qffMrti see uwAev 'Agawonu 
[22:41], above. As in the case of -Agawonu, it could be learned 
only that E^q's^wvi was a very ancient pueblo of the Nambe 
people. 
[22:43] (1) livi,mh^ NamhepoJmpojemu'iwe ^'p\a.c& of the waterfalls of 
• Nambe Creek' (iV<.w«6epoA?«'M, see [19:3]; pojenni'i'we 'waterfalls' 
<po 'water', _/«??!<' to fall', said of ?>+,'' iwe locative). This is 
the descriptive name current at all the Tewa pueblos. 

{■2) Nambe Fojemv/iwe ' the waterfalls ' {po ' water '; ^"twiw to 
fair said of 3+; 'mv locative). When this term is used at Nambe 
it is understood which waterfalls are meant. 

(3) Nambe Poif/«w« ' where the water dies' (/>« 'water'; tfti 
' to die ' ; nx ' at ' locative postfix). Cf . [22 : 44], [22 : 45], [22 : 46]. 

(4) Eng. Nambe Falls. 

(5) Span. Salto de Agua de Nambe, Caida de Agua de Nambe, 
'Nambe Falls'. 

These are the well-known waterfalls of Nambe Creek. Three 
poi-tions of the falls have distinct names; see [22:44], [22:45], 
and [22: 4t)]. The Nambe name Pofjunse appears to refer espe- 
cially to the two lower falls; see [22:46]. 

[22:44] Nambe PofJun''u 'below where the water dies' {Potfa, see 
[22:43]; w«'« 'below'). This name is given to the first water- 
fall met when going up Nambe Creek, the lowest of the Nambe 
Falls. See [22 :43], [22 :45], and [22 :46]. 

[22:45] Nambe Potful-'icnlabefje 'meal-drj'ing jar place where the 
water dies' {Potfu, see [22:43]; k'seniabe 'meal-dr3ung jar', for 
drying meal for preservation <^'a;7;y 'meal' 'ilour', fa 'to dry'; 
be 'vessel' 'pottery'; g_e 'down at' 'over at'). It is said that the 
name is applied because of the bowl-like shape of the can^^on at 
the base of this fall. This name is given to the middle one of 
the Nambe Falls, situated between [22:44] and [22:46]. See 
[22:43], [22:44 1, [22:46]. 

[22:46] 'Siimhi', Potfupfgnnte, Poffif^tnve, Poffidwaje 'waterfall or 
place beyond or above the place where the water dies' {Pot fa, 
see [22:43]; pxnnse 'beyond' < pxyf unexplained, nse. locative; 
Icewe ' above ' < ^e ' top ', we locative ; knJajh ' above '). This name 
is applied to the uppermost of the Nambe Falls. See [22:43], 
[22:44], [22:45]. 

[22:47] Nambe Pimpijeimpowe 'the northern creek' {pynpije 'north' 
< Pwf 'mountain' 'up country', pije 'toward'; yjf locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; powe 'creek' < po 'water', we 
locative). 

This is the north branch of upper Nambe Creek. See [19:3], 
[22:48]. 



HARRIXGTO.N] PLACE-NAMES 347 

[22:48] Namhe 'Al-ojiipijeinipowe 'the southern creek' ('idquij)!),- 
'south' < 'al-qi),f 'plain' 'down country': pije ' toward'; iyy 
locative and adjective-fonniriji- posttix: powc "creek' < />«' water", 
we locative). 

This is the south branch of upper Nanihe Creek. See [19::^] 
and [22:47]. 
[22:49] (1) Nambe Pihiwe " little red pile of roundish shape' (/</ 'red- 
ness' 'red'; ii as in hlrl, 'small and roundish like a liall': ve 
locative). 

(2) Span. Cerrito de la Junta • little mountain of the joining', 
said to refer to the joining of [22:47] and [22:4S]. 

This small mountain is a short distance southwest of [22:.")(i]. 
[22:50] Nambe KaivPP' ' place of the twisted leaf or leaves' (/.-a " leaf; 
wi for q'wi of San Ildefonso and Santa Clara dialects, meaning ' to 
twist'; 'j"' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

This place is described as a high, level locality a short distance 
northeast of the little mountain [22:4'.tJ. 
[22:51] (1) Nambe and San Ildefonso Ti^epohuu, TtiepoJco[/e ' coruev of 
the seven waters ' ' place down bj' the barranca of the seven 
waters' {tse 'seven'; po 'water', here evidently referring to 
springs of water; bu'u ' large low roundish place": ^'o ' barranca'; 
ge ' down at ' ' over at '). 

(2) Span. Los Chupaderos, Chupaderos 'the sucking places' 
meaning where water is sucked up. For the name cf. [23:25], 
[22:58], [14:87]. It is probable that the Tewa and Span, names 
refer to a single place. Bandelier says: '-Ke-gua-yo [22:40] in 
the vicinity of the Chupaderos, a cluster of springs about four 
miles east of Nambe in a narrow mountain gorge." ' See [22:52]. 
[22:52] Nambe Tsepopowe 'creek of the seven waters' {Tsepo, see 

[22:51]; pime ' creek' < po ' water', ive locative). 
[22:53] (1) Nambe PoVipiijf • flower mountain ' {poll 'flower'; piitjf 
'raount^xin'). Why it is called thus is not known, unless it be 
because it is bare on top, with flowery meadows in the summer 
time. This name refers to the very high peak just north <>f 
[22:54]. Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). Span. (4). 

(2) Eng. Baldy Peak, Santa Fc Baldy. Cf. Tewa (1), ^pa^. 
(3), Span! (4). ''' Baldy." - " Santa Fe Baldy." ^ 

(3) Span. Cerro Pelado ' bald mountain '. Cf . Tewa (1), Eng. (2), 
Span. (4). The mountain is so called because of its bald top, 
snow-capped in winter, grassy in summer. 

(4) Span. Cerro del Zacate Blanco 'mountain of the white 
gmss'. This evidently refers to its gra ssy top. Cf. Tewa (1), 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. !i. p. 84, 1892. 

3 The Vallfy Rtnch (pamphlet on the Valley Ranch, Valley Ranch. X. Mex., n. .1.). 



348 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ann. 29 

Euc. (2), Span. (3). This naiue appears to he coiisiderahly used 
by Mexicans who live about Nambe. 

This great peak seems to be better known to Mexicans and 
Americans who reside in the Tewa country or about Santa Fe 
than it is to the Tewa Indians. The chief attention of the Tewa 
is directed to the sacred Lake Peak [22:54], and many Tewa of 
San Ildefonso, Santa Clara, and San Juan do not know Baldy 
Peak by any name. Bandelier says of Baldj' Peak and Lake 
Peak: 

Two of the highest peaks of the southern Rocky Mountains rise within a 
comparatively short distance of Santa Fe, — Baldy, 12,6G1 feet, and Lake Peak 
[22:54], at the foot of which the Santa Fe River [22:56] rises, 12,405 feet.' 

Subsequent measurement V)y the United States Geological Sur- 
vey determines the height of Baldy as 12,623 feet, and that of 
Lake Peak as 12,380 feet. Somewhere immediately north of 
Baldy Peak rises the unlocated Tfu\j<>piyj'\ see under [22:unlo 
cated]. Tfujopiyj' is a large mountain, it is said, but not so 
large nor so high as Baldy Peak. Cf. (irass Mountain [22: 
unlocated] and Pecos Baldy [22:unlocated]. 
[22:54] (1) Wgat/xnupiyfoi obscure etymology {^aga unexplained, 
but possibly an old form of ''og.a 'cowrie shell', 'olivella shell'; it 
is found in several unetymologizable Tewa place-names, as Namb6 
'Ag.awonu [22:41]; ;'/a?imexplained; tru apparently locative). One 
San Ildefonso Indian pronounced the name ''Ag.atfansg, but others 
asserted that this form is not correct. The lake 'Agaffxnitpiy- 
Jcewepohvi [22:unlocated] is sometimes designated merely 'Agat- 
fsenupokwi, and this usage may shed some light on the origin of 
the name Ag.atfsenu-. 

(2) T'ampijeimpiyy 'mountain of the east' {T'qmpije 'east' 
<t'qi)f 'sun', pije 'toward'; ^vrjf locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; piyj' 'mountain'). This is the ceremonial name, the 
mountain being the Tewa sacred mountain of the east. See 
Cardinal Mountains. 

(3) Piyfcewe 'the mountain peak', abbreviated from (I) and (2), 
above {piyy 'mountain'; h^ve 'peak' 'top' <Jce 'point', we 
locative). 

(4) Eng. Lake Peak, referring to the lake [22:55]. Cf. Span. 
(5). "Lake Peak."- 

(5) Span. Cerro de la Laguna, referring to a lake or lakes on 
its summit; see below. Cf. Eng. (4). 

Bandelier writes: 

The elevation ... of Lake Peak [is given] at 12,405. . . . The lagune on 
Lake Peak is of course lower than the summit.' 



I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 88, note, 1892. Ubid., pp. 12, 88. > Ibid., p. 12, note. 



HAHRINCTON] PLACE-NAMES 349 

See also excerpt I'immi Ixmdelier witli regard to BaMy ami Lake 
Peaks, under [22:53J. 

For the height of the two peaks as subsequently determined liy 
the United States Geologic'al Survey, see page 348. 

The trail to Spirit Lake [22:unlocated] follows a charming little stream ten 
miles through the woods, up an appropriate canon, to where the little lake Mea 
hidden away in the woods, surrounded by high rook walls, some 11,000 feet 
above sea level. A few miles beyond the white si<;n which jjoints to Spirit 
Lake, the trail emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is 
Santa Fe Baldy [22:53], V2,(V2'i feet above the sea, snowcapped the greater 
part of the year; on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak, a crater long 
burnt out, which now holds the Crystal Lakes [22;unlocated], the sources of 
the Santa Fe and Nandiee Rivers. Far below, between the peaks, lies the 
Kio Grande Valley, through which the Rio Grande River is traceable to its 
very source by its fringe of trees.' 

As is stated aljove, Lake Peak is the Tewa sacred mountain of 
the east. Somewhere at or near the top of this peak is a lake 
which is called "'Ag.atfxnupiijkewepokwi q. v. under [22:unlo- 
cated], page .S.jl. 

Certain secret societies of some of the Tewa pueblos hold 
summer ceremonies on top of this peak at this lake, just as the 
Picuris do on top of Jicarita Peak [22:9] and the Taos do at the 
sacred lake [8 :50] near Pueblo Peak [8 :-tO]. This inforniatiun is 
confirmed by Bandelier: 

Prayer-plumes are found on the Sierra de San Mateo (Mount Taylor i [29: 
115], as well as at the lagune on Lake Peak, near Santa F6.2 

See ^Ag.atfseniipiyhi/wef>o7,wi, Crystal Lakes, Lagoon on Lake 
Peak, Spirit Lake, all unden [22:unlocated]. [22:511. and [22::.:iJ. 

[22:55] Santa Fe Creek, see |29:S]. 

[22:56] Santa Fe city, see [29:5]. 

[22:57] Nambe Paqwieinpiyf 'tish-tail mountain' (/w "fish"; qwwtjf 
'tail'; plyf 'mountain'). The mountain is said to be .so named 
because in form it resembles a fish's tail. 

The location of this peak given on the sheet is only approxi- 
mately correct. 

[22:58] Eng. Chupadero Creek, see [26:4|. 

[22:59] Tesuque Creek, see [26:1]. 

[22:60] (1) Nambe and Tesuque P»0/'/n9/,'^S«P«^pi';r 'mountains 
down by the place of the water' 'mountains downjjy the place of 
the olivella shell water', referring to Santa Fe (P<>g,', 'Og."P"i}^e, 
see [29:5]; piyy 'mountain'). This name includes Atalaya Moun- 
tain [22:60], Thompson Moiuitain [22:61], and other peaks in the 
neio-hborhood of the city of Santix Fe. 



I The valley Kanch, op. eit. ' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 12. note. 1^92. 



350 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ank. 29 

(2) Eng. Atalaya Mountain. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. CeiTo Atala_ya, Cerro de la Atalaya ' mountain of the 
watchtower'. =Eng. (2). This name is known to some Mexicans 
at Santa Fe. It appears on the Santa Fe sheet of the United States 
Geological Survey, 1894, as "Atalaya Mt." 

The mountain lies south of Santa Fe Creek Canyon, oast of 
Santa Fe. 
[22:61] (1) tiamhe undTesnqae Pog.epir)j','(>^apog.epiyf. =Namb^ 
and Tesuque [22:60]. 

(2) Eng. "Thompson Peak"'.' This name appears to be un- 
known locally. The writer is informed that the mountain was so 
named by Mr. Arthur P. Davis, of the United States Geological 
Survey, in honor of the late A. H. Thompson, geographer of the 
Survey. 

The United States Geological Survey determined the altitude 
of Thompson Peak to be 10,5-16 feet. The mountain is east of 
[22:60]. It is about the same size as [22:60]. 
[22:62] Pecos River, see [29:32]. 
[22:63] (1) Eng. El Macho settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. El Macho 'the jack-mule' 'the male mule'. = Eng. (2). 
This is a small Mexican hamlet on Pecos River. There is no 
Tewii name for it. 
[22:64] (1) San Juan and Nambe Piag.c?\mpir)f 'mountains of the red 
slope' {pi 'redness' 'red'; 'a'a 'steep slope'; g.e 'down at' 'over 
at'; ^iyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; piyf 'moun- 
tain'). Why this name is applied was not known to the inform- 
ants. They stated detinitely that the name applies to the entire 
range east of the headwaters of the Pecos Rivsr [22:62]. 

(2) Nambe and San lldefonso T'aimpopxyge'impijjf "moun- 
tains beyond the Tano river', referring to the Pecos River [22:62] 
{T'anupo, see [29:32J; pseyr/e 'beyond'; 'ir;y locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix ; pirjy ' mountain '). This name is descriptive 
and refers to the whole range east of the river. 

(3) T'qmpije'vmpi'Of 'eastern mountains' {t'ampije 'east' 
Kfayf 'sun', pije 'direction'; 'iijf locative and adjective- form- 
ing postfix; pijjf 'mountain'). This name applies to all the 
mountains east of the Tewa country, including of course this 
range east of the headwaters of Pecos River. See the special 
treatment of Santa Fe Mountains, pages 101-05 [Large Fea- 
tures:?]. 

(4) Eng. Mora Mountains. {<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(5) Span. Sierra Mora 'mulberry range of mountains'; Mora\a 
applied also to blackberries, in the Span, of the Southwest. The 
mountains are evidently so named from Mora town [Unmapped], 
Mora grant, etc. 

'Santa Fe sheet of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1894. 



HAKRINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 351 

[22:65] (1) Eng. Toro Creek. (<8pan.). = Spun. (2). 

(2) Span. Rio del Toro 'bull river'. =En<^ (1) '-Rju Fl 
Toro".' •- '■ . 

This creek joins Vao Creek [22:(;G1, forniino- a creek tril.uU.rv 
to Pecos River [22: (52]. 
[22 :6fi] (1) Eng. Vao Creek. (< Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rio La Vao -breath river'. =Eno-. (l). --Kio l-, 
Vao".' 

This creek joins Toro Creek |22:t;.^)J, forming a creek tributary 
to Pecos River [22:621. 

UXLOCATED 

'Ag.affsenupiykewepolwi, 'Agat/xnupol-iri, Pij/keivepohvi 'lake of 
[22:54]' {'Agatfxnupir)l-ewe, see [22:54]; pohvi 'lake' <po 
'water', kwi unexplained). 

This is the sacred lake on or near the top of Lake Peak [22:.")4] 
at which summer ceremonies of secret societies are held; see 
under [22:54]. It is probably identical with the Crystal Lakes 
[22:unlocated] and with the Lagoon on Lake Peak [22:unlo- 
cated]. See ''Ag.atf^rmpvrjf [22:54], and Crystal Lake, Lagoon 
on Lake Peak, and Spirit Lake, all under [22:unlocated]. 

Arnold Ranch. This is a ranch in Pecos River Valley [22:62] above 
\'alley Ranch [29 :unlocated]. 

Aztec Mineral Springs. 

Four miles east of Santa Fe, in the foothills of the Sangre de Cristo range 
[Santa P"e ilountains], and a few hundred yards from the Scenic Highway, 
are the Aztec mineral springs ... of late they have been abandone<l, owing 
to the removal of their owner to the city of Mexico.^ 

There are two "scenic highways" leading toward the east from 
Santa Fe. The exact location of the springs has not been deter- 
mined by the writer. 
Span. Cangilon 'horn'. This is said by San Juan Indians to bo the 
Span, name of some hills far up the arroyo [9:37]. 

There is no Mexican settlement at the place, it is said. A 
wagon road passes through the hills. 
"Crystal Lakes''. 

A few miles beyond the white sign which poiiit« to Spirit l-ake [22:unlo- 
cated], the trail emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is 
Santa Fe Baldy [22:53], 12,623 feet above the sea, snowcapped the greater 
part of the year; on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak [22:.74], a crater 
long burnt out, which now holds tlie Crystal Lakes, the sources of the Santa 
F6 [22:55] and Nam bee [22:37] Rivers.' 

"Crystal Lakes'' appear to be identical with the Lagoon of 
Lake Peak [22:unlocated] and 'Ag.atfse.nupirj'kewepolu-i [22: 
unlocated], although the description is not definite enough to 

'The Vallev Ram-h , op. cit. 

2The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, p. 173. 1906. 



352 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

make this identification certain. See '' Agatfxnapii) f [22:54], 

fi,ni\\^gatfxnupiT)lcewepo1<'wi''La.goonon'Lvike'P&&)s} 'Spirit Lake', 

all under [22:unlocated]. 
Elk Mountain. This is shown as a mountain east of Pecos River 

[22:62].' 
Span, liio de los Frijoles, Rito de los Frijoles 'bean creek', given by 

Nambe Indians as the name of a creek somewhere hj the Rio 

Chiquito [22:22]. 
Grass Mountain. This is a mountain in the territory included in 

this sheet. 

There is a trip to Grass Mountain, partly over good roads and partly over 
trails, but always in the midst of a splendid country. The top of Grass Moun- 
tains is a plateau remarkably level for this country, covered with velvety grass, 
and gay with wild-flowers.- 

This is evidentl\' distinct from Baldy Peak [22:53], which is 
mentioned as distinct from Grass Mountain on the same page of 
the pamphlet. 
Nambe Jqnnihuu 'willow arroyo' {jii'DJ' 'willow'; ni Nambe and San 
Juan form sometimes used instead of 'iyj', locative and adjoctive- 
foi'ming postfix; hu'ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This is a large arroyo north or east of Topiijj' [25:14]. See 
Jqnnihtioy^oilcji [22:uidocated], below. 
Namb6 Jdn7iihii qrjwil'cj i 'willow arroyo pueblo ruin' {Jqnnihiiu, see 
under [22:unlocatod], above; ^oywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'qywi 
'pueblo', keji 'old' postpound). 

This is a pueblo ruin on the Jdnni/iu'ii; see under [22 runlocated], 
above. 
Nambe luuHtmje of obscure etymology (ka-ii., unexplained, sounds 
like the latter part of \>h:ui 'coldness' 'cold'; hvaje 'height'). 
This is the name of a height east of Nambe. 
Nambe Katepohvi 'leaf dwelling-place lake' (1m 'leaf; te 'dwelling- 
plaice'; pokwi 'lake' <po 'water', ^wi unexplained). 

This is a small lake somewhere in the mountains east of Namb^. 
(1) Nambe ICepo 'bear water' (ke 'bear'; po 'water'). Cf. Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Rito Oso, Rio Oso 'bear creek' 'bear river'. Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

This is the name of a creek somewhere nc«r the headwaters of 
[22:28]. 
Nambe Kojajiipo ' water of an unidentified species of plant' {hojaje a 
small yellow-flowered plant which the Mexicans call yerba de la 
vibora 'rattlesnake weed'; po 'water' 'creek '). 
This is the name of a creek near Chimayo. 
I^a,mh4 Iiwsep'ag.rimpiyj' 'flat oak-grown mountain' {/,wx 'oak';^;V/gi 
'flatness' 'flat', referring to large flat surfaces; ^iyj" locative and 

^ The Valley Ranch op. cit. (see map therein). 2 ibid. 



HARRINT.TON] PLACE-NAMES 353 

adjective forming posttix: piijf • uioiiiitain"). The word jnijf 
is sometimes omitted. 

This mountain is somewhere near tiie \\\)\)qv loiir.-e of the Hio 
Chiquito [22:22]. 

Nambe^»s«'««V0(' 'place of the rock l)owl\i-w "stone" •rock"; s.r'irwe 
'bowl'; g_e 'down at' 'over at"). 
This is a dell in the mountains east of Nanihe. 

Lagoon on Lake Peak. "The lagune on Lake Peak is of course lower 
than the summit."' "Praycr-phunes are found on the Sierra de 
San Mateo (Mount Taylor) [29:11.5], as well as at the lagune on 
Lake Peak [22:54], near Santa Fe.'"^ This lake is proliabiy iden- 
tical with '' Agat,f^nupir)ke)oepolvwi [22:unlocatedj and Crystal 
Lakes [22:unlocated]. See ^Agat/seniipiyj' [22:.54:], and Ag.a 
tfstnupij/kewepokw/ 'Crystal Lakes' 'Spirit Lakes', all under [22: 
unlocated]. 

Nambe Mountains. Bandelier mentions "the high mountains of 
Nambe"' and "Sien-ade Nambe."' He evidently refers to the 
section of the Santa Fe Range near Nambe. 

Nambe JVo-mpibuu 'red earth corner" {nqijf "earth'; pi "redness 
'red'; iuhc 'large low roundish place"). 
This is a locality in the mountains east of Nambe. 

Nambe JSwcBylcepo 'sharp rock-pine water' {ywseyf 'rock-pine' 
'Pinus scopulorum'; 1-c "sharpness' 'sharp'; po "water' 'creek'). 
The name refers to sharp pine-needles. 

This is given by the old cacique of Nambe as the Nambe name 
for the creek which the Mexicans call Rio Panchuelo. It is 
doubtful, however, whether this information is correct. The creek 
is said to be somewhere in the mountains northeast of [25:1.5] and 
to be tributary to Santa Cruz Creek [22:17]. For discussion of 
this perplexing matter see [25:15]. 

(1) Nambe '6>^;(?2;w^<efei'i 'canyon of the dwelling-place of an uniden- 
tified species of medicinal weed called by the Mexicans contra 
yerba' ('Okaijwx ' contra yerba'; te 'dwelling-place'; fsi'i 'can- 
yon'). 

(2) Span. El Rito 'the creek'. 

This place is in the mountains northeast of Nambe. 

(1) San Juan 'Omxijg^, ' Oinxyge'impopi, said to mean 'crooked chin' 
'crooked chin springs' ('o 'chin'; mxyge 'crookedness' 'crooked"; 
'iyy locative and adjective-forming posttix; popi 'spring' <po 
'water', jO^ 'to issue'). 

(2) Span. Los Ojitos 'the little springs". 

This is a locality on the lower course of [22:10] but not found 
on sheet [9]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 12. note, 1892. » Ibid., p. 64- 

«T.--j 1.1 *lDla., p. 83. 

>Ibid., p. 12. 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 -23 



354 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

Nanibe /W«5«'w 'corner where the tish was desired' (/>« 'fish'; da a 

'to wish' 'to want' 'to desire'; bu^u, 'large low roundish place'). 

For the name of. San Ildefon.so Kedawi'i [17:unlocated]. The 

circumstances under which the name was originally applied were 

not known to the informant. 
The place is said to be a large dcll in the mountains near the 

upper course of the Ma/iy,p(nve [22:39]. 
Span. Kio Panchuelo. See J^ivseylccpo under [22:unlocated], above, 

and fopynpsRij^eiyfJnru [25:15]. 
Pecos Baldj. This is a high peak somewhere in the mountains east 

of Nambe. 

A three days' jaunt [from Valley Ranch] will take you to the headwaters 
of the Pecos [22;62] — Pecos Baldy, 13,000 feet above the sea, and the Truchas 
Peaks [22:13], towering still higher.' 

Nambe "Po-nji Num-bu."- 

Higher up [than Santa Cruz [15:19]] toward Chimayo [22:18], there are 
said to be well defined ruins on the niountahi sides, the names of two of which 
are Po-nyi Nuni-bu and Yaai P'hani-l)a.- 

For " Yam P'ham-ba " see [29:45]. The writer's Kambe inform- 
ants had never heard this name Po-nji Num-bu and were sur- 
prised to hear that there is a pueblo ruin by this name. They 
thought the name may be a mistake for Ponfity^ywiehfu [22:21], 
but thej' knew of no ruin at the latter place. It is not clear from 
Bandelier's text from w hich Tewa village he obtained the name. 
Cf. Nambe S^nthieda'qijwileji\\nd&\-\22:\x\\\oi.-&t%d^, below. 
Nambe PutVa^a 'swollen buttocks slope' {pu 'region about the anus 
'buttocks'; t!- 'swoUenness' 'swollen'; '«'« 'steep slope'). 

This place is somewhere near the upper course of Nambe Creek 
[22:37]. Cf. Nambe Putiapo [22:unlocated], below. There are 
springs at the place, it is said. 
Nambe Putiafx) 'swollen buttocks slope water', referring to PutPaa, 
above; po 'water' 'creek'. 

This is a creek which takes its nuinc from /'ufPaa (see above), 
but under what name is not known to the writer. 
Plk'ondiwe 'place where the red paint is dug' (pi 'redness' 'red'; 
k'orjf 'to dig'; Hwe locative). 

This is a deposit of bright red paint situated about 2 miles ea!~t 
of Santa Fe, the informants tliink north of Santa Fe Creek [22:55] 
in high land a few hundred yards from that creek. This paint 
was used for body painting. It is said that Jicarilla Apache still 
go to the deposit to get this paint and sometimes sell it to the 
Tewa. See pi (under jMinerals). 

' The Valley Kancli, op. cit. 

= Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II. p. 83, 1892. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACE- X A MES 355 

(1) Eng. Rincon. (<Sp:in.). =Sp:in. {-2). 

(2) Span. Rincon 'the corner". = Eng. (1). 
This is a mountain about 10 miles northwest of Pecos i'lieblo 
ruin [29:33] and due east of Santa Fe. 

The Rincon, upon whose peak the cros^s [oi the Penitentes] i? set, is only a 
half day's ride from the Valley Ranch [29:iinlocatcd], ami the trip in worth 
making for the view, as well as to get an idea of the terrible cliuih it nni.«t lie 
for the suffering and laden Penitentes, who choose always the steepest, roughest 
way.' 

(1) Eng. Rio Chiquito settlement. (<Span.). =S[)an. (2). 
(2) Span. Rio Chiquito 'little river', see [22:2i'J. 
This is a small Mexican town on the Rio Chiquito near Chimavo 
[22:1S]. Some Chimavo blankets are woven there, it is said. Cf. 
[22:-iJ. 

Span. "Sierra de Santa Barbara"- 'the mountains of Saint I5arl)ara', 
the name referring perhaps to the part of the Santa Fe Mountains 
near Santa Barbara settlement |8:99]. 

?Santuario Mountains. Bandelier mentions "the Santnario".^ Ilew- 
ett, perhaps following Bandelier, uses the expression "Stir le 
Santuario.'"^ Whether there are mountains i)y this name has not 
been learned; Hewett understands that there are. No map known 
to the writer shows any place iiaiued Santuario other than Santu- 
ario settlement [22:20]. 

Sapapiyj' of obscure etymology (sa apparently the same as m of 
nasaty, 'it makes a rushing sound', said of water <nd 'it', na 'to 
make a rushing sound', ty. 'to say'; pa apparently 'to crack' 
'state of being cracked' 'cracked'; piijj' 'mountain'). The verb 
pa is used of unfolding leaves, but the word can not be explained 
as referring to unfolding tobacco leaves because m 'tobacco' has 
a different intonation. Nor can it mean 'cracked excrement' for 
m 'excrement" has still a different intonation. 

The mountain is somewhere near the pass [22:23], to which it 
appears to give the name. The mountain is well known to the 
Tewa and is said to be one of the highest of the range. One of 
the boys of San Ildefonso Pueblo is named Sapapijjj>. 

Nambe S<iywxp'y,hvaje 'height of the sandstone and the rabbitbrush" 
(t^qijwie ' sandstone ';yii ' ral)bitbrush' 'Chrysothamuus bigelovii ": 
Iwojc ' height'). 

This mountain is between 'Ag.,(ffxHupiijf [22:5-i] and 
Pa/jwfentpiijj' [22:57]. 

> The Valley Ranch, op. cit. The pamphlet contains an illustration of the cross and a map showing 
the location of Rincon. 

2 Bandelier in Papers Arch. Inst. Amer., Amer. ser., i, p. 37, 1881. 

3 Final Report, pt. ii, p. 84, 1S92. 
< Communautfe, p. 33, 1908. 



356 ETHXOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Nainbe Smtine.i(iojjw\ke)i of obscure ct3-molooy (sintineJ,a apparently 
<Span. sentinela 'guard' although the writer learned of no such 
Span, place-name; -oywilceji 'pueblo ruin ' <-qyun 'pueblo,' hji 
'old' postpound). A Namb6 informant gave this as the name of 
a pueblo ruin, which he located a short distance north of [22:21]. 

(1) Eng. Spirit Lake. (<Span.). =Span. (2). "Spirit Lake."' 
(2) Span. Laguna del Espiritu Santo 'Holy (ihost lake.' 
= Eng. (1). "Espiritu Santo Lake."- 

The trail to Spirit Lake follows a charming little stream ten miles through 
the woods, up an appropriate canon, to where the little lake lies hidden away 
in the woods, surrounded by high rock walls, some 11,000 feet above sea level. 
A few miles beyond the white sign which points to Spirit Lake, the trail 
emerges from the trees into an open glade. On the right is Santa Fe Baldy 
[22:53], 12,623 feet above the sea, snowcapped the greater part of the year; 
on the left, but a little lower, is Lake Peak [22:54], a crater long burnt out, 
which now holds the Crystal Lakes, the sources of the Santa Fe [22:55] 
and Nambee [22:37] Kivers. Far below, between the peaks, lies the Eio 
Grande Valley, through which the Rio Grande River is traceable to its very 
source by its fringe of trees.' 

The map given in the pamphlet cited shows Spirit Lake about a mile and 
a half southeast of the summit of Baldy Peak [22:.53]. The data available 
do not warrant identifying "Spirit Luke" with any of the Tewa lake names 
of this region. Illustrations of this beautiful little lake have been published. •' 

See ''Agatfsenupiyf [22:54] and 'Agatfsenvpiykewc-pokwi 
'Crystal Lakes' 'Lagoon on Lake Peak', all uud(>r [22: luilocatcd]. 
"Stewart Lake."' 

This lake is mentioned in connection with Spirit Lake [22: 
unlocated], and is probably situated in the mountains east of 
Nambe. 
Nambe TahiiPoijiDil-ej! 'pueblo ruin of the little pile of grass' {ta 
'grass'; ii'i 'small roundish pile'; '' qywil'ej I 'pueblo ruin' <qr)ivi 
'pueblo', li-eji 'old' postpound). 

This is said to be a pueblo ruin in the hills southeast of Nambe. 

T'amujoge, T' aniujogcpoliwi 'place of the great dawn' 'lake of the 

place of the great dawn' {i'anm 'dawn' <t'a 'day', mu 'heat 

lightning' 'northern lights'; jo augmentative; g.e 'down at' 

'over at'; poJcwi 'lake' <fo 'water', Icwi unexplained). 

This place and lake are most sacred to the Tewa, being men- 
tioned in songs connected with cachina worship. Most of the 
informants said that they had heard the name of the lake and 
place, but do not know the location. Several, including one very 

' The Valley Ranch, op. cit. 

' Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of Resources of New Mexico, p. 21. 1906. 

3 Ibid., opp. p. 23; also in the pamphlet on the Valley Ranch, op. cit. 



FOLDOUT 



370 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an?j. 29 

Nanib^ Sepolcede 'bluebird water height' {sef>o-, see next above; Icae 

'iieight'). 
This is a place near Sepo/m^u; see next item above. 
.N'ambc Siheiykq 'belly-ache arroyo' (.w 'belly'; ^« 'aclic' 'aching'; 

^iyf locative and adjecti\e-forniing postfix; Tco 'barranca'). 
This is a gulch somewhere near the eastern boundary of sheet 

[23J. 
Nanibc TsepoJe 'eagle's head' {tse 'eagle' of any species; ^o^e said to 

mean 'head' < po 'head', *' unexplained). Cf. [24:37]. 

This is a hillock south of Nambe, in plain sight of the puel)lo, 

proliably somewhere near [23:13]. The name -was not known to 

tbe informants with whom the author took walks in the hills south 

of Namb^. 
Nambe TslwPi 'flaking-stone gap' {tsPi. 'flaking-stone'; uypi 'gap'). 
This is a gap in the hills or mountains far east of Nambe. Cf. 

Ts/'wibo'ii, next below. 
Nambe TsiwihoM 'round hill by flaking-stone gap', referring to 

TskoPi, next above {hoM 'roundish pile or hill '). 
Upper Nambe, see Blhilhifajwa under [23:unlocated], above. 
Vigil's place. See ^ihUtiteqwa under [23:uiilocated], above. 

[24] NAMBE NORTH SHEET 

This sheet (map 24) shows the country immediately north of Naml)e 
Pueblo. No ruins are known to exist in the area. The place-names 
were all obtained at Nambe. 

[24 :1] Nambe JTusoge ' the large arroyo ' {hu\i ' large groove ' ' arroy o ' ; 
»o 'largeness' 'large'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). 

The uppermost course of this arroyo, which is canyon-like, is 
aaW&A. KupitsiH; see [25:40]. The. Husog.e^o-wsmXoKup'^yfhu'ii 
[21:11]. 

[24:2] Nambe Hyhahegi 'one-seeded juniper belts gulched' {hy, 'one- 
seeded juniper' '.luniperus monosperma'; hcPa 'woman's belt', 
probabl}' here referring to belts of juniper; hegi 'gulched'). 

A large high area of broken land lying north of the central 
course of the TImoge is called tlms. It is said that until a few 
years ago the northern line of the Nambe Pueblo land grant ran 
through the Hyhaheg.l; now the line extends south of this place, 
it is said. 

[24:;?] Nambg Pxtehu'u, see [22:35]. 

[24:4] Nambe Pi'kehii'u 'sharp fruit arroyo' {pe 'ripeness' 'ripe' 
'fruit'; he 'sharpness' 'sharp', said, e. g., of cactus thorns; /«/'« 
' large groove ' ' arroyo '). 



FOLDOUT 



358 ETHKOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ieth. axx. 29 

iNanibe Indians and nearly all the place-names were obtained from 
them and are in the Narabe dialect. 

[23:1J Nambe Creek, see [19:3]. 

[23:2] Nambe ^ Okupie.ygelohii' n 'arroyo behind the hills', reforrinjj to 
[23:3] {' Okupseij(j<', see [23:3]; l-ohiiu 'arroyo with barrancas* 
< Tco 'barranca,' ?iii'ii ' larg-e groove ' 'arroyo'). 

The Mexican Muter inill [23:4] is a short distance east of the 
mouth of this arroyo. 

[23:3] Nambe 'Oku, ' Okukwaje 'the hills' 'the hill heights' {\>l-u 
' hill '; kwaje ' height'). This name refers definitely to the heights 
indicated, southwest of Nambe Pueblo and between the latter and 
the arroyo [23:2]. The name refers also vaguely to all the hills 
south of Nambe or even to hills anywhere. The region beyond 
[23:3] or bej'ond the hills in general is called '(/^■M/ia'9j;e or V>^7(- 
hvajepseyf/e {picy(/e ' hejond'). An old trail leads from Nambe 
Pue])lo across [23:3] to [23:49]. 

[23:4] Nambe Po'o, JVqmbeT'piro, ]!fqmbe''i'^po'o'iwe 'the water-mill' 
'the water-mill by Nambe' 'place of the water-mill by Nambe' 
{po 'water'; 'o 'metate'; Nnmhe'e, see [23:5]; T*' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; ''iwe locative). 

This Mexican wat(>r-mill is situated on the south side of Nambe 
Creek [23:1] and a short distance east of the mouth of the arroyo 
[23:2]. Indians and Mexicans living about Nambe have much 
wheat and maize ground at this mill. 

[23:5] (1) Xaniheqijivi, Nqmiee 'pueblo of the roundish earth' 'the 
roundish earth ', referring probably to a mound of earth {]V<l')nbe\; 
see [25:30]; qijuii 'pueblo'). This name was originally given 
to the pueblo ruin [25:30] which is now distinguished as 
Nqiiihi'qywih'jl or Nqmbekejl {keji 'old' pcstpound); for the 
etymology of the name see [25:30]. All of the forms of the 
name quoted below are with exception of one of the Oraibi names 
and one of the Span, names either identical or akin. "San 
Francisco Nambe."' " Nambe." ^ " Nambe. "^ "Vampe."^ 
"Namba."= "NamiTe."" "Nampe."' "Mambo."* "Mambe."' 

1 Vetancurt (oa. 1693) in Teatro Mex,, in, p. 317, 1871. 

2 MS. ca. 1715 quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Inst. Papers, v, p. 193, 1890. 
' D'Anville. map Am^rique Septentrionale, 1746. 

< Pike. Exped., 3d map, 1810. 

5 Bent (1849) in Cal. Mess, and Corres., p. 211, .1850, 
" Simpson, Report to Sec. War, 2d map, 1850. 
' Domenech, Deserts North Amer., ii, p. 63, 1860. 
8 Ward in Ind. .-iff. Bcp. for 1864, p. 191, 1865. 
» Ibid, for 1867, p. 212, 1668. 



^iXGTO.v] PLACE-NAMES 359 

"San Francisco de Nanibe."' -'Nanibi.''^ "Na-imbe."" piven as 
Tewa name. " Na-im-be," ^ given as Tewa name. " ^'amb^' " or 
"Xambe."^ Bandelier uses these forms promiscuou.sly tliroiij,'!)- 
out bis Final Report. " Nunii;" " this is given as the llano Tewa 
form; it is evidently merely a poor spelling of Nqmhei-; cf. 
Fewkes' spelling- of the Hano form given below. " Na-i-mlii;"' 
given as the Tewa form. On hearing a pronunciation of thi.s 
spelling a Tewa Indian said. " Mr. Bandelier didn't hit it as nearly 
as the old Mexicans did." The name has two, not three syllabK's. 
" Na-i-mbi " sounds like Tewa mfimbi ' our' (nii I; 'iij/ l'+ plural 
sign; bi possessive). "Nambe;"" given as the Hano Tewa form; 
cf. Stephen's spelling of the Hano Tewa form, given above. 
" Na-im-bai." ^ '' >sambe (from Jsam-b('-e,the native name, prolia- 
bly. referring to a round hill or a round valley)." '" "' Nambec." " 

(2) Picuris "Nammo'lOna 'little mound of earth.'"'- This is 
important as a corroboration of the meaning of the Tewa name. 
With the svllable -mdl- cf. Tewa -be'e and Isleta -hur- in the 
Isleta form quoted below. 

(3) Isleta "Nambui'uap"," given as the Isleta form. This is 
undoubtedly the old Isletii name. With the syllable -bur- cf. 
Tewa bee, Picuris -mol-. 

(4) Isleta sing. "Nambe-huide'', plu. "Nambehun";''' given as 
Isleta name for the Nambe people. The tirst part of the name is 
merely a Span, loanword. 

(5) Jemez Namhe'e. The Nambe people are called Nawhe''e- 
isd'cif (tsa'df 'people'). 

(6) Cochiti iVWiS^'^E. This is the old name. The people are 
called JVambse.''se.mas {mse 'people')- Cf. especially Acoma (8). 

(7) Cochiti Numhe. This is merely a Span, loanword. 

(8) Acoma "Nome'e"." Cf. especially Cochiti (6). 

(9) Oraibi Hopi Tukwm'etewa 'Tewa near the mountains' 
{tokwl 'mountain' 'mountain range'; re'e 'at' 'near'; teva 
<Tewa Tewa 'Tewa"). This name is applied hy the Hopi to the 
the Nambe and Tesuque Tewa. 



I Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, ISfiS. 

» Cooper in Ind. Aff. Rep., p. 161, 1870. 

3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 1-M, 1890. 

< Ibid., p. 260. 

6 Ibid., passim. 

6 Stephen in Eighth Sep. Bnr. Amer. Ethn.. p. 37, 1891. 

' Bandelier, op. cit., pt. ii, p. 83, 1892. 

8 Fewkes in Nineteenth Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pt. i, p. 614, 1900. 

» Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, i. No. 9, p. 12, 1906. 

10 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 15, 1910. 

II Tlie Valley Ranch, op. cit. 

15 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS.. 1910. 

::Se«; Ms'vocab. in Bur. Anier. Ethn., ,885. cited in Handbook Inds,, p.. 2, p. ... 1».0. 



360 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

(10) Oraibi Hopi Nambe. This is merely a Span, loanword. 

(11) Eng. Namb^ Pueblo, Nambe Pueblo, jS'ambe, Nambe. 
(<Span.). 

(12) Span. Nambe. (<Tewa iVyJw^Stj'e). 

(13) Span. "San Francisco Kambe".' "San Francisco".- "St. 
Francis".^ "San Francisco de Nambe". ^ This saint-name is no 
longer in use, although it is well known to the Indians that St. 
Francis is the patron saint of the pueblo. 

Nambe is the second village known b^' the name iVg ?«&<;'<;. The 
first village called Nqmiee is the pueblo ruin [25:30], which ac- 
cording to Mr. A. V. Kidder, is a very ancient pueblo. Cf . Nambe 
settlement under [23:unlocated]. 

Of the origin of the Indians now inhabiting Nambe Pueblo, 
Bandelier says: "The people of Nambe are a compound of origi- 
nal Tehuas [Tewa], of Navajos, and of Jicarilla Apaches".^ The 
writer's Nambe informants, who were reliable, stated that they 
had never heard of any appreciable amount of Navaho or Jicarilla 
Apache blood existing in the Nambe bodj' of Indians. They said 
further that there is not a single Athapascan Indian settled at 
Nambe at present, but that one of the former caciques of the 
pueblo was of Navaho extraction. Bandelier mentions as former 
pueblos of the Nambe Indians: "T"o IVhi-piing-ge" (a name which 
means merely 'beyond the mountain' [25:14J and could bo applied 
to any or all of the pueblo i-uins [25:lsJ, [25:23], and [25:30] and 
perhaps to other pueblos; see introduction to sheet [23]); "Ke 
gua-yo" [22:40]; "A-ga Uo-no" [22:41]; and "Ka-ii-yu" [22:42]."' 

Hewett' mentions as former pueblos of the Nambe these same 
four village names given by Bandelier, and adds Ss^psew^ [4:8]: 

Plus loin, ce sont les ruines de Keguaya [22:40], ;i quelques milles a Test de 
Nambe et de Tobipange [see above], ;i 8 milles au nord-est; on suppose que ce 
sont celles des villages historiques des Nambe. Les ruines d'i^gauono [22:41] 
et de Kaayu [22:42] sur le Santuario, a. quelques milles plus loin au nord-est, 
indiquent probablement I'ancienne residence de certains clans des Nambe, et 
les traditions rattachent cette tribu il celle des Sepawi sur I'oued El Rito, dans 
la vallee du Chama. 

' Vetancurt (rn. 1693) in Teatro Mex., ni, p. 317, 1871. 

'Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., ii. p. 425, 1748. 

2Shea, Cath. Miss., p. 80, 1855. 

* Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 261, 1890. 

'Ibid., pt. 11, p. 84. 1892. Mr. Hodge informs the writer that he made special inquiry regarding 
these names while at Namb6 in 1895 and was informed that "T'o B'hi-pang-ge" is a ruin in the Mora 
Mountains about 5 miles east of Namb6; "Ke-gua-yo" is about 3 miles southeast of Nambfi, and 
"A-ga Uo-no" (pronounced Agiwano by the Namb^ informant) about 4 miles to the eastward, in 
the Mora Mountains. The exact localtiy of " Ka-a-yu " could not be given, although the name was 
known to the Indians. A ruin called Kekwaii is situated near Agftwano, and another, known as 
Kopiwdri. lies about 5 miles north of the present Nambfi. 

' Communaut^s, p. 33, 1908. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 301 

Jeanvon^ writes: 

I have heard some stories tliat the people of Xambe lived in Pesede-iiinge 
[5:37] at one time, Imt have not been able to corroborate thera a.- I havi- not 
had the time. 

Nambe Indians informed the writer that the ruins [224(i]. 
[22:41], [22:42]. [23:3r,], [25:8], [25:1S], [25:l>3], and [25:30] 
were built and inhabited by their ancestors at various times in 
the past. The unlocated Wi/o'oyirUej/ [22:unlocated] was in- 
habited by their ancestors with the ancestors of all the Tewa 
Indians of other villages. The old Winter cacique of Namb*^ 
knew the name and location of Sappxwt} [4:SJ and said the Nambc? 
or Tewa people used to live at that pueblo, but the latter infor- 
mation was gained onlv as an answer to a leading question. A 
number of Tewa knew of Sxpsrwe ruin, but not one seemed to 
know definitely that Nambe people used to live there. Oi)por- 
tunity has offered to ask only one San Ildefonso and one Santa 
Clara Indian about the tradition that the ancestors of the Nambe 
Indians formerly iidial)ited P' etiede qiprikeji [5:H7J. They had 
not heard of such a tradition. It ajjpears that Mr. Jeancon ob- 
tained his information at Santa Clara Pueblo. 

There is at present only one estufa (kiva) at Nambe, and this is 
a Winter estufa. The only cacique is a Winter cacique. This 
estufa is of the round above-ground type, like the south estufa of 
San Ildefonso. It contains some faces of hom crudely painted on 
the pillars of its interior. The estufa is in the somewhat irregular 
courtyard of the village about 200 feet east of the Government 
schoolhouse. The old cacique says that he has been told by 
Indians now dead that the high land where the church [23:10] 
stands was covered in earlier times with houses of the jjueblo. 
See [25:30], [23:10], [23:11], [23:12], [23:tJ], [23:7], [23:8], [23:1']. 

[23:tj] Nauibe Tsehiiu 'eagle arroyo' (te 'eagle' of any species; hu'u 
'laro-e groove' 'arroyo"). The whole arroyo is called thus. Cf. 
the^names [24:15], i24:<;], [24:7], and |24:S]. The part of this 
arroyo immediately west of Namlx' Pueblo is called by the Nambe 
Indians 'west arroyo', the part immediately north of Namb^ 
Pueblo 'north arroyo'; see [23:7 1, [23:8]. 

[23:7] Nambe Tstlmplje'ivfhwu "west arroyo' {Mmpije 'west' 
<tsiVf 'to set', pije 'toward'; 'i/?y locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix; hiPa 'large gropve' 'arroyo'). The part of the 
arroyo [23:6] immediately west of Nambg Pueblo is called thus. 
See [23:6], [23:8]. C f. [23:12]. __^ 

.ExplorationsinChamaB«sin, New Mexico, Record, of the Past. M«r.-Apr.. p. 108. 19U. 



362 ETHJSrOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[23:8J Nambe Pinipije'vijfhu'u 'north arroyo' {pim.pije 'north' 
<piijf 'mountain' 'up country', ^lye 'toward'; ''iyj' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
The part of the arroyo [23:6] immediately north of Nambe 
Pueblo is called thus. See [23:t;j, [23:7J. Cf. [23:1^]. 

[23:9] 'i^i&mhQ JEpo,''^poge 'the race-track' 'place down at the race- 
track' ('g; 'to run'; po 'track' 'trail' 'road'; g.e 'down at' 
'over at'). 

This track for ceremonial foot-racing is now seldom used. It 
extends several hundred feet in an east- west direction on the level 
land north of the part of the 7!s€?A«'w [23: (!] called /-'v«/'*y('i/;y>- 
/m'w [23:S] and due north of Nambe Pueblo. This is the only 
race-ti-ack which at present exists at Nambe, so far as could be 
learned. 

[23:10] Nambe Misafe, JVCu/iit^ii/imisate 'the church' 'Nainl)e church' 
(mkate 'church' < mlm < Span, misa 'Koman Catholic mass', te 
'dwelling-place' 'house'; iVymJeV, see [23:,5]; '^/?y> locative and 
adjective-forming posttix). 

[23:11] Nambe JVau, Nqmbenau 'below' ' below the roundish earth' 
referring to [23:5] {nii'u 'below'; Nmtbje^ see [23:5]). This 
name is applied to a strip of low land about a hundred feet wide 
extending along Nambe Creek [23:1] at Nambe Pueblo. It is 
applied especially to the ymrt of this low land due south of Nambe 
estufa (see [23:5]) and just west of the gulch [23:12]. 

There is a spring at this place which is thought to contain better 
water than that obtained from the creek or from the irrigation 
ditches. 

[23:12] Naml)e TqmpijeivJcqhu'u 'eastern arroyo' {t'qmfije 'east' 
<t'qr)j' '■sun.\j)ije 'toward'; 'iyy locative and adjective-forming 
posttix; l-qloiu 'arroyo with barrancas' < ^'O 'barranca', }iun 
' lai'ge groove ' 'arroyo'). 

This is a small gulcli just east of Nambe Pueblo. Cf. [23:7] 
and [23:8]. 

[23:13] Nambe ' O'epirif of obscure etymology ('o'e unexplained, possi- 
bly meaning 'little metate' or 'little scar' but the intonation is 
wrong for either of these interpretations; piy/ 'mountain'). 

The two circles on the map indicate the location and extent of 
the hill or hills thus called. 

[23:14] Nambe Po,jwawPi 'drag water gap' {po 'water'; qwa 'to 
drag'; wPl 'gap'). Why the gap is thus called was not under- 
stood by the informants. A San Ildefonso Indian said that it 
refers perhaps to the sluggish manner in which water Hows through 
the sand. 

The main wagon road connecting Nambe with Santa Fe passes 
through this gap. 



HARRi.NGTO.N] PLACE-NAMEb 36a 

[23:15] Nambe rabodikimji, P\,h„.ii -iHMjrhtof the roundisli liill of 
the yucca' 'roundish hill of the yucca' (pa yucca "Yucca Imc- 
cata'; hiul. 'roundish hill" of laioo size; ^•MV/yV5 ' liei>,'-ht"). 

The ends of T'qnhhiui'f' [23:l(iJ taporin-r toward the south and 
east are called thus. See [23:1<;1. 

[23:16] Nambe T'qntckwap 'sun dwellinu-place height' (tUiyf 'j-un'; 
fe 'dwellino-place' 'house'; l-waje 'height") For the name cf. 
T'qnt'ahwaje [17:9]. The name is peculiar and poetic. 

This great bare hill has a high rounded point to the northwest. 
To the south and east it runs out into P'ubo.n'/.vcji'' |23:15]. See 
also [23:17]. 

[23:17] Nambe Tqntfb)t'u ' sun dwelling-place corner' {T'qvh'-. see 
[23:16]; hihi. 'large low roundish place'). 

This large dry corner is west of and sheltered by |23:I»i|. from 
which it takes its name. 

[23:1S] '^•Axabo, Kiiajita^i ' gentle slope where the prairie-dogs move 
al)out' {kua, said to be an old form equivalent to hi 'prairie- 
dog', just as one hears in modern Tewa both /)e and jH-'a apjilied 
to what is apparently but one species of rodents, rescmliling kan- 
garoo I'ats; jl 'to moveabout,at, orin a place'; ^ir;? 'gentle slope"). 
Prairie-dogs actuality live at the place. The prairie a short dis- 
tance east of Nambe Pueblo is called thus. Cf. [23:22]. 

[23:19] Nambe 7^/6;///^/,' /^ see[24::!9]. 

[23:20] Nambe Tajehuu, see [24:i;'.]. 

[23:21] Nambe F'aivopiy,/, see [24:l-4]. 

[23:22] Nambe TlT^St; 'high plain' (unanalyzable). 

The name refers to a large, level, barren area exceeding a nnle 
square. 

[23:23] ^Amhe PxnfiKpDifhihoil'iyfhu-u 'arroyo by the round hills 
of the snaky mountain-mahogany thickets', referring to [23:24] 
{PienfuqWcelcahoJ-i, .see [23:21|: 'ij/y locative and adjective-form- 
ing posttix; /(«'« 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This arroyo runs down between the little hills [23:24| and the 
height [23:16]. 

[23:24] Nambe Pa:nfuqwxhthodi 'the round hills of the snaky moun- 
tain-mahogany thickets' (/«{•///« 'snake"; 'j%l';p 'mountain mahog- 
any' 'Cercocarpus parvifolius"; I-rt 'denseness' 'dense' -forest' 
'thicket'; hoM 'large roundish pile' 'round hill"). 
These hills give the name to the arroyo [23 :2:!]. 

[23:25] (1) Nambe ' 'Mpowe 'duck creek' i^oU 'duck'; pmi-,' 'water" 
'creek' <^6' 'water', we locative). 

(2) Tesuque Kutanihu'u 'pointed rock arroyo'. referring to 
[23:37] {Kutq''^-, see [23:37]; ni a Tesuque form of 'iyf locatixc 



364 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

and adjective-forming postfix; hwa 'large groove' 'arroj-o'). It 
is well known at Narabe and Tesuque that the names differ. 

(3) Span. Chupadero Creek 'sucking place creek'. For the 
name cf. [14:87], [22:51], [22:.58]. The upper course of this 
arroyo is called by the Nambe Pnpo, sec [23:34]. Name [23:25] 
and name [23:34] begin to be applied about where [23:33] joins 
the waterway. Whether the Tesuque and Span, names apply like 
the Nambe name to the lower course only or include [23:34] has 
not been determined. On the M-riter's first visit to Nambe it was 
learned that 'CSifwwi? is sometimes also called ^Uptnve 'awl creek' 
('7/ 'awl' 'punch') but this information is probably incorrect. 
See [23:37], [23:34]. 

[23:26] }iiimbe Jq/njj' (I g.Pi''ohi 'hills of the broad, flat place of the 
willows', referring to [23:'27] {■/(l.nip'agi, see [23:27]; 't'"' locative 
and adjectiv-e-forming postfix; \>/iu 'hill'). These low hills are 
evidently named from the arroyo [23:27]. 

[23:27] Nambe Jqmp'ag_t7,-o/iit\i 'broad, flat arroyo of the willows' 
{jiVf 'willow'; p'ag.1 'largeness and flatness' 'large and flat'; 
ko/tn^u 'arroyo with barrancas' <^o 'barranca', /ix'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). 

There appear to be now no willows in this arroyo. 

[23:28] Nambe Sdywsekwag.e 'sandstone mesa' {s<jywsp 'sandstone'; 
kwag.e 'mesa' 'height'). It is said that the Nambe people say also 
S<lyw!ewag.e; the last two syllables they do not understand, but 
take them to be equivalent to -kwag.e. 

This .is a flattish hill. It gives the name to the arro^-o [23:29]. 

[23:29] Nambe SqywsekwaQeH^Tjsehn'u^SirjWxhwag.eiyj'hK^H 'arroyoof 
sandstone mesa', referring to [23:28] {Sqywxkwag.e, Sqfjwsp/wag.e, 
see [23:28]; ^{rjf locative and adjective-forming postfix; hii'u 
' large groove ' arroyo '). 

[23:30] Nambe Tsewiui 'great yellow gap' {tse 'yellowness' 'yellow'; 
wcui 'wide gap'). Cf. Tsaww.^/ [15:23]. A yellowish hill appears 
to be called bv this name. The name gives rise to that of [23:31]. 

[23:31] Nambe Tsewadihiru 'great j-ellow gap arroyo', referring to 
[23:30] (Tstwo.^', see [23:30]; huu 'large groove' arroyo'). 

[23:32] Nambe ''InfSRttb^e 'round smoke house' (^infse 'smoke'; te 
'dwelling-place' 'house'; ie'e 'roundishness' 'roundness like a 
ball"). Why the name is given Mas not known to the writer's 
informants. 

[23:33] Nambe Toi-ty,wsp''ir)qwog.e 'flute talk delta' {fejj f 'hollow tube' 
'flute'; tiiwx tiaid to mean 'to talk' 'to whistle', the ordinary 
word meaning 'to talk' beingsimply ;^y; 'i^ylocative and adjective- 
forming postfix; qwoge ' delta' ' down where it cuts through ' < qwo 
'to cut through', ge 'down at' 'over at'). Why the name is 
given was not known to the informants. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-MAMES 305 

[23:34] Nambe Pxfo, sec [22::58]. 

[23:35] Nambe Puyioxkwuje 'Imttocks thorn hoiglit' (pu ' rpffioii 

about the anus' 'buttocks'; ywse, 'thorn"; /!-«v//,T' height'). 
This is quite a high mesa; its sides though steep are not elilFs. 

^\ hy the name is oiveii wiis not known to the informant* Cf 

[23:3(5]. [23:;!8]. 
[23:36] 'S.ixmhe l\iywcskuxtjeqi)wikeji 'Imttocks thorn heiglit pueblo 

ruin' {Ptojws^kwdje, see [23:35]; 'oijicikeji 'pueblo ruin' < 'qwi 

'pueblo', kejl 'old' postpound). 

This is an ancient adobe jjueblo ruin, said to ha\ e hocii inhab- 
ited by some of the ancestors of the Nambe people. 
[23:37] Nambe Kutqdiwe, Kutadr^ 'place of the painted rock" 'the 

painted rock' {hu 'rock" 'stone'; to"" 'a painting'; ''iwe locative; 

'/"* locative and adjective-forming po.stpound). 

This is a large i.solated rock, on the west face of which faint 

Indian pictographs as well as partially obliterated Mexican letters 

are still to be seen. This rock gives the waterway [23: ■_'.">] its 

Tesuque name. 
[23:38] Nambe P(ii)wse.l-wajuii)fuu 'projecting point of buttocks 

thorn height', referring to [23:35] {Pxyvprhraje, see [23:35]; 

'ijjj' locative and adjective-forming postfix: /»'/' " horizontally 

projecting corner or point"). 
[23:39] Nambe Taiuthabuhu^u ''arvojo oi dry field corner', referring 

to [23:-it»] (fanahabij,''u, see [23:40]; huhi, 'large groove' 

'arroyo"). 
[23:40] Nambe fanaiahii)/ 'dry field corner' (ta 'dryness' 'dry'; 

«a5a 'cultivable field'; Jm'm 'large low roundish place"). 

. It is said that this arid corner was cultivated long, long ago. 

The place gives the name to the gulch [23:39]. 
[23:41] Nambe "6'SqyV/;;«"^/ 'gentle slope of an unidentified species of 

weed c2^\eA\Jbaja' {'oiaja a kind of weed; ta'a 'gentle slope"). 
There were none of the ''(Jbaja weeds on the slope when the 

writer visited it. 
[23:42] Nambe P'epapani"^ 'place of the half-burnt wood' (jp e 

'wood" -timljer' 'log'; pa 'to burn" 'state of being burnt" 

'burnt"; ^C'^y 'half in the sense of 'not thoroughly or com- 
pletely'; '/"' locative and adjective-forming po.stfix). The naine 

refers' to the height south of Nambe Creek opposite [23:43]. No 

burnt w^ood was. seen at the place. 
[23:43] Nambe Teiijfhu'u 'cottonwood arroyo' (<e' cotton wood tree' 

'Populus wislizeni'; 'i/;y locative and adjective-forming posttix; 

kuhi 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This dry gulch enters Nambe Creek just below the locality 

[23 : 45]. The gulch begins at the locality [23 : 44J. 



366 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[23:44] 'Nambe KvF^p'ag.e ' gravelly 1\iitp]a,ce^ {kuk'x 'gravel' <ku 
'stone', ¥se as in 'o^"« ' sand'; j)'a ' largeness and flatness' 'large 
and flat'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 

This is a high, arid, somewhat sandy and gravell3' place. Here 
[23:43] begins. 

[23:45] Nambe Potsejihe'e 'small corner of the yellow squash(es)' {po 
'squash' ' pumpkin'; /s<?/i 'yellowness' 'yellow'; 6e'(3 ' small low 
roundish place'). 

This is a little dell on both sides of Namb^ Creek at a sharp 
turn in the creek. There are some cottonwood trees there, also 
cultivated fields. 

[23:46] Nambe Mqhy,p(mfi, see [22:39]. 

[23:47] Nambe TsyFsenfihu'u 'arroyo of the yellow Asm,' an unidenti- 
fied weed {TsyTsenfi-, see [25:58]; hii'u 'large groove' 'ar- 
royo'). Whether the name Tsyisetifi- referred originally to this 
arroyo or to the mountain [25:58] is uncertain. 

[23:48] Nambe Kqsoge, ^ Okupseij(jekqsog.e 'place of the big arroyo' 
'place of the big arroyo beyond the hills' {kq 'barranca'; so 
'largeness' 'large'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; '' Okupseyfje, see 
under [23:3]). 

The upper course of this large arroyo is called Pset'q^aJiuu 
see [23:58]. 

[23:49] Nambe Tets^Jcwaje ' height oi a kind of whitish earth called 
teisse^ found at this place and of which no use is made <te un- 
explained, isse 'whiteness' 'white'). Cf. [23:50]. 

There are many small piles of stones on top of this height, 
seemingly placed there for some religious purpose. See [23:50], 
[23:51], [23:52]. 

[23:50] Nambe Te*~smhuu 'corner of a kind of whitish earth called 
tdsse,'' (Teisse-, see [23:49]; bri'u 'large low roundisli place'). Cf. 
[23:49]. This name is applied to the locality between [23:49] and 
the arroyo [23 : 4s]. See [23 : 49], [23 : 51], [23 : 52]. 

[23:51] A large artificial pile of earth. 

[23:52] Several small piles of stones. 

[23:53] Old and partially obliterated wagon road connecting Nambe 
Pael)lo and Callamongue [21:25]. 

[23:54] Nambe Qwxpupii'oku 'mountain mahogany roots water hill' 
{qwx 'mountain mahogany' 'Cercocarpus parvifolius' called by 
the Mexicans palo duro; pu ' base' 'root' ; po ' water' ' spring'; 
'otw'hill'). It was said that there is no place called merely 
Qwxpupo. 

This small hill is correctly located on the sheet. The old 
wagon road [23:53] passes between this hill and [23:49]. 



HiRKixGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 367 

[23:55] Nanibe DefsP a' a 'lean coyote slope" (rf^/ 'covott'"; /.v/ Mpaiiiicss' 
' lean ' ; \i\i ' steep slope " ). 

This slope runs up hioh toward the south. In summer it is 
grassy and green. The white stratum [23:5t;] is at this piact". 

[23:ot)] '!^amh4funj'3Rfsx,fi/nj'm'sie''me ' the white white-earth" 'jjiace 
of the white white-eartli' {fun fie 'a kind of white earth", sfe 
Minerals; Tsx 'whiteness' 'white'; "/ir<? locative). 

This is a broad stratum of white at a place [23:55], marked hv 
the presence of cliffs. 

[23:57] Nambe Pset'qdapo, Pxt'adapopi 'spring of the deer wanting 
to tremble' {px 'mule-deer'; t'qda 'to want to tremble' 'to be 
about to tremble' <fq, usually t'qt'q, 'to tremble', in'a 'to 
want'; po 'water' 'spring'; po/ii 'spring' <po 'water', ///"to 
issue'). The meaning of the name was not very clear to the 
informants. 

This is a perennial spring of good water at the foot of a clitf of 
soft rock on the south side of the arro\-o bed. The spring gives 
the name [23:58] to the upper part of the arroyo. 

[23:58] '^■Amhe Pxt'addhu^u 'arroyo of the deer wanting to tremble' 
said to refer to the spring [23:57] {Pxt'q^a, see [23:57]; /ui'u 
'large groove' 'arroyo"). 
The upper part of the liosoge [23:-t8] is called thus. 

[23:59] Nambe Nq.inpi/ieg.i 'red earth with many little gulches' {nqijf 
'earth'; ^i 'redness' 'red'; A^g/ 'gulched' </ie'<' 'little groove" 
'gulch' 'arroyito', g.i as in many adjectives which denote shape). 
Cf. [18:3]. 

The large region bearing this name is reddish in color and much 
cut by small gulches. It is bordered on the east by Xqmplbun 
[23 :<;<)]. All the vague region beyond, i. e. south of NqrupUug.!, 
is called Nqmpipxyfje 'beyond the red earth' {pxyge 'beyond"). 

[23: 60] Nambe Nqnvpthuu ' large, low, roundish place of the red earth ' 
{mhnpi-, as in [23:59]; 6m" ;< 'large, low, roundish place'). 

[23:61] Tesmiue Creek, see [26:1 J. 

[23:62] Tesuque 'Aty.ywxpx!j(jeijjj']cqhu'ii, see [26:2]. 



Nambe names of places not at all definitely located are inclu<led 

here. 

^{kililteqwa' the houses of the Vigils' {Bi/ul <Span. Vigil, family 
name +S; possessive +teqwa 'house' <i;e 'dwelling-place,' ywa 
denoting state of being a receptacle). The name refers to a group 
of four or five houses near Nambe Creek, about a mile east of 
Nambe Pueblo. The hou.ses are the homes of Nambe Indians the 
Mexican family name of most of whom happens to be Vigil. 



368 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Hence the name. The place is sometimeis called in Eng. Upper 
Nambe. 

Namb^ JBincaiulcuHwe 'dry bread stone place' (binva 'bread'; ta 'dry- 
ness' 'dry'; i:n, ho 'stone'; \'we locative). 

A place east of Nambe. Why the name is given was not known 
to the informant. 

Nambe Johehewe 'cane-cactus arro3'ito height' {jo 'cane-cactus' 
'Opuntia arborescens'; he'e 'little groove' 'arro3'ito' 'gulch'; 
Icewe 'height' 'peak'). The name may refer to one or more than 
one arroyito. 
The place is somewhat cast of Nambe. 

Nambe KafuwUi 'leaf point' {ka 'leaf; fu^n 'horizontally project- 
ing corner'; whii 'horizontally projecting corner'). 
This is a height east of Nambe. See KafuwuPoTpjoiJceji, below. 

Nambe Juifmr/Jpor^wikeji 'leaf point pueblo ruin' (KafuwUi, see 
next item above; 'oywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^qr)wi 'pueblo', Iceji 
'old' postpound). This is the name applied to a small pueblo 
ruin said to exist on top of Kafnwul. The informant knew no 
details concerning it and nothing about its history. 

Nambe Kwx''iijTcqrj<' 'oak arroyo' Qcwx 'oak'; 'JT^y locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; Tcq ' barranca'; g.fi 'down at' 'over at'). 
This is a gulch east of Nambe. 

Nambe Kmoagf, Kowag.enii' u 'place down where the hair is or was 
dressed' 'place down beneath where the hair is or was dressed' 
{hmva 'to dress haii-'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; nu\i 'beneath'). 
. This is a place east of Nambe. 

Nambe Knhaje, Kuhaje'iwe 'the hanging rock' 'place of the hanging 
rock' Qcu 'stone' 'rock'; haje 'to hang' intransitive; '/we 
locative). 

Nambe KupiboM 'round hill of the red rock(s)' (!•*< 'stone' 'rock'; fii 
'redness' 'red"; bo'i 'round hill"). Cf. [25:-i0]. 

A place sevei'al miles southwest of Nambe; some Mexicans live 
there, it is said. 

Nambe Ky^poluiu 'cob creek' {Jcy, 'cob' 'corncob'; pohu'u 'creek 
with water in it' <fo 'water', Jmu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
A place in the mountains east of Nambe. 

Span. Rio de en Medio, Rio en el Medio, 'middle river', said to be a 
southern tributary of Nambe Creek. Cf. [22:28J. 

Eng. and Span. Nambe settlement. The name Nambe is applied 
rather vaguely to all the country about Nambe Pueblo. Nambe 
post-office is at present in a store kept by a Mexican about half a 
mile west of Nambe Pueblo. Some Mexicans who live a short 
distance east of Pojoaque say that they live at Nambe. 



HAREIXGTOX] PLACE-KAMES 3fi9 

Nambe h'u'mfMg'; ^v.ryfhu'u 'rock-pine arroyo' iywiryj' -vock- 
pine' 'Piuuf? scopulomm'; lo ' baira 110:1'; g- 'down at' 'over at'; 
/<«'(/ 'large groove' 'arroyo"). 
This is an arroyo in the raountiiius east of Nauibo. 
Nambe Po'aT' 'place of the steep slope by the water' (/)„ 'water'; 
'd'a 'steep slope'; '/"' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
^This is a place in the mountains east of Xaml).'. It is north of 
Pddfndiwe; see next item below. 
Nambe Podin4hoe 'empty water place' (po 'water'; deijf •cmptine-is' 
'empty'; '/we locative). 

This place is in the mountains cast of Namhe, south of Po'a'i'- 
see above. 
Nambe Poiy/cCa 'cane slope' (/w 'cane", probably 'Phragmitcs 
communis', called by the Mexicans carrizo; 'i;;/ locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; '«'a 'steep slope"). 
This place is several miles southeast of Nambe. 
Nambe Pomawi, said to mean 'where the water gouges out' {po 
'water"; iiuiwi said to mean 'to gouge out", l)ut this is doubtful). 
This is a place in the mountains east of Nambe. 
Nambe P'^rjwPi 'black gap' {pv)j> 'blackness' 'black"; w/"/ 'gap' 
'pass'). 

This is a gap in the hills south of Nambe. It is said tliat the 
road connecting Nambe and Santa Fe which passes through [23:14] 
passes also through this gap. 
Nambe Qxvmjfjopo 'water or creek of an unidentified species of rodent 
resembling the woodrat' {qwxijj'jd a species of rodent < qivxrif 
a species of rodent, ;o augmentative; po 'water" 'creek'). 
This is a creek in the high mountains east of Nambe. 
Nambe Qwsentsikewe 'peak of the eye of an unidentified species of 
rodent resembling the woodrat' (jw^z/y a species of rodent; tsi 
'eye'; %ewe 'peak' 'height"). 
This is a small peak in the high mountains east of Nandte. 
Nambe Sieyk'tiliu'ii 'arroyo of an unidentified speciesof bush' {sxijlc'<i 
an unidentified species of bush the wood of which is very hard; 
hiru 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This is an arroyo east of Nambe. 
Nambe S(ii]W3efulcwaje 'scjuirrel point height' (aii'ywx a kind of 
squirrel; //(';« 'horizontally projecting point": Icwaje 'height"). 
This is a height in the high mountains east of Nambe. 
Nambe Srpithn' n ' bluebird creek' (,se 'bluelnrd' of several species: 
pohun 'creek with water in it' < po 'water', Inni 'large groove' 
'arroyo"). 

This is an arroyo situated along the eastern boundary of sheet 
[23]. Cf. Scpohe.ie, next below. 
87584"— 29 eth— 16 24 



370 ETHXOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Nimil)c Sepokede 'bluebird water height' {sefo-, see next above; Ice^e 

'height'). 
This is a place near Scpohu'u; see next item above. 
^■ilmbe Sihe'vrfko 'belly-ache arroyo' (ot 'belly'; 7;^; 'ache' 'aching'; 

Hj)f locative and adjective-forming- postfix; to 'barranca'). 
This is a gulch somewhere near the eastern boundary of sheet 

[23J. 
Nambo Tsefode 'eagle's head' {Ue 'eagle' of any species; foresaid to 

mean 'head' < po 'head', ^e unexplained). Cf. [24:37]. 
This is a hillock south of Nambe, in plain sight of the pueblo, 

probably somewhere near [23:13]. The name was not known to 

the informants with whom the author took walks in the hills south 

of Nambe. 
Nambe Tsiwi'i 'flaking-stone gap' {fsPi 'flaking-stone'; wi'i 'gap'). 
This is a gap in the hills or mountains far east of Nambe. Cf. 

Tuiwibodi, next below. 
Nambe Tsiwlhodi 'round hill by flaking-stone gap', referring to 

TsmPi, next above {iodi 'roundi.sh pile or hill'). 
Upper Nambe, see Blkiliiteqwa under [23 :un located], above. 
Vigil's place. See J^ihilHteqwa under [23:unlocatedJ, above. 

[24] NAIVIBE NORTH SHEET 

This sheet (map 24) shows the country immediately north of Nambe 
Pueblo. No ruins are known to exist in the area. The place-names 
were all obtained at Nambe. 

[24:1] Nambe HusoQfi ' the large arroyo' (Aw'w ' large groove ' ' arroyo '; 
so 'largeness' 'large'; ge 'down at' 'over at'). 

The uppermost course of this arroyo, which is canyon-like, is 
Q3\\%&.Kupits-Pi; see [25:40]. 'YVq IIiisoQ.e^o\s%'\nXK>Kap\i)fhiCu 
[21:11].^ 

[24:2] Nambe JI\ibaheg.l 'one-seeded juniper belts gulched' {hij, 'one- 
seeded juniper' '.luniperus monosperma'; ici'a 'woman's belt', 
probably here referring to belts of juniper; heg.1 'gulched'). 

A large high area of broken land lying north of the central 
course of the IIusog.e is called thus. It is said that until a few 
years ago the northern line of the Namb6 Pueblo land grant ran 
.through the IIuhaheg.i; now the line extends south of this place, 
it is said. 

[24:3] Nambe Pxtehu'u, see [22:35]. 

[24:4] Ntunbe PckehJu 'sharp fruit arroyo' {pe 'ripeness' 'ripe' 
'fruit'; h; 'sharpness' 'sharp', said, e. g., of cactus thorns; hu^u 
'large groove' 'arroyo'). 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 371 

[24:5] (1) Nambe ' Osxwe ' place of the unidentified weed species called 
'osse' ('ftsa; a species of weed; we locative). 

(2) Span. Gallinero 'place for keeping- chickens' 'chicken house 
or yard ', probably so called because of fancied resemblance in shape 
between the ridge and a chicken house. 

Both Nambe and Span, names seem to refer rather vaguely 
to the whole arid locality. 

[24:6] 'bia.mhe Tfcqwseywiil 'eagle-tail point' (Ave 'eagle 'of any species; 
qwierjf 'tail'; wui 'horizontally projecting point', here referring 
to the westward projecting end of the little hill). There are sev- 
eral names on the sheet which contain tse 'eagle.' 

The hill by this name gives the names to [24:7] and [24:S1. 

[24:7] Nambe TseqwsRywUipxij'je 'beyond eagle-tail point', referring 
to [24:6] [TseqtoieigwiM, see [24:6]; piKyfje 'beyond'). Tiiis name 
seems to be applied rather definitely to the locality just north of 
the hills [24:6]. 

[24:8] Nambe T'<eqwxriwUi'hjfhu''u ' arroyo by eagle-tail point', refer- 
ring to [24:6] {TseqwsP.ywt.ii, see [24:6]; ir/f locative and adjective- 
forming postfix; hu\i 'large groove' 'aiToyo'). 

This arroyo flows into Kvp'e't)fhv.''u [21:11]. Notice the places 
with names in its upper coui"se. 

[24:9] Nambe WFqwPi 'sandy gap' CoFci 'sand'; wPi 'gap'). This 
name refei's definitely to a gap through which the arroyo [24:8] 
passes, and vaguely to the whole region about the gap. 

[24:10] Nambe JVihitsseyyig.e 'place of the white earth' (nqtjf 'earth'; 
tsxnfi 'whiteness' 'white', applied to the White Corn JNlaiden 
and found in some other place-names <S« 'white', nfi un- 
explained but occurring with some other color names; g.e 'down 
at ' ' over at '). 

The earth is whitish at this place. There are low hillocks on 
the northern side of the arroyo [24:8]. 

[24:11] Nambe P'de'e 'trap estufa' (jie 'trap' of any kind; t^e 
'estufa'). For the name cf. Sjie'e [19:-1:3]. This name is applied 
to two little springs in the bed of the arroyo [24:f^] near the 
soui'ce of the arroyo. 

[24:12] Nambe Mig.elkqhi'u, see [21:32]. 

[24:13] Nambe Creek, see [19:3]. 

[24:14] Nambe Tsehu'u, see [23:6]. 

[24:15] Nambe Tseqwajo, Tneqwajo oku said to mean ' where the eagle 
dragged very much' 'hill where the eagle dragged very much' 
(fae 'eagle'; qwa'' to drag'; _/o augmentative). The reason for 
applying the name was not known to the informants. There are 
several other names on the sheet in which txi' 'eagle' appears. 
The name applies to a small hill somewhat farther west than the 



372 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

other hills shown on this part of the sheet. The old trail from 
Nambe to Cundayo passes east of this hill. 

[24:16] Nambe PonfiFe", Ponfi¥e^%waje 'dodge plumed arroyo 
shrubplace' 'dodoe plumed arroyo shrub height' {poiifi 'plumed 
arro3'o shrub' ' Fallugia paradoxa acuminata'; k'e'^ 'to dodge'; 
kwaje 'height'). The verb ^'</<^ appears to be used much as is 
Eng. 'to dodge.' The exact meaning of the name was not under- 
stood by the informants. This name is applied to two ridges, the 
more southerly one having a depression in its middle. 

An old trail leading to P^ojo [24:21] passes east of Ponfih't'"'. 

[24:17] Nambe Ucuxpi^^lceine 'fasting thread peak or height' 
(//tM«j;Ci'--, see [24:19]; 'kewe 'peak' 'height'). Perhaps the 
name ILhistp^i- was originally applied to the arroyo [24:19]. 
See [24:18].^ 

[24:18] Nambe J'oSa/jf^^i, TdbapupVuce 'cliil roots come out ' 'place 
where the cliff roots come out' (tdba 'cliff'; pu 'base', here 
'root';jr>/ 'to come out' 'to issue'; Hwe locative). 

A peculiar mineral formation, probably of fossil origin, is found 
at this place. Straight pieces of brownish stone resembling 
fragments of human ribs are found protruding from the ground, 
'coming up', here and there on the southern slope of [24:17] 
near the base of some low cliff's. These pieces of stone are said 
by the Nambe Indians to be thejyw ' roots' of the cliff, which is 
conceived of as having roots as does a plant. Earl and Archie 
Bolander, sons of the teacher of the Government Indian school at 
Namb6, had also noticed this formation and had supposed it to 
consist of fossilized bones. 

[24:19] (1) Nambe H(U'4.p^''itsiH 'fasting thread canyon' {hcus^ 'to 
fast' 'to hold a religious fast'; /»4"- 'thread'; Tsl^i 'canyon'). 
The meaning of the name was not fully understood by the 
informants. It is not clear what ' fasting ' has to do with 
' thread '. 

The locality would be a good place to fast since it is absolutely 
devoid of food and water. There is ordinarily not even a thread- 
like stream of water in the bed of the ' canyon '. This waterway 
should be called a Am'm rather than a Tsi)i, as the informants re- 
marked; cf. -Iqhu'u in Nambe (2), below. Cf. [24:17] and [24:21]. 
(2) '^siaih&Tdbahi'iyflQhuhi 'cliff corner arroj'o' {TdbahiCv, 
see [24:20]; ^iyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; lohu^u 
' arro3'o with barrancas' <ko 'bari-anca', /ivht 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). This name is applied because the arroj-o is conceived 
of as flowing about the low place [24:20]. 

This arroyo and the arroyo [24:25] are the chief tributaries of 
the Tsehuu [24:11]. Cf. [24:20]. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 373 

[24:20] (1) Natnbe Bcuxpaibuhi 'i&stemng thvp&d cmwr'. pr..l.:il,lv 

referring to [24:19] (BcuisepCi'^-, see [24:l;tJ; b,r>( Marge low 

roundish place"). 

(2) }s'ambe foiahi'u 'cliff corner' (toia 'cliff'; bu'ii 'large low 

roundish place '). The corner is called thus because it is surrminded 

on the north and west by the named little hills with cliffs [24:17J, 

[24:10], [24:27], and [24:28]. The arroyos [24:19] and [24:2.5] 

ma3' be called after this low place. 
[24:21] Nambe F'ojo 'the big hole' (po 'hole'; jfo augmentative). 
This hole is merely a natural pit or cave at the base of a tall 

cliff. Coyotes sleep and raise their young at this place according 

to an old informant. An old trail leads between [24:16] and 

[24:17] to the place. The gulch by the hole drains into the 

arroyo [24:19]. See [24:22]. 
[24:22] Nambe P'ojohiCu, P'njopxyr/ebu^u 'corner by the big hole' 

'corner beyond the big hole', referring to [24:21] (/>'«/'), sec 

[24:21]; buu ''large low roundish place'; f)«7;^/<? 'beyond'). The 

two forms of the name refer to the same locality. 
[24:23] Nambe Ifodewe 'gray coyote place' {ho 'grayness' 'gray'; 4>i 

'coyote'; we locative). 
This place is a short distance northwest of [24:32]. It gives 

names to [24:24] and [24:25]. The arroyo [24:2.o] begins at this 

place. 
[24:24] Xambe Ilocjewepxy^e ' beyond gray coyote place', referring to 

[24:23] {Ilodewe, see [24::2'd];pxy(ie 'beyond'). 
The arroyo [24:19] is said to commence at this place. 
[24:25] (1) Nambe Ilodewelno n, ' gray coyote place arroyo', refemng 

to [24:23] {Ilodewc, see [24:23]; huu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

So called because it begins at Ilodewe. [24:23]. 

(2) tobaiuhu^u 'cliff' corner arroyo', referring to [24:20] [Toio- 

bu'u, see [24:20]; hiiii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [24:19]. 
This arrovo and the arroyo [24:19] are the chief tributaries of the 

Tse/nru. [24':14]. The little arroyo [24:26] is tributary to [24:25]. 
[24:26] Nambe Nqm]}' tndihuhi 'black earth arroyo' {nq'Qf 'earth": 

p'vjf ' blackness' ' black'; 'f ' locative and adjective-forming p<ist- 

fix; lui'u ' large groove ' 'arroyo'). 

This gulch runs into the arroyo [24:25]. 
[24:27] Nambe Ts'<eheAej)f 'white morning' (/sa? 'whiteness" 'white'; 

Ac.«e?;y 'morning', cf. the common expression hMind'i' 'in the 

morning' Kh&iivf 'morning', 'i'' locative and adjective-forming 

postfix). 

This little arid knob of a hill has a very pretty and poetic name. 

The old trail north from Nambe passes between it and [24:15]. 
[24:28] Nambe funfxVqndi'', funfifVqmlv'hvijl 'place where the 

white earth called fan fir. is dug' 'height where tiie white earth 



374 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 

called funfx is dug' {fmifx a kind of white earth used in pottery 
making, see under Minerals; h'oijf 'to dig'; T'' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; hxoaje 'height'). 

A horizontal laj^er of pure white funfse. runs near the top of the 
hill. The hill contains two peculiar cave-dwellings [24:2!)] and 
east of it are the ' water-jar on the head' rocks [24:30]. 
[24:29] (1) Nambe Toiaqwa, Toiaqwa^iwe 'the cliff-dwellings' 'the 
place of the cliff-dwellings' (tota 'cliff'; qwa denoting state of 
being a receptacle, hereabout equivalent to 'cave' or 'house'; 
Hwe locative). 

(2) Nambe Ssesaiabuwate, Ssesaiajxinte 'ovens of the Ssesaia' 
{Ssesaia, a being personated on certain occasions by a masked 
man who goes about Nambe Pueblo fiogging children with a whip 
of yucca; huwate, pante 'oven' <huwa 'bread', ie 'dwelling- 
place' 'apartment'; pay/ 'bread' <Span. pan 'bread'). The 
caves are said to have something to do with the S<risaia cere- 
mony; hence the name. 

These are large caves with flat floors and roundish roofs, seem- 
ingl3^ artificially excavated. Traces of smoke can be seen on the 
roofs. These caves closely resemble the typical dwelling-caves of 
the Pajarito Plateau. The caves are part way up the steep side of 
the hill [24:28]. The hillside forms a fold, so that the two caves 
face each other. The eastern cave is high enough for a man to 
stand upright in it; the western cave is only about 3 feet high. 
See [24:28]. 
[24:30] (1) Namb6 Pobe'qMj'SRg.i 'water-jar on the head' {pohe 'water- 
jar' 'olla' <po 'water', be 'jar' 'pottery'; 'inj'seg.i 'on the 
head'). 

(2) Nambe Sqywse^lnj'ii^g.i 'sandstone on the head' {srlytDse 
'sandstone'; 'dnyseg.t 'on the head'). 

(3) Nambe SdywBelce'i'''- ' the sandstone necks ' ' place of the sand- 
stone necks' (sqywsR 'sandstone'; he 'necks' 'necked'; 'ii^'' loca- 
tive and adjective-forming postfix). 

These names are used indiscriminately in referring to some 
eroded rock pillars the slender base of which supports a large 
and heavy top, suggesting the figure of a woman carrying an olla 
on the head. 

[24:31] Nambe Wolc, see [23:22]. 

[24:32] Nambe ''Awap'iwe, 'Awap'iwebu^u 'place of a kind of cattail 
called ''awapi^ 'corner of the place of a kind of cattail called 
^awap'i'' {^awap'i an unidentified species of cattail with narrow 
leaves <''awa 'cattail', p'i 'smallness and flatness' 'small and 
fiat', cf. 'avx/p'a 'broad-leaved cattail'; we locative; bu'u 'large 
low roundish place'). 



HAKKIXGTON] PI-ACE-XAMES 375 

This name refers to a large reofioii. Just where tlie cattails 
which gave rise to the name grow or grew was not known to tlio 
informants. The place mentioned gives names to [24:33], [24:34J, 
and [24:35]. 
[24:33] Nambe ''Awapiwehit''u 'arroj-o by the place of a kind of rat- 
tail called \map"i\ referring to [24:32] {'Awajiiwe, sec [24:3:>]; 
kti^u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

This little dry gulch proceeds from 'Awaji'iwe [24:3-2] north of 
the little mesa [24:34] and disappears in the high plain of Wobe 
[24:31]. 
[24:34] Nambe 'Awap'iwekewe 'mesa or height of the place of a kind 
of cattail called ''awapV, referring to [24:32] {'Awap ivc. see 
[24:32]; heive 'height' 'mesa' 'peak'). 

This little mesa rises abruptly from the plain with cliff walls to 
a height of 30 feet or more. It can be scaled without the help of 
tackle only in two or three places. Its top is flat and 30 or 40 feet 
in diameter. There is a little water hole in the top at its soutii- 
west extremity which contained good water in October, although 
it was said that no rain had fallen for several days. There is a 
cave in the cliff at the southern end of the mesa; see [24:3.")]. 
The little mesa is very conspicuous from Nambe Pueblo and from 
all the plain about. 
[24:36] Nambe Awapiwekeweimpo 'the hole in the mesa or height 
of the place of a kind of cattail called ^awap'i\ referring to [24: 
34] {■Awap'kvch'we, see [24: 34]; 'iyf locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix; p'o 'hole'). 

This cave of [24:35], unlike the caves of [24:28], appears to be 
of natural origin and shows no signs of having been inhabited. 
[24:36] (1) l^amhe 'Awafnjahu''u. (<Span.). Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroj^o del Agua Fria 'cold water arroyo". Cf. 
Tewa (1). 

There appears to be no name f<;)r this gulch in the Nambe 
language. It is distinguished by running in front of, i. e.. just 
south of the mesa [24:34]. Why the name -cold water' should 
be applied to this dry gulch is not clear. 
[24:37] Nambe Tsipohu'v "eagle's head arroyo' {tse 'eagle of any 
species'; po 'head'; hu'u 'large groove" 'arroyo"). Seveml 
place-names on the sheet contain the word tse 'eagle". Cf. espe- 
cially TsefoM under [23:unlocated]. 

This gulch runs from 'L^epokwaj'i [24:38] to which it app.'ars 
to give the name, until it is lost in the arid plain. 
[24:.3S] Naml)e Txepohwaj!' 'eagle head height' (Tuepo-, see [24:37]; 
hwaje 'height"). 

The li-^iioAMM [24:37] begins at this place. 



376 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. a.nn. 29 

[24:39] !^a.mbe Pi'buhii'u, Plbupxygehu'u 'red corner arroyo' 'arroyo 
beyond red corner', referring to [24:4:1] (Pibiiu, see [24:41]; 
pseyge 'be3'ond'; ktiu ' larg-e groove ' 'arroyo'). 

This arroj^o runs straight toward Nambe Pueblo, but its course 
becomes obliterated in the lowlands. 

[24:40] Nambe Popobihu'n 'squash flower corner' (jw 'squash' 
'pumpkin' ' calabash '; j>«Sl 'flower'; bii'u 'large low roundish 
place'). • 

This is an ai'id corner amid low hills. 

[24:41] Nambe Pihu'u 'redeemer' {fi 'redness' 'red'; hu^u 'large 
low roundish place '). 
This corner gives the names to [24:39] and [24:42]. 

[24:4^*] Nambe Pihu'lcwaje 'heights by red corner', referring to 
[24:41] (P ?:&(/'?/., see [24:41]; hwajh 'height'). 

[24:43] Nambe Tajehu\i 'the straight arroyo' {taje 'straightness' 
'straight'; Ai/'« 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

The course of this large arroyo is very straight; it runs toward 
Nambe Pueblo until it becomes obliterated in the lowlands. Its 
uppermost course is called P'etsawUmhi; see [25:46]. Many 
places on its upper course are known by name; see sheet [25]. 
When returning from the mountains northeast of Nambe the bed 
of the Tajelivlu is the favorite I'oute. 

[24:44] Nambe Paivo'dku, P'avwfnTjf 'fire medicine hill' 'fire medi- 
cine mountain' {p^a 'fire'; wo 'medicine' 'magic'; ^oku 'hill'; 
fhjf 'mountain'). 

This hill is very well known at Nambe Pueblo. The Indian 
name of a boy at Nambe is P\vwo. There is a small shrine 
(kuk'aje) on top of the hill. Cf. [24:45]. A Nambe schoolboy 
tried to etymologize the name as ' yucca medicine ' (p'a ' yucca ' 
'Yucca baccata'; w'f» 'medicine' 'magic') but the old cacique 
laughed at this interpretation. The place gives the name to 
[24:45]. 

[24:45] Nambe P'riwopcnvPi 'hole through road gap' {P'awo, see 
[24:44]; po 'trail', here 'road'; wlH 'gap' 'pass'). 

An old wagon road passes through this gap between the hills 
[24:44] and [24:46]. 

[24:46] ^i\.n\h& 3Iali\Uenukwaje, Mqhy,te)iuhwag.e 'heights at the foot 
of the owl dwelling-place' [mqhy, 'owl' of any species; te 'dwell- 
ing-place' 'house', also 'nest' in the sense of dwelling-place; nuht, 
'below' 'beneath'; Icwaje, Icimge 'height'). The name indicates 
that there was an owl dwelling-place or nest somewhere above or 
on top of these heights, but no such dwelling-place was known to 
the informants. 

This name is applied to the entire length of the ridge from 
[25:58] to [24:44]. The ridge is a large one, and its proximity to 
Nambe Pueblo renders it especially well known. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 377 

[25] CUNDAT6 SHEET 

This sheet (map 25) shows f<rpit)f mountain [25:14] and the country 
about the mountain, inchidinir the Mexican settlement of Cundav6. 
Cundayo is the only Mexican settlement known to exist in the area 
shown on this sheet, and is indeed the only place with a well-known 
Span. name. Hence the sheet has been tailed the Cundayo sheet. 
The region east of the mountain fojnijf [25:14] is called by the 
Nambe Indians Topimpxijfje {Topi>j f, ace [25:14]; pferjr/e 'bevond"). 
Topijrtpseyge is Ba,ude\ier'>i "To B'hi-pang-oe, the former village of 
the Nambe tribe, 8 miles northeast of the present puei)lo"' and Hew- 
ett's "Tobipang-e, a 8 milles au nord-est [de Nambe]." = As a mat- 
ter of fact Topimpa'ijfje can be up])lied to any one of the pueblo 
ruins at Topimpifij'je— to [25:1s]. [25:^!:;]. [25:30], and even to [25:8]. 

[25:1] Santa Cruz Creek, see [15:18]. 

[25:4 Rio Chiquito. see [22:2i']. 

[25:3] (1) Nambe Kofst'i, EcTsr i '.stone can3-on' {ho, kx 'stone' 'rock'; 
fsi'i 'canyon'). This name is given to the creek canyon both be- 
low and above the junction of [25:15]. 

The walls are in manj' places high rock-cliffs. 

(2) Medio Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Cundayo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5). 

(4) Span. Rio de en Medio, Rio Medio 'creek in the middle' 
'middle creek'. It appears that this name is given because the 
upper part of the creek lies between [25:2] and [25:15]. =Eng. 
(2). This name appears to be given especially to thac pai-t of the 
creek above the confluence of [25:15]. 

(5) Span. Rio de Cundaj'o, Rio Cundayo (named after Cundayo 
settlement [25:7]). This name was obtained from a ]SIexican at 
Cundayo; it appears that it is given especially to the part of the 
creek below the confluence of [25:15] in the Wcinity of Cundayo 
settlement. See [25:7]. 

This creek rises at W/'Jo [22:29]. The canyon is large and 

beautiful. Whether the creek has any established Span, or Eng. 

name is doubtful. 
[25:4] Nambe Pojr^ipiijf 'mountain down where the waters or creeks 

come together', referring to [25:5] {Pojeg.e, see [25:5]; piijj' 

'mountain'). 
[25:5] jPo/ege 'down where the waters or creeks come together' (po 

'water' 'creek'; j<? 'to meet' 'to come together'; gt' 'down at' 

'over at'). 
The locality of the confluence of the creeks [25:2] and [25:3] 

is called thus. Cf. [25:4]. 

iBandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 84, 1892. JHe>yett, Coniinunaut&, p. 33, 1908. 



FOLDOUT 



HARRIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 377 

[25] CUXDAT6 SHEET 

This sheet (map 25) shows fofhjf luountain [25:14] and the country 
about the mountain, inchiding the Mexican settlement of Cunday6. 
Cundayo is the only Mexican settlement known to exist in the area 
shown on this sheet, and is indeed the only place with a well-known 
Span. name. Hence the sheet has been tailed the Cundayo sheet. 
The region east of the mount_ain fophjf [25:14] is called Ijy the 
Nambe Indians fop/),ipseiJ[/e {Topiij y, ^ee [25:14]; pfevffe 'beyond"). 
ropi?«p^7?f/« is Bandelier's --To B'hi-piing-oe. the former village of 
the Nambe tribe, S miles northeast of the present pueblo"' and Hew- 
ett's "Tobipange, a 8 milles au nord-est [de Nambe].''- As a mat- 
ter of fact Topimpxij[/e can be applied to any one of the pu('l)lo 
ruins at frqnmpa:.y<je—io [25:18], [25 :-i;3]. [25:30], and even to [25:8]. 

[25:1] Santa Cruz Creek, see [15:18]. 

[25::^] Rio Chiquito, see [22:2:.']. 

[25:3] (1) Nambe Kofsi'l^EvTsPi 'stone canyon' [ho, hi 'stone' 'rock'; 
fsi'i 'canyon'). This name is given to the creek canyon both be- 
low and above the junction of [25:1.")]. 

The walls are in many places high rock-cliffs. 

(2) Medio Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Cundayo Creek. (<Span.). =Span. (5). 

(4) Span. Rio de en Medio, Rio Medio 'creek in the middle' 
'middle creek'. It appears that this name is given because the 
upper part of the creek lies between [25:2] and [25:15]. =Eng. 
(2). This name appears to be given especially to thac part of the 
creek above the confluence of [25:15]. 

(5) Span. Rio de Cundayo, Rio Cundayo (named after Cundayo 
settlement [25:7]). This name was obtained from a Mexican at 
Cundayo; it appears that it is given especially to the part of the 
creek below the confluence of [25:15] in the vicinity of Cundayo 
settlement. See [25:7]. 

This ci"eek rises at ir//V> [22:29]. The canyon is large and 

beautiful. Whether the creek has any established Span, or Eng. 

name is doubtful. 
[25:4] Nambe Pojcgepitjf 'mountain down where the waters or creeks 

come together', referring to [25:5] {Fojege, see [25:5]; pijjf 

'mountain'). 
[25:5] PcyVge 'down where the waters or creeks come together' {po 

'water' 'creek'; _;V 'to meet' 'to come together'; gc? 'down at' 

'over at"). 
The locality of the confluence of the creeks [25:2] and [25:3] 

is called thus. Cf. [25:4]. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 84, 1S92. ^Hewett, Communautfe, p. 33, 1908. 



378 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[25:6] Nambe Pxpofii'u, Pxpofuge 'deer water point' 'place down 
by deer water point' {px 'mule-deer'; po 'water'; /w'm 'hori- 
zontally projecting point'; g_e 'down at' 'over at'). 

This is a projecting corner of a hill on the northeast side of the 
canyon a short distance below Cundayo settlement [25:7]. There 
are Mexican farms on the bottom lands about this place. The 
Mexicans probably include this place under the name Cundayo. 

[25:7] (1) Nambe Kudljol'wselc'ii'i''^ 'Mexican settlement at [25:8]' 
{Kiidijo, see [25:8]; KwxJcy, 'Mexican', modified ivovulcivsphj^yf 
'iron' 'metal'; '^'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Cf. 
Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Cundayo settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 
(.3) Span. Cundayo, a corruption of Tewa Ky,dijo, see [25:8]. 
=Eng._(2). 

This is a small Mexican settlement on the level land of the can- 
yon bottom. It is mostly on the south side of the creek. The 
name Cundayo was obtained from a Mexican living there. The 
Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geological Survey, March, 
1894, locates a Mexican hamlet at the site of Cundayo, but calls 
it "Escondillo." This is a mistake. A Mexican hamlet consist- 
ing of two or three houses situated somewhere in the canyon 
[25:3] is called Escondido 'hidden'. Just where this Escondido 
is situated seems not to be generally known even by Mexicans 
living about Nambe. 

[25:8] Nambe Kvdljo'' qijwijceji of obscure etymology (kudijo unex- 
plained, but evidently containing the augmentative jo as its last 
syllable as in the name Tsimajo [22:18]; 'oyivikeji 'pueblo ruin' 
<^qywi 'pueblo', Tceji 'old' postpound). This name refers to 
the ruins of a large adobe pueblo on a level height west of and a 
hundr(>d feet or more above the present Mexican hamlet of Cun- 
dayo [25:7]. 

This is claimed by the Nambe Indians as one of the ancient 
villages of their people. No published reference to the ruin has 
been found. The ruin gives the name to [25:7]. 

[25:9] Nambe Tu'uiboM 'round hill of the little bells' {tiiiii said by 
the old cacique to be an ancient form or mutilated form of tinini 
'little bell'; ioui 'large roundish pile' ' round hill'). 
TUUi appears also in the names [25:10] and [25:11]. 

[25:10] Nambe TWuiKu^u 'arroyo of the little bells" {Talil^ see 
[25:9]; hCu. 'large groove' 'arroyo'). Cf. [25:9] and [25:11]. 

This gulch begins at [25:11] and discharges into Santa Cruz 
Creek [25:1], it is said. 

[25:11] Niunbe TuUrwPl '■YxiiXa bells gap' {Tiiai, see [25:9]; m'* 
'gap'). Cf. [25:9] and [25:10]. 
This gap is between the hills [25:9] and [25:12]. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 379 

[25:12] Nambe ' Obnkwajt; 'heijrht of V;6»-„ [25:unlocated]' {\>b>r„, 
see under [25:unlocatedJ; ,(-»wp 'heit,'ht"). 

[25:13] Nambe JohiJ-waje, see [22:.3-i]. 

[25:14] Nambe fopii)f 'pinon tree mountain' (fo 'piRon tree' 'Pinus 
edulis'; piyf 'mountain'). There is a considerable growth of 
piiion on the mountain, hence it is easy to understand why the 
name is given. 

This is a very high, large, isolated mountain, farther west tlian 
the other high mountains. It gives the name to the large and 
vaguely defined region east of the mountain, which is called 
Topimfsey^e 'beyond piiion mountain' {pxrjcje -beyond*): see 
under introduction to sheet [25]. page 377. Cf. [25:15]. 

Although several Mexicans and Indians were questioned, no 
Span, name for this mountain could he learned. The Indian 
informants said that there is none. Although the mountain is 
clearly shown on the Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geologi- 
cal Survey, March, 1894, no name is given. Mr. Cosme Herreni 
of Nambe states that the Mexicans do not pretend to have anv 
names for most of the mountains and creeks in the wild countrv 
east of Nambe. 

[25:15] (1) Nambe Topiiiip:pyij()e'ii)fh)i\i. Topimpxygrhii'u 'arroyo lie- 
yond piiion mountain', referring to [25:14] {Topimpxr/^e, as 
explained in the introduction to sheet [25], above; 'i^y locative 
and adjective-forming postfix; hu'ii 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
The creek is called thus because of its location with reference to 
Topiyf mountain. 

(2) Span. Rio Panchuelo ? Panchuelo is aug. of Pancho, familiar 
form of Francisco, but how it came to be applied to a creek in this 
region is not known to the writer. Again, it may be a corruption 
of panzuelo, ' big belly '. Mr. Cosme Herrera of Nambe, who 
knows the country well, says that [25:15] is the Rio Panchuelo of 
the Mexicans. The Santa Fe Sheet of the United States Geologi- 
cal Survey, March, 1894, gives what is unmistakably this creek 
as -'Panchuelo Creek." The Indian informants, however, who 
accompanied the author on the foot tour back of Topiijf Moun- 
tain, declared that [25:15] is not the Rio Panchuelo. w^hich they siiy 
lies somewhere northeast of [25:15]. The old cacique pointed out 
a trail that leads from [25:15] to the Panchuelo. The Nanibe 
name of the Panchuelo, according to the old cacique, is ^w:rijhpo 
'sharp rock-pine water'; see under [23:unlocated]. The state- 
ments ai-e seriously perplexing. 

There are three pueblo ruins and many places with names 
alono- the lower course of [25:15]. The creek forms a deej) can- 



380 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

von in places. Tlie region is quite well wooded; it is wild and 
very beautiful. 

The portion of the creek in the vicinity of Old Nambe Pueblo 
[25:30] is said to be called Desewihii'u; see [25:28]. 

[25:16] Nambe KutiiywseboM 'round hill of- the high stone(s)' 0cu 
'stone'; tv-vwse 'highness' 'high'; ho.il 'large roundish pile'). 
This little mountain gives the name to [25:17]. 

[25:17] Nambe Kuftitjwxb'/.ti'ii/ibu'ii, Kuty.Tf)wxhuhi 'corner by the 
round hill of the high stono(s)' 'corner by the high stone(s)', 
referring to [25:16] {KMty,r}wsebo,i/\ Kutuywse, see [25:16]; 6m'w 
'large low roundish place'). 
This low place is between [25:16] and [25:14]. 

[25:18] 'Nambe Pibaroywikeji 'pueblo ruin of the little red mound' 
{pi, 'redness' 'red'; blii 'small roundish pile'; oywikej i ^Y)uehlo 
ruin' <'o>jwi 'pueblo', ''keji 'old' postpound). Perhaps the 
name refers to the reddish hill on which the ruin stands. Cf. the 
designation of [25:30], which is also named after a mound. 

This is the ruin of a very ancient pueblo, largely obliterated. 
The potsherds found are commented on by Mr. A. V. Kidder 
as being of a very archaic type. It is said that the pueblo was 
inhabited bv ancestors of the Nambe Indians. The place gives 
the name to [25:20]. See [25:19]. 

[25:l!t] Nambe T'y/"Fo/i<}me 'where the kind of earth called t'y,''- is 
or was dug' (t'u'', see under Minerals. Tc'oyf 'to dig'; Hwe 
locative). 

[25:20] Nambe Pibi(ihii''ii, 'little red mound arroyo', referring to 
[25:18] {Pibai, see [25:18]; hu'u 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[25:21] (1) Nambe Eu^otsa'i' 'place of the sparkling stones' {ku 
'stone'; ^otsa 'sparkling'; T' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix). Cf. Nambe (2). 

(2) Nambe iV«?;y'ofo«'«'' 'place of the sparkling earth'; (/lyyy 
'earth'; ''otsa 'sparkling'; T' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 

The ground on both sides of the creek at this locality contains a 
sparkling substance like mica. This is not utilized in an 3' waj'. 

[25:22] Nambe TxiJcwikwaje of obscure etymology {tsi said to sound 
Vike tsi 'eye'; twi unexplained; hwaje 'height"). 

[25:23] Nameless pueblo ruin. It closely resembles [25:18] in appear- 
ance, beingon a slight elevation on the south side of thecreek. The 
old cacique tried hard to think of its name but it had slipped his 
memory. He said that he had known the name but had not 
thought of it for years. 

The ruin is claimed as one of the homes of the ancestors 
of the Nambe people. 



HARRIKOTO.N] PLACE-NAMES 381 

[25:2J:] Nambe fy,'9nikwaje 'heioht of the sparkling hlark iiiiiifnil 
called fu"i' {fy'^, see under iMiner.u.s; ni said to be for 'iuf 
locative and adjective-foinjing postfix; Icwaje 'heitrht"). Cf. 
[25:25]. 

This is a height or mesa at which the black pig-menl called 
/«■", used for body painting, is found. See Th! f ^ikwajh under 
[25:uulocated]. 

[25:2.j] Nambe/-y'2?ij wm'm 'place below the sparkling black mineral 
called /it"-', referring, it is said, to [25:24] (/•;/!?/, i-, sec [25:24]; 
mCu 'below' 'at the foot of"). 

[25:26] Xambe P()kse,nfu\i'a, Pohspyfu^dpiyf "bitumen slope" • bitu- 
men slope mountain', referring to [25:27] {Poh-rnfi/, see [25:27; 
'a'rt 'steep slope'; piijj' 'mountain'). The deposit of l)itumen 
or tar-like eai-th [25:27] about half waj- up the southern slope of 
this mountain gives the name. 

[25:27] Nambe Piikienfi/i''- 'place of the bitumen or tjirr\- earth" 
{polcsenfu 'bitumen', see under Mineijals; 'i'' lociitive and ad- 
jective-forming postfix). 

[25:28] Nambe DesewPi of obscure etymology {de 'coyote'; *<; unex- 
plained ; wPi 'gap'). This name refers to a narrow place in the 
canyon. The creek at this place may be called Desewiha'u or 
Pesewipo {hichi 'large groove " ' arroyo'; po ' water'). 
The place is north of the pueblo ruin [25:30]. 

[25:29] Nambe Foisse''iwe ' place of the white water' (po ' water'; tsx 
'whiteness' 'white': ''iwe locative). This name is given to the 
localitj' of a spring on the north side of the creek. 

The informants were not sure whether they found the spring, 
but the place is certain!}' correctly located. 

[25:30] Nambe JVdmbe'ojjwikeji., Namhe'e ' pueblo ruin of the roundish 
earth", probably referring to a mound of earth («<?/;y 'earth": 
hee eqixivalent to big.! 'sraallness and roundishness ' 'small and 
round'). The name is said to refer to a small mound of earth, 
and this meaning is confirmed by the Picuris form [23:5]. (2). It 
is possible, however, that the name refers to a number of small 
mounds or humps of earth, or even to roundish clods or balls of 
earth. The informants stated that the mound-like height on 
which the ruin lies might be called a mmbe'e. This pueblo ruin 
gives the name to Nambe Pueblo [23:5]. For quoted forms of 
the name see [23:5]; all of these forms refer to [23:5]. Cf. the 
name Pibl-'t'oywibji [25:18], which also refers to a mound. 

The remains of the village can be traced as disintegrated adobe 
mounds on top of a slight elevation on the south side of the ('reck. 
This is Old Nambe, one of the ancient villages of the Namb.' \yao- 
ple. The ruin gives the names to the gulches [25:31]. 



382 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA .INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

[25:;31] NambeiV«?»M«'« 'arroyosof [25:30]' {Nqmhee, see [25:30]; 

hiht ' large groove ' ' arroyo '). 
These gulches are respectively on each side of the height on 

which the ruin [25:30] lies. 
[25:32] Nambe 'fsejhm''u 'below the yellow', referring to [25:33] 

(rs<;/j-, see [25:33]: nii^u 'bolow'). 
[25:33] Nambe Tsejipivf 'yellow mountain' {iseji 'yellowness' 

'yellow'; f'i';./ 'n^ountain'). Cf. [25:32]. 
[25:34] Nambe KuwaJ-Pe 'little place of the strewn stones' (I-w, h) 

'stone'; wa-i'i. 'strewn'; 'e diminutive). One informant called 

the place also KuwoJ'iniCu, which would presuppose a Kicwcui- 

Tcwaje (miu 'below'; Jcioaje 'above'). 
[25:35] Nambe Tstwaie'e 'of obscure etymology {ise 'yellowness' 

'yellow'; wa unexplained; he^e 'small low roundish place'). 
This dell is east of [25:2ti]. 
[25:3r)] Nambe Qwxt'ipiijf of obscure etymology ('^wk 'mountain 

mahogany' 'Cercocarpus parvifolius'; t'i unexplained, it is said 

to sound Wket'i 'fragment' and may well be this word; fiyf 

' mountain ') . 
[25:37] Nambe Sli/tltal-Wdje 'coarse flour height' {simita 'a kind of 

coarsely ground flour'; hvaje 'height'). 
[25:38] Nambe Pi??fc'iiMia? 'dark round mountain' (pij;./ 'mountain'; 

Tc'ih 'darkness' 'dark'; ho 'roundisliiiess' ' roundish'; nrr locative). 
[25:39] Nambe Qwsetetih&we of obscuic etymoU)gy {/jwse 'mountain 

mahogany' 'Cercocarpus parvifolius'; tebi unexplained; fceioe 

'height' 'peak'). 
[25:40] Nambe Kupitsi'i, KxplioaJ'i 'red rock canyon' 'red rock gap' 

(ku 'rock' 'stone'; pi, 'redness' 'red'; isPl- 'canyon'; wcui 'wide 

gap'). The uppermost course of the JIusoQ.e [24:1] is called by 

this name. See [25:41]. [25:42], and Nambe KapiFsPoywikeji, 

KHpi'WcUi?qif)%vih:ji [25 :unlocated]. 
[25:41] Nambe Ojitssemiu 'at the base of the white ice' i^oji 'ice'; 

tsse, 'whiteness' 'white'; nti'u 'below'). 
This is a spring. Cf. [25:42]. 
[25:42] Nambe Dekanuhi, 'below coyote thicket' {de 'coyote'; lea 

'denseness' 'dense' 'thicket' 'forest'; nii^u 'below'). 
This is a spring. Cf. [25:41]. 
[25:43] Nambe Plhuhitht, see [24:39]. 
[25:44] Nambe Fihukwaje, see [24:42]. 
[25:45] Nambe P'efeaw/'-i 'cut wood gap' (jy'e 'wood' 'timber' 'log'; 

tsa 'to cut across the grain'; wi''i 'gap'). Firewood is or was 

cut at this gap; hence the name, it is said. Cf. [25:46]. 
[25:46] Nambe P' etmwihiCu 'arroyo of cut wood gap' {P'etmwi'l, 

see [25:45]; ^«<'«i 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 



HAHRIXGTOX] PI.ACE-XAiMES 3S3 

A wagon road passes aloiio- this aiiuyo; this is said to he used 

for getting wood. 
[25:47] Nambe Tajehnhi, see [24:4:',]. 
[25:4S] Nambe TseV/nrw 'aiToyo of the little Douglas spriicffs)' (Jse 

■Douglas spruce' 'Pseudotsuga inacronata"; > diminutive; Im'u 

•large groove' 'arroyo'). 
[25:4!t] Nambe TopimimyjeimfM ' trail going back of pinon niountaiir 

referring to [25:14] {fopyiipw.ijfit', sec under introduction to sheet 

[25], page 377; Hi)f locative and adjective-forming postfix; po 

'trail'). 
This old trail follows the ereeiv [25:1.">] closely, lieri' on one 

side, there on the other, until somewhat east of the ruin [25:o(i]. 

It then passes through |25:4.J] and along [25:4!i] until it reaches 

the place indicated by the number [25:4i>]. It proceeds sti-.iiglit 

toward [25:54] until it strikes the TaJe/iU'i [25:47] the l)ed of 

which it follows for the greater part of the distance to Namb^ 

Pueblo [23:.5]. 
[25:50] Nambe A'a6'^;< "skunk-bush corner' {hu 'skunk bush' "Khus 

trilobata'; bn'u 'large low roundish place'). One informant .siid 

Klbbee {be'e 'small low roundish place') instead of Knbu'u, but 

this may have been a mistake. 

This dell is north of the ruin [25:53]. It gives the name to 

[25:51]. 
[25:51] Nambe Kyhuhuhi 'arroyo of skunk bush corner', referring to 

[25:50] {Kuhiiu, see [25:50]; hnht 'large groove '_ 'arroyo"). 
[25:52] Nambe Kimitsihie 'chifoneto eye corner' (hMa 'chifonetc'; 

tsi 'eye'; ht<e 'small low roundish place'). 

Chifonete's eyes are sometimes represented in Tewa drawings 

by concentric circles, sometimes by two small circles frt>m tiie 

circumferences of which lines radiate. Why the place is called 

thus is not known. It appears to give the name to tlie little 

ruin [25:53].^ 
[25:53] Nambe komt><!hetehjl 'ruined dwelling-place at chifoneto 

eye corner", referring to [25:52] (A''>.safe/6t'<-, see [25:5i>]; /ft/y/ 

'ruined dwelling-place' < /e 'dwelling place' 'house", iv/'' '"''l' 

postpound). 

A small ruin is said to exist in this little low dell, but the writer 

has not seen it. and no d(>tails about it or its history couhl be 
learned. 
[25:54] Nambe U/javyJ-'l "cheek point" ("./> -eheek": vin 'horixon- 

tallv projecting point"). , • , -ii 

The trail [25:4!>] leaves the Tajt/tir" [25:47] opposite this hill. 



384 ETHNOCiEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Cbth. a.nn. 29 

[25:55] Nambe Ku¥ifde'^ 'gravel points' 'gravel turrets' {hik'x 
'gravel' 'coarse sand' < hu 'stone', h' i$ as in ^o'Tcc^ 'sand'; de^ 
'small cone' 'upward projecting cone of small size' 'turret"). 

The hill has gravelly turrets, hence the name. It is quite a 
long ridge. 

[25:56] Nambe TsipahiHu ' flaking-stone tire arro^-o' (t»ii 'llaking- 
.stone'; ''pa 'fire'; hiHu 'large grooye' 'arroyo'). Cf. [25:57]. 

[25:57] Nambe Tsipakwaje 'flaking-stone fire height' {Tsip'a-. see [25: 
50]; Icwaje 'height'). 
This height is for the greater part north of the T'<qjahu'it [25:56], 

[25:58] Nambe Tsy,isenfipiyf 'mountain of the 3'ellow weed called 
foy' {tsy, 'an unidentified weed said to bear yellow flowers'; fsen.fi 
an old form meaning 'yellowness' '3'ellow', used in the name of 
the Yellow Corn Maiden and in some place-names; piyf 'moun- 
tain'). 

This long narrow range of hills extends from [25:55] to [25:62]. 
Cf. [25:59]. 

[25:59] Nambe Tsyisenfipowi'i 'road gap of the j'ellow weed called 
tm'' {Ti<ij,rsenfi; po 'trail' 'road'; wPi 'gap'). Cf. [25:58]. 
An old wagon road passes through a gap at this place. 

[25:60] Nambe Johu'u^ JiibuhiUv, 'cane-cactus arroyo' 'cane-cactus 
corner arroyo' {jo 'cane cactus' 'Opuntia arborescens ' ; hu'^u 
' large low roundish place'; /jm'm 'large groove' 'arro_yo'). The 
name presupposes a Jobn\i; see under [25:uulocated]. 

[25:61] Nambe Pop'ewedilcewe of obscure etymology {po 'water'; 
/;"gwa</ unexplained; Icewe 'height' 'peak'). 

[25:62] Nambe Ifah^fanuTcwaje, see [24:46]. 

Unlocated 

Nambe ^Ahepijjfoi ol)scnre etymology ('ai<^ unexplained; phjf 'moun- 
tain'). This appears to be the name of a mountain situated some- 
where in the area covered by the eastern part of this sheet. Cf., 
however, [25:12] with which it may be identical, 'a being for '0 
and he^e the counterpart of huSi. 

Nambe Johi'u 'cane-cactus corner' {jo 'cane cactus' 'Opuntia arbor- 
escens'; Wu 'large low roundish place'). The designation Jobu- 
hi/u [25:60] presupposes this name. 

Nambe lukowafsi^i of obscure etymology (kchowa unexplained; islH 
'canyon'). 
This is a canyon not very far east of [25:24], it is said. 

Nambe KnpiFsPoywikej/, kirpiwcuPoywikeji ' red rock canyon pueblo 
i;uin' 'red rock gap pueblo ruin', referring to [25:40] {K'/pifsP/, 
Kupiwa.ii,see [25:40]; 'oywijceji 'pueblo ruin' < ^oyvn 'pueblo', 
Tceji ' old ' postpound). 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HABEIXGTO.N] PLACE-KAMES 385 

This evidently is the ruin "Kopiwi'iri" previously mcntionod 
(page 360, note 6) as recorded by Mr. IIod<,ro in 1SS.»5, and noted 
by him as situated about 5 miles north of IS'amb6 Puelilo. 

Nambe 'Ohu'u of obscure etyraolooy ('« said to sound like neither 'o 
'haudquern' nor 'o 'scar'; perhaps it is the demonstrative 'o 
'there'; 6;<'«. 'large low roundish place'). The name of the little 
mountain [25:12] presupposes this name, Init the informants did 
not know to which corner this name should be applied. 

Nambe Tsifylcwaje 'aye. sparkling black slutf height, i^td 'cj-e'; fy.-'i 
'a sparkling black mineral used as face paint'; hixije 'height'). 
It is said that tsi 'eye' is prepounded because daubs of the min- 
eral are put at the corners of the eyes in face painting. Tliis may 
be a second name for the place [25:24]. 

[26] TESUQUE SHEET 

This sheet (map -2(\) shows some of the places with Tesuque names 
in the immediate vicinity of Tesuque Pueblo. Owing to the atti- 
tude of the Tesuque Indians the author's work was made difBcult and 
after a short time forbidden altogether, so that it was impossil)le to 
collect the place-names known to the Tesuque as completely as in 
the case of the other Rio Grande Tewa Pueblos. It is regretted 
especially that permission to study the place-names of the wild 
country east and southeast of the Tesuque Pueblo was withheld. 

No pueblo ruins are shown on the sheet. Pueblo ruins are known 
to exist in the area, but their names and sites have not been learned. 
Bandelier ' says: "Higher up [than Kujetnug.!:; see [21:24] ], in the Tezu- 
que valley proper, are various sites which the Indians of Te-tzo-ge 
(Tezuque) state are those of settlements of their forefathers. I have 
not been able to learn their names of these ruins, most of which are 
almost obliterated." Hewett^ says: " Dans la vallee de Tesuque, au- 
dessus du village, on traverse quelques mines prehistoriques (jui n'ont 
pas de nom." So far as known, Twitchell is the only writer who pub- 
lishes the name of one of these ruins; see "Pio-go" under [26:unlo- 
cated]. Mr. Hodge states that he "was informed by the Tesuque In- 
dians in 1895 that the site of the original Tesuque — the pueblo occu- 
pied at the lii'st coming of the Spaniards and bearing the same name 
(Tet-su'-ge) — was situated aljout 3 miles east of the present village." 
See [26:8]. 

[26:1] (1) faf^ygepohiiu 'dry spotted place creek", referruig to 
[26:8] {fafy^yrje, see [26:8]; pohu\i 'creek with water in it' <po 
'water', Aw'w 'large groove' 'arroyo'). This is the old Tewa 
name. Cf. Tewa (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

1 Finnl Eopcirt, pt. n, p. 86. 1S'J2. ' Commun8ut<?s, p. 33, 1908. 

87584°— 29 eth— 1(5 25 



386 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE XEWA INDIAXS [eth. ANN. liO 

(2) Tetsugcpohu''u 'Tesuque creek' {Tetxiig_e, see [26 :S]; poJni'u 
'creek with water in it' <fio 'water', hii^ x. 'large f;Toove' 
' arroyo'). Cf. Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng-. Tesuque Creek. (<Span.). =Span. 4. Cf. Tewa 
(1), Tewa (2). 

(4:) Span. Rio de Tesuque 'river or creelc of [26:.S]'. =Eng. 
(3). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2). 

This great creek is the largest tributary of Pojoaque Creek 
[19:3]. It flows past the pueblo of Tesuque and the greater part 
of its drainage was formerly held b}- the Tesuque Indians; hence 
the name. Cf. [26:«]. 

[26:2] Tesuque ^Afy,7jwsepsey(/e'iy1cohu'ii 'arroyo beyond the tall steep 
slope', referring to [26:3] {^Afiiijwir, see [26:3]; pieyffe 'beyond'; 
'iyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; A:oA?/'?« ' arroj'o with 
barrancas' <kq 'barranca', hu'a 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 
This dry arroyo is trit)utary to Tesuque Creek [26:1]. 

[26:3] Tesuque ^Atnywsp 'tall steep slope' ('«'« 'steep slope'; ty^yivse. 
'tallness' 'tall'). This name applies to the ridge as a whole. 
Portions of the ridge are also known by separate names; see 
[26:11] and [26:12]. All the vague region beyond, i. e. west of, 
the ridge is known as 'Aty,yw^pii:y[/e ' beyond the tall steep 
slope' CAty,yw!§, see above; pseyf/e 'beyond'). Cf. [26:2]. 

[26:4] (1) Tesuque Tsehu'u, Tsepohu^u 'eagle arroyo' 'eagle creek' 
(tse 'eagle'; Am'« 'large groove' 'arroyo'; pohuhi 'ci'eek with 
water in it' <po 'water', /*«'» 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) Span. Rio Chupadero 'sucking place river or creek'. For 
the name cf. [22:.j1], [23:25], [14:87]. This may be a mistake; at 
any nite notice the proximity of this creek to the upper course 
of [23:2.5], the latter being called with certainty Rio Chupadero. 

[26:.5] Tesucjue TopoiVoTcu 'pinon flower hill' (to 'pinon tree' 'Pinus 
edulis'; ^^r^Sl 'flower'; ^oku 'hill'). 

[26:6] (1) fat''\j,y(iekqhii'ii 'dry spotted place arroyo', referring to 
Tesuque [26:1S] {Tat'iiyge, see [26:8]; Tcqhii'u 'arroyo with bar- 
rancas' <lcq 'barranca', /m'w 'lai'go groove' 'arroyo'). 

(2) Tefowg^'i-o/ai'i/ 'Tesuque Arroyo' (Tl^fewge, see [26:8]; 'kqhu''u 
'arroyo with barrancas' <to 'barranca', hu^a 'large groove' 
'arroyo'). 

This di-y arroyo has its coui'se just west of Tesuque Pueblo. 
Notice the tributaries [26:21], [26:24], and [26:23]. Cf. [26:1]. 

[26:7] {l)Tat'y.ygebii'''u 'dry spotted place corner', referring to Tesuque 
[26:8] {Tafy.yrie, see [26:8]; biPn 'large low roundish place'). 

(2) Tetsugihu^'u 'Tesuque corner' {Tetsugc, see [26:8]; huhc 'large 
low roundish place'). 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 3)57 

The cultivated dell or locality where Tesiuiue Piu'l)lo is silualed 
is called thus. 
[26:8] (1) fat'iiyfje'oywi 'puehlo down at th(> dry spotted place' {'la 
'dryness' 'dry'; i'u 'spottedness" 'spotted': a>' 'down at" 'over 
at'; 'oywi 'pueblo'). This is the old Tevva name of the pucl.h.. 
Why the name was originally given is not iciiown. All the forms 
given below, with exception of Orailii llopi {[)) and the saint- 
names, are ijrobably corrui)tions, adaptations, or dialectic forms 
of Tai\i.7]<ie. Span. Tesuiiue is proliably a corruption of fut'iujiw 
or of a Keresan form. At the present time tliere arc many Tcwa 
who know only the Span, corruption and the Tewa corruption of 
the Span, corrupt form; sec Tewa (;>), below. ''San Lorenzo 
Tezuqui".' "San Lorenzo de Tezuqni".^ "Theznque''.' '"Tc- 
zuque".^ "Tesuque".=* "Tesuqui"." "Tusuquc".' "Zesu- 
qua".* "Temque".^ "San Diego de Tesuquc"." ''Tosugui''." 
"Tersuque".'- "Tesuke •'.'•' "Tejugne"." "Teseque''.'^ "Tc- 
suki".'" 

(2) Tetsiige. (<Span. (1'2). below). This is the current Tewa 
corruption of Span. Tesuque, Tezuquo (pronounced tesi'th; or 
temike), which in turn is a corruption of Tewa fat'n)}<ie. At- 
tempts to etymologize Tefsugn in its corrupted form lead of 
course to error. "Te-tzo-ge."" "Tetsogi",'* given as the llano 
Tewa form of the name. " Tet-su'-ge",'" given as the Tewa nam'e, 
meaning ' cottonwood-tree place'. " Tet-su-ge'"', '" given as the 
San Juan pronunciation of the Tewa name. " Tetsogi", =" given 
as the Hano Tewa form of the name. "Tai-tzo-gai."-' 

(3) Taos "Tutsuiba"','^ given as meaning 'small pueblo.' = 
Picuris (4). 

iVetancuTt (10%) in Teatro Mex., iii, p. Sir,, ISTl. 

'Ibid., IV, p. 274. 

3 Vargas (170i) quoted by Baudelier in Final liciiorl, pt. i, p. 114, 1S90. 

< Villa-Senor, Theatro Amer., Ii, p. 41«, 174.>*. 

s Alccdo, Die. Geog.. v, i>. 101, 17S9. 

6 Simpson in Kep. Sec. War, 2d map, 18.=)0. 

'Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, in, p. 406, 1853. 

« Lane (1854) in ibid., V, p. 689, 1855. 

9 Domenech, Deserts N. Amer., ii, p. 63, 1860. 
>» Ward in Ind. Jff. Rep. for 1807, p. 213, 1868. 
" Morgan in A'. Amer. Rev., map, Apr., 1869. 

12 Cooper in Iml. Aff. Sep. for 1870, p. 161, 1870. 

13 Stevenson in i^emnd Rep. llitr. Amer. Ethn., p. 328, 1883. 
"Dufouri in Vath. Woiid, Ajir., p. 75, 18S4. 

15 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 18S9, p. 506, 1889. 

" Fewlies in Tieciity-secund Rep. Bur. Antrr. Ktlm., p. 18, 19(M. 

1' Bandelier: in Ritch, New Mexico, p. 201, 1SS5; in Rev. d'Elhnogr.. p. 503,1886; Final Rct«rt. pi. i, 
p. 260, 1890; pt.ll, p. 85, 1892, 
18 Stephen in Eiijhth Rep. Bar. Ainer. Ethn., p. .17, 1891. 
IS Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 73.-., 1910). 

20 Fewkes in Niiirlnnlh Rep I'.ur. .imrr. Ethiu. y\. I, p. 611, 1900. 

21 Jouvenceau in Calk. Fiuii., i. No. 9, p. 12, 19Uii. 



388 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

(4) Picuris '•Ta-tsiir-ma'."^ "Totsema."^ These two Picuris 
forms are evidently equivalent to Taos (3), above. 

(5) Isleta ' ' Tueheaap. " ' 

(6) Jemez and Pecos "Tso'-ta."^ 

(7) Cochiti Tfutniko, Tfutsulcotsx (tsx locative). " Tyu'- 
tso-ku'^'^ this form, like Santa Ana (8), appears to be derived 
from the Tewa dialect of Tanoan or from some very ancient 
Tewa form. The Cochiti and other Keresan Indians also use the 
Span, form Tesuke. 

(S) Santa Ana " Tiotsokoma :" ' this form is evidently the same 
as Cochiti (7); ma for rnx 'people.' 

(9) Oraibi Hopi Tokwive'etewa 'Tewa near the mountains' 
{tokwi 'mountain' 'mountain range'; tJe'^ 'at' 'near'; Tewa 
<Tewa Tewa 'Tewa'). This name is applied by the Hopi to the 
Nambe and Tesuque Tewa. 

(10) Oraibi Hopi 7e«<ie. (<Span.). = Span. (12). 

(11) Eng. Tesuque. (<Span.). =Span. (12). 

(12) Span. Tesuque. (<Tewa). See Tewa (1). 

(13) Span. '"San Lorenzo Tesuqui."^ "San Lorenzo de 
Tezuqui:"^ the name means Saint Lawrence; this appears to be 
the saint-name of the Span, mission established at Tesuque Pueblo 
early in the seventeenth century. 

(14) Span. " San Diego de Tesuque." •* "S. Diego :"'^ the name 
means Saint James. 

Interesting facts about Tesuque Pueblo are that it is the most 
southerly of the present Tewa pueblos" and that it and a pueblo 
near Cienega [29:21] were the Indian villages nearest to the site 
of Santa Fe when the Spaniards first came to New Mexico.' For 
information furnished by jNlr. Hodge regarding a pueblo ruin by 
the same name, located three miles from Tesuque, see page SS.'). 

[26:9] Tesuque Puhihe^e 'marshy- corner' {pot si 'marsh' < fo 'water', 
tsi 'to cut through'; he'e 'small low roundish place'). 

[26:10] Tesuque IIidahu\i 'dry gulch arroj'o' {hii'u 'large groove' 
'arroyo'; la 'drj^ness' 'dry'). 

[26:11] Tesuque Kwa^apiyf 'bead mountain' (kim'a 'bead'; piyf 
'mountain'). 

[26:12] Tesuque T'qntefu^i^ T'chitefu^oJcu 'sun dwelling-place point' 
' sun dwelling-place point hill' {fatjf 'sun'; te 'dwelling-place' 
'house'; //f'w 'horizontally projecting point'; ^oku 'hill'). 

1 Hodge, flelrl notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 * Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 
(Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 1S>, 1910). s Bancroft, Ariz., and N. Mex., p. 281, 1889. 

2 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. s Hewett, Communautes,- p. 33, 1908. 

-' Vetancnrt (1C96) la Teatro Mex., iii. p. 310, ' Twitchell, in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 

18T1. 1910. 



HAERIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 389 

[26:13] Tesuque P'apimiK 'yucca mountain' (pa 'yucrii* 'Yuwu 
baccata'; pi?;y 'mountain'; WcT locative). 

[26:1-1:] Tesuqne ' Oh/tuyivxjo 'the very high liiir Col-,, • hill'; fyifU'ig 
'highess' 'high'; jo augmentative). 

This is the sacred hill of the Te-^uque. There is a stone shrine 
on top and a well-worn path leads from the pueblo to the -^uminit 
See [26:1.5]. 

[26:15] Tesuque K'/hori ' the rock pile' {I;/ 'stone'; bon 'large round- 
ish pile'). 

This is the stone shrine mentioned under [26:11]. 

[26:16] Tesuque Johibc'e ' cane-cactus thicket corner' {ju 'cane cactus' 
'Opuntiaarborescens'; ka 'den.seness' 'dense' 'thicket' 'forest'; 
We 'small low I'oundish place'). 

[26:17] Temqae Sepiniix 'bluebird mountain' (sv 'Iduclurd' of sev- 
eral species; pitjj' 'mountain'; ?ur. locative). 

[26:18] Tesuque TseimMnu^u 'below eagle point', referring to [26:i;t] 
{T»rwa.ii, see [26:19]; mt'u 'below'). 

[26:llt] Tesuque ZvcKVMi ' eagle point' (Aye 'eagle'; waut' 'horizontally 
projecting point'). 

[26:20] Tesnque jrq/iutfqi)d/\ said to mean 'where the owl is' ii.iahn 
'owl' of any species; tfqijf 'to be in a place'; '/'■ locative and 
adjective-forming postfix). 

A Mr. Miller had a ranch at this locality in 1910, it was said. 

[26:21] Tesuque Qwx7ifjot\ihe^e ' corner where an unidentified kind of 
rodents resembling wood-rats live' [qwxnfjo an unidentified 
species of rodent <qwxi)f an unidentified species of rodent, _;'o 
augmentative; t'a 'to live'; ic^e 'small low roundish place'). 
This corner gives the name to the arroyo [26:22]. 

[26:22] Tesuque Qw»nfjofahu^u 'arroyo of the corner where an uni- 
dentified species of rodents resembling wood-rats livo". referring 
to [26:21] {Qwcenj'j<)t\i-,s,e(i\2Q:-2\\: /*«'«' large groove" "arroyo"). 

[26:23] Tesuque SxfsxH'^ 'place of the white prickly-pear cactus' 
{sx ' prickly-pear cactus ' of the species ' Opuntia comanchiia ' 
and ' Opuntia poly acantha'; Tsx ' whiteness' 'white'; '/''locative 
and adjective-forming postfix). 

[26:21] Tesuque KuiimIuCu of obscure etymology Qcu 'stone'; «/« 
unexplained; InHu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). 

[26:25] Tesuque Pinty,yii'irl-irug.e 'high mountain height' {pi'JJ" 
'mountain'; AWJ/MW! 'highness' '■high'; l-u-agt' 'height' ' tlat- 
topped height '). 

This is a lar<;e, rather Hat hill. 



390 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ANN. 29 

Unlocated 

Tesuque (?) " Pio-go ".' This appeal's to be the only one of numerous 
pueblo ruins in the vicinity of Tesuque Pueblo the name of which 
has been published. Mr. Twitchell says: " Eastward and south- 
east of Tesuque, toward the mountains there is the ruin of 
Pio-go." This may be merely a mistake which Mr. Twitchell has 
made. See the mention of pueblo ruins in the introduction to 
sheet [26], page 385. 

Tesuque ^Okuhenfi ' the long hill' {^uku 'hill'; hen.fi 'length' 
'long'). 
This is a hill about three miles south of Tesuque. 

TesxxqnQ'' Ohufpr^ 'the red hill' i^i>ku 'hill'; /■/ 'redness' 'red'; '*'* 
locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
This is a hill aliout three miles south of Tesuque. 

Tesuque SxhoJ-i 'round hill of the prickly-pear cactus' {use. 'prickly- 
pear cactus' of the species ' Opuntia comanchica ' or ' Opuiitia 
polyacantha'; ioM 'large roundish pile'). 
This is a hill not far south of Tesuque Pueblo. 

Tesuque settlement. In Span, and Eng. Tesuque is applied rather 
vaguely to the whole region about Tesuque Pueblo, and especially 
to the locality along Tesuque Creek [26:1] above Tesuque Pueblo, 
where there are a number of good farms belonging to Americans 
and Mexicans. 

[27] JEMEZ SHEET 

This sheet (map 27) shows, roughly speaking, thecountry of the Jemez 
Indians. These Indians, together with the remainder of the Pecos 
Tribe, who spoke a closely related dialect of the same language, live at 
Jemez Pueblo [27:35]; in this connection see pages 477-78. The 
names of the places shown on the sheet are mostly in the Jemez, Cochiti, 
and Tewa languages. The whole country of the Jemez is called by 
the Tewa W4y'je'i»i"waii nqy(je 'country of the Jemez people' 
{Wdygci'inhnva, see under [27:35]; it' possessive; nqy[/e 'country'< 
jiq.yj' 'earth', g.e 'down at' 'over at'). All the mountains about 
Jemez Pueblo are called vagueh' bj^ the Tewa Wqmpiyj' 'Jemez 
mountains' (WiiT^y-, see [27:35]; pirjj' 'mountain'). 

The numerous pueblo ruins shown are all ilaimed as ancestral 
homes by the Jemez people. 

[27:1] (1) Eng. Guadalupe Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. ('2). 

(2) Span. Caiion de Guadalupe ' Guadalupe Canyon'. =Eng. 
(1). "Ilio de Nuestra Seiioia do Guadalujje."^ 

' R. E. Twitchell in Santa Fe New Mexican, Sept. 22, 1910. 
SBandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 201, 1892. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 391 

[27:2J (1) Eng-. Nacimiento Mountains. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

{•2) Span. Sierra del Nacimiento, Sierra Nacimiento 'mountain 
range of tlie hirtli (of Jesus) '. = En<j. (1). 
[27:;3J (1) Eng. Cebollo Creeli. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(■2) Span. Eito del Cebollo 'onion creek'. =Enf>- (1) Cf 
[27:2-1]. " 

[27:4] Jemez Wdceyna of obscure etymoloov. 

This is a very large mountain north of the N'alle de San Antonio 
[27:6]. 
[27:5] Santa Rosa Valley, see [16:44]. 
[27:6] (1) Eng. San Antonio Valley. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Valle de San Antonio 'Saint Anthony's valley.' 
= Eng. (1). "Valle de San Antonio.'"' Cf. San Antonio liot 
springs [27:unlocated]. 

This is one of the high grassy lueadow-vallevs like [27:.">] and 
[27:7]. See [27: 11]. 
[27:7] Grande Valley, Valle Grande, see [16:131]. 
[27:8] (1) Posajtndiwe 'place of the boiling water' {po 'water'; 
sajej)f 'to boil'; ^me locative). 

(2) Jemez Pdtfofaluny, 'place of tlie iioiliiig water' {pa 
'water'; tfofnlu said to mean 'to boil'; /,u locative). Cf. 
[27:13.]. 

(3) Eng. Sulphur springs, The Sulphurs. (<Span.). =Span. 

(4) Span. Los Azufres 'the sulphurs'. =Eng. (3). 

These springs are described in Tlie Land of Sun.shine.^ There 
is a hotel at the springs. Cf. vSan Antonio springs; see under 
[27:unlocated]. 
[27:lt] Jemez (Pwoddfil 'chicken-hawk mountain' (cjiwodo 'cliieke!i- 
hawk ' or some species of hawk called by the name chicken hawk: 
/{i ' mountain'). 

This mountain is just north of the great mountain [27:lo]. 
[27:10] (1) Jemez Pdmq^cjfii of obscure etymology {/xl 'tlower' akin 
to TewajiwSi. ' flower'; nuVd unexplained; fy. 'mountain'). 

(2) Coch'itifd" ivafgJcotf'u 'bald mountain' (/a'wa/o 'bald'; kotfu 
'mountain'). This is probably a mere translation of the Span, 
name (7). 

(3) Eng. jMount Kedondo. (<Span.). =Span. (6). 

(4) Eng. Pelado Mountain, Bald ^lountain. ^<Span.). =Span. 
(7). 

(5) Eng. Jara jNIountain. (<Span.). =Span. (S). 

((!) Span. Cerro Kedondo "round mountain'. =Eng. (4). This 
is a popular name for the mountain; it is given because of its 
round shape. 

iBanclelier, Final Ktpnrt, pt. ll. p. 201. 181)2. 

2 The Land of Suushiiie. Handbook uf Resources of New Mexico, p. 16y. 1906. 



392 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANx. 29 

(7) Span. Ccrro Pelado 'bald mountain'. =Eng. (5). It is 
probably to this mouDtain that Bandeliei"' refers when he writes: 
"The Jara INIoimtain, called also Cerro Pelado, is 11,260 feet 
high ". Both the Wheeler Survey map and the Jemez sheet of 
the United States Geological Survey, 1890, give "Pelado" as the 
name of this mountain. AVheeler gives the height as 11,260 feet, 
as Bandelier quotes.^ The Jemez sheet merelj^ shows by con- 
tour that the mountain exceeds 11,000 feet in altitude. The 
Jemez Indian informants gave Pelado as the Span, name of the 
mountain, which thej' call Pdm4''iify, for the name Pelado. Cf. 
[2:13]. 

(8) Span. Cerro de la Jara, Cerro Jara ' willow mountain', per- 
haps taken from Jara Creek [27 :unlocated]. =Eng. (5). This 
name was not known to the Jemez informants as a name for this 
mountain; but Bandelier writes: "The Jara Mountain, called 
also Cerro Pelado, is 11,260 feet high".^ 

(9) Span. " Sierra de Jemez ".^ This means ' Jemez Mountains'. 
See Tm?npije'P'piijj' [Large Features: 8], pages 105-06, where 
another application of the Eng. equivalent of this name will be 
found. " The high Sierra de la -fara, sometimes called Sierra de 
Jemez, because the Jemez region lies on its western base".* 

This is a very high and conspicuous mountain. The Jemez 
pueblo ruin called Sefokwa (27:unlocated] is said to lie at its base. 
See Jara Creek [27:unlocated], and TsdmpijeH^^fiyf [Large 
Features: 8], page 105. 
[27:11] (1) Eng. San Antonio Creek, San Antonio Canyon. 
(<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Ilio de San Antonio, Cafion de San Antonio, 'Saint An- 
thony's Creek', 'Saint Anthony's River'. Cf. Vallede San Antonio 
[27:6] through which the creek flows. 

This name is given to the north fork of San Diego Canj'on 
[27:13] above the junction of the south fork [27:12]. Bandelier^' 
says of it: 

While the mountainous parts of the Queres [Keresan] range are dry, the 
Valles constitute a water supply for the Jemez country. Two streams rise in 
it [the Valles?], the San Antonio on the eastern flank of the Jara mountain 
[27:10], and the Jara [27:unlocated] at the foot of the divide, over which 
crosses the trail from Santa Clara. These unite to form the San Antonio 'river', 
which meanders tlirough the Valles de Santa Rosa [27:.5] and San Antonio 
[27:6] for 7 miles in a northwesterly direction, and enters a picturesque gorge 
bearing the same name [San Antonio Canyon par excellence], and then gradu- 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 202, note, 1892. 

- See U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the lOOlh Meridian, Parts of Southern Colorado and 
Norlhern New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 69, 1873-1877. 
3 Bandelier, op. cit. 
<Ibid., p. 72, note. 
•'■Ibid., pp. 201-2. 



HAURIXGTOX] PLACE-XAMES 3();{ 

ally curves around through groves until, at U Cueva, it assumes an alin.^t -luo 
southerly direction. One or two more brooks increase its volume on the »ny 
descending directly from the mesa pedestal of the Jara M.,untaiii [27:10], and 
Its name is changed from San Antonio to the Rio de San Diego [27: 13]. 

Ju.st where the chtmoe in name occuis is indetinit.'. Sre |27t;| 
[27:13]. ■ I ■ h 

[27:l-2] South forliof San Diego Canyon [27:l:5j. 

[27:13] (1) J cmez Pi'aj'ofi/ftaiy.icdi/ry, Mioiliug water canyon' {Pafy,- 
fuhmy., see [27:8]; v-u>„u 'canyon"). Since thi.s is the canyon 
that has hot springs at various places in it, it is naturally enough 
called 'boiling water canyon'. 

(2) Eng. San Diego Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Canon de San Diego, ' Canyon of Saint James'. = Eng. 
(2). "Rio de San Diego".' 

This canyon is very deep in its lower portion. The north fork 
of its upper part is called San Antonio Canvon, San Antonio 
Creek; see [27:11]. 
[27:14] Jemez "nfayi'i 'place where the one-seeded juniper trees are" 
("y 'one-seeded juniper' ' Juniperus monospenna', akin to Tewa 
hy,; fd 'to be at a place'; gi'i locative, akin to Tewa gt). 

This is an ancient pueblo ruin, north of the Soda Dam [27:lti] 
and on the western side of the creek. It is separated from the 
pueblo ruin [27:15] by an arroyo. See [27:15]. 
[27:15] Jemez jVq/iifdgri 'place where the cottonwood trees are' 
{mhii 'cottonwood', species undetermined but probably Popu Ins 
wislizeni; fa 'to be at a place'; (/I'i locative). A^d?>i is probabh' 
cognate with Tewa nana 'aspen' but is not applied to the aspen. 
" No-nyish'-il-gi' '\- 

This pueblo ruin is situated a short distance south of ruin 
[27:14], from which it is separated by an arroyo. 
[27:16] The Soda Dam (pi. 14). This is what the place is called com- 
monly in Eng. No Span, or Jemez name was learned. Bandelier 
saj's of the place: 

In that gorge [San Dietio Canyon], ice-cold soda springs issue near the river 
bed, and a. short distance above the bathing establishment [27:18] a huge cyl- 
indrical dam traverses the stream, in which steaming current.* and cold streams 
flow parallel to each other, neither affecting tlie temperature of the others, 
although only a few inches of rock sei)arate them.' 

[27:17] (1) Jemez Giy,sewdtdwd, said to mean 'pueblo at the hot place' 
referring to Jemez springs [27:18] {Giy,mi:d, see [27:18]; (owd 
'pueblo'). "Qicinzigua."* "Qni-iuuzi-qua."' 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 20O. 1S92. 

'■ Hodge in Handbook Inds., pi. 2, p. SI, 1910. 

3 Bandelier. op. cit.. pp. 202-203. 

< Zilrate-Salmeron («i. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, i. p. COO. 1SS2. 

szirate-Salmeron (ea. 1629) Kel., in Uwd o/SumhiiK, Los Angeles, p. ISi, Feb., 1900. 



394 ETHXOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. AN.v. 29 

••Cuunsioia."' "Quicinzigua."^ "Guin-se-ua."^ "Gin-se-ua."^ 
''Giusewa."^ 

(2) Span. "San Diego do los Eniex."» "S. Diego."^ "San 
Diego de.Iemez."* "San Diego de Jenies."* "Sa-n Diego de 
James."" "San Diego de los Hemes.''" "San Diego."" "San 
Diego de los Temes.""^ "San Diego de Jemez."" 

For a good account of the Pueblo ruins see Handbook Inds. , 
pt. 1, p. 514, 1907. 
[27:18] (1) Wqyffeposnwa'i'' ' hot water place by Jemez' ( TfTj?;^^, see 
[27:35]; po 'water'; snwa 'hotness' 'hot'; 'i'^ locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix). 

(2) Jemez 6^i'ji.'.Y'it)d, said to mean 'hot place' ((/iysc, said to mean 
'hot'; rod locative). For quoted forms applied to the pueblo ruin 
near the springs, see [27:17]. 

(3) Eng. Jemez springs. (<Span.). =Span. (6). "Jemez 
Springs."'' The name of the post office was recently changed 
from Archuleta to Jemez Springs. 

(4) Eng. San Diego springs. (<Span.). =Span. (7). "Hot 
springs of San Diego."" 

(5) Eng. Archuleta. (<Span.). =Span. (8). Until recently 
this was the name of the post office; see Eng. (3), above. 

(6) Span. Ojo Caliente de Jemez 'hot springs of Jemez.' 
= Eng. (3). This is the commonest Span. name. 

(7) Span. Ojos de San Diego ' Saint James' sjjrings.' This uses 
the saint-name of the pueblo ruin [27:17]. 

(8) Span. Archuleta (a Span, family name). There are Mexi- 
cans named Archuleta still living al)out the springs. 

Jemez springs are described by Bandelier,'' also in The Land 
of Sunshine.^^ 
[27:19] (1) Jemez Totdsekwiny, 'place of the priests standing' (futd-s-e 
'priest'; ktvi, 'to stand,' cognate with Tewa ywi 'to stand'; 7iy, 
locative). Cf. Span. (2). 

^Orozco y Berra in Jnales Minis. Fom. Mtx., p. 1V6, 1882. 

'Ibid., p. 196 (quoting Vargas). 

3 Banflelier. Final Report, pt. I, p. 126, 1890. 

<Ibid,, pt. II, pp. 204, 205, 210, 216, 1892. 

'Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1005. 

« MS. o£ 1643 quoted by Bandelier. Final Report, pt. ii, p. 206, note, 1892. 

'D'An\'ilIe, Map Amer., Sept., 1746. 

sAlencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, New Mexico, p. 37, 1883. 

9 Alencaster (1805) quoted by Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212. 1S67. 

1" Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 

" Vetancurt, Menolog. Fran., p. 275, 1871. 

>2 Bandelier in Arcli. Inst. Papers, I, pp. 23, 27, 1881; Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1905. 

i^Orozco y Berra, op. cit., p. 255. 

"Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 204, 210, 1892. 

"Ibid., pt. I, p. 11, note, 1890. 

"Ibid., p. 126; pt. II, p. 202. 

''Ibid., pt. I, p. 11, note; pt. ii, pp. 202, 203. 

'"The Land of Sunshine, a Handbooli oi Resources of New Mexico, pp. 167, 169, 1906. 



HAEEiNGTON] . PLACE-XAMES 395 

(2) Span. LosTres Padro.s 'tbe three priests.' 
These names refer to three projections at the top of the red- 
colored cliff of the east wall of San Diego Canyon [27:1 :5J 
slightly south of east of Jemez springs [27:lsl. 

[27:20] Jemez I^wqHl'jnkwd 'place of the rock-pine locust' QcwAntrjii 
'rock-pine locust,' a kind of locust which is said to sinp as loud 
as a rattlesnake rattles <i-«-d 'rock pine' 'Pinus scopnlor\nn," 
cognate with Tewa yv>iei)f ' rock pine': .^iPjii any species of locust ; 
Tcwd locative). 

This is the pueblo ruin on the high mesa-top nearest to Jenicz 
Springs [27:18]. It was at this luin that excavation was conducted 
jointly by the Bureau of American Ethnology and the School of 
American Archa?ology in the summer of 1911. By mistake this 
ruin has been confused by some persons with 1 27:23]. The name 
given above was obtained from four Jemez Indians independently. 

[27:21] Jemez Tor(i'<^Tcwd 'place of tova'^'' {tova''^ a word said when in 
certain ceremonies a cigarette is touched by one person to the 
foot of another: tuY/ locative). "To-ua-qua".' '"To-wakwa".' 
This pueblo ruin gives the name to the arroyo [27:22]. 

[27:22] Jemez Tord'^wdird 'arroyo of [27:21]' (T'mr". see [27:21]; 
tvdwd 'arroyo' 'canyon'). 

[27:23] (1) Jemez Amy-fyhwd 'ant-hill place' (ar/,ii 'anf of any 
species; fit 'mountain' 'hiir,here referring to an ant-hill or to 
ant-hills; hwd locative). " Amoxunqua".' " Amo-xium-qua"'.* 
"Amo-shium-qua".'' "Amoxunque"/ apparently misquoting 
Zarate-Salmeron. " Amushungkvva"." 

Bandelier locates Amyfy.]cwd indefinitely: "There was Amo 
xium-qua. on the mesa above the mouth of the great gorge 
[27:13]".' Again: " Amoxiumqua lies on the mesa that rises west 
of the springs [27:18]".*' Hewett writes: "Amoxiumqua — on 
the high mesa overlooking Jemez Hot Springs [27:18]"." 

Of the traditional origin of the people of Amyfuhrd Bandelier 
writes: "But they [the Jemez Indians] also say that tbe people of 
Amoxiumqua first dwelt at the lagunc of San Jost?, 75 miles to 
the northwest of Jemez, and that they removed thence to the 
pueblo of Anu-quil-i-jui, between the Salado [29:92] and Jemez 
[27:31:]".''' In a footnote Bandelier adds: " Anu-quil-i-gui lies 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 207, note, 1S92. 

2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 7%, 1910.) 

3 zamte^Salmeron (ca. 1629) in Land of Sunshine, p. l.S;S, Feb., 1900. _ 
4 Bandelier (188.81 in Proc. Inter.Mt. Cong. Amir., vii, p,'152, 1890. 

6 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 127, note, 1S90. 

oHodge, op. cit, pt. 1, p. 51, 1907. 

'Bandelier, op. cit,, p. 126. 

s Ibid., pt. n, pp. 20.V200, l.«92. 

s Hewett, .Antiquities, ii. 4.8, 1900. 

10 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. u, p. 207. 



396 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

north of Jeiuez". See "Anyukwinu" under [27 :unlocated] and 
Pdtok'wd [27:29]. Bandelier's and Hewett's statements might lead 
one to suppose that AmufuTcwd is KwSsti'jtiTcwa [27:20], which 
according to four reliable Jemez informants, asked independently, 
is not correct. 

(2) Span. Cehollita 'little onion'. According to a reliable old 
Jemez informant this is the Mexican name for Amy.fy,]cwd. Cf. 
[27:3]. 

(3) Span. San Jos6 (?). Bandelier, after studying the writings 
of BenavidesandZarate-SalmcroM. concludes: " It seems probable 
that Amoxiumqua was San .Tosepli dc los Jemez."' Again: "As 
to San Joseph de los Jemez 1 incline to the belief . . . that it 
was Amoxiumqua."^ * 

From studj'ing the documents of Zixrate-Salmeron, who lived 
among the Jemez in 1618, Bandelier concludes: "It seems that 
Ginseua [27:17] and Amoxiumqua were then the principal pueblos 
of the Jemez tribe [in 1618]."^ For accounts of A/)iy,f'y,kwd, see 
the writings of Bandelier and Ilewett above cited. 

[27:25] Jemez Uundkwd 'horned toad place' {hana 'horned toad' 
'horned lizard'; Arwd locative). "Ham-a-qua."'' "Han-a-kwii."^ 
It is said that there are two ruined pueblos by this name, and 
that they may be distinguished by Indian words which mean 
'great pueblo of the horned toad' and 'little pueblo of the horned 
toad'. The two pueblo ruins are not very far apart, and it is not 
certain whether it is the great or the little one which we show on 
the sheet. 

[27:26] Jemez Eydfsdlcivd 'mountain-sheep place' (kfrVso 'mountain- 
sheep'; tod locative). "Quia-tzo-qua."'' " Kiatsukwa."" 
This pueblo ruin is north of Odafy, [27:27]. 

[27:27] Jemez Odafy, 'occipital-bone mountain' (oda 'occipital bone' 
'process on occipital bone' where head and neck join; fy 'moun- 
tain'). 
This large hill is on the west side of Guadalupe Canyon [27:1]. 

[27:28] {l).]emez'AstfdMlcfo]c'wd, ^AdfdldJcwd of obscure etymology 
{'dsij'dld unexplained; fcj'o apparently meaning 'to lie'; lewd loca- 
tive). The full form of the name contains the syllable ^yo, but 
this syllable is frequently omitted. "Ateyala-keokva."' "Ate- 

• Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 205, note, 1892. 

2 Ibid., p. 206, note. 

sibid., p. 205, note. 

< Ibid., p. 207, note. 

5 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Ind.s., pt. 1, p. 530. 1907). 

sibid.. p. 682. 

' Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikus, p. 45, lij'Li. 



HAaBiNGTON] PLACE-NAMES 397 

yak-keok^'^l."' "Asht-iii-la-qua."-^ "Asht-ya-la.|im."' "Asl,. 
tyal-a-qua." ' "Asht-yahuiua"'^ (co.ifomidiiijj- 'As/ /'(il,i(kf..)hrd 
with Pdtvl-wa [27::i;>J. '-Astialakwa."" Accortling to llo.lge' 
the Jemez assert tliat there is another piiehlo ruin, distinct from 
'Astfdla{hfo)kwa, whicli is called "Ost'-yal-a-kwa." Hodge thinks 
that this is the same as Handclier's "Osht-yal-a."* 

(2) JevyxezMatfafy,kfokwdoi obscure etymology {mntftt unex- 
plained; /tl 'mountain'; Icfo apparently meaning -to" iie": kii-d 
locative). This name was given by several Indians independently 
as referring to the same pueblo ruin as the name 'A'<tfdld(kfo)kird. 

(3) Span. San.luan 'Saint Jolm'(Q. See below. 
Hodge writes of the ruin: 

A former pueblo of the Jemez, on the summit of a me?a that seiiarates San 
Diego [27:1:5] and (iuadehipe [27:1] canyons at their mouths. It wa.- proba- 
bly the seat of the Franciscan mission of San Juan, cstablishetl early in the 
17th century.'' 

[27:29] (1) Jemez Fdtohrd of obscure etymology (jid apparentlv/>d 
'Hower'; id 'pueblo' 'dwelling-iilace", akin to Tewa ;'t'.- kwd loca- 
tive). "Batokva".'" "Bato-kva"." ''Patoqua"'Mconfounding it 
with ^Astj'dId{kfo)kvjd [27:28]). " Patoqua ('village of tiie 
bear')".^= The meaning 'village of the bear' is not correct, nor 
does "Walatoa", one of the Jemez names of Puei)lo, mean "village 
of the bear' as is stated by Hodge." 

(2) Jemez Wcfulehm 'place where they both are,' referring to 
San Diego Canyon [27:29] and Guadalupe Canyon [27:1] {we 
'both,' akin to wif 'two'; fu/e 'to be at a place'; kwd locative). 
This is an old name of Pdtokwd, applied because the pueblo was 

at the confluence. 

(3) ^&m&zKfa^dt]uscku\l 'place where they hit or ring the stones' 
QcfcCd, 'stone'; lii^^e 'to hit'; kwd locative). A slab of stone 
was suspended by a deerskin thong and struck with some hard 
object, producing a clear metallic tone. Such l)cll-stones used 
to be struck at Pdtokwd in connection with certain dances; hence 
this name, we are told. 

(4) Span. "S. Josef." 

iLoew in Whcihr SuTvcy Rip., vii, ].. :»:'.. IST'J. 

sBandeller, Final Report, pt. i, p. 12G, ISTO. 

3Bandelier in Proc. Cong. Internal. Amir., vii, p. -152, 1890. 

<Bandelier, op. cit., pt. n, p. 206, 1892. 

slbid., p. 207, note. 

"Hodge, field note.s, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1. p. 10«, 1907). 

'Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 1152, 1910. 

sBandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note. 

9 Hodge, op. cit, pt. 1. p. 106. 

'»Loew (1875), op. cit, 

"Gatschet, Zwolf Spraclicn iius dem Siidwesten Xordamerika.s. p. -to. 1876. 

i=Hodge, op. cit., pt. 2, p. 210. 

"Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. (i:iO, 1907. 

"D'Anville, Map .imer. .<ept., 1716. 



398 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etu. ANN. 29 

"S'. Josef ".1 "S. Josefo".^ "S. losepho".^ ''St. Joseph".* 
"San Joseph de Jemez".^ 
Hodge summarizes the history of PdtvTcwd as follows: 
"It seems to have been the seat of the Spanish mission of San 
Joseph de los Jemez (which contained a church as early as 1617), 
but was abandoned in 1(522 on account of the hostility of the Nav- 
aho. In 1027, however, it and Gyusiwa [27:18] were resettled 
by Fray Martin de Arvide with the inhabitants of a number of 
small pueblos then occupied by the Jemez. It was permanently 
abandoned prior to the Pueblo revolt of 1680. The people of this 
pueblo claim to have dwelt at the lagoon of San Jose, 75 miles 
northwest of Jemez, and that thcv removed thence to a place be- 
tween Salado [29:92] and Jemez [27:3i] rivers, where they built 
the pueblo of Anyukwinu."" 

The migration tradition which Hodge here relates of Pdtukwd'xs 
strangel}' similar to what Bandelier says of Arnufylcwd : 

But thej' [the Jemez Indians] also say that the people of the Amoxiumqua 
dwelt first at the lagune [lagoon] of San Jos^, 75 miles to the northwest of 
Jemez, and that they removed thence to the pueblo of Afiu-quil-i-jui, between 
the Salado [29:92] and Jemez [27:34].' 

In a footnote Bandelier adds: "•Afiu-quil-i-gui lies north of 
Jemez". See "Anyiikwinu" under [27:unlocated]. 
[27:30] (1) Jemez Gajy,. (<Span. Cafion). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Cafion settlement. (<Span.). = Jemez (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Canon 'canyon'. = Jemez (1), Eng. ('2). 

This is a small Mexican settlement l)elow the confluence of San 
Diego [27:1.3] and Guadalupe [27:1J canyons, mostly on the east 
side of Jemez Creek [27:34:]. 
[27:31] (1) Kj'a'd(l>wo 'red rock' {k,fad 'stone' 'rock'; ^'''^o 'red- 
ness' 'red'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Ked Rock. Cf. Jemez (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Pefia Colorada 'red rock'. Cf. Jemez (1), Eng. (3), 
This is a large red rock on the east side of Jemez Creek [27:34]. 

The main wagon road passes through the gap between the rock 
and the red cliffs east of the rock. Wild bees have large nests in 
crevices of the rock. On the east face of the rock are some inter- 
esting old pictographs representing deer. 

' D'Anville, Map N. Amer., Bolton's edition, 1752. 

sjederys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. 

'Cr(5py, Map Amer. Sept., ca. 1783. 

<Sliea, Cath. Missions, p. 80, 1870. 

6 Bandelier (1888) in Compte-rcndu Cmig. Amir., vii, p. ib'l, 1890. 

» Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 210, 1910. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. li, p. 207, 1892. 



HARRINGTO.V] PLACE-XAMES .3(,9 

[27:32] (1) Jemez Hqjqjq of obscure et.vniologv. 

(2) Eug. Vallecito Creek, Vallecito. (<Span.). =ypun. (:!). 

(3) Span. Vallecito, Rito del Vallecito 'little vallev" 'creek of 
the little valley'. =Eno-. (2). 

There are a uuniber of Mexican farius in the valley of lliis 
creek. The same names are applied to the settlement as to the val- 
ley itself. 

[27:33] Jemez //i/w)//w(rd 'place of the owl water" (/<!/» i/ 'owl"; jid 
'water'; wa locative). The name is applied to springs and to a 
gulch on the west side of Jemez Creek [27:34] northwest of Jemcz 
Pueblo. 

[27:34] (1) Wqytji^impo, Wii)j<j(^/,ipo/ni'n 'creek of [27:35]' ( irTj^r/^, 
see [27:35]; 'i^y locative and adjective-forming postfix; 'jJo 
'water'; p,>/,ir>/ 'creek with water in it' <po 'water', /,uu 
'large groove' 'arroyo"). 

(2) Picuris "Plemepane" 'Jemez River".' Evidently "pane'' 
means 'river'. 

(3) Cochiti PoJifttfenn 'western river" {pon/e 'west'; tfcna 
'river'). 

(3) P(2, Pdwffwd. H^pn. Jlepuwau-d, JJejcaird 'the river' 
'the river cafiada' 'Jemez River' 'Jemez River Canada' 'Jemez 
Canada' (pa 'water' 'river'; pawd'wa 'caiiada with a stream 
in it' <p<< 'water', wawd 'cafiada'; 11^- Jemez; wd'y-d 'arroyo' 
'cafiada'). 

(4) Eng. Jemez Creek, Jemez River. 

(5) Span. Canada de Jemez, Rio de Jemez, Rito de Jemez 
'Jemez Canada' 'Jemez River' 'Jemez Creek'. '• Rio de Jemez". - 
"La Canada de los Xemes".^ 

The name Jemez Creek is given because Jemez is the principal 
puelilo situated on it. The Keres puelilos Sia [29;1"4] and Santa 
Ana [29:9.5] are on the lower course of the creek. Bandclier- 
notes: '"The Queres [Keres] held and hold to-da^" about one-half 
of the course of the Rio de Jemez." 
[27:35] (1) WiJrj'je^o)jivi of obscure etymology ( Wqijj' 'Jemez Indian' 
unexplained; g.e 'down at' 'over at' since the settlement is 
thought of as being over beyond or down beyond the mountains; 
^otju'i 'pueblo'). Jemez Indian is called TTT/yy. a word of uncer- 
tiiin etymology. It sounds almost like woyy 'to descend' but tlio 
vowel sounds of the two words are distinct. Jemez people are 
called either Wiini>/wa or W(iy[/e^i7ihwa (tow!i 'people'; '{ijf loca- 
tive and adjective-forming posttix). Wdy/intim-a is never used, 
perhaps because it is not euphonic. The Xavaho are called by the 

' Spiaden. Picuris notes, 19:0. 'Ibid., |.. ZVi, noie. 

SBaudelier, Final Keport, pt. u, p. l'J3, 18il2. 



400 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Tewa Wq7if:ate, literally "Jemez Athapascan' ( IRr^y 'Jeiuez In- 
dian'; Saie 'Athapascan Indian' 'Apache' 'Navaho'). "Wong'- 
ge'":^ given as the Santa Clara and San Ildefonso Tewa name; 
erroneously said to mean "Navaho place." 

(2) Hano Tewa "Jemesi, or Jemez." ^ The former name 
is probably borrowed from (Oraibi) Hopi (18), the latter from 
Span. (22). No doubt the name Wdrj[/e exists also among the 
Hano Tewa. 

(3) Picuris "He-mi-ma'. "^ "Hemema'."* These Picuris forms 
are evidently some form of the name Jemez plus the locative -hd. 

(4) Isleta Ilienxai of obscure etymology {Hiem- as in Hiemue 
'Jemez Indian', evidently a form of the Jemez word H^-; ai 
locative). Jemez Indian is c-a\\eA IliemUe; 2 + plu. Hiermmi{i(e, 
nin number-denoting postfixes). "Hiem-ai."^ Gatschet also 
gives "Hiemide" meaning Isleta Indian, plu. "Hiemnin"; see 
forms obtained by the writer, above. "He'-mai."^ 

(5) Jemez ll^wd, IT^hwd, H^jo of obscure etymology (77? 
Jemez Indian; wd 'at'; lewd 'at' 'to'; jo 'at' 'about'). Jemez 
Indian is called H^; 2 h- plu. Eim\f {H^ unexplained; mif plu. 
ending as in y.mif 'you 2 +', plu. of y, 'you 1'). It is from the 
form Ilejnif meaning 'Jemez Indians' 'Jemez people' that the 
Span, and probably all the forms in the other languages with the 
exception of the Tewa and Navaho forms are derived. 

(6) Jemez Towa, Tiihwd, Tdjo ' at the pueblo ' ' to the pueblo ' 
'the pueblo' {to- 'dwelling-place' 'pueblo,' akin to Tewa te 
'dwelling-place'; wd 'at'; lewd 'at' 'to';^'tf 'at' 'about'). This 
is the commonest name applied to Jemez Pueblo bj- the Jemez 
Indians. "Tuhoa:"* given as meaning "houses." The name 
means "houses" only in the collective sense of 'pueblo.' 
"Tu'wa."' 

(7) Jemez R^towd, Jlitukwd, H^tojo ' at the pueblo of the 
Jemez ' ' to the pueblo of the Jemez ' ' pueblo of the Jemez ' ( 7/^ 
Jemez Indian; tijwd, tokwa, tujo as in Jemez (6), above). 

(8) Jemez Wdldtowd, Wdldtokwd, Wdldtojo, Wd'Wdldtdwd, 
Wd^wdldU'ikwd, Wd'wdldtojo, H^wd'' wdldtowd, H^wd^ wdldtokwd, 
H^wa' wdldtojo 'at the pueblo in the Canada' 'at the pueblo 
in the Canada' 'the pueblo in the Canada' 'at the pueblo in 
Jemez Canada ' ' to the pueblo in Jemez Canada ' ' the pueblo in 
Jemez Canada,' referring to Jemez Cafiada [27:34], {wd, ivd'wd 

1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 631, 1907). 

- Fewkes in Nineteenth Hep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 614, 1900. 

3 Hodge, op. cit., p. 630. 

<Spinden, Picuris note.s, 1910. 

sGatschet, Isleta vocabulary, 1885 (Handbook Jmls., pt. 1, p. 630, 19U7). 

» Bandelier in Das Austand, p. 813, Stuttgart, 18S2. 



^^^^"'O^^ PLACE-NAMES 401 

'arroyo' 'canada';/a 'in- '^C: fowd, tohrd, to}o,a.m^om.y^(i^), 
above; 77^ ,)emez Indutn, Jeiuez). This name was ai.i.li,.d to dis! 
tmgiu,.b Jemez Pueblo [27:35] as the pueblo in the cana.la of 
Jemoz Creek [27:34] in contradistinction to the former pucbl„s 
ot tlie Jemez in the vicinity of San Dieyo [27:l:5J and (iuadalupo 
[27:1] Canyons. This name is not a corruption of ^■aIladoli(l 
nor does it mean -village of the bear'", an ctvmolooy which is 
due to Bandeher's confusion of u-d/u- with (junihl ' boar.' '' Ha- 
waw-wah-lab-too-waw,"' evidently for l/ejrawdldiowd. "Valla- 
toa."2 "Walatoa."-^ " Uala-to-hua (• Village of the Bear ' 
and not a corruption of Valladolid, as Air. Locw has ima^ined).••'* 
•' Ual-to-hua." ' " Wa'-la-tu-wa." « 

(9) Jemez " Wa-la-nah:" 'this is certainly a mistake. 

(10) Pecos "He"-wa':"« evidently ccjuivalcnt to Jemez J/rwd; 
see Jemez (5), above. 

(11) Keresan (dialect unspecified) "Ha-mish."" "Ilae-mish.""' 

(12) Cochiti /i^iw/^Asa; {lixmefe 'Jemez Indian or Indians', 
probably borrowed from or akin to Jemez Ilejni f 'Jemez peo- 
ple'; Ux locative). The Cochiti call Jemez Indian or Indians 
Hkmefe. .Iji all the Keresan dialects the name is practically 
identical with the Cochiti form. 

(13) Santa Ana "He' mi:"* this is 2'erhaps a Santa Ana pro- 
nunciation of Span. (22). 

(11) Sia ''He'-me-shu-tsa."' "Jemi/Itsc."" 

(15) San Felipe "Hemeshitse.'"* 

(16) Lag-una '"Hemeshitse."' 

(17) Acoma '"Hemishitz".* The -tz is ior Tsse. 

(18) Orail)i Hopi Ilemisi (cf. the Keresan forms). This is 
applied with postiixes or postpounds to both pueblo and people. 
Cf. the first form quoted under Hano Tewa (2). above. 

(19) Southern Cte Envifi (cf. Jemez ITejuif 'Jemez people*, 
also the Keresan and Hopi forms). Applied with the various 
postfixes or postpounds to both pueblo and people. 

■ Simpson in Rep. Sec. War, p. 143, 1S50, 

2 Loew in Whaler Surv. Rep., VII, p. 344, 1879. 

2 Gatscliet in J/nf/. Amer. Hist., p. 2.59, Apr., IgS'i. 

< Bandelier, Final Report, pt. 1, p. 260, note, 1890.. 

■■' Ibid., pt. 11, p. 203, 1892. 

« Hodge, field notes. Bur. .\mer. Ethn., 1895 (Hundbnok liids.. pt. 1, p. 031. I'JOT). 

' Jouveiif eau in C'ath. Pion., i. No. 9, p. 13, 190(3. 

8 Hodge, op. cit.,p. 630. 

9 Bandelier in iV. I'. .Stafita«'««»i.7, June 28, 1885. 
10 Bandelier in Rn'. d'Ellinofi.. p. 203. 1886. 

n Spinden, Sia notes, 1910. 

87584 ° —29 eth— IG 26 



402 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(20) Navaho " Mai-dec-kiz-iie "V isaid to mean 'wolf neck'. 
"Mai Deshkis,-'- said to mean 'coyote pass'. "Ma'ideshglzh,"' 
said to mean 'coyote pass', according to the Franciscan Fathers'* 
the Navaho call the Jemez people "MirideshgTzhnl''. 

(21) Eng. Hemes, Jemez. (<Span. 22). Spellings such as 
Hemes, Mohave, Navaho are to be preferred. The spelling 
Hemes is phonetically perfect, and at the same time happens 
to be the spelling used })y Castaneda about 1565; but the form 
Jemez has become fixed geographically and ofticiallj' . 

(22) Span. Jemez, Jemes. Hodge follows Bandelier (see Kere- 
san (11), above) in deriving the Span, form "form Hii-mish, or 
Hae'-mish, the Keresan name of the pueblo. — Bandelier".^ The 
writer does not see why some of the forms at least may not have 
come directly from Jemez Il^mif 'Jemez people', a word which 
probably was found also in the Pecos language. A Zuiii name for 
Jemez, so far as can be learned, has never been published. 
"Hemes"." "Emexes".' "Ameias".* "Emeges".' "Emmes".'" 
"Amejes"." "Ameies".'^ " Ernes '\'^ "Emes"." "Hemeos'\"^ 
"Henex".'" "Gemex"." "Hemes".'* "Amires".'" "Xemes".^'' 
"Gemes".-' "Gomez".^^ "Gemez''.-' "Temez"." "Jemes"." 
"Jamez".-" "Hemez"." "Ameries'".-* "Jemas".^" "Xemfe".'" 
"Yemez".'' " James". ^^ ".Jemez". ^' "Djemez".^* "Jenies".'' 

' ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 6, 1884. 

'Curtis, Amer. Ind., i, p. 138, 1907. 

» Franciscan Fathers, Navaho Ethnol. Diet., p. liSi'i, 1910. 

< Ibid., p. 128. 

' Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 629, 1907. 

« Ca.staneda (Qa. 1563) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., i.x, p. 138, 1838. 

' Espejo (1583) in Doc. Ined., xv, p. 116, 1871. 

8 Espejo (1583) quoted by Mendoza (15S6) in Bakhiyt Soc. Pub., xv, p. 246, 1.854. 

9 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Ined., xv, p. 179, 1871. 
'» Ofiatc (1598), ibid., xvi, pp. 102, 260, 1871. 

' Mendoza in Hakluyt, Voy., ill, p. 462, 1600. 

' Ibid., p. 469. 

' Villagran, Hist. Nueva Mex., p. 15.5, 1610. 

" COrdova (1619) in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., X, p. 444, 1838. 

i Zirate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 205, 1892. 

» Zirate-Salmeron (en. 1629) quoted by Bandelier in Arch. Ingt. Papers, iv, p. 205, 1892. 

' ZArate-Salmeron («J. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, i, p. 600, 1882. 

' Benavides (1630) quoted by Gallatin in Nouv. Anji. Voy., 5th ser., xxvn, p. 305,1851. 

> Ogilby, Amer., p. 291, 1671. 
» Rivera, Diario, leg. 9.50, 1736. 
=' VUla-Senor, Theatro Amer., pt. ii, p. 421, 1748. 
22 Arrowsraith, map. N. A., 1795, ed. 1814? 
M Humboldt, Atlas Nouv. Espagne, carte 1, 1811. 
M Alegrc, Hist. Comp. Jesus, I, p. 336, 1841. 
^ Mendoza, (1742) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 213, 1867. 
2«Gallegas (1814) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848. 
^ Squier in Amer. Review, p. 522, Nov. 1848, misquoting Castafleda. 

28 Squier, ibid., p. 623. 

29 Wislizenus, Memoir, p. 24, 1848. 
» Ruxton, Adventures, p. 194, 1848. 
" Latham, Var. of Man, p. 396, 1850. 

'- Marcy in Rep. Sec. War, p. 196, 1850. 

'''' Simpson in Rep. Sec. War, p. 59, 1850; Hewett, Antiquities, p. 44, 1906: Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 
629, 1907. 
" Gallatin in Xouv. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., xxvil, p. 280, 1851. 
*=■ Calhoun in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, in, p. 633, 1853. 



HARRIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 403 

"Hemes".' "Jermz".= "Tames".^ "Auieges".* ''Jemcx"." 
"Jeures"." "Amies".' "Amio.s".^ "Zemas"." "Joiiios".'" 
"Jemes(sprich: chemes)"." '-Heines''.'^ "Amayes"." "Teme.s"." 
"Hermes'".'-'^ ";yeme.s"."' "Jumcz".'' '• Emetics". '" "Kmeae-*"." 
"Euimes".-" "Jemmes".-' 

The Jemez express 'Jemez Indian' not only by //r. plu. Jlejnif, 
but by postpounding fsiTd 'person', plu. fsauf "people', to any 
of the numerous forms denoting the pueblo. The Jemez laii- 
guage' is similarly expressed by postpouuding fsffdty, 'language' 
(fsifd 'pm-son' 'human being'; fu 'to speak'). 

For a good account of the history of Jemez Pueblo and of the 
Jemez Tribe see Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, pp. 6-2it-31, limT. 
Some of the older men at Jemez remember the history of the 
tribe very accurately. Of the shape of Jemez Pueblo Hande- 
lier writes : "Jemez . . . a doul)le quadrangle with two squares."" 
Bandelier probably exaggerates the amount of Navaho blo(xl at 
Jemez: "Jemez is more than iialf Navajo, and one of thi'ir lead- 
ing men, whom unsophisticated American Indian worshippers arc 
wont to admire as a typical and genuine Pueblo, the famous 
Nazle, was Navajo by birth, education, and inclination."-'' ''We 
ought to consider that, ft)r instance, the Indians of Zufii have 
intermarried with and plentifully absorbed Navajo, Tigua, and 
Jemez blood."-* 
[27:36] San Isidro, see [29:!H]. 

[27:37] Span. Ojo Chamizo "spring greasewood'". "Ojo Chaniiso ".=■'■ 
[27:38] Jemez Kwaxhy, 'rock-pine mountain' {kwd 'rock-pine' 'Piiius 
scopulorum': fu •mountain'). 

1 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, pp. 32, 39, KM. 

2 Ibid., p. 39. 

' Brackenridge, Early Span. Discov., p. 19, 18.57. 

* Sigiienza quoted by Btisclimann, Neu.-Mex., pp. 228, 2i>l, 18.58. 

6 Taylor in Cal. Farmer, June 12, 1863. 

6 Ward in Ind. Aff. Hep. for 1867, p. 210, 18(>8. 

' Davis, Span. Conquest New Mex., p. 2.53, 1869. 

8 Ibid., map. 

9 Simpson in Jour. Amer. Geog. Soc, v, p, 19.5, 1874. 
>o Loew (1ST5) in Whnier Surr. Rrp., VII, p. 315, 1S79. 

" Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen au.s dem Siidwesten Nordamerikns, p. 41, IS7C. 
12 Bandelier in Papers Arch. Iimt, Amer. ser., i, p. 2:!, lS,<il. 
" Duro, Don Diego de Penalosa, p. 128, 18S2. 

14 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 259, Apr., 18-«. 

15 Cnrtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883; misquoting Castafleda. 
IS ten Kate. Synonymie, p. 6, 1884. 

" Arch. Inst. Hep., V, p. 37, 18.S4. 

18 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mcx., p. 132, 1889. 

IS Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 206, 1892. 

20 Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893. 

21 Peet in Amer. Antii/., -xvii, p. 354, 1895. 

22 Bandelier, op. cit.. pt. i, p. 265, 1890. 
« Ibid., p. 262. 

2< Ibid., p. 261. 

25 0. S. Geol. Survey, Jemes sheet, 1890. 



404 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[27:39] Jemez Kfdta.pafy, 'macaw water mountain' {hfdtd 'macaw'; 
f)a' water'; fy^ 'mountain'). Whether there is a spring, lai^e, or 
creek called Kfatdpa, from which the mountain takes its name, 
was not determined. 

[27:40] Jemez 'U'"pir)dfy,, 'U'^piyahv 'cottontail rabbit courting moun- 
tains' 'cottontail rabbit courting- place' ('y' " 'cottontail rabbit'; 
fiyd 'to go courting'; fy, 'mountain'; ho 'up at' locative). The 
name refers to two little mountains. The place gives the name 
to the creek [27:41]. See 'U'^piydlcivd Pueblo ruin under [27: 
unlocatedj. 

[27:41] Jemez "O'^piijapd 'cottontail rabbit courting water', referring 
to [27:40] {'U''ipfV'i-, see [27:40]; pa 'water' 'creek"). 
This flows into Peralta Creek [27:44]. 

[27:42] Jemez (Pivt'!/dfy, 'bear mountain' ((p'wd/d 'bear'; /"{/. 'moun- 
tain'). Cf. [27:45] and [27:46]. 

[27:43] See [28:G9] for the possible Cochiti name. 

[27:44] Peralta Creek, see [28:71]. ' 

[27:45] (1) Jemez <Pwdldpdwd 'bear spring' {^wdld as in [27:42]; 
2)duid 'water place' 'spring' <pd 'water', wd locative). Cf. 
Cochiti (-2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Coch\ti Jio/iaijglcdwef ''bear spring' (tfi/wr/y',^' 'bear'; hiwef 
'spring'). Cf. Jemez (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Oso Spring. (<Span.). = Span. (4). Cf. Jemez (1), 
Cochiti (2). 

(4) Span. Ojo del Oso 'bear syn-ing'. =Eng. (3). Cf. Jemez (1), 
Cochiti (2). 

[27:46] Oso Creek, see [28:103]. 

[27:47] Span. Arroyo Hondo 'deep arro3"o'. 

It is said that the spring [27:48] is situated in this arroyo. 
[27:48] Span. Ojo del Borrego 'sheep spring'. 

The spring is in the Arroyo Hondo [27:47], it is said. It gives 
the name to a large Span, land grant situated in tlie vicinity, also 
to Borrego Creek [27:49]. The Cochiti sometimes call the spring 
BorrJgoJcdwef {Icdwef 'spring'). 
[27:49] Borrego Creek, see [29:64]. 



Jemez "Aiiu-quil-i-jui".^ "Anu-quil-i-gui ".^ "Anyukwinu".' 

This is the name of an unlocated pueblo ruin. Bandelier says 
of it: 

But they [the Jemez Indians] also say that the people oi Amoxiuiuqua 
[27:23] dwelt first at the lagune of San Jos6, 75 miles to the northwest of 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 207, 1892. 

2 Ibid., note. 

'Hodge, Held notes, Bur. Amer. Ettin., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 63, 1907). 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-XA MES 405 

Jemez, and that they removed then.e to the pueblo of Afm-qnil-i-i,,! hrtween 
the Sala,lo [29:92] and Jeraez [27:34].> ' ' 

Jemez BdletsoTcwd of obscure ctyiiiologv (W,. -iiliulonc .shell'- ti,, 

unexplained; lewd locative). '" Biil-itz-o-qii:r'.= 

It is said that this is one of the largest of the pueblos fonncrlv 

inhabited by Jemez Indians. It is situated east of San Di.-ro 

Canyon [27:13]. 
Jemez " Caatri '\' '• Catroo". ' Mentioned by Onate as an inhabited 

pueblo of the Jemez. 
Span. " Cerro Colorado ".■ The name is given in the manuscript cited 

as designating a hill at the foot of the unlocated mesa wh.^re the 

Jemez and Santo Domingo Indians dwelt when visited bv ^'■u•.>•!ls 

in 1692. 
Jemez "Guatitruti ".« Mentioned by Onate as an inhabit.-d puebl.. of 

the Jemez. 
Jemez "Guayoguia".' Mentioned by Onate as an inhabit.'d jiueblo 

of the Jemez. 
Cochiti Ildhinekotfo 'ice mountain' (hdhme 'ice'; h>- 'mountain'; 

tfo locative). It is possible that this is the Cochiti name of 

[27:10]. 
Cochiti ir6toTcawah>tfo 'willow spring mountain' {koto 'willow'; 

Icawa 'spring'; ho- 'mountain'; ffn locative). Cf. Cochiti 

Hotolcawa, below. 

This is a large mountain north of [27:4.5]. 
(1) Cochiti Hotolcawa 'willow spring' {Uotitkawa as in Tlotohiwu- 

Jcotfg, above). Cf. Cochiti Ilofokawa, above. Cf. Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Ojo de la Jara 'willow spring'. Cf. Cochiti (1). 
This is a spring north of [27:15]. 
Jemez 'U'^plijahvd 'at the rabbit courting place' (U'^p/yd-, see 

[27:40]; fea locative). 

This is a pueblo ruin near [27:40]. 
(1) Eng. Jara Creek. (<Span). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rito de la Jara 'willow creek'. =Eng. (1). It is 

suggested that the creek may give the name "Jara"' to the moun- 
tain [27:10]. 

"While the mountainous parts of the Queres [Keresun] range 

[territory held] are dry, the Valles [Pinipxyge [Large Features: 1 1, 

page 98] constitute a water supply for the Jemez country. Two 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 'J07. lsi»"i. 

'■ Iljui. 

sQuate (log."*) in Doc. Ined., xvi, p. 102, 1.S71. 

<Ibi.i., p. 114. 

6 Bandulier quoting Autos de Guerra. MS. (1692), op. cit.. p. 2!2. 

«Onate (159S) quoted by Hodge iu Handbook Inds.. pt. 1. p. .510. 1907. 

'Ibid., pp. 510-511. 



406 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS (icrn. 



streams rise in it [the Valles;]; the San Antonio [27:UJ on tiie 
eastern flanii of the Jara Mountain [27:10] and the Jara at 
the foot of the divide, over whieh crosses the ti'ail from Santa 
Clara [14:71]. These unite soon to form the San Antonio 
'River', which meanders through the Valles de Santa Rosa [27:5] 
and San Antonio [27:6] for 7 miles in a northwesterh' direction, 
and enters a picturesque gorge bearing the same name, and then 
gradual!}' curves around through groves until, at La Cueva, it 
assumes an almost due southerlv direction. One or two more brooks 
increase its volume on the way, descending directly from the mesa 
pedestal of the Jara Mountain [27:10], and its name is changed 
from San Antonio to the Rio de San Diego [37:13]."' 

.femez "Quia-shi-dshi. "^ ''Kiashita.'"^ 

According to Hodge this pucl)lo ruin is located ''in Guadalupe Canvon 
[27:1]." 

Jemez Kfatsokwd of obscure etymology (kfd ' crow ' ; tno unexplained ; 
fed locative). "Quia-tzo-qua."* "Kiatsukwa."'' 

This is a pueblo ruin somewhere east of San Diego Canvon 
[27:13]. 

Span. La Cueva 'the cave'. See Bandelier's reference to La Cueva 
under (1) Eng. Jara Creek, above. 

Jemez "Leeca.''" "Ceca."' Mentioned by Ofiate as an inhaV>ited 
Jemez pueblo. 

Jemez "Mecastria."" Mentioned by Ofiate as an inli:i))it('d Jemez 
pueblo. 

Jemez "No-cum-tzil-e-ta."- '"No-kyun-tse-le-ta'."'" Named as a 
Jemez pueblo ruin of undetermined location. 

Jemez "Pem-bul-e-qua.'"^ "Pe'-bu-li-kwa."'" Named as a Jemez 
pueblo ruin of undetermined location. 

Jemez "Pe-cuil-a-gui."" "Pe'-kwil-i-gi-i'."'- 
Bandelier says of the ruin: 

In conclusion, I would call attention to the name of one of the old Jemez 
pueblos, given to me by the Indians as 'Pe-cuil-a-gui'. 'Pii-cuil-a' [P(il:>ril&'] 
ia the name for the tribe of Pecos, and the Pecos spoke the Jemez language. It 

iBandelier. Knul Report, pt. ii, pp. 201-02. 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 207. note. 

3 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1S9.5 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p- 6S1, 1907). 
•Bandelier, op. eit., p. 207. 

6 Hodge, op. cit., p. 682. 

^Ofiate (liJ9.9) quoted by Hodge, op. cit., p. 22.5. 

'Ibid., pp. 225, 629. 

«Ibid., p. 829. 

'Hodge, op. cit., pt. 2, p. 80. 

'»Ibid., p. 220. 

"Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note, and p. 216. 

'2 Hodge, op. cit., p. 223. 



HAURISGTO.N] PLACK-NAMES 407 

would be well to investigate whether Pe-cuil-a-gui designates a Jeiuez i.uehlo 
inhabited previously to the secession of the Peeos.' 

Cf. [29:33]. 
Span. Cerro Pelado • l>ald uiountaiii ". It is said that a bare poal< some- 
where about tlao headwaters of Peralta Creek [28:71J is called by 
thi-s name. 
Jemez ''Potre.''^ "Poze."' Mentioned by Oiiate as an itdiahited 

pueljlo of the Jemez. 
(1) Eug. San Autonio springs. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Ojos de San Antonio 'Saint Anthony's .springs". Por 
the name cf . [27:G] and [27:1 IJ. 

These springs appear to be situated .somewhere in San Antonio 
Canyon [27:11]. There are a bath-house and other houses at the 
place, it is said. Baiidelicr says: 

In the gorge of San Antonio [27:11] rises a spring, the temperature of which 
is 110° F. About five miles south of it are mud-baths [27:8?], on the lieights 
that separate the Valles from the i^an Diego gorge.' 

If the identihcation of the "mud-baths" as Sulphur springs 
[27:S] is correct, San Antonio springs would appear to be sorac- 
wliere north or west of the mountain north of Sulphm* springs. 
The Zand of Sannhlne locates them west of Sulphur springs: 

Four to sis miles west of the Sulphurs [27:8] are the San Antonio Springs, 
which resemble the Jemez Springs [27:18] and are equally efficacious in kid- 
ney and stomach disorders.^ 

Bandelier" gives the altitude: "The springs of San Antonio lie 

at an altitude of 8,586 feet". 
Jemez Sefukwd 'eagle dwelling place' 'eagle nest place' (se 'eagle'; 

fo 'to live' 'to dwell'; i-»'d! locative). "Se'-shiu-qua."^ "Se- 

shu-kwa."* 

This is a puelilo ruin situated somewhere south of Cerro Pelado 

[27:10]. 
Jemez " Se-to-qua.'"^ '-Setokwa." '" This is given as the name of a 

pueblo ruin, situated, according to Hodge, about 2 miles south of 

Jemez Pueblo. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 216, ISW. 
20nate (15a8) in Doc. Inid.. Nvi, p. 114, ISTI. 
aibid., p. 102. 

1 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 202. 

sThe Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of the Resources . . . of New Mexico, p. 169, I'-W. 
«Bandelier, op. cit., p. 202. note. 
'Ibid., p. 207, note. 

» Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Elhn., ISfti {Han.ibook Inds., pt. 2, p. 013, 1910). 
8 Bandelier, op. cit.. p. 207, note. 
'"Hodge, op. cit., p. oU. 



408 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. AXx. 29 

Span. " Sierra de la Bolsa".' The name, which means 'pocket range', 
is given as that of a luountaiii of the Jemez Range between Sierra de 
San Miguel [27:unlocated] and Sierra de la Palisada [27:unlocated]. 

Span. "Sierra de la Palisada'".' The name meaning 'palisade range', 
is given as referring to a mountain south of Sierra de la Bolsa [27: 
unlocated]. 

Span. " Sierra de Toledo".^ The name means ' range of Toledo ' (a city 
in Spain). "Toledo range". ^ Bandelicr locates the mountain 
somewhere south of the Cerro Pelade [27:10].^ See Valle de 
Toledo [27:unlocated], below. 

Span. Valle de Toledo ' Toledo Yallej',' referring to the "Sierra de 
Toledo" [27:unlocated]. "On the west a huge mountain mass, 
the Sierra de la Jara 1 27:10], interposes itself between the princi- 
pal valle_y, that of Toledo, and the Jemez countrj'".^ This is evi- 
dentl3' a name for one of the Valles. See Fiiirpxyge [Large Fea- 
tures], page 98, and "Sierra de Toledo" [27:un]ocatedJ, above. 

Jemez "Trea".° Mentioned by Otiate as an inhabited Jemez pueblo. 

Jemez "Tya-juin-den-a".' Given as the name of a puel)lo ruin. 

Jemez "Tyasoliwa".' Given as the name of an unlocated pucljlo ruin. 

Jemez "Uii-ha-tza-e".' Given as the name of an unlocated pueblo 
ruin. 

Jemez ^Vdhakwd of obscure etymology (irdld unexplained: hwd loca- 
tive). " Wti-ba-kwa "." The name' refers to a pueblo ruin some- 
where east of San Diego Canyon [27:13]. 

Jemez Wdgilcd (the name is said by the informant to mean "rublicr 
weed"). It is uncertain whether this name refers to a puel)lo 
ruin or merely to a locality. 

Jemez "Yjar"." Mentioned by Oflateas an inhabited Jemez pueblo. 

Jemez "Zo-lat-e-se-djii".' "Zo-la-tu''-ze-zhi-i"." Given as the name 
of a pueblo ruin. 

Warm springs at the head of San Diego Canj'on [27:1:3]. " Warm 
springs have been located at the head of San Diego Canon above 
the Jemez springs [27:18]".'- Just where is meant by the "head 
of San Diego Canyon" [27:13] is uncertain. Are the springs at 
the Soda Dam [27:16] intended? 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 72, note, 1892. 

2 Ibid., pp. 11, 64, and 72, note. 

a Ibid., p. 65. 

I Ibid., p. 72, note. 

sibid., p. 201. 

sOiiate (1598) quoted by Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. ii29, 1907. 

' Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207, note. 

» Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 859, 1910. 

» Ibid., p. 884. 

"Onate (1598) quoted by Hodge, ibid., p. 997. 

" Hodge, ibid., p. 1015. 

i=The Land of Sunshine, a Handbook of the Resources ... of New Mexico, p. 177, 1900. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PI.ACF.-XAMES 4()<) 

[28j cociini siiK.KT 

This sheet (map 2S) shows the country about Cochiti Pueblo. This 
region is claimed by the Cochiti Indians, who belouy to the Keresan 
linguistic stock. Hewett refers to this region as ''le district do 
Cochiti".^ It is said by the Tewa that the ancient boundary between 
their territory and that of the Cochiti west of the Rio Grande runs 
somewhere between Ancho Canyon [28: -i] and Frijoles Canyon [28:t;|. 
The northern boundary of the Cochiti sheet has been placed therefore 
in that vicinity. "The Rito de los Frijoles [28 :tl], with its numerous 
cave dwellings, forms what seems to be a boundary line dividing the 
Tehuas from the Queres [Keresan] stock".- "Les gorges profondes 
du Rito de los Frijoles [28: t»] separent Ics deux districts [Cochiti dis- 
trict and Pajarito district], et la tradition en fait Tancienne ligne de 
division entre les deux branches de Tewa et des Keres, qui, ii cc qu'il 
parait, etaient rarement en paix Tune avec Tautre".' The Tewa in- 
form the present writer that the dividing line was north of Frijoles 
Canyon [28:6], a fact also evident from statements made by Bando- 
lier and Hewett to the eti'ect that the pueblo village [28:12] and cliff- 
dwellings in Frijoles Canyon were built by Keresan people; see quo- 
tations under [28:12]. 

[28:1] Pajarito Canyon, see [17:30]. 
[28:2] Colt Arroyo, see [17:42]. 
[28:3] Water Canyon, see [17:58]. 
[28:4] Ancho Canyon, see [17:62]. 

[28:5] (1) Jlw^piyy 'Keresan Mountains' {Tenia 'Keresan Indian': 
f>ii]f 'mountain'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Cochiti Mountains. Cf. Tewa (1), Span. (3). •' .Moun- 
tains of Cochiti".'' 

(3) Span. Sierra de Cochiti 'Cociiiti .Mountains'. Cf. Tewa 
(1), Eng. (2). 

These terms apply indefinitely to the mountains west of Cochiti. 
Bandelier refers to them when he writes: "The mount;iinous 
parts of the Queres [Keresan] range [i. e. territory] are dry".* 
"The arid hills that separate Jemez [27:35] from IVna Blanca 
[28:'.i3]".'^ 
[28:6] (1) PHqw!g.e'inrsri 'canyon of the place where they serape(d) 
or wipe(d) the bottoms (of the pottery vessels)', referring to 
[28:12] {Puqiolge.s&B [28:12]; 'i^y locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix; &''/ 'canyon'). (See pi. 15.) 

' Hewett, Communautfe, p. 40, 1908. 

J Bandelier, Fiiml Report, pt. ii, p. 139, 1892. 

3 Ibid., p. 169 (quoting from some Span, source). 

abid.,p. 201. 

sibid., p. -203. 



410 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) Tewa "Tupoge".' Tliis is for Tup<)g.e 'down to or at bean 
creek' {tu 'bean'; po 'water' 'creek'; g.e 'down to' 'over to'), a 
mere translation of the Span, name, never used by the Tewa. 
Cf. [17:62]. 

(3) Cochiti T fo'onfekdlKja of obscure et3'mology, referring 
to [28:12] {Tfo'onfe, see [28:12]; hilhja 'canyon'). 

(4) Eng. F.rijoles Canyon, Kito dc los Frijoles. (<Span.). 
= Span. (5). 

(5) Span. Rito de los Frijoles, Canon de los Frijoles 'bean 
creek' 'bean canyon '. This is a conmion name in Spanish-speaking 
America. Cf. Rio do los Frijoles, Rito de los Frijoles [22 :unlo- 
cated], page 352. It is quite likely that the Span, name was applied 
without influence of Tewa nomenclature. Another origin, how- 
ever, suggests itself. The Tewa give assurance that the old Tewa 
name of Ancho Canyon [28:4] is Tunaiahu^u 'bean field arroyo' 
'bean field canada', and think that the Span, name Rito de los 
Frijoles is a translation of this Tewa name applied to the wrong 
canyon. Frijoles Canyon is the next large canyon south of Ancho 
Canyon. 

This canyon is described by Bandolier = and by Hewett.^ The 
documentary history of the canyon has been studied by Mr. S. G. 
Morley, of the School of American Archaology. The canyon was 
not inhabited by Indians at the time of the Spanish conquest. 
Mexicans settled in it in early times and farmed the cultivable 
lauds above the falls [28:14] nearly down to the present time. 
At one time in the eighteenth century the canyon was the rendez- 
vous of Mexican bandits. Bandolier writes: 

I have not been able to examine the papers relating to the grant of the Rito; 
but that cattle and sheep thieves made it their hiding place is said to be men- 
tioned in tliem. The tale is current among the people of Cochiti and Peiia 
Blanca.* 

It is said that no one lived permanently at Frijoles Canyon for 
many years previous to 1907, in which year Judge A. J. Al)bott 
settled at the cultivable land about [28:12]. Judge Abbott has 
built a house from tufa-blocks of the ruin [28:12] and has made 
many improvements. He has been given a permit ^)y the United 
States Forest Service to remain on the land temporarily. Judge 
Abbott has named his place "Ten Elder Ranch "', referring to some 
box-elder trees growing there. See the various numbers indicat- 
ing places in and about tiie canyon for which names have been 
obtained, especially [28:12]; see also plate 15. 
[28:7] North fork of Frijoles Canyon [28:tj]. 

1 Banaelier, Delight Makers, p. 178, 1890. 

2 Final Report, pt. Ii, pp. 139-49, 1892. 

^Papers School Amer. Anhaiol., No. 6, 1909, and No. 10, 19C9. 
^ Bandelier, op. cit., p. 142, note. 



HARKIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 411 

[28 :s] South fork of Frijoles Canyon [28 :(>]. 

[28 :!•] Pofejiihutr 'water tube corner' {po 'water'; tiijf 'tube'; bu'n 
' large low roundish place'). This name is irjvpn to the dell where 
[28:7] and [28 :S] join [28:0J. It is said that the dell and the sur- 
rounding canyons are tube-like; hence the name. 

[28:10] San Ildefonso K'aw/g.('i»rsi''i 'corral gap canyon' (A'V;h-/*/ 
see [28:unlocated]; ge 'down at' 'over at'; ■ijjy locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; fsi'i 'canyon'). 

[28 : 11 ] Pajarito Mesa, see [17 :3(5]. 

[28:1-2] (1) Puqwig.e' qrirviki'j I 'puel)lo ruin where the bottoms of the 
pottery vessels were wiped or smootlied thin' {]>ii 'ba.se' 'bottom 
of a vessel' 'buttocks' of an animal, 'root' of a plant, here lieing 
equivalent to iepu 'bottom of vessel' <he, 'pottery ves.sel', /"< 
'base'; qwi 'to wipe smooth' 'to wipe' 'to scrape', commonly 
employed in its fuller form qwig.i of same meaning; g.t' 'down 
where' 'over where'; "'qijivikeji 'pueblo ruin' <^qi)wi 'pueblo, 
TcejL 'old' postpound). See plates 16, 17. It is said that the 
ancient inhabitants used to make the bottoms of their pottery 
vessels verj' thin ; hence the name. Several times the writer has 
heard the name so pronounced that it approximated in sound 
/"(J* (/0(?, which could be analyzed as ^>« 'base'; huu 'large groove' 
'arroyo'; ge 'down at' 'over at'. The form Pukitge is however 
merely a corruption of Pu(jw!g.(\ probably due to vowel harmony. 
A certain etymology of obscene meaning is given onh^ by Indians 
who do not know the correct explanation. So far as is known, 
the Tewa name has not before been published. 

(2) Cochiti Tfo'onfe, Tfo-onfehd'afteta, Tfoonftkamatse- 
foma of obscure etymology (Tfo'onfe unexplained, it probably 
has nothing to do with Tfonfe 'inuued lately' 'right now'; 
hd'afttla 'pueblo'; Icamatsefoina 'pueblo ruin' <lcamats^ '.set- 
tlement'", foma 'old"). "Yu-nu-ye":' the tf was probably heard 
as y, or the Fmaybea misprint for T. "Tyuonyi"'.- 

Tyuo-nyi . . . a word having a signification akin to that of treaty or contract. 
It wa3 so called because of a treaty made there at some remote period, by 
■nhioh certain of the Pueblo tribes, probably the Quere.s [Keresan], Tehnas 
[Tewa] and perhaps the Jemez, agreed that certain ranges loosely defined 
should belong in the future to each of them exclusively.^ 

The writer's Cochiti informants knew of no such etymology <>r 
tradition. "Tyuonyi".' "Tyuonyi (place du pacta)". ' ",f^'" " 
onijl h.darctI.te<^{ty'it'ony;, unexplained -i- lidardltd^, houses)''.' 



•Powell in Fourth Rep. Bur. Ethn., p. xxxvi. 1S<6. 

2 Bandelicr, Delight Makers, p. 3, cl passim. 1S90. 

3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n. p. 143. 1892. 

*Ht'wett General View, p. 599, 1905; Anti.piities, p. %. 1906. 

6 Hewett, Communautfe, p. 40. Vm (evi.lenily fallowing Bandelier, op cit.). 

« Harrington's information quoted by Hewett in P«,K,-rs S<-h,ml Amer. Arelurol.. No. 10, p. 6,0. 19'.. 



412 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [HTn. ANN. 29 

(3) Enijf. Frijoles Canyon pueblo ruin, pueblo ruin in the Kito 
de los Frijoles, referrinj;- to [28:6]. Cf. Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Pueblo Viejo del Eito de los Frijoles, rcieriintj to 
[28:<3.] Cf. Eng. (3). 

The pueblo ruin, clifi'-dwellino-s, and outlyino- ruins of this 
ancient settlement have been described most fully by 15andelicr,^ 
and by Hewett.^ This settlement is claimed by the Cochiti Indians 
as a home of their ancestors, and two old San Ildcfonso Tewa 
informants have stated positively that it was a Tcv^a [Keresan] 
village. Bandolier says: 

The people of Cochiti told me that the caves of Kito [28:(i], as -nfll as the 
three pueblo ruins [situated near together on the floor of Frijoles Canyon], 
■were the work of their ancestors, when the Queres [Keresans] all lived there 
together, in times much anterior to the coming of the Spaniards.' 

The ancient boundary between the Tewa and Keresan torritorj' 
is said to have been somewhat north of Frijoles Canyon ; see under 
[28:fi]. This settlement is claimed by the Cochiti Indians to have 
been their earliest home. Abandoning this village, they built, 
occupied, and abandoned .several pueblos, now in ruins, south of 
2Vo'o«y(? luitil at last they moved to their pre.sent site |28:77]. 
For discu.ssion of tiiis tradition see under [28:77]. See also [28:()], 
[28:13]; plates 16 and 17. The fields shown in the latter lie below 
the pueblo ruin and above the waterfall [28:14]. 

[28:13] The so-called 'ceremonial cave'. 

This great natural cave is in the north wall of the canyon [28:0]. 
about 150 feet above the waters of the creek. In it are tlie re- 
mains of an ancient estufa, or kiva and of several small houses. 
The cavern has been described by Hewett.* 

[28:14] (1) Puqwigepojermt^c 'waterfall down by the place where the 
bottoms of the pottery vessels were wiped or smoothed thin' 
referring to [28:li'] {Puqwige, see [28:12]; pojemug.e 'waterfall' 
<.po 'water', jemu 'to fall', said of 3+, g_e 'down at' 'over at'). 

(2) Cochiti TfSonfeftfiJllcanflf of obscure etymology 
{Tfo'onfe, .see [28:12]; ftfifikanfif 'waterfall'). 

(3) Eng. Frijoles Canyon Waterfall, referring to [28:6]. 

(4) Span. Saito de Agua del Rito de los Frijoles 'bean creek 
waterfall', referring to [28:6]. 

This w'aterfall is perhaps 60 feet high and the canyon is so nar- 
row at the place that there is not room to binld a wagon road at 
the side of the falls. One can see the Rio Grande from the 
waterfall. 

' Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 139-19. 1892. 

^Papers School Amer. Arclmol,, Nos. 6 and 10, 1909. 

SBandeiier, op. cit., p. 145. 

* Papers School Amtr. ArchwoL, No. 10, pp. OW-fiS, 19U9. 



HAKKINWTON] PLACE-NAMES 413 

[28:l.jJ (1) Eng. Frijolito Piu'hlu ruin. (<Span.). = Span. (-2). 

(2) Spaa. Pueblo Viejo Frijolito ' little beun pueblo ruin \ dimin- 
utive of the name Frijoles; soo [28:i)], [28:12|. The name whs, 
so far as the writer knows, tirst applied liy Mr. A. V. Kidder in 
190S. TheTewa and Cochiti Indians apply to the ruin names 
which merely describe its location. 

This is a small pueblo ruin, of about 50 rooms, on top of the 

mesa [38:10] south of Frijoles (Canyon [28: (5]. It is opposite the 

pueblo ruin [28:12] and about 1.') yards from the ruin of the mesa. 

[28:16] Span. '"Mesa del liito".^ Tlie name meaus 'mesa of the 

creek', referring to [28:6]. 

Bandelier says: 

The ISIesa. del Rito borders on the south the gorge of the 'Tyonyi', and is 
covered with bushes and with groves of taller trees like Piiion {Pinus cdiilis 
and P. Murreyana). Whether there are ruins on this long and comimrativcly 
narrow plateau is doubtful, as I have seen none myself, and the statements of the 
Indians are contradictory on this point. Across this mesa a trail from east to 
west, formerly much used by the Navajo Indians on their incursions against 
the Spanish and Pueblo settlements, creeps up from the Rio Grande, and, 
crossing the mesa, rises to the crest of the mountains. It seems almost 
impossible for cattle and horses to ascend the dizzy slope, yet the savages more 
than once have driven their living booty with merciless haste over this trail 
to their distant homes. I estimate the length of the Mesa del Rito at 6 miles 
from north to south.' 

Just where the old Navajo trail referred to runs is not known 
to the writer. The Tewa inforinaiits called [28:28] a Navajo 
trail. See Navajo trail [28 : unlocated]. Cf. [28:17], [28:19]. 

[28:17] Nameless cauj'on. 

This canyon starts as a slight ravine in the pine-grown mosa- 
top west of the ruin [28:1.5] and grows gradually deeper and more 
canyon-like until it reaches the Rio G rande. A couple of hundred 
yards before it reaches the river its bed drops precipitously a 
hundred feet or more, thus forming the low dell [28:1s] at its 
mouth. This canyon may be the "Canon del Rito" of Bandelier; 
see reference thereto in excerpt from Bandelier under [28 .-ll*] (2). 
Bandelier's description tits [28:17] except that it can not be deter- 
mined how he makes the Potrero del Alamo [28:23] bound it on 
the west and southwest. The writer has walked down the canyon 
[28:1,7] from the vicinity of the ruin [28:15] to the Rio (irande. 
See[28:lS]. 

[28:ls] Nameless low dell at the moutii of the canyon [28:17]. This 
appears to be not the same as tlie dell described Jn' Bandelier in 
the quotation under [28:22], q. v. See also [28:17], 

1 Bandelier, Final KepcprI, i.t. II. pi.. H6-17, )892. 



414 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[28:19] (1). Keresan [Cochiti?] " Kaii-a Tshat-shyii." ' 

(2) Span. "Chapero."^ It i.s said that the name means in New 
Mexican Span, 'abrupt point of a mesa,' also 'old slouch hat.' 
Bandolier says: 

I estimate tlie length of the Mesa del Rito [28:16] at 6 miles from north to 
south; it terminates at what is called the Chapero in Sjianish, and Kan-a 
Tshat-shyu in Queres [Cochiti?]. This is an elevation of trap or basalt, rising 
almost vertically from the banks of the Rio Grande to tlie surface of the mesa, 
above which its slope becomes quite gentle to the top, which is flat and 
elliptical. On the west the descent is precipitous for more than a hundred 
feet. The Chapero in former times was the scene of reckless butcheries of 
game, termed communal hunts. The adult males of Cochiti, or sometimes those 
of that village and of Santo Domingo combined, forming a wide circle, drove the 
game to the top of the Chapero, from which it could escape only by breaking 
through the line of hunters. Mountain sheep oftentimes precipitated them- 
selves headlong from the precipice on the west. On such occasions the slaugh- 
ter of game was always very great, while panthers, wolves, and coyotes, 
though frequently enclosed in the circle, usually escaped, the hunters not car- 
ing to impede their flight. At the foot of the Chapero, a deep, narrow gorge, 
the Canon del Rito [28:17?], comes in from the northwest. The Mesa del 
Rito [28:16] bounds it on the north and northeast, and the high and narrow 
plateau called Potrero del Alamo [28:2:?] (in Queres [Cochiti?], Uish-ka, Tit-yi 
Hiin-at) on the west and southwest.^ 

See[28:l(o], [28:18], [28:20]. 
[28:20] (1) I\l'^tij,)jw'cfj(>g.i'intsi'l 'high thread ])lii'ce canyon Referring 
to Pq'^fy,ywxJog.e [28 : unlocated] (i>j f locative and adjective-form- 
ing postfix; isPl 'canyon") 

(2) Cochiti WefJcahaWja of obscure etymology {ir<'fk(i unex- 
plained; Jcdih'ja ' canyon '). 

(3) Eug. Alamo Canyon. (<Spaii.). =Span. (-1). 

(4) Span. Caiion del Alamo 'cottonwood canyon'. =Eng. {'i). 
"Caiion del Alamo''. ^ "Alamo''. "' 

Alamo Canyon is the first large canyon south of Frijolcs Can- 
yon [28:6]. Its mouth is at the Chapero [28:1!*]: 

As we look into the mouths of the Canon del Alamo and of the Cafiada Honda 
[28:21], from the little bottom [28:22] at the foot of the Chapero [28:19], they 
open like dark clefts of great depth between the cliffs of the lofty mesas." 

The walls of Alamo Canyon are at places in its upper course a 
hundred feet or more high. There are clitf-dwelling ruins some- 
where in its upper course: 

In the gorges both north and south of the Potrero [28:25] are quite a num- 
ber of artificial caves. Those on the north, in the Caiiada Honda [28:21] and 

' Bandelier, Final Ruport, pt. ii, p. 147, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., pp. 147. 148. 

" Ibid., pp. 147-148. 

<Ibid., pp.149, 156; Hewett (quoting Bandelier), Antiquities, p. 30, 1906. 

6 Hewett, Communautes. p. 24, 1908. 

•Bandelier, op. cit., p. 149. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 415 

the upper part of the Canon del Alamo, are fairly preser\-e<l. The upiK-r 
part of that gorge [Canon del Alamo] is wooded, and the eaves were tlnifl 
somewhat sheltered. They offer nothing worthy of special mention, ami <!.. 
not compare in numbers with the settlement at the Kilo [28:12]. The (Jnen-o 
[Keresans] say that these caves also are ' probably ' the work of their anceslurs.' 

The location of the phice Pij^^tytjwrFJog,,', which <rive.-: the ciin- 
Tou its Tewa name, was not known to any of tlio inforniiints. 
pee [28: 1^1], [28: -22], [28:i>3], and pueblo ruin in the dell iit the 
mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlocated], page -iti'S. 
[28:21] (1) Eug. Hondo Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Caiiou Hondo, Canada Honda 'deep canyon' "dee]! 
cafiada'. "C Canada Honda".- 

This is a large and deep southern tributary of Alamo Canyon 
[28:20]. Doctor Hewett states that it enters Ahimo Canyon 
about a quarter of a mile from the mouth of the latter. See ex- 
cerpts from Bandelier under [28:20] (4). See also [28:22]. 
[28:22] Dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:2U]. 

At the foot of the Chapero [28:19], a deep, narrow gorge, the Canon del 
Rito [28:17?], comes in from the northwest. The Me--^a del Kito [28:l(i] 
bounds it on the north and northeast, and the high and narrow plateau called 
Potrero del Alamo [28:23] (in Queres [Keresan], Uish-ka Tit-yi Ilan-at) on 
the west and southwest. This gorge [28:17?] empties into a little ba.=in on 
the west bank of the Rio Grande, and as low as the level of that stream. 
From this basin, the geological features of the surrounding heights can be 
very clearly seen. The cliffs near the stream are of dark-hued trap, basalt, 
and lava, forming a narrow strip along the river . . . while all the rocks 
west of it are of light-colored pumice and tufa. The basin is not more than three 
quarters of a mile in diameter, and groves of cottonwood trees grow on its fer- 
tile soil. A small ruin [Pueblo ruin in the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon 
[28:unlocated]] . . . From this basin the cliffs surrounding it on three sides 
rise to towering heights, and the Potrero del Alamo [28:2:3] especially pre- 
sents a grand appearance. On the east side of the Kio Grande the frowning 
walls of the Caja del Rio loom up, with their shaggy crest.s of lava and 
basaltic rock ... As we look into the mouths of the Canon del Alamo 
[28:20] and of tlie Canada Honda [28:21], from the little bottom at the fo<.it 
of the Chapero [28:19]. they open like dark clefts of great depth between 
the cliffs of the lofty mesas. On the south a crest, perhaps a thousand feet 
high, rises above the western bank of the river, crowned by battlements of 
basalt. This is the Mesa Prieta [28:24], or Kom-asa-ua Ko-te, from which a 
steep slope descends covered with volcanic d(5bris, hard and soft. Up thU 
slope toils the almost undistinguishable trail to Cochiti.' 

Doctor Hewett states that Alamo Canyon [28:2u] and Hondo 
Canyon [28:21] unite about a quarter of a mile above the con- 
fluence with the Kio Grande, and form a little bottom. The 
writer passed what is believed to be this dell in walking down the 
west bank of the Rio Gra nde. See [28:20], [28:21]. [28:2-t], and 

1 Bandelier, Finnl Report, pt. n, p. 156, lH9-->. • IbW.. pp. HS-150. 

2Ibi<:i.,pp. 1«, 156. 



416 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [Exn. ANN. 29 

pueblo ruin in the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlo- 
eated], page 453. 
[28:23] (1) Keresan [Cochiti?] "Uish-ka Tit-yi Hil-nat."' 

(2) Eng. Alamo Mesa. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Mesa del Alamo, Potrero del Alamo, 'cottonwood 
mesa' 'cottonwood land-tongue', referring to [28:20]. 

The mesa has been located by Doctor Ilewett. The location 
can not be determined detinitely from Bandelier's description 
(quoted under [28:22]). 

The mesa lies between [28:21] and [28:20], taking its name from 
the latter. See [28:20], [28:22], ami Pueblo Kiver in the dell at 
the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:unlocated], page 453. 
[28:24] (1) Keresan [Cochiti'i!] " Kom-asa-ua Ko-te."- 

(2) Span. Mesa Prieta 'dark mesa'. Evidently so called be- 
cause of its color. 

For Bandelier's description of this mesa, see excerpts from his 
Final Report, under [28:22] and [28:25] (2). 
[28.25] (1) P]ng. Vacas Me.sa, Potrero de las Vacas. (<Span.). 
= Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Potrero de las Vacas ' land-tongue of the cows', prob- 
ably so called because cattle are pastured there. "Potrero delas 
Vacas. "^ 

Bandelier writes of this mesa: 

From the crest [of 28:24] we overlook iu the south a series of rocks and 
wooded heights, and in the west a ridge flanked by gorges on both sides. 
This ridge is the end of a long, 'narrow plateau, sloping gently toward the Mesa 
Prieta [28:24] from the eastern base of the Sierra de San Miguel [28:29] . The 
name of this tongue is Potrero de las Vacas, and on it stand some of the most 
remarkable antiquities [[28 :2t)] and [28:27]] in the Southwest. It requires 
several hours of steady walking to reach the upper end of the Potrero de las 
Vacas. The trail leads through forests, in which edible Pinons abound, and in 
autumn, when the little nuts ripen, bears are not unfrequently met with, and 
their presence is marked by the devastated appearance of the Pinon trees. 
These trees are also beset by flocks of the Picicorvus columb inns (caWed Pinonero 
in Spanish and Sho-hak-ka in Queres), a handsome l)ird, which ruthlessly plun- 
ders the nut-bearing pines, uttering discordant shrieks and piercing cries. The 
forest of the Potrero de las Vacas is therefore not so silent and solemn as other 
wooded areas in that region, where a solitary raven or crow appears to be the 
only living creature. To the right of the trail yawns the deep chasm of the 
Canada Honda [28:21], from which every word spoken on the brink re-echoes 
with wonderful distinctness. Toward the eastern [certainly misprint for 
western!] end of the Potrero the forests begin to thin out, and an open space 
extends until within a half mile of the rocky pedestal of the San Miguel Moun- 
tains [28:29].-' 

See [28:26], [28:27]. 

> Bandelier. Final Report, pt. n, p. US, 1892. "Ibid., pp. 21, 150. 

2 Ibid., p. 1.50. * Ibid., pp. 160-151. 



HAKKixfiTON] PLACE-NAMES 417 

[28:2t)] (1) JTxnda'iJRniiwe'oyuihjI ' puohlo ruin where the two 
mountain lions sit or crouch", referring to [28 ■.■21 ]{IC v. iii,i\p/Kjim; 
see [28:27]; 'oywikej!, 'pueblo ruin' <'qtjui 'puehlo', ivy/: 'oliJ' 
postpound). Of. Jemez (•>), Cochiti (3). Kng. (4), vSpan. (V)). 

(2) Jemez pfMf,'f\dzonii 'dwelling phice where the niountain 
lions sit or crouch', referring to [28:27J (ffAffefi-, see f28:27|; 
fo 'to live' 'to dwell'; ny, locative). Cf. Tewa (1). Cociiiti (::), 
Eng. (4), Span. (5). 

(3) Co<Mi\ 2l6katakmDetkd')nats^f6iiia 'pueblo ruin where the 
mountain lions lie', referring to [28:27] (kamatsefoma 'pueblo 
ruin' <l"«VMrf.ye 'settlement', /ow« 'old'). Cf. Tewa(l), Jemez 
(2), Eng. (4), Span. (5). 

A very interesting find was made at this pueblo in 1S8.5, by Governor L. 
Bradford Prince of New Mexico, wlio obtained a number of stone idols, ruddy 
carved human figures, some of them of lar<?e size, belonging to the kind called 
by the Queres Yap-a-shi.' The name of Pueblo of the Yap-a-shi has accord- 
ingly been applied to the ruin," but its proper name is still unknown to nje, 
as the designation current among the people of Cochiti, Tit-yi H:i-nat Ka-ma 
Tze-shum-a, signifying literally 'the old houses above in the north,' with the 
addition of Mo-kaUsh Zaitsh, or 'where the panthers lie extended,' is sulj- 
sequent to the abandonment of the village. This name refers to the life- 
size images of pumas or American panthers (also called niountain lions) which 
lie a few hundred yards west of the ruin, in low woods near the foot of the 
cliffs called 'Potrero de la Cuesta Colorado' [28:unlocated].^ 

So far as the present writer could learn 3I6kataJc6wetkd'mats§- 
foma is the regular and ancient Cochiti name of the pueblo. 
"Yap-a-shi" does not mean '.stone idol' of any sort, but is 
simply japafenfe 'sacred enclosure'. See [28:27]. "Tit-yi 
H;L-nat Ka-ma Tze-shum-a" appears to be for T/'e'te . . . 
lea inatsefoma {tfete 'north'; " Hii-nat," meaning perhaps 
'above';' cf. [28:.52] Keresan (1); Icffmataefoina 'pueblo ruin" 
<hr iiiaf.se 'settlement', foma 'old'). Unfortunately the writer 
neglected to ask for an explanation of " Mo-katsh, Zaitsh . . . 
'where the panthers lie extended'" (tndkata 'mountain lion': 
"zaitsh", meaning not ascertained). "Pueblo of the Yapashi"'.' 
"Puel)lo de Yapashi".* '■• iVoFaic" 'jdivetc hdarctltc^ {m>ik\if''°, 
mountain lion, + qowete, crouching, + hdarcthcP-, houses). The 
Pueblo of the Stone Lions on the Potrero de las Vacas [28:25]".* 



" 1 Yap-a-shi is a generic name given to fetiches representing human forms. Hence they iireilislinct 
from animal fetiches, but are not lares or peiuUes. Other names (riven to such images in Quen'.i 
idiom are I-jiar-e Ko, and Uashtesh-kor-o. Many of them may represent the same deity or idol, and 
they ordinarily serve for matrical purposes. The Tshayanyi, or medicine-uien. have most of them 
in their posse.ssiou, although some are in private hands."-B.iNT>EUEE, Final Report, r'- "• !■• '■■"-• 
1892. 

2 Ibid. 

SHewett, Antiquities, p. 29, 1906 (following Bandelieri. 

* Hewett, Communaut^s, p. 46, 1908. 

■^Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Pa-pcn School Amer. Archxol., No. 10, p. 670,1909. 

S75S4°— 29 ETH— 16 27 



418 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ietii. 



])iinck'lier applies the name "Ti-tji Han-at Ka-nia Tze-.sliu-ina"' 
also to Caja del Rio pueblo ruin [28:49]. 

(4) Eng. Pueblo of the Stone Lions, Stone Lions Pueblo. Cl'. 
Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Span. (5). This desi<rnation is 
in common use. "Pueblo of the Stone Lions ".- 

(5) Span. Pueblo de los Leones de Piedra 'Pueblo of tlie Stone 
Lions'. Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (.3), Eng. (4). 

This pueblo is described by Bandelier.^ According to the ti'a- 
dition of the Cochiti Indians obtained bj' the present writer, this 
is the second one of the villages built and for a time inhabited by 
their ancestors in their migration southward from Tfu^m/e 
[28:12]. See the discussion of this migration tradition under 
[28:77]. Bandelier^ mentions a Cochiti legend that the village 
was attacked by pygmies, many of its people were slaughtered, and 
the rest driven oti'. See [28:27], and Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada 
[28:unlocated], page454. 
[28:27] (1) K' xiida' xndiwe, ICxnda'^yndlwenqnsipu, IC sendd' lendlwe- 
huhug.e 'place where the two mountain-lions sit or crouch' 'earth 
umbilical region where the two mountain-lions sit or crouch, 
' place of the large round stone enclosure where the two mountain- 
lions sit or crouch' (Jc'ieijf 'mountain-lion'; da 'they 2'; ^ifijf 'to 
sit' 'to crouch'; ^i-We locative; nqiiftipu 'earth umbilical region' 
'shrine' <nqi)f 'earth', sipx 'hollow at each side of the abdomen 
just below the lowest ribs' <*•*' 'bellj'', ^w 'base'; 1-iibiig.e 'place 
of the large round stone enclosure' <)cu 'stone', Sm'm 'large low 
roundish place', g.e 'down at' 'over at'). Cf. Jemez (2), Cochiti 
(3), Eng. (4), Span. (5). The stone images themselves are called 
Fspylcuk'aje 'mountain-lion stone fetishes' {I'serjj' 'mountain-lion'; 
%u 'stone'; ¥aje 'fetish'). 

(2) .Tcutcz /'J'dtj'c'file7)ij, 'place where the mountain-lions sit or 
crouch' {f fCitfe 'mountain-lion'; file 'to sit' 'tocrouch', another 
form of fi 'to sit' 'to crouch'; ny, locative). Cf. Tewa (1), 
Cochiti (3), Eng. (4), Span. (.5). 

(3) Cochiti Mohiiakowettsapa^ifoma 'ancient shrine where 
the mountain-lions lie' (inohda 'mountain-lion'; Icuwetss. 'place 
where they lie' <k&we as in Icowdif 'they 2 lie', tfp, 'locative'; 
Udpcia 'shrine' of this sort; foma 'old'). Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez 
(2), Eng. (4), Span. (.5). 

(4) Eng. Stone Lions Shrine. Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti 
(.3), Span. (5). "The Stone Lions ".^ 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. SO, note, 1892. 

^Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Papers School Amer. Archteol., No. 10, p. 670, 1909. 

= Op. cit., pp. 151-52. 

Ubid., p. 160. 

sHewett, Antiquities, p. 29, 1906. 



sixnTOx] PLACE-NAMES 419 

(5) Span. Santuario do los Lcones do Piodra 'shrine of the 
stone lions'. Cf. Tewa (1). Jenioz (-J), Cochiti (3), En.;:. (4). 

This interesting shrine has been descril)e"d hy Handelier.' 
Hewett savs of it: 

A quelques mille< an siul, sur le Potrero de la? Va.a.- [28:25], t« troiive iiiie 
ruine importaiite, celle du pm-l.lo <le Yapashi [28:2(1]. Ce noin PPt celiii .run 
ancien sanctuaire prea du pnehio, oonsktant en une palis-ado pt>nta-oiiale, on 
pierres, dressee autoiir do dcnx statues du lion de.= montajineii, oil |>iiiiin 
d'Amerique, considerableinent plus grands que nature et sculpf<'8 en liaut 
relief sur le rocher meme. lis sont reprdsentes accroupis I'un A C("it<'' de raiiire, 
la tete reposant sur les pattes et la queue 6tendue. Quoique ces lisures ne 
soient que grossierement I'hauchi^es et <iu'elles aient souffert d'actc.- de 
vandalisme, elles ont un air de force singulierenient impressionnant. Ce sont 
sans doute les meilleurs exeinples qu'on jiossede de sculptures en haut relief, 
au nord de la region de Azteques du Mesique. Ces anciens fetiches sont vi'm-n-s 
par toutes les tribus indiennes de la valli'e du Rio Grande. Le sanctuaire de 
ilokatch (le lion de la montagne) est visite par des tribus aussi cloisTi(''e8 que 
les Zunis, a 1.50 milles a I'ouest.- 

It is true, as Hewett says, that the name *■ Yapa>hi" refers to 
the Stone Lions Shrine, although I tind no statement to tiiis 
effect in Bandolier, who calls the jjueblo ruin [28:2fi] " Yap-a-shi"' 
because stone idols were discovered at the ruin by Mr. L. H. 
Prince. See under [28:2(5]. "Yap-a-shi" is for Jd/>a fen fe and 
means 'sacred enclosure'. It is said that this term is applied 
to a certain class of shrines of which this is one. The name 
is merel}' one of many descriptive terms which might be applied 
to the shrine [28:27J by the Cochiti Indians, and is not a real 
name of the shrine. The fact that Zufii Indians make pilgrim- 
ages to this shrine was first learned and made public liy Mrs. 
M. C. Stevenson, who learned also that this shrine is believed l)y 
the Zuiii to be the entrance to "Shi'papolima", the home of 
''Po'shaiyiinki", a god who is probably equivalent to the Tewa 
divinity P'Af(;/V«(»/. Mrs. Stevenson writes: 

Trevious to the coming of the A'shiwi (Zuiiis) to this world through 
Ji'nii'klanapkiatea, certain others appeared coming through the same place, 
which the Zunis locate in the far northwest; and these others, by direction 
of the Sun Father, traveled eastward, crossing the country by a northern rrmte 
to Shi'papolima (place of mist). Doctor Fewkes gives the Hopi name as 
Si'papu, which is, according to Hopi lore, their place of nativity, or coming 
through to this world. Bandolier gives the Keres name as Shi'papu, the 
place of nativity of that people. The writer found the Sia Indians, who are 
Keres, using the form Shi'papo. Among the Zunis the name is Shi'pai«.lima 
and its signification is quite different; Shi'papolima is not the i>lace of their 
nativity, but the home chosen by Po'shaiyiinki (Zuni culture hero) and Ids fol- 
lowers. After remaining four years (time periods) at Shi'pa[>olima, this party 
of gods— for such they were or became— moved eastward and southward a short 
distance, and made tlieir home at Chi'pia, located by the Zunis in Sandia 



■ Final Report, pt. n, pp. I.V2-iy,. l.S'.'J. = Hewett, Communmil.-. p. ^6. I'.w. 



420 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETH. ANN. 29 

(watermelon) mountain [28:83], New Mexico. . . Just four years after 
tliese gods came to this world another party appeared through Ji'nii'klanap- 
kiatea, consisting of Po'shaiyiinki, his associates, and the possessors of the 
secret of O'naya'nakia (Mystery medicine), Po'shaiyiinki, who figures as the 
culture liero of the Zunis, being the leader. These also f<jllowed a northern 
route to Shi'papolima, where they remained. This place is hold sacred by the 
Zuiiis as the home of their culture hero and of the Beast Gods. The Zuiiis be- 
lieve the entrance to Shi'papolima to be on the summit of a mountain about 10 
miles from the pueblo of Cochiti, N. Mex. Two crouching lions, or cougars, of 
massive stone in bas-relief upon the solid formation of the mountain top guard 
the sacred spot. The heads of the animals are to the east. A stone wall some 
4 feet high forms an inclosure 18 feet in diameter for the cougars. Additional 
stone walls, also about 4 feet in height and 14 feet in length, mark a passage- 
way 3 feet wide from the inclosure. A monument of stones stands 12 feet be- 
fore the middle of the entrance, which faces east or a little south of east. It is 
remarkable that these wonderful pieces of aboriginal sculpture should have no 
legeuds assdciated with them by the Indians who live in conii)aratively close 
proximity. The Jemez, Sia, San Juan, Santa Clara, San Ildefouso, and Cochiti 
Indians have been closely questioned regarding tliese carvings, and while they 
have no history associated with them other than that the lions were converted 
into stone at the time that the great fire spread over the earth, the Zunis be- 
lieve them to be the guardians of the place chosen by I'o'shaiyiinki as a home 
for himself and his followers. The writer visited this spot in 1904 and found 
these carvings to be just as the Zuni theurgists had described them to her, 
other than that the heads of the lions had been defaced by the vandalism of 
sheep herders. When Mr. Stevenson visited Shi'papolima in 1880 these carv- 
ings were in perfect condition.' 

In the next to the last sentence Mrs. Stevenson prol)!il)ly fol- 
lows Bandelier, who writes: 

They [the lion images] are much disfigured, especially the heads. The ac^t 
of vandalism was perpetrated by shepherds.^ 

Tewa informants have told the writer very consistently that 
the Stone Lions Shrine is used by some secret religious society of 
the pueblo of Cochiti. They saj" that the entrance of a shrine 
always extends toward the pueblo at which the worshipers live.^ 
This is true at least of a number of shrines on hills in the vicin- 
ity of Tewa pueblos. The entrance to the inclosure of this shi-ine 
extends southwest toward Cochiti Pueblo. The Tewa informants 
deny that this shrine has anything to do with the Sipop'e of the 
Tewa, and say that they have never learned of any Zuiii belief 
concerning it. A plaster mold of the Stone Lions has been made 
by Prof. Frederick Starr, of the Universitv of Chicago. The 
shrine gives the name to the near-by pueblo [28:20]. Cf. the 
similar shrine [28:45]. See [28:26] and Potrero de la Cuesta 
Colorada [28:unlocated], page 454. 

• M. C. Stevenson, The Zufii Indians, Twenty-third Hep. Bur. Amer. Ellin., pp. 407-08, 1904. 
> Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 153 and note, 1802. 

'See Frederick Starr, Shrines near Cochiti, New Mexico, Amer. Antiquarian, x.xii, No. 4, July- 
Aug., 1900. 



HABRIXGTON-] PLACK-XAMES 421 

[28:28] An old t mil now often followed in .oing between Krijol.-s 
Canyon [28:6] and the Stone Lions Shrino [28-271 

The whole region is covered hy a network of trails. The San 

[28:12] at Fnjoies Canyon have called this trail Wans, >h: no Mhe 
^avaho trail' ( TTTi«.v«6i 'Xavaho'; po 'traiK), hut "it is duuhtfui 
whether tins trail wa.s followed l.y raidin.ir Navaho anv more than 
any other of the numerous trails of the vicinitv. Cf. the so-called 
Xavaho trail described by Bandelier |28: urdocatedj, which appears 
not to be identical with this one. 
[28:29] (1) San Ildefonso S.yjw,rMpiyf 'bluebird tail mountains' (..c 
bluebird' of several species; ,jw,rvy 'tail'; /.//;./ 'mountain'). 
Why the name is applied is not known to the informants. 

(2) Cochiti Rf^'tfokoeo ' cottontail rabbit mountains' (7.y.,>;7yp, 
one form of the word meanini,^ 'cottontail rabbit"; lot'c 'moun- 
tain'). The Cochiti informant said that there is a larjre white 
spot on the east side of the mountains, which reseml)les io some 
way a cottontail rabbit; hence the name. One can see this spot 
from Cochiti Tueblo and the-informant said that Indians go towaixl 
this spot or rfx'tfo (' cottontail rabbit") when goii g to the Stone 
Lions Shrine [28:27]. Bandelier says, however, "that cluster 
[of mountains] is called by the Queres [of Cochiti] li-itye, or 
Rabbit, as its crests on one side resemble the outline of a colossal 
rabbit, crouching, with its ears erect. '"• For quoted forms of the 
name applied to the pueblo ruin see under [28:39]. 

(3) Eng. Sau Miguel Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (4). 
"San Miguel Mountains.'"' 

(4) Span. Sierra de Sau Miguel 'Saint Michaers Mountains". 
= Eng. (3) "Sierra de San Miguel. ""= The mountains appear to 
give the name to the mesa [8:37]. 

The San Miguel Mountains are conspicuous from the Kio 
Grande Valley : 

To the -n-est especially the view [from 28:49] is striking, the souil)er aiSones 
opening directly opposite, beneath the bold crest and peaks of tlie Pit-rra do 
Sau Miguel.^ 

The land-tongue called Potrero de las Va'as [28:2;")] extends 
eastward from the base of these mountains: 

This ridge is the end of a long, narrow plateau, sloping gently toward the 
Mesa Prieta [28:24] from the eastern base of the Sierra de San Jligiii'l. Tlie 
name of this tongue is Potrero de las Vacas, and on it stand some nf the most 
remarkable antiquities of the Southwest. ■* 



1 Bandelier, Finiil Report, pt. ii, p. 157, 1S92. » Ibid., p. 81. 

"- Ibid., pp. 72, note, 81, 160, 158. « Ibid., p. 150. 



422 ETHNOGEOfiRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

The h'dse of the uiountuhis is reddish: 

The gorge [28:30] on the nortliern side of which this cave village [28:un- 
locateil] and the Cueva Pintada [28:31] lie, is called Canada de la Cuesta 
Colorada, deriving its name from seams of blood-red iron ochre that appear 
in cliffs west of it, at the base of the San Miguel Jlountains.' 

The mountains give the pueblo ruin [28:3It] some of its names. 
See [28:25], [28:30], [28:3!)]._^ 
[28:30] (1) Toidtjwatq'ind'.rrepi'sri 'canyon of the painted cave place' 
referring- to [28:31] {Tohaqwata''"-ndiwe, see [28:31]; \r)f locative 
and adjective-forming- postfix; tsi'i 'canyon'). Cf. Cochiti (3), 
Eng. (5), Span. (8). 

(2) ^ipi'infsPi, ^Apt'nqyyinfsPf, Nqwpi'a^intsi'i 'red slope 
can von' 'red slope earth canyon' 'red earth slope canyon', trans- 
lations of Span. (9) ('a'rt 'steep slope', translating- Span, cuesta; fl 
'redness' 'red', translating Span, colorada; iijf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; tsPi 'canyon'; «<'?/y 'earth'). Cf. 
Eng. (6), Span. (y). 

(3) Cochiti Tsetfatetarifhit'etfainahdllija 'painted cave can- 
3-on', referring to [28:31] {Txetfat^tanflcdt'etfama, see [28:31]; 
hillija 'canyon'). =Eng. (.5), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(4) Cochiti \{pi/Jc(n/i''Ja 'chokecherrj' canyon', probably a trans- 
lation of Span. (10) ('rt/io ' chokecherry ' 'Prunus nielanocarpa', 
Tewa'r/ftr\- hnhja ''cimyon^). Cf. Eng. (7), Span. (10), and espe- 
cially [28:50]. 

(5) Eng. Painted Cave Canyon, referring to [28:31]. =Cocliiti 
(3), Span. (8). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(6) Eng. Cuesta Colorada Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (It). 
Cf. Tewa (2). 

(7) Eng. Capulin Canyon. (<Span.). = Cochiti (-1), Span. (10). 

(8) Span. Caiion de la Cueva Pintada 'painted cave canyon'. 
= Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). Cf. Tewa (1). 

(9) Span. Canon de la Cuesta Colorada, Canada de la Cuesta 
Colorada 'red slope canyon' 'red slope cailada'. =Eng. (6). 
Cf. Tewa (2). "Canada de la Cuesta Colorada".^ "Canada de 
la Questa Colorada".^ It is so called from the red slope of the 
San Miguel Mountains [28:29] at the upper course of the canyon. 

Canada de la Cuesta Colorada, deriving its name from seams of blood-red 
iron ochre that appear in cliffs west of it, at the base of the San Miguel Moun- 
tains [28:29].' 

Cf. Span. Potrei-D de la Cuesta Colorada [28:unlocated], 
page 454. 

(10) Span. Caiion Capulin, Caiion del Capulin 'chokecherry 
canyon' 'canyon of the Prunus nielanocarpa'. = Cochiti (4), 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 157, 18M. 

* Ibid., etpassim. 

' Hewett, Communautfe, p. 4fi, 1908. 



HARniXGTON] PI.ACE-XAMES 423 

Eng. (7). That this is merely another name for the Canon de lu 
Cuesta Colorada is stated hy reliable informants of Cochiti Puelilo 
and by Judge A. J. Abbott, who lives at Frijoles Canyon [28:r,|. 
According to an American informant Capulin Canyon is the name 
regularly applied by the Americans who live at Pines [28::.81. 
Cf. the name Capulin Mesa |28:3ti]. 

This large canyon begins in the San Miguel Mountains |28:l".i| 
and opens into the Rio Grande; it contained a considerable stream 
of water when the writer saw it early in September. The mouth 
of the canyon is narrow. On the northern side of the canyon, 8 or 
4 miles from its mouth, lies the famous Painted Cave [28:31]; see 
pi. 18. Cf . Potrero de hx Cuesta Colorada [28:unlocatedj, page 454. 
[28:31] (1) Tiibaqwafai/idi', fobaijwafq''ii!diwe 'painted cave' 'phice of 
the painted cave' {foiaqwa 'cave dwelling' < ioba 'cliff', //wa de- 
noting state of being a receptacle; ta'iyf 'painting' 'painted'; 
T' locative and adjective-forming postfix; ''Iwe locative). = Cochiti 
(2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti Txetfatetanfhit'ttfama 'painted cave' (7«e?ya/^^'H/ 
'painting'; Mt'etfaina 'cave'). =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 
"Tzek-iat-a-tanyi"', given as the "Queres"' [KeresanJ form. t)y 
which Bandelier means evidently the Cochiti. The name is l?an- 
delier's spelling of Tsetfatetanf; see above. 

(3) Eng. Painted Cave." =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2). Span. (4). 
"Painted Cave".' 

(4) Span. Cueva Pintada 'painted cave'. =Towa (1), Cochiti 
(2), Eng. (3). '"Cueva Pintada".^ "La Cueva Pintada".' '"La 
Cueva Pintada ('the painted cave")"'.^ 

The Painted Cave is well described by Bandelier.^ 
It gives some of the names to the canyon [28:30]. See Tsetj'a- 
tetaitflcdt'etfainahaaftetafoma [28:unlocated], page 456. 
[28:32] Nameless canyon. 

The canon of the Cuesta Colorada [28::30] runs along the southern base ul 
the Potrero de las Vaeas [28:29], and a short distance west of the Tainted Cave 
[28:31] another narrow gorge [28::i2] joins it from the southwest." 

See [28:33]. [28:34]. 
[28:33] Mound-like ruin. 

At the junction of both gorges [ [28:30] and [28:33] ] lies a mui'h obliterated 
mound, indicating a rectangular buil(]iiig about 25 by oO meters (SO by \m 
feet ) . The pottery on it is the same as at the Cueva Pintada [28:31].' 

See [28:32], [28:34]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. ISO, 1.S92. 

nbid., p. 156 e« passim; Hewett, Communautdx, p 40, I90i*. 

3 Hewett, General View, p. 599, 1905. 

< Hewett, Antiquities, p. 30, 1906. 

5 BantJelier, op. cit , pp. 1.56-157. 

6Ibid.,p. 1.57. 



424 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[28:34] Span. "Potrero de las Casas".' This name means 'land- 
tongue of the houses^, probably referring to the ruin [28:35]. 
Bandelier writes: 

Between the two [[28:30] and [28:32]] rises a triangular plateau, called 
Potrero de la.s Casas, on the top of which is said to be a pueblo ruin [28:35].' 

See [28:35]. 
[28:35] Pueblo ruin on "Potrero de las Casas". 
See excerpt from Bandelier under [28:34]. 

Mr. K. A. Fleischer informs the writer that he saw this ruin, 
which consists of low mounds; it is not far from the point of the 
Potrero. See [28:34]. 
[28:36] (1) Eng. Capulin Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Chata Mesa. (<Span.). =Span. (i). 

(3) Span. Potrero Capulin, Mesa Capulin 'chokecherry me.sa' 
'mesa of the Prunus melanocai'pa'. =Eng. (4). "Potrero del 
Capulin".^ "Potrero Chato, or Capulin".^ Capulin is also one 
of tlie names applied to the canyon [29:30] 

(4) Span. Me.sa Chata, Potrero Chato 'blunt mesa or land- 
tongue'. = Eng. (2). "PotreroChato, or Capulin".^ "Potrero 
Chiato".* 

As explained to the writer by a Cochiti Indian, the more inclu- 
sive name is "Potrero Chato,' the upper part of which, near the 
San Miguel Mountains [28:29], is called Potrero de San Miguel 
[28:37], while the central and lower part is also called Potrero 
Capulin. The three names are used verj' loosely. Bandelier 
says of this mesa: 

The one [potrero] forming the southern wall of the Cuesta Colorada gorge 
[28::30] is an extensive plateau called Potrero Chato, or Capulin, and on its 
top are many ancient remains. A number of small houses are scattered over 
it, and near the foot of the Sierra San Miguel [28:29] lie the ruins of the 
puel)lo [28:39]. ... It stands on a bald eminence, from which, as from the 
Potrero de las Vacas [28:25], an extensive view is obtained in all directions 
except the west and north. . . . The soil on the surface of the Potrero 
[28:36] is fertile, but there is no permanent water. . . . Precipitation ... is 
sufficient in ordinary years to permit the growth of Indian corn, beans, and 
squashes. Game was abundant in olden times, and is not unfrequently en- 
countered to-day, — principally deir, bears, and turkeys.'^ 

Again : 

The orography of this part of the Valles chain [Jemez Mountains] is imper- 
fectly known. The nomenclature varies greatly according to the source wlienee 
it is obtained. Thus the Potrero Chato is frequently called Capulin, and its 
upper part is termed Potrero de San Miguel [28:37]. As it is three-lobed, the 
three lobes bear different local names. Between them lie, from north to south, 

• Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 157, 1S92. * Ibid., p. 159. 

! Ibid., p. 21. 'Ibid., pp. 158-160. 

3 Ibid., p. 168. 



HARr.ixGTON] PLACE-NAMES 425 

the Canon Jose Sanchez [28:51] (Tyesht-yo Ka-ma Chinaya^ and the Gallon 
de la Bolsa [28:unloc'ateai (Ka-n.a Chinaya). Ka-ma signilii'S house, an.i 
Chm-a-ya torrent, or mountain gorge in wliich runs a torrent. South of the 
Potrero Cliato is t lie Pot rero Largo [28:40], with two additions, of which 
the eastern one is called the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44] (Shkor-e Ka ua-li, 
or round mesa).' 

This passage is vagu(>. The mosa is said to be three-lol)Cfl aiul 
"•the three lobes bear different local names.'- Yet Cliata and 
Capulin are given as synonymous and applied to the whole mesa 
and San Miguel is said to be applied only to the upper ])art. Tlic 
names of the lobes therefore do not seem fo be given. It is dilli- 
cult to understand how Jose Sanchez Canyon can lie between any 
of the lobes, or where the, "Cation de la Bolsa" (unknown to the 
writer's Cochiti informants) is situated. See [28:^^7], [28:38], 
[28:39], [28:.-)9]. 

[28:37] (1) Eng. San Miguel Mesa. (<Span.). =Span.(2). 

(•2) Span. Mesa San Miguel, Potrero San Miguel 'Saint ]Mi- 
chaeFs Mesa or land-tongue'. Cf. Sierra San Miguel [28:2'.»]. 
= Eng. (1). "Potrero de San Miguel.''' 

According to an Indian informant of Cochiti, this name is ap- 
plied to the upper part of [28:3(5]. at the foot of the San Miguel 
Mountains [28:29]. On this stands the ruin [28:30]. Bandelier 
writes: "The Potrero Chato [28: 3G] is freciuently called Capulin, 
and its upper part is termed Potrero de San Miguel.'"' It is cvi- 
dentl}'' the Potrero San Miguel which Bandelier describes when 
he writes: "It [28:39] stands on a bald eminence, from whicli, 
as from the Potrero de las Vacas, an extensive view is obtained 
in all directions except the west and north.'"- See [28:3C]. 

[28:38] Nameless pueblo ruin. Doctor Ilewett informed the writer 
of this ruin and idndly located it for him. Bandelier says of 
Capulin Mesa: " A number of small houses are scattered over 
it."* Bandelier^ gives considerable general information about 
the small ruins scattered over Cai)ulin ]\lesa, but mentions no- 
where the existence of this pueblo ruin. Cf. [28:39]. 

[28:39] (1) Cochiti JId\i/sekd\j>'(tsef6//ia 'pueblo ruin of the earth" 
(ha atse '■eavth^ 'world'; kai»atsef6ma.^pueh\o nun' <kd'ma(xf 
' settlement, '/dwrj 'old'). This name was not familiar to any of 
the Cochiti informants, but was given as an emendation of the 
name given by Bandelier. A clan called Ild'nffe is not known by 
them to exist or to have ever existed at Cochiti or Santo Domingo. 
Hodge* gives this word, however, as the name of now extinct chins 
of San Felipe and Laguna. "Thispueblo[28:39]the Queres [Kere- 
.sans] of Cochiti call Ha-a-tze (earth), which seems to be its origi- 

■ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. u, p. 1.M, 1802. ' Ibid., pp. l.W-lfiO. 

2 Ibid., pp. 158-159. • Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 6S7. 1907. 



426 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

nal name."' ' • Ha-atze. '' ^ "Ha-a-tze."' "Haatse.""* ''Haatse,"^ 
apparently following Bandelier-, but using the dieresis instead 
of hyphenation to separate the two a's. " Haatse (maison dupeu- 
ple des lapins)"," probably a mistaken etymology of the name 
Cochiti (2) is here wrongly applied to the word Haafsg. ^''Ildats" 
(earth) may indicate a settlement of the Earth people"' (the 
spelling was supplied ]}y the present writer). "Haats""' (the 
spelling was supplied by the present writer). 

(2) Cochiti Rfx'tfokiVmaUefoma 'cottontail rabbit pueblo 
ruin', said to refer to [28:29]"'(i?y«7y>o, see [28:29]; IcuhnaUe- 
/d7/ia 'pueblo ruin '<^«Vna^xfi 'settlement', foma 'old'). The 
Cochiti informants volunteered the information that this is merely 
a descriptive term, given because of the proximity of the pueblo 
ruin to the mountains [28:29] to which the name Rfiv't/o- is 
applied by the Cochiti. Cf. the application of San Miguel to 
this pueblo ruin, which also refers originally to the mountains 
[28:29]; see Span. (4), below. The Cochiti informants laughed at 
the idea of having a rfxt'fo ('cottontail rabbit') clan at Cochiti 
or Santo Domingo, and so far as is known no such clan has been 
recorded as existing at present at any Keresan village. 

This pueblo [28:39] the Queres [Keresan] of Cochiti call Ha-a-tze (earth), 
which seems to be its original name; but they also apply to it the term Rii-tye 
Ka-ma Tze-shuma (the old Houses at the Rabbit), evidently a more modem 
appellation.' 

Bandelier does not say that the pueblo ruin is called after 
[28:29], but his wording suggests that he assumed this derivation. 
"Rilt-jeKamaTse-shu-ma".' "Ra-tya."'" Hewett does not men- 
tion this name in either ^?ii!^'^M/^iV.s or Co mmun antes. ''^ Hya'td^ 
Vamatse cruma {ryd'tc^, cottontail rabbit; k'd'matse, settlement; 
enh/ta., ancient). The pueblo on the Potrero de San Miguel 
[28:37], south of the Canada de la Questa Colorada [28:30]."" 
^'lii/a'fc" . . . suggests the prol)al)ility that this was a settle- 
ment of Rabbit clans. "'- 

(3) Eng. San jNIiguel Pueblo ruin. (<Span.). =Span. (i). 

(4) Span. Pueblo Viejo de San Miguel 'pueblo ruin of Saint 
Michael', referring to the mountains [28:29]. =Eng. (3). 

' Bandelier, final Report, pt. u, p. 159, 1S92. 

'Ibid., p. 160. 

'Ibid., p. 163. 

<Hewett: General View, p. ."^99, 190.5: in Amcr. ,l)ir/ir., vi,p.638,1904. 

« Hewett, Antiquities, p. 31, 1906. 

' Hewett, Communautfe, p. 47, 1908. 

' Hewett in Papers School Amer, Archxol, No. 10, p. 671, 1909. 

8 Ibid., p. 672. 

' Bandelier, op. cit., pi. I . 
>" Lummisiu Scrilmer's Mag., p. 9S, 1.S93. 

" Hewett (quoting Harrington) in Pnp/rs School Amer. Archxol.. No. 10, p. 670, 1909. 
" Ibid., p. 671. 



HARR. NCTON ] PLACE- X A M ES 407 

According to the Cochiti inf.,nnunts tliis i.s the cunet.t S,,„, 
name of the pueblo ruin anion.tr Indians sind .Mexican-^ al...ut 
Cochiti. "San Miguel."' 

This small ruin i.s descriluKl hy liandclici-.^' Accordin..- t.. tli.- 
tradition of the Cochiti Indians, obtained bv the writn" this is 
the third one of the villages built and for a time iiiiiabit..d 
by their ance.stors in their migration southward from T/S,,,,/,: 
[28:12J. See the discussion of this migration tradition undtM- 
[28:77]. See [28:36], [28::;7J,[28:MS|. 
[28:4U] Span. "-Potrero Largo."^' The name means "long hmd- 
tongue' and the identiiication is probably correct. Of this ]5an- 
delicr writes as follows: '"South of the Potrero Chato [28::!0J is 
the Potrero Largo, with two additions, of which the eastern one 
is called the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44] (Shkor-c Ka-uash, or 
round mesa)."'' 

"I was repeatedly told that the Potrero Largo had no traces of 
anti<iuities on its summit."* See [28:44]. 
[28:41] (1) Eng. Lookout ^Mountain and Saint Peter's Dome are said 
to be applied to [28:41] and [28: 4i'], which name to which 
being not ascertained. 

(2) Span. CerroChacho 'nice little mountain" is applied to either 
[28:41] or [28:42]. To which of these mountains the name wa.s 
applied was not ascertained. 
[28:42] For names see under [28:41]. 
[28:43] (1) Eng. Bald Hill. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerro Pelado 'bald, mountain". =Eng. (1). 

This is a long bare ridge extending eastward from [28:41] and 
[28:42]. 
[28:44] (1) Cochiti (;) "•Shkor-e Ka uash, or round mesa.""^ "Shko- 
re Ka-uash.""^ 

(2) Span. '"Potrero de los Idolos.""^ This means 'land tongue 
of the idols', referring to [28:45]. '"Potrero de los Idolos." ° 

For a reference to this mesa by Bandelier, see under [28:4o]. 

Again : 

The last [Potrero de los Idolos] is a small round mesa, called in (^ueres [e%i- 
dently Cochiti] Shijo-re Ka-uash, which rises above the Canada of Cot-hiti 
[28:52] like an easterly spur of the long Potrero Largo [28:40] that flanks that 
valley [28:52] in the north. Its [28:44] height above the valley [28:52] is 

' Lummis in Scribner's Mag., p. 98. 1S93. 

2 Final Report, pt. 11, pp. 158-60, 1892. 

3Ibid.,p. 158, note. 

< Ibid., p. 162. 

sibid, p. 161. 

^Hewetl, Communan[i:''>, i». 17. 1908. 



428 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

94.8 meters, or 304 feet, and the summit is oblong, and mostly covered with 
scrubby conifers. On the open space are the remains of two images of panthers, 
similar to those [28;27] on the Potrero de las Yacas [28:25].' 

There is no pueblo ruin, at least to my knowledge, in the immediate vicinity 
of the Potrero de los Idolos.^ 

[28:45] Stone Lions Shrine on the " Potrero de los Idolos." The same 
names would be applied to this shrine as to [28:27] and for sake 
of brevity we omit repeating them. Bandelier speaks of the 
shrine as "the Panther Statue on the Potrero de los Idolos."^ 
Hewett calls it "Stone Lions of Potrero de los Idolos."^ These 
and other descriptive terms have been applied in order to distin- 
guish this shrine fi-om [28:27]. The mesa [28:44] is named from 
the shrine, and then the shrine from the mesa. No better nomen- 
clature has been proposed. 

The shx-ine is not so well known or so well preserved as [28:27], 
which it closely resembles. It is described bj- Bandelier: 

One of them [tHe stone mountain-lions] is [has been] completely destroyed 
by treasure hunters, who loosened both from the rock by a blast of powder, 
and then heaved the ponderous blocks out by means of crowbars.^ 

The pueblo ruin nearest to this shrine appears to be [28: Gl]. 

' There is no pueblo ruin, at, least to my knowledge, in the immediate vicinity 
of the Potrero de los Idolos [28:44], and I w'as repeatedly told that the Potrero 
Largo [28:40] had no traces of antiquities on its summit. But the ancient 
Queres [Kercsan] pueliloof Kua-pa [28:61] lies a little over 1 mile to the south- 
west, in the valley or cafiada [28:.52], and my Indian informants asserted that 
the inhabitants of Kua-pa had made the sculptures.- 

Cf. [28:46]. 

[28:46] Rio Grande, see special treatment, pages 100-102. 

[28:47] Tsikwaje, see [29:1]. 

[28:48] Tsijci'a, Tai^ag.eqwaie'iwe 'basalt slope' 'descending place 
down by basalt slope' {t.si 'basalt'; 'a'a 'steep slope'; g.e 'down 
at' 'over at'; qivaie 'to descend'; ^iwe locative). Cf. [22:47]. 
The old trail running across the top of the mesa Ts\kwaje 
[22:47] descends this slope. The slope is a well-known place, 
mentioned in Tewa mythology. See [22:47]. 

[28:49] (1) Cochiti Tfenaka inatsefoma 'river pueblo ruin' (ffena 
'river' 'Rio Grande'; led'' inatsefoma 'pueblo ruin' <kd')natxe 
'settlement' /ohm ' old '). Although merely descriptive of the 
location, the usage of this name appears to be fixed. " C'hin-a 
Ka-na Tze-shu-ma, 'The old Houses on the River"":" This is 
Bandelier's spelling of the form given above. 

■Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 161, 1892, 'Hewett, AntiquUies, p. :J1. 1906. 

= Ibid, p. 162. s Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 161-162. 

»Ibid., pi. H'.opp. p. 161. sibid., p. 80, note. 



HAREINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 409 

(2) Cochiti '-Ti-tji H:in-:it Ka-niii Tzo-^hu-nia. 'the ol.l Houses 
in the North' ".' This is iov Tfet,' . . . hin..,tsff,hn,i; ,-f. 
[28:2<i] Cochiti (3). This is merely a descriptive term wiiicli 
could be applied to any ruin north of Cochiti. 

(3) Eng. Caja del Kio Puehlo ruin. (<Span.). =Span. ( U. 
(■±) Span. Pueblo Viejo Caja del Kio ' box canyon puelijo ruin" 

referrino- to the canyon of the Rio (irande between Buckinan and 
Cochiti. = Eng. (3). '■ Pueblo Caja del Kio." = 
The ruin is described by Bandeli(>r.^ 
[28:50] (1) Cochiti ''Apofohjhiih'ja ' chokecherry corner canyon' 
i^dpo 'chokecherry' 'Prunus melanocarpa"; fi',ko 'dell' ' low 
district'; 'kuih'ja ' canyon '). CI". |28:3i»J, Cochiti (4). 

(2) Eng. Medio Canyon. (<Span.). =.'>pan. (3). 

(3) Span. Canon del Medio, Canon en el ]\Iedio 'middle canyon', 
said to be so called because it is between [28:3n] and [28:.".1|. 
= Eng. (2). So far as known, Bandolier does not mention this 
canyon by this name at least, in his Final R<port. 

This is said to be the next canyon of any considerable size 
south of [28:30j. The similarity of the Cochiti name to one 
Cochiti name of [28:3nj suggests interesting conjectures as to the 
original application of names meaning ' chokecherry ' to places in 
this region. 
[28:.51] (1) Cochiti ftfeftfehmatfenaja, [•tfeft/ehinuhiih'ja 
'arroyo or canyon of the place of the waterfall', referring to 
rtfeftfekana [28:unlocated]; tftnaja 'arroyo'; hilh'ja 'canyon'). 
"Tj-esht-ye Ka-ma Chiuaya": * this is for ftfeftfekanatf<!naja\ 
see above. 

(2) Eng. Jose Sanchez Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Canon de Jose Sanchez 'canyon of Joseph Sanchez.' 
name of a Mexican who owned land there. =Eng. (2). " Canon 
Jose Sanchez."^ 

Bandelier mentions this canyon as lying between the lobes of 
Chata Jlesa [28:3t;]. The present writer's Cochiti informants 
said that it is the next canyon south of [28:50]. 
[28:52] (1) Temagtpoisil, TeuM^ekanf.M, Tt'mag.ekanfe.iitpofsri 
' Keresan place water canyon' 'Keresan place caiiada', referring to 
Cochiti Pueblo [28:77] (r«/«ast', .see [28:77]; fo'^sii 'canyon with 
water init' </w "water', /s«"/ 'canyon"; Tcan/eAi 'Canada' <Span. 
caiiada). Cf. Tewa (2), Jemez (3), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. 

(10). 

(2) KuW ipofsP I, Kute'ilcanfe.ia, Kute/Jcanf,.iapolsi 1, '■•*t<'"'; 
estufa water canyon' 'stone estufa Can ada', referring to Coc hiti 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt. n. p. SO, note, 1S92. ' Op. i-it.. pp. M-SI. 

J Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 316, 1910. « Ib'd.. p. 15S. nnti-. 



430 ETHNOCiEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 29 

Pueblo [28:77) {Kute'i, see [28:77]; poihi'i, 'cuiiyoii with water 
ill it'; Icarife-ih 'caiiada' <Span. caiiada). Cf. Tewa (1), Jiniiez 
(3), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (10). 

(3) Jemez Kfdtdgewd''wd 'Cochiti Canyon' {KfAtvge 'Cochiti'; 
wa'wd 'canyon' 'caiiada'). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Cochiti (.5), 
Eng. (6), Span. (10). 

(■1) Cochiti TfetepolcdlKja, Tfetepohoapa, Kdi/i]/a, Kmpa 
'northwest canyon' 'northwest Canada' 'the canyon' 'the 
caiiada' (tfete 'north'; /w 'west'; Icdlli'ja 'canyon'; hkijm 
'caiiada'). The canyon or caiiada is so called because it is north- 
west of Cochiti. For quoted forms oi Koapa see under [28:(il]. 

(5) Cochiti Kutj'etekdUija, Kutfetekuapa 'Cochiti Canyon' 
'Cochiti Caiiada' {Kdtfete, see [28:77]; "kdiKja 'canyon"; htktpa 
'caiiada'). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa ('i), Jemez (3), Eng. (0), Span. (1U)°. 
It is said by Cochiti informants that the canyon is not so designated 
because of its proximity to the present puelilo of Cochiti [28:77], 
but because "Old Cochiti" Pueblo ruin [28:.58], to wiiich the 
name Kdtfete was originally applied, is situated at the canyon. 
Cf. [28:62]. 

(6) Eng. Cochiti Canyon, Cochiti Caiiada. (<Span). =Span. 
(10). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Jemez (3), Cochiti (5). 

(7) Eng. Horse Canyon. The canyon is commonly called thus 
by people living at Pines [28:.53]. It is said that a horse fell over 
one of the walls of the canyon and was killed, and that from this 
incident the canyon takes its name. 

(8) Eng. Pines Can3'on, Pines Cafiada, referring to the settle- 
ment called Pines [28:53]. This name is current among Americans 
who live in the vicinity, many of whom are imfamiliar with the 
name Cochiti Canyon. 

(9) Eng. Las Casas Canyon, Las Casas Caiiada. (<Span.). 
= Span. (11). 

(10) Span. Caiion de Cochiti, Caiiada de Cochiti 'Cochiti Can- 
3-on' 'Cochiti Cafiada'. =Eng. («). Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), 
Jemez (3), Cochiti (5). "Canada de Cochiti".' "Canada de 
Cochiti ".2 

(11) Span. Caiion de las Casas, Cafiada de las Casas 'canyon of 
the houses' 'canada of the houses'. =Eng. (9). This name is 
applied especially to the upper part of the canyon, about Pines 
[28:53]. The name appears to refer to the settled condition of 
this canyon in contradistinction from other canyons. Most of the 
names given above refer to Cochiti, probably originally to Old 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 164, note, 1892, quoting an old MS. entitled " Merced de la 
Caiiatia de Cochiti," to whicli no date is given; Bandelier, ibid., pp. 165, 158, 164, 168. 

2 Hewctt. Communautfe, pp. 24, 43, 190S. 



HARKINGTON] PLACE-XAMES 431 

Cochiti [28:5S1, while iKnvaduys the present Cochiti [28:77| is 
thouoht of. The canyon is described hy Bandelier,' who {rjves 
much inteiestini^ historical inforuuition ai)Oiit it. Si-o [28-5:i| 
f28:5S], [28:00], [28:t;i]. See also Clitf in lower Cochiti Canv-.n 
f28:unlocated], page 452. 

[28:.");5] Eng. Pines settlement. 

This is a hamlet in which several American and Mexican families 
live. Cochiti Canyon 128:;'.^!] is at times designated after the 
name of this place. On the bridge [28:!l!»] near Cochiti stands a 
sign indicating th-at it is 15 miles from the bridge to Pines. 

[28:54] A gold mine owned Ijy an aged Irishman, who lives at tiie 
place. 

[28:55] (1) TageM''inFsi''i 'noon canyon' (to0(?.<« ' noon ' <<«ge 'straight" 
referring to the position of the sim straight overhead ; .//jjarti- 
cipial; 'i?;y locative and adjective-forming postfix; Csi'l 'canvon"). 
Probably a translation of Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti Sonatstfakdlh'ja 'noon canj-on' {xonaMfa 'noon"; 
%dilija 'canyon'). Probably a translation of Span. (4 1. 

(3) Eng. Mediodia Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Canon del Mediodia 'south canyon' 'noon canyon "; 
probably so named from its location south of the upper part of 
[28:52].' 

This is a southern tributary of [28:52]. 
[28:56] (1) Keresan (evidently Cochiti) "lia-nat Kot-yi-ti."= '-Ila- 
nat" probably means 'above', as can be determined by eliminating 
the elements of known meaning in Bandelier's "Tit-yi lla-nat 
Kama Tze-shum-a . . . 'the old houses above in the north'."' 
"Kot-yi-ti" is for Kotfete; see [28:58] and Cochiti kutfttefoma 
[28:nnlocated]. Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Potrero Viejo 'old land-tongue", probably referring 
to the ruin [28:58] which Bandelier calls ''Pueblo Viejo:" see 
[28:58]. Cf. Cochiti (1). "Potrero Viejo.""* ••The Potrero""' 
proliably refers to the Potrero Viejo. 

Bandelier describes the Potrero Viejo as follows: 

111 the west rise the pine-dad slopes and crests of the Sierra de la Bolsa [28: 
unlocated], and in front of them a high and narrow projection or cliff, called 
Potrero Viejo; hy the Queres [Keresan], Hli-nat Kot-yi-ti. The side,'- of tliia 
mesa are of bare rock, a tufa mcrginfr into pumice-stone, and the ascent to the 
top is steep and laborious. The summit is wooded, and perhaps 2 miles long. 
From it expands a wide view, and the little houses of the hamlet [28:M)] ..f 
the Canada [28:52] appear tiny at a depth of nearly 500 feet l.el.)».^ The 
Potrero Viejo is a natural fortress, almost as difficult to storm a." the well-known 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. u. pp. !64-!f,C, ISM. ' n.i<1.. PP- I-'l. 1&". "•'-'• 

Mhid„p.lM. Mbi.l.. p, l.'vM...>o. 

3 Ibid,, p. 152. 



432 ETHNOGEOOEAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 20 

cliff of Acoma. In case of necessity, a small tribe could dwell on its tup for 
yeai-s without ever being obliged to descend into the valley beneath; for it is 
wooded and has a limited area of tillable soil, and natural tanks. Only from 
the rear or southwest is the ascent over a gradual slope; from the front and the 
north the trails climb over rocks and rocky debris in full view of the para- 
pets, natural and artificial, that line the brink of the mesa.' Two classes of 
ruina occupy the summit, one of which is the comparatively recent pueblo 
[28:58] given on plate i, figure 15. . . . There are also traces of older ruins, 
which mark the existence of small houses, similar to those on the Potrero 
Chato [28:36] and on the Tziro Kauash, or Mesa del Pajarito [17:36]. Pos- 
sibly these smaller houses are traces of the first occupation of the Potrero Vicjo 
by the Queres [Keresan].^ The olde.st ruins on the mesa [28:56], which 
hardly attract any attention, are those of a prehistoric Queres [Keresan] pueblo 
[Coehiti K6t/>etef6m(i [28:unlocatecl]]; the striking well preserved ones are 
those of a villajje [28:5S] built after the year 1683, and abandoned in April, 
1694.' The Canada de Coehiti [28:52], and especially the Potrero Viejo, was 
quite an important spot in the history of New Mexico between 1680 and 1695.^ 

Historical information about the Potrero Viejo is g-lven ])y 
Bandelier.5 See [28:58]. 

[28:57] A ranch on which lives a family named Benham is on the 
south side of the creek [28:5:*] at this place, so the writer is 
informed by Mr. K. A. Fleischer. 

[28:58] (1) Coehiti Eotfetefojiia, KiitfeteluCaftdafoma^ Kotfet^-lcci'- 
innt'^efoma 'old Coehiti' 'old Coehiti settlement' {Kotfete, 
[28:77]; fi'mni 'old'; hd'dfteta 'settlement'; Ica'maU^ 'settle- 
ment'). Cf. Eng. (2), Span. (3). "Kotyiti."" ^'K'otyif- hdarc- 
tltc°' QiOty'd^, unexplained -f lmirctit(fl^ houses). ' Old Coehiti ', 
in the upper Canada de Coehiti [28:52]."' " K'otyit'."' 

(2) Eng. Old Coehiti, referring to [28:77]. =Span. (2). Cf. 
Coehiti (1). " ' Old pueblo of ('ochiti'":^ given as the currently 
applied designation, which is only partially correct; see general 
discussion below. 

(3) Span. 'Coehiti' Viejo, Pueblo Viejo 'old Coehiti' 'old pueblo' 
referring to [28:77]. =Eng. (2). Cf. Coehiti (1). "Pueblo 
Viejo. "» 

Bandelier writes: "Two classes of ruins occupy the summit 
[28:56], one of which is the comparatively recent pueblo [as 
Pueblo Viejo' [28:58]] given on plate i, figure 15. It is two stories 
high in some places, very well preserved, and built of fairly 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 167, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 167-168. 

'Ibid., p. 178. 

<Ibid.,p. 168. 

6Ibid., pp. 164-78. 

^Hewett, Communaute,s, j). 47, 1'.tOH. 

' Hewett, quoting Harrington, in Papers School Amer. Archfcnl., No. 10, p. 670, 1909. 

sibid.,pp. 672, 67;^. 

» Ibid., pi. I, No. 15. 



'^''^■™^'l PLACE-NAMES 433 

reoular parallelopipeds of tufa. The woodwork in it was evi- 
dently destroyed by tire, and much charied corn is found in the 
ruins. The average size of 118 rooms on the ground tloor, which 
are all in the pueblo with exception of about ten, is 5.(» l»y 2.s 
meters (Ifi ft. 5 in. by !» ft. 2 in.) This is a larjre area in com- 
parison with the size of older ruins. I noticed but one estufa, and 
the pottery bears a recent character." ' '• I have been thus circum- 
stantial in regard to the history of the Potrero Vicjo [28:56], for 
the reason that the ruins on its summit are frequently spoken 
of as the 'old pueblo of Cochiti,' in the sense of the original 
home of that tribe. It will be seen that this is only partiailv 
correct. The oldest ruins on the mesa [28:.i(iJ, which hardly 
attract any attention, are those of a prehistoric Queres [Keresan] 
puelilo [kotfrtefoiiia [28:unlocatedJJ; the striking well preserved 
ones [28:58] are those of a village built after the year 1(583, and 
abandoned in April, 1694."- The history of this ruin is given bv 
Bandolier.^ The location of the ruin is very well known to 
Indians and Mexicans living about Cochiti. It is shown on tiie 
map according to information furnished l)y Indian informants 
and others. Mr. Benham, of Domingo, iN'ew Mexico, informs 
the writer that he has found bits of molten copper in the ruins. 
The ruin, as Bandelier states, is ciilled 'old Cochiti', although 
this designation refers properly to the nmch older ruin on the 
same mesa; see Cochiti Kotfetefoma [28:unlocated]. Hewett 
does not distinguish between the ancient ruin [28:unlocatedJ and 
the ruin of the pueblo built and occupied between the years 1G83 
and 16'.M [28:58], for he writes merely: "Les grandes mines de 
Kotyiti, sur une haute colline dominant la vallee du memo nom. 
CepueNo f ut occup6 pendant la periode historique par les ancetres 
de la tribu actuelle de Cochiti. "■* "K'otyif: this site is also in 
Canada de Cochiti [28:52], a few miles above Qoapa [28:61]. It 
is the true 'Old Cochiti'. For this we have traditionary evi- 
dence and the firm basis of documentary history. The place is 
well known to the Cochitenos as their home up to the time of its 
destruction by the Spaniards. For the authentic history of this 
period we are indebted to Bandelier.' After the destruction of 
Old K'otyit' the present pueblo [28:77] of the same name (now 
permanently corrupted into 'Cochiti' [in Span, and Eng.]) was 
built on the banks of the Rio Grande. This town has prolmbly 
nearly held its own in population since the removal. Knowing 
something of it from the time of the occupancy of old Kotyit', 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. KIT, 1S92. HhUi.. pr>. Ifil-Ts. 

!Ibid p. 178. iHewcii, CommuniiuU-s. p. ■!., l»u«. 

87084°— 29 ETH— 16 28 



434 ETHNOOEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

we have evidence on which to estimate roughly the population of 
ruined villages from their present appearance."^ But Handclier 
would have us understand that [28:58] was built, occupied a few 
years, and abandoned by Cochiti Indians and their allies at the 
time of the revolt of 1680, while the present Cochiti [28:77] stood 
where it now stands at the time th^t the Spaniards began to col- 
onize the country, it having been built at some time previous to 
the coming of the Spaniards, by Indians whose earlier home was 
somewhere about Cochiti Caiiada [28:52]; see [28:77]. The 
writer's Cochiti Indian informants said that a pueblo, now in 
ruins, on top of the mesa [28:56] was the first village called 
Kilt fete; that they did not know when this was abandoned, but 
that when it was abandoned its population built the present 
pueblo of Kvtfete^ or Cochiti, which was named after the earlier 
village; that the ruin [28:61] is never called Kdtfete; that old 
Kotfefe was the last settlement inhabited by the Cochiti people 
on their migration southward from Tfo'onfe before building 
the present village. See Cochiti Kiitfetefoma [28:unlocated], 
page 454. 

[28:59] Nameless canyon. This begins near the pueblo ruin [28:."ii>] 
and enters Cochiti Canyon almost opposite the pueblo ruin [28:5s], 
according to information obtained by Air. K, A. Fleischer. 

[28:60] (1) Eng. La Canada settlement, Canada de Cochiti settlement. 
(<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. La Canada, Canada, Canada de Cochiti, referring to 
[28:52] in which it is situated. =Eng. (1). 

This is a small, miserable-looking Mexican hamlet. Its history 
is given by Bandelier.^ The grant was made in 1728, and in 1782 
the Canada had 184 Mexican settlers. In the early part of the 
nineteenth century the settlement was abandoned for several 
years on account of depredations of the Navaho. "From it 
[28:56] expands a wide view, and the little houses of the hamlet 
of the Canada [28 :60] appear tiny at a depth of nearly five hun- 
dred feet below. The ruins of Kua-pa [28:61] lie about a mile 
and a half lower down the valle3- than the present IMexican settle- 
ment [28:60], midway between the Potrero Viejo [28:56] and the 
Potrero de los Idolos [28:44]." = 

[28:61] (1) Cochiti KotfetekdlKjaha/aftetafoma, Kotfetelcuapalid'a- 
ftetafomn., Kallijalu'C aj tetaf 6ma^ Eodpaha'aftetafoma, ' Cochiti 
Caiiada Pueblo I'uin' 'the caiiada pueblo ruin', referring to 
[28:52] {Kotfetekdih'ja, Kotfetelcoapa, hd''aft<taf6rna 'pueblo 

1 Hewett in Papers School Amer. ArclueuL, No. 10, p. 672, 1909. 

2 Final Report, pt. n, p. 164, 1892. 



H.BBI.GTON] PLACE-NAMES 405 

ruin' KhfafMa -puohlo-, f6,.a -oldj. ••Cuapa."' "Kna-pa -- 
Kuapa. ^ ■ t^ I • 

This pueblo ruin is doscrii.ed hv Bundclior:^ "Tl... ancirnt 
Queres (Keresau) pu.l.lo of Kua-pa lies a little over one n.ile to the 
soizhwe.st[ot[28:«J| . . . and my Indian infornmnts asserted 
that the inhabitauts of Kua-pa had nmde the sculptures "■- \,.c.,nl- 
ing- to the tradition of the Coehiti Indians obtained bv the present 
writer, this is the tifth villaoe built, inhabited, and abandoned bv 
the Cochiti on their migration southward; see unch-r [28-77| 
A San Felipe tradition obtained by Bandelier relates how this 
village [28:61] was attacked by the '^Pinini.-' a race of dwarfs, 
and how the three sur\ivors became at last the San Felipe people'; 
see quotations from Bandelier under [29:t;;t]. See also [28: 5i'],' 

[28:(32] (1) Mlsen/i7ifsi'i, BlxyfinfsPi 'Bland Canyon' {JIhtjy-, 
Blserjf- <Eng. (3) or Span. (4), below; li/ylocjitive and adjective- 
forming posthx; fsPi 'canyon'). =Eng. (:3), Span. (4). 

(2) Coehiti K'ktjmhvef/t'n^/ ' southern arrovo or branch of the 
caiiada,- referring to [28:52J (Icoapa 'canada'; "tii'd 'south': tf.mi 
'arroyo'). The canyon is in this way distinguished from Coehiti 
Canyon [28:52], it being considered a southern branch of the lat- 
ter. For the name cf. Coehiti [28:71]. 

(3) Eng. Bland Canyon. The canyon gets this name from 
Bland settlement [28: «;3]. = Tewa (1),' Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Canada Bland. (<Eng.). =Tewa (1), Eng. (:3). 
This canyon is said to be as large as Coehiti Can_von [28: 5l'.] 

See [28:63]. Cf. [28:52], [28: 65], [28:71]. 
[28:63] (1) Eng. Bland settlement. 

This is evidently the name of some American given to the set- 
tlement or to the mines there. =Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Bland. (<Eng.). =Eng. (I). 
[28:t;4] (1) Coehiti "Mishtshya Ko-te (Mountain of Ashes)."" 

(2) Span. "Potrerode en el Medio. "^ ThLs means 'Longucof 
laud in the middle'. 

These names refer to the great height of land between Bland 
Canyon [28:62] and Coye Canyon [28:65]. Bandelier mentions 
ruins on this mesa: 

I know of no ruins farther south than those on the Potrero de en el Medio, or 
Mishtshya Ko-te (Mountain of Ashes), and those on the Potrero de la CuAada 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. il, ISft; 

sibid., pp. 162, 164-lfi6. 

sibid., p. ISS; Hcwctt, Commnnnut*, p. 47, I90S. 

< Bandelier, op. eit., pp. 162-167. 

5 Ibid., p. 162. 

« Ibid., p. 1S2. 



436 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

Quemada [28:67]. To reach these places from Cochiti, it is best to follow the 
sand.v bottom of the Peralta torrent [28:71], going almost due west. The 
Mishtshya Ko-te lies north of the broad gulch [28:71], between it and the 
Caiiada of Cochiti [28:o2]. It is a steep rock forming the eastern end of a 
towering potrero. I have not a.?cended to its summit, but know on good 
authority that on it stand the ruins of two buildings. The trail to the Potrero 
turns aside from the Peralta [to [28:71]] near where a dark, deep cleft, the Canon 
del Ko-ye [28:65], runs into it from the northwest.' 

See Pueblo ruin on Potrero en el JVIedio under [28:unlocated]. 
[28:65] (1) Koje^intsCi ' Coye Canyon ' (.ff<?/^ <Span. (4), below; 'i?/y 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; fsi'i 'canyon'). =Eng. 
(3), Span. (4). 

('2) Cochiti KtUseTca'atf of obscure etymology (kutse unex- 
plained, said to sound somewhat like Viitsi 'antelope'; Icahitf 
'deep, .shut-in canyon'). 

(.3) Eng. Coy e Canyon. (<Span.) =Tewa (1), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Cafion del Coye 'roof-door canj^on'. =Tewa (1), 
P]ng. (2). "Caiion del Ko-ye," "Ko-j'e."' Span, coye 'roof- 
door' is a corruption of Tewa tV;/* 'roof -door', and is a term 
quite generally used in New Mexican Span. ; see under (teo- 
GRAPHiCAL Terms. The canyon bears this name because it is 
boxlike, almost like a room. 

"A dark, deep cleft, the Canon del Ko-ye, runs into it from the 
northwest . . . The Canyon del Ko-ye is a dark, narrow chasm, 
fearful to look into from above; towards its lower portions the 
rocks overhang in such a degi-oe as almost to exclude 
daylight." ' 

Coye Canyon is not as long as Queniado [28 :(!(')], l)ut it is more 
boxlike and carries more water. 
[28:66] (1) Cochiti rohdwa 'western canyon' (/w 'west"; Icdwa 'can- 
yon'). It is called so because of its location; cf. [28:71] and 
[28:62] canyon; see [28:71]. 

(2) Eng. Quemado Canj'on. (<Span. ). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Caiion Quemado, Canada Quemada ' burnt canyon'. 
= Eng. (2). "Canada Quemada." ' 

Beyond the mouth of the Ko-ye [28:6.5], the gulch [28:71] changes its name 
to that of the Canada Quemada, and becomes a wooded gorge; but as we go 
farther west, it appears still narrower, and its sides higher and steeper. At a 
distance of 12 miles from the pueblo [28:77], a partly wooded ridge traverses 
it, and on the summit of this ridge, called Potrero de la Canada Quemada [28:67] , 
lies the ruin of which Figure 16 of Plate i [of the Final ReporQ gives the shape 
and relative size. ' 

See [28:67] and Pueblo ruin on Quemada Mesa, under [28: 
unlocated], page 455. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 182, 1892. 



HARRINOTON] PLACE-NAMES 437 

[28:67] (1) Eno-. Qucina.lu Mfsu, (^urmad.. (.'unvon M.-su. (<Si.!in ) 
= Span. (2). 

(2) Span. "Potrcio dc la Canada Qucniada".' This ni.'uns 
'land-tongue of the burnt canyon', lefeninf,' to [28:1<;]. " To- 
trero Quemado".^ This is evidently an ahbreviation of the 
name given above. See [28:(!(;1 and Pueblo ruin on (Juenuida 
Mesa [28:unlocated]. 

[28:68], see Jemez [27:-l:l]. 

[28:69], see Jemez[27:41J. 

[28:70] Nameless branch of Qucmado Canyon; see [28:60]. 

[28:71] (1) PeJ'alta?infhnu 'Peralta Arroyo' {Pe.ia'itn < Span. (4), 
below; 'iyf locative and adjectiveforming postfix; liu'u 'large 
groove' 'arroyo'). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti AW//<''/<a 'south arroyo' (A:i« 'south'; tf^na 'ar- 
royo'). It is so called because it is south of Cochiti Pueblo 
[28:77]. Cf. the Cochiti name l'6%dwa 'west canyon', ap[)lii'd to 
its upper course [28:titi]. 

(3) Eng. Peralta Arroyo, Peralta Canvon. (<Span.). =Tewa 
(1), Span. (4). 

(i) Span. Arroyo Peralta, Canon Peralta, named from the 
Span, family name Peralta. Don Pedro Peralta may have {'.) 
succeeded Ofiate in 1608 as second governor of New Me.xico. 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (3). "Caiiada de la Peralta".-* "Arroyo de la 
Peralta".* Mexican and Indian informants do not consider Ban- 
delier's usage of " de la " in these forms to be correct. 

The upper branches of the Peralta Canyon are known by diller- 
ent names; see [28:6.5] and [28:06]. In its lowest course the 
Peralta is atypical arro^'o, having a delta [28:78] at its contin- 
ence with the Itio Grande just south of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. 
For some distance below the confluence of [28:65] and [28:66] the 
Peralta is a broad canyon or valley with very high sides. It car- 
ries water perennially down as far as this section. 

Between Cochiti [28:77] and this point [the confluence of Cove Canyon 
[28:65] with the Peralta] the north side of the Peralta is lined by very i>ic-tur- 
esque forms of erosion, isolated cone.s of w hito tufa, each cajiped liy a Iwiilder. 
At the Barranco Blanco [28:7:3] hundreds of these cones cluster ton'-tlier, 
presenting the appearance of a long border of snow-white tents. Beyond tlie 
mouth of the Ko-ye [28:65], the guKh changes its name to that of the Canaila 
Quemada [28:66].' 

See [28:65], [28:66], [28:73], [2SuS\,K6hayntfototmii/if[2&: 
uulocated], and for the name |28:62]. 

1 Bandelier. Final Rcporl, pi. ii. p. 1^2, 1S92. >Ibid., p. 21. 

nbid., p. l&l. «Ibid.,p. 178. 



438 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

[28:72] A large nameless hill or mountain, dome-shaped. On the 

south side of Peralta Creek at the base of this mountain are some 

tent-rocks. Cf. [28:73]. 
[28:73] (1) Kqisse.' P^ 'place of the white bank' {l-q 'barranca'; fsig. 

'whiteness' 'white'; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming- postfix). 

= Eng. (3), Span. (4). Cf. Cochiti (2). 

(2) Cochiti A'<///afc'«^^weA«/ 'the white clilis' (kdfja 'white'; 
FatoweUif ' cliffs °). Cf . Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Barranca Hlanca. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4). 
Cf. Cochiti (2). 

(4) Span. Barranca Blanca 'white bank'. =Tewa (1), Eng. 
(3). Cf. Cochiti (2). "Barranco Blanco".' 

This place is in the can3'on on the north side of the bed of the 

Peralta. See excer[)t from Bandelier, under [28:71], (4). Cf. 

[28:72]. 
[28:74] Cochiti Kwepdtfe 'in the southwest' {kwe 'south'; po 'west'; 

tfe locative). This is the name of small hills southwest of Cochiti 

Pueblo [28:77]. Cf. [28:75]. 
[28:75] Cochiti Tfetepotfe 'in the northwest' {tfete 'north'; fo 

'west'; tfe locative). This is the name of small hills northwest 

of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. 
Somewhere in those hills there is said to be a large cave which 

is used 1)7 the Cochiti Indians for ceremonial purposes. See cave 

in Tfetepotfe hills [28 runlocated] and [28:76]. Cf. [28:74]. 
[28:76] Cochiti Tsenatif, said to mean 'where it comes to an end'. 

This is the largest but not the highest of the Tfetepotfe. 

The western hill of the Tfetepotfe is the highest. See [28:75]. 
[28:77] (1) Kute^ <^ o_r)wi 'stone estufa pueblo' Qcu 'stone'; te'e 'estufa' 

'kiva'; ^qywi 'pueblo'). Kuteh is a Tewa adaptation of the 

Keresan name due to folk etymology. See especially Cochiti (7), 

below. Cf. Jemez (4). 

(2) Temhge^ oywi 'Keresan Place Pueblo' {Tema Cochiti Indian, 
Keresan Indian; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; ''oywi 'pueblo'). This 
is a name almost as much in use as Tewa (1), above. The expres- 
sion Temalowa (towa 'people') is ver}' common. 

(3) Picuris "Pathaita":^ probably equivalent to Isleta (5), 
Sandia (6). 

(4) Jemez Kfdtoge ' mountain-sheep home ' (kfci, ' mountain 
sheep'; toge 'home' 'pueblo'). This is an adaptation of the 
Keresan name due to folk etymology. See especially Cochiti (7), 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 1S2, 18>J2. ^ Spiaden, Picuris vocabulary, MS., 1910. 



HARRINGTO.N] PLACF.-XAMKS 430 

below. Cf. Tewa(l). A Cochiti porson is allied 7i>/AV'<y, ■_' + 
plural Kfdtuvf. 

(5) Iskta "Pii" l-ab 'soapweod town'".' "Paiahuid.- 'a C'lxliiti 
mau'".' "Pa'hlar':= given as both Lslcta and Saiidia name, i)rol>- 
ably signifying- 'soapweed place'. Cf. Picnris C!), Sandia ((1). 

(6) Sandia ''Pa'tiWi^ given as both Isleta and Sandia name, 
probably signifying 'soapweed place'. Cf. Pieuris (;5), Islela (:.). 

(7) Cochiti Ki'itfefe of obscure etymology. This name appears 
to have about this form in all the Keresan dialects. See Sia (s), 
Acoma (9). It gives rise to the Tewa, Jemcz, Ilopi, Kng., 
and Span, forms. The name Ki'dfete was tirst applied, it is said, 
to K()ffefe]ui''<iffetaf6ma [28:unlocated], q. v. 'Cochiti people' 
is expressed by postpounding mx 'people'; 'Cochiti language' 
by postpounding mxvKiffi 'people's talk' (/was 'people'). 
"Cochiti".^' "Chochlti"."" "Cochite".» "Cochitti"." "Co- 
cheli".' "San Buena Ventura de Cochiti".* "Chochite"." 
"Cuchin"."' "Cuchili"'." "Qui'-me".'^ "Co-chi-te-mi'":'= 
evidently for Kotfetemx. "Cochilis".'* "Cochity"." "San 
Buenaventura de Cochiti".'^ "Cochiteumi''."* "Cochitenii":" 
given as the name of the language of the Cochiti ; for Kotfdpux. 
"Cotchiti".'» "Cochitinos"." "Cocluti''.^" "Cochit".'' "Cot- 
chita"." "Cocheti".-^ "Cochito".^^ "Cocheto"." "Ko-tyi- 
ti":-'* given as Cochiti name for Cochiti. "Kot-ji-ti''." "K6- 
tite":-* given as the Hano Tewa name ; doubtless for Hopi (10) or 



1 Qatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethii., 1885 fcited in Hantlbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 318, 1907). 

sHodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., op. cit.). 

aOnate (1598) in Doc. Intd., xvi, p. 102, 1871. 

^Ibid, p. 114. 

5 Z4rate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races, i, p. COO, 1862. 

8 Vargas (1691) quoted b.v Bandelier in Final Iteport, pt. ii, p. 168, 1892. 

' Vaugondy, map Amerique, 1778. 

a Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1867. 

' Barreiro, Ojeada sobre N. M^x., p. 15. 1832. 

w.\bert. Report, map, 1848. 

" Simpson, Report to Sec. War, map 4, 1850. 

"Pao. R. R. Rep., ill, pt. 3, p. 90, 1856. 

" Meriwether (185B) in H. R. Ex. Doc. ST, SUh Oimiress, .id sess., p. 146, IS.S?. 

" Ind. Aff. Sep. for 1864, p. 194, 1865. 

"Ibid, for 1S67, p. 213, 1868. 

"Cub.as, Repub. of Mex., p. 65, 1876. 

"Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Sudwcslen NcirdamorikiLs p. CO, 1876. 

18 Powell in Ainer. Xat., xiv, p. 604, Aug. 1880. 

19 Bandelier in Archmol. Inst. Bull, i, p. 26, issa. 
M Curtis, Children of the Sun, p. 121, 1883. 

a Prince, N. Mex., p. 217, 1883. 

KKingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., VT, p. 183, 1885. 

a Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1889, p. 263, 1889. 

SI Bancroft, Arizona and N. Mex., map. 1889. 

25 Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1889, p. 264, 18S<i. 

2« Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 126, IS'JO. 

2' Ibid., p. 260. 

^Stephen in Sth Rep. Bur. Amer. Elhn., p. 37, 1891. 



440 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Teth. an.n.29 

Span. (13). "Cachiti".! "06tyi-ti".' "Cochiterio.s":^ Span- 
for 'Cochiti people'. "Kotiyti".^ "Ko-chi-ti'".^ "Kotyiti".= 

(8) Sia "Sot/iti"." =Cochiti (7), Acoma (9). 

(9) Acoma "Kqtii'ti".' "Kotyit"'.' = Cochiti (7), Sia (8). 

(10) Oraibi Hopi Kwitfiti: doubtless from the Keres^an form.s. 

(11) Navaho "To Gad 'cedar water'".* '■'Tqo(ja"nl 'the 
Cochiti [people] '".» "Tqoga' ' Cochiti "\i° 

(12) Eng. Cochiti. (<Span.). = Span. (13). 

(13) Span. Cochiti, derived from some Kercsan form; see 
Cochiti (7), Sia (8), Acoma (9). 

(14) " San Buena Ventura de Cochiti." " '"San Buenaventura de 
Cochiti."" " San Buenaventura." '^ "San Buena Ventura de 
Cochita."'^ 

(15) " St. Bartholomew."'^ "San Bartolomeo." '" 

Cochiti Pueblo (pi. 19, A) is the most northerly of the Kcresan- 
.speaking pueblos, and the one nearest to the Tewa country. The 
Tewa say that in ancient times the relations between the Tewa and 
the Cochiti were normally unfriendly. 

The invariable element in the migration traditions is that the 
Cochiti people have occupied and abandoned successively a num- 
ber of sites, beginning with Tfo'onfe [28:12] and ending with 
their present village. The sites are, as the writer obtained 
them from Mr. John Dixon of Cochiti in 1908: (1) Tfo'onfe 
[28:12], (2) Mokaialcoweth'i'maU^Soii.m [28:2G], (3) TsSfa- 
tetanfTcdt'etfamaha'afti'tafoiiia [28:unlocatcd], (4) ITaaU^iC- 
matsefoma [28:39], " {a) 'Eotfetekaih'jahd^fflclajovia [28°:(j1], 
(6) Kotfetehv'aftetafo-ma [28:unlocated],and (7) Kotfde [28:77]. 
Lists of the sites obtained by Bandelier, Lummis, and Hewctt 
differ somewhat from this, although some of them wei-e obtained 
from the same informant.'^ It will be noticed that the pres- 

' Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 216, 1893. 

- Lummis in Scnbiw's Mag., p. 92, ]89*^. 

' Field Columb. Mm. rub. 96, p. 11, 1905. 
■ * Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 317, 1907. 

s Hewett, Communaut(5s, p. 47, 1908. 

espinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. 

' Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook lyds., pt. 1, p. 318, 1907). 

8 Curtis, American Indian, i, p. 138, 1907. 

^ Franciscan Fathers. Ethn. Diet, of the Navaho Language, p. 128, 1910. 
'»Ibid., p. 135. 

n Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 1S67. 
"Ini. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 
" Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Max., p. 281, 1889. 
1^ Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893. 

1^ Pike, Trav., p. 273, 1811 (a mistake, intended for San Buenaventura, according to Handbook 
Inds., pt. 1, p. 318, 1907). 
i« Muhlenpfordt, Mejico, ii, p. 533, 1844. 

■' See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 21, 1892; Lummis, The Land of Poco Tiempo. 1893, pp. 
136-154; Hewett, The Excavations at El Rito de los Frijoles in 1909, in Papers Sclioot Amer. ArchieoL, 
No. 10, and Amer. Anthr., n. No. 4, Oet.-Dec, 1909, pp. 670-73. 



PLACE-NAMES 



411 



ent village, accordiuo- to the tradition ol.taine.l hy the writer 
IS the seventh which these Indians have occupied in th..ir 
migration southward. Bandelier treats the historv of Cochili 
quite fully: » " It seems certain that when the Spaniards be-ran 
to colonize the country in 15!)8 the village of Cochiti stood 
on the banks of the Rio Grande, almost where it now stiinds " = 
"North of the Arroyo de la Peralla [28:71J and on <rravellv 
bluffs above the river bottom, stands the Indian villa.re of 
Cochiti. The deep groove of the Peralta is waterless except 
during very heavy rains, and on each side of it I have noticed 
outcroppings of ruins, the remains of the Cochiti al)andoned 
by Its inhabitants after the rebellion of 1680."^ Bandelier gives* 
as the sixth and seventh sites of Cochiti " the river front on the 
north sideof theCanadadela Peralta [28:7l]and the south bank of 
the same torrent." (Is not "'south"' in the last clause a mistake 
for "north" See QS\^eciii\\x KotfetehanftetaSoma f28:un- 
located], and [29:G;»] where San Felipe traditions bearing oi, 
Cochiti are quoted. 

[28:78] PedaltavjfhiCijjqwoge'MiAot Peralta Arroyo' {PeMlta'vjf- 
hu'ii, see [28:71]; qwoge 'delta' <qWo 'to cut through', go 
'down at' 'over at'). 

[28:70] (1) Kuteiy'koj>'e 'stone estufa ])ridge' {Kute'e, see [28:77]: 
"lyy locative and adjective-forming postfix; kope^hoAV 'bridge' 
<^o 'to bathe', p't; 'stick' 'timber'). Cf. (2), below. 

(2) Temageitjlcope 'Cochiti Bridge' {Temage, see [28:77]; 'i/;y 
locative and adjective-forming postfix; to// 1; 'boat' 'bridge' <ko 
'to bathe', p'e 'stick' 'timber'). 

This is the present bridge. Cf. the name of the former bridge 
r28:SO]. 

[28:S0] Site of the former bridge near Cochiti Pueblo. 

[28:81] (1) Pob/'g.e 'the little sharp bend of the river' (po 'water' 
'river'; b/g.e 'small shaip bend' <bi connected with b^/jy, biiijj', 
g.e 'down at' 'over at'). 

(2) Eng. The Boom, so called because logs and ties are taken out 
of the Rio Grande at the place. 

(3) Span. Santa Cruz 'holy cross'. 

The river is deep at this place and makes a sharp bend. During 
the summer time there is here on the east bank of the river a 
camp for the workmen employed in taking out logs and ties 
which are floated down the river. 

1 Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 21, 168-79, 1892. « Ibid., pp. 1T!^79. 

'Ibiil., p. 168. Ubid., p. 21. 



442 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. a.nn. 20 

[28:82] Span. "Pueblo del Encierro."' This means 'pueblo of tlie 
enclosure'; why the name is applied or whether it is general!}' 
applied is not known. 

Somedistance to the north [of [28:83]], on a long and gravelly slope running 
almost parallel with the river, stands a nearly obliterated large ruin, called, in 
Spanish, Pueblo del Encierro. Foundations of rubble, denoting smaller struc- 
tures, extend part of the way from its southern wall to the lower apex formed 
by the slanting bluff on which the ruins stand. On that apex are the remains 
of another rectangular building, and of a circular structure which I was told 
was an estufa, although I incline to the belief that it was a round tower. At the 
Encierro, although all the other artificial objects belong[ing] to a people using 
stone implements, such as obsidian and flint, are profusely scattered about, the 
corrugated pottery is very scarce; most of the potsherds belong to the coarsely 
glazed kind. Two old acequias [irrigation ditches] can be descried in the vicin- 
ity, but it is doubtful if they are not of a posterior date. . . . Garden beds, en- 
closed by upright stones, form part of the ruins. The rubbish is about equally 
distributed over the whole, so that it would be difficult to determine which 
were the buildings, were it not for the double rows of stones set on edge 0.30 to 
0.40 m. apart, that distinguish the foundations of the houses from simple en- 
closures. The space between the two rows may have been originally filled with 
gravel or adobe. Although the area covered by the ruins is comparatively 
large, the pueblo was in fact a small one.- 

Mr. K. A. Fleischer kindly located this ruin for the writer. See 
[28:83], [28:84], [28:90], [28:91], [29:29]; nameless pueblo ruin 
midway between Bajada [29:20] and Cochiti [28:77], [29 :unlocated]; 
nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between Bajada [29:2(1] and 
Cochiti [28:27], [29:unIocated]; and third nameless pueblo ruin 
mentioned by Baiidelier as between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti 
[28:77], [29 run located]. 
[28 :S;!] Cochiti Tdfkat.se 'place of the potsherds' {tdfka 'pots- 
lierd'; tse locative). " Tash-ka-tze, or Place of Potsherds".' 

On the other side of the Rio Grande [from Cochiti Pueblo], within a radius of 
at most 3 miles, I have visited three ruins. The great flow of lava surmounted 
by the Tetillacone [29:4] approaches the river banks, and here terminates the 
canyon that separates San Ildefonso from Cochiti. Almost directly opposite 
the latter pueblo, on a rocky bluff, stand the ruins to which the Queres 
[Keresan] give the name of Tash-ka-tze, or Place of Potsherds. An irregular 
quadrangle, marked partly by rubble foundations, and measuring approximately 
56 meters (182 feet) from east to west and 50 meters (162 feet) from north to 
south, aud a round tower 10 meters (32J feet) across, are its best preserved 
features. Twelve meters west of this quadrangle appear foundations of two 
sides of another one, measuring 50 meters from north to south by 31 from east 
to west. West of the round t(nver, at a distance of 10 meters, stands another 
strocture 30 meters long by 13 wide. The whole seems, therefore, to have 
consisted of three retangular houses and one round tower. The latter occupies 
a good position for observation. The artificial objects consist of obsidian, of 
glazed pottery with very little corrugated, stone hammers, metates, and corn- 
crushers. - 

'Baudelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 179, 1892. sjbid., pp. 179-180. 



HAREIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 443 

The ruin was located for the writer bv Mr. Floischt-r. See 
[28:82], [28:84]. [28:90], [28:;tl], [29:2!»]; nameless pueblo ruin 
between Bajada [29 ::.'()] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlofatedJ; name- 
less pueblo ruin west of a point midway between Hajada [29:'_'()] 
and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated]; third nameless pueblo ruin 
mentioned b}' Bandelier between Bajada [29:i'r> | and Cocliiti 
[28:77], [29:uulocate(ll. 
[28:S4] Nameless pueblo ruin, located by Mr. Fleischer. 

Still smaller ruins [than [28:8:?] ami [28:S4j] stand on the ."uniniit •>( a 
narrow ami abrupt bluff of trap, which rises over the north hank of the Rio de 
Santa F6, [28:S5] about 2 miles east of its mouth, opposite Cocliiti. Tlie 
waters of this stream [28:85] onl\' reach the Rio Grande during frcsluts, hut 
along the base of this tongue-shaped mesa tliey are usually permanent. The 
ruins consist of the foundations of a small house with an enclosure. There are 
also two circular depressions. The walls of the building were uiaile of a triple 
row of blocks of lava, and they show a width of O.T.t meter (2J feet). The pi>t- 
tery is like that at the Encicrro [28:S2] ; and flint flakes, and some obsidian, 
are scattered over the mesa. ' 

See [28:8:^], [28:83], [28:iH)], [28:'.tl], [29:2!l], [29:8]; nameless 
pueblo ruin midway between Bajada [29:'2ti] and Cochiti [28:77], 
[29:unlocated]; nameless pueblo ruin west of a point midway be- 
tween Bajada 129:2tl] and Cochiti [28:77] [29:unloi'ated]; and third 
nameless pueblo ruin mentioned 1)y Bandelier between Bajada 
[29::^t;] and Cochiti [28:77]. [29:unlocated]. 

[28:8.5] Santa Fe Creek, see [29 :S]. 

[28:8t)] Spring or place of perennial water in the arroyo bod. ^Ir. 
Fleischer states that there is always water on the surface of the 
arroyo bed at this place. "The waters of this stream [28:S.5] 
only reach the Rio Grande during freshets, but along the base 
of this tongue-shaped mesa they are usually ptninanent".' Sec 
[28:84]. 

[28:87] (1) Cochiti Ewehat/e 'at the south east' (A-«v 'south'; ha 
'east'; t/e locative). This name is applied to the hills on the east 
.side of the Rio Grande, southeast of Cochiti Pueblo. Imu- the- 
namecf. [28:74] and [28:7.-)]. 

(•_') Eng. Pena Blanca Hills. ( < Span.). = Span. (3). 
(3) Span. Lomas de Pena Blanca 'Pena Blanca Hills', referring 
to Pena Blanca .settlement [28:93]. These aie general names for 
the hills east of Pena Blanca. 

[28:88] (1) Cochiti Monnkaitfkoi^ 'black mountain" {n.owikanf 
'black'; We 'mountain'). Cf. Eng. (-2). 

(2) Eng. Black Mesa. Cf. Cochiti (1). 

(3) Sp^n. " Mesita Redonda."^ T his means 'small roun d ni.'-ii '. 

I B:oulelier, Fiaal Roporl, pt. ii. p. 180, 1S9-2. ' IbM., p. 181, note. 



444 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. 



Tlii.s is a high, round, black mesa with man}' caves in it. For 
reference to the bell-stone found on this mesa, see [28:S'J]. 

On the round eminence of trap and lava that overlooks the I^efla Blanca 
valley, and around which the road from Santa Fe winds downwards like a huge 
serpent, faint traces of small structures exist. But I found no pottery, only flint 
and obsidian. The height is such an excellent outlook, and its surface so small, 
that I suspect it was only temporarily used as a post of observation by the 
people of one or the other of the neighboring Indian settlements now in 
ruins. The 'Mesita Redonda,' as this eminence is called, rises about 400 feet 
above the river bottom, from which it is half a mile distant in a straight line. 
Above the road it is at most 200 feet high. The sides, as well as the slopes 
behind it, are covered with debris of hard lava and trap. The surface is ellip- 
tical, measuring about 100 by 50 meters, and a wide view is commanded from 
the summit.' 

[28:S!l] A nameless stone, which gives forth a clear bell-like tone when 
struck. The stone is situated about halfwaj' up the south side 
of Black Mesa [28 :SS]. It is about four feet in diameter, the heioht 
of a person, and of a blackish color. There is a sort of bench on 
the mesa side ju.st above the stone, and there are several caves 
near b}'. The information about this stone is furnished b}^ Mr. 
K. A. Fleischer, who was shown the stone by an aged Mexican, 
the latter stating that the stone was well known to ]\Iexicans liv- 
ing- at Peiia Blanca [28:ito] and to the Indians of Cochiti. See 
[28:.s,s]. 

[28:',)U] Nameless pueblo ruin. The informant is Mr. Fleischer, 
wiio has visited the ruin and who kindly located it on [28 1. Per- 
haps the same as nameless pueblo ruin west of a point niidwaj' 
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unIocated], q. v. 
Cf. [28:82], [28:83], [28:84], [28:91], [29:29]; nameless puel)l() ruin 
midway between Bajada [29:2(;] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unl()- 
cated]; and third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned l)v Bandelier 
between Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:nnlocated]. 

[28:91] Nameless pueblo ruin. The informant is Mr. Fleischer, 
who has visited the ruin and who kindly located it on [28]. Per- 
haps the same as nameless pueblo ruin midway between Bajada 
[29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated], q'. v. Cf. [28:82], 
[28:83], [28:84], [28:9u], [29:29]; nameless puel do ruin west of a 
point midway between Bajada [29:26], and Cochiti [28:77], [29:un- 
located]; and third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier 
])etween Bajada [29:26] and Cochiti [28:77], [29:unlocated]. 

[28:92] (1) Cochiti Kweftxhaaftcta 'south town' {hwe 'south'; 
ftcR derivative postfix; hd-afMa 'town' 'pueblo'). It is so 
called because of its position as regards Cochiti Pueldo [28:77]. 
It was stated that this name was also formerly applied to [28:9;j], 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt. ir. p. 181, and note, 1892. 



HAURiNGTON] PLACE-XAMES 445 

but this statement is probably lo be explained as the iiifoiniaiit's 
inference ratiier than as a tribal tradition. See [28:'.>:'.|. 

(2) Eng. Pena Hlaiica. ( < Span). = Span. (:!). 

(3) Span. Pefla Hlanca ' white rock' 'white cliti". The place is 
named from the white rocks [28:',t4]. 

Peiia Blanca is a large Mexican settlement. Bandclicr tells 
something of it in his Fhtal /i\portJ The circle on the sheet indi- 
cates approximately the location of the Roman Catholic church 
at Pena Blanca. The town extends with straggling houses for 
perhaps a mile north and south of the church. There are a Kraii- 
ciscan monastery and a convent at Pcfia Blanca. See [28:'.>:5] and 
[28:91]. 
[28:1»?.] Cochiti Kweftifhaaftetafoma 'southern pueblo ruin' {l-v,- 
'south'; ftie derivative posttix; haaftetafoma 'pueblo ruin' 
<]iaaftda 'pueblo', f6>na 'old"). Kwi-fixha^nffi'ta is the 
Cochiti name of the present Mexican town of Pena Blanca 
[28:92], on the site of which this pueblo ruin is situated. It wa.s 
stated by the Cochiti infonmint that the name given above is the 
old Cocliiti name for the ruin, but this statement is probably to 
be explained as the inforjuant's inference rather than as a tribal 
tradition. 

On one of the gravelly dunes northeast of the church [?ee under [28:yi.']] at 
Pei3a Blanca, a large rectangle formed by upright stones or slabs is to lie sei'n. 
Pottery, flint, and obsidian are strewn over the place, and I found a half- 
finished stone axe; but this rectangle looks to me rather like a garden enclo- 
sure than a former building. - 

But the present writer's Cochiti informant asserted that there is 
a large pueblo ruin at Pefia Blanca, obliterated by the present 
Mexican town, and ^Nlr. K. A. Fleischer states that he has heard 
through several sources that there are traces of a pueblo ruin at 
Pena Blanca. See [28:92]. 
[28:94] (1) Eng. White Rocks. (<.Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. La Pena Blanca ' the white rock or cliff'. = Eng. (1). 
This is a large white rock or cliff, very conspicuous, situated 
about 25 feet east of the main wagon road connecting Cochiti and 
Santo Domingo. It is conmion information among Mexicans 
living at or about Pena Blanca that the settlement of Pcfia Blanca 
gets its name from this rock. See [28:'.'2]. 
[28:95] An old trail, leading from Pcfia Blanca [28::'i'] across llio 

low hills to Domingo Station [28:115]. 
[28:;k5] (1) Eng. Altar Hills. (<Span.). 
(2) Span. Los Altares 'the altars'. 

1 Pt. II. pp. 95, ISl, 1832. •"'!<'., p. ISl. 



446 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

These are large bills and quite imposing when seen from the 
vicinit)' of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:l()!tJ. There are tliree 
heights. The informant is Mr. Fleischer. 
[28:97] (1) Cochiti K'ofolcohd'aftda^K'ofolo ' south corner town' 
'south corner' (fc'o said to mean 'south'; folo 'corner' 'dell'; 
haafteta 'town' 'pueblo'). 

(li) Eng. Sile, Zile. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(;i) Span. Sile, Cile, of ob.scure origin. "Zile." ' 

This settlement consists of a line of Mexican houses or farms 
extending a mile or more in a north-south direction. The arroyo 
[28:y8] takes its name from the settlement. 
[28:98] (1) Eng. Sile Arroyo, Zile Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

('2) Span. Arroyo Sile, Arroyo Cile, arroyo of Sile or Zile 
[28:97]. 

This is a short, dry gulch. There are several smaller gulches 
also called by this name. See [28:97]. 
[28:99] (1) Cochiti Siroijenaja 'snowbird arroyo' {su-o 'snowbird', 
Span, coriz; tf'enaja 'arroyo'). =Span. (4). 

(2) Eng. Paloduro Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. {?>). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Paloduro, 'arroyo of the paloduro (an uniden- 
tified species of plant'). 

(4) Span. Arroyo de las Coriz(!S 'snowbird arroj^o'. =Coc^hiti 
(1). Whether this Span, name is a translation of the Cochiti 
name or vice versa has not been determined. It was obtained from 
the same Cochiti Indian who gave the name Cochiti (1), above. 

This arroyo is formed by the junction of [28:100] and [28:101]. 
[28:1(10] (1) Corral Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo de los Corralcs 'corral arroyo'. There are 
corrals at the arroyo; hence the name. 
This gulch joins [28:101] to form [28:99]. 
[28:101] (1) Eng. Slat Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo de las Latas 'slat arroyo' 'post arroyo'. 
= Eng. (1). 
This arroyo joins [28:100] to form [28:99]. 
[28:102] (1) Cochiti Katftfafohia 'old San Felipe' {Katftya, see 
[29:09]; /o/«a 'old').' Cf.' San Felipe (2). 

(2) Sah Felipe "Kat-isht-ya".' Cf. Cochiti (1). 

(3) San Felipe "Tyit-i Ilaa"',- apparently for tfetehd 'north- 
east' {tft'te 'north', ha 'east'). This is the San Felipe name for 
Cuhero [28:unlocated], near which the ruin is situated, according 
to l^andelier. 

iBandelier, Fiiml Report, pt. ii, p..lSl, ISW. sibid., p. 1S7. 



HARKINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 447 

This is a large pueblo ruin a short distance north of Cuhin. 

[28:unlocated], a(M-oss the Kio Grande from Santo Doininjro 

• Puehlo [28:l()!i], aeiordini>- to infornialion furnished liy Mr. K. A. 

Fleischer. 

The next ruin south of it [Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109]], whidi I lmvc> 
not seen, is near the villajje of Cubero [28:unloiated], on tlie westhiJe of iht- 
Rio Grande. It is tailed by the Indians of San Felipe [29:(i!l] Kat-isbt-ya, or 
Tyit-i Haa, as the site of the ruin itself, or tliat of Cubero [28:unlo(nt'.-.l) 
nearby, is meant. Tradition has it that the fii-st village. of tlie San V,-\i]v 
[29:09] branch of the Queres [Keresans] was built there.' 

Bandelier records a folk tale relating to this puehlo ruin, «.1>- 
taiued by him at San Felipe. See Cubero [28:unlocatedJ and 
[29:68], under which this folk tale is quoted. 
[28:10o] (1) Cochiti EoJiaygffenaja 'bear arrovo' (ku/uiljn Mieai-' 
any species; tfenaja 'arroyo"). Cf. Jeraez [27:45J. =Eng. (iJj, 
Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Oso Creek. (< Span.). = Cochiti (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Arroyo Oso 'bear arroyo'. = Cochiti (1), Eng. (2). 
The creek evidently takes its name from the spring [27:4.". J. 

Since the Jemez and Cochiti names for this spring both mean 
'bear spring' it seems probable that this is the ancient Indian 
name for the place of which the Span, name is a translation. 
The arroyo enters the Rio Grande a short distance below Santo 
Domingo Pueblo [28:109]. Sec [27:4.-3l. 

[28:1{M] (1) Eng. Borrego Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo del Borrego ' sheep arroyo '. = Eng. (1). 
The name is evidently derived from that of the spring, Span. 
Ojo del Borrego [27:48], which also gives the name to a large 
land grant in that region. This arroyo enters the Kio Grande 
opposite [29:6(;]. The upper course of the arroyo is a dee]i can- 
yon, known in Span, as Arroyo Hondo [28:105]. See [27:47], 
[27:48]. 

[28:10.5] Span. Arroyo Hondo, see [27:47'. 

[28:106] Galisteo Creek, see [29:34]. 

[28:107] The delta of Galisteo Creek [29:34]. 

[28:108] Foot-bridge built of logs across the Rio Grande, u>^ed by 
Santo Domingo Indians, A Cochiti infoi-mant said that this 
bridge has been where it is since his earliest memory; he is now 
a man of about 60 years of age. 

[28:10'.)] (1) T<'wig.e, not of Tewa etymology (probably <Kere.saii). 
The intonation of the syllable -»'/- is different from that in Tewa 
teWige 'down at cottonwood gap' {te cotton wood, Populus wis- 
lizeni; wj'* gap; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). "Te'-wi-gi";= said to 
mean "pueblo place", which is certainly wrong. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 1S7, 1»92. 

2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Klhn., 1S95 (Uandbook Inds., pt. 2, p. IW. 1910). 



448 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Jeth. ANN. 29 

(2) Taos "Tiiwita 'halioti.s place'".' =Picuris (3). Although 
the Taos maj^ etymologize the name thus, it seems probable that 
the first two syllables are < Keresan, and that fa is the Taos loca- 
tive postfix meaning 'down at'. 

(3) Picuris "Tu-wit-ha'."' '-Thiiwitha.''^ = Taos (2). 

(■i) Isleta "Tu-a-wi-hol"^ (probably same as Gatschet's "Tiiwi- 
;fuide," below). "Tu'-iai."* "Tiiwi'-ai."^ "Tiiwi;j^uidc"* (mean- 
ing 'Santo Domingo person'). =Sandia (5). Evidently the first 
two S3'llables < Keresan + locative -ai. 

(5) Sandia ''Tewiai."^ = Isleta (4). 

(G) Jemez Tawigi''!, not of Jemez etymology {Tairl probably 
< Keresan; gii locative postfix). Santo Domingo people are 
called TawigViTsScLf {fsaaf 'people'). = Pecos (7). "Ta'-wi- 
gi."' Cf. especially Pecos (7). 

(7) Pecos "Ta-wi'-gi.'"^ =. Jemez (6). 

(8) Cochiti Tfi'wa of obscure etymology. "D_vi'-wa."' 

(!•) Santo Domingo Kfewa, of obscure etymology. The Santo 
Domingo people are called Kfewamx {mse 'people'). "Ge-e- 
wa}^".* '• Ge-e-we".° " Ki'-o-a-me or Ki'-wo-mi" '" (for K/ewa- 
rnx). " Ki'-o-wumnii " " (for Kfewamse). " Kiwomi '' : '- given as 
name of the Santo Domingo dialect; probably using Wheeler as 
his source; iov Kftwamre. " Kiwomi or Kivome''.'^ "Ki-ua".'* 
"Ki-ua".'=> "Tlhua".'" "Ki-hua"." 

(10) Santo Domingo "You-pel-la}'''.'" 

(11) Sia "Tiwi".'" Santa Ana. 

(12) "T'wi'wi".' 

(13) San Felipe " Ki'wa".' 

(14) Laguna "Dji'wi".' 
(lo) Acoma "Ti'vvi".' 

' Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1S95 (Handhook Inds., j.t. _>. i>. 46J, 1910). 

= Spinden, Piouris notes, MS., 1910. 

^Gibbs, Isleta vocab., MS., Bur. Amer. Etlin., 1868. 

<Gatsehet, ibid., 1885. 

■■'Gatschet, Sandia vocab., ibid., n. d. 

'' Hodge, op. cit. 

:ibid. 

'Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 18.jO. 

9 Simpson (18B0) quoted in Whaler Sun. Rep., vii, p. 418, 1879 

i» Whipple, Pac. R. R. Rep., iir, pt. 3, p. 90, 18.56. 

11 Ibid., p. 9. 

12 Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 60, 1876. 

13 Pimentel cited by Cubas. Repub. Mexico, p. 65, 1876. 
n Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 260, 1890. 

15 Ibid., pt. II, p. 187, 1892. 

16 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 216, 1893. 

1^ Jouvcnceau in Caih. Pioneer, i. No. 9, p. 12, 1906. 

18 Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 56, 1888 (said in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p, 642, 1910, to be erro- 
neously so called because of one of their dances). 
i» Spinden, Sia vocab., MS., 1911. 



HARuiN-GTox] PLACE-NAMES 440 

(16) Oraibi Hopi T<iwr\ not of Ilopi etvmolojjv (prohjihlv 
< Keresan). = Moki (17). 

(17) "Tuwii"! (given us llopi name, puohlo not stated). 
, (18) Zuui " Wehl-'hluwalla".- 

(19) Navaho "Kin Klokai Xl 'white houses'".' 

(20) Navaho "Tqo ]Iajiio' 'they draw \vater'"< (<riven as nanio 
of the puelilo). "Tqo HajihSni 'people whodraw water'"'' (given 
as name of the Santo Doniinoo people). 

(21) Eng-. Santo Domingo. (<Span.). =Span. (:i2). 

(22) Span. Santo Domingo 'Saint Dominick' or -holy Sunday'. 
= Eng. (21). "Santo Domingo"" ("just as likely to have been the 
former pueblo of San Felipe [28:102] as Guipuy or old Santo Do- 
mingo [28:117]"). "Santo Demingo".' "Sto. Doiuiugo".' 
"Domingo"." "Sto. Domingo de Cochiti".'" "S! Domingo"." 
"Sto. Domingo de Cue vas"'- (apparently meaning 'Saint Domi- 
nick of caves'). "San Domingo"." "Santa Domingo"." "Santa 
Dominga".'^ "Saint Domingo".'" "San Domingan'" '' (applied 
to the language). 

Bandelier learned a tradition at both Cochiti and Santo Doniinjjo 
that the Santo Domingo Indians inhabited in very ancient times 
the pue})lo ruin on Quemada Mesa [28:unlocatedJ.'* Regarding 
pueblos subsequently inhabited hj the Santo Domingo Indians, 
Bandelier says: 

At last we leave the mountains, and return to the Rio Grande valley, where, 
about 5 miles south of Peiia Blanca, we meet with the ruins of another pueblo 
of the Santo Domingo Indians, called by them Gi-pu-y [28:117]. The ruins 
of Gi-pu-y stand a mile and a half east of the station of Wallace [subsequently 
Thornton, now Domingo [28:115]], and south of the railroad track [28:1 12] on 
the brink of the Arroyo de Galisteo [28:106]. That torrent has water only 
during heavy rains, when it frequently becomes dangerous. The people of 
Gi-pu-y ex|)erienced this when a part of their village was swept away in one 
night, and they were compelled to move to the Rio Grande and establish their 

1 Stephen in Sth Ecp. Bur. Amer. Ellin., p. 30, 1891. 

2 Stevenson in i3d Sep. Bur. Amer. Etkn., p. .W, lOQ-l. 

3 Curtis, American Indian, i, p. 138, 1907. 

1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Language, p. ia'>, 1910. 

5Ibitl.,p. 128. 

6 Sosa (1590) in Doc. Intd., xv, p. 253, 1871: Ofiate (1598), ibid., xvi, p. 102 et foq.; quotation follow- 
ing, above, from BandeUer in Archa^l. Insl. Papers. Amer. Ser.. iv.. p. IS. 1^92. 

' Vetancurt (1696) cited by Bandelier, ibid., p. 16S. 

8 Rivera, Diario, leg. 784, 1736. 

» Vaugondy, Map AmL^rique, 1778. 

10 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex.. 18S9, p. 281 (according to Ilandb.v.k Iml'^., |.l. 2. p. 41)2, 1910, mid lo 
be so called after 1782, but to be distinct from Cochiti [28:77] ). 

" Kitchin, Map. N. A., 1787. 

12 Escudero. Not. Estjvd. de Chihuahua, p. 180, 1831. 

13 Muhlenptordt, Mejico, ii, p. 53:1, 18M. 

H Ahen in Emory, Recon., p. -IS-l, 1848 (misprint). 

15 Calhoun in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribe.s, III, p. 633, 1853. 

18 MoUhausen, Pacific, r, p. 331, 1S58. 

"Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 55, 18.88. 

18 See Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 181-8.-). 1892. 

87584°— 29 eth— IC 29 



450 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Ieth. ANN. 29 

home on its banks. The first time we hear of Gi-pu-y is in tlie journal of 
Oflate in 1598.' Previous to Ofiate, in 1591, Gaspar Castario de Sosa iiad named 
one of the Queres [Keresan] villages on the Rio Grande Santo Domingo, and 
his Journal leads me to infer that it stood on the east bank of that river.^ 
About 1660 it certainly lay on the eastern side of the Rio Grande.^ A 
change in location of a pueblo is not always accompanied by a change of 
name.* It would seem, therefore, that the Gi-pu-y [28:117] near Wallace 
[28:115], is not the historical Gi-pu-y, but a village of the same name of the 
Santo Domingo Queres [Keresans], abandoned by them in consequence of a 
disastrous flood previous to 1591. The ruins indeed appear very old, and the 
southeastern portion has been carried off by the torrent [28:106]. They con- 
sist of low mounds of rubble and rubbish, with a good deal of glazed pottery. 
At one place there is a wall, apparently of adobe, 3 feet thick, and traces 
of foundations of the usual thickness (0.30 m.) are visible in several of 
the mounds. The site is level, and decay, not abrasion, has reduced the 
ruin.s to their present condition. Some of the glazed pottery fragments, how- 
ever, are still very bright in color. The banks of the arrovo [28:106] are verti- 
cal in most places, and from 10 to 15 feet in height. Historical Gi-pu-y, of 
which Juan de Onate has written, and which, it appears, was the Santo 
Domingo of Castauo, stood nearly on the site of the present pueblo [28:109]; 
but from what the Santo Domingo Indians told me, I infer that the first church, 
built between 1600 and 1605,'' was erected on the banks of the Galisteo 
[28:106], north of the village." It [historical Gi-pu-y] was swept away by 
that torrent [28:106], and the pueblo rebuilt farther west on the banks of 
the Rio Grande. The new village bore the name of Huash-pa Tzen-a [Isi'na 
'river' 'Rio Grande'. See Huash-pa Tzen-a [28:unlocated]]. When the 
river carried off a part of that settlement also, its inhabitants again moved far- 
ther east, always clinging to the river banks. The pueblo was then called 
Ki-ua, which name it still- bears. In 1886 a part of Ki-ua, including both 
churches, was destroyed by a flood, so that it is now impossible to recognize 
the ancient sites. The Gi-pu-y near Wallace is the only one of the old 
pueblos of Santo Domingo, east of the Rio Grande, of which any traces are 
left.' 

1 "Obediencia y Vasallajt de Santo Domingo, p. 107. Discurso de las Jornadas, p. 254, He calls the 
place Santo Domingo, without stating that he hart named it so himself. This impUe-s that the name 
was given by some previous explorer. The distance which he traveled fron San Felipe to Santo Do- 
mingo, tour leagues (11 miles), is very exoct, and shows that the latter pueblo stood on the banks of 
the Rio Grande on or very near the site it occupies to-day, and not at Wallace [38:115] . Old Gi-pu-y 
[28:117] is IJ leagues farther east than the Santo Domingo [88:109] of to-day."— Bandelier, Final 
Keport, pt. II, pp. 185-86, note, 1892. 

2 "Memoria del Dcscubrimiento, p. 253. It is plain from that Journal that the village stood on the 
Rio Grande, since he says that it stood 'on the banks of a great river,' to which hehimself afterwards 
gives the name of ' el Rio Grande.' That it wa.s on the east bank is also very clear, since he reached 
the place from San Marcos without crossing the Rio Grande." — Ibid., p. 186, note. 

3 " Vetancurt, Crdnica, p. 315. His information about the pueblos of New Mexico dates mostly from 
16fiO. That the village stood on the river bank in Augu.st, 1080. is plainly stated by Antonio de Oter- 
min in his Diario de la Retirada, fol. 30," — Ibid. 

< "Thu.s San Felipe has always kept its name of Kat-isht-ya, although its location has thrice been 
changed, Sandia has remained Na-fl-ap, although it was abandoned in 1681 and reoccupied only in 1748 
IsletaisTshya-uip-ato-day,asitwasinl681, Other pueblos, however, havechangedtheirnames."— Ibid. 

6 " Fray Juan de E.scalona, commissary of the Franci.sean Order in New Mexico, was the builder of 
the first church of Santo Domingo. He died in that pueblo, and was buried in the temple, in 1607. 
Vetancurt, Menalogio; also Crdnica. p. 316. Torquemada, MoTtarchia, vol. iii, p. 598. Every trace of 
that church has long since disappeared." — Ibid., p. 187, note. 

t " The Galisteo torrent [28:100] reaches the Rio Grande a few hundred meters north of the present 
village of Santo Domingo [28:109] . The pueblo is much exposed to damage by water, and for a num- 
ber of years the river has been constantly encroaching on the east bank. Moreover, several torrents 
on the south, like the .\rroyo de los Vald(?ses [28:unlocated] and others, do mischief, yet the Indian 
will not leave tlie spot." — Ibid, 

' Bandelier, ibid., pp. 185-87, note. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 451 

The population of Sui.to Dominoo (pi. 19,2?) is at present uIm-uI 
900. The Santo Doniinjro Indians are especially conservative aixl 
dosemouthed, and are <iuick to resent any supposed encroach- 
ment or inquisitiveness on the part of the whites. Tiie t)uil(liiij,r 
of the railroad [28:112] tlirouoli their lands about 1881 increased 
the hostile feelino-. So much trouble was experienced in forcinjr 
the attendance of Indian children at the school at the pueblo, tha't 
the school was discontinued several years ago, an agreement 
ha\ing been made between the school autiiorities and the Indians 
that there should be an attendance of at least 50 Santo Domingo 
children at the Goverimient Indian School at Santa Fc. The 
Roman Catholic church [28:111] at Santo Domingo is directly oast 
of the village. Northeast of the church is the abandoned school- 
house [28:110]. Northwest of the latter is the house formerly 
the residence of the teacher, but now used by the Indians as a 
latrine. "Santo Domingo, San Juan, Santa Ana, and esi)eciallv 
Acoma, consist of several parallel rows of houses forming one to 
three streets."' "The material of which the houses are con- 
structed varies with the nature of the surroundings. Acoma is 
of stone and rubble; Isleta, Santo Domingo. Cochiti, etc., are of 
adobe, and yery often one and the same pueblo, not infrequently 
one and the same long house, displays both kinds of material. " = 
There are two large circular estufas at Santo Domingo. In this 
pueblo there is considerable Tano blood, and there are probably 
several persons who still remember the Tano language. See 
Tano under Names of Tribes and Peoi-lks. See also [28:llo], 
[28:111]. Cf. [28:117], Pueblo ruin on Quemado Mesa [28:unlo- 
cated]. and Arroyo de los Valdezes [28:unlocated]. 

[28:110] The abandoned schoolhouse at Santo Domingo Pueblo, 
northwest of the church [28: 111 ]. See [28:109]. 

[28:111] The Roman Catholic church at Santo Domingo Puel)lo. 
It is due east of the pueblo. • See [28:109]. 

[28:112] The Achison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. 

[28:113] T''W>^epierj(/er*\'1cu 'hills beyond Santo Domingo' {Tiwi^- 
see [28:109]; pxyge^hayonA': 'i'' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; 'oTcu 'hill'). This is the name given by the Tewa to the 
barren hilly plateau soutlieast of Santo Domingo PueI>lo. Sec 
[28:114]. 

[28:111:] A stone shrine. The informant is Mr. K. A. Fleischer. 

[28:115] (1) Eng. Domingo settlement. (< Santo Domingo [28:ln9]). 
= Span. (2). 
('2) Span. Domingo. (<Eng.). =Fng. (1). 
This is the name given the settlement on January 1, 1910. Tiie 
first name of the station was Wallace, so called after (rovernoi- 



, Final Ropori, i)t. i.p.'-'iA ISW. 



452 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

Lew Wallace of New Mexico and given in the eighties. This name 
was changed to Thornton in 1890 in honor of Governor Thornton 
of New Mexico. It was found that the name Thornton was pro- 
nounced with so great difficulty )iy the Span. -speaking popula- 
tion, who called it s6»tan, tortiton, etc., that it has been changed 
to Domingo, which name it now l>ears. The Indians usually call 
the place either Wallace or Domingo. The population of Domingo 
was 60 in 1011. There is a large trading store conducted by Mr. 
Julius Seligman. A small Roman Catholic chapel has recently 
been built. See [38:109]. 

[28:116] Railroad bridge across (ialisteo Creek (28:106]. 

[28:117] A pueblo ruin called "(li-pu-y" by Bandelier presumably 
because of some information obtained by him at Santo Domingo. 
"Gi-pu-i."' "Gui-pu-y.'"- "Gi-pu-y."' 

The "Guipui" of Onate, 1.598 {/Mc. Ined., xvi, p. 102, 1871), 
is identified by Bandelier as a former pueblo of the Santo 
Domingo Indians situated nearlj' on the site of the present Santo 
Domingo [28:109], i miles west of [28:117]. The Cochiti form 
of this name was obtained by the writer, but the notes are not 
available. The pueblo ruin [28:117] is described by Bandelier. 
(See excerpt under [28:109] (22).) 



Span. "Arroyo do los Vald4ses."^ Valdez is a Span, family 
name. The pi'oper Span, form would l)e Arroyo de los Valdez. 
This is evidentlj' a gulch which runs through the southern part 
of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109]: "Several torrents on the 
south, like the Arroyo de los Valdeses and others, do mischief."' 
See [28:109]. 

Cave in Tj'etejMtye hills [28:75]. Somewhere in these hills there is 
said to be a large cave which is used by the Cochiti Indians for 
ceremonial purposes. The informant knew no name for this 
cave. Bandelier probably refers to this and other caves when he 
writes: "Ai-tificial caves are said to exist in some of the rocks in 
the hills visible from Cochiti [28:77]." See [28:75], also the 
following: 

Cliff in lower Cochiti Canj^on. 

In the lower portions of the Canada [28:52] is a low cliff famous in witch- 
craft stories. The people of Cochiti pretend that the wizards and witches 
meet there on certain nights, assembling at the cliff in the shape of owls, 
turkey-buzzards and crows. At a signal the rock opens, displaying a bril- 

' Bandelier in Ausland. p. 814, 18S2. < Ibid., p. 187. 

•Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 34, 1890. 'Ibid., p. 187, note, 

sibid., pt. II, pp. 22, 185, 1S92. 



HARRrxcTox] PLACE-NAMES 453 

liantly lighted cavity. Fortluvith theanimal sha,«.s disap„ear, and thewi.^k.,! 
^erersresu^ne their iuunan appearance and enter the''ave;n to carou- ,iil 

See_ [28:52]. Cf. Cuvc i„ TfHepotfe hills [28:unloc:itedl. 
Pueblo rum i.i the dell at the mouth of Alamo Canyon [28:2uj. 

The basin [28:22] is not more tlmn three-quarter, of a mile in diameter ...nd 
groves of cottonwood trees grow on its fertile .oil. A email ruin .-lands at the 
foot of the Potrero del Alamo [28:23], liaving 24 cells of tl>e avera^.e size of :i :. 
by 2.9 meters (11 J by 9J feet), constructed of parallelopipeds of tufa Scarcely 
any pottery was to be seen. From this basin the cliffs surrounding it .,n 
three sides rise to towering heights, and the Potrero del Alamo [28-!] 
especially presents a grand appearance. . . . Except at the little hanin 
[28:21], the Rio Grande leaves no space for settlement between San Ildefouwi 
and Cochiti.^ 

See [28:22], [28:23]. 

Cochiti Ilcta'anj'ehkfo 'cottonwood mountain' {hetaaiife 'cotton- 
wood'; )co 'mountain'; tfq locative). 
This is a mountain west of Cochiti. 

Santo Domingo "Huash-pa Tzen-a."^ Given as the Santo Domin.;.. 
name for Santo Domingo Pueblo after it was moved from [28:1 1"?] 
to a spot near its present site. 

Dr. Spinden states that he inquired about this name when at 
Cochiti, and learned merelj- that hwdfpa is a kind of bush 
and tliat there is a place somewhere in the hills which is named 
afterit. See under [28: 10!)]. "Tzen-a"sound.s like Cochiti^c'«a 
'river' 'Rio Grande'. Mr. F. W. Hodge is authority for the 
statement that there is a Cochiti clan by tiie name of Ti<!n ' turkev '. 

San Felipe "Isht-ua Yen-e."* Bandelier adds in a note the partial 
etymology of the name: "From Isht-ua, arrow." The name oc- 
curs in a San Felipe tradition recorded by Bandelier: "a place 
above [north of] Santo Domingo f28:l0itj called Isht-ua Yen-c, 
where many arrow-heads are found to-day."^ See the quotation 
of the story under [29:<;!t]. 

(1) Keresan (evidentlj- Cochiti) "Ka-ma Chinaj-a. . . . Ka-nia sig- 
nifies bouse, and Chin-a-ya torrent, or mountain gorge in which 
runs a torrent.'''* 

(2) Span. "Caiionde la IJolsa."^ This means 'pocket canyon". 

The Potrero Chato [28:36] is frequently called CapulLn, and its upper part is 
termed Potrero de San Miguel [28:;i7]. As it is three-lobed, the three IoIm-s 
bear different local names. Between them lie, from north to south, the Canon 
Jose Sanchez (Tyeshtye Ka-ma Chinaya) [28:51], and the Caiion de la Bolsa 

(Ka-raa Chinaya).' 

See Sierra de la Bolsa. page 4.5(!. 



I Bandelier, Final Report, pi. ii, \>. 17.S, note, 1»'J2. ' Ibid., p. liW. 

' Ibid., pp. 1J8-149. ' n>id., p. I.tS, nvtc. 

s Ibid., p. 187. 



454 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Cochiti "Ka/kona 'white hill'".' Said to be the name of a hill some- 
where near Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. 
Cochiti Kohaijotfvtoisanfif 'place where the bear jumped across' 

(hjha1;/g 'bear' of any species; tfutotsanfif 'place where he 

jumped'). 

This is a narrow opening somewhere in the upper part of 

Peralta Canyon [28:71]. The walls of the canyon almost moet, 

so that it is not more than 2a feet from the top of one wall to that 

of the other. It is said that a bear once jumped across this chasm; 

hence the name. See [28:71]. 
(Jochiti Kotfetefoma, KutfetehdWifteiafoma, Kotfetelca'matsefdiiia 

'old Cochiti' 'old Cochiti settlement' {Kotfete, see [28:77]; 

/o/Ha'old'; hd'afteta 'settlement'; fcii'iiiafsg 'settlement'). 
This is the unlocated prehistoric "Old Cochiti", somewhere on 

the mesa [28 :56]. See [28 :.-,8]. 
Cochiti Iuif¥o/ia, of obscure etymology. 

A high hill or mountain several miles southwest of Cochiti; 

north of P6nfe)akdfTc\ below. 
Cochiti Mdtfanaffinaja 'the seven arroyos' {indtfaiia 'seven'; 

tfenaja 'arroyo'). 

This is a place somewhere west of Cochiti where seven ari-oyos 

come together. 
Cochiti "Mekernat^ku (mekerna 'red paint")".' Given as the name 

of a place in the mountains, southwest of [28:31] and 12 miles 

from Cochiti Pueblo [28:77], where "mikerna", a kind of red 

paint, is obtained. See imder Minerals. 
Navaho trail. 

Across this mesa [28:16] a trail from east to west, formerly much used by 
the Navajo Indians on their incursions against the Spanish and Pueblo settle- 
ments, creeps up from the Rio Grande, and, crossing the mesa, rises to the 
crest of the mountains. It seems almost impossible for cattle and horses to 
ascend the dizzy slope, yet tlie savages more than once have driven their liv- 
ing booty with merciless haste over this trail to their distant homes.^ 

See [28:28]. 
Cochiti PonfejciTcdfV, of obscure etymology {po 'west'). 

A high hill or mountain several miles southwest of Cochiti; 

south of KdfVuna, above. 
Span. "Potrerodela Cuesta Colorado'".^ 

Images of pumas or American panthers (also called mountain lions) which 
lie [at [28:27]] a few hundred yards west of the ruin [28 :26], in low woods 
near the foot of the cliffs called "Potrero de la Cuesta Colorado ".' 

"Colorado" is a misprint for Colorada. See [28:2fi], [28:27], 
[28:30]. 

1 Spinden. Cochiti vocab., MS.. 1911. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 147, 1892. 

3 Ibid., p. U2. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 455 

Pueblo ruin on the Potrero en el :Medio [28:64]. Bandelier sii\ > of 
this: 

I have not ascended to its summit [of Potrero en el Me.lio [28:«4]|, l.iit 
know on good authority that on it stand the ruinsof two l.nildinj.'S.' In r.-'irard 
to the pueblo on the Potrero de en el .Medio I was unable to seeiire any tr.i.liti..u. 
but the Cuchiti Indians "suppo.sed" that it was formerly a (Jii.Tis[Ken-san] 
village. - 

Pueblo ruin on Quemadti Mesa 128:(!7J. 

At a distance of 12 miles from the pueblo [Cochiti [28:77]], a partly wooded 
ridge [Quemada Mesa [28;67]] traver.ses it [Quemado Canyon [28:(>li]], and 
on the summit of this ridge, called Potrero de la Canada Quemada, lies the ruin 
of which figure 16 of Plate i [of Bandelier's Final. Hiport, ii, 1892] pives the 
shape and relative size. It stands on a bare space near the eastern brink f>f tlie 
abrupt slope, protected on the west by woods. The view from there is almost 
boundless to the south, where the Sierra de los Ladrones [29:122] and tlie 
Magdalena Slountains [Unmapped] are distinctly visible . . . There is no 
water on the Potrero, and I was at a loss to find tillable soil. Still this is no proof 
that the Indians who dwelt there did not have their little fields in some nook 
or corner, either at the foot or on the summit of the ridge. This Pueblo, with 
the one near San Antonio [29:unloc;ited] in the Pecos valley, is the nio.«t com- 
pact specimen of the one-house t\pe which I have ever seen. There even apiK'ars 
to be no entrance to the small courtyard in the middle. North of this court- 
yard the cells are eight deep; south there are 9 rows from west to east, and Hi 
transversely, the whole number of rooms on the first floor being 296, and their 
averagesizeabout2.7 by 3.6metei-s (9hy Ujfcet)^ . . . Notfar from this ruin 
is a small artificial tank large enough for the demands of a])opulation which proli- 
ably did not ninch exceed throe hundred, judging from the capacity of the larg- 
est house at Taos. The artificial objects are the same as on the other Potreros, 
butglazed pottery is very scarce, as the bulk of the potsherds belong to the black 
and white and to the corrugated varieties. Considerable moss-agate and flint, 
and some obsidian, was noticed. The Cochiti Indians, and also those of Santo 
Domingo, told me that this was the abode of the latter branch of the Queres 
[Keresan] tribe in times long prior to the Spanish era, and that the Santo 
Domingo Indians moved from here to the east side of the Rio Grande, where 
they were living in the sixteenth century, and live to<lay . . . The ancient 
character of the potsherds on the Potrero Quema^lo attracts attention. After 
diligent search I did not find more than two or three small pieces of the 
coarsely glazed kind, but the corrugated, and especially the white (or gr.iy) 
decorated with black lines, were abundant, resembling the pottery found in 
connection with the small houses and some of the cave villages. If the Santo 
Domingo branch of the Queres [Keresan] inhabited the Potrero Qneuia<io 
[28:67] in former times, the question arises whether they emigrated from the 
Bito [28:6] as a separate band, or moved off jointly with the Cochiti and San 
Felipe clusters, seceding from these at one or the other of the stations between 
the Potrero Quemado [28:67] and the Kito de los Frijoles [28:6]. There is 
such a marked difference betwe<>n the pottery on the former and that at the 
other ruins of Queres [Keresan] villages north of it ( the small houses excepte.1 ) 
that we might conjecture that the separation took place at the Kito [28:6] Ix'fore 
the people there had begun to manufacture the coarsely glazed variety. '1 he 



i BandeUer, Final Report, pt. n, p. 1S2. ' Ibid., p. ISl. ' Ibi<l.. PP. lS^-e3. 



456 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

greater or less decoration of pottery in the Southwest is owing to local condi- 
tions. But the introduction of a new material for decorative purposes is another 
thing. It may have taken place at the Kito de los Frijoles [28:6] ; but ruins 
north of that place (for instance, the Pu-y6 [14:46]) also exhibit it. It is a 
chronological as well as an ethnological indication, pointing to a discovery 
made at a certain time, possibly by one tribe and communicated by it to ita 
neighbors, until it gradually became the property of several. It would be very 
interesting, therefore, to discover what this coarse glaze was made of. I have 
diligently inquired of the Indians, but without success. . . . If it was based 
upon the use of some special mineral ingredient, we might ultimately discover 
where that ingredient came from, and whether the invention was made at some 
particular place or was evolved simultaneously among different tribes. But the 
glazed pottery shows rather decadence than improvement; it is coarser in tex- 
ture, and although the patterns of the designs are nearly the Same as those of 
older varieties, tlie glossy covering is thick and coarse.' 

See [28:(36], [28:»!7]. 
Span. "Sierra de la Bol.Sii".= Tliis moans 'pocket mountains'. 

In the west [of Cochiti Canyon [28:52]] rise the pine-clad slopes and crests 
of the Sierra de la Bolsa, and in front of them a high and narrow projection or 
cliff, called Potrero Viejo [28:56]. ^ 

See Ka-ma China_ya, pa<^e 453. 
Cocliiti f'tfeftfikana 'the waterfall' {ftfeftfilc 'it falls in'; ana 
'locative'). 

This is a waterfall somewhere in Jose Sanchez Canyon [28:51], 
q. v., and gives the latter its Cochiti name. 
Cochiti TfdlttikutS'Xi, ' pifion mountain' {tfciUs 'piiion' ' Pinus 
edulis'; hn 'mountain'; ?*_/*« locative). 

A place somewhere on the east side of the Itio Grande opposite 
Cochiti. 
(1) San Felipe "Tyit-i Haa."^ Given as the San Felipe name of the 
site of Cuhero settlement. In the Cochiti idiom (almost identical 
with that of San Felipe) /;,/(/i^(?/!Y« means 'northeast' {tfete 'north'; 
ha ' east'). Cubero is actually northeast of San Felipe [29:69]. 

(2) En<,^ Cubero. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cubero 'cooper's shop' 'cooper', also famil}- name 
= Eng. Cooper. 

This is a INIexican settlement a short distance south of 
[28:102], q. v. 
Cochiti Tsetfatetarifhut'effamahu'aftetafijma, Tsetfatetanfhit'etfa- 
makdi'matsefoma 'painted cave pueblo ruin', referring to [28:31] 
{Tsetfatetunfhdt'etfa^na, see [28:31]; hd^aftdafoma 'pueblo 
ruin' ■clui'djteta 'pueblo', fdma 'old'; Icdhnatfiefuma 'pueblo 
ruin ' <ha'mat»e ' settlement' 'pueblo', fdma 'old'). Mr. F. W. 
Hodge ■* gives as the name of the Cueva Pintada, Tsilcydtitans\ 
which, he states, is a misprint for Tsihydtitans". 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, pp. 182-85, 1892. ' B.indelier, op. cit., p. 187. 

2In Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 370, 1907. * lu Handbook Inds., op. cil., p. 1(14. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 457 

This is the pueblo luin at the Painted Cave. IJandciier savs 
of it: 

Cave dweUings have been excavated in the rear wall of the cave, and 15 
meters (48 feet) above the floor are in.ientations showing that ohamtere ha.l 
also been burrowed out at tlii<^ height. The steps therefore mav have Ixt-n 
made m order to reach this uppor tier of rooms; for it appean^d to' me that il.i- 
paintings were more recent than the cave village, as thev are partially painte.l 
oviT walls of former artificial cells, the coating of which ha.l fallen off In-fore 
the pictographs were placed on them.' .Most of the cave dwellings are found 
on the west side of the Cueva Pintada. Some of them have two tiers; an.l 
there are also traces of foundations in front of the cliff, showing that houses 
had been built against the wall. Of the extent of this cave village it is didicult 
to judge, but enough is left to indicate that it may have contained a few hun- 
dred people. The pottery belonged to the oldest types; mostly white and 
black, and corrugated. Much obsidian lay about in splinters and chips; al.-^o 
door-sills of diorite, broken metiVtes, grinders made of lava, and stone axes,— 
in short, the usual ■' relics "' accompanying pueblo ruins.- 

Ilewett says: 

At this place there was, besides the great ceremonial cave [28::U], a small 
cliff dwelling and talus settlement, corresponding in size to the clan houses of 
the mesas. It could never have been more than a clan village, never ap- 
proaching the size necessary to accommodate a lai-gc community like Cochiti.^ 

This ruin was mentioned to the present writer as the third 
successive settlement inhaljited and aljandoned b}' the Cochiti on 
their migration southward; see under [28:77]. See [28::]!]. 

[29] SOUTIIEKN SHEET 

The entire area shown on [29] is outside of (south of) the Tewa 
countiy proper, but the Tewa are familiar with it and have current in 
their language many names for places located therein. All the i)laces 
for which it has been possible to obtain Tewa names have been dealt 
with, and also many others, although the same effort has not been 
made as in the case of the other sheets, to give all the place-names 
belonging to the region. 

Map [29] includes the whole or part of the area formerly held l)y 
the Tano Tewa, Pecos, Southern Tiwa, Apache, Conianclie, Keresin, 
Jemez, Navaho, and Zuni Indians. For the range of these tribes or 
linguistic groups see Handhook nf Indians. 

[29:1] (1) Tdl-wa/e,fumap!K)j(!etsikwaje 'basalt height' 'basalt height 
beyond Buckman Mesa [20:5]' (An Miasalt'; hwaje 'height'; fiim.i- 
pceyfje, see introduction to sheet [20]), page 322. 

(2) Cochiti Tfetehatfe 'northeast', referring to hills or mesa 
{tfete 'north': ha 'east': t/e locative). 

1 "I was informed that in fonner times, whenever a pueblo was abandoned, it was customary to paint 
a series of such symbols in some secliiiled spot near the site of the village. Whether this is Imc or not, 
I do not know."— Bandeuer, Final Report, pt. u. p. 157, note, ISM. 

2 Ibid., pp. 150-157 and note. 

sHewett in Papers School Amer. Arrlixol., No. 10, p. 1571, 1909. 



458 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS tETH. ANN. 20 

See [29:1], [29:2], [29:4], [28:49], Canada Anoha, and Canada 
Larga [29:unlocated]. 

(3) Span. Mesa Chino, for Mesa del Chino 'Chinaman Mesa'. 
The origin of this name is not understood. 

This is a very large mesa of irregular form and height. It can 
be distinctly seen from Santa Fe. It is said to have four chief 
summits: [20:48], [29:2], [29:3], and [29:4]. For various points 
of interest on and about the mesa see maps [20]. |28], and [29]. 
One old trail runs across it from [20:50] to [28:48], while anotiier 
runs beside the Kio Grande along the western base of the mesa. 
Cf. especially T4'<t\/ [28:4s]. 
[29:2] P'eftikwaje 'timber point height' {/"efuii^see [20:unlocated]; 
Jcwrije 'height'). 

This is a high, rotmdish height on top of [29:1], q. v. See also 
[20:47], [20:48]. 
[29:3] (1) Tuina^ To/nafdijj' of obscure etymologj' {toma unexplained, 
but cf. other place-names ending in -7na such as ^ Oma [16:42] and 
/'?<ma [20:5]; |>i?;y' 'mountain'). "To-ma".^ 

(2) Eng. Red Hill. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cerro Colorado 'red hill'. =Eng. (2). The height 
has a reddish color; hence the name. 

This is a very high hill or mountain slightly west of the central 
part of the plateau [29:1]. This hill is very well known to the 
Tewa by the name Toma. The Tewa state that in ancient times 
Toma was one of the four places from which smoke and fire 
used to come forth. The other places were 'Ognht-wc [20:6], 
fumawalcip u [19:116], and Ty.nfjop'o [18:21]. 

The Tehuas [Tewa] call the Mesa del Cuervo [see below], and the heights 
which crown it, To-ina . . . They say that "once upon a time," very, very 
long ago, smoke issued simultaneously from four different points. From the 
heights on the Mesa del Cuervo, or To-ma, from the 'Gigantes,' or black cliff 
of Shynmo [20:6] south of San Ildefonso, from the Tu-yo, or the black mesa 
[18:21] of San Ildefonso north of the village, and from another point in high 
mountains which I could not locate."^ 

Bandelier is certainlj' wrong when he identities Mesa del Cuervo 
MfiihToma; see [20:50]. 

On the waterless plateau called El Cuervo, farther north, [than [28:49]] I 
know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Canada Ancha and Canada Larga 
[29:unlocated], at the foot of that wide and long mesa [29:3], I have been 
informed, are devoid of all remains of former Indian habitations. - 

Bandelier doubtless refers to Red Hill also when he writes: 
North of the Tetilla [29:4] lie several ancient craters, whose sides have 
crumbled and are now rounded eminences or jagged humps. A layer of trap 

■Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 81, 1892. 
2Ibid., p. 81 and note. 



BAumxGTox] PLACE-XAMES 459 

and lava covers the cretaceous formation to a .iepth of a h.inilnKl f«.t or mor.- 
The nearer we approach San Ildofonso, the wilder the scenery U'conies, an<i the 
broad cafiada-s that traverse it are without |iermaneiit waU>r.' 

Mr. W. M. Tipton of Santa Fe, New Mexico, rocontly iiifoiin.d 
Doctor Hewett that he had found in an old Spanish doeiinient in 
the Spanish archives (422, 423, 726) in the olVice of tiie Surveyor 
General at Santa Fe, "Ciuiia" mentioned as a hill soinowliere 
southeast of Santa Fe. "Cuma" is perhaps a Span, spi-llinj,' <.f 
Tewa Toma. 
[29:4] (1) ^Vawag.^w,', Waimig.ipiijf 'hrcast-liko place,' 'hieast-iike 
mountain' (<wa 'breast; wag/ 'like' 'resembling'; '/(/v locativi-; 
piVf ' mountain '). This is probably merely a translation of Span. 
(4), but it is in common tise. 

(2) Cochiti Mfiefl-'oto, of ol)scure etymolooy (A-(/.v(/unexplainfd: 
¥6to 'height' <l'o 'mountain', to 'up at' locative postfix). 
"Shkasi-sku-tshu . . . the pointed height "'.- 

(3) Eng. Tetilla Mountain. (<Span.). =Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Tetilla 'teat' 'nipple'. =Eng. (3). So named be- 
cause of the teat-like shape of the mountain. 

Bandelier says of the Tetilla Mountain:^ 

"This plateau [speaking of [20:5] and [29:1] together] is sur- 
mounted near its southern end by the isolated height of the 
Tetilla."-' 

In a footnote Bandelier gives erroneously '"Ta-pu" as the 
Tewa name of Tetilla Mountain: "'Shkasi-sku-tshu,' in Queres 
[Keresan] the pointed height, Ta-pu, in Tehua [Tewa] which has 
an analogous signification'". Taj»t has onh' one common mean- 
ing in Tewa, nameh', grass-root (;*« 'grass'; />« 'base' 'root'). 
Ko such name is ever applied to Tetilla Mountain, nor could the 
name mean anything like 'the pointed height' ''The Tetilla 
stood out boldly, crowning the l)lack ridges with its slender, 
graceful coue."^ To see sunset behind this from Santa Fe on 
a winter evening is a sight of rare beauty. 

"In the distance west of that beautiful cone which to-ilay is 
called, and very appropriately, the Tetilla."" 
See Cochiti IJdkawn [29:unlocated]. 
[29:5] (1) Pog.e 'down at the water' {po 'water'; a'' 'down at" 'over 
at"). =Jemez (5). "Po-o-ge."' This is the common name of 
Santa Fe city or locality in all the Rio Grande Tewa dialects. It 
is to be considered an abbreviation of San Juan (2) and of Santa 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. fu, 1892. 

2 Ibid, note. 

<•• This peak is only 2,1S3 meters (T.OfiOfeet) high, and presents from nil sides ilie Bpr**niUW of 
a pointed cone resting on a gracefully cum-cd basis."— Ibid. 
!• Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 308, 18'JO. 
6Ibid.,p. 437. 
'Twitehell in Santa Fe Xcw Mexican, Sept. ii. I'-'IO. 



460 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Clara, San Ildefouso, Nambe, Tesuque (3). Cf., for example, the 
common expression 7>q. Pog.emssVJ' 'be is going to Santa Fe' {n4 
'he'; Poge 'Santa Fe'; m^.yj' 'to go'). 

(2) San Juan Kwd'apoge ' down at the bead water ' (kwarj^a ' any 
kind of bead'; po 'water'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'). =Navaho 
(9). San Juan "Cua P'Hoge, the place or village of the shell 
beads, or of the shells (Olivella) from which they make 
the beads which they so highly prize."' San Juan 
"Kua-p'o-o-ge, the place of the sh<,'ll beads near the water."^ 
"Kuapoge."^ "Kuapogo."^ "Kwapoge:"^ given as name of 
[29: G]. "Kuapoge (Tewa: the place of the shell beads near the 
water):"" this name for the site of Santa Fe is used only at San 
Juan, at which the name Tewa (1), above, is also used. 

(:3) Santa Clara, San Ildef onso Nambe, Tesuque ' Ogafoge ' down 
at the Olivella shell water' (^og.a 'Olivella shell'; po 'water'; ge 
'down at' 'over at'). Santa Clara "Oga P'Hoge."' Santa Clara 
"Og-a-p'o-ge."' Bandeliergives no etymology. This is the name 
for thesite of Santa Fe used at all the Rio Grande Tewa pueblos ex- 
cept San Juan; see San Juan (2), above. The name Tewa (1) is 
also used at all these pueblos. 

(4) Taos "Hulpana 'shell river:""' given as name of Santa Fe. 
Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (2), Tewa (3), and Jemez (1). 

(5) Jemez Fctla 'down at the water' {pA 'water'; Id 'down at' 
'over at'). =Tewa (1). Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (3), Taos (4). 

(()) Cochiti JIdfoko 'east dell' {ha 'east'; folco 'dell'). 
= Santo Domingo (7). 

(7) Santo Domingo Ildfoko 'east dell' {ha 'east': foko 'dell). 
= Cochiti (()). 

(8) Orailn Hopi Alav/'ja. (<Span. a la Villa). See Span. (13). 
(0) Navaho "Yotqo 'bead water:""" given as name of Santa 

Fe. "Yotqogo 'to Santa Fe.'"" " Yotqogodeya '1 am goingto 
Santa Fe.'"'2 "Yo 'bead.'"" = Tewa (2). 

(10) Jicarilla Apache "Sqndaxeye ' at Santa Fe'."" (<Span.). 
= Span. (12) + !/e locative postfix. 

' Bandelier. Delight Makers, p. 453, note, 1890. 
?BandeIier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 90, 1892. 
'Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905. 
* Hewett, Antiquities, map, 1906. 
'Hewett, Communautfc, p. 34, 1908. 
•Hewett in Santa Fe Nav Mexican, June 22, 1910. 
'Bandelier, Delight Makers, p. 453, 1890. 
sBandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 90, 1892. 
9 Harry Budd, Taos vocab., Bur. Amer. Etlm., n. d. 

i» Franciscan Fathers, Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho Language, p. 132, 1910. 
" Ibid., p. 56. 
'nbid.,p. 137. 
"Ibid., p. 301. 
"Goddard, Jicarilla Apache Texts, ]). 119, 1911. 



"^■^■™^'l PLACE-NAMES 461 

(11) Eng. Santii Fe. (<Span.). = Span. (1-2). Thp Kn^'. jm-..- 
nunciation is froiiuciitly .vv.ntaftr, and there is a tciidcm-y t.. 
write an acute accent over the final ,,• of the name; si'o uIidtT 
Span. (12). The application of the name to the Atciiison, Topeka 
and Santa Fe Railroad, popularly known as "the Santa Fc." has 
greatly increased its usage. 

(12) Span. Santa Fe 'holy faith". =Eng. (11). The ortho..'- 
raphy of the Spanish Academy gives fe 'faith' with<.ut the 
acute accent over the e; see under Eng. (11). The full Span, 
name current in early times was Villa de la Santa Fe de San 
Francisco de Assisi 'city of the holy faith of Saint Francis <.f 
Assisi'. This was formerly abbreviated as Santa Fe, San Fran- 
cisco, or la Villa. For Villa see Span. (13). 

(13) Span, la Villa 'the city'. See Span. (12). This was in 
early days a term much used by the Span.-speaking people of 
New Mexico. The expression 'a la Villa' "at the city' 'to the 
city' appears to have been taken into the Ilopi language as the 
regular name for Santa Fe. Tewa and Mexicans seem rarely to 
apply "la Villa"' to Santa Fe at the present day. 

The histories of New Mexico treat fully the history of Santa 
Fe. What we know of the prehistory of the site of tJie city is 
summarized by Hewett: 

The Tewa name for the site where Santa Fe now stands waa 'Kuapoge' 
(Tewa: The place of the shell beads near the water) [<Bandelier], and a lar«e 
terraced pueblo [29:6] stood on Fort Marcy hill where the military breast- 
works have long covered its ruined walls. A smaller pueblo [29:9], later 
called 'Anak'o' (Analco: A Nahua or Aztec word, 'atl,' water; 'nalli,' the 
other side; 'co' on: 'On the other side of the water') stood south of tlie Rio 
Santa Fe [29:8] on the site of San Miguel church. Some years ag') I calleil 
attention to the fact that portions of its walls still exist in the foundations of 
the so-called ' Oldest House in Santa Fe,' built upon the ruins of the old Imlian 
pueblo early in the seventeenth century. We know that a third pueblo [29:7] 
existed in very early times in the valley north of the river [29:S]. There is 
an ancient burying ground under the back part of the Old I'alace ami the 
alterations in the building necessary for the purposes of the museum [.MuseDiii 
of New Mexico] disclosed within the massive wall of the central axis, portions 
of an ancient 'puddled' wall, characteristic of Indian architecture before the 
art of making adobe bricks was learned from the Spaniards; identical with 
fragments of puddled walls formerly to be seen in the foundations of the 
'Oldest House' and under the foundations of Fort Marcy; also identical with 
those that we have discovered iu the course of our escavatiniig at IVrape 
[16:36] . . . Abiquiu [3:38] aud Ojo Caliente [6:25]. These walls evi.lently 
survived the partial destruction of the Palace in 16S0. None of these towns 
were occupied at the time when the Santa Fe<valley waa first seen by white 
men. All were iu ruins, but the evidences at hand justify the belief that if one 
could have stood upon the spnt where the city now stands, looking eiL-t from 
the site of the Church of Our Lady of GuadaluiKj, 500 y&irs ago, there woul.l 
have been seen on what we call Fort Marcy hill, an Indian town of consider- 
able size, consisting of one large terraced pueblo and one or more smaller 



462 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 

buildings near by, a kiva or sanctuary of the circular subterranean type im the 
bench half -nay down the hill side; south of the river on S!an Miguel slope, a 
small pueblo two stories high, and passing back and forth from these two 
towns to the river, then considerably larger than now, the water carriers with 
their oUas on their heads. In the foreground, where the historic Old Palace 
has undergone the vicissitudes of nea-rly three centuries, would have been seen 
a cluster of ruined walls and rounded mounds, the remains of an earlier town, 
over which some of the earliest houses of Santa Fe were doubtless built. Such 
is our conception of 'Prehistoric Santa Fe.'- 

In a more recent number of the Santa Fe JVew Mexican, Col. 
R. E. Twitchell quotes a portion of Doctor Hewett's article 
given in part above, and comments upon it as follows: 

Now when I read this description, I was taken by Doctor Hewett's definition 
of the word "Analco," which he shows is a word of the Nahuatl language. 
I repeatedly asked myself: How does it happen that an Aztec word is used as 
a name for a New Mexico pueblo confessedly prehistoric, or Spanish at least? 
During the first year of my residence in Santa Fe, it was my pleasure, coupled, 
I admit, with a decided curiosity, to make some investigation of the old pueblo 
ruins in that locality. As time progressed I became intensely interested, owing 
doubtless to the presence and intimate acquaintance with Mr. A. F. Bandelier, 
the greatest of living archeologists, who gave me much valuable informa- 
tion, and pointed out to me many valuable "trails" which I assiduously fol- 
lowed in making my amateur investigations and explorations. Bandelier never 
suggested that "Analco" was a Nahuatl word, in fact I do not believe that it 
ever occurred to him. He always believed that there was no pueblo on the 
present site of the San Miguel church ornear the so-called "oldest house," nor 
were there any ruins of an old pueblo at that point when Ofiate made Santa Fe 
his capital in 1605. There is no doubt that there was a pueblo on top of Fort 
Marcy; the foundations and remains of an old puelilo were used in the con- 
struction of the fort, at the time of the American occupation, on top of the hill; 
that is well known, but as to there having been any pueblo remains across the 
river, I have serious doubt, and I shall give my reasons. Benavides, the his- 
torian, in his memorial, written in 1630, at page 26, says of the city of Santa 
Fe: "Villa de Santa Fe, cabeza de este Reino, adonde residen los gobernadores, 
y Espailoles, que seran hasta docientas y cincuenta aunque solos loa cincuentase 
pcidran armar por falta de armas ... a este presidio sustenta V. M. no con 
pagas de su caxa real, sino haziendo los encomenderos de aquellos pueblos, por 
mano del gobemador; el tributoque leg dan los Indios, es cada casa una manta, 
que es una vara de lienzo de algodon, y una famega de maiz cada ano, con que 
se sustentan los probes Espafiolcs; tendran de servicio sectecientos almas de 
suerte, que entre Espanoles mestizos, e Indios acerca mil almas." Now Mr. 
Bandelier says that the "servicio" consisted of Mexican Indians, not of 
Pueblos. The abodes of these were on the south bank of the Santa Fe River, 
and the Church of San Miguel was the chapel of the Mexican Indians, and not 
a Pueblo cliurch. In another account, a manuscript of August 1.3, fifty years 
later, entitled Diario del Sition de Santa Fe, we find "Ya otro dia por la 
mafiana se descubrio el egercito del enemigo en el Llano de las Milpas de S. 
Miguel, y cases de los Mexicanos saqueandolas." In the diary of Governor 
Otermin, being his account of the retreat from Santa Fe, at the time of the 
Pueblo revolt of 1680, we find the above, and in 169.3, Diego de Vargas says: 
"Pase a reconocer la Yglesia o ermita que servia de parroquia a k)S Yndios 

2 Hewett in Santo Fe New Mexican, June 22, 1910. 



HARHINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 4f,;} 

Mexicanos que Vivian en esta ,lha Tilla ,on el titulodola a.1,o.acion .le m. 
Patron el Arcangel Sn. Mioruel." In the Kelacion Anonima .le la Recon.,niet« 
at i.age 141 we find 'Paso a la eapilla do San -Miguel, -lue anU's serviu de i.ar- 
roquia a los Indies Tlaxealtecas. K scalante, in his letter to Padro Morli «iv8: 
"Dui sitiaron a esta los Tanos de San Marcos, San C'ristoval y (Jalisteo, i-.s 
Queres de hi Cienega y los Pecos por la parte ilel sur, ge apod'eraron, dJ liui 
casas de los Indios Tlascaltecas, qne vivian en el barrio de Analoo y pt^iron 
fuego a la Capilla de San Miguel." It is comparatively easy, then, to Bee where 
the word "Analco" came from; it was given to the place hy the Mexican 
Indians, the Tlazcaltecas, who had been brought into the country by Ofiate 
when he made his entrada in 1598. The nearest pueblos, actually o'cciipird 
when the Spaniards came to New Mexico, to the present city of Santa Fe, 
were the Tehua [Tewa] village of Tesuque and the Tanos village at the Cienega[ 
which was called by the Indians Tzi-gu-ma. It is 12 miles southwest of Santa 
Fe. There is no doubt in my nnnd that the so-called "oldest house" i.s of 
Pueblo construction, but that docs not prove that there was a pueblo building 
on the spot; it was likely nothing but a detached house, and was two stories 
high. It was two stories high when I lived in Santa Fe, but was later cut 
down to one story, as the top walls were crumbling away. The "Mexiian 
Indians" did not build two story houses, nor did they build houses having 
opening in the top instead of the sides. The "oldest house" had its entrance 
in the roof and the doors and windows now appearing are all of very late 
construction. If the painting, embodying Doctor Ilewett's ideas, only shows 
houses of the detached type, at this point, I think he will be not only prehis- 
torically but historically correct.' 

Bandelier says of the archeology of the site of Santa Fe merely: 

They [the Tewa] also acknowledge that a Tanos village stood on the spot 
[the site of Santa Fe] ; but this may possibly refer to the pueblo constructed 
after 1680 by the Tanos ixom Galisteo [29;39], on the ruins of the old 'palace' 
of Santa Fe. Nevertheless, I regard the fact that a Tanos [Tano] village also 
existed here in prehistoric times as quite certain. -' 

The present writer has inquired diligentl3-auiono' the Tewa con- 
cerning- ancient Indian villages at Santa Fe. Kone of them know 
any tradition of such villages having exi.sted, or anything more 
than the name of the site. They .say that if there u.sed to be one or 
more Indian villages at the site in very ancient times they were of 
course inhabited by the down-country Indians, or "Tano"(7^'^'«"- 
t(iwa<t'a 'to live'; nii'H 'below' 'down country'; iowa 'people" 
'Indians'). See Tano under Names of Tribes and Peoples. 
page 576. The Tewa know nothing of the name -'Analco'". nor 
of Tlaxcaltec Indians. The latter were, it may be .-aid, according 
to the histories of Mexico, one of the seven ''Aztec"" tribes. 

See [29:6], [29:7], [29:S|. [29:;i|. and Santa Fe Plain [Large 
Features], page l(i4. 
[29:6] Nameless pueblo ruin on Fort Mar.T Hill. Santa Fe. See under 
[29:5]. 



1 Twitcliell in >''ih('i J'f .V'n' .Vfrican. Sept. 22, I'.ilO. 
! Bandelier, Final Rc|>ort, pt. n. p. 90, 1892. 



464 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 

[29:7] Nameless pueblo ruin at site of Old Palace of the Governors, 
Santa Fe. See under [29 :5]. 

[29:8] (1) Poge'impohuhi, 'Santa Fe Creek' {Pog.e, see [29:5]; Hjjf 
locative and adjective-forming posttix; pohuu 'creek with water 
in it' <po 'water', Jiu\i 'large groove' 'arroyo'). =San Juan 
(2), Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4), 
Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(2) San Juan Kwa'apog.e'yn'pohu^ ii ''^antvi Fe CveeV {Kwahifog.e 
see [29:5]; "'yrjf locative and adjective-forming postfix; fohiiit 
'creek with water in it' <po 'water', hic'u 'lai-ge groove' 
'arroyo'). =Tewa (1), Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambe, 
Tesuque (3), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(3) Santa Clai'a, San Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque '' Og_apog.e^i>n- 
pohu^u, ' Santa Fe Creek ' (' Og.apoge, see [29 :5] ; ''{yf locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; poAw'w 'creek with water in it' <po 
'water', huu 'large groove' 'arroyo'). =Tewa (1), San Juan 
(2), Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (G), Span. (7). 

(4) Jemez Paldpa 'Santa Fe Creek' {Paid, see [29:5]; pa 
'water' 'creek'). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2), Santa Clara, San 
Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque (3), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(5) Cochiti Haf(')kotfena 'Santa Fe Creek' {Udfolcg, see 
[29:5]; tfdna 'river' 'creek'). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2), Santa 
Clara, San Ildefonso, Nambe, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4), Eng. (0), 
Span. (7). 

(6) Eng. Santa Fe Creek. ( < Span.). =Tewa (1), San Juan (2), 
Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Namb^, Tesuque (3), Jemez (4), 
Cochiti (5), Span. (7). 

(7) Span. Rio de Santa Fe 'Santa Fe River'. =Tewa (1), San 
Juan (2), Santa Cl^i'a, San Ildefonso, Namb^, Tesuque (3), Jemez 
(4), Cochiti (5), Eng. (6). 

This creek rises in the Santa Fe Mountains, and flows south- 
westward and then westward, joining the Rio Grande a short 
distance below Cochiti Pue))lo [28:77]. Santa Fe city stands on 
its banks just below where it leaves the mountains. The creek 
skirts the Santa Fe Plain (see [29: introduction], page 457) on the 
northwest. It forms a deep canyon at [29:25]. Bandelier says 
of it: 

The gorge through which the Santa F6 River issues from the higli eastern 
range is said to contain ancient ruins. ' 

Tife first named [Santa Fe Creek] 'sinl^s' twice: between Agua Fria [29:14], 
southwest of Sauta F^, and tlie Cienega [29:21]; and again, farther west, 
between La Bajada [29:27] and Cochiti [28:77].' 

See [29:5], [29:25], [28:86]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 88, 1892. 



HAERr.N-cTONl PLACE-NAMES 4(;;-j 

[29:9] Nameless pueblo ruin, in the early part of the sevente.-iiili .•.•n- 
tuiy the .site of the Thvxcaltee colony Anaico. See umh-r [29 :.".]. 
[29:10] (1) Png,hm'.' 'Santa Fc hoi<,vht' (P„a<^ sec [29:5]: /•, •»•,". 
'height'). 

(2) San Juan luoaapogrhnih' >Sanla Fe height' (/ri/v/',//.»y. , 
see [29:5]; 1-, i/v 'heij-hf). 

(?>) Santa Clara, San Ildefonso, Nainbe, Tesuqnc Og.npog.hiiy 
'Santa Fe height' (^ (>g.apng.,'. see [29:5]: hwe 'height'). 

(4) Eng. Tesuque divide. (<Span.). =Span. (5). "The 
'divide' as this point is called by the people of Santa F('."' 

(5) Span. Creston do Tesuque 'Tesuque divide". = Kng. (4). 
This high ridge al)Out 2 miles north of Santa Fe divides the 

Tesuque Creek [26:1] drainage from that of Santa Fe Creek 
[29 :S].. The road usually taken by Tewa in going to Santa Fe, as 
they constanth' do for shopping, passes over this ridge. Hande- 
lier says; 

^^early 6 miles separate the Tezuquo village [26:S] from a higl» crept in the 
south, from which a magnificent view is enjoyed over the whole country of the 
Tehuas [Tewa]. Looking south from the 'divide,' as this point is called l)y 
the people of Santa Fi5, the landscajie is different. A wooded declivity seems to 
overhang a wide and arid plain [Santa Fe plain [29:introduction], page 457].^ 

See [29:5]. 

[29:11] Denver and Kio (Jrande Uailroad. 

[29:12] Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. 

[29:13] New Mexican Central Railroad. 

[29:14] (1) Eng. Agua Fria settlement. (< Span.). = Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Agua Fria 'cold water'. 

This is a small settlement consisting of Mexican houses along 
Santa Fe Creek [29 :S] about 3 miles south of Santa Fe |29:5|. 
There is a small Roman Catholic church on the east side of the 
creek. Near the church are the pueblo ruins [29:15] and [29:1<!|, 
which seem to have escaped the notice of Bandelier. .Ml 
attempts to obtain a Tewa name for Agua Fria or for any ruin at 
the place have l)een futile. See [29:15], |29:ltil, and Nameless 
pueblo ruin 6 nules southwest of Santa Fe [29:5]. [29:unl.)cated|. 

[29:15] Nameless pueblo ruin at Agua Fria [29:14]. east of and some 
50 3'ards from Santa Fe Creek [29 :S], a few yards southeast nf 
Agua Fria church. The informant is Mr. K. M. Chapman, who 
thinks that this ruin is more recent than [29:l(i] and that it may 
be even post-Spanish. See |29:14. |29:lt)]. and Nameless pueblo 
ruin miles southwest of Santa Fe [29:5|, [29:unlocated]. 

[29:16] Nameless pueblo ruin at Agua Fria [29:14]. west of Santa Fe 
Creek [29:8] and northwest of Agua Fria chunh. Tl.i- ruin 

I Bandelier, Finnl Report, pt. ii, p. SO, ISO. 

'■ Ibid., pp. S.T-,S(;. 

S7.jS4°— -JO KTH— 16 30 



466 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

stands at present on the bank of the creek, which is washing a 
portion of it away. The ruin appears to be older than [29:15] 
according to Mr. K. M. Chapn)an. Southwest of the ruin at 
some distance from the creek are traces of very ancient pueblo 
ruins. Although some of the Tewa know of this ruin, they know 
no name for it. The informants are Mr. K. M. Chapman, Mr. 
A. V. Kidder, and Mr. and Mrs. Gerald Cassidy. See [29:14], 
[29:1.5], and Nameless pueblo ruin (5 miles southwest of Santa Fe 
[29:5], and [29:unlocated]. 
[29:17] (1) Eng. Arroyo Hondo. (< Span.), =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo Hondo 'deep arroyo,' =Eng. (1). The 
Tewa informants knew no name for this arroyo, nor for anj^ 
ruins situated on it. 

Somewhere on the upper course of the Arroyo Hondo the 
large "Government Irrigation Dam" is now in process of con- 
struction. .Arroyo Hondo seems to be identical with the " Cienega 
Creek;' of Hewett;' see [29:21]. See also [29:18], [29:19], 
and Arroyo Chamisos [29:unlocated]. 
[29:18] West ruin of Tauo Tewa "Kua-kaa or Kua-kay".= The 
writer has tried especially to have this name identified by the 
Tewa, but without success. Bandolier gives no etymology for it, 
and was informed that the same Tano Tewa name was applied to 
Kim fse'oy^vikej I [29 ■.unloviited].^ Some of the Tewa informants 
say that the name is for hwarJca 'oak leaf {kwse 'oak'; lea 'leaf'), 
but they never heard of a place by that name. The final y of 
Bandelier's alternative form may be for T^ locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix. That Kua-kaa was also applied to Kunffe'Q'r]- 
wikejl [29:unlocated] is almost certainly erroneous. 

Bandelier says of this ruin and [29:19]: 

Five miles south of the capital of New Mexico [29:5], on the southern bank 
of a deep and broad gulch called Arroyo Hondo [20:17], stand two ruins, 
called Kua-kaa or Kua-kay by the Tanos, . . . who aflirni that their ancestors 
built them. The larger [29:18] of the two has been figured on plate i, fig. 21 
[of Bandelier's Final Report, pt. ii]; the smaller one [29:19] lies about a mile to 
the east of it, at the upper end of a rocky gorge through which the Arroyo 
Hondo has cut its deep bed. It is a so-called 'one-house' pueblo; the outer 
perimeter of the well-defined mounds was 154 meters (505 feet); and it was 
certainly two stories high. The larger pueblo was cajiable of lodging about 200 
households, or 700 persons. The walls were made of broken stones, and there 
is much pottery, — black and white, red and black, black, red, white, and 
orange; also, corrugated and indented ware; but no incised specimens. The 
usual fragments of stone implements are found; also obsidian, flint, bones, and 
some charred corn. The situation is a good one for observation and defense, 
commanding a wide view down the arroyo [29:17], and to the west and south- 

' Hewett, Antiquities, pi. xvii, 1906. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 90, 1892. 

nbid., p. 92. 



HARKINOTON] PLACE-NAMES 4f,7 

west across the plain [Sanfa Fe plain [29: introduction]]. To the south i- a 
level expanse, and on the north lies the arroyo, at a depth of nearly 50 nu-l.-rs 
The pueblo stands on the brink of the derlivity, whi.h is very Hteep. and a 
spring rises at the bottom. F,.r cultivation, the people of Kua-kna had to re- 
sort to the plain around their villa<;e, since irrigation is i<u|>tt«.-;ihle, either 
below orabove. This puel)lo bears the marks of Ion- abandonment; the m.iun.ls 
are flat and at most 2 meters (6 feet) high, or generally lower. The TanoM 
claim that it was pre-Spanish, and documentary evidence as well as the nature 
of the objects found there corroborates the statement.' 

Information kindly fiirni.slicd 1)3' Mr. II. C. Yontz, of Suntu 
Fe, agrees with that given by Bandelier. See [29:17|, |29:r.>|, 
and Kunf!f'qywih'jl [29:nnlocatedJ. 

[29:i;»] East ruin of Tano Tewa "Kua-kaa or Ktia-kav."= See und.T 
[29:18]. 

[29:20] (1) Eng. Cieneguilia .scttloment. (<Span.). =Span. (i'). 

(2) Span. Cieneguilla 'little marsh" 'little marshy meadow.' 
= Eng. (1). "Where the marshy place is from which this .settle- 
ment was named has not been learned. Cieiicguilla is perhaps 
derived from the name of Cienega settlement [29:21], rather than 
from the presence of a small marshy place at the spot. The 
writer has not succeeded in getting either a Tewa or a Cochiti 
Indian name for the place. 

Cieneguilla and Cienega [29:21] were located on the map by a 
Mexican who lives at Cieneguilla. The latter is located on 
Santa Fe Creek [29:8] on a map of the United States (ieo- 
graphical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian.'' 
This map does not, however, show Cienega [29:21]. Bandelier 
says of Cieneguilla: "Cieneguilla, 12 miles southwest of Santa 
Fe"^ and "Cieneguilla on the eastern base of the high me>a of 
the Tetilla [29:4], 9 miles to the east [of La Bajada [29:27]]. "'■ 
Bandelier does not say whether Cieneguilla is or is not situated 
on Santa Fe Creek [29:8], but implies that Cienega [29:21] is so 
situated: '"The first named [Santa Fe Creek [29:S]] "sitdis' twice: 
between Agua Fria [29:1-1], southwest of Santa Fe [29 :o], and 
the Cienega [29:21]" ;" and "returning now to the Cienega 
[29:21], and following the course of the Santa Fe Kiver [29:S] 
westward through the pass of the Bocas [29:2.")]."^ Hewett' 
locates Cieneguilla [29:20] on Santa Fe Creek [29:8] and Cienega 
[29:21] on the lower course of Arroj'o Hondo Creek [29:1T|, as 
has been done on [29], but appears to call Arroyo Hondo Creek 



1 Bandelier, Finiil Report, pt. ii, pp. 90-91. 

nbid..p.90. 

3Part of Central New Mexieo, atlas sheet Xo. 77, K.xpedilions ot 1S73. 1874, 1S7.0, li)T7, and 1S7'' 

<Bandelier, op.cit., p. 88, note. 

Ubid., p. 95. 

6 Ibid., p. 88. 

'Antiquities, pi. xvn, 1906. 



468 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

"Cienega Creek"; see [29:lT]. The map of the Territory of 
New Mexico compiled by the General Land Office, 1909, does 
not giv^e Cieneguilla, hut shows the "Cieneguilla Grant" in the 
vicinity of Tetilla Mountain [29:4] and northwest of "La 
Cienega" [29:21], the latter being located on the lower course 
of Arroyo Hondo Creek [29:17]. "La Cienega" [29:21] is, how- 
ever, located on Santa Fe Creek [29:8] bj- the United States 
Geological Survey,' while Cieneguilla [29:20] does not appear at 
all. Post-route maps of New Mexico give neither Cieneguilla 
nor Cienega. The locations of Cieneguilla and Cienega on [29] 
may be regarded as probably correct. See [29:21], and Sun Ilde- 
fonso K(t,i<-Q.e [29: unlocatod]. 
[29:21] (1) Eng. Cienega .settlenieiit. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cienega 'marsh' 'marshy meadow.' =Eng. (1). 
Where the marshy place is, from which this place was named, has 
not been learned. Cf. [29:20], to which it perhaps gave the name. 
No Tcwa or other Indian name foi- Cienega could be learned. 

Cienega was located on [29] b>- a Mexican who lives at Ciene- 
guilla [29:20]. According to this informant Cienega is situated 
on the lower course of Arroyo Hondo Creek [29:17], 3 or 4 miles 
above the junction of the latter with Santa Fe Creek [29:.")]. 
According to Bandolier the name Cienega was formerly applied 
to the now ruined pueblo [29:23], q. v. For a discussion of the 
position of Cienega according to various authorities, see mider 
[29:20]. See also [29:17] which is perhaps sometimes so called 
from Cienega, "Cienega Creek," and San Ildefonso Aa/t-g^' [29: 
unlocated]. 
[29:22] (I) Tano Tewa "Tzi-gu-ma, or Tzi-gu-may,"- given as signi- 
fying "a 'lonely cottonwood tree,' in Spanish 'alamo solo."" 
None of the Tewa informants questioned knew this name, nor 
could they et^'mologize it. The final y of the alternative form 
is perhaps for T' locative and adjective-forming postfix. One 
thing is certain: the name does not mean "lonely cottonwood 
tree" in Tewa or Keresan. 

(2) Span. "Cienega".'' This means 'the marsh', and is the 
same name as is applied to [29:21], (j. v. 

Bandelier says of this pueblo ruin: 

We meet with a considerable one [pueblo ruin] at the Cienega [29:21], near 
where the Santa F6 stream [29:8] enters a narrow defile called the 'Bocas' 
[29:25]. This is the pueblo of Tzi-gu-ma, or Tzi-gu-may. Until 16S0, this vil- 
lage, under the name of 'La Cienega,' belonged to the ecclesiastical jurisdic- 
tion of the mission of San Marcos [AU/iyo^' g^ffJOTe [29:unlocated].] ... It 

1 Professional Paper 68, 1912, pi. i. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 91, 1892. 
Ubid.,p.92. 

< Ibid., p. 107. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 4(;() 

was abandoned duriuf: tlic time that the Pueb.o.s were indepeii.lent, and an 
effort to repeople it was made by Diego de Vart;asafter the pa.ilication ..f Xew 
Mexico in 1695, but witli little suoeess. . . . Tzi-gii-ma is tliereforean hi!<toric 
pueblo. Nevertheless, I am in doubt as to which stock its inhabitants U-lont-t-.!. 
They are mentioned as l)ein.; (Juercs [Kcresan] in such docUMienls iw an- at 
my command,' but the i)eople of Cocliiti do not refKird tliein as luivinn b»-cn 
of their own stock, but as belonging to the I'uya-tye, . . . or Tanos. Further- 
more, the name Tziguma is a Tehua [Tewa] word signifying a 'lonely 
Cottonwood tree ', in Spanish 'alamo solo'. Until the question isdecidiill.y 
further researches among the Tanos of Santo Ddming.i, I shall hold that the 
pueblo was a Tanos [Tano] village.- 

See [29:22]. 

[29:23] (l)Eng. Alamo Creek. (< Span.) =Span. (2). "Alamo Creek".' 

(2) Span. Arroyo Alamo 'cottonwood arroyo'. = Knjjf. (1). 

Bonanza settlement [29:24] is on the middle eourse of this arroyo. 

[29:24] Eng. Bonanza .settlement. Perhaps so called because of .some 

mine or mining interest. Sec [29:23]. 
[29:25] (1) Eng. Las Bocas Canyon. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Las Bocas 'the mouths'. =Eng. (1). "Las Bocas 
que llaman de Senetu [29:20]'".^ " Bocas ".'^ Why this name 
was applied is not clear. 

This is the deep canyon through which Santa Fe Creek [29:.sJ 
run.s for a few miles, where it passes the southern extremity of 
the mesa [29:1]. Bandelier says of it: 

The Bocas themselves offer hardly anything of archa>ological interest except 
some rock carvings of which it is impossible to say whether they are due to 
Pueblo Indians or to nomads. It is a narrow canon, picturesque in places, with 
little spots of fertile soil, occasional cottonwood trees, and usually permanent 
water. At the Bajada [29:1.'7] the river sinks nearly always during early sum- 
mer, and a plateau 5 miles wide spreads out to the west, to within a mile of 
the banks of the Rio Grande at Pefia Blanca [28:92]; northwards it e.xtends 
not more than 4 miles, being encomjiassed on the north and east by a high and 
very abrupt mesa from which rises the cone of the Tetilla peak [29:4]. At 
the Bajada [29:26] the slope of this me.sa is almost vertical, and about five 
hundred feet high. Where the stream makes its southwestern angle, creta- 
ceous rocks are exposeil in snow-white strata. Above them tower lava and 
trap, black, craggy, and chaotic. To tlie Indian this was and still is an important 
locality [29:28], for white alabaster is found tliere; a mineral that serves f.ir 
whitewashing the rooms of his pueblo aud for the manufacture of his fetiches. 
We need not be surprised therefore to meet opposite the little settlement of I.a 
Bajada [29:27], on the declivity sloping from the west towards the bed of the 
Santa Fc River, the ruins of the old pueblo of Tze-nat-ay [29:29], as the Tanos 
call it to-day.^ 



1 Diario drl Sitio de Santa Fe, fol. 12. Otermin makes a distinction; '• Que se han niziulo los Td'Hch 
Tanos y Pecos, Cieuega, y San Marcos." But Vargas, Aulug. fol. ii, after having previ<m!.Iy (t..|. •••li 
spoken of them as attacking Santa Fe from tlie s<mth, and enumerating the four Inbes. bM,: "Om 
que se pusieren en fuga los dichos Tano.s y r..«,s ". Escalante ( Carla, par. 3) is quite jKisllive: " La., 
Queres de la Cienega. "—Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 92, 1S92. 

3 United States Geological Survey, R,.connoi.s.sance map, Xew Mexico. Santa Clara shi-et, l!Wi 
* Merced de la Bajada, 1695, MS. <iuotcd by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 97, and note. 
'Bandelier, ibid., p. 9.5. 



470 ETHNOfiEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. an-n. 20 

Either [26:2(3] or [26:27] gives one of the names to [29:29]. 
See [29 :S], [29:1], [29:1], [29:27], [29:28], [29:29]. 
[29:2G] (1) B<//uiJakewt' 'Bajiida height' {Bahcuia <Span. Bajada, see 
Span. (1); hcwe 'height'). 

(2) Cochiti MaJtvUttlidnfetiemuetfaUe 'Bajada descending place' 
(Mahdda < Span. Bajada, see Span. (-1) ; hdn fenefiwet fdise 'where 
one descends'). 

(3) Eng. Bajada lieight. (<Span.). =Span. (1). 

(4) Span. La Bajada 'the descent" 'the steep slope'. =Eng. (3). 
It is said that the original Span, name was La Majara 'the sheep- 
fold', and the Cochiti form may be derived directly from this. 

This height gives the name to Bajada settlement [29:27]. The 
main road connecting Santa Fc and Befia Blanca [29:92] descends 
this height. "A high and \ ery abrupt mesa, from which rises 
the cone of the Tetilla peak [29:4]. At the Bajada [29:2t5] the 
slope of this mesa is almost vertical, and about live hundred feet 
high".' See [29:27]. 
[29:27] (1) BahaMi. (<Span.). =Cochiti (2), Eng. (3). =Span. (4). 

(2) Cochiti Jlahdun. (<Span.). =Tewa(l), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Bajada settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Cochiti 
(2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. La Bajada 'the descent' 'the steep slope'. The set- 
tlement is named from [29:26], q. v. "The little settlement of 
La Bajada".' 

This is a Mexican hamlet of some two hundred inhabitants, on 
the north side of Santa Fe Creek [29:8] at the foot of the great 
mesa wall [29:26] from which it takes its name. See [29:26], and 
[29:29] to which either [26:26] or [26:27] gives one of the names. 

[29:2s] TsxglkuTc'qndlir,: 'place where gypsum rock is dug' {fsseg./, 
see under Mixekals; ku 'rock' 'stone'; Tcqndiwe 'where it is 
dug' <l:'q)jf 'to dig', 'iwe locative). 

See reference to "white alabaster" in the descriptive quotation 
from Bandelier, under [29:25], (2). The Tewa say that the place 
where mineral is obtained by them is opposite Bajada settlement 
[29:27] at the place indicated. Cf. [29:56]. 

[29:29] (1) Tano Tewa "Tze-nat-ay".^ Bandelier gives no ety- 
mology. None of the Tewa or Cochiti informants questioned 
knew this name. In Tewa tsenqt'a'i'^ means 'place where the 
eagle lives' {tK 'eagle'; ml 'he'; fa 'to live'; 'V^ locative and 
adjective-forming postfix); this is the phrase a Tewa is likely to 
think of when Bandelier's name is pronounced to him. "Tsina- 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 96, 1892. 
'Ibid., pp. 95, 96. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 471 

tay".i "Tsinatay".- The name "Senetu" (for Senetnif) «>f the 
Span, document Merced dc la Bajada, ItlDo, is probably identical 
with Tze-nat-ay; see the quotation from Handel ier {riven belnw, 
under (3). 

(2) Eng. "Bajada".-^ So called fn.in 129:-2r,| or [29:-.'7| near 
which it is situated. 

(3) Span. Pueblo Quemado 'burnt pueblo'. =Knjr. (-'). 
"Pueblo Quemado".' "El Pueblo Quemado".'- 

Bandelier says:° 

. . . opposite the little settlement of La Kajada [29; 'JT], on the .ieelivity i>\c,\y 
ing from the west towards the bed of the Panta Fe Uiver [29:S], the ruins of tlie 
old pueblo of Tze-nat-ay, as the Tanos eall it to-day. Low luoumls, in places 
hardly distinguishable, a faint depression indicating an estnfa, and the usual 
fragments of stone implements, obsidian, and earthenware, are all that is left on 
the surface. The walls were of volcanic rocks, rudely broken, and of rubble. 
It was a village of medium size, probably sheltering .iOO people. Its situatinn 
was good both for safety and cultivation; but timber was rather distant, and, 
although the soil is fertile, it is entirely dependent upon the rain for moisture. 
Tze-nat-ay commanded a wide view, and from the tops of the many-storii>d 
houses its inmates could scan the plateau for fully 20 square miles. -U the 
mouth of the canon [29:2.5], from the bed of the river meandering to the north- 
west along the base of the mesa, no enemy could approach unnoticed in the day- 
time. But it was also a dreary spot. In summer the hot glare of the sun was 
reflected from the white level, and when the southeast wind arose clouds of 
sand and dust enveloped the \'illage. . . . Tze-nat-ay appears to have been 
quite a large pueblo, and it was probably three, if not four, stories high. . . . 
Tze-nat-ay, the Tanos say, was one of their ancient villages; but whether it 
was abandoned previous to the sixteenth century, I can not determine. It is 
also designated in Spanish as 'El Pueblo Quemado', the village that was 
burned, and such a Tanos village appears in the list furnished by Ofiafe in the 
year 1598. ' The 'Bocas [see [29:2,5]] de Senetu' are also mentioned in 1695, 
though not the ruins.* 

Cf. Nameless pueblo ruin midway i)etween Bajada [29:2i;j and 
Cochiti [28:77]. [29 :unlocated]. 
[29:30] Span. Hoya Apache, Hoya del Apache 'Apache dell". 

I Hewett, General View, p. 597. ISO-i. 

' Hewett, Communautfe. p. 34, 1908. 

3 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. IIJ, 1S92. 

* Obedienoia de San Juan Baptista (1598). p. 114, quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 97. nme. 

5 Bandelier, ibid., p. 96. 

6 Ibid., pp. 95-97. „ ,, J ,. ., 

' Obediciicia de San Jiuin SaptUta. p. 114: " La Prouincia de los ehercs con los Pueblos de tjutliw 
llamad03 Sant Philepe y de Comitre, y el Jhieblo de .Santo Domingo y Alipotl, Cochit.; y el do la 1 1- 
enega de Carabajal, y el de Sant Marcos, Sant Chripstobal, Santa Ana. Ojana, Quipana, el del Puerilo 
y el Pueblo Quemado ". The name of Pueblo Quemado is given to several ruins m New M"'™: •"'< 
the one mentioned in the above document lay in or near the Queres district, or in that of the Tnn,*- 
Bandkuee, op. cit., p. 97. 

« ilirccd de la Bajada, 1695, MS.: '■ Y desde la casa del Ojito para el onente astii la.^ Bocas .,ue llan>an 
de Senetu".— Ibid. 



472 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

This is a. small dell in the hills, traversed b}' the road connecting 

Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:109] and La Rajada settlement [29:27J. 

It is north or northwest of Span. Hova de la Piedra Parada 

[29:59]. 
[29:31] Eng. Pena Blanca settlement, see [28:92]. 
[29:32] (1) fj'iiyge'impo 'Pecos River' {ffy.ij(ie, see[29:.33]; Hjjj'loca- 

tiveand adjective-forming postfix; jm 'water' 'river'). =Eng. 

(1), Span. (5). 

(2) Tamtg.e'imfo 'down-country river' (T'tniuge, see [29:33]; 
'ii/y locative and adjective-forming postfix; po 'water' 'river'). 
This term is a descriptive one and is rarely applied to the Pecos 
Eiver. T'(rnug.c'i)jlo/iuiihthe regular Tewa name for [29:31], 
q. V. 

(3) Eng. Pecos River. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Rio Pecos, Riode Pecos 'Pecos River'. = Tewa(l)^ 
Eng. (3). The river is so called because Pecos Pueblo [29:33] was 
situated on it. 

It rises in Mora county, in the Pecos River Forest Reserve [22 : introduction], 
and flows southeasterly for over 400 miles through the Territory [of New Mex- 
ico] and finally enters the Rio Grande in Texas. Along its upper course it is 
a mountain stream, but in Guadalupe county it assumes the characteristics of 
the lower Rio Grande, a wide, shifting, sandy bed, cutting through bluffs or 
spreading over lowlands, carrying an immense volume of water during floods, 
seeping into the ground along certain stretches during drouth, liut ahvaya hav- 
ing a strong underflow. . . . The Pecos has a number of long tributaries, but 
none of them carries a great volume of water, except after heavy rains or during 
flood season.' 

See [29:33]. 
[29:33] (1) fJ'uijueorjXDikeji 'pueblo ruin down at the place of the 
{ffuijf^ an unidentified species of bush'; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; 
^oywikeji 'pueblo ruin <'o))wi 'pueblo", Jctji 'old' postpound) 
This is the common Tewa name for Pecos. The Pecos people are 
called regularly Tfy,yf/e i^'^owa {Tftiyge 'Pecos'; '/"' locative and 
adjective-forming postfix; iowci 'person' 'people"). 

(2) T' a7iug.e qijwiJi-eji 'down-country place pueblo ruin' {fa 'to 
live'; nuhi 'below'; g.e 'down at' 'over at"; -oijwikeji 'pueblo 
ruin' <\r)wi 'pueblo', Icejl 'old' postfix). This name is merely 
descriptive. It is frequently applied to Pecos, more frequently 
to Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:39]; it could be applied to any pueblo 
ruin in the "down-country" region — roughly speaking, the region 
about Santa Fe [29:.5], Pecos [29:33], and Galisteo [29:39]. Cor- 
responding to the use of T\inug.eqijwikeji, T'anutmm 'down- 
country people' {fa 'to live'; nifa 'below'; tovxi. 'person' 'peo- 
ple') is applied to the Pecos, the Galisteo Tewa, and all the people 
who lived in the region of the Santa Fe [29:5], Pecos [29:33], and 

• Land of Sunshine, The Resources ol New Mexico, p. 37, 1906. 



HiRKINGTOx] PLACE-NAMES 



47;i 



Gahsteo [29:3!»]. no niatter what laiiguafro thev .■spoke. See Tano 
undpi- Names and Tkikesoe Peoi-les pajje 5Tt:. "Tauios"' ap- 
plied to the Pecos. - Al gran Pueblo de los Peecos, y es el que 
Espejo llama la provincia de Tanios'\= "Tanos".^ 

(3) Picuris ••lliuqua 'Pecos Pueblo' "« (they is probabjv for 
k); of. Isleta (5). Picuris -Hiu-ciu-" and Isleta '•Ilio-kfio-"' are 
probably cognate with Pecos Aa-iv;- (Picuris /,;„ 'stone' = Pecos 
M 'stone'), and one of these or some other Tewa form probably 
gave rise to the "Cicuye", etc, of the early Span, writers- see 
Span. (19), below. 

(-t) Picuris "Pel5ine 'Picuris people"" ■■; this is doul)tless the 
Picuris name for the Piro, not for the Pecos; see Piro under 
Names and Tribes of Peoples, page 575. 

(5) Isleta '-Hyo-qua-hoon":^ given as the Isleta name for the 
Pecos people. "Hiokuo'k'"." Picuris "Iliu-qu-" and Isleta '-Ilio- 
kQo-"' are probably cognate with Pecos Kd-h,- (Picuris ///// 'stone' 
= Pecos ^-d 'stone'), and one of these or some other Tiwa form 
probably gave rise to the Cicuye", etc., of the early Span, 
writers; see Span. (19), below. Isleta "Hiokuo'k"' is probably 
identical with Coronado's "Acuique", "Gicui(|ue'", antl similar 
forms; see Span. (19), below. 

(()) Isleta "Sikuye".'' "Sikuyen" ' (given as name for Pecos 
people). These Isleta forms are probablv borrowed from Span. 
(19), q.v. 

(7) Sandia "Peku";* this is probably borrowed from Span. (20). 

(8) Jemez Pdk f>//d of obscure etj'mology (pa ai)parcntly = /'d 
'water'; iv" unexplained; Id 'at' 'down at' 'over at', locative 
postfix). PcU'./'/Zd expresses 'to Pecos' 'atPecos'; 'from Pecos' 
is expressed by postfixing 'ese 'from': Pakfuld'ene 'from Pecos'. 
Pecos is often spoken of At^Pakfitldveld {veld 'old"). A Pecos 
person is called Pfdhfn^ 2+ plu. Pakfiif; also Pdkfu'sd'd, 2+ 
plu. Pdlcfi/sadf (fsd'd 'person' 'people'). Pakfuld is given 
as the Jemez equivalent of Pecos KdkoM; see Pecos (9). The 
quoted forms given under Pecos (10), below, are probably really 
not Pecos but Jemez forms, and belong here. " A-cu-lah"",' un- 
doubtedly the Jemez form. '' Aqiu "','" given as Pecos and Jemez 

I Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inid., XT, p. 123. 1871. 
"Onate (1598), ibid., x\% p. 268. 

sBaudelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 120,1892 (misquoiing Espejo). 
* Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 
sLummis, Man Who Jlarried the Moon, p. ll.i, 1894. 

s Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amor. Ethn., 1S95 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. •-'■.£2, 19Iu). 
' Gatschet, Isleta MS. vocab., 1879. 
'Hodge, op. eit, p. 222. 
'Simpson, Reeon Navajo Country, 143, 18.tO. 
'« Bandelier in Arclixol. /»s(. Papers, Anier. sit., i p. 114, 1881. 



474 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

name. "Agin'",' givenasJemez name. "A-q'iu",^ '*A-gu-yu",^ 
"Aqui"/ "Agiii"/ "Pii-cuil-a",^ "PVtyu-la",'* "PVqu-lah'V 
"P'a-qu-lah".* 

(9) Pecos EdJco,i& 'place down where the stone is on top' 0c(i 
'stone' =Jemez ^ya'a 'stone'; Ico 'on top' =Jemez Tcfo 'on top'; 
Ja 'over at' 'down at' = Jemez Zd, used like Tewa g.t). The in- 
formant is Pablo Toya of Jemez. Why tliis name was given he 
does not know. This is given as the ancient Pecos name of Pecos 
Pueblo, the Jemez equivalent for which is Falfula\ see Jemez (8) 
and Pecos (10). Edko- is probably cognate with Picuris " Hiu- 
qu-" and Isleta "Hio-kuo-" (Picuris hlu 'stone' = Pecos lea 
'stone'). 'Pecos person' was called Kalco, 2+ plu. K((1c(>f\ also 
^Vfl-o/sa'd, 2 + plu. .^«Wsd'ay(tea'a' person "people'). "K'ok'-o- 
ro-t'ii'-jm ". " This is apparently for Kdhudfoju ' down at the pueb- 
lo where the stone is on top' {KdlcoM, see above; to 'pueblo'; ju 
'down at'). 

(10) Alleged Pecos forms which are really Jemez forms; see 
Pecos (9) and Jemez (8), above. "Aqiu"/ given as Pecos and 
Jemez name for Pecos; it is really intended for Jemez Pakfu 
'Pecos Indian'; see Jemez (9), above. "Acuye",' given as 
probably the proper name for "Cicuye"; see Span. (19), below. 
"Paequiu",i''"Pae-quiua-la","* "Aqui",^ "Aquiu",'" "Pe-I<:ush",» 
given as the name of the Pecos for themselves; for Jemez Fakfuf, 
2 + plu. of Jemez Fakfu ' Pecos persons'. 

(11) Pecos "Tshi-quit-^, or Tzi-quit-6"." "Tshi-quit-e, or 
Tzi-quit-e".'" "Tshi-(iuit-e".'^ "Tshiquite".'' Bandelier writes 
as follows: 

Tshi-quit-6, or Tzi-quit-(5, according as the sounds are clearly or less clearly 
pronounced by the Indians of Jemez or the remaining Pecos, is the Ci-cuic, 
Ci-cui-ye, A-cuique, of Coronado and his chroniclers. The name 'Aquiu', or 
'Paequiu', which I heard given to the Pecos in the year 1880, is 'Pae-quiua-la'. 
It applies to the Pecos tribe [sif], but the proper name of the great village 
which Coronado saw, and where the old church was in the beginning of the 
seventeenth century, is 'Tshi-quit-e', or 'Tzi-quit-e'. I have this informntion 
direct from the Pecos Indians living to-day at Jemez, some of whom dwelt in 
the old village up to 1840.'-' 

1 Bandetier in Arckxol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., r, p. 20, ISSl. 

2 Bandelier in Arclwol. Inst. Bull., i, p. 18, 1»S3. 
^Bandelier in Ritch. N. Mex., p. 201, 1885. 

'Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 53, 1889 (misquoting Bandelier). 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 216, 1892. 

« Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds. pt. 2, p. 221, 1910). 

' Hewett in Amer. Anlhr., vi, p. 430, 1904. 

» Hewett, Communaut^s, p. 38, 1908. 

'Bandelier in Archieol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., i, p. 114, 1881. 

11 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 12", note. 1890. 

"Ibid, p. 127. 

"Ibid., pt. n, pp. US, 125, 1892. 

"Ibid., pp. 127, 133. 

"Ibid., pt. I, p. 127 and note. 



PLACE-NAMES 475 



This information sooms to lie as incorrect as HundeliiM's 
"A.qiu". etc., of Pecos (Id), ahovo. Biindelier was t-vick'ntly 
seeking an Indian word to explain the orijrin of the forms 
quoted under Span. (1!>), below, lie thought tii>t that ".\(iin" 
explained these forms, later that '"Tshi-quit-i''' did. The forms 
are, however, evidently corruptions of the Tiwa name of IVcos. 
"Tshi-quit-c"' may be a Pecos name for Pecos, but Pablo Tuyu, 
of Pecos descent, and other reliable old Indians of Jemez, while 
lacking the knowledge of Pecos possessed ]>y Bandelier's inform- 
ants of a third of a century ago, statu that they have never heard 
any such name and are unable to explain it or to etymologize it. 

(12) Cochiti Psejol' (>»((, of obscure etymology. = Santo Do- 
mingo (13), Santa Ana (15), Laguna (Hi), Keresaii (IT). Cf. 
Span. (20). This and the other Keresan forms were perhaps long 
ago borrowed from the Jemez form; cf. PsejoJi'ona and Jemez 
P{ikfuld. ' Pecos people' are called rxjolcohamse^ (;//« ' peoi)le"). 
PV-a-ku':' Mr. Hodge states that this is bis Cochiti form. 
"Pe-a-ku".= 

(13) ^-AXiio Dommgo Psej III- ona of obscure etymology. = Co- 
chiti (12), Santa Ana (15), Laguna (16), Keresan (IT). Cf. Span. 
(20). "Pe-a-go".^ 

(14) Sia " Pe-ko".^ This is either borrowed from Span. (20), or 
is a spelling of a form of the Keresan name. 

(15) Santa Ana "Peahko".^ "Pe-a-ko".= =Cochiti (12), 
Santo Domingo (13), Laguna (Ki), Keresan (17). Cf. Span. (2(1). 

(16) Laguna "Peakuni".^ "Peakunimi"':^ given as name for 
the Pecos p'eople. '' Pe-a-hu-ni'\^ = Cochiti (12), Santo Domingo 
(13), Santa Ana (15), Keresan (IT). Cf. Span. (20). 

(IT) Keresan (dialect not stated, but probably Cochiti) " Pae- 
yoq'ona".^ "Pae-qo".' "Paego".« "Payoqona".' "Pag'/"' 
"Pa-yo-go-na"'.' All of the above correspond perhajjs to the 
Cochiti form. = Cochiti (12), Santo Domingo (13), Santa Ana 
(15), Laguna (16). Cf. Span. 20. 

(IS) Eng. Pecos. (<Span.). = Span. (20). 

(19) "Cicuye", etc. The following forms are probably spell- 
ings or compositions of the Tiwa nanu^ for Pecos; see Picuris (3), 
Isleta (5), above. Isleta (6) appears to be borrowed from Span 
(19). "Ticuique"." "Tienique"." '• Acui.iue-'.- -Cicu.que_." 



1 Hndge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. -m. 1910. 

2 Hewett, Communautfe. p. 36, 1908. 

: Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn 1895 (Handbook Ind.. ,^2. p. ■n^. .».«,. 
5BandeUer mArchxol. Imt. Papers. Am.-r. sc-r., i, |>. 114, noti. l»»i. 
6 Ibid., p. 20. , „„ ,„„. 

I Bandelier in New For* Slaat^^ettung. June 2.S, ISS-.. 
8 Bandelier in ReiK rf' EthnographK. p. 203. I*' j-- 
Maramillo (r<i. IMO) in l><,e. IM.. xiv, p. 309. 1870. 
10 Coronado (1.541), ibid.. V. 325. 
'■Ibid., p. 323. 



476 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 29 

"Cicuic".' "Suco".- "Chichiiich"^ (Italian spelling?). "Ci- 
cuich'"* (Italian spoiling?). "Ciquique".^ "Cicuy6".° "Ci- 
cuica".' "Tichuico".' "Cycuyo".* "Cicuyo".' "Cicuick".* 
"Cicui".*" "Coquito"." "Ticuic".'^ "Cicoua"." "Cicuyan 
Indians";" applied to the Pecos Indians. "Sikoua"."^ "Ci- 
cuya".''^ "Cicuye".'" "Circuic'"." "Cicuio".'* "Cicuie"." 
Cicuiq".-" 

(20) Span. Pecos. Tiiis is probahly derived from the Keresan 
forms, as suggested by Hewett-' and Hodge." The final s of Pecos 
is the s of the Span, plural, and as Hewett states,-^ the full Span, 
name for the pueblo is "cl pueblo de los Pecos." The form Pecos 
has, however, become used for both sing, and plu.; cf. Taos [8:45] 
and Bandelier's usage of Tanos (under IN'amks of Tribes and 
Peoples, page oTti.) " Pecos ".^^ "Peccos".-^ "Peicj".-" 
"Peici"." "Piecis".-* "Peicis".-' "Nuestra Sefiora de Pe- 
cos".'" "N. Senora de Pecos".-'" "N. S. de los Angeles de Pe- 
cos".'- "Pages".'' "Peco".'^ "Peg6a".'^ "Pecas".'' "Nues- 
tra Senora de los Angeas de Pecos".'" "Nuestra Senora de Porciun- 
cula de los Angeles de Pecos"." "N. S. de los Angeles deTecos".'* 

iGomara (1554) quoted by Hakluyt, Voy., p. 455, 1600, repr. ISIO. 

2Galvano (1563) in Uc.Uuyt Soc. Pub., xxx, p. 227, 1862 (applied also to Acuco=Ai;oma). 

»Zttltieri, map (1566) in Winsor, Hist. Amer., ii, p. 451, 1SS6. 

^ Rainusio, Nav. et Viaggi, ill, p. 465, map, 1565. 

sEapejo (1683) in Doc. Incd., xv, p. 123, 1871. 

"CastaDeda (1596) in Teniaux-Compans, \'oy., ix, p. 07, 1838. 

' Wytfliet, Hist, des Indes, p. 114, 1605. 

» Benavides, Memorial, p. 99, 1630. 

' lleylyn, Cosmography, p. 967, 1703. 

'« Bareia, Ensayo, p. 21, 1723. 

" Mota-PadiUa (1742), Conq. N. Galicia, pp. 164,165, 1870. 

'- Vaugondy, map Amdrique, 1778. 

13 Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribe-s, iv, p. 39, 1854. 

nibid., p. 27. 

i=lliid., p. 40. 

"Simp.son, in Trans. Amer. Geug. .Soc, v, map, 1874. 

>' UiMuijt Snc. Pub., xxx, p. 227, 1862. 

" Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 135, 1889. 

i» Ladd, Story of New Mex., p. 52, 1891. 

^oBandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 118, 1892. 

21 Hewett, Communautfe, p. 36, 1908. 

!= Handbool£ luds., pt. 2, p. 220, 1910. 

2' Hewett, op. cit. 

M Ofiate (1598) in Doc. Intd., xvi, p. 109, 1871; Bandelier, op. cit. 

25 0nate, op. cit., p. 258. 

26Linschoten, Descrip. de I'Am^rique, map 1, 1638. 

^ Sanson, L'Am^riqiie, map, p. 27. 1657. 

2«BIaeu, Atlas, xii, p. 62, 1667. 

"De I'Isle, map Am^r. Septentrionale, 1700. 

MD'Anville, map Ami^r. Sept., 1746. 

^Jetferys, Amer. Atlas, map 6, 1776. 

»2 Alencnster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883. 

isFalconerin Jour. Boy. Gcog. Soc. xiii, p. 216, 1813. 

M Mulilenpfordt, Mejico, ii, p. 528, 1844. 

35 Edwards, Campaign, map, 1847. 

a6\Vard in Ind. Aff. Pep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 

" Bandelier in Ausland, p. 814, 1882. 

28 Bancroft, Native Races, i, p. 599, 1882 (misquoting Meline). 



'^'"■Toxl PLACE-NAMES 477 

('21) Span. "Santiao-o".' 

(22) t^paii. '-.Nuostra Scfiora do los Anoelos de Poniiliieiila".^ 
"Nuestra Sefiora de Pecos".' "N. Soiiora de I'oco.s".' "N. S. 
de los Angeles de Pocos".'* ''Nuestra Senora de los Anf;cas de 
Pecos"." ''Nuestra Sefiora de Poiciiiiieula de los Anjreles do 
Pecos".' "jS. S. de los Angeles de Tecos".* '"Los Angeles"." 

The history of Pecos is discussed in various works. See 
Bandelier, Final R,!port, pt. i, pp. 127-'28, 1S!)(», and pt. ii, chap. 
HI, 1892; Hewett in Amer. An(kr., vi, l!)04; Ilewett, Com- 
munautes, pp. 34-37, I'JOS. Some of the most important fact** 
are brought out in the following: 

The greatest pueblo of thorn all in the virinity of Paiita Fh waa the settle- 
ment known as Cicuye, just on the boundary almost between Santa Fo and 
San Miguel Countie.s. This is the puelilo of Pecos. It contained ut one time 
not less than 2,000 inhabitants, and could imistcr an army of nut less than 500 
warriors This puelilo died out about five years before tlie c<iming of tlie 
Americans, the last of the Pecos going to their kinsmen, the Indians of .lemez.'" 

Hewett (following Hodge) fixes the date of the ahandonment of 
Pecos as August, 1838." According to a tradition learned hy the 
present writer at Jemez, there were only about a dozen Indians 
loft at the time of evacuation, and these went to Saudia Puehlo 
[29:100], where they were well received and lived for a few days, 
but finding that they could not get along well with the Saiulisi 
people, they went to Jemez [27:35J. One or two of them, how- 
ever, remained at Santo Domingo Pueblo [28:105]. Why the 
Pecos refugees did not go directly to Jemez is difficult to under- 
stand, for the Pecos and Jemez languages are as closely related 
as Danish and Swedish, while the Sandia language, though be- 
longing to the same stock, is unintelligible to a Pecos. Strangely 
enough, Bandelier records a San Felipe (0 traditimi that three 
refugees from Kuapa [28:61] first applied to the Indians of Sandia 
for hospitality, but were coldly received and thereupon went to 
the Tanos; see Bandelier, Final depart, pt. ii, p. l>iS, 1S92 
(quoted under [29:tH3]). Mr. Hodge informs the writer that in 
Sei)teml)er, 1895, he was told by Jose Jliguel Peco, or Zu-wa-ng'. 
a native of Pecos and a very old man, that the remnant of the 
tribe numbered only five at the time of the ahandonin.-nt of I'ec« >s. 

lOiiiite (1S98) in Doi: InM., xvi, p. 259, 1871. 
2 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Mex.. ni, p. 323, lb»l. 
3D'Anville, m.ip Amor. Sept., 1716. 
1 Jefferys, Amur. Atlius, map 5, 1776. 
■ 5 Alencaster ( 1S05) quoted by Prince. N. Mex., p. 37, 18(ti. 
6 Ward in Ind. Aff- Rep- for IS67, p. 213, 1868. 
' Bandelier in Andand, p. 815, 1S82. 

8 Bancroft, Native Races, i, p. .m 1882 (mi.'^quoting Meline). 

9 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex.. p. 281, lss9. 

i« R. E. Twitcliell in Santa Ft New Xexican, Sept. 22. 1910. 
n Communautds, p. 37, 1908. 



478 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 20 

which, as stated, occurred in 1838, or, according to the aged 
informant, the year after the murder of Governor Perez. 

The last surviving Pecos born at Pecos Pueblo is Agustin 
Pecos, called in Pecos and Jemez (Pwyd 'flj^', who lives at Jemez. 
He is very old and deaf. There are several other persons at 
Jemez who are full or part Pecos in blood and who have some 
knowledge of the Pecos language. 

The Pecos had much contact with the Comanche. Many of 
them spoke Comanche as well as their own tongue, and there was 
much Comanche blood in the triV»e. 

The difference in language testifies that the Jemez and Pecos 
had been separated for several centuries before the coming of the 
Europeans. Notice that the following migration traditions do 
not state that the Jemez and Pecos were formerly one people: 
"The Pecos declare that they came into their valley' from the 
southeast, but that they originated in the north and shifted across 
the Rio Grande. The Jemez say that their origin was in the 
northeast, whence thej' slowl}- drifted into the Jemez Valley."' 

Several pueblo ruins in the vicinity of Pecos are claimed to 
have been the villages of Pecos-speaking Indians.- "Probably 
more than one village was inhabited by the Pecos three hundred 
years ago."' Pecos gives the name to several places or features: 
Pecos River [29:. 32], Pecos National Forest [22 introduction], 
Pecos Baldy [22: unlocatedj, and Pecos settlement [29:unlocated]. 
[29:3-1] (1) Toriiig.f''ii]l<:qhu''u, T'aintlcqhu''u 'down-country barranca 
arroyo' (T'aniig.e, see [Large Features]), page 104; l-qkvJu 'ar- 
ro3ro with barrancas' <kq 'barranca', A»'« 'large groove' 
'arroyo'. With this name cf. [29:32], [29:33], and [29:39]. 

(2) Picuris "Soimclipaane 'Galisteo Creek'".** The last part 
of the name is evidentl3' pa and 'water' 'river' <pd 'water' 
'river', ''and gender and nxunber postfix. 

(3) CochMi Kweffenahd 'southeast river' ilcwe ' south ';< /<'»« 
'river'; ha 'east'). 

(4) Eng. Galisteo Creek. (<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(5) Span. Arroyo Galisteo, Arroyo de Galisteo 'Galisteo 
Creek'. =Eng. (4). It is named from Galisteo Pueblo ruin 
[29:39], which lies, according to Bandelier, not on Galisteo Creek, 
but on the tributary Arroyo de Los Angeles [29:44], and from 
Galisteo settlement [29:40], which lies on Galisteo Creek. 
"Arroyo de Galisteo".^ 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 128, 1890. 

2See ibid., pt. ii, chap, ill, 1892, and Hewett in Amer. Authr., vi. No. 4, July-Sept., 1901. 

^Bandelier, op.cit.pt. i, p. 128. 

^Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

^ Bandelier, op. cit., pt. ii, p. 181. 



HAERIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 47<) 

The upper course of this creek is the canyon [29:37]. The 
freshets of the creek have dauiaoed viUagos of the Santo I)oniin>ro 
Indians; sec under [28:109]. For this reason Randelier siK-aks 
of it as the "danoerous Arroyo de dalistco".' See [29::V.tl 
[29:40], [29:44]. 
[29:35] (1) Eng. Ulorieta settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (•_'). 

(2) Span. Glorieta 'little g-kirv'. =Kntr. (1). 

When or why this name was applied the writer has hecn unahle 
to discover. It was already in use at the time of tiie hattlc at 
Glorieta iu 1862. See [29:;JT]. 
[29:36] (1) Penas Negras Pueblo ruin. (■<Span.). =Span. (:^). 

(2) Span. Peiias Negras 'black rocks'. =Eng. (1). "Pcilas 
Negras".= The name is said to be given because of the presence 
of black cliffs in the vicinity. 

I know of no vestiges of antiquity south and east of the Arroyo Hondo 
[29:17] nearer than those at Peiias Negras, and in the vicinity of Ijiiiiy 
[29:.38], on the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad.^ 

The ruin at Peiias Negras, 8 miles Poutli-southt'a>it of the capital of New 
IMexico, I have only seen, not explored. It seemed to nieto he that of a small 
communal pueblo. A considerable collection of relics from this locality was made 
by a Sir. Cole, and is at present in possession of the Historical Society of Santa 
Fe. Incidentally 1 learned that the TehXias [Tewa] (or Tanos) claim the 
pueblo at Peiias Negras as belonging to their ancestors. It lies on an eminence 
west of the Pecos road, near the edge of the forest, with a fair view to the 
southwest, and there is a spring in its vicinity.* 

The present writer has not succeeded in learning any Tewa 
name for this ruin. 
[29:37] (1) PimpojeJiu'u 'heart water meet arroyo' {pitjf 'heart' 
'middle'; po 'water' 'river' 'creek'; je 'to meet' 'to form a 
confluence'; hu^u 'large groove' 'arroyo' 'canyon'). This 
canyon is always called fuhi, never fsPi 'canyon". The Tewa of 
the present day are unable to explain fully the meaning of this 
name and do not know why it is applied. 

(2) Eng. Apache Canyon. (<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(3) Eng. Laniy Canyon. So called because Laniy settlement 
[29:30] is at the mouth of it. 

(4) Glorieta Canyon. So called because Glorieta [29:3.5] is 
in the canyon. 

(5) Span. Caiion Apache, Canon de los Apaches 'Apache 
Canyon'. Why this name is given is explained in the (juotation 
below. 

This is the deep canyon of upper Galisteo Creek [29::}4], which 
extends froiu the vicinity of (ilorieta [29:3.-.] to that of Larny 
[29:38]. ^ __^^^__ 

1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt. n, pp. 88, 1892. 'Ibid.. 91. 

= Ibid., pp. 91, 97. .Ibid., p. 97. 



480 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 29 

Apache Canon is perhaps the most famous of all the canons in this section of 
tie country, having a history dating back three centuries or more, yet few 
people look upon it as possesting more than a great scenic attraction. They 
gaze on its massive granite -nails sculptured into a thousand fantai^tic shapes by 
the erosion of centuries, yet its name means nothing to them. Apache Canon 
■was for three centuries a stronghold of the tribe that gave it a name. From 
Canoncito [29:42] for 40 miles to the southwest the country is covered with a 
growth of pinon and cedar that offered shelter to the roving bands of Apache 
Indians that lurked along its precipices?. It was their custom to appear along 
the top of the eastern wall overlooking the deep abyss and spy on the 
approaching caravan coming through from Canoncito [29:42] or Glorieta 
[29:35] and ambush the travelers in the heavier growth of the canon floor. 
These raids were an inthctio^i upon the Governments of Spain, Mexico, and the 
United States in turn, and it may be reasonably inferred that the hero, John JI. 
Chivington, laid his plan for the destruction of Sibley's brigade by studying 
this famous canon, and because of its name Sibley's brigade never made a 
move, coming in sight from Santa Fe or going out of sight from Canoncito 
[29:42] into Apache cafion, but that it was immediately reported to Chiving- 
ton, who was camped with the mounted company and two infantry companies 
of his regiment a sliort distance out cf Gloricta [29:35], From the advantages 
that I have hinted at is it not apparent that Chivington did do what he could 
on March 27, 1862, to capture the entire advance of Sibley's brigade, and next 
day, the 2Sth, defeated at Glorieta [29:35] Sibley's main force, besides burn- 
ing all of the Confederate supplies at Canoncito [29:42]?' 

The Tewa inform the present writer that it wa.s not Apache, 
but Comanche, who lurked about this canyon in earlier times. 
The name Apache Canyon was, however, certain!}' in use at the 
time of the Civil War, and was probably u.sed in Span, long- 
before that time. Bandelier does not mention the canyon under 
an}^ name: "Lamy [29:38] lies at the mouth of a narrow pass 
through which the railroad emerges from the Pecos valley."^ 
See [29:34], [29:35], [29:42]. 
[29:38] (1) Eng. Lamy settlement. (See map 29A, on which are indi- 
cated sites of a number of Tano Tewa pueblo ruins.) =Span. 
(2). Named after Archbishop Juan [Jean] B. Lamy, first arch- 
bishop of iSiew Mexico, who occupied the archiepiscopal see from 
1875 to 1885. The name, of French origin, is usually pronounced 
in Eng'. lelmi. 

(2) Span. Lamy. =Eng. (1). The namo is pronounced in 
Span, either laiiii or lelmi. 

Lamy is at the junction of the branch railroad connecting with 
Santa Fe cit\' [29:5] and the main line. It has a station, a hotel, 
a couple of stores, and a considerable Mexican population. It 
lies just below the canj'on [29:37], to which it gives one of the 
names. There is said to be a small house ruin somewhere at 
Lamy "on the north side of the [which?] railroad track;" see 
Nameless ruin at Lamy [29:38], [29:unlocated]. 

1 James A. Crank in Sanla Fe New Mexican, Mar. 11, 1912. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 100, 1892. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HAKEIXGTOK] PLACE-XAMES 4S1 

[29:39J (1) T'anHg.eqr)V)\h'}i • down-country place pueblo niin' 
(T anug.e, see [Largre Features], page 104; 'luj'i'ih/' 'pueMo ruin' 
<'oywi'' 'pueblo', liiji 'old' postpouml). This name is nu-rely de- 
scriptive, and might be applied to any or all the pueblo ruins in the 
region called r'/w/'gt- [Large Features], p. 104,butit isapplied espe- 
cially to Galisteo ruin [29:3!t] and frequently also to Pecos Pueblo 
ruin [29:33]. In the eighteenth century (ialisteo was still inhab- 
ited by southern or "Tano" Tewa: see under Xames ok Tuihes 
AND Peoples, page 570. It was the most important and at last 
the only pueblo of the southern Tewa, and is always spoken of as 
having been their chief pueblo. It is not strange therefore that 
Galisteo Pueblo was always considered to be the T'")i>ig.>^orjiri 
par excellence. Galisteo Pueblo was usually understood under 
the name T'ufiug.eor/wi when no other southern Tewa pueblo was 
specitied. The Tewa informants think it probable that T'iniiig.>- 
''oijwi had also another Tewa name whit'h applied to it only, but 
such a name, if it ever existed, appears to be no longer remem- 
bered by the sui'viving Tewa. The w-riter obtained the name 
T'anuge at all the Rio Grande Tewa villages except Tesuquc, 
■ and also from an old Tano Tewa woman living at Santo Domingo, 
whose parents used to live at the place. Schoolcraft' appears to 
be the tirst to publish the Tewa name and meaning, lie incor- 
porates a note by the translator (evidently Buckingham Smith, 
according to Mr. Hodge) as follows: 

These passages [from the Diary of Francisco Garc<'-.», 1775-76] were rc-ad in 
the Spanish to Jose Maria, an eduratt-d Indian of New Mexico, a Teju.i, visit- 
ing Washington this summer [1854?]; who, after conversing a moment with his 
companions in their native tongue, stated tliat they had the knowledg«\ from 
tradition, that a part of tlie people of Galisteo, a long time ago, went to Mo<nii, 
and others to Santa Domingo . . . Galisteo, he continued, is a ruin; its Indian 
nameisTanoque; the translation is, 'the lower settlement.' The language they 
spoke was very like ours, but not the same. 

The name really means of course. ' down-country place ", of which 
the rendering given is a good free translation. "Ta-ge-uing-ge":' 
given as Tano Tewa name. ••Ta-ge Uing-ge":' given as the 
Tano Tewa name. -Tage-uingge":* given as the Tano Tewa 
name. "Tage -uuge."-^ "Tan-ge- win-ge".» '-Tagewingo".' 
"Tanage".' 

• Indian Tribes, ni, p. MS, 1S53. 

sBandeller, Final Report, pt. i, p. 125, 1890. 

3 Ibid., pt. II, p. 100, 189'.!. 

< Ibid., p. 122. 

5 Bandelier, Gilded Man. p. 221, 1893. 

» Gushing in Johnwn's Encyclopadia, art. Tanoan, 1900. 

■ HeiTett. General View. p. .WT. 1905. 

s Hewett, Communiiutfe, pp. 32, SS, 190S. 

87i584° — 29 eth — 16 31 



482 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) Eng. GalisteoPueliloruin. (<Span.) =Span. (5). 

(3) "Ximena", etc. Bandelier' attempts to identify thi.s name 
with [29:39]. "Ximena".^ "Jimena"'.^ "Kimena".^ "Xi- 
mera".' 

(4) Span. " San Lucas ". ■''' This means Saint Luke. Bandolier' 
attenipts to identify this also with [29:39]. 

(5) Span. Galisteo. =Eno:. (2). Of this name Randelier saj's: 
"What is the origin of the word Galisteo, I am ignorant".' 
"Glisteo".* "Galisteo"." "Santa Cruz de Galisteo":'" this 
was the mission name before 1706. " Santa Maria de CJalisteo":" 
this was one of the mission names from 170(5. "Nuestra Senora 
de los Remedios de Galisteo":'- this was one of the mission names 
after 170G. "S*''- Cruz de Galisteo ".'=* "Galisteo".'* "Calisteo"." 
"Galiste".'" "Calixteo"." "Calixto".'^ "Gallisteo".'" 

(G) Span. "Santa Ana".-" 

(7) Span. "Santa Cruz de Galisteo":'" this means 'holy cross 
of Galisteo' and was the mission name before 1706. S"^- Cruz de 

■ Galisteo".'^ 

(8) Span. "Santa INIaria de Galisteo":" this means 'Saint Mary 
of Galisteo' and was one of the mission names from 1706. "gta- 
Maria". '^ '-S'- Maria". ^^ "S"'- Mario".^^ "Nuestrade Senora de 
los Remedios de Galisteo":'- this means 'Our Lady of the Reme- 
dies of Galisteo' and is one of the mission names from 1706. 

1 Final Report, pt. ii, p. 122, 1892. 

^Castaiieda (ca. 1565) in Fourteenth. Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethn., p. 523, 1896; in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., 
IX, p. 177, 1838. 

» Mota-Padilla, Hist, de la Conq., p. 164, 1742. 
< Peet in Amer. Antiq., xvi, p. 354, 1895. 
liSosa (1590) in Doc. InM., xv, p. 251, 1871. 
9 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 101. 
' Ibid., pp. 100-101. 

8 0ilate (1598) in Doc. Ined., xvi, p. 258, 1871. 

9 Ziirate-Salmeron (ra. 1629) cited by Bancroft, Nat. Races, i, p. 600, 1882. 
10 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Mex., ill, p. ii22, 1871. 

" Cuervo (1706) quoted by Bancroft. .\riz. and N. Mex., p. 228, 1889. 

'- MS. of 1720 quoted by Bandelier in Archsrol. Inst. Papers, Amer. ser., v, p. 194, 1890. 

13 D'Anville, map .\merique Septentrionale, 1746. 

'< Escalante (ca. 1776) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, ii, p. .H9, 1892. 

IS Vaugondy, map Am^rique, 1778. 

>6 Alcedo, Die. Geogr., ii, p. 131, 1787. 

" Kitchin, map N. A., 1787. 

i« Giissefeld, Charte America, 1797. 

'» Eaton in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, p. 220, 18.54. 

20Ofiate (1598) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., p. 101. 

=> D'Anville, map N. A., Bolton ed., 1752. 

^ Jefterys, Amer. Atlas, map 6, 1776. 



HARKIXGTOX] I'LACK- N AMES 483 

Accordino- to Bandelior, this Tiino Tewsi piichlo rnin is sitimtr.l 
not on Galisteo Creek [29 :;U], but on a triinitary tiioreof culieil 
Arroyo de los Angeles or Arroyo del Intierno [29:441. 

The history of Galisteo is siunniarized ]>y Hodge' us follows: 
A former Tano [see Xames oi- Tribes axi> Peoples, patro 576] piu-blo I j iiiili-s 
northeast of the present hamlet [29:40] of the same name. . . . Identilii-il l)y 
Bandelier {Archaiol. /?!.<«. Papers, iv, 122, 1S92) with the Ximena of Coroiiailii, 
who visited the village in 1541, when it consisted of .3(i houses. Galisteo was 
the seat of a Franciscan mission perhaps as early as 1617 — certainly in lil2',l— 
and in 1680 contained 800 neophytes and a fine church; San Christuhal [29:45] 
was a visita at this date. In the revolt of the Pueblos in .August of the latter 
year the Indians of Galisteo killed the resident priest, besides the father custo- 
dian of New Mexico, the missionaries of San Marcos and Pecos, who wen- on 
their way to give warninir, and several colonists. After the remaining Si)ani.«h 
colonists had been driven out of the country the Tano of Galisteo removed ti> 
Santa Fe and erected a village on the ruins of the old Palace, but were expdliil 
by Vargas in 1692. In 1706 the town was reestablished with 90 Indians by the 
governor of the province under the name Nuestra Sefiora de los Kemedins t\e 
Galisteo, hut it was also called Santa Jlan'a. It remained an inconsiderable 
village until between 1782 and 1794, when the inhabitants, decimated by small- 
pox and by the persistent hostilities of the Comanche, removed to Santo 
Domingo pueblo [29:109], where their descendants still live, pre.ser\'ing the 
language of their ancestors and in part their tribal autonomy. At one time, 
according to Bandelier, Galisteo probably had a population of 1,000. In 1712 
it numbered 110 souls; in 1748, 50 families, and but52 80ula in 1782, just before 
its abandonment. 

Galisteo is treated bj' Bandeli(!r. - 

There are at Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:109] a few descendants 
of Galisteo Indians who remember some of the Galisteo Tewa 
language. How many there arc and whether they still preserve 
their tribal autonomy are subjects very difficult to investigate, 
owing to the hostility and reticence of the Santo Domingo In- 
dians. While at Santo Domingo in 19t»« the writer succeeded in 
interviewing an old woman, but only for about two minutes, for 
her fears soon got the best of her and she commanded him to 
leave the house lest she be tiogged by the governor for giving him 
information; the door was locked during the rest of his stay 
at Santo Domingo. The old woman suited that both her father 
and mother were born at Galisteo. She recalled the (Jalisteo 
words with some hesitation and pronounced some of them with a 
noticeably Kcresan accent. It is pure good fortune that the 
vocabulary was olitained. In all, 13 words were recorded, a,s fol- 
lows: 



1 Handbook Inds, pt. 1, pp. 4sl-S'.>. 1907 

2 Final Report, pt. n, pp. 100-03, 1S92. 



484 



ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 





Galisteo Tewa 




Ordinakv Rio Grande Tewa 


English 


1. 


T'amtg.e 




T' anngfi 


Galisteo 


2. 


We ^y,msef 




We 'it:ins^ 


Where are you 1 going 


3. 


Teioa (given 


as 


Tewa 


Tewa 




name of lan- 








guage former- 








ly spoken 


at 








Galisteo) 


• 






4. 


jil"' 




.;■'■> 


mother 


5. 


toua 




t(Ua 


father 


6. 


T'amAcnva 




T'anulowa 


Tano person 


7. 


''oxoQfl 




''osoge 


you 1 sit down! 


8. 


t'aVf 




t'qvf 


sun 


9. 


'agtffXstar?) 




po 


moon 


10. 


\igajo 




''ag/Pjo 


star 


11. 


wi 




fu 


nose 


12. 


v}eje 




tsl 


eyes 


13. 


mijqij'tho'o 




iterj(j'hiiKo''o 


good-bye 



It will be noticed that the Galisteo forms are practically identi- 
cal with those of the Rio Grande Tewa villages, with exception 
of Nos. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. ''agiijo and sqyqidiho^o show an a- sound 
for an 6' sound, 'agay'o was given as meaning 'moon', doubtless 
by mistake, vjl 'nose' and loeje 'eyes' may be the numei'als for 
'one' and 'two', Tewa wi 'one', }t;ije 'two'. Another woman of 
Santo Domingo talked a little Tewa to the writer, but she had 
evidently learned it from contact with the Tewa of the existing 
pueblos. It will be seen from the above brief vocabular3- that 
the Galisteo language was probably more like the northern Rio 
Grande Tewa than the Pecos language was like Jemez. The 
woman called herself a Tewa and a Tano. This brief Galisteo 
vocabular3' appears to be the first Tano vocabulary obtained, and 
is therefore important. Hodge says in a letter to the writer 
(October, 1908): "Regarding the Tano proper, we really have 
not known anything about them, the basis of their linguistic 
classilication being history and tradition, so far as I am aware." 

The Tewa of San Ildefonso tell the following story of the aban- 
donment of Galisteo. Some say that Pecos [29:33] and not 
Galisteo is the pueblo to which the story applies, bat ti'ustworthy 
informants deny this. Pecos is sometimes also called T'anuge; 
hence the misunderstanding. 

The ancient people of Galisteo had a snake, a big one and black one, which 
they kept in tlie estufa. When they went hunting and got game of any kind, 
they fed it to him. IMule-deer, buffalo, white-tailed deer, antelope, elk, rab- 
bit, jackrabbit, birds — all these the)' fed him. In return he gave them any- 
thing that they wanted. Corn, squashes, chokecherries, berries, yucca fruit. 



HAKEl.XGTOX] PI.ACE-XAMES 485 

cactus fruit, Tewa berries, moccasins, leggins, deerskin shirts lie gave tlii-ni. 
One morning the.v went to look at him and did not find him. At midnitrht ho 
had gone out. Nobody had seen him issue, nobody knew in which dir»-clinn 
he had gone. They found tracks leading to the arroyo— big tra<-k.-, an.l tlicy 
followed them. They followed his track along Galisteo Creek [29::W], whero 
he went along the bed. They followed them to the mouth, wher« the tmcka 
went into the waters of the Rio Grande. 

They went back to their pueblo and they held a meeting that next nitflit. 
And the old men saiil to the old men: " The snake has gone. What are we 
going to have of those things which he gave us? He has pone away. X<«w we 
also must be going away." And they all went down to Santo Domingo Tueblo 
[29:109], where they settled. 

Bandelier saw an Indian saint-painting at Galisteo. 

There exist to-day paintings on Ijuffalo hide executed by Indians of the 
Pueblos. I photographed in 18.S2a picture of "Nuestra Senora de Begonia" at 
Galisteo [29:40], which bore the date of 1S08. Artistically, tliese paintings are 
worthless, still they indicate progress over the decorations of pottery.' 

Galisteo Pueblo [29:39] was atiandoned sometime between 17n2 
and 1794 on account of the hostilities of the Comanche and tlie 
pre.sence of .smallpox. - 

See [29:4(1]. [29:.-U]. [29:44]. [29:4.-)J. and Tano (,N.\mks of 
Tribes and Peoples. pa<je 576). 
[29:40] (1) Eng. Galisteo sottiement. (< Span.). =Span. (i>). 

(2) Span. Galisteo, see [29:39]. 

Thi.s is the present ^Mexican village of Galisteo, li mih'S west 
of Galisteo Pueblo ruin [29:39]. How old this settlement i.s the 
writer has not been able to learn. See [29:39], [29:34]. [29:44]. 
[29:41] (1) San Cristobal Arroyo. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo de San Cristobal 'Saint Christopher gulch". 
= Eng. (1). "Arroyo de San Cristobal".'' The arroyo takes its 
name from the former pueblo of San Cristobal [29:45], ij. v. 
[29:42] (1) Eng. Caiioncito settlement. (< Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Canoncito 'little canyon'. =Eng. (1). 

This is a small Mexican settlement in the canyon [29:37], q. v. 
[29:43] (1) Eng. Kennedy settlement, a family name. =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Kennedy. (< Eng.). = Eng. (1). 

This settlement has been esbiblished since the completion of 
the railroads. 
[29:44] (1) Span. "Arroyo de los Angeles".^ Thi< means 'arroyo of 
the angels'. Cf. Span. (2). 

(2) Span. "Arro3'o del Intierno".* Tliis means 'hell arroy<.'. 
Cf. Span. (1). 

Two ridges parallel to each other, .surmounted by shaggy crests callctl [in 
Span.] 'crestones,' traverse the Galisteo plain [Sant a Fe Plain (Urge Fe u- 

iBandelier. Final Report, pt. i, p. 218, 1890. 

2 n>i<i., pt, II, p. 102, note, 1S92. 

3 Ibid., p. 103. 
nijiii., p. ItX). 



486 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ktii. ann. 29 

tares), page 104] from east to west; one of them lies 6 miles south of Lamy 
[29:38], the other on the southern limits of the basin (Santa Fe plain [Large 
Features]). It [the latter] is a bleak and arid level, just as Espejo has de- 
scribed it. The northern base of the northern creston is hugged by a danger- 
ous torrent, the Arroyo de los Angeles, frequently, and more appropriately, 
called Arroyo del Intierno. About a mile and a half from the modern Galisteo 
settlement [29:40], on the north bank of this treacherous dry creek, lie the 
ruins of the Tanos village called T'a-ge Uing-ge [29:40], and by the Spaniards 
Santa Cruz de Galisteo. ' 

See [29:34], [29:39, [29:40]. 
[29:45] (1) Tano Tewa "yain-iy-hiim-ba".= "Yam Fliaii)-l)a"= (given 
as the name of San Cristobal [15:unlocated]). " Yani-p"hani-ba".^ 
"Pant-ham-ba".^ " Yaniphamba"." "Yam P'hamba"'.' It is 
unfortunate that Bandelior did not obtain the etymology of this 
name, as none of the writer's informants have known it. What 
the real form is we can only conjecture. Yilmp'qniMd would 
mean 'narrow belt of willows' (jiyf 'willows'; p'q 'narrowness' 
'narrow'; bu\i 'belt' 'strip'). Y(impaha\i would mean 'burst or 
split willow belt' {)<iyf 'willow'; pa 'burst' 'split' 'chopped'; 
ba\i 'belt' 'strip'). See Santa Clara Jqy¥qt)(jl [15:unlocated]. 

(2) Eng. San Cristobal. (< Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. San Cristobal 'Saint Christopher' . . . =Eng. (2), 
"Sant Christobal",' "Sant Chripstobal",' "Sant Xpoval",'" 
"Sant Xupal",'' "S. Christoval",'^ "Christoval",'" "San Chris- 
toval"," "Christobal",'^ "San Cristobel"," "San Cristoval"," 
" San Cristoforo",'* "" San Cristoval".'" 

Hodge ^° summarizes our knowledge about this pueblo as follows: 

Once the principal [?] pueblo of the Tano [Names of Tribes and Peoples, 
page 576], situated between Galisteo [29:40] and Pecos [29:44], Santa Fe co., 
N. Mex. The natives of this pueblo and of San Lazaro [29:.'i2] were forced 
by hostilities of the Apache, the eastern Keresan tribes, and the Pecos to 

■Bandelier, Final Ueport, pt. ii. \>. 100. 18S2. 

5Ibid.,pt. I, p. 125, 1890. 

'Ibid.,pt. II, p. 83. 

< Ibid., p. 103. 

'Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 221, 1S93. 

sUewett, General View, p. Wl, 1905 (following Bandelier). 

'Hewett, Communautfe, p. 38, 1908 (following Bandelier). 

«Sosa (1591) in Doc. Inid., xv, p. 2.51 et .seq., 1871. 

«Onate (1598), ibid., xvi, p. 114. 

10 Ibid., p. 259. 

" Ibid., p. 258. 

■^D'Anville, Map Amfir. Septentrionale, 1746. 

'^Cr6py, Map Am^r. Septentrionale, ca. 1783. 

" Alcedo, Die. Geog., i. p. 557, 1786. 

■5 Arrowsmith, Map N. A., 1795, ed. 1814. 

'■ Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 220, 1867. 

1' Bandelier in Archseol. Inst Papers, Amer. ser., i, p. 101, 1881. 

"Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893. 

" Twitchell in Sania Fc New Meikan, Sept. 22, 1910. 

2" Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 428, 1910. 



HAKBIX.ITON] PI,.\CF.-X AMES 487 

transfer their pueblos to tlio vicinity of San Juan [ll:San Juan I'urblo], 
where the towns were rebuilt under tlie a:ii\n\ names (Bancroft, Ariz, anil N. 
Mex., p. 186, 18S9). [See San Crist.ihal [15:unlocateil] arul San I-awwo [16: 
unlocated]; see also map 29A]. This removal (which was more strictly h< a 
place called ruehlito [15:25], near the present Potrero [16:unlocated], HlK>ut 
2 miles east of Santa Cruz [15:19], on the Rio Santa Cniz [16:ls] ), occurred 
after the pueblo revolt of 16K0, and prior to 1092, at which latter ilate the 
natives were found by Vargas in their new locality. The pueblo wa." aban- 
doned in 1(594, but was later reoccupied, and was (inally deserted in Il)9ii, after 
the murder of tlu'ir missionary in June of that year. .Most of their ile-^cend- 
ants are now liviuj; among tlie Hopi of .\rizona. 

Bandelier say.s of San Cristobal: 

East of CTalisteo [29:39], on the bonlers of the basin [Santa Te Plain (birve 
Features), page 104], in a pictures(iue valley surrounded by woods and supplied 
with permanent water, stand the ruitis of Yani-p'ham-ba or San Cristobal' 
(plate I, fig. 22 [of Bandelier's Final Jlcport, pt. ii, 1892]). It w;is inhabited 
until 1680, and formed a 'visita' dependent uiwn the parish of (iaiisteo [29:39]; 
and in that year it had eight hundred inhabitants. After the expulsion of 
the Spaniards, the Tanos of San Cristobal settled in the vicinity of Santa Cruz 
[15:19] ... as already related. Most of their descendant-^ are now aumng 
the Moijuis [Hopi]. On the other side of the Arroyo de San Cristobal 
[29:41], which runs at the footof the gentle slope on which the pueblo stands, 
lies another group of ruins. The pueblo pro[)er still shows many of its walls, 
and it is plain to see that they were generally 0.27 m. (U inches) thick, and 
made of thin plates of sandstone. The second ruin, which lies a short distance 
southwest of the other, is reduced to compact mounds of earth. The stream 
[29:41] has manifestly carried away a part of it, but it is not possible to 
determine whether this occurred recently or in olden times. The appearance 
of the mounds denotes long decay, and it may be that they are older than the 
historic San Cristobal. There are two estufas, while the village proper shows 
but one; but it is not certain whether tliis was the only one, as not all the 
estufas were round, and not all were subterraneous. Still, the round form 
seems to have been the 'archaic' one, where it was possible to excavate for the 
purpose. I suspect that the group of mounds southwest of the principal ruins 
are the remains of an older village, abandoned prior to the other. The church 
was built of the same material as the pueblo, thin plates of sandstone, but the 
walls were more substantial. In 1882 the rear part of it was still standing t.. 
the height of about four meters. It is a chapel only, measuring 16.0 by 7.4 
meters (52i by 24} feet). In front of it lies a churchyard, and other buildings 
seem to have been appended to it on the south. The main pueblo stan-ls 
between thechapeland the more ruined vestiges on the south side of tlie arn.yo 
[29-41], another indication that the latter were forsaken at an earlier date, 
perhaps before San Cristobal had been visited by the Spaniards. The lirst 
authentic visit bv a Spaniard was made in 1690, by Gaspar Castailo de Sn-a, 
who gave the village the name by which it still continues to be known.' 
San Cristobal lies in what might be called a sheltered nook. There is little 
cultivable ground contiguous to it, but at a very short distance, on the edge of 
the Galisteo plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features), page 104], there is tdlable 
land that can also be irrigated. The site is not favorable for ol>servat.on, bu 
the heights surrounding it affonl goo.l lookouts. For defense the I.ou..^.8 bad 
to suffice, and there are traces of a double stone wall connectmg several »l 



■Memoria id Dcscubrimicnto, v 247 et .seq."-BA.vDKUEK, Final Report, ,.t. n. ,.. m. KfJl. 



488 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

the edifices. On the whole, the buildinj^s seem to liave Ijeen smaller than 
usual, and nowhere could I see indications of greater height than two stories. 
It has in fact the appearance of a pueblo of to-day; whereas the ruins on 
the south bank of the arroyo belong to the compact, older pueblo type.' 

Doctor Spinden states that he reached San Crist6bal by driving 
south from Lamj' [29:;!S] over a jn-ivate ranch road about 5 miles. 
He saj'S that the ruin is chiefl}' on the north side of the arroyo 
[29:41], and that the ruins of the church are on the same side. 

Bandelicr also noticed stone inclosures at San Cristobal, refer- 
ence to which will be found in the quotation from that author 
under [29:52] ('i). 

Bandelicr noticed these inclosures at [29:7'.t] also. 

See San Cristolial [15:unlocated], San Lazaro [29:-i9], and [15:un- 
located], Tsxiocul [15:2i], Jqylc'qyfji [15:unlocated], OVomhui 
[15:unlocated], Tano (Names of Tribes and Peoples), p. 57G, 
and Hano [Unmapped]. 
[29:46] (1) Eng. Jara Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo Jara 'willow gulch'. =Eng. (1).. "Arroj'o 
Jara. " - 

This gulch is said by Mr. H. C. Yontz, of Santa Fe, to enter 
(lalisteo Creek [29:34] slightly below Kennedy [29:43]. 
[29:47] (1) Tano Tewa "Tze-man Tu-o."' This name is not known to 
the writer's informants; they can not etymologize it or even make 
plausible suggestions as to its meaning. Tse?/iq)itoT' would mean 
'place where the eagle's hand or claw is inside or in' {tse 'eagle'; 
m(ii]f 'hand'; to 'to be in'; T' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). 

(2) Span. "Pueblo Colorado."^ This means 'red pueblo", but 
why this name is applied is not stated b}' Bandelicr. 

On the southern border of the Galisteo basin [Santa Fe plain [Large Feat- 
ures, page 104]] there are three more ruins, lying in a line from east to west. I 
visited none of these, buttheTanos of Santo Domingo [28:109], who claim that 
they were villages of their tribe, gave me their names. The Pueblo Colorado 
was called Tze-man Tu-o; the Pueblo Blanco [29:48] bore the name of Ka-ye Pu; 
the next [29:50] was called Sh^, and they are all within 3 to 5 miles south 
and southeast of the town of Galisteo [29:40]. From descriptions by persons 
who have seen them frequently 1 gather that they belonged to the communal 
type, and were villages of reasonable size for Pueblos. I have seen some arti- 
ficial objects purporting to have come from these ruins consisting of stone axes 
and coarsely glazed pottery.^ 

The ruin is, of course, located only approximately ; it is a.ssumed 
that Bandelicr names the three ruins in order from east to west. 
Cf. [29:48] and [29:50]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, pp. 103-lOn, I89'i. 

2 1'. S. Geological Survey, Recounaissance Map, New Mexico, Lamy sheet, 1894. 
'Bandelier, op. cit., p. 106. 



HARRixr.Tox] PLACE-NAMKS 4^9 

[29:48] (1) Tauo Tewa "Ka-ye Pu."' This name is not known to tii.< 
writers informants; they can not elymolojrize it, l.iit sujjtrest that 
the first part is perhaps intended for k'uji 'fetish' 'idoP; "•ru" 
might be for^^w 'base' 'rump' 'roof, for pu 'jaek ral)bit", or for 
any of many other forms of simihir sound. 

(2) Span. "Pueblo Blanco."' This means -wliite puel.lo'. Tlic 
reason that this name is applied is not staled by Bandelier. .S-e 
quotation from Bandelier under [29:47J (_'). 

The ruin is, of course, located only approximately; it is assumed 
that Bandelier names the three villages in ordei- from east to west. 
Cf. [29:47] and [29 :.-.(•]. 

[29:4;tJ Span. "Arroyo del Chorro."= This means 'arroyo of the ji-t 
of water' or 'arroyo of tlie gushing water". Why the name is 
applied is not known. 

None of the maps locate an arroyo by this name, but according 
to a description by Mr. H. C. Yontz of Santa Fe, it is certainly 
the same as the long nameless arroyo shown on certain uiajis.' 
The arroyo shown on [29] is copied from the two maps referred 
to. It seems clear that the arroyo, or a branch of it, begins 
between the Ortiz Mountains [29:72] and the Golden Mountains 
[29:73], and is therefore the shme arroyo as that on which Pueblo 
Largo [29:51] is situated. For Bandelier's description of Pueblo 
Largo, see [29:51] (2). It will be noted that in this excerpt 
Bandelier does not even state deiinitely whether the arroyo on 
which Pueblo Largo [29:51] is situated is the same as the chief 
arroyo of the caiiada mentioned. No name is given to either 
arroyo or caQada, and one is left to conjecture where they have 
their outlets. An examination of the maps and infonnation 
ol)tained from JMr. H. C. Yontz have led to placing the arroyo 
and pueblos tentatively on [29]. See [29:51] and [29:52]. 

[29:50] Tano Tewa "Che";' not identified by Bandelier with [29:5(i] 
though it is evidently the same. "Pueblo de She".^ '-Shi'""." 
This name is not known to my informants; they suggest that it 
may be for />'. • ladder' ' stairway,' but they never have heard t)f 
a pueblo ruin so called. There is no noun in Tewa which has the 
form fe, but there are many words which begin in ^.«, fs, tf. or 
tf, and have a similar vowel. 

See quotation from Bandelier, containing reference to She, 
under [29:47) (2). 

1 BandeUer. Final Report, pt. n. p. 106, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 105. , ^. „ , , 
3U s Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Parts oj Centml Now M,.xl.-o. mliui 

sheet No. 77, Expeditions of 1874. '75, '76, '77 and '78. U. S. GeoloRfcal Survey. Reco.>n..l«in« 
Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892. „ ^ , j , , , „. ,7m ms 

. •• Dilixencias sobre la solizitud del euerpn del venerable Pe Frny Geninlmo de la Liana, 17M MS, 
vol. .=>," cited by Bandelier, op.cit., p. 239. note. 

6 Bandelier in Ritch, X. Mex., p. 201, 18S5. 

'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 106, 1892. 



490 ETHNOCiEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 20 

The ruin is, of course, located only approximately; it is assumed 
that Bandelier names the three villages in order from east to 
west. Cf. [29:47], [29:48]. 
[29:51] (1) Tano Tewa "Hishi".i "Hish-i".= This name is not 
known to the informants. It is suspected that it is Bandelier's 
spelling for heji''- (mineral gender, sing.) or hejiyf (vegetal 
gender, sing.) 'long'; ^orjwihejiyf would mean 'long pueblo' 
{\ijwi 'pueblo'), being an exact translation of Span. (2), below. 
(2) Span. "Pueblo Largo".'* Tliis means 'long pueblo'; cf. 
Tano Tewa (1), above. 

The Galisteo plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features), page 104J is bordered 
on the west by the Sierra de Dolores [Ortiz Mountains [29:72]]; south o£ 
this mountain rises the Sierra de San Francisco [Golden Mountains [29:73]]; 
and a long waterless valley, running from east to west, separates the two 
ranges. This arid caiiada is partly covered with coniferous trees, though in 
most places it is grassy, and haunted by antt'lojjes. 

A little beyond the entrance to it lies the 'Pueblo Largo', called by the 
Tanos [of Santo Domingo] Hish-i, — a large ruin indicating a considerable vil- 
lage situated on both sides of a mountain torrent [[29:49]?]. The main por- 
tion of the ruins is to the north of the arroyo,and, asat San Cristobal [29:49], 
the water has washed it, chiefly on the south side, exposing some of the rooms. 
They are usually 2.8 to 3.5 m. long tjy 2.1 to 2.8 m. wide (average in feet, 9J 
by 7); the walls are 0.25 m. (10 inches) thick, made of thin plates of sand- 
stone. The village formed several quadrangles, and it may have accommo- 
dated l,5(i0 people, upon the supposition that both sides of the arroyo were 
occupied simultaneou.sly. 

The si luthern ruins, however, show more and apparently longer decay than 
the northern, and it is not safe to assume for Hish-i any comparatively large 
population. At least five estufas can be detected within the squares of large 
court-yards formed by the edifices. In the neighborhood of one of these 
estufas there is a very peculiar arrangement of ten stones, in three parallel 
lines. 

The stones are parallelopipeds, or prisms about 0.7.5 m. (34 inches) long by 
0.30 to 0.40 wide, and 0.20 to 0.30 broad. Two-thirds of their length is set in 
the ground so that only about 0.25 m. protrudes; they stand at quite regular 
intervals and two of them are connected by a row of smaller stones set on 
edge. Their proximity to an estufa renders the presence and arrangement of 
these slabs mysterious, but they resemble common headstones on graves. 
Still, I could not ascertain that anything had been discovered beneath one of 
them which has been excavated. Their shape was not artificial, but due to 
natural cleavage alone, as I satisfied myself by inspecting a rocky hill near by, 
where ledges of the same material crop out. 

Whether the Pueblo Largo was occupied within historical times I am unable 
to answer. In KiSO Fray Alonzo de Benavides stated that the Tanos occupied 
five pueblos.'' This number [five pueblos] agrees with the historically known 

■ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. t, p. 125, 1890; Hewett, General View, p. .W?, 1905. 

2 Bandelier, op. cit., pt. ii, p. lOfi, 1892. 

» Ibid., pt. I, p. 125; pt. II, p. 106, Hewett. op.eit. 

*" Memorial, 'p.2i, Heascribesto the Tan()S 4,000 souls. I hold this estimate to be reasonable, 
although probably a little above the true number. Eight hundred inhabitants isa high average."— 
Bandeliee, op.eit., pt. II, p. 107. 



HjiEniXGTOx] PLACE-XAMES 491 

villages of the Tanos, provi.led San Mar.os [Kun fx'ovmhji [29:unl.«-ali".l]] 
and the Cienega [29:22] were inhahind by thomVand' m.t hy Iho (jniT«« 
[Kerefans]. If, however, San Maroos and tiie Cienc^a belonjred to the latter 
tribe, there would be room for Ilish-i among the historieal wttlements.' 
Seo [29:4;>.] 
[29:51^] (1) Taiio Tcwa •■I-po-re".= "Ippi-a".'' The Tewu in- 
formants do not know this name and cannot sugjLre.-t cxcii n 
plausible etymoloj>y. Tewa '«>V^/' means 'he breathed it out' 
{'i 'he' 'it'; pe-ii^to exhale"). Pe-ii means 'to lose", but a form 
''ipe.iiis not possible. All sorts of pronunciations of HandelicrV 
"I-pe-re" have been used with the Tewa, but they can make noth- 
ing of it. 

(2) Span. "San Lazaro".' "S. Lazaro"." ''Si Lazarus"." 
"San Cazaro".' "San Lazaro".* "San Lasaro". " The 
name means 'Saint Lazarus'. 

Six miles west of Galisteo [29:40], on the eastern slopes of the iiictnresinie 
Sierra del Real de Dohires [29: unloeated], and on the southern hank of the 
Arroyo del Chorro [29:49], stand the ruina of I-pe-re, or San La/Arc, another 
Tanos [Tano] village, which was abandoned after the uprising in 16S0 and 
never occupied again. The three historic pueblos of the Galisteo group [[29:4.1], 
[29:.3S»], and [29:52]] thus stand in a line from east to west 11 miles long. 
The ground around San Lazaro is much broken. The ruin stands on bluffs that 
are not abrupt, and the arroyo [29:49] winds around their ba.se. The dispo- 
sition of the buildings is similar to that at San Cristobal [29:4.5] and trarcs of 
stone walls connecting them with each other are visible. It seems to have 
been smaller than either Galisteo [29:39] or San Cristobal [29:4.5], and was 
built of stones. The houses were so disposed as partly to encompa-<iS an elli|>- 
tical enclosure of stone built around a slight depression. The perimiter of the 
enclosure is about 140 meters (400 feet). Only two buildings appear to hafe 
been connected with it, and in the depression which the wall surrounds are 
still two circular sunken areas of small dimensions. \t San Cristobal [29:45] 
there are also, in connection with some of the mounds, enclosures made of 
roughly piled stones. I can only suggest a probable object of these ODusual 
structures. The Tanos possessed flocks, mostly sheep, and the enclosures may 
have served for keeping them in safety over night. Quite analogous endoe- 
ures of stones, usually reared against the steep acclivity of a mesa or other height, 
so as to require building only three sides, are made by shepherds in treeles-s 
districts. The stone enclosures at San Lazaro and San Cristobal [29:49] may 
have been constructed for the same purpose. Both villages were very much 
e.xposed to attacks by the .\paches from the side of the plains as well as from 
the mountains west of the Galisteo basin Santa Fe plain [Urge Features, 
page 104] ]'». 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. lOil, 107 and note, 1892. 

2 Ibid., pt. I. p. l-'5, 1890; pt. ii, pp. 83, 105. 

3 Hewett: General View, p. mi, 190.5; Communanti's. p. 38, 1908. 
< VetancuTt (1696) In Teatro Mex., pt. in, p. :»l, 1871. 

s D'.\nville, Map Xmiv. Septentrionale, 1746. 
sKitchin.MapN. A., 17S7. 
' Bandelier in Ritch, N. Me.x., p. 201, 1SS.5. 

8 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 125, IsaO; pt. ii. 83, ia5. ISW: He«ett: (k-nerul \l.-«. 
Communantes, p. 32. 
9 Ladd, Story of N. Mex., p. 92, 1891. 
w Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 105-06. 



492 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ann. 29 

Mr. H. C. Yontz of Santa Fe, who is familiar witli San liazaro 
Pueblo ruin, malies the statement that it lies on thearroj'o [29:-Ht], 
2 miles south of Ortiz settlement [29:62]. A short distance north- 
east of the ruin, accordinj^ to iVIr. Yontz, there is a cave 45 feet 
high, which extends inward 25 feet. Mr. Yontz says that this 
cave is well known to the Mexicans who live in the vicinity. This 
may be what Bandelier refers to when he says: " Sacriticial caves 
are spoken of in the vicinity' of Cerrillos [29:53]."' 

For a discussion of the histor}' of the San Lazaro people after 
the abandonment of their pueblo, see [15:24] and [29:45]. See also 
[29:4'.t] and Tano (Names of Tribes and Peoples, page 57G). 
[29:53] (1) Bug. Cerrillos settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cerrillos 'the hills', referring to [29:54]. =Eng. (1.) 
"Cerrillos."^ "Los Cerrillos.'"' 

This settlement is said to antedate the building of the railroad, 
and to be the nearest railroad station to the Turcjuoise Minos 
[29:55]. See [29:54] and Petrified forest somewhere south of 
Cerrillos [29:unlocated]. 
[29:54] (1) Kunfxpiijf 'turquoise mountains' {kunfS£ 'turquoise;' 
phjf 'mountain' 'large hill'). =Cochiti (2). So named because 
of the presence of turquoise 1 29:55]. 

(2) Coc\\\t\ f'o'wam.ehofe 'turquoise mountains' {fowame 'tur- 
quoise '; hff'e ' mountain'). =Tewa (1). So called because of the 
presence of turquoise at [29:55]. 

(3) Eng. Cerrillos Hills. (<Span.). =Span. (4). Perhaps 
thought of by most people as being named from the settlement 
[29:53], although the opposite is the case. 

(4) Span. Los Cerrillos 'the hills' 'the little mountains.' 
= Eng. (3). Bandelier* speaks of "the Cerrillos . . . rich in 
ore, and containing beautiful green and blue turquoises." See' 
[29:.53], [29:5.5]. 

[29:55] (I) Kx/iyxixe, Knnj'xJ^'qndiwe 'place of turquoise' 'place 
where turquoise is dug' {kunj'ce 'turquoise'; 'iwe locative; IcqiQf 
'to dig'). =Cochiti (2), Span. (3). Eng. (4). 

(2) Cochiti fo'tvamelcotfu 'turquoise mountainous place' 
(yj^^ort/Me 'turquoise'; «•" as in Ti'ot'e 'mountain': tfu locative). 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Turquoise Mines. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Las Minas de Turquesa, Las Minas de Chalchihuite 
'the turquoise mines'. =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), Eng. (3). 

This is the famous place of tunjuoise mines, and is said to be 
the only place in the Rio Grande drainage in New Mexico where 

> Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 115, 1892. 

2 Ibid., p. lOS, 1S9-2. 

3 Hewett, CommunauWs, p. 38, 1908. 

* In Papers Archxol. Inst. Amcr., Amer. ser., i, p. 39, 1881. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-X AMES 



493 



turquoise, valued so liiohly by th.- I'uehlo Indians, i.s foiuul. Tl... 
turquoise deposits are said to iuive holoncred formerly to the 'I'uiu. 
Tewa and adjacent Keresans, especially to the inhal."it;inLs of Sun 
. Marcos Pueblo [Kmifx qijwikej J f29:unlocutedl]. Strin<rs of tur- 
quoise beads still form a standard of value for tnidinjr. Althou;:h 
deprived of the turquoise deposits by the whites, Indiiuis, especiiiily 
from Santo Dominoo [28:lUi)J, are said to sneak to the locality of 
the mines at night and tiy to steal tunjuoise from the dumps. The 
mines are 3 miles north of Cerrillos |29::.;ij. They are said to be 
the property of the American Turciuoise Company. Some of the 
best known of the mines are the Titiany. Cash p:ntry, and IJIu.-bcll. 
Bandelier says of the turquoise deposits and mines: 

The inferior kalaite, met with in New Mexico, \va.s liked as well [l.y tlie 
Indians] as the bluest turquoise from .\sia Minor would have been.' 

The Tanos held the veins of turquoise, or kalaite, at the Cerrillos [[29:.i:i] 
or [29:54]], about 20 miles southwest of the present Santa Fc [29;5].= 

Near San Marcos lKunj>A-'or)wil:eji [29:unlocated]] lies the celebrate.! local- 
ity of Callaite, called popularly the 'turquofse niine.'^'. The turiuoi«'8 are 
imbedded in a white porphyritic rock, and a high authority on geiiig, .Mr. 
George F. Kunz, has informed me that the New Mexican turquoise bears 
greater resemblance to the Egyptian than to the Persian specimens of that 
mineral. Beautiful stones have been found occasionally;^ also very large 
masses of an inferior quality. The Tanos of Santo Domingo regard them- 
selves as the owners of the site, and visit it frequently to procure the sti.nea 
that are so much esteemed by them. As to the popular belief in ancient 
mining of turquoises, it is, like many others of the kind, a myth. The 
Tanos obtained the mineral by knocking it out of the rock with stone mauls, 
axes, and hammers, many of which have been found in this locality. They also 
dug and Ijurrowed, but their excavations were made at random, and went but 
little beneath the surface. Still less did the Spaniards compel the Indians 
to 'mine' the turquoise for them. Very little attention was paid by the 
whites to the green and blue stones, the latter of which are comparatively rare; 
since they regarded the New ^Mexican callaite as of a ba.-^e quality, and 
therefore as of no commercial value. ^ Xevertheles.^, the turqunises of the 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 14, 1S90. 

2Ibid., p. 163. 

3 "Some exceptionally handsome one.s are in possesion of my friend, Abraham Spli-Kellx-rv, In 
Santa Fe." — Ibid., note. 

<"This vva-salready noticed by the members of Coronado'.s expedition. (R'lnrion ilrl Siirrt;,tr la 
Jornada, p. 320.) It is strange that none of the chronielers of that journey mention the tiin|iinl«c 
locality at Cerillos. Neither does Espejo, who visited the Tanos. Castaflo ( Mt-mnrin, p. ilx) iip«ik« 
of the mineral (ores) found there by some of his men: ' Tnixo metales niui biienns. al parcier.' 
Onate also is silent, or at least makes no account of the green stones. In the documenti of vac, con- 
cerning the violent strife then going on between Governor Martinez de Baeza and the FnincL«cnn 
priests in New Mexico, the latter accuse him of collecting tribute in an abusive manner: but Itiey 
mention only pinon inits, hides, and cotton mantles. Fray Pedro Zambmno, Carin iil Vinii. y[S. 
Fray Antonio de Vbargaray, Carta al Vircii, MS.: ' Porquc desde que cntro en el goiiicnio solumte a 
atendido & su aprouechamiento. y e.^te con gran exceso y dafio de todas eslas prouliiB.i en el tnili.i)o 
excesivo que a dado & e.stos potires rcsien combertidos en mneha cantidad de mantns. y |>iinimenl.« 
que a mandado hazer y pintar, y assimismo cantidad de camions que les a echo bu-.ur y r.'-:;Kti\r. y 
cantidad de Pinones que les a echo a carrear.' Carta al Vira,. ,lrl CmUMn y (if !•■• I>.,'lm,l.,r., M 
Nwcvo Mexico, MS. Frav Andres Suarcz. airdi A su llaiirftad. Nam!"'. Oclotwr S3J, IClT. MS. In iiono 
of these severe accusations against the governors is the mining of turquoises or of any oilier min.-ml 
mentioned ; neither do the Indians themselves .speak of it in their depositions of the year. 18.-0, and 



494 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ann. 29 

Cerillos were quite a resource for the Tanos, fo far as aboriginal commerce 
went.' 

The turquoise deposits of this locality are discussed in a niiii- 
eralogical way by W'aldemar Lindgren.- On page 164 of the work 
here referred to is a map of the Cerillos [29:53], Ortiz [29:G2], 
and San Pedro [29:77] mining districts. On page 163 it is stated: 
"At the north end of the Cerillos Hills [29:54] is the Tiffany tur- 
quoi.se mine which has produced considerable quantities of this 
gem." The Indians pay much attention to the purity of the tur- 
quoise, but little to the color. The locality is responsible for 
some of the names of [29:54] and San Marcos Pueblo ruin 
{kunj'ce'Q'Owilyji [29 :unlocated]), q. v. See also Turquoise, under 
Minerals. 
[29:56] fsxkulc ond/iwe 'place where the white stone is dug' {Tsss. 
'whiteness' 'white'; leu. 'stone'; I'qyf 'to dig'; ""iwe locative). 
The informants believe that fsifku is the same as tsxg:iku 'gyp- 
sum' (see under Minerals), but are not sure. They say that 
this place is called always Tsxl'u-. 

Tewa and Keresan Indians visit this place, getting there white 
stone, which is used for whitewashing the walls of pueblo houses. 
The place is described as a gulch entering Galisteo Creek [29:34] 
from the north, about half-way between Cerriilos [29:53] and 
Domingo [29:60]. Mr. K. A. Fleischer has visited the place, 
which he describes as follows: "The gypsum gulch is very steep 
and deep. There are white and also rod rocks along it. A longer 
gulch enters the (ialistco Creek [29:34] from the north a short 
distance west of the gypsum gulch." Cf. [29:'_'SJ. 
[29:57] (1) Eng. Rosario settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rosario 'rosary'. =Eng. (1). 

This settlement consists of a section-house and a couple of 
other houses by the railroad on the north side of Galisteo Creek 
' [29:34]. ]\Ir. Fleischer states that it is a short distance below 
the g3-psum gulch [29:56]. 

16S1. Diario de fa Retirada, fol. 32. Interrogatorios de rarins Indios de los Putblos Alzados, 1681, MS. 
Otcrmin, Yntcrrogatorlo de Preguntas, 1681, MS. Also Drclaracion de vn India Pirurt, 1683, MS. In 
1626, Fray GerCnimo de ZArate Salmeron wrote about the turquoises of New Mexico, Rdaciones de 
todas las cosas que en el Nucvo ilexico se han risto y sahidii, MS., par. 34 : ' Y minas de Chalehiliuites 
que los Yndios benefician desde su gentllidad, que para ellos son Diamantes y piedras preciosas. De 
todo esto se rien los Espafloles que alii estAn.' The terra ' minas', in older Spanish, is used to desig- 
nate the localities where minerals are found, equivalent to the German ' Fundorte,' and not worked 
mines, in the English sense of the term, or the French. This has caused a misunderstanding which 
mi.sled the majority of prospectors. Vetancurt, CrAnica, p. 286 : ' Hay minas de plata, de cobre, de 
azabache, de piedra imanA, y una de talco transparente & modo de yeso, que lo sacan como tablas, 
y adornan las ventanas con ellas como si fueran de crist&l.' No mention is made of turquoises. 
Benavides, Memorial, 1630. p. 44 : 'Todaesta gente [the Pueblos] . . . con gareantillas y oregerasde 
turquesas, que tienen minas dellas, y las labran, aunque Imperfeetameute.'— Bandelieb, Final 
Report, pt. n, p. 94, note, 1892. 

1 Ibid., pp. 93-94 and notes. 

2 0ro Deposits of New Mexico, pp. 163-64, 166-67, 1910. 



HARRINGTON] ^ PLACE-NAMES 495 

[29:58] Santo Domingo "Cii-pu-y" Pueblo ruin, soe [28:117|. 
[29:59] Span. Ilovii do la Piedra Paradu ^dell of tlio stan.Iinj,- y<.rl\ 
What rock is referred to is not known. This di-11 issuulliur 
southeast of Span. Hoya Apaciie |29:3(»J. 
[29:r)0] Domingo settlement, see [28:115]. 
[29:C1] Santo Domingo Puehlo, see [28:109]. 
[29:62] (1) Eng. Ortiz settlement. (<Span.). =8pan. (i'). 
(2) Span. Ortiz, a Span, family name. =Eng. (1). 
This settlement appears to give one of the names to th(> m.niri- 
tains [29:72]. 
[29:63] Cochiti Kntftfafama Pueblo ruin, see [28:liw]. 
[29:64] Borrego Creek, sec [28:104]. 
[29:65] (1) SanFelipe(?) "Comitre.'"' 

' La Provincia de los Cher&s [Keres.ins] con los puebloi? de Custixef , Hamad, .h 
Sant Phelipe y de Comitre.' We find herein a corrupted form tlie Indian 
names both of the pueblo [29:66] anil of tlie round mesa [29:(>.5] at tlie f."it 
of which it stood. 'Castixes' is a corruption of Kat-ist-ya, and 'Cmiilre' 
stands for Ta-mi-ta. The error was jirobably made in copying tlie document 
for the press. ^ 

(2) San Felipe "Ta-mi-ta."^ From what Bandelier states,* it is 
evident that he obtained this name and the tradition in whieh it 
ocenrs from a San Felipe informant. No etymology is given. 

This is a small, black mesa, east of the Rio Grande and north of 
Tunqne Arroyo [29:To]. "The mesa of Ta-mi-ta, a height in the 
shape of a truncated cone, nearly opposite San Felipe [29:i;'.)[, on 
the east bank of the Rio Grande."'' See [29:61]. 
[29:66] (1) San Felipe and Cochiti Katftfafoma 'old San Felii)e' 
{Kdffffa 'San Felipe Pueblo'; fonta 'old'), according to Ban- 
dolier, although the present writer did not get information to that 
effect as he did in the case of [29:63]. See quoted forms under 
[29:6'.t]. 

(2) Span. San Felipe 'Saint Philip". See quoted forms und.T 
[29:69]. 

Bandelier has determined that this is a historical village of the 
San Felipe Indians, having been abandoned by them at the end of 
the seventeenth century. According to the same authority it was 
the second pueblo of Kdfftfa of the San Felipe Indians. Otdy 
a paragraph from Bandolier is here quoted; the reader is referred 
to [29769] for a fuller treatment of San Felipe and its former 
sites. 

Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29: 66] near the round mesa of Ta-mi-ta 
[29:65] . The village, the church, and its convent have completely di8ap|*are<l. 

.Obediencia y Vassalaje de San Juan Baptista (1598), p. 114, quoted oi.d idendflcd with •■ Tu-ml-t." 
by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 189, note, 1892. 
2 Bandelier, ibid. 
» Ibid., pp. 188-90. 
<Ibid., p. 188. 



496 ETHNOGEOGKAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

The floods of the Tunijue [29:70], on the northern border of which it stood, 
have combined with those of the Rio Grande to obliterate every trace. Pot- 
slierds may occasionally be picked up in the fields near by, or on the sandy 
hillocks; but I have not been fortiinate enough to find any. Only tradition 
and documentary information enable us to identify the place.' 

See [28:102], [29:68], [29:6;t], [29:66]. 
[29:67] (1) TsiivUi, Tsiwio'lcwajc, Tsikwcrje 'basalt point' 'basalt 
point height' 'basalt height' (tsi 'basalt'; ici.H 'horizontally 
projecting point'; hwaje 'height'). The form TsiwUi refers 
especially to the projecting point of mesa where the ruin [29:68] 
stands. Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (3). • 

(2) Wq.y'k'wseJ'ig.etfsiwi.i-i^ JVqy'kwce.tigetsiwui'kwaje, JVqy'kwif'.i/'ge- 
tsikwaje, Nqykicxdigchoaje 'San Felipe basalt point' 'San Felipe 
basalt point height ' ' San Felipe basalt height ' ' San Felipe height' 
{NqyTcwse.dige, see [29:69]; tsiwUi, etc., as in Tewa (1), above). 
Cf. Tewa (1), Tewa (3). 

(3) fcUegetsiwidi, fiUegeUiwiuilcwuje, fcutegetsikwaje, fa.iege- 
Tcwaje 'Santa Ana basalt point' 'Santa Ana basalt point height' 
'Santa Ana basalt height' 'Santa Ana height' {fa-'ige, see 
[29:95]; tsiwui, etc.. see Tewa (1), above). This name is applied 
because the mesa also towers above Santa Ana Pueblo [29:95]. 
The use of v:idi seems to be due to influence of Tewa (1) and Tewa 
(2). Cf. Eng. (7), Span. (10). 

(■i) San Felipe "Tyit-i Tzat-ya".^ This is evidently for some 
San Felipe form equivalent to Cochiti tfcte 'north' plus the 
Keresan word meaning 'mesa', which the writer has not recorded; 
the whole name evidentlv means 'north mesa'. Cf. San Felipe 
(5). 

(5) San Felipe (?) "Pu'nyi Chiitya".'' This is evidentlj^ for 
some San Felipe form equivalent to Cochiti ponfe 'west' plus the 
Keresan woid meaning 'mesa', which the writer has not recorded; 
the whole name evidently means ' west mesa'. Cf. San Felipe (-1). 

(6) Eng. San Felipe Mesa. =Span. (9). Cf. Tewa (2). 

(7) Eng. Santa Ana Mesa. = Span. (10). Cf . Tewa (3). 

(8) Eng. Black Mesa, so called l)ecause of its color. "Black 
Mesa".^ 

(9) Span. Mesa de San Felipe 'San Felipe Mesa'. =Eng. (6). 
Cf. Tewa (2). ' 

(10) Span. Me.sa de Santa Ana 'Santa Ana Mesa'. =Eng. (7). 
Cf. Tewa (3). So called because it rises just north of the present 
Santa Ana Pueblo [29:95] and becau.se the ruins of two old Santa 
Ana Pueblos lie on its summit; see below. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 190, 1892. 

2Ibid.,p. 191. 

3 Hodge in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, 433. 1910. 

* Bandelier, op. cit., p. 190 and note, 192; also Hodge, op. cit. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 4()7 

This high, blnciiish mesa lios west of San Felipo [29:«!«J mid 
north of Santa Ana [29:9oJ. Handclicr .says of il : 

The black mesa of San Felipe is both lonp; and broad, forminj; a trinr.;:iilar 
plateau which in extent and elevation resembles that [29:1] on which the cue 
of the Tetilla [29:4] rises between Santa Fe [29:5] and Pefia lihinca [29:;!]. 
Its width between San Felipe and Santa Ana is about nine miles, an.l about 
midway there is a considerable elevation, on whose summit stand the ruins 
[29:71] of the second pueblo of Tan-a-ya or Santa Ana.' 

This mesa is also mentionod incidentally in the portions of 
Bandelier's Final Report quoted under [29:69]. Dr. 11. .1. 
Spinden has crossed this mesa on an old trail, ooing- from Saii 
Felipe to Santa Ana. He says : 

When going over the trail from San Felipe to Santa Ana one has to lirTt 
climb the mesa [29:ti7] and then cross three small gulches, which have pre- 
cipitous walls on the north side but a gentle slope on the south [cf. the can- 
yons of the Pajarito Plateau, which show this same geologically unexplained 
peculiarity]. Then a larger, deeper canyon is crossed, and at the iKittoni of 
this I saw a pietograph. At the brink of the me.sa above Santa Ana Pueblo 
[29:95] there is a pile of stones 10 feet high and 20 feet or so in diameter. 
The trail is well worn that ascends the mesa side to this pile. No prayer- 
plumes were noticed on the stone-pile. The pile is in plain sight from Santa 
Ana Pueblo. The trail passes just south of the pile, around it. 

On this mesa three pueblo ruins are known to exist; two which 
were former pueblos of the Santa Ana people, [29:87] and [29:ss], 
and one, [29:68], which was a former village of the San Foliije. 
See also [29:69], [29:95], [29:65]. 
[29:68] (1) NqylcwieJ-igeqyiviJkeji 'San Felipe Pueblo ruin' {Xnyhr^- 
'iige, see [29:69]; ^oyirikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'qywi 'pueblo', l^eji 
'old' postpound). This is the only former San Felipe pueblo of 
which the Tewa know; they know of it because it is so con.spicu- 
ous. Cf. Tewa (2), Tewa (3), Cochiti (4), San Felipe (5). 

(2) Tsi ivUroywikt^i, T-sijcUllcinije oywijctj i , Txiku:ajeoyv:ihj/ 
'basalt point pueblo ruin' 'basalt point height pueblo ruin' 
'basalt height pueblo ruin"; TfiiirU/\ etc., see [29:67]; "oijinl-.ji 
'pueblo ruin' <'o/;ii'i 'pueblo', 'kcjl 'old' postpound). Cf. Tewa 
(1), Tewa (3). 

(3) N'flylcwseMgetsiwUi'qyici'keji, NqyhwcE.iigetsivyi-itlcvxijfqy- 
wileji, ]^qyh.vxJigetsikwaieqyv}ih'ji, MiyhnF.o'gei-W'iJe'qtjwUrJi 
'San Felipe basalt point pueblo ruin' 'San Felipe bastilt point 
height pueblo ruin' ' San Felipe basalt height puel)lo ruin ' ' San 
Felipe height pueblo ruin' {XiiylcwcpMg,., see [29:69]; tuiuu'u!, 
etc., see [29:67]; 'qywikeji 'pueblo ruin' <'qij)ri -pueblo'. k'Ji 
'old' postpound). CfV Tewa (1). Tewa (2). Cochiti (4). Stm 
Felipe (5). 

> Banrlelier. Final Report, pt. n, p. IIM, IS92. 
S7.oS4°— 29 ETH— IG 32 



498 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(■4) Cochiti Kdtftfafoma 'old San Felipe' {Kdffffa, see 
[29:69]; /o;h« 'old'). = San Felipe (5). 

(5) Sail Felipe presumably Kill ft fa, see [29:(;yJ. = Cochiti 
(■i). For quoted forms see under [26:69]. 

(6) Eng. San Felipe. (<Span.). =Span. (7). 

(7) Span. San Felipe 'Saint Philip'. =Eng. (6). For quoted 
forms see under [29:69]. 

This pueblo appears to have been built by the San Felipe 
Indians some time between 1683 and 1693. In 1693 Vargas found 
them already inhabiting it. A church was built at the pueblo 
after 1694, the ruins of which at the present day can still be seen 
from the Rio Grande Valley below. Some time in the earl^' part 
of the eighteenth century the San Felipe abandoned this pueblo 
and established the pueblo [29:69] which they now inhabit. 
According to San Felipe tradition o))tained by Bandelier [29:.58] 
is the third pueblo of the San Felipe called Kdtftfa. See the 
quotations about this pueblo given under [29:69]. 
[29:69] (1) Nqykwse.tige'orjwi 'pueblo of the place where the earth is 
sticky' {nqyy 'earth'; Icirx 'gum' 'stickiness'; >ii formative 
particle; g.e 'down at' 'over at'; ''oTjwi 'pueblo'). The place is 
so called because the fanning lands there are said to be sticky 
and cloddy. The San Felipe people are called regularlj^ JVijy- 
Icwxdigeintowa i^VJf locative and adjective-forming postfix ; towa 
'person' 'people'). 

(2) TsiwUv qywi 'basalt point pueblo', referring to the mesa 
[29:67] {tsi 'basalt'; uiUl 'horizontally projecting point'; \}jw\ 
'pueblo'). The name refers properly to the old San Felipe 
[29:68], q. v. It is applied rarely and incorrectly to [29:69]. 

(3) Picuris "Thoxtlawiama": ' given as the Picuris name of 
San Felipe Pueblo. 

(4) Isleta "P'iitu'ak":- given as probably meaning "deep 
water''. This meaning reminds one of what Bandelier saj's: 

San Felipe at present is the last of the Querea [Keresaii] villages on the Rio 
Grande towards the south, and l)eyond the defile [29:90] formed by the Black 
IMesa [29:67] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodones 
[29:72] on the other, can be seen the Ijeginning f>f the range of the Tiguas 
[Tiwa]. This [defile] is called 'La Angostura', or 'The Narrows'.' 

See [29:90]. 

(5) Jemez KwilegPi of obscure etymology (kwile unexplained; 
gn locative). The San Felipe people are called KwilegPitsaaf 
(<sa'f?/ 'people'). " Wi'-li-gi-i'"." = Pecos (6). 

1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

2 Hoflge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 433, 1910). 
1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 192, and note, 1892. 

< Hodge, op, eit. 



•■™TON] 1'l.ACK-. NAMES 499 

(6) Pecos "Wi'-li-cri'\' =Jeniez (5). 

(7) Cochiti A«7/<yrt of obscure ctymolofrv. =Siin Fcli|>c (s), 
Sia (9), Laguna (10), Hopi (11). ^' Kati/tyu".- 

(8) San Felipe Kdtftfa of obscure olyniulocrv. =Cochili (7). 
Sia (9), Laguna (lo)' Hopi (11). "Castixos"^ (idcntilierl witli 
Kdtftfa by Bandelier'). "Cachichi"'' (doubtless ideiiticul). 
"Ka-lis-cha".« "Kalistcha".' '-Qasli-tre-tye".* "Ka-tish- 
tya".» "Kat-ish-tya".'" "Kat-isiit-ya"." "'-Ka-lisht-ya''.'^ 
"Kat-ist-ya"." "Oa-tish-tyo"." ■• Iva-titya".'^ •'Catriti".'* 

(9) Sia "Katit/a>"." =Cocliiti (7), San Felipe (S), Sia (<)), 
Laguna (10), Hopi (11). 

(10) Laguna "Kaclit'ya"."* =Cocliiti (7). San Felipe (>^l. Sia 
(9), Hopi (11). 

(11) Oraibi Hopi •' Katis^/o ", of obscure etymology. =Cochiti 
(7), San Felipe (8), Sia (9), Laguna (10). "Kutihcha":"' given as 
Hopi name for a kind of people in the underworld. The Hopi 
name for San Felipe is probably the same at all the Hopi villages. 

(12) Navaho "To Hachele":^" given as meaning 'pull up water'. 

(13) Navaho "Sal behoghan, 'sand houses"".-' 
(1-1) "Debe Lizhfni 'black sheep people "\^^ 

(15) Eng. San Felipe. (<Span. |. = Span. (Hi). 

(16) Span. San Felipe 'Saint Philip'. =Eng. (15). "Sant 
Phelipe"." "Sant Philepe".=^ "Sn Phelipe"." "S. Phelipe".=" 
"S. Felipe"." "San Phelipe".^^ "S. Felip".=» "S^ Philip 



1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1S9S (Handbook Indians, pt. 2, p. 4:i3, WIO). 

2Spinden, Cochiti notes. MS., 1911. 

sQnate (l.i98J In Doc. Intd., xvi, p. 114, 1S71. 

< Final Report, pt. ii, p. 189, note, 1892. 

sOfiate (159S). op. cit., p. 102. 

•Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, note, 1850. 

' Loew in Wheeler Surv. Rep., vii, p. 418, 1H79. 

sBandeUer in Arclneot. Inst. BuU., i, p. 18, 18.'<J. 

'Bandelier in Complc-Rendu Irthmat. Omij. Amir., vii, p. 4.')1, 1890. 

10 Bandelier,. Final Report, pt. i. p. 126, 1890. 

■1 Ibid., p. 260; pt. II. pp. 186, 187. 

"Ibid. , p. 166. 

13 Ibid., p. 189, note. 

"Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 21.'i, 1893. 

'5.Touvenceau in Cath. Pion., i, Xo. 9, p. 12, 1906. 

WBandelier, quoting an early source, in Archxul. InM. Bull., i, p. 18, 1883. 

" Spinden, Sia notes, 1911. 

'8 Hodge, op. cit. 

w Voth, Trad. Hopi. p. 11. 1905. 

M Curtis, Amer. Ind.. i. p. Lis, 1907. 

21 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Nav. I.aiiK., p. l:K, 1910. 

!=Ibid., p. 128. 

s'Onate (1698), op. cit., pp. 114,254. 

2<0nate misquoted by Bandelier, Final Kiport. pi. ii. p. 97. 

ffiDoc. of 1693 quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 190, note. 

=6 Rivera, Diario, leg. 7.S4, 1736. 

n D'Auville, map Am^r. Sept.. 1716. 

28 Villa-Senor, Theatre Amer., ii. p. 420, 174s. 

SD'Anville, map N. A., Bolton ed.. 17.'>2. 



500 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

de queres'".' '"St. Philips".^ "S. Felip de Cueres".^ "St. 
Philip".* "San Phelippe".^ "San Felippe"." "San Felipe 
de Keres".' "San Philippe".* "San Phillippe"." "St. 
Philippe". 1" "St. Phillippe"." "St. PhiUipe".'' "San 
Filipe".i=' "San Felipe de Qucres".'=' "San Felepe"." "S. 
Felipe de Cuerez ".'■'' "San Felipo".'" "San Fellipe"." 

San Ftlipe (pi. 20, ^) is a large Keresan pueblo practically identi- 
cal in language with Santo Domingo [28:109]. Bandelier learned 
the traditional history of San Felipe, according to which the present 
village [29:69] is the fourth which has borne the name Kdtftfa, 
each of the former three having been successively occupied and 
abandoned. The first was [29:63], the second [29:66], the third 
[29:68]; the fourth and present village is [29:69]. The Tewa have 
names for only the third and the fourth. The Keresans add 
foma 'old' to designate the abandoned Kdtftfa; thus they are 
all known as Kdtftfafdiiui except the pi'esent one [29:69]. The 
writer has obtained the name Kdt f t fa f I'nna from a Cochiti in- 
formant, only, however, for [29: 63] and [29:68]; of |29:66] this 
informant knew nothing. The information which Bandelier gives 
al)out San Felipe is here quoted in full: 

The attack and devastation of Kua-pa [28:61] by some hostile tribe is further 
told in the traditions of the Queres [Keresan] village of Ka-tisht-ya, or San 
Felipe. According to these, while the Qiieres lived in the Canada [28:52], a 
tribe of small men called Pin-i-ni attacked Kna-pa, slaughtered many of its 
people, and drove off the remainder. They were pursued by the pygmies as far 
as a place above Santo Domingo called Isht-ua Yen-e [28:unlocated], where 
many arrow-heads are found to-day." I reserve the full details of the San 
Felipe tradition for a later occasion, and will only state here that the Pinini 
story is told by the Cochiteiios aboTit the village [28:26] on the Potrero de las 
Vacas.'° It seema probable that the branches of the Queres now constituting 

■ Pike, Exped., 3(i map, 1810. 

2 Ibid., app., pt. in, p. 13, 1810. 

3 Humboldt, Atlas Nouv. Espagne, carle 1, 1811. 

« Pike, Travels, p. 273, 1811. 

» Falconer in Jour. Hoii. Geog. Soc, XIH, p. 217, 1843. 

^Gallegas (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1848. 

' Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, ii, p. 533, 1844. 

'Johnston (1S46) in Emory, Recon., p. 567. 1848. 

s Abert (1818), ibid., p. 461. 
'"Ibid., p. 462. 
" Ibid., p. 469. 

12 Hughes, Doniphan's Exped , p. 96, 1848. 
" Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, p. 35, 1854. 
" Davis, Span. Conq. N. Mex., map, 1869. 

" Humboldt quoted by Simpson in S/nithsnn. Hep. for 1869, p. 334, 1871. 
18 Kingslty, Stand. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 183, 1&S3. 
1' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 193, 1S92. 

IS " From Isht-ua, arrow. This part of the story is possibly a ' myth of observation.' "—Ibid., p. 166, 
note. 

19 " The name Pmmi is a corruption of Spanish Pygmfes [?]. The Spanish-speaking inhabitants of New 
Mexico usually pronounce it Pinini'os, whence the Indians have derived Pinini. The tale about these 
dwarfish tribes, described as 'small but very strong', looks to me quite suspicious. I incline to the 
simpler but more probable story that the Tehuas [Tewa], were the aggressors."— Ibid. 



HAKRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES 501 

the tribes of Cochiti and San Felipe once formed one proup at Kua-pa [28;til ], 
tliat some hostile invasion caused their disiiersion, one braneli retiring to the 
south, while the other took refuge on tlie P..trero Viejo [28:0(1] and built u tem- 
porary village at least on to]) of this almost impregnable rook. I n'nartl it as 
not at all unlikely thattlie aggressors were Tehuas [Tewa], since this luu Im-cu 
told me by the peoi>le of Cochiti on many occasions. ' Tlie settlers at the Cafiiida 
[28;52] emphatically confirmed these statements [that the aggres.c„rs were 
Tewa], as having been told ever since their ancestors had settled then- by the 
old men of Cochiti as genuine traditions of their [Cochiti] tribe. At all events, 
the valley of the Canada [28:5-2] and its surroundings were the last stjilion ..f 
the Queres [ICeresans] of Cochiti, and probably of San Felipe, before they wlaly- 
lished themselves on the banks of the Rio Grande.* 

Santo Domingo [28:109] is rich in historical reminiscences; but it would i-arry 
me too far to refer to them here in detail. The next ruin [29:l):i] south of it 
[28:109], which I have not seen, is near the village of Cubero [28:unlocate.l], 
on the west side of the Rio Grande. It is called liy the Indians of Sjin Felipe 
Kat-isht-ya, or Tyit-i Haa, as the site of the ruin itself, or that of Cubero near 
by, is meant. Tradition [of which puel)lo?] has it that the first village of the 
San Felipe [29:69] branch of the Queres [Keresans] was built there. The 
substance of this folk-tale is as follows. 

^Yhen the 'Pinini ' surprised the puelilo of Kuapa, they slew nearly all its 
inhabitants [see [28:61]]. A woman concealed herself behind a metate, and a 
boy hid in a store-room. Along with the woman was a parrot. After the enemy 
had left, the parrot took charge of the boy and fed him till he was grown up, 
when he directed him and the woman to go south in search of new. homes. 
So they wandered away, the boy carrying the i)arrot and a certain charm or 
fetich, which was contained in a bowl of clay. The Indians of the pueblo cif 
Sjmdia [29:100], to whom they first applied for hospitality, received them coldly. 
The fugitives accordingly turned to the east, and went to the Tanos [see Nasies op 
Tribes and Peoples], probably of the village of Tunque [29:82]. Here the 
woman gave birth to five children, four boys and one girl. The boys of the 
Tanos often tannted these youngsters with being foreignei-s, and, nettled by these 
taunts, they asked their mother aliout their origin. She told them the story of 
her past, and acknowledged that the Tanos [Tano] country was not theirs. She 
told them that at the foot of the mesa of Ta-mi-ta [29:6-')], a height in the shape 
of a truncated cone, nearly opposite San Felii)e [29:69], on the east bank of the 
Rio Grande, they would find their future home. Thereupon the boys i^'t out, 
following the course of the Arroyo del Tunque [29:70] to the mesa [29:tl.i] 
indicated, and succeeded in raising abundant crops in the Rio Gramle valley. 
There had been a famine among the Tanos for two years, and therefore the 
boys carried their harvests home to their mother. In course of time the 
Queres [Keresan] refugees left the Tanos permanently, and built a village 
[29:63] west of the Rio Grande at CuIkto [28:uidocated]. This [29:6:!] was 
the first pueblo called Kat-isht-ya. Subsequently that villiige was aljandone.1, 



1 " But when Diego de Vargas visited the Polrero Viejo [28:301 for the first time, on Oct. 21. t|-.Q2, Iho 
Queres [Keresans] of Cochiti and San Felipe, and the Tanos of San Marcos \Kunff-ogiri |29:uiilo- 
catedU who occuried the pueblo [28:581 on its summit, informed him that they had lied Ihilher out of 
fear of their enemies, the Tehuas [Tewa], Tanos, and Picuries [ Picuris]. A u(m d, Oiuna it la Pnmrra 
Campam d la Rcconquista del Nuevo Mrnco, fol. 141, -a manuscript in the Tcirilorial archives of 6anla 
Fd It is true that the Queres (Keresans) and Tanos, possibly also the Tehuas jTewa]. were in open 
hostility during the time the Spaniards were away from New .Mexico from l.*0 to U'J2. But slill ihe 
truth of their statements to Vargas may be subject to doubt. It is quite as likely that they re renlH. 
to the mesa [28:50] after the successful raid of Pedro Reneros Posada upon Santa Aim |28:Jol in It*.. - 

B-\N'DELIER. Finiil Report, pt. u, pp. 10&-67, note, 1892. 

!Ibid.,pp. I00-C7. 



502 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIAXS [eth. axn. 29 

. and a new one constrin'ted at the foot of tlie mesa of Ta-mi-ta [29:65], to wliich 
the same name [Kat-isht-ya] was given. 

There the first church of San Felipe was built by Fray Cristobal de Quiiiones, 
who died at the pueblo [29:66] in 1607 [?], and was buried in the temple which 
he had founded.' Tlie Queres [Keresans] occupied this site [29:66] until after 
1683.^ Ten years later [after 16S3] Diego de Vargas found them [the San Felipe 
Indians] on the opposite side of the river [from [29:66]], on the Black Mesa 
[29:67], overlooking San Felipe [29:69], ■' A ehurcli was built on this site 
[29:6S] after 16ii4, the ruins of which present [at the present day] a picturesque 
appearance from the river banks. In the beginning of the last century [the 
18th century], the tribe of San Felipe left the mes^a [29:67], and established 
itself at its foot, where the present Kat-isht-ya [29:69], the fourth of that name, 
stands. 

1 " The San Felipe of the Queres [Keresans] must not bo confounded with a ' Sant Felipe ' mentioned 
in the Tesiimonio dado en Mciico (Doc. de Indias, vol. xv, pp. S3 and 90) by the companions of Fran- 
cisco Sanchez Chamuscado in 1582. The latter pueblo was the first one met by thc.se explorers in 1581 
on their way up tjie Kio Grande, and was a village of the Piros [see Names of Tribes and Peoples, 
page 575], probably near San Marria', at lea.st 100 miles farther south. The name Sant Felipe was after- 
wards forgotten. The pueblo [39:r)C>] at the foot of Ta-mi-ta[29:65J' was undoubtedly visited by Cas- 
tano in 1.591, and it may be that he gave that name to it. Onate so calls it in 1598 in DiscuTSO de las 
Jornadas, p. 254. He arrived there on the 30th of June, ' Pasamos 4 Sant Phelipe, casi tres leguas.' Also 
in Obcdicncia y ^Unaltajc de San Juan Baptista p. 114: ' La Provincia de los Cheres con los pueblos de 
Castixes, llamados Sant Phelipe y de Comitre.' We find here in a corrupted form the Indian names 

both of the pueblo [29;0U] and of the round mesa [29:65] at the foot of which it stood The error 

was probably made in copying the document for the press. San Felipe again appears in the document 
called Piikian a Don Xplobalde Onate par los Pohladorcs de San Gabriel, 1004 (MS.): ' Pedimos y supflicamos 
sea serbido de despacharyechar desta belladjua Lopez Olguinal pueblode San Felipe.' Fray Crist6bal 
de Quinones had an organ set up at San Felipe. Says Vetancurt, Menologio, p. 137: ' Solicit(5 para el 
culto diviuo organos y musica, y por su diligencia aprendieron los naturales y salieron para el oficia 
diuino diestros cantores,' According to the Crdnica (p. 315), San Felipe previous to the rebellion had a 
'Capilla de Miisicos.' It is well established that many of the Pueblo Indians knew and performed 
church music in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Fray Cristobal died at San Felipe April 27, 
1609 [?], and was buried in the church. Vetancurt, Menologio, p. 137. He had also established a hospital 
with a pharmacy. San Felipe in 1636 was the residence of the Father Custodian, Fray Crist6bal de 
Quiros. Autos sobre Qucxas contra los Keligiosos del Nuebo Mexico, 1630, MS. But it was not as a per- 
manent seat; at that time the custodians resided at their respective missions."— Bandelieb, Final 
Report, pt. n, p. 1S9, note, 1892. 

2 " No massacres of Spaniards or priests occurred at San FeUpe in August, 1680, but a few Indians who 
had remained faithful to the Spaniards were killed. Interrogaiorios de Fario.? /wdios, 1081, fol. 139. All 
the males of that pueblo, with few exceptions, joined in the butchery at Santo Domingo [28: 109]. At 
the time there was no resident priest at San Felipe, but the missionaries for the three Queres [KeresanJ 
pueblos of Cochiti, Santo Domingo, and San Felipe resided at the convent of Santo Domingo. The 
Indians of San FeUpe also took part in the frightful slaughter of Spanish colonists that occiured in the 
haciendas between the pueblo and Algodones [29:78]. Compare Otermin Diariode la Retirada, 1680, MS., 
fol. 31. The pueblo was abandoned upon the approach of the retiring Spaniards, and many Indians ap- 
peared upon the Great Mesa [29: 07] on the west side of the Rio Grande, watching the march of Otermin. 
It was reoccupied immediately afterwards by its inhabitants. Interrogatorios, 1681, fol. 137 et siq. In 
December, 1081, Mendoza found it deserted. Ynterrogalorio de Prtguntas, MS.: ' Y que de alii pas6 al 
pueblo de San Felipe, y lo halld despoblado, y en el solo Yndio llamado Francisco al qual le pregtmto en 
su lengua por la gente del pueblo, y respondi6 haberse ido huyendo A la Cieneguilla [[29: 20)?], 6 pueblo 
de Cochiti, y haciendo buscar el pueblo en todas sus casas, se hallaron muchas cosas de la Yglesia, y 
emparticular vn incensario de plata, y vna naveta, y caxuela de los santos oleos, y cruces de mangas que- 
bradas, y en todas las demas casas cantidad de mascaras de sus bayles dLibSlicos, y en medio de la plaza 
montones de picdras adonde haciau sus idolatrias, y toda la Yglesia destruida, y el convento demolido, y 
en la orilla del riole digeron, los que ivan ensu compaflia, que estaba unacampana,quequiziern quebrar, 
y solo le hicieron vn agugero. ' San Felipe was occupied again, and was inhabited in 1683. DecUiracion 
de vn Yndio Pecuri, MS."— Ibid., note, pp. 189-90. 

3 In the fall of 1092, when Vargas made his first dash into New Mexico, the Indians of San Felipe were 
with those of Cochiti on the Potrero Viejo [28: 56]. A utos de la Guerra dc la Primera Campana, 1692, fol- 
141. I have already stated that the Indians of San FeUpe kept their promise of returning to their pueblo, 
which stood then on the summit of the long Black Mesa [29:67] west of the present pueblo [29: 69]. 
There Vargas found them in November, 1693. Autos dc Guerra del Ano de 1693, fol. 22: ' Y ayer salt con 
50 soldados por todos y 00 mulas con sus arieros y suvi & la mesa donde tienen dho pueblo los de Sn 
Phelipe.' It still stood there [at [29:08]] in 1696. Autos de Guerra del Ano de 1696, MS.— Ibid., p. 190. 



HARRINGTON] X'l.ACK- N AMES .")();{ 

Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29:mi], near the romul mesa of Tu-mi-lii 
[29:65]. The villafie.thechurcli, and its (onveiit have (■omploU-lydiaappwirf.l. 
The floods of the Tuncpie [29:7(1], on the northern border of which it stoud, 
have combined with those of tlie Kio Cirando to oliUtcrate every trace. I'..l- 
sherds may occasionally be picked up in the fields near by, or on the windy 
hillocks; bat I have not been fortunate enough to find any. Only tnulilioii 
and documentary information enable us to identify the place [29:lil>]. 

The same cannot be said of the villa<i;e built on top of the mesa o( Tyit-i 
Tzat-ya [29:67], that rises abruptly above the San Felipe [29:6'.i] of to-duy. 
Figure 23 of Plate i [of Bandelier's Final Report, pt. ii| conveys an idea i if 
the size and arrangement of the ruin. The ea.st side approaches the brink i^f 
the mesa [29:67], which is dilticult of access. The church i.- of adobe, iiml 
st.ands on the edge of the declivity in the northeastern comer. The cells of 
the Indian dwellings, two rows deep, form the north, west, and s^uth sid.-s, 
80 that the pueblo forms three sides of a quadrangle, with an entrance in the 
southwestern corner. The church measures 20.0 by 6.3 meters (6o by 20 fei't i ; 
the houses have a total length of 217 meters (712 feet). It was therc-furea 
small pueblo, and the number of rooms (fifty-eight) shows that the popula- 
tion cannot have been considerable. The walls are f.iirly well bnilt of bJiM-ks 
of lava and OAr> m. (18 inches) thick, and most of the houses may have been 
two stories high. When Diego de Vargas visited it in 1693, he found it 
in good condition.' 

How long the Queres [Keresans] remained on the me.sa [29:67] alter that 
date [1693], I have not ascertained. 

There is a tale current among the Indians of San Feliin' of the flight of Fray 
Alonzo Ximenez de Cisneros, missionary at Cochiti, from that village [Cocbiti], 
in the night of the 4th of June, 1696, and his rescue by the San Felipe Indians. 
The facts are true in regard to the flight of the priest and the kind treatment 
extended to him by the people of Kat-isht-ya [29:68] on the mesa [29:67]; 
but the same cannot be said of the siege, which the pueltlo is reported to 
have withstood afterwards. The Cochiti Indians followed the Franciscan, 
whom they intended to murder, for a short distance, but withdrew as soon a." 
they saw that he was beyond their reach. Then they abandoned their pueblo, 
and retired to the mountains,— not to the Potrero Viejo [28:.56], but to the more 
distant gorges and crests of the Valles range [The Western Mountains (Large 
Features)]. The San Felipe pueblo was never directly threatened in 1696, 
and consequently the story of the blockade, and of the suffering from lack of 
water resulting from it, and the miraculous intervention of the rescued mis- 
sionary, is without foundation.^ 

1 " Aulos de Gurrra de 1693, fol. 22: ' Y los Yndios todos me salieron a rczeuir sin annas T las mujwra 
A otro lado muy vien bestidas v todos eon siis cruzes en la garganta y tenlan vna grando .i la cnlrada del 
pueblo v asimesmo en las casas y la plaza rauy barrida, pue.stos mnchos bancos y petates nueuos para 
que me sentase y nos dieron k todos de comer con grande abundancia y hizieron demostrac.on dc m-.cha 
ale^ria ' I am unable to sav when the church now in ruins on the edge of the mesa was bulll, but It 
was probably soon alter 1694. There was a resident priest at San Felipe from 1C94 until WM; when i ray 
Monzo Ximenez de Cisneros fled from Cochiti on the 4th of Jmie, 1G9C, and remaino.! there um.l the fol- 
lowing year. He was succeeded by Fray Diego de Chavarria, >md from that tune "-'"^'f^ •'""•;^• 
rupted down to the first halt of this centmy. See the Libw dc Entunos i< la ilmon d, San F.hp<. IWO 
to 170S, MS."-BiN-DELiER. Final Report, pt. n. p. 191, note, 1S92. 

'. " F;ther Cisneros was one of the priests who entered upon his miss.on among the pncblo, ta K*-! but 
soon discovered that they were bent upon another outbreak. lie gavewarnmg ot 't"-^ ''""'» '^J 
Custodian in the beginning of 169r., Caria a, Padre Cusi.dio Fray f ranmco dr » -r^". Mb ^d JolnM ta 
the petition of the latter to Diego de Vargas, Pnlcion del ^'''''V ,-°;^;''7 f' ^^^t^s ^ed to San 
Varaas MS Vargas disregarded these well grounded ertes of abrm.and Father Cisneros Ued to .an 
FZeldwasweUrcceivedthere, The Indians of Cochiti left their village at once, and returned .hl.h« 
onShe ll fall of 1696. Anlos dc Guerra del Ano dc 1690, ' I'rimer Cuademo.' Escalan.e, H.Uel^^. 
pp. 172 and 174."— Ibid., note, p. 192. 



504 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TKWA IXDIA>;^ [eth. ann. 29 

San Felipe is at present the last of the Queres [Kereean] villages on the Bio 
Grande towards the south, and beyond the defile [29:90] formed by the Black 
Mesa [29:07] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodones [29:78] 
on the other ' can be seen the beginning of the range of the Tiguas [Tiwa; 
see Names of Tribes and Peoples]. If the traditions concerning the origin 
of the San Felipe villages are true, the Tiguas [Tiwa] were already established 
on their range before the dispersion of the Queres [Keresans] at Kua-pa [28:61] 
took [ilace, since the fugitives from there applied in vain to the Indians of 
Sandia^ [29:100] for hospitality. A historical fact of some importance would 
accordingly be established by tliat fragment of Indian folk-lore.^ Jemez, Santa 
Clara, and San Felipe are each a double quadrangle with two squares.* 

See [28:61], [28:102], [29:60], [29:67]. [29:68], and mineral 
paint deposit in front of San Felipe Piiehlo [29:6i)] [29:unlocated]. 
[29:70] (1) Eng. Tunque Arroyo. {<Span.). = Span. (4). 

(2) Eng. San Pedro Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(3) Eng. Ufia de Gato Arroyo. (<Span.) = Span. (6). 

(4) Span. ArroyoTunque, Arroyo de Tunque 'Tunque Arroyo'. 
= Eng. (1). So called from the pueblo ruin [29:82]. "Arro3'o 
del Tuncpic".'" 

(5) Span. Arroyo San Pedro, Arroyo de San Pedro 'Saint 
Peter Arroyo ', referring to San Pedro .settlement [29 :77J. = Eng. 
(2). "San Pedro"." "Rio de San Pedro''.' The latter means 
'Saint Peter River'. 

(6) Span. Arroyo Una de Gato, Arroyo de la Una de Gato 
' catclaw arroj'o '. =Eng. (3). The name appears to be taken 
from that of the settlement. "Ufia de Gato"' [29:unlocated], 
pages 555-56. 

According to the writer's informants these- names are applied 
indiscriminately to the whole arroyo, the name San Pedro often, 
however, referring especially to the upper branch on which San 
Pedro [29:77] is situated. Bandelier, however, implies that the 
uppermost course is called San Pedro while farther down the 
arroyo is called Una de Gato (above or below Tunque [29:82]?), 
and in the vicinity of Tunque Pueblo ruin [29:82] it is called 
Tunque Arroyo. The UiTa de Gato settlement is situated a short 
distance below the confluence of Golden Arroyo [29:76], q. v., 
and Bandelier is understood to mean that the name Ufia de Gato 

' " This is called ' La Angostura,' or ' The Narrows.' "—Ibid. 

2 " Saudia or Na-fl-ap, is an old Tigua [Tiwa) village. From this tradition we may also infer that the 
Tanos occupied their country at the same time, and previous to the events at Kua-pa."— Ibid., pp. 
192-93. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ir, pp. 187-93 and notes, 1892. 

' Ibid., pt. I, p. 265, 1890. 

' Ibid., pt. 11, pp. 88, 109. 

« Ibid., p. 88. 

' Ibid., p. 109. 

8 Ibid., pp. 88, 109. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 505 

is applied (o the entire lower eouv^^c of the anoyo. I?an(i.ii..r 
saj-s : 

The Rio de Santa FiS [29:8] flows from past to west throiiKli the northorti w,- 
tion of this area [the Taiio country], and the San Pe.lro, or Uila .loGafo. irri- 
gates its southwestern corners. But tlie waters of neitlicr of these ulri'aiiiM 
reach the Rio Grande except during heavy rains. . . . The San Pedro <1« in- 
dies down to the sandy Arroyo del Tuni|ue, 12 miles ea.»t of the Rio Cnindc' 

It [Tunque Pueblo ruin [29;Kl']] lies on a gentle bare slope near the Ijanks 
of a stream which in the mountains farther south is called Rio de Pan 
Pedro, lower down [than the stretch called Rio de San Pedro or than [29:S-.']"] 
Una de Gato, and here takes the name of Arroyo del Tunque. X little l»'yond 
the ruin [29:82] the stream sinks and becomes a dry mountain torrent fur 12 
miles, to its mouth oppo^^ite the present pueblo of San Felipe [29: IW].^ 

Not a trace is left of the old pueblo [29:fiG], near the round nH>?a .if Ta-mi-ta 
[29:65]. The floods of the Tunque, on the northern border of which it stood, 
have combined with those of the Rio Oande to obliterate every trace.' 

The narrow valley of the upper San Pedro resembles somewhat that of the 
Pecos [29 : 32], but the stream is not as large, and the scenery decideilly grander. 
The forests descenfl into the Ijottom, and the peaks of the San IViIro range 
[[29:73] and [29:74]?], covered with lieautiful pines, riseata short distance in 
the east. In the west, the slopes of the Sandia chain [29:83] sweep upwards 
like an enormous slanting roof terminated by a long shaggy cra«t. There is 
not much space for cultivation, yet enough for the inhabitants of a good-size<l 
pueblo. * 

The writer has been tillable to obtain an Indian name for this 
arroj^o. Sec [29:7tj], [29:.S()1. [29:S2] and '•Arroyo de la Yuta"" 
[29:unlocated]. 
[29:71] Span. " La Angostura '"; "' this means 'the defile' 'the narrows'. 

San Felipe [29:69] . . . isthela.«tof theQueres [Keresan] \nllageson the Rio 
Grande towards the south, and beyond the defile formed by the Black Me.-a 
[29:67] on one side and the high gravelly bluffs above Algodoncs [29:7S] on 
the other, can be seen the beginning of the range of the Tiguaa [Tiwaj. 
This [defile] is called ' La Angostura' or 'The Narrows'." 

[29:72] (1) Eng. Ortiz JMountain.s. (<Span.). =Span. (l>). 

(2) Span. Sierra Ortiz, Sierra de los Ortizes 'Ortiz Jlountains* 
'Mountains of the Ortizes'. Ortiz being a Span, family name. 
= Eng. (1). Cf. the name of Ortiz .settlement [29:62), which may 
have given this name to the mountains. '"Ortiz iIounlaiii>."' 

(3) Span. Sierra de Dolores, 'Dolores Mountains', named from 
Dolores settlement [29:unloeated]. -'Sierra de Dolores." ' 



1 Bandelier. Final Report, pt. ii, p. 8S, 1S92. 

!Ibid., p. 109. 

3 Ibid., p. 190. 

I Ibid., p. 112. 

' Ibid., p. 192, note. 

sibid., p. 192 and note. 

'Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, Ore Deposits in New Me.^le.i, f.. I", I9I0. 

'Bandelier, op. cil., pp. lot'i.ios. 



506 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

These mountains are famous for their mines. 

The era of placer mining in New Mexico began in 1828, when the Old Placers 
in the Ortiz Mountains south of Santa Fe [29:5] were discovered ... In 
1833 . . . the Ortiz gold quartz vein was discovered. ' 

Mr. K. A. Fleischer state.s that a number of people have 
notifed that a light-colored formation on the western slope of the 
Oztiz Mountains resembles in outline the capital letters DC or QC. 
Of the Canada S(^parating the Ortiz Mountains from the Golden 
Mountains [29:ToJ Bandelier writes: 

The Galisteo Plain [Santa Fe Plain (Large Features)] is bordered on the west 
by the Sierra de Dolores [Ortiz Mountains [29:72]]; south of this mountain 
rises the Sierra de San Francisco [Golden Mountains [29:73]]; and a long and 
waterless valley, running from east to west, separates the two ranges. This 
arid caiiada is partly covered with coniferous trees.^ 

See Ortiz settlement [29:62J, [29:49], Dolores [29:unlocatedJ, 
Placer Mountains [29:unlocatcd], [29:73], and [29:74]. 
[29:73] (1) Eug. Golden Mountains, called after Golden settienu-nt 
■ [29:75]. 

(2) Eng. San Francisco Mountains. (<Span.). = Span. (5). 

(3) Eng. Tuerto Mountains. (<Span.). =Span. (6). "Tuerto 
Mountains." ^ 

(4) Eng. San Pedro Mountains. (<Span.). = Span. (7). "San 
Pedro Mountains."* "San Pedro range":^ this refers perhaps 
to both [29:73] and [29:74]. "San Pedro Mountains" :" this refers 
l)erhai)s to both [29:73] and [29:74]. See Span. (7). 

(5) Span. Sierra de San Francisco 'Saint Frances Mountains', 
named from the Real de San Francisco (Golden [29:75]). =Eng. 
(2). "Sierra de San Francisco."' 

(C) Span. Sierra del Tuerto 'Tuerto Mountains', named after 
the pueblo ruin Tuerto [29:unlocated] and vicinity. =Eng. (3). 

(7) Span. Sierra de San Pedio 'San Pedro Mountains', named 
after San Pedro .settlement [29:77]. =Eng. (4). This name 
appears to be used sometimes of the mountains [29:74] or of both 
[29:73] and [29:74]. See Eng. (4), above. 

This range appears to be dosel}' joined to [29:74]. The varj'ing 
names are very confusing. See [29:75], [29:77], [29:74], [29:72|, 
Tuerto Pueblo ruin [29:unlocated], and Placer Mountains [29: 
unlocated], 

' Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, Ore Deposits in New Mexico, p. 17, 1910. 
2 Bandelier, Final Report; pt. ii, p. 106, 1892. 

2 U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central New Maxico, atlas sheet No. 
77, Expeditions of 1873, '74, '75, '76, '77, and '7.s. 
* U. S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892. 
& Bandelier, op. cit., p. 112. 
^Lindgren, Graton and Gordon, op. cit. 
'Bandelier, op. cit., pp. 106, 108. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE- XAMES 



501 



[29:.^] (1) Kno-. San Pedro Alciintuins. Tho mountaiiK nr.. evi- 
dently socallpd from Saii Pe.hu settlement |29:77| wliicli is l.o- 
tvvee.i [29:73] and [29:74 1. hut nearer the former than th,. latter 
The^GokhMi Mountains |29:7;3] are also ealled hv this name: >ee 
[29:7;!j. The name is applied sometimes also to both |29:7:;| and 
[29:74]. The name "San Pedro Mountains" is applied t.i the 
southernmost part of these mountains hy the United States (ie... 
graphical Survey map.' whieh applies the name Enir. (•_') to the 
central or northern part. 

(2) Eng. '"SanYsidro Mountains:"-' this name apjwars t<> he 
applied by this map to the central and northern parts of thes.- 
mountains, while Eng. (1) is applied to the southernmost jmrt. 
Froin this Eng. name we assume Span. (5) is derived. 

(3) Eng. "South Mountain:"'' evidently so called because it 
is south of San Pedro [29:77 1 and of the other mountains ([29:7l'J 
and [29:73]). 

(4) Span. "Sierra de Carnue."' Carnue appears to have been 
the name of some Piro or Tiwa pueblo, although it is not entered 
in the Handbook <if Indiana. "Documents of the year 1 7t)3 men- 
tion a ruin situated to the west of Carnue in the moimtains."'^ 

(5) Span. Sierra de San Isidro -Saint Isadore mountains". 
= Eng. (3). There must be such a Span, name to give rise to 
Eng. (3). Why such a name is applied is not known. 

This is a mass of mountains lying south of San Pedro [29:77] 
and closely connected with the Golden Mountains [29:73). '"A 
high ridge, densely wooded, the Sierra de Carnue, separated it 
["Paako" Pueblo ruin [29:7i»|| f'om the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] 
pueblo in the south, Chilili |29:unIocated]."'' See [29:73], 
[29:77], [29:72], and Placer xMountains [29:unlocated]. 
[29:7.iJ (1) Eng. Golden settlement. Evidently so called because it 
is a center in the gold-mining region. "Golden."' 

(2) Eng. San Francisco. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. San Francisco, Real de San Francisco 'Saint Fnmcis' 
'Saint Frances camp'. =Eng. (2). "Real de San Francisco."" 

This settlement gives the mountains [29:73] two of their namr-s. 
See [29:7(;]. 

1 D. S. Geographical Surveys West of the lOOtii Merirtiini, Part of Central Kew Mexico, allu sheet 
No. 77, Expeditions of 1873, '74, '75, '76, '77, and •7s. 
nbid. 

^U. S. Geological Survey, New Mexico, San Pedro sheet, 1892. 
<Bandelicr, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 114, IWJL'. 
6Ibid.. p. ll!j. 
«Ibid., p. 114. 
'Ibid., p. 108. 
5U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the luoih Meridian, op. cit. ALso Bandeli^-r, ..|.. . ir. 



508 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

[29:7(iJ (1) Eng. Tuerto Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (3). 

(2) Eng-. Golden Arroyo, so called from Golden settlement 
[29:75], which stands on its banks. 

(3) .Span. Arroyo del Tuerto 'Tuerto Arroyo', referrincr to 
Tiierto Pueblo ruin [29:unlocated]. "Arroyo del Tuerto.'"' 

This is the tributary of [29:70], on which Golden settlement 
[29:75] is situated. "At Golden, or Ileal de San Francisco, where 
the Arroyo del Tuerto emerges from a narrow mountain valley."^ 
[29:77] (1) Eng. San Pedro settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. San Pedro ' Saint Peter.' = Eng. (1). For origin of name 
see under [29:79]. " San Pedro. ''^ This settlement gives names 
to [29:7o]. [29:74], and [29:7(J]. Band(>lier^ distinguishes between 
San Pedro, a mining camp, and old San Pedro, stating that the 
latter is south of the former and at the site of the pueblo ruin 
[29:112]. The maps of New Mexico, however, appear to give 
onl}' San Pedro and the Indian informant of Cochiti knew of 
only one. The arrangement of [29:77] and [29:79] on [29] is 
merely tentative. See [29:7i>] and Ochre deposits at San Pedro 
[29:u.docated]. 
[29:78] (1) Eng. Algodones. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Algodones. =Eng. (1). According to the Span, dic- 
tionaries, algodones, plu. of algodon 'cotton,' would mean either 
'cotton plants' or "cotton for an inkstand." "Algodones.''* 

This is a small Mexican settlement just south of the mouth of the 
arroyo [29:itO]. See Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones 
[29:78], [29:unlocated]. 
[29:79] (1) Taiio Tewa(0 "Paaco."^ Tano Tewa "Pa-a-ko."" 
"Paako.""' "Paqu."* "Poako."" The Tewa informants do 
not know this name and cannot etymologize it. 

(2) Span. '-San Pablo":'" this means St. Paul." 

(3) Span. "San Pedro. "'= This means 'SaintPeter'; cf. [29:77]. 
"San Pedro del Cuchillo":" this means 'Saint Peter of the Knife., 
Shea's source of information is not clear. Bandelier appears to 
be the only author it}- on this pueblo ruin, which he attributes to 
the Tano and believes to be historical. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 108, 1892. 

2Ibi<l. 

"Ibid, 112. 

< Ibid., p. 192. 

soflate (1598) in Due. /»cd., .xvi, p. 118, 1871. 

6 Bandelier, op. cit.,p.ll2. 

'Ibid.. pp. 112, 114, 122; Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905. 

•Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 121, 1893. 

5 Hewett, Communautas, p. 38, 1908. 

ifZArate-Salmeron (ca. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 113. 
" According to the Handbook Insd., pt. 2, p. 181, 1910, this appears to be the original Saint name; 
'^Niel (fa. 1629) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit. (so changed from "San Pablo" by Kiel). 
" Shea, Oath. Mission.s, p. 82, 1855. 



^^^'^■^o^i PLACE-NAMES r,()() 

Althonsh there may be otlu-r ruins yet in tl,e valleys east .,f tl... Sa„,li» 

([29:-,] ), south of the minmK c;uu,. ([29:77]?) „f that name. TImb purhlo 
IS called by the Tanos • Ta-a-ko. 

The narrow valley of the Cpper San Pedro [29:70] resembles *>„,e« hut that 
of the Peeos [29:32], but the stream is not ius h^r^e, and th.- s<-,.nerv do.id...llv 
grander. The forests descend into the b..tlom. an.l the peaks ol the San P.-dm 
range [see [29:73] and [29:74]], covered with beautiful pines, rise at n «l,„rt 
distance m the east. In the west, the slopes of the San.lia chain [29:S:tJ s«,.cp 
upwards like an enormous slanting roof terminated bv a l.nt, sha-u'V <n^l 
There is not much space for cultivation, yet enough for the inhabiUmt- ..( a 
good-sized pueblo. The ruins lie on the west bank, and almost at the ed-,. of 
the woods. They show considerable decay. The walls appear to havr tnen 
of rubble. Pottery and other objects similar to those of the other Tanos [Tano] 
villages lie on the surface. 

It was a village of the more compact type, which may be due to the nature 
of the ground on which it was built ami to the lack of space. The mounds 
are high enough to admit the sup])Osition that the buildings were over tw.. 
stories in height, at least in some ]>laces. Three circular eslufas are plainly 
visible, and three enclosures like those noticed at San Cristobal [29:4.i) an.l San 
Lazaro [29:.")1']. These enclosures were without doubt made lor the purjiosc of 
confining Hocks, and if they are coeval with the pueblo, and not .^^uba-quent 
additions, Paako belongs to the category of historic pueblos. But I was imable 
to investigate, while in that vicinity, whether shepherds may not have reareil 
these stone enclosures in modern times. When, on the 12th of Octolier, l.i9S, 
Juan de Onate received the submission of the Pueblos lying along the western 
border of the Salines of the Manzano [29:110], Paako is mentioned as being 
among them.' 

This [the fact that Onate mentions Pasiko] is significant, though not conclusive. 
In 1626 Fray (Jeronimo de Zarate-Salmeron, in sj)eaking of the murder of Fray 
Juan de Santa Maria in 1581, at some place east of the Sierra de Sandia [29:H,'?] 
and three days' journey south of Galisteo [29:39], attributes the cleeil to 'the 
Tigua [Tiwa] Indians of the pueblo that now is called San Pablo". ' Zjirate's 
commentator, the Jesuit Jose Amando Niel, changes that name into 'San 
Pedro'.' I infer, therefore, that there was an inhabited pueblo near the jilaie 
where Fray Santa Maria perished, which place must have been in the vicinity 
of the 'old' San Pedro of to-day.'' Niel may have been right in changing the 
name, or the copyist of Ziirate's manuscript may have made a mistake.' 



'"Obedicncia y Vasaltajc n su ifagrslnd par Ins Indins dfl Puehlodc Acolocu, Octol»rl2, l.5!>S (Doc. <le 
Indias, vol. x\i, p. 118). Four villages are mentioned; Paako, Ciizayii. Junt^tre, and .Vcolorti. If Ihe 
first was the one at San Pedro [29: 77). the other three mav have heen the Tigua (Tlwa) pueblos ' Cuar- 
ay' [29: unlocated], ' Ta-ji-que' [29:105], and 'Chil-i-li' (29: uiilocatedl."—BASDELiER, Final Keporl, 
pt. n, p. 113, 1S92. 

- " Edncioncs de todas las cosas que en el Nuevo Mtxko se han visto y sabidn, Hi2t"t, MS., par. 7: • Y .'iall*5 
detras de la Sierra de Puaray [29: S3], para atravesas por las Salinas [39: 1 10], y do olli cortar iliTwIio al 
paso del rio del Norte, 100 leguas mas ac4 del Nuevo Mi'xico; mils no IWgH acolmo su l)ncn Intrnlo. 
Por que al tercero dia que se despidi6 de sus companeros hermanos llegando & sestear del>ajo do un 
Arbol, los Indios Tiguas [Tiwa] del pueblo que ahora so llama Sn Pablo lo mataron, y quemaron sus 
huesos'."— Ibid. 

3 "Apuntamlentos que sobre el terreno hizo, etc., written in 1729 (MS.). Niel is verj- um-eliable in every- 
thing touching upon New Mexico, but he knew Sonora, part ot Chihuahua, and CalKomb." -Ilild. 

<" Three days' journey south of Oali.stoo [89:3!'] lirought the monk, traveling on foot, lo Son I'dro 
[29:77], or between San Pedro and Chilili [29: unlocated]."— Ibid. 

i "\n error in copying is quite likely. The copy of Ziirate's MS. in Mexico contaiii.s glaring blunder) 
of that sort. For instance, 'elCapitan Nemorceto', instead of ' Dc Morlete.' ica."— Ibid. 



510 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIAN'S [eth. an'N. 29 

The earlier testimony indicates that the ruin just described and called By tlie 
Tanos Paako is that of a village inhabited at least as late as 1626, which assump- 
tion is not negatived by the presence of the stone enclosures in question: 

Tlie documents referred to above make of Paako a village of the Tiguas 
[Tiwa]. Jly Tanos [Tano] informant at Sant(j Domingo [28:109] declared 
that it was a Tanos [Tano] pueblo. Which is right? It is a case similar to 
that of San Marcos [[A'imya'e»?imlx/' [29:unlocated]] and Cienega [29:22]. 
Paako lies at the extreme southern limitj^ of the Tanos [Tano] range, and its 
position in relation to the Tigua settlements of Chil-i-li [29:unlocated] and 
Ta-ji-que [29:105] is analogous to that of the pueljlos of San Marcos, Cienega 
and Bajada [29:29] in reference to the Queres [ICeresan] towns of Santo Do- 
mingo [28:105] and Cochiti [28:77]. I incline, however, to the belief that it 
belonged to the Tanos. A high ridge, densely wooded, the Sierra de CarnU(?, 
separated it from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo in the south, Chilili [29: 
unlocated]. The distance in a straight line is at least 23 miles, along day's 
journey, owing to the intervening mountains. From San Pedro [29:77] to the 
nearest Tanos [Tano] villages in the north, at Golden [25:75], was only a few 
hours' travel.' 

I believe, therefore, that my Tanos informant is right, and that Paako was a 
settlement of his own people, which was abandoned for reasons as yet un- 
known at some time between 1626 and the great uprising in 16S0. That it' 
was no longer occupied in tliat year seems certain.^ 

There is another ruin, smaller and more compact, a few hundred meters 
south of the one described; and on the opposite [north?] bank of the San Pedro 
[29:70] there are ahso traces of buiUlings, but I had not time to examine 
either. With the notice above given of the principal ruin of San Pedro, my 
sketch of tlie Tanos [Tano] country and its antiquities must terminate, 
although it is incomplete.^ 

See [29:77]. 
[29:80] (1) Eng. Tejoa Arroyo. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo Tejon, Arroyo del Tejon ' Tcjon Arroyo', 
referring to Tejon settlement [29:81]. ''Arroyo del Tejon." ^ 

This \s a tributary of [29:70]. 

The former fields of the pueblo [29:82] can be traced along the Arroyo del 
Tejon, and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta [29;unlocate<l], in places at a 
distanceof two and three miles from the ruins [29:82]. Little watchhouses of 
which only the foundations are visible indicate their location . . . The 
Arroyo del Tejon has permanent water as far as these structures are found. 
I have not noticed any trace of ancient aeequias [ditches] ; but there is no impos- 
sibility that such existed, and that the Tanos of Tumiue [29:82] cultivated by 
irrigation. Along the Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated] the banks are too 
steep and the water flows ten to fifteen feet below the surrounding levels.^ 

1 " The proximity of a pueblo of one stock to one of another linguistic group, and its greater distance 
from the nearest kindred village, however, is not impossible. Cia [29 ;94], a Queres [Keresan] village, is 
only 5 miles from Jemez [27:33] while a greater distance separates it from Santa Ana [29; 95], another 
Queres [Keresan] village. Sandia [29:100], a Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo, lies only 13 mile^ from San Felipe 
(29:69], while at least 30 miles separates it from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] town, Isleta 129: 101]. But in 
ancient times, when the stocks were more on the defensive towards each other, such casps hardly ever 
occurred. Acoraa [29:118], however, is one, being nearer to the Zunis than to its own people at Cia 
[29:94]; but Acoma was impregnable to Indians."— B.^ndelier, Final Report, pt, n, p, 114, 1892. 

- " It was abandoned even previous to 1G70. In that year began the emigration of the Piros and Tig- 
uas [Tiwa] from the Salines [29:110]; and Paako is not mentioned among the villages that were aban- 
doned after that date."— Ibid., pp. 114-13. 

Ubid., pp. 112-15. 

« Ibid., p. 111. 

-Ibid., pp. 110-11. 



HARRINGTON] .PLACE-NAMES 511 

See [29:70], [29:S1], ]2d:S-2]. 
[29:81] (L) Eng. Tejoii settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 
(2) Span. Tejon 'badgei-. =Ens-. (1). "Tejon".' 
This small Mexican settlement is located from tin- map ahov.. 
referred to. It gives the name to the arroyo [29:;sn|. liinulelier 
sa3-s of it: 

But the soil is fertile, and at the prosent day the people of Tejon raise K"od 
crops with the aid of summer rains alone . . . F.ven to-day, people at thi-Tfjon 
sleep out of doors in summer, as do most of the Puehlos while out on Iho ran- 
chos. The house (or shanty) is only used for cooking, for sheltering tlie t.Hils 
and household articles, and in the case of rain or e.xceptionally cool wenthcr.' 

See [29:80], [29:8-2]. 
[29:82] (l)Tano Tewa "Tiing-ke".^ "Tung-ge".^ Given as mean- 
ing 'village of the basket".^ See also Span. (2). below, which 
contains evidently forms of the Tewa name. None of the 
writer's Tewa informants know this pueblo ruin by any name 
other than Span. Tunque. Whether Bandeiier's T4>wa form 
is the real name of the village or merely the result of an 
attempt on the part of Bandeiier's informants to etj-mologize 
Span. Tunque, can not be determined. Ty,ijf is the most inclusive 
Tewa word meaning M)asket.' Tewa ty,ij(/e would mean 'down at 
the basket' 'down in the basket' {g.e 'down at' 'over at'), and 
might well be used as a place-name. 

(2) Span. Tunque. Probably from Tano Tewa. See Tewa (1), 
above. "Que'' for g.e appears in several Hispanized Tewa place- 
names, as Pojoaque [21:29] (<Tewa Posy.yw.rg.e'), Tesuque [2e:N] 
( <Tewa ty,nt'iig,e). For the phonetics of the name cf. also [13:27]. 
"Pueblo de Timque"." "Tunque''.' "El Tunque".* 

The ruin has been located for the writer by Mr. A. J. Fnink of 
Albuquerque, New Mexico, who owns a brick manufacturing i)laMt 
at the site. He says that the ruin lies on high land between [29:7o] 
and [29:80], as shown on [29]. Mr. Frank has removed a portion 
of the ruin to make room for his brick plant. It seems uncer- 
tain whether the ruin is prehistoric or historic. The modern 
Tewa have as profound ignorance in regard to it as they have 
about the Tano pueblo ruins in general. Bandelier says: 

Whether the large ruin called El Tunque, three miles north of the Tejon 
[29:81], at the northeastern extremity of the Sandia chain [29:S3], must he 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. Ill; U. S. Geological Survey. Reconnab«n<.-c Map, New Mexico. 
San Pedro sheet, 1S92. 

2 Bandelier, ibid, p. Ill and note. 

3 Bandelier in Eiteh, New Mexico, p. 201, LSftl; Final Report, pt. i. p. liS. 1S90. 
<Ibid.. pt. II, pp. 109, 123. 1S92. 

sibid., p. 109. 

6Doc. of 1770 cited bv Bandelier. ibid., p. 112. .. . „ 

'Bandelier in Ritch. New Me.xieo, p. 201, 1885: Final Report, pt. ii. pp. ill, US; Hewett. Commu. 
nautfe, p. 3S, 190S: Tmtohell in Santa Fe Xew J/erican, Sept. 22. 1910. 
"Bandelier, op. cit., p. 109. 



512 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

considered as that of a pre-historic settlement or not, is also a matter of doubt. 
That it was a Tauos [Tano] village is well ascertained, and its proiier name was 
Tung-ge, or Village of the Basket. ' It lies on a gentle bare slope near the banks 
of a stream [29; 70] which in the mountains farther south is called Rio de San 
Pedro, lower down [than [29:!Sl>] or than where it is called Rio de San Pedro?] 
Uiia de Gato, and here takes the name of Arroyo del Tunque. A little beyond 
the ruin the stream sinks and becomes a dry mountain torrent for 12 miles, 
to its mouth opposite the present pueblo of San Felipe [29:69]. Tung-ge 
seems to have been the last Tanos [Tano] village towards the west, in pre- 
historic times. It was also a very extensive pueblo, to be compared for size 
and plan with the large and extended villages of Se-pa-ue [4:8] and Ho-ui-ri 
[6:21] of the northern Tehua [Tewa] country. It formed a number of irregu- 
lar squares, and sometimes two and three separate buildings constitute one side 
of a quadrangle. The population was therefore not as large as the area covered 
by the ruins might indicate. I was not able to find a single circular estufa. 
The walls were mostly of adobe, and had the usual thickness (0.30 m., or one 
foot). Rubble foundations are visible, but a portion of the ruins consists merely 
of low mounds. This is particularly the case in the north and east, or on the 
highest ground. In the western portions the interior of the first story is partly 
expose(J, showing the roof or ceiling made in the usual pueblo fashion by round 
beams supporting rough splinters, and these in turn a layer of earth. The 
average of eighty-four rooms measured gave 3.-1 by 3.2 metera (11 feet 2 inches 
liy 10 feet 6 inches). ■ 

The buildings were two stories high in most places; but the existence of a 
third story is not impossible. Pottery is scattered aliout in profusion, and it 
shows no difference from that at Galistco [29:39] and other points in the 
Tanos country where the pueblo type of architecture was represented. I 
noticed a great deal of obsidian and basalt, fragmentary and complete arrow- 
heads of both materials, also stone axes, corn grinders, and a few stone chisels 
and knives; even a spade made of ba.salt wag picked up at Tunque, and ia now 
in my possession. I have not heard of metallic objects. The various objects 
indicate a primitive culture, one probably anterior to the coming of Europeans; 
but this is by no means sutficient evidence to justify the conclusion that the 
pueblo was not also inhabited during historic times. 

The former fields of the puet)lo can be traced along the Arroyo del Tejon 
[29:80], and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated], in places at a 
distance of 2 and 3 miles from the ruins. Little watch houses of which 
only the foundations are visible indicate their location. These watch houses, 
equivalent to the 'summer ranchos' of the Indians of to-day, are usually 
quadrangular and of one room only; still I find one with two rooms and of an 
L shape. Their average size corresponcte nearly to that of single rooms in a 
pueblo of the ancient pattern, with two exceptions. These two, being very 
small, may have been guard houses merely, where the crops were watched in 
the daytime or at night, whereas the other may have sheltered entire families 
during the summer.- The foundations are rubble, and the same kind of pot- 
sherds are scattered about as at the pueblo. 

The Arroyo del Tejon [29:S0] has permanent water as far as these structures 
are found. I have not noticed any trace of ancient acecjuias [ditches] ; but 
there is no impossibility that such existed, and that the Tanos of Tunque cul- 
tivated by irrigation. Along the Arroyo de la Yuta [29:unlocated] the banks 

1 "Tung [Tur/fl is the Tehua word for basket or tray. "—Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 109, 1892. 

2 " Even to-day, people at the Tejon sleep out of doors in summer, as do most of the Pueblos while out 
on the ranchos. The house (or shanty) is only used for cooking, for sheltering the tools and household 
articles, and in case of rain or exceptionally cool weather."— Ibid., p. 111. 



HARiaxoTON] PLACE-XAMES 513 

are too steep and the water flows 10 to 15 feet below the s..rro..i.,li.,i: 
levels. But the soil is fertile, ami at the present ilav the i«'oplo of T.-j,.„ 
[29:81] raise good crops with the aid of summer rains alone. For aurl.'ultun.l 
purposes the situation of Tung-<,'e was well chosen. Wood wa.-. not far ..ff, iind 
water always at hand, and from a nulitary standpoint the location wn.s i...t 
bad. The highest parts of the pueblo commanded a fair rant-e of view in 
almost every direction. 

I have been unable to iind any notice of the pueblo of Tung-ge or Tumni.' 
in the older documents. It is mentioned in a petition of the year 1770 us an 
'ancient pueblo'.' I doul.t, therefore, if it was occupied at tluUime whrn the 
Spaniards first came.-' 

See [29:70]. [29:S(i|, |29:slJ. and Ai-royo de la Yuta l29:Mn- 
located]. 
[29:83] (1) 'Oknpijjf tiutlu iiioiiiitain' (oka 'turtle" of iin3' .sppcie.s; 
pitjf 'mountaia'). "Saiidia Mountain, Oku, the " Sacred Turtli'' 
of Tewa mythology."-' Why the name "turtle" is applied to the 
mountain was not known to the San Ildefonso informant whom 
the writer questioned on that point. 

(2) 'AlcQinpijeimpiijf 'mountain of the south' {'>'l:ot/,p/Jt- 
'south' <^((lcoj]f 'plain', ^;y 6' 'toward"; "iyy locative and adjec- 
tive-formino- postfix; pijjf 'mountain'). This is the cardinal 
mountain of the south of Tewa; hence this name. See Cardinal 
MoDXTAixs, page 44. 

(3) Sqndijaimpir)/ ' Sandia ^Mountain " {Sqndijcu see Span. ( 10), 
below, and also Sandia Pueblo [29:100]; 'i^y locative and adjec- 
tive-forming postfix; pijjf 'mountain'). Cf. Eng. (S),Span. (lii). 
This name is very much used by tlie Tewa. Old \'ivian Montoya 
of San Juan Pueblo appeared to call the mountain regularly thus, 
and to be unfamiliar with the name ^ OJci'/piijj'. 

(4) Picuris "Keplta."'^ The "Kepi'" is evidently the same as 
Cochiti ((5), Zuiii (7), below; " — ta"' is doubtless for the Picuris 
equivalent of Taos t'd 'down at'. Cf. Cochiti (6), Ziuii (7). 

(5) Jemez Kiatdwe, of obscure etymology. This is tlie old 
Jemez name of the mountain furnished me by Pablo Toj-a and at 
present said to be known to but few of the Jemsz, who call the 
mountain by its Span. name. 

(6) Cochiti Tsc'j>e, of obscure etymology. =Zuni (7|. Cf. 
Picuris (4). 

(7) Zuni "tsl'pija," of obscure etymology. " Clii'i)ia.'"' 
= Cochiti (6). Cf . Picuris (4). 

I " The Pelicion of the authorities of Santo Doraiiigo 128:ll»l and San Felipe (29:091 jolnlly for ii tract 
of land bounded in the east, ' por el oriente con un pueblo antigiio Ilainado cl l'uol)lo dc Tunquc', MS., 
September 20, 1770."— Bandeuek, Final Report, pt. n, p. 112, 1892. 

2Ibid., pp. 109-12. 

3 Hewett, Archseolog.v of the Rio Grande Valley, in Papm School A mtr. Archxol.. N.>. 4, p. S>. lv.n. 

iSpinden. Picuris notes, 1910. 

5 Mrs. M. C. .Stevenson. The Zuni Indians. TunUi/lhird K,p. Bur. Amer. F.lhn.. |.. tuT. IWI. 

87584° — 29 eth— 10 33 



514 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

(8) Eng. Sandia Mountain(s). (<Span.). =Span. (10). Cf. 
Tewa (3). "The Sandia."' "Sandia chain.'" "Sandia Moun- 
tains."^ 

(9) Span. "Sierra de Puaray."^ The mountain is thus called 
from Puaray [29:unlocated], a former Tiwa pueblo situated near 
Bernalillo [29:9(iJ, just as it is called Sandia Mountain from 
Sandia Pueblo [29:100]. Bandelier'' identifies the name with the 
"Sierra de Sandia." 

(10) Span. Sierra de Sandia 'Sandia Mountain', so called from 
Sandia Pueblo [29:100], which is situated in the Rio Grande Val- 
ley opposite the central part of the mountain. = Eng. 8. Cf . 
Tewa (3), Span. (9). "Sierra de Sandia."" 

(11) Span. Sierra de los Mansos 'Mansos Mountains.' "Sierra 
de los Mansos."' According to Bandelier this name refers to both 
the Manzano [29:104] and the Sandia ^Mountains; see (8), above). 
See also [29:104]. 

This is a very large and conspicuous mountain, its highest peak 
[29:84] rising to 10,609 feet, according to the Wheeler Survey. 

The town of Bernalillo [29:96] lies 5,084 feet above the sea level, and the 
base of the Sandia Mountains is not over 5 miles distant. The summit 
[29:84] is 10,609 (?) feet high, and the western front descends in almost per- 
pendicular cliffs and crags. The appearance of this chain as seen from the 
town [29:96] or from the opposite river bank, is therefore unusually 
impressive.* 

Sandia Mountain is the sacred cardinal mountain of the south, 
of the Tewa; see Cardinal Mountains, page 44. According 
to Tewa mj'thology its summit was the home of 'Ok'uwapiyy, 
father of the two War Gods, and there the War Gods were reai'ed. 
WqJcwijo 'Wind Old-Woman' also lives on its summit; she makes 
the wind. Mrs. Stevenson" tells us that according to Zuni my- 
thology the War Gods went to live on the summit of Sandia Moun- 
tain when their activities were finished. The Cochiti also have a 
tradition to this efl'ect, but the Tewa appear to know nothing of 
this. A friend who has climbed the mountain informs the writer 
that he noticed no stone pile or shrine on the summit, yet a San 
Juan Indian stated that the Keresans make, or at least used to 
make, religious pilgrimages to the summit. See [29:84], [29:85], 
[29:100], [29:104]. 

■ Bandolier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 108, note, 1892. 
!Ibid., pp. 108, 109, 112. 
3Ibid.,p. 231. 

<Relaciones de todas la.s cosns que en el Nuevo Mexico se ban vi.sto y sabido, 1626, MS., par. 7, 
quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 113, note. 
'Ibid., p. 113. 

CBandelier, Delight Maimers, p. 438, 1890; also Final Report, pt. n, p. 113. 
' Rivera, Diario y Derrotero, p. 29, 1736, quoted by Bandelier, ibid. , p. 232, note. 
«Ibid., p. 222. 
^The Zuni Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amer. Elhn., p. 407, 1904. 



HARRINGTON] PLACK-KAMES 515 

[29:84] (1) ' dlcupiylcewe 'turtle uiountain peak' {' Okumijj' seo 
[29:83]; kewe ' peak " ' top '). 

(2) ^AkqmjMJeihipiijkewe 'south mountiiin poak " {'Aknm/n- 
je'impiyy, see [29:83]; heice ' peak ' ' top '). 

(3) Sand/'JaHniphjhm-e 'Sandia Mountain Peak' {Sn„(/iJ<i- 
Hmpivj', see [29:83] ; \ea\ ' peak ' ' top ')• 

(4) Eng. Sandia Teak. " Sandia Peak."' 

This is the highest peak of Sandia Mountain. It appears to lie 
a mythologicallv important jilace of the Pueblos. See [29-s:{l 
[29:85]. 

[29:85] Eng. "South Sandia Mountain."' The southern height of 
Sandia Mountain [29:83] is so called. 

[29:80] Span. El Cangelon 'the horn' 'the prong', referring to the 
shape of the mesa height. " Cangelon. "= "Mesa del Cangelon."' 
This means ' mesa of the horn." 

This name is given to the height north of the confluence of 
Jemez Creek [29:89] with the Kio (Irande. Somewhere on or 
near it is situated the pueblo ruin [29:87]. See references to the 
'(.^angelon' by Bandelier, under [29:87]; see also [29:ss]. 

[29:87] Nameless pueblo ruin. Bandelier was first informed that it 
was the ruin of a Keresan puel)lo, the first pueblo of the Santii 
Ana [29:95] Indians in this section; but later he doubts this 
information and thinks that it may be a Tiwa ruin.' If it is 
really old Santa Ana, one can easily determine what names the 
Indians would give it in various dialects. 

There exists, to my knowledge, but one Queres [Keresan] ruin sr>utli of 
San Felipe [29:69]. Tliis [29:87] doea not stand on the rivor bank, but we.«t 
of it, in the wild labyrinth of lava, basalt, and trap about the 'Cangelon' 
[29:86], north of Bernalillo [29:95]. The ruin, which I have not seen, is 
claimed by the Queres [Keresans] of Santa .\na [29:95] a;- the first puehlo 
inhabited by their ancestors in this section.' 

There were consequently three pueblos of the Santa Ana [29:95] tril)e; one 
near the Cangelon [29:86], which is prehistoric* 

Whether the ruin on the Mesa del Cangelon [29:86] is that of a Tipua 
[Tiwa] puelilo, or whether it was the ancient pueblo of the Queres [Keresans] 
of Santa Ana [29:95], is still doubtful. . . . I have lately been infonned that 
there is a ruin [named Pueblo Ruin [29:unlocated]] opposite Algodones 
[29:78], in which case the one on the Cangelon must have been a Tigua pueblo. 
Not having investigated the locality myself, I withhold my opinion.' 



1 U. S. Geological Survey, Keconnaissance Map, New Me.xico, San Pedro sheet. 1S«. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 1«3 and note, 196, 1892. 

3 Ibid., pp. 222,224. 
' Ibid., p. 193. 

'" I am in doubt whether this ruin stands north or south of the mouth of the Jemez Klvi-r [aB:S»l. 
The •Cangelon.' literally prong or horn, is a very prominent rocky pillar rislDg above a volvaiilc 
mesa 4 miles north of Bernalillo."— Ihid. 

« Ibid., p. 196. 

' Ibid., p. 224 and note. 



516 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Tbth. ANN. 29 

See [29:86], [29:88], [29:'.».")J, luid Nameless pueblo ruiii opposite 
Algodones [29:7S:>], [29 :un located]. 
[29:88] (1) Cofhiti Tdtiuijaf6in<t 'old Santa Ana.'' {Tdmaj a, see 
[29 :i) 'j] ; fd ma 'old'). The Cochiti informant says that this ruin 
and its Keresan name are very well known among the Indians. 
It has not been possible, however, to tind any Tewa who knows 
it. For quoted forms see under [29:05]. 

(2) Eng. Old Santa Ana. (<Span.). =Span. (:3). Cf. Cociiiti 
(1). For quoted forms see under [29:95]. 

(3) Pueblo Viejo de Santa Ana 'old pueblo of Santa Ana.' 
= Eng. (3). Cf. Cochiti (1). For quoted forms see under 
[29:;..-,]. 

This is the ruin of old Santa Ana, a historic pueblo. "About 
midway [in [29:67]] there is a considerable elevation, on whose 
summit stand the ruins of the second pueblo of Tan-a-ya or 
Santa Ana."^ For the historj^ of this pueblo see quotations 
under [29 :95]. That this is the second pueblo of Santa Ana rests 
on very uncertain information obtained bj^ Bandelier; see [29:87]. 
See also Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones [29:78], [29: 
imlocated]. 

[29:89] Jemez Creek, see [27:;U]. 

[29:90] Nameless arroyo which enters the Rio Grande a short distance 
above the main part of Algodones settlement [29:78]. This 
arroyo appears on all the maps, but without name. 

[29:91] (1) Jemez Sqiweld. (<Span.). =Eng. (2), Span. (3). 
Strangely enough no native name is known to the Jemez. 

(2) Eng. San Isidro settlement. (<Span.). = Jemez (1), 
Span. (3). 

(3) Span. San Isidro 'Saint Isadore'. = Jemez (1), Eng. (2). 
The Span, name is frequently spelled Ysidro. 

This is a large and somewhat scattered Mexican settlement, on 
the west side of Jemez Creek [29:89], three or four miles below 
Jemez Pueblo [27:35]. Cf. "San Ysidro mineral spring near 
Jemez" [29:unlocated]. 
[29:92] (1) Jemez Tdsdwd'vxl, Tdsdwd'my, 'white-earth canyon' {tdsd 
'a kind of white earth used for whitewashing the interior walls of 
holises'; wa'wd, wam.y, 'canyon' 'caiiada'). This kind of earth is 
said to occur somewhere in the cafiada; hence the name. 

(2) Eng. Salt Creek. (<Span.). =Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Salado Creek. =Eng. (2), Span. (4). "Salado 
Creek".^ 

(4) Span. Rio Salado "salt river'. =Eng. (2), Eng. (3). 
"Salado".' 

' BanfleliLT, Final Report, pt. n, p. 194, 1S92. 

- Land of Sunshine, a Book of Reaources of New Mexico, p. 177, 1906. 

3 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 207. 



^^'""^■'=™-'l PLACE-NAMES r, j - 

This is a largo canada whifl, enters J.nuez Creok f29-s:.| f,o„, 
roa 7.%^' ■ "l^" ''''^ ^"'^'"" ^'''"' ^^"""ectinj,^ Jemoz and tl.e La-^urni 
M3:ll (J villages passes up this eafiada. '• On Saiado Cre'k » 
miles south of San Ysidn, [29:!»1]. Sandoval Cnntv. have l.een 
discovered soda springs".' 
[29:93] (1) T'iepijjf 'eagle mountain' (A^^' -eagle"; piijf •niountnin'i 
This IS probablj' translat(>d from Jeniez (2). 

(2) Jemez Sr/ij, ',,,gle mountain' (.v.- 'eagle': /(/ •niountair.-). 
= Tewa (1). 

This is a small mountain almost due south of Jemez I'lu-Llo 
[27:35]. It is conspicuous from nearly all the surrounding .•(nin- 
tiy. For some reason this mountain seems to lie peeuliarlv well 
known to the Tewa. The Tewa name was obtained at Sun Ikle- 
fonso. 
[29:!>4] (1) ^0]cimade[Hp()tjiri 'puehlo down by the place of the scat- 
tered hills' ('(>^M 'hill'; wa./r 'to scatter" ' scattered '; y,, 'down 
at' 'over at'; 'oywi 'pueblo"). The name refers to the hills or 
portions of mesa about Sia Pueblo. The name contains in,./,-, 
not-Wff.<2-,forthe latter would mean 'wide gap'. ''O-ku-wa'-ri"":' 
given as meaning "place of the sand-dunes'". 

(2) Picuris "El-ke-ai'"'.= 

(3) Sandia "Tunavwii"".^ = Isleta (4). 
(i) Isleta "Tuuawak".^ 

(5) Jemez Sajuhwd (etymology doubtful). =Peeos {{',). 
"Sai'-a-kwa"".^ 

(6) Pecos "Sayaqiiakwii"".^ "Sai'-o-kwa".= = Jemez (.>). 

(7) Cochiti TxiPja, of obscure etymolog}-. =Sia (S), Keresan 
(9), Oraibi Hopi (11), Eng. (U), Span. (1.5). Cf. Jemez (.5), Pecos 
(6). The Sia people are called regularly Tse'jamai [uix 'people"). 

(S) Sia Tse\}a, of obscure etymology. = Cochiti (7), Keresan ('.»), 
Oraibi Ilopi (11), Eng. (14)," Span. (15). "Tsia".^ Cf. Jemez 
(5), Pecos (6). 

(9) Keresan (dialect unspecified) "Sia".^ "Siay".° "Cia"".' 
"Chia".^ "Tria'".^ "Trios"".'" "Zia"." ••Tzia"'.'= "N.S.de 

> Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of Now Jlcxico, p. 177, 1906. 

' Hodge, field noies, Bur. Amer. Ethn.. IS'JS ( Iliindbook Inds., pi. 2, p. ,V.3, 1910.) 

3 Stevenson, Pecos MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. p;ihn., 1887. 

* Hodge, op. cit., p. 562. 

s Espejo (1583) in Doc. Inld., xv, p. 17.-*. 1871. 

6 Ibid., p. 116. 

' Mendofa (1586) in Hakluyt, Voy.. pp. 461, 469, 1600; Davis, Spun. Conq. X. Mc\.. i.. 202, 1»<!9; Bun- 
delier, Final Report, pt.i, pp. 126, 200, 1890; pt. ii, pp. 20, 193, 196, 1892. 

s Castaneda (1596) in Teruaux-Compans, Voy., ix, p. 110. I8S.«; Jaramillo. iliiil., p. 371; HMnilvll^r, 
op. oil., p. 193, 1892 (quoting Castaneda). 

« Onate (1598) in Doe. Inid., xvi. p|>. 115, 254, 1871. 

i» Ibid., 1U2. 

" Villagran, Hist. Nuevo Mex., p. 115, 1610. 

'2 De I'Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 17(13; Bnndelit-r, op. cit., pt. i, pp. 126,260. 



518 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axx. 20 

laAsumpcioadeZia".^ "Cla".= "Cice".= "Tse-ah".* "Silla''.^ 
"Pia".^ "Sille".'' "Zea".* " Nuestra Senora de la Assumpsion 
deZia".' "Chea".'° "Cilia"." "Lia".'' "Tse-a".'^ "Tsia"." 
"Ciya"." "Siya"." "Tzi-a".'" "N. S. de la Assuuscion de 
Zia'l" 

(10) Keresan (dialect unspecified) "Cuame".'* Coch'iti Jcwemse 
would mean 'southern people', and it is very likely that for this 
the word is intended. 

We must therefore leave the Rio Grande for the present, and turn to that 
western tributary [29;89] where a branch of the Queres [Keresans], very 
characteristically designated by Antonio de Espejo as 'Pun-a-mes', or 
'People in the West'," already dwelt in the sixteenth century. 

Espejo's "Punames" may stand for a Keresan ^wiyew? as/ in the 
Cochiti dialect the form ponye occurs with the same meaning as 
po 'west'; Cochiti mx means 'people'. The Cochiti terai mean- 
ing- 'south people' or 'west people' would apply to all the people 
in the regions designated, whatever their language or affiliations. 
Bandelier does not make clear that "Piui-a-mes" or "Cuame" 
was applied to the Sia, but, following Espejo's evident use of the 
term, employs it here to designate the Sia-Sauta Ana branch of 
the Keresans. He appears to think the term 'south people' 
inappropriate. It is safe to saj- that the Keresans of the Rio 
Grande Valley never apply the term 'south people' or 'west 
people' to the Sia-Sauta Ana Keresans as a special designation, 
but that if they do think of their cardinal location they think of 
them as being as much in the south as in the west. Elsewhere 
Bandelier^" says: "Espejo, who calls the Cias 'Punames', mentions 
a cluster of five [pueblos], the largest of which was called ' Sia'".^' 

1 Alencastt-r (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, ISSl. 

2 Pike, Explor. Travels, map, 1811 (misprint). 

3 Calhoun in Cal. Mess, and Corresp., p. 215, 1850 (misprint). 

< Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 1850. 

6 Parke, map of N. Mex., 1851. 

6 Kern in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, p.39, 1854 (misprint). 

' Lane (18.M) in ibid., V, p. 689. 1855. 

'Meriwether (1856) in H. R. Ex. Doc. ST, 34th Cong., 3d sess., p. 146. 1857. 

« Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 

" Simpson in Smithsonian Rep. for 1869, p. 339, 1871. 

■1 Davis, Span. Conq. N. Mex., p. 202, 1869. 

'^Brevoort, New Mexico, p. 20, 1874 (misprint). 

13 Loew cited by Gatschet, Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, p. 41, 1876. 

'> Loew in Wheeler Sure. Rep., vii, p. 345, 1879. 

'5 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex, p. 58, 1SS9. 

"Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 193, 196, 1892. 

"Donaldson, Moijui Pueblo Inds., p. 91, 1893. 

" See article Punames in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 327, 1910. 

^^" Rdaciondel Viaiie (Doc. delndias, vol. xv, p. 11), and Expedienie y Relacion, p. 178. The proper 
Queres [Keresan] word is ' Pun-ama', but the corrupt version in Hakluyt has ' Cuame.* Et Viaie que 
hizo, p. 9. This leads to an important mi.sconception, as ' Ku-a-ma ' means ' the people in the South. 
How the mistake was made, while still preserving a word of the Queres [Keresan] idiom, is a mys- 
tery, as Cuame is plainly as good a Queres word as Puname, but with an entirely different significa- 
tion." — Bandehek, op. cit., p. 193. 

M Ibid., p. 197. 

21 Relacion del Viage, p. 115. —Ibid. 



HABRINGTOM PLACE-NAMES 5 1 f , 

(11) Oraibi Hopi Tsija'-. ( < Keresan ;). = Co.-hiti (7), Si.i (S) 
Keresan (-.1), Eng. (U), Span. (l.V). Cf. Je.uoz (5). IVros (C.)' 
The Sia people are called hy the Oraihi Hopi n;}a :<;„..,„,; Ul„.>,„o 
'people"). 

(12) Navaho '-Tlogi":' jriven as meaning 'Imiry'. '-Tr.V'i''-^ 
given as meaning Sia. '-TrOgi":' given as meaning the" Sia 
(Indians). 

(13) (LTnknown source) ^'Tlascala".^ "Tlaxcaia".^ Ac.-onling 
to the Randhooh of Indians (pt. 2, p. 568, l!»l()), Bancroft" tiiink" 
that this name may be applied to Sia. 

(14) Eng. Sia. (<Span.) =Cochili (7). Sia (s). Keresan (:•). 
Oraibi Hopi (11), Span. (1.5): cf. Jemez (5). Pecos (6). This is the 
spelling adopted by Mrs. Stevenson in her report on the Sia," al-.i 
in the Ilandhoolc of hidianx, and in current ethnologic literature. 

(15) Span. Sia. Zia. (<Keresan). = Cochiti (7). sTa(S), Keresan 
(9), Oraibi Hopi (11), Eng. (U): cf. Jemez (5), Pecos (ti). See 
quoted forms under Keresan (9), above. At the present time the 
spelling Zia seems to be more common in Span, than Sia. The 
name is pronounced s'lja in X. Mex. Span., and sounds exactlv the 
same as the word silla 'chair'. 

(16) Span. ••Sant Pedro y Sant Pablo." ^ meaning 'Saint Peter 
and Saint Paul '. 

(17) Span. Nuestra Senora de la Asuncion 'Our Lady of the 
Assumption'. "'N. S. dela AsumpciondeZia."" " Nuestra .Sefiora 
de la Assumpsion de Zia."'" "Asuncion.'"" "N. S. de la Assun>- 
cion de Zia.'"- 

This is a small Keresan pueblo situated on the north side of 
Jemez Creek [29:89]. The dialect resembles closely the dialects t)f 
Cochiti [28:77]. Santo Domingo f28:i(»'.i], San Felipe [28:t;!t], and 
Santa Ana [28:'.t5]. and is more distantly related to those of Laguna 
[29:116] and Acoma [29:118]. The history of Sia is discussed by 
Bandelier,'^ who also mentions a migration story of the Sia." See 
[29:89]; also plate 21, .4. 
[29:95] (1) [-(uierje oj}wi 'pueblo down at the dancing place" 'danc- 
ing place pueblo " (/(?^(' ' dance ', noun: g»' 'down at' 'over at": 

■ Curtis. Amer. Ind., i, p. 138, 1907. 

2 Franciscan Fathers, Ethnol. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 13.i. 1910. 

3 Ibid., p. 128. 

* Bustamante and Gallegos (1.5S2) in /)of. hthl., xv. i>. %">, 1<7I. 

nbid.. p. 92. 

6 Ariz, and S. Mex., p. 77, 1889. 

I Elevcntli Rep. Bur. Ethn., pp. 9 et seq., 18'.M. 

8 Onate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 2.>1, 1S71. 

9 Alencaster (180:>) in Priiice, N. Mex., p. 37. 1S83. 
10 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1S68. 

" Bancroft. Ariz, and X. Mex., p. 281, 1889. 
1= Donaldson, Mocini Pueblo Indians, p. 91, 1893. 
IJ Final Keport. pt. ii. pp. 196-99, 1892. 
"Ibid., p. 21. 



520 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

■or)vii ' pueblo '). This is the old name of Santa Ana, current at all 
the Tewa villages of the Rio Grande. Whj' it was originallj' given 
is not known to the informants. 

. (2) Picuris ''Pdtuthd'.'"'- The. -thd' is perhaps for the Picuris 
equivalent of Taos t'^d 'down at.' 

(3) Tiwa (Isleta) "Hweroi."- 

(■i) Jemez T'ltdagVi, of obscure etymology {tiida unexplained; 
gi'l locative). = Pecos (5). The people are called Ty.dagriisa'df 
(fsffaf 'people'). "Tu'-na-ji-i':"^ Givenas the Jemez and Pecos 
form. 

(5) Pecos "Tu'-na-ji-i':"- =Jemez (4), given as the Jemez and 
Pecos form. 

(0) Cochiti Tdiniija of oliscure etymology- =San Felipe (7), 
Sia (8), Santa Ana (9), Kcresan (Hi), Oraibi Hopi (11). "Tama- 
iya."2 

(7) San Felipe "Tamaiya.'"- = Cochiti (6), Sia (8), Santa Ana 
(9), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11). 

(8) Sia Tdmaja of obscure etymology. = Cochiti (6), San 
Felipe (7), Santa Ana (9), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11). 
"Tamaya."- 

(9) Santa Ana Tdmaja of obscure etymology. = Cochiti (6), 
San Felipe (7), Sia (8), Keresan (10), Oraibi Hopi (11). The name 
was earlier applied to [29:88] or to still more remote predecessors 
of the present Santa Ana Pueblo. The Santa Ana people are called 
Tdinajamx {mse, 'people'). = Cochiti (6), San Felipe (7), Sia (8), 
Keresan (10), Oraibi Hoi^i (11). "Tamaya."^ "Tamajajme:"^ 
evidently for Tdmajamai 'Santa Ana people'; see above. 

(10) Keresan (dialect unspecilied) "Tamaya."^ "Tamy."'' 
"Tom-i-ya."" "To-Mia." ' "Ta-ma-yit.'"* "Tamya."» '"Ta-ma- 
ya.'"" "Tan-a-ya."" "Ramaya."'- 

(11) Oraibi Hopi Tamaja. (< Keresan). = Cochiti (6), San 
Felipe (7), Sia (8), Santa Ana (9), Keresan (10). 

(12) Eng. Santa Ana. (<Span.). =Span. (13). The current 
pronunciation is sse.nta- asm*, in contradistinction to the Span, pro- 
nunciation santdna. 

• Spincien, Picuris notes, MS., I'JIO. 

2 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., ]8!« (nun.lbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 4.t4, 1910). 

3 Spinden, Santa Ana notes, 1911. 

'Onate (1598) in Doc. Intd., xvi, p. 115, 1871. 

'Ibid, p. 102; Bandelier, Final Keport, pt. i, p. 194, 1S90 (.[noting OflHtf). 

eSimpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 143, 1850. 

' Loew in Ann. Rep. Wheeler Sum., app. LL, p. 178, 1875. 

' Bandelier iq Arch^ol. Inst. Bull., I, p. 18, 1883. 

•Ibid, (quoting Coronado [Onate]). 

i» Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, pp. 126, 260. 

" Ibid., pt. n, p. 194 (quoting Onate). 

"Columbus Mem. Vol., p. 195, 1893 (misquoting Onate). 



HARRIXGTON] PLACE-NAMES r)'21 

(13) Span. Santa Ana 'Saint Ann". = Entr. (li'). Siinin 
Ana."' '-S. Anna."= ''S'-^ Ana."' '"Santa .\iina."' -"Sla. 
Ana.'"' "S*. Ana."" "Santana."' 

This is the present Santa Ana Puolilo. sitiiale<l on a low l>hitr on 
the north side of Jenicz Creek. (PI. I'O. B. ) There are two circu- 
lar, semisubterranean estufas at Santa Ana and an old Roman Catli- 
olic church. The Indians have their farniinji: lands in tlie Kio 
Grande Valley 6 miles distant from the pueblo, and in summer I lie 
pueblo is often deserted except for an old man or two stationed to 
guard it. The Indians frequently all return to the puehU) for u day 
or more during the summer time in order to conduct ceremonies. 
Thelanguageof Santa Ana closely resembles that of Cochiti |28: 77 1, 
Santo Domingo [28: lOH], and San Felipe [29:tJ!t]. and. perliaps a 
little less closely, that of Sia f29:iM|. According to both Bande- 
lier and statements luade to the writer by a Cochiti Indian, the 
predecessor of Santa Ana Pueblo was the historic, now ruined 
[29:88], which bore the same name, Tiimaja, and is now distin- 
guished by the Cochiti (and proba))ly other Keresans) as Tdmnja- 
fonia (foiiui 'old'). According to uncertain tradition obtmned 
hj Bandelier there was a still earlier predecessor of San Feli{)c 
Pueblo, probably [29:S7]. (i- v. Bandelier says the following 
about Santa Ana: 

"Santo Domingo [28:109]. San -luan [ll:San Juan Pueblo], 
Santa Ana and especially Acoma [29: lis], consist of several par- 
allel rows of houses forming one to three 'streets'."' 

Bandelier also writes at length on the history of Santa Ana." 
See [29:87], [29:88]. Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodoncs 
[29:78], [29:unlocated], [29:07], and Keresan (Names of Tkuies 
AND Peoples). 
[29:96] (1) Jemez BnMUJo. (<Span.). ^Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Navaho " Khin Nodozi:"'" given as meaning 'siriixMl 
jiouses'. 

(3) Eng. Bernalillo settlement. ( < Span.). = Jemez (1), Span. (4). 

(4) Spini. Bern lillo, apparently a diminutive of Bernardo 'Ber- 
nard'. Why the name was applied has not been learned. 

This is a large Mexican settlement on the west side of the Kio 
Grande. The^'lndians of the ne arest pueblos do much trading 

1 Onate (1898) in Doc. Iiifd., xvi, p.ll4, 1871. 

sBlaeu, Atlas, xii, p. CT, 1667. 

aD'Anville, Map. Ami-r. Sept., 1W6. 

< Villa-Senor, Theatre Amer., ii, 415, 1748. 

6 Alcedo, Diet. Geog., i, p. »5, I'M- 

sArrowsmith, Map N. A., 1795, ed.l814. 

'Hezio (1797-98) in Meline, TwoThousnml Miles p. '.W. Iv., 

BBandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 265, 189V. 

9 Ibid pt. n, pp. 193-190, 1S92. 

10 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho I.ang., p. V.A. 1910 



522 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Teth. Axx. 29 

here. There is a wagon bridge [29:122] across the Rio Grande 
northwest of the center of Bernalillo. 

"Bernalillo was founded hj Vargas in 1695, after the Spanish 
power had been re-established."^ For pueblo ruins at Bernalillo 
see [22:97], [29:98], [29:99], [29:123], and Navaho "Tqo Haji- 
lehe" [29:unlocated]. 
[29:97] (1) Sandia "Kua-ua.''2 "Kuaua."' 

(2) Span. "Torreon."* This means 'large tower,' being the 
augmentative of torre ' tower.' "The site also bears the Spanish 
name of 'Torreon,' but I saw no trace of a round tower, as the 
designation would imply.''* 

Whether the ruin on the Mesa del Cangelon [29:78] is that of a Tigua [Tiwa] 
puel)lo, or whether it was the ancient pueblo of the Queres [Kere.sans] of Santa 
Ana [29:95], is still doubtful. [[Foolnote.-I I have lately been informed that 
there is a ruin [Pueblo Runi] opposite Algodones [29:unlocated], in which case 
the one [29: ST] on thg Cangelon [29:86] must have been a Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo. 
Not having investigated the locality myself, I withhold my opinion.] But it 
[29:87] is, at all events, the first of a series of ruins scattered along the right 
[west] bank of the Rio Grande. The bluffs on that side hug the river bank quite 
closely, leaving only a narrow strip of fertile bottom, but affording excellent 
sites for lookouts. A huge lava flow approaclies these bluffs from the west, and 
reaches the river south of Bernalillo [29:96], receding from it again near .\lbu- 
querque [29:103]. It is separated from the great lava deposits [29:67] of San 
Felipe [29:69] by the sandy bottom of the Jemez stream [29:89], an<l by a 
low mesa with reddish soil that faces Bernalillo [29:96]. On the brink of 
that mesa [with reddish soil] stand four ruins [[29:97] counted as two by 
Bandolier, but described as one, [29:98] and [29:99]], directly opposite the 
latter town [29:96]. 

North of the bridge [29:122] across the Rio Grande [from Bernalillo [29:96]] 
lie the remains of a considerable village. I have not been able to ascertain 
whether it was one of the historical pueblos of Coronado's time, or whether 
its abandonment antedated 1540. The name given to me by the Sandia 
[29:109] Indians, Kua-ua, seems to designate the site and not the ruin. Still it 
may also have been the name of the latter. Figure 24 of Plate i [of Final Report, 
pt. II, 1892] is intended for a representation of its ground plan, and it will be seen 
that the village consisted of amain building with two wings . . . Another 
ruined structure, measuring 55 by 22.3 meters (168 by 68 feet), stands in the 
front of this building, almost equidistant from the eastern ends of the northern 
wing and the central projection. The northern wing is 149 meters (455 feet) 
long, the west side of the house 132 meters (403 feet), and the southern wing 60 
meters (210 feet) ; so that this building is one of the largest of the pueblo houses 
of New Mexico. llFootnote:] The large house at Pecos [29:33] has a perimeter 
of 362 meters (1,190 feet), and the 'Pueblo Bonito' [of northwestern New 
Mexico] comes next to it; the length of the two wings at Kuaua and of the 
western side, together, is 350 meters (-1,068 feet).] 

It is impossible to determine exactly how many stories this great house orig- 
inally had, but it seems almost certain that there were more than two in some 
parts of it; I therefore estimate its population at not over 600 souls. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 2'21--_''J2, 1S92. 

2Ibld., p. 225. 

•Ibid., pp. 225 and note, 226 aud note, 227. 

* Ibid., p. 226. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 523 

I was unabU' to detect any estufas, yet it is by no means certain that llu-n- 
were none outside tlie dwellings; the ground is covered with nil)l)isli, niid the 
circular depressions might have escaped ray notice or have Ik-couic tillol up; 
or they may have been built inside among the rooms. The foundations show- 
rubble and adobe, and most of the walls are of the latter materiul. Tiieir 
thickness varies from 0.17 to 0.38 m. (7 to 15 inches), and the avenigi- si/c 
of 55 rooms is 4.1 by 2.8 m. (12i by 8i feet). 

The pottery is largely of the type with coarsely glazed decorations, and I 
saw no corrugated fragments; but common cooking pottery, plain black, wu.- 
also well represented. Much obsidian, moss-agates, chips of flint and lava, 
broken raetates and 'mauos', and a few bits of turquoise were the other 
objects lying about on the surface. The site also bears the Spanish name 
of 'Torreon'; but I saw no trace of a ro\md tower, as the designation would 
imply.' 

See [29:VHi], [29:!»SJ, [29:'.>l»], [29:12-_'J. [29:l-i3|. 
[29:98] Nameless piiehlo ruin on the west side of the Rio (Iruiule a 
short distance south of the wagon bridge [29:1:^2]. 

The writer has seen this ruin, but made no notes on it and ob- 
tained no information about it from Indians. Bandelicr says of it: 

South of the bridge [29:122] a short distance from Kuaua [29:!t7], on a 
rather elevated dune, are low mounds covered with bits of pottery, otisidian 
and rubble. One of them forms a hollow quadrangle aljout SO meters sfiuare 
(95 feet), and 300 feet south of it are two others. The mounds show great 
decay in both places, as if they were the ruins of houses much older than those 
of Kuaua [29:97].^ 

See [29:96], [29:97], [29:99], [29:1-22], [29:l-23]. 
[29:99] (1) Southern Tiwa (Sandia-Isleta hinguage) "Puaray". etc. 
The etymology is given by Vetancurt (16!t6 (O):' "El nonibre 
Puray quiere decir gu.sanos, que es un genero de que abunda 
aqiiel lugar." Bandelier* comments on this: "Whether by 
'gusano' a worm or a beetle, a centipede or a julus, is meant, I 
cannot tell. 1 noticed at the ruins of Kuaua [29:97] a number 
of Coleoptera of a singular species, which attracted my attention 
the more, as beetles are scarce in Xew Mexico." "Poalu".^ 
♦ "Puala"« "Pualas".^ "PuSla".' "Puaray".' "Puarui"."' 
"Puruai"." •'Puarv".'= "Puray"." "Paray"-" "Pauray".'^ 



1 Bandelicr. Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 224-22G, 1S92. 

2 Ibid., p. 226. 

s In Teatro Mex., m, p. 312, 1871. 

< Bandclier. op. cit.. p. 226, note. 

5 Espejo (1583) in Hakluyt, Voy., ni, p. 468. 1600. 

5 Espejo (1583) in Doc. Ined., xv, p. 175. I8T1. 

' Espejo (1.583), ibid., p. 112. 

8 Onate (1598), ibid., xvi, p. 208, 1871. ,,-.,= „„,i „,,t.. ■^») 230 

9 Ibid., pp. 109, 115: Bandelicr. op. cit , pp. i'.'T and note, 223 and note. -is. JO. 

10 Yillagrau. Hist. Nueva Hex., p. 137, 1610. 

u salnieron (1629) quoted by Bancroft, Native Races ., p. 6ou. Ihs.. 
13 Doe. of 16.S1 quoted by Bandelicr, op. cit.. \>. 1<'9. 
13 Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., m, p. 312, 18,1. 
H JeSerys, ,\mer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. 
15 Bowles, Map Amer., 17sl. 



524 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

'"Paohi"".' '•Puruju'".- "Piiara''.-^ '"Poalas"/ ' Pruara".' 
"Puar-ay"/ 

(2) Source unknown: "Coofer"\' ''Coofert".' 

(3) Southern Tiwa (Sandia-Isleta language) "Tiguex ', etc. ; see 
Tiwa (Names of Tribes and Peoples). Hodge" says: " The iden- 
tification of Puaray with the Tiguex village of the Tiguex province 
of the chroniclers of Coronado's expedition is determined by state- 
ments made by the Indians to Espejo in 1583, and by the discovery 
there by Ouate, in ISyS, of a partially effaced painting represent- 
ing the murder of the missionaries"'. There is no reason in the 
judgment of the present writer why Bandelier's and Hodge's 
identification of Puaray with "Tiguex'" should not be accepted, 
and he regards Dellenbaugh's attempt'" to locate Tiguex farther 
south as unsuccessful. 

(i) Span. ''Sant Antonio de Padua"." This was the lir^;! saint- 
name applied, meaning 'Saint Anthony of Padua'. 

(5) Span. San Bartolome.'- This was the mission name; it means 
' Saint Bartholomew '. 

(6) Span. " Santiago"';" this means 'Saint James'. 

This village is also called 'Pueblo de Santiago', although the patron saint of 
I^uaray was St. Bartholomew. From what this modern aiipellation was derived 
I cannot surmise. That it was really Puaray wa.s asserted by Indians of Sandia, 
and it also follows from the location of the so-called Gonzalez grant. '^ 

This pueblo was identified as Puaray by Bandelier, who describes 
it and discus.ses its history." He says in part: 

In front of the southern portion of the town of Bernalillo [29:96], in a situ- 
ation very similar to that of Kuaua [29:97], on a gravelly bluff overlooking 
the river, from which a magnificent view is enjoyed of the formidable Sierra 
de Sandia [29:83], .stand the remains of the historic pueblo of Puar-ay, or Vil- 
lage of the Worm or Insect [<Vetancurt]. . . . For its ground plan I refer 
to figure 25 of plate i [of Final Report, pt. ii, 1892]. It was smaller than Kuaua 
[29:97], and I douVjt whether its population ever exceeded five himdred souls. '-^ 
Nothing but foundations and mounds remain, but recent excavations have 
revealed fairly well preserved rooms lieneath the rubbish. The manufactured 
objects are like those at Kuaua [29:97], and the main buildings were built of 
adobe. Two smaller constructions, lying east and south of the first, appear to 
have been built of blocks of lava or trap. The one east may have been the 



' Espejo misquoted by Whipple, Par. R. R. Rrp., iii, pt. 3, p. 114, 18.%. 
= Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 172, 1889. 
'» Ibid., p. 135 (quoting Espejo). 

* Bancroft, ibid. 

5 Ladd, Story of N. Mex., p. 79, 1891. 

8 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 226, 1892. 

' Mota-Padilla (1742), Hist. Nueva Galicia, p. 160, 1870 (ef. Bancroft, op. cit., p. 55). 

* Ibid., p. 160. These forms are given as synonymous in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 313, 1910. 

9 Ibid. 

'" F. S. Dellenbaugh, Notes on the Location of Tiguex, 1905. 
" Oflate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 264, 1871. 
•» Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., in, p. 312, 1871. 
" Bandelier, op. cit., p. 227. 
» Ibid., pp. 226-30. 

" "Vetancurt [Crtnka. p. 312] assigns to It ' doscientas personas de nacion Tlguas y labradores 
espafloles.' "— Bakdelier. op. cit., p. 226. 



HARRIXGTOX] PLACK-X.VMES 525 

chapel which existed at Puaray until KiSl. . . . That it wae really Pimniy 
was asserted by Indians of Sandia, and it also follows from the lo«-ation of tin- 
so-called Gonzalez grant.' 

That Puaray was on the west sicu- of tlio Rio (iniiKlc is uppuretit 
only from Bandelicr's .statement :- 

On the brink of that mesa [mesa on west side of Kio ( irande opjiosite Ik-rnalillti 
[29;96]] stand four ruins [[29:97] counted as two by Bandelier, but di-sorilK-il 
as one [29:98], and [29:99]], directly opposite the latter town [29:fHi]. 
Aceordino- to Bandelier' Puaray was abandoned in 1681 and never 
reoceupied. For identification of Puaray with Tiguex sec also 
Tiwa (3), above. 

See [29:'.t6]. [29:97], [29:!)8|, [29:123]. 
[29:100] (1) Sandijcioym 'Sandia Pueblo (Sandija <Span. sandia, 
see Span. (17), below; oijwi 'pueblo"). =.Temez (S), Eug. (liJ), 
Span. (17). 

(2) Taos "Na'pfe'ta":'' given as from '"na 'hill', pfa'na •cloud' 
referring to the wind-blown sand-dunes in the vicinity. " = Pi- 
curis (1), Sandia (.">). Isleta (ti). Tiwa (7). Laguna {1-2}. 

(3.) Taos "Tiiwita":'^ given as meaning 'Sandia people". What 
the form is, is not clear. 

(1) Picuris •'Nfipctha"".'^ =Taos (2), Sandia (.J), I.sleta (•;). 
Tiwa (7). 

(5) Sandia ' ' Naf iat ".' = Taos (-2) , Picuris (4) , Isleta (ti) , Tiwa (7) . 

(6) Isleta JVqcf^iae, of obscure etymology. The -an appears to 
be a locative posttix, meaning 'down at', "at', said of objects 
at the level of or below the speaker, and equivalent to Taos -fa. 
It is inferred from the quoted forms that this posttLx is dropped 
when the name of Sandia is prepounded to other nouns. =Taos 
(2), Picuris (1), Sandia (.")), Tiwa (7). "Nafi'ad"', given a.s mean- 
ing "dusty place." Cf. the etymology of Taos (2), Laguna (12). 
"Nafi'huide"":* given as the .singular, meaning 'Sandia person"; 
plu. " Nafihun,"" "Naphi'at"".' 

(7) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified). =Taos (2), Picuris (4). 
Sandia (5), Isleta (6). "Napeya"".'" "Na-pi-ap"." '-Na-ti-ap""." 
"Na-fhi-ap'".'' "Na-si-ap"".'' "Mapeva"'.'' -'Na-pi-hah"".'" 



1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 225-27. 18»3. 

= Ibid., p. 225. 

3 Ibid., p. 230. 

1 Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1899 (Handbook Inds., pi. 2, p. *M. 1910). 

iBudd, Taos vocab., MS.. Bur. Amcr. Ethn. 

eSpinden, Picuris notes, 1910. 

' Hodge, op. cit. 

aOatschet, Isleta MS. vocab.. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885. 

' Hodge, op. cit. 

'"Onate (1598) in Doc. Ined., xvi, p, US, ISn. 

u Bandelier in Archseot. Inst. BaU.. i, p. 18, 18.S3. 

12 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 26C: pt. ii, p. 186. 

13 Ibid., p. 130. 

"Bandelier, GUded Man, p. 149, 1893. 

iscolumbus Mem. Vol., p, 155, 1893, misquoting Oftate. 

i« Jouvenceau in Cath. Pioneer, i, So. 9. p. 13, 1906. 



526 . ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. asn. 29 

(8) Jemez, SandijagVi 'Sandia place' (Sandia <sandia, Span. 
(17) below; gPi locative. The 'Sandia people' are called Sandi- 
jagi^itsa'af or Sandiatsd'df (tsa'af 'people'). =Tewa (1), 
Eng. (16), Span. (17). 

(9) Cochiti Trff/yy^te* of obscure etymology (w^y/Yuinexplained; 
feas < locative). =Laguna(ia). Cf. Zuni (13). 

(10) Sia "Tiwa":^but cf. the etymology given for Laguna(12). 
Cf. Zimi (13). 

(11) Sia "Tiwa'':^ evidently equivalent to Cochiti Tiwa 
'Tiwa'; see Tiwa (Names of Tribes and Peoples, pp. 577-78). 

(12) Laguna " Wa'shutse" :^ given as meaning "dusty"; cf. 
Taos (2), Isleta (6). Washrotsi''.^* = Cochiti (9). Cf. Zuni (13), 

(13) Zuni '' We'-suala-kuin":* given as meaning '"foot village", 
referring to the large feet of the inhaVjitants." The "s = hr'. 
Cf. Cochiti (9), Laguna (12). 

(14) Oraibi Hopi Pajopl 'b}^ the river,' (pajo 'water' 'river'; 
pi 'by' locative postfix). "Payiipki":^ given as the Hopi name. 
It would appear that the name recorded bj' Fewkes refers properly 
to the now abandoned pueblo built by the Sandia and other 
refugees on the Middle Mesa in the Hopi countiy, while that 
recorded by the present writer is the name of the present village 
on the Rio Grande. 

(1.5) Navaho, "Kin Nodozl'':" given as meaning "striped houses." 
"Khin lagaf" :' given as meaning "white house." "Khin 
lagal'ni" :' given as name of the 'Sandia people', meaning "white 
house people". 

(16) Eng. Sandia. (< Span.). =Tewa (1), Jemez (8), Span. (17). 

(17) Span. Sandia 'watermelon', a Span, word derived from 
Arabic. This name appears to have been properly applied to the 
pueblo at an early date. It became so fixed that it has not been 
replaced by the saint-names, but has been coupled with them. 
Wh\- it was originally applied appears to be unknown, "fandia".' 
"Zandia".'" " San Francisco de Sandia"." "Sandia".'- "Sendia".'^ 
"N. S. de los Dolores de Sandia":" see Span. (19). "S Dies".'^ 

' Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. 

-Gatschet, Laguna MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895. 

'Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 430, 1910). 
'Cashing, Bur. Amer. Ethn., inf'n, 1884, in Handbook Inds., op. cit. 
'Fewkes in Avier. Anthr., vi, p. 397, 1894. 
8 Curtis, Amer. Ind., i, p. 138, 1907. 

' Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., )i. 135, 1910. 
'Ibid., p. 128. 

9 Zirate-Salmeron (ca. 1629), quoted by Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 220, 1892. 
'« ZArate-Salmeron (,ca. 1629), quoted by Bancroft, Nat. Races, i, p. 600, 1882.' 
n Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630. 

'= Rivera, Diario, leg. 784, 1736; Bandelier. op. cit., pt. i, p. 2«0, 1X90; Handbook Inds., pt. 2. p. 429, 
1910. 
" D'Anville, Map Am^r. Sept., 1746. 

» Alcncaster (1805) quoted in Prince, Hist. N. Mex., p. 37, 1883. 
11 Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810. 



haerin,:t(>n] place-names 527 

^|St. Dies".' "Dcis".^ "Sun-Diuz".=- 'Sundia".« -Sanrloa".- 
'Saudia".'' ''S Diaz".' ''Our Lady of Sorrow and Saint Antl...i.v 
of Sandia":« see Span. (I!»). "Nuestni Seflora d.> los D..lor.-s 
de Sandia".« •Sandilla"."' -'Our Lady of Sorrows u.ul Saint 
Anthony of vSandla":" sec Span. (U>). 

(IS) Span. "San Francisco de Sandia":'Mi)is appears to )«■ the 
first saint-name. 

^ (19) Span. Nuestra Senora de los Dolores y San Antonio do Sim- 
dia ' Our Lady of Sorrows and Saint Anthony of Watermelon. ' 
"N. S. do los Dolores de Sandia"." "Our Lady of Sorrow and 
Saint Anthony of Sandia"." "Nuestra Senora de los Dolores de 
de Sandia'".'^ "Our Lady of Sorrows and Saint Anthonv of 
Sandia"." "Dolores"." 

(20) Span. "Asumpcion":'* This means Assumption, referrinj,' 
to the ascent of the Virgfin Mary to Heaven. 

This is a small Tiwa pueblo on the east side of the Kio Oninde. 
Bandelier '" tells something of its histoiy. Liformation avuilahle 
about Sandia is summed up by Hodge.'" See [29:lUl]and Tiwa 
(Names of Tribes and Peoples, pages .577-78). 
[29:1(11] (1) T^iqveinge'qijwi 'kick tlaking-stone place pueblo' ((»i' 
' flaking stone ' 'flint' 'obsidian' 'stone knife'; i/iLYie ' to kick'; 
g.e 'down at' 'over at': 'orjwi 'pueblo'). =Picuris (2), Isleta 
(3), Tiwa (5), Acoma (9), Oraibi Hopi (10). The verb </u.\be is 
used of kicking any object in any manner, but especially of the 
game of the kicked stick. The Tewa say nq, ueqwetet^wo'° ' I am 
playing the kicked-stick game' {nq. 'I"; .le 'I'; qwete 'to kick'; 
''ewo^" 'to play' <'e 'game', wo'° verb-forming element). 

The game is sacred to the Tewa and they give names compound- 
ed with qivebe to their children, as Qioeietsqrjv.'ce "kick greenness' 
{tsd'TjWce. 'greenness' 'green'), name of Lupita Koybal of San 
lldefonso. 

' Pike, Exped., app., pt. iii, p. 222. 

: Ibid., p. 13. 

3 ilalte-Brun, Geog., v, p. 328, 1826. 

< Calhoun (1840) in Cal. Mess, and Corresp.. p. 206, 1850. 

6 Meriwether (I8S6) in E. B. Ex. Doc. S7, Slth Cong., 3d se«s., p. 146. 1S57. 

6 Davis, El Gringo, p. 24S, 1857 (misprint). 

' Miihlenpfordt quoted by Buschmann, Neu-Mexico, p. 272, 1858. 

8 Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 218, 1867. 

» Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 

10 Arny, ibid, for 1871, p. 382, 1872. . 

n Prince, Hist. N. Mex., p. 38, 1883. 

12 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630. 

" Alencaster (1805) quoted in Prince, op. cit., p. 37. 

n Meline, op. cit. 

15 Ward, op. cit. 

16 Prince, op. cit. 

1' Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 2S1, 1889. 
1" [Tamaron, 1760?] cited by Bancroft, ibid. 
"Final Report, pt.ii, p. 231, 1892. 
=« Handbook Inds.. pt.2, pp. 429-30. 1910. 



528 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA IIsDIAXS [etii. .\XN. 29 

(2) Picuris "'Chlwhetha".' = Tewa (1). Isleta (8), Tiwa (5), 
Acoma (d), Oraibi Hopi (10). 

(3) Isleta, J'/ a /n/}{7/a¥, of obscure etymolog-y {fia 'flaking stone' 
'flint' 'obsidian'; /iw«^ unexplained ; Sat' said to be locative, mean- 
ing 'at' 'where'). Cf. LummLs's etymology given below, and 
especially Tewa (1). =Tewa (1), Picuris {'2), Tiwa (5), Acoma 
(9), Oraibi Hopi (10). " Shee-ah-whib-bahk ".- '* Shee-ah-whib- 
bak".^ " Shee-e-huib-bac". ^ "' Shee-eh-whib-bak".^ " Shee-e- 
whip-bak".'' Mr. Lummis analyzed the name for the writer as 
follows: shee-, 'knife'; -e- {'(); -whib-, 'whib-stick used in play- 
ing the Isleta stick-kicking game'; -bak 'ridge'. Mr. Lummis 
says that the height of land on which Isleta is buiU is shaped like 
a whib-stick, hence the name. 

(4) Isleta Tuet 'pueblo' 'Isleta Pueblo'. An Isleta says 7ig 
teeom tuce ' I live at the pueblo' ' I live at Isleta' {va 'I'; te 'I'; 
edm 'to live'; tun ' at the pueblo'). " Tii-ei'' :' given as meaning 
'town ' and the Isleta people's own name for their pueblo. This 
form has nothing to do with "Tayoide",' which means merel}- 
'person' in general; pi. "Tiiyun or Ta-iun".' 

(5) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecifled). =Tewa (1), Picuris 
(2), Isleta (3), Acoma (9), Oraibi Hopi (10). "Tshya-ui-pa''.* 
"Tshya-uip-a"." "Shye-ui-beg".'" " Shiewhibak'"," dialectun- 
specitied; Mr. Hodge informs the writer that it is the Isleta name. 
" Tchi-ha-hui-pah ''. '- 

(6) Jemez Teim<jti 'Tiwa place' (Teim 'Tiwa' see (Names of 
Tribes and Peoples, pp. 577-78); gi' I locative). This appears 
to be the regular Jemez name for Isleta, inasmuch as Isleta is 
the chief Southern Tiwa pueblo. The information was given 
by Pablo Toya, who has an excellent knowledge of the Jemez 
language. 

(7) San Felipe " Kohernak ":'■■' Mr. Fleischer obtained no ety- 
mology for this name. 

(8) Laguna "Hanicliina"':" given as meaning "eastern river." 
It is evidently the Laguna equivalent of Cochiti hdnfetfena 'east 
river' (ha 'east'; nfe formative; tfena 'river' 'Rio Grande'). 
It is doubted whether this is the proper Laguna name for Isleta; 

1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 

2 Lummis in St. Nicholas, xviii, p. 834, Sept., 1891 
s Ibid., p. 829. 

< Lummis In Seribner'e Mag., p. 478, Apr., 1893. 

6 Lummis, Man wlio Married the Moon, p. 4, 1891. 

sLumrais, inf n, Aug., 1910. 

' Gatschet. Isleta MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1882. 

sBandelier in Archseol. Inst. Rep., v, p. 37, 1884; Final Report, pt. i, p. 260, 1890. 

» Ibid., pt. H, pp. 186, 220, 1892. 

'1 [Bandolier in] Century Cyclop. o£ Names, art. "Isleta", 1894. 

" Hodge, field notes. Bur. Amer. Ethn, 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 624, 1907). 

'= Jouvenceau in Calh. Pioneer, i. No. 9, p. 13, 1906. 

"K. A. Fleischer, inf'n, 1912. 

,op. clt. . 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 



5l'9 



but cf. the Oraihi II„pi nuino for Sundiu Puchlo r29l"0| „„.i 
Navaho (11), below. 

(9) Acoma -Siwhipa".' (<Tiwa?). =Tewu (1). I'iruii, (•') 
Isleta (3), Tiwa (5). Oniibi Ilo])! (10). 

. (10) Oraibi Ilopi Tfljalnclp,,, Tf:jawU>j..,. (<TiwuM. Tl.o 
informant saj-.s that both of those proiiunciutioi.s inv .•urn-nt. 
=Tewa (1), Picuris (•_'). L.lota (3). Tiwa (5). A.uina CM. Oniil.i 
Eopi (10). 

(11) Navaho -'AnaTo llo";-' said to mean •'tribe bv tlie water." 
"Natqoho":^ given as the name of Islota Piiel)lo. meanin;r "ene- 
mies at the water." "iNatcioiio (aua)":* given as tiie nanii' of tiie 
Isleta people, meaning "enemies at the water." The water re- 
ferred to is evidently the Rio Grande; cf. Lagiina (8). 

(12) Eng. Isleta. (<Span.). = Span. (13). 

(13) Span. Isleta 'little island', diminutive of isla •i>lan<r 
This name was applied originally to old Isleta [29 innlocafe.lj 
whieh was situated on a small island. "Old Isleta, the one aban 
doned after 16S1, stood very near the site of the present village 
on a delta or island between the bed of ji mountain torrent ant 
the Eio Grande, from whi<-h comes its Spanish name."^ "San 
Antonio de la Isleta."'^ "Isleta."' "Lleta."* "Ysleta."' 
"San Augustin de la Isleta." •" "Ilet."" "Alameda la Isleta": '= 
Span, alameda means 'cottonwood gTove'. "Isletta."'^ "I.— 
lella."'" "San Agnstin del Isleta."" "San Augustin del 
Isleta."i'= "Jsleta."" "Isoletta."'^ "Gleta."'" "Ystete."^" 
"Yslete."2i "Isletabuh."" "Iseta."^^ 'Isletans":^' applied 
to Isleta people. "Yoletta."-' 'Isleteiios":-" this is the Sjjan. 
form meaning "Isleta people'. 

1 Hodge, field notes. Bur.'Amer. Ettin., 1895 (Uandbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 624, 1907;. 

^Curlis, Amer. Indian, pt. i, p. 13S, 1907. 

3 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navulio Lang., p. V36, 1910. 

<Ibid., p. 128. 

sBandeller, Final Eeport, pt. ii, p. 2W, 1892. 

6Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630. 

'De I'Isle, carte Mexique et Floride, 1703; Baudelier, op. cit.. pt. i, p. Z'U, IsW. 

'Senex, map, 1710 (misprint). 

^Kivera, Diario, leg. 756, 1736. 

i« VlUa-Senor, Theatro Amer., pt. 2, pp. 413, 422, 1713. 

iiD'Anville, map N. X., 17.i2. 

i2Jeaerj-s, Amer. Atla.^, map 5, 1776. 

"Kitchin, map N. .Vmer., 1787. 

"Morse, Hist. Amer., map, 1798 (misprint). 

i5Alencaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883. 

i«Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Thousand Miles, p. 212, 18«9. 

1' Hiunboldt, Atlas Nouv.-Espagne, carte 1, 1811. 

"Emory, Recon., p. 41, 1848. 

wcalhoun (1849) In Cal. Mess, and Corresp., p. 211, 1850 (misprint). 

»Lane (1864) in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, V, p. 6S9, 1S5.'>. 

21 Buschmann, New Mex., p. 277, 18.^. 

» Ward (1861) in Donaldson, Moqui I'ueblo Indians, p. 81, 1S93. 

23 Segura in Ind. Aff. Sep. for 1890, p. 172, 1*90. 

M Lummis, N. Mex. David, p. 98, 1891. 

25Columbus Mem. Vol., p. I.i6. 1893 (misprint i. 

26 Lummis, Man Who Married the Moon. p. 133. 1894. 

. 87584°— 29 eth— 16 34 



530 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(14) Span. "San Antonio de la Isleta":' this means 'Saint 
Anthony of the Islet'. 

(15) Span. San Agustin del Isleta 'Saint Augustine of the 
islet.' "San Augustin • de la Isleta."^ "San Agustin del 
Isleta."' "San Augustin del Isleta."^ 

This is a large and important Tiwa pueblo, with much admix- 
ture of Laguna and Mexican blood. Its history is discussed by 
Bandelier.'' 

The Tiwa and Tewa names for the village seem to refer to the 
game of kicked stick in some way; just how will probably be 
made clear by a further study of the Tiwa forms. The kicked- 
stick game is described in Culin." Cushing refers to this game 
as " the national game of the Zufii.'" The Tewa name seems to 
refer to this game being played with a piece of obsidian, but the 
Tewa inform the writer that it was never thus plaj'ed. See 
Sandia [29:100] and Tiwa (Names of Tribes and Peoples, 
pages 577-78). 

[29:102] Rio Grande, see [Large Features], pp. 100-102. 

1 29:103] (1) Isleta Leiiw/, of obscure etymology. 

(2) Jemez Vokelcyi. (<Span.). =Eng. (4), Sjmn. (5). 

(3) Navaho " Beeldil Dasenil":* given as the name of Albu- 
querque, meaning "at the place of the peals (bells)". 

(4) Eng. Albuquerque. (<Span.). =Jemez (2), Span. (5). 
Often pronounced kllh'k' <fJ.]i' . 

(5) Span. Albuquerque. = Jemez (2), Eng. (4). Named in 
honor of the Duke of Alburquerque, who was Viceroy of New 
Mexico at the time of the founding of Albuquerque in 1706; see 
below. 

In the year 1706, Governor Cuervo took thirty families to the place we know 
today by the name of Albuquerque, and founded the Villa of Alburquerque, 
giving it that name in honor of the Duke of .\lhurquerque who was at the time 
Viceroy of Mexico. The word 'Alburquerque' is the correct word, and not 
Albuquerque as it is seen in geographies and books of history. Said Duke 
never visited New Mexico, as other historians assure us. Cuervo reported to 
the Viceroy the same year the founding of said villa, but the Viceroy did not 
welcome the report of Cuervo; he censured him and ordered him to change 
the name of said Villa to that of San Felipe de Alburquerque, in honor of the 
sovereign then ruling over the Spains. In August, 1707, the incumbency 
of Governor Cuervo ended, being succeeded on the first day of that month and 
year by Admiral Don Jos6 Chacon Medina Salazar y Villasefior, Marquez of 
La Peiiuela, who governed until 1712." 

1 Benavides, Memorial, p. 20, 1630. 

2 Villa-Sefior, Theatre Amer., pt. ii, pp. 418, 422, 1748. 

' Aleneaster (1805) quoted by Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1883. 

< Alencaster (1805) in Meline, Two Tliousand Miles, p. 212, 1867. 

' Final Report, pt. ii., pp. 233-35, 1892. 

'North American Indian Games, Twenty-fourth Rep. Biir. Amer. Ethn., p. 666, 1907. 

' Cushing, Zuiii Breadstuff, in The MUlstone, p. 5, Apr., 1884. 

* Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 134, 1910. 

s B. M. Read, Illustrated History of New Mexico, p. 322, 1912. 



HAKR.NGTON] PLACE-XAMES 5.31 

[29:104] (1) Eng. Manzano Mountains. (<Span.). =Span ('>) 
•Manzano range".' "Manzano chain".' "Manzano Mt...".' 
"Manzano".* 

(2) Span. Sierra del Manzano 'apple-tree mountains'. Wiiy 
this name was given is not clear. Cf. [29:lluJ. =EnL'. (1). 
"Sierra del Manzano ".5 

(3) Span. Sierra de los Mansos ' Mansos Mountains.' " Siorrn <le 
losMansos"." According to Bandolier this name refers to both 
the Manzano [29:104] and the Sandia [29 :S;^] Mountains. The 
name would seem to indicate that the Mansos formerly lived in 
the vicinity of [29:10-t]. 

This is a high mountain range, a southern extension of the 
Sandia chain [29:83]. Bandelier' (after the Wheeler Survey) 
gives the height of the highest peak of the Manzano :Mountains as 
10,086 feet. See [29:83], [29:1(>.-)]. [29:106]. [29:110]. 
[29:105] (1) Tiwa (or TompiroO '•Chili"':* mentioned as a "cap- 
tain " of a pueblo. "Chilili".8 "Chililv".'" "Chili"." '-Chi- 
chiUi".i2 "OldChilili"." "Chititi"'." "Chilili".>= -Chichiti".'-' 
"Chil-i-li"." -Chilile".'* 

(2) Tiwa ( " Acolocu ". " See below. 

(3) Span. Chilili. (< Indian). Cf. Tiwa (?) (1), above. 

(4) Span. Navidad de Nuestra Seiiora 'birth of Our T.adv'. 
"Navidad de Nuestra Seiiora":-" this was the mission name. 

A high rklge, den.sely wooded, the Sierra de Camue [29:74], separattd it 
[Paako Pueblo ruin [29:79]] from the nearest Tigua [Tiwa] pueUo in the 
south, Chilili. The distance in a straight line is at least 23 miles, a long day's 
journey, owing to the intervening mountains.-' 

The little village of ChiliH [29:124] lies in a nook on the slope, well shel- 
tered to the north and west, but. opened to the ea.«t; and a permanent streamlet, 
the Arroyo de Chilili [29:unlocated], runs through it. The former Tigna 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 36, 1890. 

2Ibi<3., pt. u, pp. 231, 232,1892. 

'U. S. Geological Survey, Reconnaissance Map, N'lW Mexiio, San Pedro .sheet, 1892. 

t Hewett, Communaut&, p. 37, 1908. 

^Bandelier, op. cit. 

s Rivera, Diario y Derrotero, p. 29, 1736, quoted by Biuidelier, op. cit., p. 2;i2, note. 

•Bandelier, ibid. 

sOnate (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 123, 1871. 

« Benavides, Memorial, p. 21, 1630; Bandelier, op. cit., pt. i, p. lis; pt. ii, p. 113. 

10 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. 

11 Gallatin (1844) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1S48. 
i2Squler in Amir. Set:, n, p. 522, 1848. 

" Abert in Emory, op. cit., p. 483. 
uGallatin in Trans. Amer. Ethuol. Soc, it. p. xciv, 1«8. 
isPac. R. R. Rep., ill, pt. 3, map 10, 1S56. 
i« Loew in Wheeler Surv. Sep., app. LL., p. 17.i, 187.i. 
"Bandelier, op. cit., p. 114. 

"Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 254, 1893 (mUprint according to Handbook Inds., pt. 1. p. 367, 1907). 
I'Ofiate (1598), op. cit., p. 118 (believed by Bandelier, Final Report, pi. ii. p. 113. t.. It- prolwl'ly 
ChUili). 

20 Vetancurt (1693) in Teatro Me.\.. iir, p. 324, repr. 1871. 

21 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 114. 



532 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 

[Tiwa] puelilo of Chilili stood on the west side of the creek [Arroyo de Chihli 
[29:unlocated]], but its site is now built over, and only a few traces of the 
small chapel are visible. The chapel, dedicated to the Nativity of tlie Virgin 
. . . stood on the east bank. [[Footnote:'\ Vetancurt, Orunica, p. 324: 'El 
templo era ;1 la Navidad de Nuestra Senora de<licailo. Es el primer pueblo 
del valle de las Salinas [29:110]'.] The inhabitants of Chilili say that 
metates and arrowheads are still occasionally found. I noticed some black 
and red potsherds, and later I saw a handsomely decorated water urn, well 
preserved and ornamented with symbols of the rain, the tadpole, and of fish, 
painted black on cream-colored ground, which had been exhumed at Chilili. 
It is in possession of the Hon. R. E. Twitchell of Santa Fc. 

The brook running through Chilili extends only about a mile beyond that 
hamlet; farther down it sinks, like all the watercourses that descend from tlie 
Manzano chain [29:104], towards the Salines [29:110]. These constantly fill 
up their own beds with drift and sand, and thus, in course of time, gradually 
recede. Years ago, so old residents afBrm, this brook had permanent water 
for one mile and a half farther east. It is well to note such local peculiarities, 
for they tend to explain changes of locality of Indian villages in former times. 
The settlement of modern Chilili [29:124] dates from 1841; that is, agrant was 
issued in that year for lands on that site. l[Footnote:} Merced d Santiago Pa- 
dilla, etc., March 29, 1841, MS.] But the first houses were built some dis- 
tance lower down the arroyo than the present village. Subsequently they had 
to be abandoned on account of the filling up of the bed of the stream with 
solid matter. 

■ Chilili was an inhabited jmeblo until about 1670. It appears first in l'630 
but there are indications, amounting almost to positive evidence, that it existed 
in the sixteenth century. [[Foolnote:'] Benavides, .3/emoria?, p. 23: 'Dexando 
el Rio del Norte, ya partandose de la nacion antecedente azia el Oriente diez 
leguas, comienca la nacion Tompira [Tompiro] por su primer pueblo de Chilili.' 
The name of "Tompiros", as I shall prove further on, is a misnomer when 
applied to the Tigua [Tiwa] Pueblos of the SaHnes [29:110].] [[Footnote.q Obe- 
dieneia y Vasallaje (i sii Magestadpor Ins Indios del Pueblo de Acolocn (Doc. de Indias, 
vol. G, p. 118). This document bears date October 12, 1.598. It mentions four 
villages, ' Padco [29:79], Cuzaya, Jun^'tre, and Acolocu.' In Chapter II, I have 
identified thefirst one with the Tanos puebloatSan Pedro; Chilili is mentioned 
as 'captain of Acolocu'. The "province" is called 'Chedlo.' If Chilili existed 
in 1630, it is quite likely that it was in existence forty years previous.] The con- 
version of the people to Christianity and the building of the chapel are attrib- 
uted to Fray Alonso Peinado, who became Custodian of New Mexico in 1608. 
\_\_Footnole:'] Vetancurt, Cronica, p. 324: 'Tenia la nacion Piros [N.\mes of 
Tbibes and Peoples] mas de quinientos Cristianos que convirtio el reverendo 
Padre Fray Alonso Peinado, cuyo cuerpo est;! allf enterado.' Ibid., p. 300: 
' El ailo de 1608 . . . fu^ por custodio el Padre Fray Alonso Peinado, con 
religiosos, por cuenta de su majestad.' Father Peinado was alive in 1617. 
Auton de Proceso contra Juan de Encarranad, 1617, MS.] This would assign a 
very ancient date to the establisliment of the church at Chilili. In 1680 it is 
said to havecontained five hundred Tigua [Tiwa] Indians. [[Footnote:] Vetan- 
curt, ut supra.] AVhether it was the seat of a mission or only a 'visita', I am 
unable to say. The persistent hostilities of the Apaches caused the abandon- 
ment of Chilili, and all of the pueblos about the Salines [29:110], previous to 
the uprising of 1680. [[Footnote:'] See the remarkable complaint of Fray 
Francisco de Ayeta, Memorial en Norere del Gohemador, Cahildo Jugliciay Regi- 
miento dela Uilla de Santa Fi; 1676 (MS.), and the confession alluded to in the 
Parecer del Fiscal of September 5 of the same year. The Licentiate Don ^Martin 



°^'''"^"™^1 PLACK-NAMES -,;{3 

de Solis Miranda saya (MS.): 'Por no ,«mr <le cinco hotnbrt^ Kspanol.. lo« 
■ ?^"f, ^'^^'^ r^^ ^"'"*^^™' •^' ^'-"^ ^»'° dioz Ins qne ban ,,.u..la<l„ .•„ la .■uU.o.ra. 
\i lade Santa F6, estando n.uohos de lo. Kspa.lolos sin aru,a« al^nnaa, y .-aMi 
todos sm caballospor habersclos Uevado el enemigo.'] Tbe exa<-t dateof th.-ir 
evacuation is unknown to me; but it certainly took place pr*.vio.,. u, l«7fl and 
after 1669 [[Footnote:] That it «as prior to 167.i ia prove<l bv the P,^<crr ,1.1 
J<iical: Que & demas destruido totalmente jioblaciones pasaron A poner fiuy,. 
■X las yslesias, llevando^e los vasos sagrados,' etc. After n.entioninR th.^^. 
depredations, he refers to tbe destruction of the village of Ilauicu. near Zuni in 
1672, and of Senecii, in 1675. Escalante, Carta al T'adre Morti, 1778, |«r.' 2: 
'Destruyeron los enemigos Apaches con casi continuas invasionea sietepuebloa 
de los cuarenta y seis dicbos, uno en la provincia de Zuni, que fu-'- Jahui. u y 
siete en el valle de las Salinas [29:110], que fueron Cbilili, Tan que v Cnarac 
de Indies Tihuas, Ab6, Jumaneas y Tabini de Tompiros, ' That it occu'rre<l pre- 
vious to 1669 is established by a letter to Fray Nicolas de Freytas, containe.! 
in the Dilixendas sohre la solizitml del cuerpo del venerable Pe Fran Geronimn de 
la Liana, dated October 26, 1706 (MS.), from which it appears that in 1669 
Father Freyfcis officially visited the pueblos at the Salines.] The inhabitants 
retired mostly to the Rio Grande Tigua-s [Tiwa]; but some joiiutl the Mansoa 
at El Paso del Norte.' 

See [29:124] and Chilili Arroyo |29:milocatpd]. 
[29:10fi] (1) Isleta -Tasb yit-yay-V "Tnh-yit-yay".= =Tiwa (2). 

(2) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified) "San Miouel Taxi(nie".' 
"Taxique"> "Tafique".= "Taoique"." '•Tegique".' '-Tageque"/ 
"Ta-ji-que".' "Taiique".'" '-Junetre"." 

Tliis is believed by Bandelier to be probably the same; see qno- 
tation.s below. If so, it would be a Tiwa name. 

(3) "Cu-za-ya".^2 This is believed by Biindclier to l)e intended 
possibly for Tajiqiie. 

• (-t) Eng. Tajique. (<Span.). =Isleta (1). Tiwa (2), Sjjan. (:.). 

(5) Span. Tajique. (<Tiwa). = Isleta (1), Tiwa (2). Eng. (4). 

(6) Span. San Miguel 'Saint Michael'. "San Miguel Tajique"." 
The nest ruin [after [29:10.")]] on the ca.«tern slope uf the Manzano range 

[20:104] is the village of Tajique, about fifteen miles south of Chilili 
[29:105]. The road goes mostly through wood.'', with the dismal basin of the 
Salines [29:110] in \aew to the east. I have diligently inquired for ruins t"ith 
right and left of this route, but have invariabl.y received the answer that only 
a few small mounds or knolls, indicating the former presence of 'small housw,' 
have been met with, and that there are no traces of regular imeblos. 

The situation of Tajique is similar fo tliat of Chilili [29:105],— a small valley 
open to the east and rising in the west. The ruins of the former pueblo 

1 Banaelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 255-57 and notes, 1892. 

^Lummis quoted by Bandelier, ibid., p. 258. 

3 Vetancurt (1696?) in Teatro Mex., in, p. 324, 1871. 

* De l'I.«le, Carte Mex. ct Floride, 1703. 

s Escalante (1778) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., pt. i, p. 132, 1890. 

fi Gregg, Commerce of the Prairies, i, p. Itl5, 1844. 

' Squier in Amer. Rev., u, p. 508, 1848. 

8 Latham, Var. oi Man, p. 395, 1850. 

9 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 128. 

>»Ibid., pt. II, pp. 257,288, 2.')9 and notes. 

11 0nat« (1598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 118, 1871. 

12 Act of Obedience and Vas.salagc, Oct. 12, 1598, quoted by Biindelier, op. oil., p. 2i». 
i3Vetancurt (1696"), op. cit. 



534 BTHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIAXS [eth. ann. 20 

[29:106] border upon the present settlement [29:125] on the north and west, 
lying on the south bank of the Arroj'O of Tajique [Tajique Arroyo [29:un- 
located]], which is here a permanent, though very modest stream. The houses 
of the pueblo were of broken stones, but the chapel was Viuilt of adobe. The 
pottery is of the glazed variety; but I also found one fragment of the ancient 
black and white, or gray. In 1680 Tajique is credited with three hundred 
inhabitants, and the ruins do not point to any greater number. [[Footnote:} 
Vetancurt, Ordnica, p. 324: 'Donde hal)ia cerca de trescientas personas.'] 

I doul)t if the word Tajique belongs to theTigua [Tiwa] language [in spite of 
Lumuiis's form] ; it strikes me as rather pertaining to the Tehua [Tewa] idiom, 
and to be a name given to the pueblo by its northern neighbors, the Tanos. 
Tush-yit-yay is claimed by the IsletaTiguas [Tiwa], as Mr. Lummis informs me, 
to be the proper Tigua [Tiwa] name for the place. It seems almo.st certain 
that the pueblo was in existence prior to the sixteenth century. Whether the 
word ' Cu-za-ya' [Bandelier's hyphenization of a name recorded in a Span, docu- 
ment], used in the ' Act of Obedience and Vassalage ' of the villages of the Sa- 
lines (October 12, 1598), is a corruption of Tuh-yit-yay [intended for Tdsh- 
yit-yay?], I do not venture to determine. [[Footnote:'] Ohe.diencia del Ptiehlo del 
Acolocd, p. 116. It may be a corruption of Cuaray, but I doubt it.] Chamuscado 
caught a glimpse of the Salines in 1580, and says that there were around that 
basin eleven villages similar to those in the Rio Grande valley. [[Footnote:] 
Te.':timonio dado en Mexico, p. 86.] The year after [15S,'i], Espejo also possibly 
went to the Salines; but the text of his report is not clear enough to render it 
absolutely certain. [[Footnote:] Reladon del Viage, p. 114.] 

Tajique was abandoned for the same reasons as Chilili and the other paeblos 
of the Salines. Possibly its evacuation took place previous to that of the most 
northerly Tigua [Tiwa] village [29:105]. The Indians from Cuaray, a Tigua 
pueblo situated about ten miles southeast, retired to Tajique, taking with them 
the corpse of the founder of their mission. Fray Geronimo de la Liana, which 
they buried again in the church of that pueblo [29:106]. [[Footnote:] Dilixen- 
cias sobrelasolizitud del ciierpo del venerable Pe Pray Gerdnimo de la Liana, 1759, 
M. S., fol. 5: 'El Yndio Tano de el Pueblo de Galisteo llamado el Ch6 tambien 
mui racional dixo; Que el sauia, y avia oydo varias vezes, que el Indio llamado 
Tempano mui viejo y que avi'a sido de aquellos pueblos arruinados, contaba que 
aquel pueblo llamado Quara se havi'a perdido primero. Y que los que quedaron 
de 61 se avian juntado con los Yndios de el immediato pueblo llamado Taxique, 
y q>ie quando se perdio Quara sacaron de 61 un cuerpo de un religio.so difunto, 
pero que no sabia donde lo avian puesto.' From the investigation made at that 
time by direction of Governor Francisco Antonio Marin del Valle, it appears 
that the body of Fray Ger6nimo de la Liana was found buried in the ruins of 
the church of Tajique, and not at Cuaray. The Indian Tempano here referred 
to was from the Salines, and well known in the beginning of the past century 
as a faithful and reliable man. His name appears in several documents of the 
time.'] There is a statement to the effect that the last priest of Tajique escaped 
from the pueblo in company with two Spaniards, which would imply that the 
village was abandoned in consequence of a direct onslaught made upon it by 
the savages. [[Footnote:] Vetancurt, Ordnica, p. 324: "Que administraba un 
religioso que escapo del rebellion con otros dos Espaiioles." If it is true that the 
priest escaped in the manner indicated, itwas certainly at least four years prior to 
. the rebellion, for Tajique was in ruins in 1680. Escalant«, Carta, par. 2. Fray 
Juan Alvarez, Memorial. That the Apaches, and not the insurrection, caused 
the loss of the place, is beyond all doubt.]' 
See [29:105]. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 257-59, 1892. 



HABRiNGTON] PLACE- X.VMES r,35 

[29:107] (1) Eng. Estancia spttloment. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Estancia 'farm' 'cattle ranch'. =Enfr. (1). The 
settlement evidently took its name from some farm located there. 
This is quite a lar-je Mexican and American settlement on the 
New Mexican Central Ituilroad. 
[29:108] (1) Eug. Willard settlement, Eng. familvname. =Sn.in (•') 
(2) Span. Willard. (<Eng.) =Eng. (1). " 
This is a small Mexican and American settlement at the jun.-- 
tion of the Belen Cut-ofl' [29:l0S] with the New Mexican Centnil 
Railroad [29:13]. 
[29:100] A branch of the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe Railroad, 
popularly known as the Belen Cut-ofl', since it connects with tiie Kio 
Grande Valley line of the Santa Fe Railroad at Belen. below 
Albuquerque [29:103], but somewhat too far south to be shown on 
[29]. 
[29:110] (1) 'Atiyxge 'place of the salt,' at kvel of or below speaker 
{Xmyse 'salt' <'« 'alkali'; nj'^, of uncertain force, Siune as in 
hinfss. 'turquoise', cf ./•« 'stone'). = Cochiti (2), Eug. (3), Span. (1). 

(2) Cochiti MenatiJcx: said to mean 'salt place.' The tir.-t 
two syllables are evidently the Cochiti word for 'salt'. =Te\va 
(1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Salinas lakes or district. ( < Span.). Known also as the 
salt lakes, salt marshes, etc., and h\ Bandelier as the "Salines."' 
These terms may be coupled with the name of the adjacent Manz- 
ano mountains [29:104] as in Span. (4). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (2), 
Span. (4). "The salt marshes'" ; "the salt marshes in front of the 
Manzano range"-; "the salt lagunes of the Manzano"'; "the 
Salines of the Manzano"*; "the Salt Lagunes of the Manzano"" ; 
"the Salt Lakes of the Manzano". 

(4) Span. Las Salinas, Las Salinas del Manzano. 'the salt 
marshes' 'the salt marshes of the Manzano [district],' referring to 
the Manzano :\Iountains [29:104]. =Tewa (1). Cochiti (2), Eng. (3). 
The salt lakes of this region were the cliief source of supjjly of the 
Rio Gi'ande Pueblo Indians. The Indians of the various pueblos 
in ancient times used to make long pilgrimages thither on foot 
for the purpose of gathering salt, an operation which was re- 
garded as a religious ceremony. After wagons were introduced 
among the Indians thej^ hauled heavy loads of salt in them from 
the deposits. This is still done at the present day. An Indian of 
San Juan hauled a wagon load from the Salinas district la.'^t year. 
Mexicans from various parts of New Mexico get their salt from 

I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 163, 1890. 

2 Ibid., p. 3«. 

«n)id.. p. 167; pt. ii. p. 20, 1692. 

<Ibid.,p. 113. 

5 Ibid., p. 219. 

' Hewett, General View, p. 597, 1905. 



536 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA i:S^DIANS [eth. ann. 29 

the Salinas, as they have done for generations. The salt was for- 
merl}' free to all, but a few years ago an American, in possession 
of the best deposit, at a place about 8 miles east of Willard 
[29:108]. began charging for it. 

The Tewa insist that formerly the salt was not considered the 
property of any one tribe of Indians, but the divine gift of Salt 
Old-AVoman, who gave of herself freely to the Indians who came 
to seek salt. The Tewa state further that the Pueblo Indians who 
used to live near the salt deposits did not own them or interfere 
with other Indians getting salt, but that the Apache, when on the 
warpath, would kill people who went to the salt marshes. Yet 
Bandelier says: "The salt marshes in front of the Manzano range 
[29:104] gave the Tiguas [Tiwa], as well as the Piros of Abo and 
of Tabira, an influential position, through their control over the 
supply of salt."' 

Bandelier describes the salt marsh district as follows: 

The basiu of the salt hikes is Viordered on the west by hills and valleys rising 
to the densely wooded eastern slopesof the Sierra del Manzano [29:104]. The 
lowest spurs of the chain, as far as the northern base of the Jumanos IMesa, were 
the country of the Eastern Tiguas [Tiwa] [Names of Tribes and Peoples, pages 
577-78]. It is a narrow strip with a few unimportant watercourses. [[Fool- 
note:] Like the arroyos of Chilili and Taii(iue [Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated] 
and Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated]]. None of these watercourses reach the 
basin of the salt lakes; they sink some distance to the west of it.] The heart 
of the mountains appears to be without vestiges of human occupation, as are 
the salt lakes proper and the plains north of them as far as the Galisteo basin 
[Santa Fe Plain [Large Features]; but see Pueblo ruin north of Moriarty 
[29:unlocated]].2 

"The dismal basin of the Salines." =" Salt ('gny«) was personi- 
fied by the Tewa as an old woman, known as ^Anyselcwijo 'Salt 
Old-Woman' {X'nj'se 'salt'; kw/jo 'old woman'). She has magic 
power ipinqijy) to preserve things from decay and to make peo- 
ple live long. She gives of her bod_y, which is salt. The San 
Juan, Santa Clara, and San Ildefonso Tewa have a tradition that 
Salt Old-Woman formerly lived in the Tewa country. The San 
Juan and San Ildefonso myths obtained locate her ancient abode 
at '4/"g<3 [13:35], the V-.shaped salt meadow at the confluence 
of the Chama River and the Rio Grande. The San Juan myth 
obtained is as follows: Salt Old- Woman u.sed to live at ''Afug.e 
[13:35]. At that time the San Juan people used to go to ^Afnge 
to gather salt. It was white on tlie ground there. One time at 
a big festival at J-iiy^e Pueblo [13:27] Salt Old- Woman blew 
mucus all over the food to salt it. Some of the people did not 
like this and Salt Old-Woman became so angry that she went down 

> Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 36, 1890. 
2 Ibid., pt. II, p. 264, 1892. 
3 Ibid., n. 257. 



H.VRRiXGTON] PLACE-XAMES 5;}7 

to"An_fse.g.e [29:110], abandoiiinj;- the Tcwu country alto«.'(>tli.T. 
The supply of salt at ^Ay'ig.e ceaseil upon lior d(>[Mriun', only :i 
trace of worthless salt remaining there from the dejiosit which in 
ancient times she gave so freely to the people. When Tewa go to 
^Anj'isg.e they pray to Salt Old- Woman, lest slie forsake thiMu. She. 
lives in the lakes down there. Tlie Tewa when fetching salt from 
^AnfPege used to go in groups of several men each and deposit 
prayer-sticks in the lake and throw coarse meal into it. Tliev 
would pray long by the lake. They brought the salt home in bags. 
A similar myth was obtained at Santa Clara, which does not, how- 
ever, mention 'Af"ge as the locality at which Salt Old-Woman uscd 
to dwell. The Santa Clara myth describes Salt Old- Woman's jmt- 
sonal appearance. "She wore white boots and a white cotton 
manta, and in her hand instead of a handkerchief she carried a 
white abalone shell ('eji). It was so soft that she could fold it — 
and white.-' INIrs. Stevenson' tells much of Ziini salt gathering. 
The Zuni '"Salt Mother" is evidently comparable with the Ti'wa 
Salt Old- Woman. It may be that the Zuiii have a m\-th also of 
the Salt divinity having once inhabited the Salinas; Mrs. Steven- 
son writes: "The straight line extending east and west across the 
slab [a religious slab] indicates the road leading from IliLn'MipInkla 
to the Salt Mother before she left her home, east of I'tiwanna 
[Zuni Pueblo] ■'.= See [29:111]. i29:ll-j]. [29:113], Salt (Miseuals, 
page 579), [13:.3.5], [18:15]. and Sizing deposit somewhere in the 
Salinas region [29:11(»]. [29:unlocated]. 

[29:111] (1) Eng. Dog Lake, translating Span. (2). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Laguna del Perro 'dog lake'. Why the name was 
applied is not known. 

This is the largest of the salt lagoons of the Salinas [29:110]; 
its name is well known to persons acquainted with the Salinas 
region. See [29:110]. and Dog Lake spring [29:unlocated]. 

[29:112] Eng. ••Pedernal".'' This is Span, pedernal' flint' 'obsidian'. 
It appears to be applied to a peak, the height of which is given 
as 7,580 feet. See [29:110], |29:113]. 

[29:113] (1) K'u/opivj' "wolf mountain' {Fyjo' wolf; fivj- 'moun- 
tain '). Is this merely a translation of Span. (3) i The name was 
given by a San Juan Indian who has visited the Salinas region. 
< Eng. '(2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Lobo Mountain. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Cerro Lobo, Cerro del Lobo 'wolf mountain'. 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (2). "C^ del Lobo".' 



1 The Zufli Indians, Twenty-third Rep. Bur. Amir. mn.. VV- »l-«I. !«►•• 

3 n't: Geo*^. Sur,eys West of the 100th Meridian. Part of Central N. Mex.. a.l«,h«.. N... 

Exped. of lb<3, '74, '75, '76, '77, and '78. 



538 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

This is described by the San Juan informant as a conspicuous 
hill or mountain north of the salt lakes [29:110], q. v. See also 
[29:112]. 
[29:11-1] (1) Mlpotapohu^u 'dry mud water creek' (nqpo 'worked 
mud'; ta 'dryness' 'dry'; po/iti'n 'creek with water in it'<p« 
'water', Am'w 'large groove' 'arro^'o'). Perhaps a mere transla- 
tion of Span. (6). = Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). Span. (<!). 

(2) Jemez Pdty vfj'ulany, ' mudd}' creek '(p«, 'water' 'creek'; 
tfuffulony, 'muddy' 'dirty'). Perhaps merely a translation 
of Span. (6). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5), Span. (0). 

(3) Cochiti Arsemtsatfena ' dirty river {drsemtm 'dirty ' 
'muddy'; tfena 'river' 'creek'). This was believed by the 
informant to be a translation of Span. (G). =Tewa (1), Jemez (2), 
Eng. (5), Span. (6). 

(4) Navaho " Nasisitqe " : ' given as name of " Rio Puerco, New 
Mexico"; no etymology supplied. 

(5) Eng. Puerco River, Puerco Creek. (<Span.). =Tewa(l), 
Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Span. (6). 

(6) Span. Rio Puerco 'dirty river'. The name is descriptive. 
= Te\va (1), Jemez (2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). " Rio Puerco".- 

This is a long river or creek which joins the Rio Grande below 
Albuquerque [29:103]. [29:115] is an important tributai-y. 
[29:115] (1) Eng. San Jose River, San Jose Creek. (<Span.). = 
Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Rio San Jos^, Rio de San Jose 'Saint Joseph River'. 
= Eng. (1). The name is derived from the saint-name of Laguna 
Pueblo. Some maps show a San Jose settlement near McCarthy 
on the Acoma Pueblo Grunt. 

(3) Span. "Rio Gallo".^ This means 'rooster river'. It is 
given as an equivalent of the name San Jose Creek. 

Laguna [29:117] and Acoma [29 :1b!] Pueblos are in the drainage 
of this tributary of the Puerco River [29:29]. 
[29:116] (1) Laguna "Kvishti":* dialect not specified, but surely 
Laguna. "Queesche".^ "Kwistyi":" evidently the same as the 
preceding; given as meaning "'take it down', referring to an 
ancient tradition". 

(2) Eng. Poguate. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Poguate, of unknown origin, evidently an Indian 
word. =Eng. (2). The name is often confused with Pojoaque 
[21:29]. The spellings with j may be due to influence of Po- 

1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 133. 1910. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 199, 1S92. 

' U. S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th Merid., Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77. 
Exped. of 1873, 'Ii, '75, '76, '77 and '78. 
< Loew (1875) in Wheeler Sum. Rep., vii, p. 345, 1879. 
' Pradt quoted by Hodge in Amrr. Anthr., IV, p. 345, 1891. 
' Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 184, 1910) . 



PLACE-XAMES 5;}<J 




■Provate". 

"Pahuate"'/* 

Next to the parent piicblo, Laguna [29:117J, tliis is the olilnst 
and largest of the Laguna Indian villages. See [29:117J and 
Keresan (Names of Tribes and Peoples, page 574). 
[29:117] (1) Pol-ioitidiwe'oyiri 'pueblo by the lake' ([tidiri Make' 
<po 'water', kv:i unexplained; '/'ice 'at' 'bj'' locative posHix; 
''qyioi 'pueblo'). Cf. names of similar meaning, especially Tewa 
(2), Picuris (4). 

(2) Poto'iwe'oyiri 'pueblo where the water is dammed up' (/>') 
'water'; to 'to be in' 'to be dammed up; '/(/v 'at" 'by' loeative 
postfix; ^oijvA 'pueblo'). Cf. names of similar meaning, es|>e- 
cially Tewa (1), Picuris (4). 

(3) Zag.una-oyiH,\Uiiguna^07jvi{'La.gunn <Span. (IS); "Ala- 
guua <Span. a Laguna 'at Laguna' 'to Laguna"; 'oiju'i 'puelilo"). 
Cf. names of similar meaning. Both of these forms are <init»' 
common at present among the Tewa. Tewa in conversation are 
heard to use '^4/ffgMw« repeatedly in talking Span, when the Span, 
does not require the preposition a. 

(4) Picuris "Pahwima":"' said to refer to a lake. Cf. names of 
similar meaning, especially Tewa (1), Tewa (2). 

(5) Sandia '-Kuhkweai":-" given as Sandia and Isleta name. 
(< Keresan?). Cf. similar forms. 

(6) Isleta " Kuhkweai ":=" given as Sandia and Isleta name. 
( < Keresan ?) Cf . similar forms. 

(7) Isleta "Bierai'':^' given as the Isleta name of Laguna 
Pueblo. "Bieridc":" given as meaning Laguna person, (ilu. 
"Biernin". 

I Gallegas (1S44) in Emory, Recon., p. 478, 1S48. 
!Abert,ibid.,p. 469. 

3 Ibid., p. 133. 

i Gallatin in Tram. Amer. Wvnol. Sac, ii, p.xciv, 1848. 

5 Calhoun (1*49) in Cal. Mes.s. and Corresp., p. 218, 1850. 

6 Latham, Var. of Man, p. 395, 18,'JO. 

' Gallatin in Nomi. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., xxvil, p. 297, 1851. 

« Parke.-Map N. Mex., 1851. 

9 Ten Broeck in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, IV, p. 77, 1854. 

10 Simpson in Smimm. Bep. for 1869, p. 328, 1871. 

II Gwyther in Overland Mo., p. 262, Mar., 1.871. 

12 Loew (1876) in Wheeler Surr. Eep., vii, p. S39, 1879. 

i'Ibid.,p. 418. 

» Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist, vi, p. 183, 1883. 

isBaneroft.Ariz. andN. Mex..p. 64, 1889. „, o „ i»i iqih 

.SG. H. Pradt, letter to Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1891, quoted i» Handbook Inds., pi. 2. p. 184. 1910. 

11 Donaldson, Moqui Pueblo Indians, p. 94, 1.893. 

■8 Collins in Ind. Aff. Bep. for 1902, p. 255, 1903. 

19 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. . , „ -, i„r. 

»Hodge, field notes Bur. -Vmer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. .■^. IJu:.- 

MGatschet. Isleta MS. vocah.. Bur. Anu-r. Ethn., 18.85. 



540 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(8) Jeiuez Keowe'egt'i, of obscure etymology Qceow^e <Kere- 
san?; ^rHocative). Cf. similar forms. The Jemez call 'Latjuna 
person' Eeoioe^e, plu. Kemoe'ef {/ 2+ plu. postfix). Cf. the name 
of the pueblo given above. 

(9) JemezZaffima. ( < Span.). =Tewa (3), Eng. (17), Span. (IS). 

(10) Cochiti Kd7ijaiJca, of obscure etymology. Cf. similar forms 
in the other Keresan dialects. The name does not refer to a lake. 

(11) Sia "Kawaikame":' evidently for the Sia form meaning 
'Laguna people'. Cf. similar forms. " Kawaikama".^ Cf. 
similar forms. 

(12) Laguna EdtoatJca, of obscure etymologj'. Cf. similar 
forms. The ' Laguna people ' are called Kdwallcami {mi ' people '); 
cf. Laguna (13), below. "Kan-Ayko".^ "Ko-stet^"MP''obably 
equivalent; given as Laguna name for Laguna Pueblo). "Ka- 
waikonie":^ this is mentioned as distinct from Laguna; evidently 
means 'Laguna people'. "'Kawaik'-ka-me": ^ given as name of 
Laguna people. "Karaikomc":" evidently for name of the 
Laguna people. "Ka.-waik'".' " Ka-waika' ".' "Kawaikame":' 
given as name of Laguna Tribe. "Ka-uay-ko".' "Koiks".'" 
"Kawaik".ii "Ka-hua-i-ko".'^ 

(13) Laguna "Sitsinie":" given as the Laguna people's name 
for tliemselves; the last syllable probably means 'people'. 

(14) Zuni "K'ya-na-thlana-kwe'' :" given as meaning "people 
of the great pool or pond". Cf. forms of similar meaning. 

(15) Hopi "Kaiwaika" :'' dialect not specified. "Kawahy- 
kaka"." "Kawaihkaa"." "Kawaika".'* Cf. similar forms; 
probably < Keresan. 

(16) Navaho "To-ian'-ne"' :'* given as meaning "much water." 
"Tozjanne".^'' "Tuzhlani".^' "To Tldunl''.^^ "Tqo lani":^^ 

1 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. 

3 HodRe, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Iiids., pt. 1, p. 753,1907). 

3 Loew in Wheeler Sun'. Sep., app. LL., p. 178, 1875 (n for u). 

< Powell in Amer. Kat., xiv, p. 604, Aug., 1880. 

' ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 7, ISM. 

6 Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 183, 1886. 

' ten Kate, op. cit. 

B ten Kate, Eeizen in N. A., p. 230, 1885. 

» Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 260, 1890. 

10 Liimmis, Man Who Married the Moon, p. 202, 1894. 

" Hodge, op. cit.- 

12 Jouvenceau in Cath. PioTieer, i. No. 9, p. 13, 1906. 

13 Gatschet in Mag. Amer. Hist., p. 263, Apr., 1882. 

n Cushing, inf n Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1891, in Handbook Inds.. op. cit. 

li Stephen in Eighth Rep. Bur. Ethn.. p. 30, 1891. 

M Voth, Traditions of the Hopi, p. 11, 1895. 

" Ibid., p. 143. 

18 Fewkes, Tusayan Migr. Trad., in Xincteenlh Rip. Bur. Amer. Ethn.. p. 632, note, 1898. 

15 ten Kate, Synonymie, p. 6, 1884. 

^ ten Kate, Reizen in N. A., p. 231, 18.S5. 

'1 Hodge, op. cit. 

'^ Curtis, Amer. Ind., i, p. 138, 1907. 

23 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910. 



HAERI.NCTON] PLACE-NAMES 541 

given as name of Lajfuna Pueblo, moaning •' much water", --'r.!.) 
lani";! given as name for "Laguna peoijlo," meaning ••mucli 
water people". 

(IT) Eng. Laguna Pueblo. (<Span.). =Te\va (:'.). Joinez (It), 
Span. (18). Cf. forms of similar meaning. 

(18) Span. Laguna 'lake.' =Tpwa (o), Jemez ('.»), Eng. (IT). 
Cf . forms of similar moaning. For origin of this name see gononil 
treatment of Laguna, below. '-Laguna ".= "San Josef de I^ii 
Laguna".^ ''Seguna".^ "Lagunes".' "Lagouna"." "Lagu- 
nians".' "Layma".* "La haguna'".' "San Jo>e do la La- 
guna".'" "Saguna"." "Lagana".'- "Lagune"'." "Taguna"." 

(19) Span. San Jose 'Saint Joseph.' This' is the mission name. 
"San Josef de La Laguna".'^ "San Jose de la Laguna".''" 

This is a large west Keresan pueblo. Our knowl(>dge about 
it is summarized by Hodge.'" 

The pueblo is named 'lake," "water dammed up", 'nmch water", 
etc., in various languages, because of a pond which used to be a 
short distance above (west of) the pueblo, which is said to have 
been washed out by a flood in the ci'eek [29:115] in 183.1. Noth- 
ing remains of the lake, the former bed of which is now a meadow. 
Hodge" says that the pueblo is called Laguna "on account of a 
large pond west of the pueblo," but does not state that the pond 
has disappeared. 

Until 1871 the tribe occupied, except during the summer season, thi- single 
pueblo of Laguna, but this village is gradually becominir depopulate*!, the 
inhabitants establishing permanent residences in the former summer villages 
of Casa Blanca, Cubero, Hasatch, Paguate [29:116], Encinal, Santa Ana, 
Paraje, Tsiama, and Puertecito". 

See [29:116] and Keresan (Names of Tribes and Peoples, 
page 5T-i). 
[29:118] (1) 'Almia'qywi 'Acoma Pueblo' i^Almna <Span. (19); 'otpn 
' pueblo '). This is the only common Tewa name of Aconia Puel)lo. 

1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 128. 1910. 

= MS. of 1702 quoted by Bandelicr in Arrhxol. Inst. Paperi, V. p. ISO. !«»; VUlii..S<-flor. Thi«lr« 
Amer., pt. 2, p. 121. 1748. 

3 Alencaster (180-5) in Prince, N. Mex., p. 37, 1SS3. 

f Pike, Exped., 3d map, 1810. 

5 Simpson, Rep. to Sec. War, p. 160, 1850. 

s Gallatin in Nouv. Ann. Voy., 5th aer., xx\-n, p. 297, 1S51. 

I Ten Broeck (1852) in Schoolcraft, tod. Tribes, iv.. pp. 81, 8S, L854- 

8Ibid., p. 77. 

9 Domenech, Deserts N. Amer., i, p. WS, 1860. 

10 Ward in Ind. Aff. Rep. for 1867, p. 213, 1868. 
■1 Klett in Pop. Sc;. Manlhli/. v, p. .581, 1874. 

KGatschet in Wheeler San. Sep.. vn, p. 405, 1S79 (misprint). 

13 Gatschet in Matj. Amer. Bisl.. p. 263, .^pr., 18S2. 

H Wallace, Land of the Pueblos, p. 45, IS&S (misprint). 

15 Alencaster. op. cit. 

IS Handbook Inds., i)t. 1, pp. 7.52-53, 1907. 

inbid., p. 7.52. 

18 Hodge, ibid., p. 753. 



542 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

and Tewa (2) is regarded as a loan word from the Keresan, 
although it is understood by all. Cf. names of similar sound. 

(2) ^Ako'oyu'i of obscure et3'mology {^Ahj < Keresan; 'oywj 
'pueblo'). This is regarded as a loan word from the Keresan. 
Cf. names of similar sound. 

(3) Sandia "Tu'hlawai".' Said to refer probably to a tree or 
plant'-. =Isleta (i), Tiwa (5). Cf. Jemez (6), Un.specified (15). 

(4) Isleta "Ti'law^i".^ "Ti'lawehuide":^ given as meaning 
'Isleta person', plu. " Ti'lawehun ''. "Tiilawei":' given as 
another Isleta name. "Til''hlawe".^ = Sandia (3), Tiwa (5). 
Cf. Jemez (C>), Unspecified (15). 

(5) Southern Tiwa (dialect unspecified) "Tuthla-huuy".^ 
" Tuthea-uily " : ^ given as "Tigua" name. "Tuth-la-nay".° 
= Sandia (3), Isleta (4). Cf. Jemez (6), Unspecified (15). 

(6) Jemez Totfiagi'i of obscure etymology {totfia, unexplained; 
gii locative). Cf . Sandia (3), Isleta (4), Tiwa (5), Unspecified (15). 
The Jemez call an ' Acoma person' Totfia, plu. Tot f if (/, post- 
fix denoting 2 + plu.) 

(7) Cochiti Ako, of obscure etymology, but cf . Hodge's etymol- 
ogy of Acoma (10), below. The Acoma people are called Akornx 
(mse 'people'). Cf. the forms of similar sound. 

(8) Sia "Akome":' evidently the form equivalent to Cochiti 
Akomse 'Acoma people'. 

(9) Laguna AJco, of obscure etymology, but cf . Hodges etymol- 
ogy of Acoma (10), below. The Laguna call the Acoma people 
Akomi [mi 'people'). Cf. the names of similar sound. 

(10) "Acoma Alco of obscure etymology, but cf. the etymology 
given bj' Hodge for his form quoted below. The Acoma call their 
own people Alcomi {mi 'people'). "A-qo":* given as Acoma name 
for Acoma. "Ak6me":° given as the Acoma name for the Acoma 
people, meaning "people of the white rock"; evidently the same 
as the author's Akomi, for which no ctj-mology could be obtained, 
except that «*i means 'people'. "Akome, 'people of the white 
rock' now commonly pronounced A-ko-ma. Their name for their 
town is A'ko".° 

■ Hodge, field notes, Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1895 (Handbook Iiids., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907). 

2 Gatschet, Isleta. MS. vocab., Bur. Amer. Ethn., 1885. 

3 Hodge, op. cit. 

< Bandelier, Final Report, pt. :i, p. 235, 1892. 

i Bandelier, GUded Man, p. 211, 1893. 

"Ibid., p. 149. 

' Spinden, Sia MS. notes, 1911. 

« Bandelier in Mag. West. Ilisl., p. CCS, Sept., 1886. 

' Hodge, op. cit. 



HAKRINGTOX] PLACE-NAMES 543 

(11) Keresan (dialect unspecilied). Cf. the forms ..f simili.r 
sound. "Acus"." '•IIacu5i":= same as "Aciis". •'Aciko":' 
perhaps from the Zuiii form. "Coco".< •'Suco''.'^ "Aciica"." 
"Vacus".' "Vsatus".' "Acoma":^ evidently from the K.Ti-saii 
name for the people. "Yaeco'".» •'Ac6ma'"."' •• Aeoman". " 
"Acomeses".'= "Acquia"'." "'Aioma"." "Acu'*.'^ '•Aiom<>"." 
"S' Estevan Acoma"." "Alouco":" apparently either din-etly 
or indirectly from the Ziini form. •'Aacii.s"."' ''Acux"." 
"Acomo''.^" -'Atlachaco''.^' "Alomas"." '"Acome"." "Aiiuia''.^' 
"San Estevan de Acoma".=* "S. Estevau de Acuma".=^ 
"Acomas":^"' this refers to the people; the expression is "piiel.lo 
de Acomas". "Acona"." " Acucans'".-' '' Aconia"'.-" •'Saii 
Esteban de Acoma".^" "Ako".=" "■Ago"." "San E.-^t^han dc 
Asoma".'^ "Abucios".'^ "Acmaat".''^ '-Acomenses".'" '-A-ko"'." 

■ Nifa (1539) in Hakluyt, Voy., iii, p. .l-IO, 1600. 

2Nifa (1S39) cited by Coronado (1540) in Doc. Inid., xiv, p. 322, 1S70. 

3 Castaneda (1540) in Winship, Coronado E.xped., p. 519, 1890. 

< Alvarado (1540) in Winship, ibid., p. 594. 

5 Galvano (1563) in Hakliiijt Soc. Pub., xxx, p. 227, 1862, according to Hodge, Handbook Ind.«., |>t. 1, p. 
11,1907, misquoting "Acuco" of Coronado; also applied to Cicnic = Pecos [38:33]. 

« Ramu-sio, Nav. et Viaggi, ill, p. 1, 1565. 

' Ni^a, Relation in Ramusio, ibid., p. 357. 

8 Espejo (1583) in Doc. InM., XT, p. 116, 1871. 

'Onate (159S), ibid., xvi, p. 115 (according to Hodge, op. cit., for Span, y Acco — 'and .\cci''). 
i»Onate (1,598) in Doc. Inid., xvi, p. 127. 
11 Hftkluyt, Voy., p. 469, 1600 (or Acoma; citing Espejo, 1-583). 
■ = Villagran, Hist. Nueva Mex., p. 168, 1610. 

13 Benavides (1630) misquoted in Nouv. Ann. Voy., 5th ser., xxvii, p. 307, 1S51. 
'1 Linschoten, Descrip. de l'.\m^rique, p. 336, map, 1638, 
. " Ogilby, America, p. 392, 1671. 
"Ibid., map. 

1' De I'Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703. 
isBarcia, Ensayo, p. 21, 1723. 
I'Mota-Padilla, Hist, de laConq., p. Ill, 1742. 
=oibid.,p. 169. 

-1 Ibid., p. 159. source unknown to the writer. 

^^Ibid., p. 513, given in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907, as probably equivalent to Aroma. 
a MS. of 1764 cited in Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iii, p. ;!04. 1853. 

=1 Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776, (doubtless the same, but JeHerys locatea also San E«tevan 
de Acoma). 
sBrion de la Tour, map rAmfir., 1779 (misprint). 
=6 Alcedo, Die. Geog., ii, pp. 523, 549, 1787. 
■a Emory, Recon., p. 133, 1848. 
:» Whipple in Pac. R. R. Rep., ill, pt. 3. p. 90, 18.56. 
2s Ward in Ind. .iff. Rep. for 1864, p. 191, 1865. 

30 Vetancurt, Teatro Mex., ni, p. 319, isn. 

31 Loew (1875) in f\lieeler Sum. Sep., vii, pp. 339, 345, 1879. 

3= Bandelier in Architol. Inst. Papers, i, p. 14, 1881, (misprint, g for q"). 
33 0rozco T Berra in Anaks Minis. Fom. Mil., vi, \>. 2.5.5, 1882. 

n Duro, Don Diego de Penalosa, p. 23, 1882, given in Handbook Inds , pt. 1, p. 11, 1907, u for "the 
Acusof Niza". 
'i Evans (1888) in Compte-Rendu Congr. Inl. Amir., vii, p. 229, 1890. 
-6 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 145, 1889. 
3' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 260,1890. 



544 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS IETH. an.v. 29 

•'A-co".i "Ako-ma".= "Acco".' "Ah-co".^ "Yaco".'^ 
"Ah-ko"." 

(12) Zuni. (<Kei-esan?). Cf. names of similar souud. The 
Zuni and the Hopi appear to be the only forms which contain 
two /fc sounds. '^Acogiya".' "Hah-koo-kee-ah".' "Hab-koo- 
kee-ah".» "Hak-koo-kee-ah".'" "Ha-cu-quin"." "Ha-ku".>^ 
' ' Ha-ku Kue ". " ' ^ Hacuqua ". » 

(13) Hopi (dialect unspecified). (<Zuui?). Cf. the names of 
similar sound. The Zuni and the Hopi appear to be the only 
forms which contain two h sounds. "A'ikoka".^^ "Akokavi".'^ 
" Akokovi". " The "-vi" appears to be a locative ending. 

(14) Navaho. (<Keresan?). Cf. the names of similar sound. 
"Hacu".'* '"Ha-kus". " "HaqonI":-" given as borrowedfrom 
the Acoma language. "Hak'o'nl":^' given as Navaho name for 
the Acoma people. 

(15) ''Tutahaco".== With the first two syllables cf. Sandia (3), 
Isleta (-1), Tiwa (5), Jemez (6). With the last two syllables cf. 
the Keresan name of Acoma Pueblo. 

(16) Eng. Acoma. (< Span.). =Span. (lit). Cf. the forms of 
similar sound. 

(17) Eng. "Quebec of the Southwest''.-^ 

(18) Eng. "Queres [Keresan] Gibraltar".-^ 

(19) Span. Acoma. (< Keresan name for Acoma people.) Cf. 
the Keresan and other forms of similar sound. 

(20) Span. San Estevan 'Saint Stephen'. "S' Estevan 
Acoma". ^^ "St. Estevan Queres"." "S. Estevan de Acoma".-"' 

1 Bandelier, Pinal Report, pt. i, p. 132, 1890. 
= Bandelier in Archseol. Inst. Papers, v, p. 173, 1890. 
3 Bandelier, Final Keport, pt. n, p. 197, 1892. 
< Lummis, Land of Poco Tiempo, p. 63, 1893. 

5 Columbus Mem. Vol., p. loo, 1893, (misprint of Oflate's " Vaeco"). 
= Luitunis, Man Who Married the Moon, p. 207, 189-1. 

' Onate (1598) in Doc. Ined., xvi, p. 102, 1871; given by Hodge (Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 11, 1907) 
as coming from the Zuni name. 

8 Eaton quoted by Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, p. 220, 1834. 

9 Domenech, Deserts N. A., Ii, p. 53, 1860. 

'" Simpson in Smithson. Sep. for 1869, p. 333, 1871. 

" Bandelier in Mag. West. Hist., p. 668, Sept., 1886. 

12 Bandelier in .4rcA«oi. Inst. Papers, op. cit. 

iJ Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i. p. 132. 

» Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 149, 1893. 

'= Stephen in Eighth Rep. Bur. Ethn., p. 30, 1891. 

'6 Voth, Traditions of the Hopi, p. 11, 190.5. 

" Ibid., p. 145. 

18 Bandelier in Mag. West. Hist., op. cit. 

"Bandelier, Archseol. Inst. Papers, op. cit. 

!» Curtis, Amer. Ind., i, p. 138, 1907. 

" Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 135, 1910. 

2= Custaneda (1.540) quoted by Bandelier in Archxul. Inst. Papers, i, p. 13, 1883. 

» Lummis, Land of Poco Tiempo, p. 57, 1893. 

°i De I'Isle, Carte Mex. et Floride, 1703. 

2i De risle. Atlas Nouveau, map 60, 1733. 

2« Jefferys, Amer. Atlas, map 5, 1776. 



HAHRixr.TON] PLACE-XAMES 



545 



"S. Estevau de Acama".t "St. Esteva..".= -San Kst^l,,,,, de 
Acoma '.» "San Estehan de Asoma"".* 

(21) Span. San Pedro 'Saint Peter'. "San Pedro".-' S,,„n. 
Penol 'big rock', so named from the mesa. 

An attempt was made to reconquer the villac^ by Crovemor VarRas in Anp.nt 
1696, but he succeeded only in destroying tlieir crops and i„ cai.turinK live 
warriors. The villagers held out until July 6, 1699, when thev submitted lo 
Governor Cubero, who changed the name of the i)uoblo from San Knlevan de 
Acoma to San Pedro; l)ut the former name was subsequently restored and ia 
still retained.^ 

"Penoles".'' "PenoP'.s 

For a description of Acoma see IIod<ro, in TTancUxioh Lvh., pt. 
1, pp. 10-11, 190T, with bihiioo:niphy. Tlie Acoma hwiKuao;'.' is 
almost identical with that of Laoima [29:117]. See [29:ll:if and 
Keresan (Names of Tribes and Peoples, page 574). 
[29:119] (1) Acoma "Katzimo'"." "Katziui-a".'" "Katzimo"." 
"Ka-tzi-mo".'- 

(2) Eng. Enchanted Mesa. (<Span.). -Span. (3), Frcm-h(4). 
"Enchanted Mesa"'.'^ 

(3) Span. Mesa Encantada 'I'nclianted mesa'. =Eng. (l>), 
FrencJi (4). " ^Nlesa Encantada".'* 

(4) French "■ Plateau enchante".'^ This means" enchanted nie>a'. 
= Eng. (2), Span. (3). 

This remarkable mesa was first ascended in modern times by 
Prof. William Libby, of Princeton University, and shortly after- 
ward by a party representing the Bureau of American Eth- 
nolog\% under the direction of Mr. Hodge, in 1897. Evidences 
of former occupancy by Pueblo Indians were observed on the 
top by the latter part}-.'" 

The mesa lies a few miles from the pueblo of Acoma, and its 
summit is said traditionally to have been inhabited b}' the ances- 
tors of the Acoma previous to their moving to the present site 
[29:118]. 

1 Brion de la Tour, map T Am(^r., 1779 (misprint). 

2 Kitcliin, map N. A. (17S3) in Kaynal, Indies, vi, 1788. 
sVetancurt, Teatro Hex., iii, p. 319, 1871. 

4 OroECO y Berra in Anales Minis. Fom. ilex., vi, p. 255, 1882 (misprint » for <■). 

5 Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 221, 1SS9; UoUge in Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 10, 190 . 

6 Hodge, ibid. 

' Perea, Verdadera Kel., p. 3, 1632. 

» Alcedo, Diet. Geog., iv, p. 149, 1788. 

s Lummis, New Mexico David, p. 40, 1891; Hodge, op. cit., p. fi65. 
i» Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 314, 1892. 
" Hodge in Century Mag., LVI, p. 28, May, 1898. 
'2 Hodge in Handbook Inds., op. cit. 

13 Lumrais, op. cit., p. 39; Hodge in Century Mar/., op. cit., p. 15. 

» Pullen in Harper's M'eekly, p. mi, Aug. 2, 1890; Bandelier, cp. cit.; Flodge, op. cit.; Hewcll. Com. 
munautis, p. 49, 1908. 
« Ibid. 
" See Hodge, op. cit. 

87584°~29 eth— 16 3.5 



546 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

[29:120] (1) Acoma "Spi-naf'.' 

(2) En<j. Mount Taylor. This is the current Eng. name, be- 
stowed in honor of General Zachary Taylor. '"Taylor Peak".- 

(3) Span. Sierra de San Mateo 'Saint Matthew Mountain'. 
This name appears to have been applied since early times. 

This mountain is 11,389 feet high according to the United States 
Geological Survey.^ It can be seen from points two or three 
hundred miles away. It is said to be one of the cardinal moun- 
tains of the Navaho. 
[29:121] (1) Eng. Cabezon settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Cabezon, name of the mesa [29:126], q. v. 
[29:122] Wagon bridge across the Rio Grande a short distance north 

of Bernalillo [29:%]. See [29:97], [29: US], [29:123]. 
[29:123] Nameless pueblo ruin. 

"Where the church and the school of the Christian I^rothers at 
Bernalillo now stand, vestiges of a former pueblo which had been 
destroyed by fire were exhumed; also metates, skeletons, and jars 
filled with corn-meal".* The Roman Catholic church and school 
of the Christian Brothers are north of Bernalillo at the junction 
of the road which crosses the Rio Grande by way of the wagon 
bridge [29:122] with the main highway up the east side of the Rio 
Grande Valley. See [29:9(!], [29:97],']29:9,s], [29:99], [29:122]. 
[29:121] (1) Eng. Chilili settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Chilili, called after the pueblo ruin [29:10.5]. = Eng. 

(1). See first paragraph of quotation from Bandelier under 

[29:105], (1); also [29:105] and Chilili Arroyo [29:unlocated]. 
[29:125] (1) Eng. Tajique settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Tajique, named after the pueblo ruin [29:l<itl]. 

= Eng. (1). 

The village of Tajique, about 1.5 miles south of Chilili [29:124] . . 
The situation of Tajique is similar to that of Chilili — a small valley open to 
the east and rising in the west. The ruins of the former pueblo [29:105] bor- 
der ujion the present settlement on the north and west, lying on the south 
bank of the Arroyo of Tajique [Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocateci]], which is here 
a permanent, though very modest stream.^ 

See [29:106] and Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated]. 
[29:126] (1) Isleta ''Tchi'kugienfid'':* given as the name of "Sierra 
Cabezon near R. Puerco [29:114]". 

(2) Jemez Wdfie/nqXi, of obscure etymology. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, p. 305, 1892. 

2U. S. Geogr. Surveys West of the lOOth Meridian, part of Central N'. \fe.\., atlas sheet No. 77, 
Exped. of 1873, '74, '75, '76, '77, and '78. 
s Gannett, Dictionary of Altitudes, 4th ed., p. 651, 1906. 

* Bandelier, op. cit., p. 230. 
s ibid., p. 257. 

* Isleta MS. vocab. in possession of Bureau of American Ethnology. 



HARBIXGIONI PLACE-XAMES 547 

(3) Xavaho "Ts^naJTn": ' irhen us the name of Cabezoii, 
N. Mex., meaning "black peak''. 

(4) Encr. Cabezon Mesa. (<Span.). = Span. (.5). 

(5) Span. Cabezon 'big head' 'big summit'. = Kng. (4). 

This is a big, black, tablelike mesa (pi. 21, B)"immedittt<"ly 
southeast of Cabezon .settlement [29:121J, to which it gives the 
name. It can be seen from the hills back of Jemez Pueblo [27 : X,.")J. 
[29:127] (1) Eng. Ladrones Mountains. (<.Span.). =Span. (-J). 

(2) Span. Sierra de los Ladrones 'mountains of the robbers'. 
= Eng. (1). -'Sierra de los Ladrones". - 

Bandelier Ogives the height of the highest peak of these moun- 
tains as 9,214 feet, according to Wheeler. 



Santo Domingo A\(, of obscure etymology. Given as name of pueblo 
ruin somewhere east of Santo Domingo Tueblo |28:lUUj, by the 
grandfather of Salvador Abeit^i of Santo Domingo. 

The old Indian did not appear to know what language the former 
inhabitants of this ruin spoke, or just where the ruin is located. 
See Ojana [29:unlocated]. page 553. 

Span. "Canada Ancha".' This means 'broad Canada'. "On the 
waterless plateau called El Cuervo [29:3], farther north [than 
[28:49]], I know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Canada 
Ancha and the Canada Larga [[29 : unlocated], page 552] at the foot 
of that wide and long mesa [29 : 3], I have been informed, are devoid 
of all remains of former Indian habitations".^ The Canada referred 
to is apparently east of the Kio Orande in the vicinity of [29 ::'.]. 
See [29:3] and Cailada Larga [29: unlocated]. 

"Peak of Berual"'.^ "On the west [of Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:3a]] a 
high mesa or table land, extending nearly parallel to the river 
[29:32] until opposite or south of the peak of Bernal". 

Span. Arroyo Chamisos"'.^ This means 'greasewood arroyo'. 

It is apparently applied to the arroyo tributary to the Hondo 
Arroyo [29:17] running between Sunmount Sanatorium (one mile 
east of Santa Fe [29:5] and Mr. Nagel's ranch, half a mile fartiier 
east. 

(1) Eng. Chilili Arroyo. (<Span). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Arroyo de Chilili 'Chilili Arroyo', referring to 
[29:105] and [29:124]. 

See first paragraph of quotation from Bandelier imder 
[29:105], (4). Cf. Tajique Arroyo [29:unlocated], page 554. 

1 Franciscan Fathers. Ethii. Diet. Xavaho Ung., p. 130, 1910. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. II, p. 182-1S3, 1892. 

3 Ibid., p. 81. 

< Bandelier, Papers Arch. Infl. Amcr.. Amur. ser.. I. p. 37, ias3. 
'Sunmount Sanatorium [pamphlet), Santa Ke, S: Met., p. ^, 1912. 



548 ETHNOUEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [ETU. ANN. 20 

Span. "Chimal."! 

Mentioned by Bandelier' as a hamlet near the pueblo ruins 
Ojana[29:unlocated], page 553, and Kipaua [29 :unlocated], page 550. 

(1) Eng. Corrales. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Corrales 'corrals' ' paddociis' 'folds' "Los Corrnles."- 
This is a Mexican settlement between Sandia Pueblo [29:100] 
and Albuquerque [29:103] on the west side of the Rio Grande, 
The wagon road used by the mail stage between Albuquerque and 
Jemez springs [27:18] joins at Corrales the main highway run- 
ning along the east side of the Rio (Irande. 

Dog Lake spring, named from Dog Lake [29:111]. 

"In Torrance County are alkaline springs, notably the Dog 
Lake Spring, not far from Estancia [29:107]."^ See [29:111]. 

Real de Dolores, Dolores, 'camp of Dolores,' Dolores being a Span, 
family name. The name "Real dc Dolores" is given and located 
about 5 miles southwest of Ortiz settlement [29:62] on the eastern 
slope of the Ortiz Mountains [29:72] on an oiKcial map.* This 
place is also labeled "Old Placer" on this map. It appears to 
give one of the names to the Ortiz Mountains [27:72], q. v. 

San Ildefonso "Dyap-i-ge. "^ This name is not known to the Tewa 
informants. It has been suggested by Tewa that this ma}' stand 
for JqinpigiP^ 'place of the short or scrub willow tree(s)' (;(|7/y 
'willow'; pig.i 'shortness' 'short' opposite of tall; '«''' locative 
and adjective-forming postfix), but no such place-name is known 
to the Tewa informants, and this is merely a guess at possible 
form and etymology. Cf. "Uap-i-ge" [29:unlocated], page 555. 
"Ruins of two other pueblos lie east and southeast of Lamy 
[29:38]. . . . Ihavenotseen them, and therefore speak from hear- 
say oidy. The gentleman who mentioned and described them to 
me inquired about them of a well-known Indian of San Ildefonso, 
who informed him tliat they were respectively called Uap-i-ge 
[29:uidocated] and Dyap-i-ge, and are those of very ancient 
Tanoa villages. "° 

The present writer has asked some of the oldest and best- 
informed Indians of San Ildefonso about these places, but they 
have never heard of them. See "Uap-i-ge" [29:unlocated]. 

Cochiti iZa^awa 'east canyon' {hd 'east'; Icdwa 'canyon' 'caflada'). 
This is described by a Cochiti informant as a large canyon some- 
where near Tetilla Mountain [29:-i]. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. Vlh, 1890. The meaning lias not been determined. 
^Ibid., p. 130.- 

2 Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, p. 176, 1906. 

' U. S. Geogr. Surveys West of the 100th IVIeridian, Part of Central New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77, 
Exped. of 1873, '7-1, '7^, '7fi, '77 and '78. 
<■ Bandelier, op. cit., pt. ii, p. 100, 1892. 
« Ibid., pp. 99-100. 



HARRINGTON] PLACK- XAMES 549 

Sauto Domingo "Huash-pa Tzon-u."'. Given :.s tho Santo Don.in.'o 
name, for the pueblo of the Santo Donunj,ro Indian-, pivccdin^' 
the present one and situated a short distance west of it. Soe 
under [28:109] for discussion. 

Iron sprinos 10 miles west of Santa Fe [29:.^.l. "Ten miles west of 
Santa Fe [29:5] are iron springs, claimed to e.jual in medi.iiml vir- 
tue those at ISIanitou, Colorado.'- 

San Felipe ' ' Isht-ua Yen-e. " ^ Bandelier adds the etymology as • • from 
Isht-ua, arrow. " 

This is a place north of Santo Domingo Pueblo [29:l(i!»| men- 
tioned in a San Felipe myth. "They were pursued by the pyg- 
mies as far as a place above Santo Domingo called Isht-ua Yen-e. 
where many arrow-heads are found to-day. From Isht-uu, 
arrow." ^ 

(1) Tano Tewa "Ka-po."^ "Kaapo."^ "Kapo."' None of the 
Tewa informants know this name, and to conjecture as to it.s mean- 
ing has little value, since there are many combinations of sylln- 
bles in Tewa which would make a good place-name and might tio 
written thus by Bandelier. The doubling of the <( in one form is 
puzzling. The first syllable might mean "leaf " 'wild-rose' -cor- 
ral' 'ball' 'it is not', etc., while the second can be taken as 
'water' 'trail' 'moon' 'squasli' 'head' 'hair' 'hole' 'snow." cic. 
It is possible, but hardly probable, that the name is identical with 
either A'^apo, Santsi Clara Pueblo [14:71], or A'ipo. the pueblo 
ruin [5:23]. 

(2) Span. "Tuerto."' "EI Tucrto."' This means 'one-eyed" 
' squint-eyed' 'twisted' 'wry'. Why the name was applied is not 
known. The ruin appears to give its name to the arroyo [29:7<'>J. 
We follow rfodge** in assuming that Bandelier' gives the Indian 
names of the ruins "Ka-po"' and ""Sem-po-ap-i"" in the same order 
in which he gives the Span, names, and that therefore '* Ka-p)" 
and "Tuerto" are applied to the same ruin: see the quotation 
below : 

South of the portion of the .\tchipon, Topeka and Santa F6 Railroad that lii* 
between the stations of Ceirillos [29:53] and Wallace [29:60], a bl«'«k v\- 
panse, neither valley nor plain, gradually rises towards the foot of the Sierra de 
Dolores [29:72] and the Sierra de San Francisco [29:73]. ... At GoMcn. ..r 
Real de San Francisco [29:7")], where the Arroyo del Tuerto [29:7ii] i-nuTKeM 
from a narrow mountain valley, and where gold washing has been carrii-<l on 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pi. ii, p. l.«T, IMfJ. 

2 Land of Sunshine, a Book of the Kesourccs of New Jlexico, j.. IT", lllOli. 
' Bandelier, op. cit., p. 166. 

* Ibid., pp. 108, 123. 

5 Bandelier, Gilded Man, p. 2^1, ISM. 

» Hewett, CommunautAs p. 3S, KWS. 

' Bandelier, Final Reriort, pt. ii, p. 108, note. 

s Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 833, 1807. 



550 ETHNOGEOGBAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. ANN. 29 

sporadically, two sites of former pueblos are pointed out. These are called El 
Tuerto [Ka-po] and Valverde ["Sem-po-ap-i" [29:unlocated],p.554],and both 
lie within one mile to the north of Golden [29:75]. The villages were small, 
and the Tanos of Santo Domingo gave me their names as Ka-po and Sem-po-ap-i 
[29:unlocated] . Barely distinguishable mounds indicate the sites, and I found 
neither pottery nor obsidian on them, only fragments of basalt and other rocks. 
Both these pueblos may have been inhabited in 1598, according to the list 
given to Oiiate by the Indians at San Juan, on the 9th of September of that 
year. [[Footnote:} Obediencia y Vasnllaje de San Jua7i Baptista, p. lli: 'Yelde 
la Cienega de Carabajal, y el de Sant IMarcos, Sant Ohripstobal, Santa Ana, 
Ojana, Quipana, el del Puerto y el Pueblo quemado '. But it may be that, in- 
stead of 'Puerto,' Tuerto was intended; or Puerto may have been applied to 
the entrance of the Bocas at the Bajada [29:26]. Further on, I shall refer 
to a singular passage in the Memoria of Castaiio de Sosa, which may relate to 
these two villages. '] 

San Ildcfonso Kateye 'lift leaf {ka 'leaf; teg<' 'to lift' 'to pick up'). 
This i.s the name of a place somewhere in the vicinity of Cie- 
neguilia [29:2ei] or Cienega [29:21]. The name was ol)tained 
from two old San Ildefonso Indians and one 3-ounger man of that 
pueblo, but, strange to say, none of them was familiar with the 
country ai)out Cieneguilla and Cienega nor knew exactly where 
Katege is situated. 

TanoTewa(?) "Kipana", etc. This name is unknown to the Tewa 
informants. It sounds to the Tewa as if it migiit be a corruption 
of Tewa llpsennse. 'beyond the prairie-dogs' {ki 'prairie-dog'; 
psetinx 'beyond'), but this makes little sense. "Quipana".' 
"Ki-pa-na".^ "Ki-pan-na".* "Kipana".^ "Guipana"." 

The same is true [may have been inhabited in 1598] also of the ruins called 
0-jan-a [29:unlocated] and Ki-pan-na. I have not visited them; but they 
lie south of the settlement of Tejou [29:81], in the hilly country separating the 
Sandia chain [29:S:i] from the San Francisco [29:73]. That they were Tanus 
villages there can be no doubt, and the catalogue of puelilos which I have 
mentioned includes them. Still, this no absolute proof that these four pueblos' 
were occupied at the time of Oiiate. The list was made at San Juan among the 
Tehuas [Tewa], and they may have given the names of villages abandoned some- 
time previous without their knowledge. Intercourse even between kindred 
tribes in ancient times was irregular, and frequently interrupted. Several 
pueblos might have been given up in one section of New Mexico without a 
neighboring stock hearing of it for a number of years afterwards.* 

See Ojana [29:unlocated], page 553. 
San Ildefonso and Nambe KwUanapiijf ' Kwirana Mountain ', so called 
because it resembles in shape the mode of wearing the hair pruc- 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. lOS, 1S92. 

■ Onate (1598) in Doc. I-ned., xvi, p. 114, 1871. 

■> Bandelier, op. cit., pt. i, p. 125, 1890. 

* Ibid., pt. n, p. 109. 

5 Ibid., p. 122; Hewett, Communaut^s, p. 38, 1908. 

« Columbus Memorial Vol., p. 155, 1893 (s for q, a misquotation of Oflate's form). 

' See Bandelier, op. cit., p. 108. 

« Ibid., p. 109. 



HiKKiNGiON] PLACE-NAMES 551 

ticed by members of the Kwimnii Sociotv in crcnionios {hlrii.ma 
unexplained, a secret society of tiie Tewa; Huf 'tnom.tuin-). 

This mountain i.s said to be somewhere in the retrion al>out LVr- 
rillos [29:53] and to have two peaks of almost equal heijrht, which 
resemble closely the -make-up"' of the hair of the men of the 
Kwirana society when they appear in certain ceremonies, the imir 
on such occasions beino; worn in two -'horns". The Sosii society 
has this same fasliion of wearini^- the hair. 
(1) Kunfce:qi)%uih'j! 'turquoise pueblo ruin' {%iinfm 'turquoise'; 
'qywih'jl 'pueblo ruin' <\i),ri ' pueblo',. Zvj/ V>ld' postpound). 
This is the Tewa name of the puel)lo, said to have been ajiplird 
because of its proximity to the famous turquoise mines [29:;".jj. 
It was probal)]y the Tano Tewa name also. 

(2) Tano Tewa " Kua-kaa", etc., given by Bandelier. accordinfr 
to whom this name was applied both to this pueblo and to the 
pueblos [29: IS] and [29: lit], q. v. The Tewa informants do not 
know any such place-name, and unless further information can t>e 
obtained from the Tano Tewa of Santo Domingo Pueblo [28: Ibii), 
our knowledoe of this name will probably forever remain in 
its present imperfect condition. It appears that Bandelier was 
wrongly informed when he was told that the name "Kua-kaa", 
etc., was applied by the Tano Tewa to this pueblo. See [29: Is] 
and [29:19]. "Cua-ka".> "Ku-kua".' "Kua-kaa".^ 

(3) Keresan(dialect unspecified) "Yates".' "Ya-atze'':* given 
as the native name. "Ta-tze".^ "Y'a-tze":° given as the Kere- 
san name. "Yatze".' "Y'aa-tze".' 

(4) Span. San Marcos 'Saint Mark'. "San Marcos".' "St. 
Marco".'" "S. Mark"." 

The same difficulty [in defermining wlietlier Tano Tewa or Keresan] exists 
in regard to San Marcos. Tliis ruin I have not seen, but descrijitions liy intel- 
ligent persons represent it as a very considerable village, and aa having fonneil 
several quadrangles. Its name in Queres [Keresan] is Ya-tze. [{Fmiln^jte :'\ 
It appears under the name of 'Yates' in the OUdimcia y Vasalhje de San JiKin 
Baptistn.) But the Tanos call it Kua-kaa, the same name as the one I [29:18] 
and [29:19]) on the .\rroyo Hondo [29:17]. In ItiSO, at the l>reakiii;.' out of 
the insurrection, ithadsix hundred inhabitants. [\_Footnote:'\ Vetamurt, Crouinx, 
p. 324: 'Tenia seiscientos cristianos, de nacion Queres.' On Uie other hand, 
Escalante ( Carta, par. 3) writes a.s follows: 'Dia 15 sitiaron a t'sta los Tan.xi do 
San Marcos, San Cristobal [29: -Jo] y tialisteo [29::59], los Queres .le la Cienejja 
[29:22], y los Pecos por la parte del sur.' Vargas (.!»('<.< ih- Cu.mi ./. In 



I Bandelier, Final Report, pt. I, p. 125, 1890. 

2Ibid.,pt. II, p. 92, 1892. 

3 Oflate (1598) in Due. Inid., xvi, p. 102, 1871. 

< Bandelier in Kitcli, Sew Mctico.p. 16i!, IN«. 

sLadd.Story of New Mexico, p. 79, IWM (mi.^print). 

« Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 92. 

' Bandelier. Cilded .Man, p. 221, IM'3. 

8Ibid., p.2s3. 

'Sosa (1591) ill Due. InlJ., x\, p. 251, 1871. 
"CrCpy, Map Amer. Septcnirionale, 1783 (?). 
1' Bowles, Map Amer,, litH. 



552 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. asn. 20 

segunda Enlruda, MS.), mentions repeatedly Queres Indians from San Marcos. 
It may be that there were both Queres and Tanos in the pueblo, but I consider 
the village to have been a Tanos village, just as to-day Santo Domingo is counted 
among the Queres [Keresan], although there are many Tanos among them, and 
Isleta among the Tiguas [Tiwa], although a good portion are Queres [Kere- 
sans] from Laguna.] The name San Marcos appears to have been given to it 
in 1591 by Gaspar Castano de Sosa. [^Footnote :^ Memoria del Descubrimiento que 
Gaspnr Castano de. Sosa, hizo en el Nuevo Mexico, Doc. de Indias, vol. xv, p. 248.] 
It was abandoned by its inhabitants during the siege of Santa F^, in August, 
1680; \_\_Vn(itnote :'] Diario de la Ketlradadc Otermin, fol. 28.] and in 1692, when 
Diego de Vargas passed through it, it was in ruins, with only a few of the 
walls still standing and a portion of the church edifices. [[Footnote:} Autos de 
Guerra de la segunda Entrada, fol. 138: 'Y halle despoblado y se conservan 
algunos aposentos y paredes de los quarteles y viuyendas de el y asimismo se 
hallan las paredes y canon de la Yglesia bnenaa con las de el conuto.'] Near 
San Marcos lies the celebrated locality [29:55] of Callaite, called popularly the 
'turquoise mines.' ' 

According to Meline- the inlia1)itiints of San Marcos joined the 
Tewa at San Juan. Our Tewa informants suppose that San 
Marcos was a Tano pueblo, but that means nothing since the Tewa 
call all the Indians who lived southeast of the Tewa country 
Tanos, no matter what language they spoke. These informants 
had never heard of the San Marcos people removing to San Juan 
Pueblo; the writer inquired about this point especially at San 
Juan. So far as is known, no modern map of New Mexico shows 
San Marcos Pueblo ruin, but "Ojo San Marcos" (possibly the 
spring which supplied the pueblo with water) is given on one,' 
and a number of maps show the San Marcos Pueblo Grant at the 
same location as the spring shown on the map cited, namely, 
about 4 miles northeast of Cerrillos [29:. 53]. Cf. [29:55]. 

Span. "Canada Larga".^ This means 'long caiiada'. 

" On the waterless plateau called El Cuervo [29:3], farther north, 
[than [28:i9]], I know of no ancient vestiges, and both the Canada 
Ancha [29:unlocated] and Canada Larga. at the foot of that wide 
and long mesa [29:3], I have been informed, are devoid of all 
remains of former Indian habitations".* The caflada referred to 
is apparently east of the Rio Grande in the vicinity of [29:3]. 
See [29:3] and Canada Ancha [29:unlocated]. 

Mineral paint deposit in front of San Felipe Pueblo [29:69]. 
"The Queres [Keresans] of San Felipe [29:69] had in front of 
their village large veins of mineral paint, valuable to the Indian 
for his pottery".^ In what direction from San FeUpe Bandelier 
means by "in front of" is not clear. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, pp. 92-93, 1892. 
■ 2 Two Thousand Miles, p. 220, 18C7. 

3 U. S. Gcogr. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Part of Central N. Mex. , atlas sheet No. 77, Exped. 
of 1873, 1S74. 1875, 1876, 1877, and 1878. 

< Bandelier, op. cit., p. 81. 

5 Ibid., pt. I, p. 163, 1890. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 553 

(1) Nagel Mouutain. so callod because of tlio ran, ii of Mr. N!i;rcl at 
its foot. 

(2) Suninount Mountain, so ealled because of tlie situaliun i.f 
Sunmount Sanatorium near its foot. 
This is a high mountain about two miles soutiiea.-t of Santa Fe 
[29:5] and immediately east of the raneh of Mr. Naycl. 

Ocher deposits at San Pedro (29:77]. "At San Pedro. Santa Ke 
County, are deposits of oehre, or mineral paint".' The Indian 
informants have oot mentioned these deposits. 

Tano Tewa {'() "Ojana", etc. This name is unknown to our Tewa 
informants, who can think of no Tewa word or expression tinit 
resembles it at all closely in sound. JV('ik(i»i'i would mean 'there 
isaforest' Cm "if; ka 'forest"; nq 'to be situated'). The writer 
thought it might be for Keresan A'ahdnu 'people of A'n [29:un- 
located] {liiiitii, people), but this is only conjectural. '"Ojana".' 
"0-ja-na".^ '"O-jan-a".^ "Okana"'.^ See e.xcerpt from Hande- 
lier under Tano Tewa " Kipana," etc., page 550. 
See Kipana [29:unlocated]. page 550. 

"Oldlsleta".'^ 

Old Isleta, the one abandoned after lOSl, stood ver\' near llie site <if the 
present village, on a delt<a or island between the Ix'd of a mountain tcirreiil and 
the Rio Grande, from which conies its Spanish name. I am not infnrnn-d 
whether any remains of this pueblo are yet to be seen.' 

See Isleta Pueblo [29:101]. 

(1) Eng. Pecos settlement. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Pecos, named from Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:r.:5]. This 
is a small and comparatively recent settlement situated a couple 
of miles northward from Pecos Pueblo ruin [29:33], from which 
it takes its name. 

Petrified forest somewhere south of Cerrilios [29:53]. Mr. t'. I- 
Linnev, of Santa Fe, described this locality to the writer as one 
abounding in masses of silicified wood similar to that of the 
famous Petrified Forest National Monument of Arizona. 

Pictographs 3 miles east of Cerrilios [29:53]. Mr. II. C. Yontz, of 
Santa Fe, informs the writer that there are atioriginai paintings 
on a clift" facing the railroad about 3 miles east of Cerrilios [29:53]. 

Placer Mountains. This is apparently a name applied to the Orliz 
[29:72], Golden [29:73], and South [29:7-1] mountains together, 
because placer gold mi ning has been carried on in them.' On 

■Landof sunshine, a Book of Resources of New Mexico, p. in. 190.|^ 

= Onate (1598) in Doc. Ined.. .xvi. p, 114, ISTl; Bandel.cr, Fmal I!.-,«rt, p. .., p. 1-, I«'^ 

3 Ibid., pt. I, p. 125, 1890. 

< Ibid., pt. II., p. 109. , J ,. . •, 

a Hewett Communautfc, p. 38, 1908 (t by misprint tor A lor Bandel.er »jf .. 

:^X^:^;^::t!^^.r.S.^ey. we.. Of .hel«,.h MeridU.n. Part of Cn... N.» M«.. 

atlas sheet No. 77, Exped. of 1873, 74, '75, 'lb. ,i. and .». 



554 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OP THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

some more recent maps ' the name Placer Mountains does not 
appear at all. See [29:72], [29:73], [29:74]. 

San Ildefonso P'eTcw&we, of obscure etymology {p'e 'stick' 'timber' 
'tree-trunk': Tcwcwe unexplained). A San Ildefonso informant 
has heard this name of a place somewhere in the Tano country in 
the vicinity of Pecos [29:32] or Galisteo [29:40]. To what kind 
of place the name refers the informant never knew. 

(1) Tano Tewa "Sem-po-ap-i"'.- "Sempo-ap-i".'' "Sempoapo".^ 
None of the Tewa informants know this name, and conjecture as 
to its meaning has little value. The informants have suggested 
that it may be for s^mpiCap^i^ 'man's naked buttocks' {wjf 
'man in prime'; pu 'buttocks' 'base'; ''api 'nakedness' 'naked'; 
T* locative and adjective-forming postfix), or sifpeywc^piirjf 
would mean 'red thorn of Opuntia fruit' (.s;g 'Opuntia cactus'; fe 
'fruit'; ywx 'thorn'; p^^'redness' 'red'; 'i^y locativeand adjec- 
tive-forming postfix). Wimsimpowapi means 'the man does not 
arrive' {vn negative; nq, 'he'; stv.f 'man in prime'; ^i'OWffl 'to 
arrive' 'to come'; pi negative). These are, of course, merely 
guesses. 

(2) Span. "Valverde".^ This is a Span, place-name meaning 
'green valley'. It is perhaps also the name of a modern settle- 
ment, which has been given to the ruin. 

We follow Hodge ^ in assuming that Bandelier gives the Indian 
names of the ruins "Ka-po" and "Sem-po-ap-i" in the same 
order in which he gives the Span, names, and that therefore 
"Sem-po-ap-i" and "Valverde" are applied to the same ruin. 
See the quotation from Bandelier under Tano Tewa "Ka-po", 
(2) Span. "Tuerto", page 549. 

See "Ka-po" [29:unlocated], page 549, [29:73], [29:76], and 
"Sem-po-ap-i", above. 

Sizing deposit somewhere in the Salinas region [29:110]. The sizing 
is used by the Indians of Santo Domingo and Cochiti in manufac- 
turing pottery. 

(1) Eng. Tajique Arroyo. (<Span.). =Span. (2). "Arroyo of 
Tajique"." 

(2) Span. Arroyo de Tajique 'Tajique Arroyo', referring to 
[29:106] and [29:125]. =Eng. (1). 

"The ruins of the former pueblo [29:106] border upon the 
present settlement [29:125] on the north and west, lying on the 
south bank of the Arroyo of Tajique, which is here a permanent, 

' See U. S. Geol. Survey, Reconnaissance Map, N. Mex., San Pedro sheet, 1892. 

2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 108, 1892. 

'Ibid., p. 123. 

< Hewett, Communauti?s, p. 38, 1908. 

s Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 502, 1910. 

8 Bandelier, op. cit., p. 267. 



HAKRiNOTON] PLACE-XAMES 



5') 5 



tlioiigh very modest stream •'.' See [29:lUHJ, and f29:l"5| Cf 
Chihli Anoj-o [29:unlocated]. 
Tapwioxk'qndiwe 'place where the kind of whit<. earth call-d 
tapuvwx is dug' (tapuywm miexpkined, 'a kind ..f white earth 
used for sizing pottery'; Z'o^y 'to dig'; ';»•>, locative). 

This deposit is situated somewhere a short disUmce east of 
Santa Fe ''where the brewery used to be". Just where the i)lace 
IS, the writer has not been able to learn. See Taji y,i)ir:r under 
Minerals. 
(1) Eng. Tecolote Mountains. (<Span.). = Span. (2). 

(2) Span. "Sierra de Tecolote".^ This means 'owl mountains'. 

'•While the mesa on the right bank of the river [Pecos liivcr 
[29:32] by Pecos Pueblo ruin |29:3:|j] rises al)ruptly to nearlv 
2,000 feet higher, the Tecolote chain is certainly not "much lower 
if any".3 " On the east [of Pecos Pueblo ruin ["29::{:ij] the Sierra 
de Tecolote". "The Rio Pecos [29 :o2j . . . hugs, in the upper 
part of the valley, closely to the momitains of Tecolote".' 

The altitude of Tecolote Mounbiins is given as t;.580 feet.' 
Navaho "Tqo Hajile'he":'' given as the name of a place near Herna- 
lillo [29:96]. "Tqo" appears to be the Navaho word meaning 
' water ". 
San Ildefonso "Uap-i-ge'".' This name is not known to the Tcwa 
informants, but it has been suggested by them that it may stand 
ior J^jfiosempig.PP' 'place of the short or scrub rock-pine tree(s)' 
{ywscij 'rock pine', Pinus scopulorum; ptg.i •shortness' 'short' 
opposite of tall; '?'' locative and adjective-forming posttix). No 
such place-name, however, is known to the Tcwa informants, and 
this is merely a guess at possible form and possible etymology. 
Cf. "Dyap-i-ge" [29:unlocated]. 

Euins of two other pueblos lie east and southeast of Lamy [ZQ^S.'*]. . . . 
I have not seen them, and therefore speak from he irsay only. The gentltMiian 
who mentioned and described them to me inquired almut them of a well-known 
Indian of San Ildefonso, who informed him that they were respectively called 
Uap-i-ge and Dyap-i-ge, and are those of very ancient Taiios villiijies.' 

The present writer has asked some of the oldest and best- 
informed San Ildefonso Indians, but they do not know any suc-h 
places. See '•Dyapi-ge" [29:unlocated]. 
(1) Eng. Uiia de Gate settlement. (<Span.). =Span. (2), 

(2) Span. Ui5a de Gato ' cat's claw', referring to the claw of any 
kind of cat, also name of the desert plant called in Eng. cats- 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 257, 1892. 

^Bandelier, Papers Arch. Inst. Amcr., Aincr. kt.. i. p. 37. ]sS3. 

5 Ibid. 
<Ibid., p. 38. 

^Gannett, Dictionary of Altiludus. -Ith c<l., |i. tv.l, 190<'.. 

6 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. \3S. I9I0. 
' Bandelier, op. cit., p. 100. 

8 Ibid., pp. 9«, 100. 



556 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

claw. This settlement is given as "Uiia de Gato" on an official 
map,' which locates the settlement on the west side of the arroyo 
[29:70], slightly north of east from Golden [29:75]. The map is, 
however, not very clear. This settlement appears to give its 
name to the arroyo [29:70], q. v. 

Valley Ranch. This is a ranch and tourist resort about 3 miles north 
of Pecos Tueblo ruin [29:33]. 

Span. "Arroyo de la Yuta".- This apparently means 'arroyo of the 
Ute Indian woman.' 

The former fields of the pueblo [29:82] can be traced along the Arroyo del 
Tejon [29:80], and along the dry Arroyo de la Yuta, in places at a distance of 
2 and 'i miles from the ruins [29:82]. . . Along the Arroyo de la Yuta the 
banks are too steep [to admit of primitive irrigation] and the water flows 10 to 
15 feet below the surrounding levels.^ 

This arroyo is evidently somewhere near the pueblo ruin [29:8:^]. 
Cf. [29:80], [29:82]. 

Nameless puelilo ruin west of midway between Bajada [29:26] and 
Coehiti [28:77], perhaps identical with [28:S2], [28:8:.]. or [28:90]. 
Apparently distinct from nameless pueblo ruin midway between 
Bajada [29:26] and Coehiti [28:77], below; see quotations and ref- 
erences under the latter heading. 

Third nameless pueblo ruin mentioned by Bandelier as between 
Bajada [29:26] and Coehiti [28:77], perhaps identical with [28:82], 
[28:83], or [28:90]. See quotations from Bandelier under next 
entry below. 

Nameless pueblo ruin midway between Bajada [29:26] and Coehiti 
[28:77], perhaps identical with [29:8-i], [28:90], or [28:91]. Bande- 
lier is not clear, and although he implies that he visited the ruin, 
he does not state on which side of Santa Fe Creek [29:8] it lies. 

Tze-nat-ay [29:29] is not the only ruin on the banks of the Rio de Santa F6 
[29:8]. Between the Bajada [29;26] and the outlet of the stream opposite 
Coehiti [28:77], not less than three others are found along its course. One lies 
about equidistant from the two points named, and was a communal pueblo like 
Tze-nat-ay; but the houses were smaller, and I saw only a single estufa. 

At the second ruin [nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between Bajada 
[29:26] and Coehiti [28:77]; see above] I did not notice any estufa. The 
pottery is the same in both, and so are the other objects. Tze-nat-ay appears 
to have been quite a large pueblo, and it was probably three, if not four stories 
high. Neither the Tanos nor the Queres [Keresans] of Coehiti could give me 
any information concerning the smaller pueblo [which is the smaller pueblo? 
Bandelier does not state]. Neither of the two tribes claimed it.* 

Since Tze-nat-ay [29:29] is situated on the south side of Santa 
Fe Creek. [29:8] the chances are that the nameless ruins, at least 

'U. S. GeosT. Surveys West of the 100th Meridian, Partof Central X. Mex., atlas sheet No. 77, Exped. 
of 1873, '74, '75, '76, '77, and '78. 
2 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. Ii, p. Ill, 1892. 
sjbid., pp. 110, 111. 
* Ibid., p. 96. 



nAuKiN.rroN] PLACE-NAMES 557 

the two of them visited l)y Bandelior, are also situated on tlie 
south side. If Bandelior did not mention one nameless pucM.. 
ruin as having an estufa while at the other nameless ruin iir did 
not notice any estufa, it mio-ht lie assumed that the ruin which he 
first refers to in the second paragraph rpioted is the same as I he 
nameless ruin alluded to in the first, and that he calls it '-second" 
in contradistinction to Tze-nat-ay [29:i'!»], as indeed the third 
paragraph quoted seems to indicate. As it is, we infer llmt the 
nameless ruin first referred to in the second paragraph iiuotcd i'^ 
distinct from and west of the one first alluded to in the iirst para- 
graph. See nameless pueblo ruin west of midway between 
Bajada [29:2()J and Cochiti [28:77], and, third nameless pueblo 
ruin mentioned by Bandelier as betweeu ]>ajada |29:l'i;] and 
Cochiti [28:77J, page 5,50; also [28:82], [28:S?.], [28:^4). 128:'."|J. 
[28:91]. 

Nameless pueblo ruin at Otto, New Mexico. ^Ir. Otto Goetz informs 
the writer that there is a pueblo ruin a few hundred feet west of 
the I'ailroad track at Otto, about 7 miles north of iloriurity. 
another station on the New Mexican Central Railroad 129:1:'.) 
al)Out half-way between Kennedy [29:43] and Estancia [29:ln7|. 
The northern part of this ruin lies on a school section, while the 
southern part is situated partly on the land of Mr. Otto (ioetz and 
pai'tly on that of Mr. Jose Abecen Garcia, whiiii adjoin^ tiial of 
Mr. Goetz on the west. 

Nameless ruin at Lamy [29:;')S]. 

At the railroad station of I.aiuy [29::iS], wlicre the branch roaii to Santa Ft' 
[29:5] turns oft from the main line of the Atchison, Topeka, ami Santa Fo. I 
noticed, in the summer of 1882, little mounds covered with potsherds, which 
recalled to me forcibly the ruins of the socalled 'small houses,' of which I 
have treated more extensively in a former report to the Inslitute. llFontunli:] 
Fifth Animal Report, p. 60: 'A second architectural type even niore pn-valLMit 
is that of detached family dwellings, either isolatetl or in groujis fiirming vil- 
lages ". Also, pages 61, 62. I tirst gave an account of this class of hnildings in 
the Bulletin of the Airhseologiciil iHsliliite of Amerieii, 1883 (p. '.'SV ami refer to 
those publications for a description of them.] The fragments »i pottery are 
clearly distinguishable from such as are found in the Tanos [Tano] ruins. 

The mounds lie on the north side of the railroad track, ami are fa.-^t disai>- 
pearing. It is useless to speculate upon their origin, but they cerlainly ante- 
date the time when the sedentary Indians of this district adopteil the larv' 
house tvpe of architecture. HFvotnote.] Compare on this point my Keport in 
the Fif'th Annual Report, 1SS4, j). 78; also, Bulletin, 1883, p. :U.] They cannot 
have been mere summer dwellings of I'neblo Imlians, for the i«;ittery i.- differ- 
ent from that found in other ruins; or, rather, a certain kind of iKittery whi. I. 
always accompanies the remains of Tanos villages is never foun.l in TOnne<t...n 
with the small houses. We cannot atlmit that the sedenUry native lia.1 a par- 
ticular earthenware for summer use and another for the cold sea.s-.n. ([/•<-.<- 
note:} Bulletin, p. 30 et. seq.] 

The fra'^ments of earthenware found at Lamy I have dt-scnlH-d im |..iin«H. 
It is harder and better, white, gray, or red, with simple but not ladly ex.^ 



558 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 

cuted geometric figures painted black, and, so far as I could detect, without 
gloss. This pottery is decidedly superior in quality and in finish to the glossy 
kind. Along with it the corrugated and indented ware abounds'. 

The larger ruins in Central New Mexico, and especially those belonging to 
historic times, are generally covered with a profusion of potsherds, ' coarsely 
painted, the decorations being glossy ; some of it is undecorated and plain black. ' 
[IFootnote:} Bulletin, p. 29.] Southwestern pottery shows two kinds of gloss 
or glaze; one is thin, and displays a fair polish; the other, the kind exclusively 
applied on decorative lines or figures, looks like a coarse varnish laid on very 
thick, so as frequently to overrun the outlines. The latter is the variety that I 
have always found wanting in the small house ruins, whereas at the Pu-y6 
[14:46], in the Tanos [Tano] country, and in the Queres [ICeresan], Tigua 
[Tiwa], and Piros [Piro] pueblos, it is abundant. . . . Corrugateil and in- 
dented ware is rarer among the large type j>ueblos south of Santa F6 [20;5] 
than farther north and in the small houses; and while the small liouse potU'ry 
also occurs among ruins of the communal type, it is not abundant there.' 

There was a pueblo of the detached house type or cluster village near Lamy 
[29:38], the mounds of which may be seen.^ 
See Lamy [29:38]. 

Nameless pueblo ruin opposite Algodones [29:7S]. Bandclicr, the 
sole authority, seems to mean that this ruin is on the west side of 
the Rio Grande: "I have lately been informed that there is a ruin 
opposite Algodones [29:7S], in which case the one [29:87] on the 
Cangi'lon [29:87] must have been a Tigua [Tiwa] pueblo. Not 
having investigated the locality myself, 1 withhold my opinion".^ 

Nameless pueblo ruins near Santa Fe [29:5]. "East and southeast of 
Santa Fe there are three ruins (mounds)".^ The distance is not 
given. 

Nameless pueblo ruin 6 miles southwest of Santa Fe [29:5]. "The 
road to Peiia Blanca [28:95i] intersects the foundations of a small 
pueblo 6 miles southwest of the city of Santa Fe [29:5]".= The 
distance from Santa Fe possibly precludes this being the ruin at 
Agua Fria settlement [29:14], which is usually .said to be situated 
3 miles south of Santa Fe, but is perhaps farther. 

Unmapped Places 

Places are here presented the location of which is known, but which 
are not within the area covered by maps 1-29. See map [30], the key 
map. 

''Akqnfheimfw ' river or rivers of the great plain {\AJcqnfhe'ir)f, see 
immediately below; po 'water' 'river'). 

This name is applied by the Tewa to the Mississippi, Missouri, 
Arkansas, and other rivers of the great plains. 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. n, pp. 97-99, 1892. 
2Twitchell, in Santa Fc New Mexkan, Sept. 22, 1910. 
^Bandelier, op. cit., p. 224, note. 



FOLDOUT 



FOLDOUT 



HARRINGTON] PLACE-NAMES 5r,9 

^Akony/ieiijj> ' the great ])\a\n' ('«^'o;;y 'plain'; /ft' 'gn-atncss' 'pivat'; 
'iuy locative and adjiH'tive-forming postfix). This iiiiino is up- 
plied to the groat plains cast of the Hocky Mountain rc^non. Cf. 
^Akorifheimpo, just above. 

(1) Eng. Costilla Mountains. (<Span.). =Spaii. {•>). '•('ostiila 
region north of Taos [8:-J:5j'".' 

(2) Span. Sierra Costilla, Sierra de la Costilla Til) niounlaiiis'. 
= Eng. (1). 

The maps show these mountains close by the boundary between 
Taos and Colfax Counties, near the Colorado line: also a Costilla 
settlement and Costilla Creek west of the niountjvins of that name. 
To which feature the name Costilla was Krst applied is not 
determined. 

(1) Eng. ('ulebra Mountains. (<Span.). =Spaii. (:i). ••'["ln' >nuw- 
clad range of the Culebra".- 

(2) Span. Sierra Culebra, Sierra de la Culebra "snake niown 
tains'. =Eng. (1). 

The maps show these mountains north of the Costilla Moiuitains 
[Unmapped], above, also a Culebra settlement and Culebi-a Creek 
west of the mountains of tiiat name. To which feature the name 
Culebra was first applied is not determined. 

{1) Dulse. (<Span.). = Eng. (3), Span. (4). Cf. Tewa (2). 

(2) Po'aiwe 'place of the sweet water' (po 'water'; 'a "swrct- 
ness' 'sweet'; [Iwe locative). This name appears not to l>e a 
mere translation of the Span, name, for candy or sirup is allied 
'd/w in Tewa fd 'sweetness' 'sweet'; p« 'water'), not /Vd. Cf. 
Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Dulce settlement. (<Span.). =Tewa (1). vSpan. (4). 
Cf. Tewa (2). 

(4) Span. Dulce 'sweet'. =Tewa (1), Eng. (3). Cf. Tewa (2). 
Why the Span, name was applied is not known. Judging from 
Tewa (2), it may refer to sweet water. 

This is a modern settlement in llio Arriba County, New M.'xi, ... 
with a Government school for the Jicarilla Apache. 
(1) Eng. El Paso city, in Texas. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. El Paso, El Paso del Norte 'the pass' 'the pass of 
the north'. =Eng. (1). So called because the Kio Grande ther-.- 
passes through a kind of g-ap in the mountains. 

Although El Paso is known to some of the Tewa they have no 
name for it and know nothing of the tribes which used to live in 
that vicinity. 
(1) Eng. Gallinas creek. (<Span.). =Span. (2). 

1 BandcHur, Final ISeport, i.t. ii, |.. 3«, 1892. 
:lbid., p. -lo. 



560 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS Teth. ann. 29 

(2) Span. Rio Gallinas 'hen creek' •turkey creek'. =Eng-. (1). 
This is the creek on which Las Vegas city is situated; the Tewa 
have no native name for it. 
(1) Ji/ta'i/npo ^Vte Rivev' (Jiita 'Ute Indian'; 'i/;y locative and ad- 
jective-forming postfix; po 'water' 'river'). So called because 
the Utes live on it. =Navaho (3). Cf. Tewa (2). 

(2) IfwqnsaieHmpo 'Navaho River' {?)wq7isaM 'Navaho In- 
dian'; 'i^y locative and adjective-forming postfix; po 'water' 
'river'). So called because the Navaho live on it. Cf. Tewa (1), 
Navaho (3). 

(3) Navaho "Noda'a Bitqo":' given as name for San Juan 
River, meaning "Utes' river". =Tewa (1). Cf. Tewa (2). 

(1) Navaho "San Bitqo":^ given as name of the San Juan River, 
meaning "the old man's water". The reason for applying this 
name is not stated. 

(5) Eng. San Juan River. (<Span.). =Span. (6). 

(6) Span. Rio San Juan, Rio do San Juan 'Saint John River". 
= Eng. (5). When this name was applied, and whether directly to 
the river or to a settlement on the river, the writer has not learned. 

This is the San Juan River, tributary to Colorado River. The 
Jemez frequently make trading expeditions to the region at the • 
time of Jicarilla, Navaho, or Ute fiestas, but the Tewa rarely or 
never do so. 
(1) A^^pi^y 'bear mountain' (fc 'bear'; ^i^^y 'mountain'). Whythis 
name is applied is not known to the Tewa informants. The bear 
is the Tewa cardinal animal of the west, not of the north. 

(2) Pimpije'impirjf ' north mountain' {pimp/Je '"north^ <piVJ' 
'mountain', pije 'toward'; 'i/;y locative and adjective-forming 
postfix; piuj" 'mountain'). This is the cardinal mountain of the 
north, of the Tewa; hence this name. 

(3) Eng. San Antonio Mountain, San AntonioPeak. (<Span.). 
= Span. (4). "San Antonio Peak". ^ 

(4) Span. Cerro de San Antonio 'Saint Anthony Mountain'. 
When the peak first received this name has not been learned. 
"Cerro de San Antonio''^. 

This is a lofty isolated mountain, 10,833 feet in altitude, west 
of the Rio Grande and the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad, and 
but a short distance from the latter, 12 miles north of No Agua 
[8:10]. It is due north of the center of the Tewa country, and is 
the cardinal mountain of the Tewa; see Cardinal Mountains, 
page 44. Bandelier says of the view looking north and west 
from near Taos: 

1 Franciscan Fathers, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 131, 1910. 

2 Ibid. 

3 U. S., Geogr. Surveys West o£ the 100th Meridian, Parts of Southern Col. and Northern N. 
Mex., atlas sheet No. 69, Exped. of 1873, '74, '75, '76,aiid '77. 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 32, 1892. 



HARRixr.Toxl PLACE-NAMES 561 

A plain with ftnv nndulation.-i stretches far to tlie iiurtli nn.l west, ari.l nn.I 
bare in both of these .lirections. Beyond it low, .lark monntaina skirt tli.- 
northern and northwestern horizon, and abovetheiu the Cerr.>de San AnUmio 
rises in the distance like a flat dome.' 

(1) Hano Tewa "Kipo"r givon as the llano Tewa name for Fort 
Wingate, ciiuivalont to the Ilopi naiiio .|uotc<l l)cl<.\v. Hotli 
Hano Tewa and llopi names evidently mean 'hear water", which 
would he in Rio Grande, Tewa Kipo {1-! 'I)ear'; />-/ 'water'). 
= Hopi (2), Span, (a), Eng-. (i). 

(2) Hopi "IIonanpahi":= given a.s the llopi name for Fort 
Wingate, equivalent to the Hano Tewa name ([noted ahove. 
Both Hano Tewa and llopi names evidently mean 'hear water'. 
= Hano Tewa (1), Span. (.'!), Eng. (i). 

(3) Span. Ojo del Oso 'hear spring'. =HanoTewa (1). Hop! 
(2), Eng. (i). 

(4) Eng. Rear Spring. =Hano Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Span. (;?). 

(5) Eng. Fort Wingate and settlement, named in honor of Capt. 
Benjamin Wingate. 

This place is not known to the Rio Grande Tewa except hy its 
English name. Mr. Hodge informs the writer that the Znrti 
name means 'bear spring' and that the first Navaho treaty was 
made at this place. 
(1) Jicarilla Apache '"kuL tcl de ye 'at the Canadian River."^ 

(2) Eng. Canadian River, from "Canada", corruption of Span. 
Canada, so called because of its precipitous hanks in parts of its 
course.* 

The Tewa have no name for this river. 
(1) irosq'qn/qyin 'big legging pueblos' (A'cWo^y 'Hopi Indian' 
literally 'big legging' < h'o 'man's deer.skin legging reaching up 
to the thigh'; 'ojjwi 'pueblo'). 'Hopi Indian' is called ICosqqijf 
'big legging' (see etymology above), because the Hopi men used 
to wear large deerskin leggings, so it is said. This name applies 
to any or all of the Hopi villages, including Tewa-sj^i-aking Hano. 
The Hopi i-owntry \^ cnWc:^ Kosq'qnmvge (miyf 'earth' •land": 
ge 'down at' 'over at'). 

(2) Oraibi Hopi nopMUo"kl 'honest pueblo(s)' (//"/'/ -Hopi 
Indian', literally 'honest' 'good'; Utmkl 'pueblo'). Tlie Ho|.i 
people are called Hopisinomo 'honest, good people' (Il>i>i 'Hopi 
Indian', ^ee above; slnomd 'people', plu. of *//i" 'person'). 

(3) Eng. Moki, Moqui. (< Span.). =Span. (h). 

(4) Eng. Hopi. = Moki (3). • 

1 Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 32, 18*2. 

iFewkes in yinetimili Kip. liur. Am.r. Elhn., pt. ii, p.iill, I'."'. 

^Goddard, Jicirilla Apache TexUs, p. 133, 1912. 

* Etymology suggested by Uodge. 

87.584"— 29 eth— IC 3G 



562 ETHKOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [etii. anx. liO 

(5) Span. Moqui, prol)a})l_y a corruption of the Zuni name for 
the Plopi, but similar forms occur in Athapascan, Shoshonean, 
and Yuman languages; the Keresan has Cochiti 2Iofs/, etc., with 
ts. The Hopi regard the designation Moki, ^loqui, as an oppro- 
brious epithet and greatly dislike it. 
(1) Las Vegas city. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span. Las Vegas 'the meadows'. =Eng. (1). The settle- 
ment is situated at a meadowy place on Gallinas Creek; hence the 
name. "Las Vegas was a cienega [marsh]".' 

The Tewa have no Indian designation for Las Vegas cit3'. Cf. 
Las Vegas hot springs, immediately below, and Gallinas Creek 
[Unmapped], pages 559-560. 
(1) Las Vegas hot springs. (< Span.). =Span. (2). 

(2) Span.Ojos Calientes de Las Vegas 'Las Vegas hot springs'. 
= Eng. (1). The springs take their name from Las Vegas city. 

These famous springs are 6 miles east of Las Vegas city, imme- 
diately above. Tlie Tewa ha\e no name for them. 
(1) Eng. Magdalena Mountains. (<Span.) =Span. (2). "]\Iagdalena 
Mountains ".- 

(2) Span. Sierra Magdalcna, Sierra de la Magdelena 'Moun- 
tains of (Mai-y) Magdalene'. =Eng. (1). 

These are south of the Ladrones Mountains [29:127]. Although 
they can be seen from the mountains of the Tewa country, the 
Tewa have no name for them. Bandelier states that they are 
visible from Quemada Mesa [28:(>7] west of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]. 
The view from there [28:67] is almost boundless to the south, where the 
Sierra de los Ladrones [29:127] and the Magdalena Mountains are distinctly 
visible. [[Foolnole :] In a direct line, the Ladnjnes Mountains are 90 miles, 
and the Magdalenas 120 miles distant. The height ... of the latter [is] 
10,758 feet. 3] 

(1) Mansana^oywi 'apple pueblo' {mansana 'apple', a corruption of 
Hopi (2), which has no reference to Span, manzano 'apple'; -oywi 
'pueblo'). The Tewa know that this is not the exact Hopi pro- 
nunciation, but say that the Hopi understand it. =Hopi (2), 
Eng. (3). 

(2) Yi.o\)i2I()f(lniibi, Mishijniiiijit iiovi ^ sa.\^hy St&'phen* to mean 
" 'at the place of the other which remains erect', referring to two 
irregular sandstone pillars, one of which has fallen." =Tewa 
(1), Eng. (3). 

(3) Eng. "Mishongnovi", etc. (<Hopi). =Tewa(l), Hopi (2). 

• 'Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii. p. 137, notL-, 1892. 

Ubid., p. 183. 
' Ibid., pp. 1,S2, 183. 
< In Handbook Iiids., pi. 1, p. 871, 1907. 



HARRIXGTOX] PLACE-NAMKS :,{)S 

(1) Eu^^. Mora Town. (<Span.). =Span. 

(2) Span. Mora Mnulbeny", also applied to any kind of wild 
berries. =Eng. (1). See [22:()4]. 

The town lies in Mora County, north of Las V.jra- city [T'li- 
mapped], pai^e .562. It appears to <,'ive the name lo Mom rount v 
and to the Mora Mountains [22:(;4|, ij. v. 
(1) Jicarilla Apache "Na bee dl 'Arkansas River'".' "Nn U-i- di in 
'Arkansas River' ".- 

(2) Eng. Arkansas River, from the ethnic name Arkan.su.s 
= Span. (3). (3) Span. Rio Arkansas, Rio c'c Arkansas. ( < Knj,'.). 
= Eno-.(2). 

The Tewa have no name for this river except the descriptiv 
term "'Al-qn/he^ynpo 'a river of the jfreat plain"; ^' ■ 
flieimpo [Unmapped], page 55S. 
(1) Jicai'illa Apache "Na becdIdziL,"' given as name of Piket) iVuk, 
meaning 'Arkansas River (Nahecdi) Mountain {(hli.) large 
(?!, tsai M). 

(2) Eng. Pikes Peak, named in honor of tiie exi>l(irer IJc-ut. 
Zebulon ^lontgomery Pike. The Tewa have no name for this 
mountain. 
(1) 'O'laiit'oywi {'O.iaidi <IIopi (2); 'oijwi 'pueblo"). =llopi (2), 
Eng. (3J, Span. (4). 

(2) Oraibi Hopi (Maibi, said to mean "place of the ro<k." 
= Tewa (1), Eng. (3), Span! (4). 

(3) Eng. Oraibi, with many forms of spelling. (<Spaii.). 
= Towa (1), Hopi (3), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Oraibi, Oraivi. (<iropi). -Tewa (1), Hopi (l'), 
Eng. (3). 

(1) Hano Tewa "■ (y pinp o:^ given as meaning "duck water ; evi- 
dently for Tewa '('^Si/w 'duck water' i^oli 'diiek'; /"' 'water"). 
The Rio Grande Tewa informants do not know this place or iiaiiie. 
(2) Hopi '-Pawikpa'":' given as the Hopi equivalent of the 
Tewa name, meaning likewise 'duck water'. Given by Fowkes, 
as a place somewhere between Jemez Pueblo [27:35] and Fort 
Wingate. The other place-names given by Fewkes, with i-xcep- 
tions^of "Kipo" [Unmapped], page 561, arc all in the Hopi 
language onlv, and are not known to tlic Rio Grande Tewa. 

(1) Pa^oscvpofsqvwicH-^ ' Pago.sa hot water place' (/'-'gov,,, see Spin. (:!), 

below; p^ 'water'; rsy/;«.'^ 'heat' 'hot'; '/"' loaitivean I • ' •• - 

forming postfix). = Eng. (2 ), Span. (3). 

1 Goddarf, Jicarilla Apache Texts, \>. 41, 1912- 

2 Ibid., p. 119. 

3 Handbook Ind-i., pt. 2, p. U2. ISIO. 

. Fewkes in XinetmM Hep. ISnr. .Im, ,-. hlhn.. pt. i. p. -H. I'M". 



564 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) Eng. Pagosa hot springs. (<Span.). =Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Ojo Caliente do Pago.sa 'hot .spring of Pago.sa', the 
latter word having a meaning unknown to the informants; the 
Span, dictionaries do not give "pagosa". Mr. Hodge suggests 
that it is a corruption of Span, pegosa "sticky." 

These are hot springs in southern Colorado near the boundary 
betvTeen San Juan and Rio Arriba Counties, New Mexico. 
(1) Psen,fv,pog.e,Pxn,fupog,e^akqtjj' 'snake water place' 'snake water 
place plain' {pxn/y, 'snake'; po 'water'; ge 'down at' 'over at'; 
\ikqyf 'plain'). Why this name is given is not known to the 
informants. 

('2) Eng. San Luis Valley. (<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Vallede San Luis 'Saint Louis Valley', =Eng. (2). 
When and how the valley was so named was not ascertained. 

This is a large valley in south-central Colorado. 
(1) Hopi "Pi-sis-bai-ya:" ^ given as the Ilopi name of the Colorado 
Kiver or Grand Canyon. 

(2) Eng. Colorado River, Grand Canyon of Colorado River. 
(<Span.). =Span. (3). 

(3) Rio Colorado, Canon Grande del Rio Colorado 'red river', 
'great canyon of the red river', so called because of the red color 
of its water. =Eng. (2). Strange to say, the Rio Grande Tewa 
have no name for the Colorado River or Grand Canyon, although 
several Tewa have seen the river or canyon. 

(1) Piwfe^T' 'the white mountains' {piy f .'■ vaowwi^va'' \ fssp 'white- 
ness' 'white'; 'i'' locative and adjective-forming postfix). Prob- 
ably a translation of the Span, name, or vice ver.sa. =Eng. (2), 
Span. (3). 

('J) Eng. Sierra Blanca. (<Span.). = Tewa (1), Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Sierra Blanca 'white mountains'. =Tewa (1), Eng. 

This is a large range in southern Colorado, northeast of Ala- 
mosa. It is east of Slpop'e Lake, q. v., pages 567-569. 
{\) P'apinnx''akorjj' 'yucca mountain plain' (F'apvjy, see immedi- 
ately below; nx 'at' locative postfix; \ikoj)f 'plain'). 

(2) Eng. Montezuma Valley. (<Span.?). = Span. (3). 

(3) Span. Vallede Montezuma ' Montezuma Valley '. =Eng. (2). 
The name is that of the Aztec chief. 

This is a large valley in southwestern Colorado. It is said 
that in ancient times when the Tewa were journeying south 
from Sipope (pages 567-569) the Rosa, a mythic person who 
founded the Kosa Society of the Tewa, first appeared to the 

' Fewkes in Journ. Amer. Ethiwl. and Archseol., iv, p. 106, 1894. 



HARKiNCToxl PLACE-NAMES SOS 

people while thcv were sojourniii'r :it tiiis vallev. So.- P'tipiij/^ 
following: 

I''" pi >j y 'jncca, moimtiun' (//« 'Yucca bacoata'; piijy • mountain "). 
This name is applied to a mounlaiTi somowhcro near the iMorile- 
zuma Valley in southwestern Colorado. The mnuntjun yives 
Montezuma Valley itsTewa name; sec Fap(nn;r\dqijj\ aliove. 

(1) Source unknown, "Quivira"', etc. This is recorded in a nuTnlM>r 
of orthographies. It is first mentioned in 1541 as the name of 
an Indian province lying cast of the pueltlo area, of wliich Com- 
nado learned from a Plains Indian, identified as a Pawnee, known 
as "The Turk", while on the Rio Grande among the Piiehlos in 
1540-41. From 1541 until ca. Iti'.H) it was applieil liy various 
writers to a region in the present Kansas, identified by Hodge as 
the tribal range of the Wichita Indians. 

Froratv;. 16'.'9 '' Quivira" is frequently applied also to a pueblo 
ruin attributed to the Piro, with the remains of a large Spani>ii 
church about 33 miles almost due south of Estancia |29:l(iTl. 
Bandelier' identifies this pueblo ruin with the '•Tabira". etc., of 
some early sources. (See Piro {'.), (2), below.) Hodge- suggi'sts 
that Quivira is "possibly a Spanish corruption of Kidikwius, or 
Kirikurus, the Wichita name for themselves, or of Kirikuruks, 
the Pawnee name for the AVichifa." The Tewa arc familiar wiiii 
the name "Quivira" only as they have heard the Mexicans use it 
as a name of a pueblo ruin somewhere in central New Mexico. 

The writer has made special efi'ort to get information from 
Tewa about "Tabira", but have found none who know tiie name 
In the following synonymy the names that refer to the jxieblo 
ruin of central New Mexico are marked with an asterisk. The 
"Gran" of some forms is the Span, word meaning 'great'. 
"Quivira".^ "Quilnra".' "Aguivira".^ "Qiiiuini".' "Que- 
bira'".' "Quiriba".' "que Vira"." " Xaqueuria •" . . . "uppir- 
entlv Axa and Quivira"." "Cuybira".'^ "Cuivira"."_ "Qyi- 
vira"." "Quiuiriens":'^appliedtothepeople. *"GninQuivii-a"." 



1 Final Report, pt. II, pp. 290-91, 189'J. 

2 Hanabook Inds., pt. 2, p. 346, 1910. 

3 Coronado (1541) in Tcrnaux-Oompans, Voy., ix, p. mi, 1S3«. 

4 Coronado (1541) in Doc. Jned., xiv, p. 326, 1870. 

5 Coronado (1541), ibid., p. 324. 

s Gomara (1554) quoted by Hakluyt, Voy., in, p. 4,t5, 1600. 

1 Doe. oilon ill Smith. mcc.Dx. Flu., 1, pp. l'ol-f>i.l>^'.. . . ,, „ w ,„,,. „, 

8 Jaraniillo(,-a. 1560) in Doc. Inid.. xiv, p. 313, 1870 (eil...! as „ ..nsprn.i ... lU....lb.-.k I...I. . ft. 
2, p. 347. 1910). 

9 Ibid., p. 319. 

lOGalvano (1563) in Haklw/t Soc. Pub., xxx, p. -■27, 1W2. 

" Handbook luda., pt. 2, p. 347, 1910. 

"Losa (1.582-83) in Doc. Inid., xv, p. 145, 1S71. 

"Castaneda (1596) misquoted in Trans. Anu-r. ilf>ii. •-"•■•. v ■• 1'- -'■ • -- 

"Wytfiiet, Hist, des Indes, map, pp. 114-16.1605. 

isGomara, Hist. Gen., p. 470a, 1606. 

I'Eino (ra. :699) in Doc. Hi^t. .Mix.. 41h ser.. I. p. 31,. l.-w.. 



566 ETHNOUEOGRAPHV OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

"Qnivira".' •'Quivina".- "Qiiivica".^ "Quivira?"/ "Quivi- 
renses":^ applied to the people. "Mivera"." *"Gran Quivra".' 
*"LaGranQuivira".* *"GranQuivira'\' "Quivera".'" *"Grancl 
Quavira"." ''Quiviraus": " applied to the people. *"Grand Qui- 
vira"." *•' Juan Quivira"." "Quiiiira".'^ 

(2) Piro {{) "Tavira", etc. This name is first identified by 
Bandelier,'" with "Quivira" as applied to a pueblo ruin in cen- 
tral New Mexico. The Tewa informants do not know this name, 
although Bandelier'" mentions a deceased San Ildefonso Towa In- 
dian and also an old Santo Domingo Indian who knew it and in- 
formed him that it is the same as "Quivira". The writer hopes 
to get information about this name from Tiwa and Piro. 

The name is applied by writers to a former pueblo of the Tom- 
piro country at which a large stone church was built, but its identi- 
fication with the pueblo ruin 33 miles south of Estancia [29:107] 
seems to be uncertain, "Tavira".^' "Tabira".^* "Tabira"." 
"Tabira"^": said to be also erroneously called "Gran-quivira'". 
"Ta-bi-ra"'.-'' 

(3) Source unknown, "Tinddn":" according to Handbook 
Inds., pt. 2, p. 347 (1910), we have in this name Quivira and 
Teton confused. For discussion of the names see Hodge's articles 
Quivira and Tahira in Handbook Inds., pt. 2, in which references 
to other works dealing with the subject ai'e given. 

Eng. Ship Rock. So called from its resemblance to a ship. Although 
this rock is known to a num))er of Tewa, there is no Tewa name 
for it. 

This is an isolated rock 1,600 feet high, i.n San Juan County, 
New Mexico. The walls are cliffs and no one is known ever to have 

1 Mota-PailiUa, Hist, de la Conquista, p. 161, 1742 (misprint). 

-'Dobbs, Hudson Bay, p. 163, 1744 (misprint). 

3 Hornot, Anec. Am6r., p. 221, 1776. 

•MorelU, Fa.sti Novi Orbis, p. 23, 1776. 

•- Alcedo, Die. Geog., iv, p. 389, 1788. 

6 Pennant, Arctic Zoology, p. 3, 1792 (misprint). 

' Howe, Hist. Coll., map, 18.51. 

8Ibid.,p. 377. 

9 Parke, map N. Mex., 1851. 
10 Schoolcraft, Ind. Tribes, iv, p. 28, 18.54. 
" Marcou in Mollhausen, Pacific, i, p. 348, 1858. 
'= Prince, New Mex., p. 166, 1883. 
"Wallace, Land of Pueblos, p. 240, 1.888. 
^^Amcr. Antiq., x, p. 255, 1888. 

1^ Demarcaci6n y Division, etc. (date unknown) in Ddc. Turd., xv, p. 4(il. 1871. 
'•Final Report, pt. !i, pp. 290-91, 1892. 

"De Per, Carte de Californie et du Nouveau Mexique (1705) cited by Bandelier, op. cit. 
"Escalante (1778) quoted by Bandelier, op. cit., pt. i, p. 132, 1890; Hodge in Handbook Indi.. pt. 2, 
p. 665, 1910. 

I'Morfi, Descripcion Geogrifica, fnl. 107, 1782, que itcd by Bandelier, up. cit., pt.ir,p.291; Bandelier, 
ibid., pp. 290-91. 
»Bandelier (1888) in Proe. Internal. Vong. Amir., vir, p. 4.52, 1890. 
21 Hodge, op. cit. 

MBonilla (1776) quoted by Bancroft, Ariz, and N. Mex., p. 108, 1889; Bandelier, Final Report, pt. i, 
p. 174. 



i.ARRiNOTONl PLACE-NAMES ,-,(17 

ascended to tbe top. The Niivaho l.econic excited if any one tries 
to scale the rock. Mrs. P. S. Cassidy, of Santa Fe. informs tiie 
writer that she learned from the NuvmIio liie fulh.wintr (nidition 
about Ship llock: 

The Navaho were once hard pressed l)_v some enemy wiiii wlioni 
they were at war, and one of their medicine-men prayed one ni^dit 
for the deliverance of their tribe. The eartli hcneath tiic Navaho 
rose, lifting- them, and moved like a wave to tlic east, carrying 
them. It stopped where Ship Rock now is. Thus tUey ocapcd 
their enemies. After the rock assumed its present position the 
rescued people long dwelt on its top. tiiling tlie lieUls below. 

All went well until one day durinir a storm, when all tiie men 
were at work in the fields below, the trail for ascent was .-^plit olf 
by the elements, leaving a sheer cliff. The wonien, children, and 
old men on top starved to death. Their corpses are there. That 
is the reason that the Navaho object if anyone proposes climliing 
to the top of Ship Rock. 
Sipop'e. The human race and animals were born in the underworld. 
They climbed up a great Douglas spruce tree, fse^ and entered 
this world through a lake called Sipop'e, a word of ob.scure 
etj-mology. 'At Slpoj/e^ is expressed by Sipop' ciiir (hb: 'at'). 
Sipop'e was like an entrance into this world. When people die, 
their spirits go to Sipop'e, through which they pass into the un- 
derworld. There are many spirits in the waters of Sipop,. 

Sipop'e is a brackish lake situated in the sand dunes north of 
Alamosa, Colorado. It is east of Alosca, a station on the railroad 
which runs from Alamosa to Silverton. and west of the Sierra 
Blanca, called in Tewa Pinfsx'i'' ' white mountains' [pirjj' 'moun- 
tain'; te^ 'whiteness' 'white'; T' locative and adjective-forming 
postfix, here denoting 3+ plu. vegetal). 

See Pinfsse''i'\ page 564. This lagoon was visited by Dr. K. L. 
Hewett in 1892, who kindly furnished the following note taken 
from his diary of that time: 

June 27, 1892. Camped over night on the suinniil of Mo.-'oa Papson the »iiy 
to Alamosa. During the forenoon drove down tlie steep western !'I<.ih- and near 
evening camped not far from a ranch house on tlie eaBt.Tn ei.le of the San LniB 
valley There appears to be here a fertile strip between the foot of the n.oun- 
tain and the sand dunes of the valley. Here and there the soil «hmms very 
marshy and in places there is something very much hl<e .imcksan.l. One of 
my ponies suddenly dropped to tlie belly in a moist pia.-e by tlie n«id.«.d.'. 

June "8 1892 The trip from last night's camp to .Mainosa was by a ver)- 
little used' road across the sand.hmes. These areenormous hills of continually 
shiftin- sand. I am told that these dunes constantly change position shifUi.R 
a considerable distance in a few days, .'^ooii after n,x,n to the we>t of a group 
of dunes, we passed a small lake of very black, forbi.ld.ng looking water. It 
looks much like the small crater lakes south of Antonito but ih n..t ,n a vol- 
canic district. I coul.lform noideaof the depth ot it, butshould th...- ■• '.<■ 



568 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. Asx. 29 

deep. It is probably 100 yards across. Tlie water is very offensive. Around 
the shore is a continuous line of dead cattle. The place interests nie very much. 
There are no settlements within a distance of many miles, and the only in- 
formation I could gain concerning it was from a very garrulous old man (the 
only human being that we saw during the day), who with his team of oxen 
pulled us out of an old irrigating ditch in which we were stalled for an hour or 
more in the afternoon. He lived up on the mountain side (Sierra Blanca) and 
had for many years. He had seen the lake and claimed that it never dried up: 
that many cattle died from drinking the water every dry season. I remember 
that mj' old friend J. M. Hanks of Florence, Colorado, told me something of 
this place before I started on this trip. He knew this country well years ago 
and stated that this was a place around which some interesting legends centered. 
The heat during the day was intense. Our horses' noses were blistered by 
it. The wind was most disagreeable. Late in the afternoon we came into the 
area of the San Luis valley, that had been settled by homeseekers a few years 
before. All had starved out; not a single settler remains. On every quarter 
section of land there is a deserted shack, and on many are flowing wells. The 
artesian water appears to be mineralized and totally unfit for irrigating purposes. 
This part of the valley approaching the Eio Grande looks rather attractive, 
but the portion in the neighborhood of the sand dunes and the black lake is of 
most forbidding aspect. We reached Alamosa long after dark and camped in 
the outskirts of the village. 

The location of /Sipop'e'is g-enenillj' and definitely known to the 
Tewa. 

"Their [the Tewa's] ancestors, they .saj', came out upon the 
surface of the earth at a place called Ci-bo-be, now a lagune 
[lagoon] in Southern Colorado'".' Bandelier^ erroneously gives 
" Shi-pa-pu_yna " as the Santa Clara form of his Tewa "Ci-bo-be". 
Perhaps he was thinking of Slpop'enx. 

The name Sipop'e occurs in varying forms in other Pueblo 
languages. The Taos form has not been published, but as Bande- 
lier- suggests, perhaps the "Copiala" or "Coleia" of amanuscript 
of the seventeenth century is intended for it. The Isleta form is 
"Shi-pa-pu", according to Lummis.' " They [the Jemez] are said 
to have originated at a lagune [lagoon] called Ua-buna-tota, and the 
souls of the dead go to rest there". ' The Cochiti form of Sipop'e 
is fc'papii. According to San Juan informants the Cochiti and 
other Keresau people entered this world not at Sipoj>'e but at La 
Cueva in Taos county; see [6:.30], [6:31], etc. The Zimi form is, 
according to Cushing,^ "Shi-papu-lima", said to mean "The 
Mist-enveloped city'". Fewkes spells the Hopi form "Sipapu", 
"Sipapu'", "Sipapti". He says:" "Sipapu. The place desig- 
nated is a saline deposit in the Grand Canon, a .short distance west 

1 Biindelier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 303, 1890. 

2 Ujid., pt. II, p. 30, 1892. 
J Ibid., p. 29. 

< Ibid., JJt. I, p. 315. 
5 Ibid., pt. II, p. 49. 
« Jonm. Amcr. Ethnol. and Arcfi^oL, IV, p. 106 and note, 1894. 



HAKRIXr.TONl I'l.ACK- N A M KS 509 

from whero tlu' Colonulo Clnciuito dehourh.s into its ^nut.T 
namesake''. 

The district in which Sipop'r Lalai lies is mWi-d'ol-'ntj;/, 'sandy 
place' {^ok'qyf 'sand'; g.e 'down at' 'over at '). Tho S|mn. nnnic 
is Los Meganos, dialectic for Los Modanos, 'tiio sand dum-s'. 
The lake is frc(iucnti_v called by the Tcwa after the distri.t 
Wl' qiyjepokwi (^ Ok' qij(jp, see above; pohri 'lake'). Han<lcli«T"s 
"0-jau^-ge P'ho-quing-ge",' given as the San .Iiiun form of 
"Ci-bo-be", is iov' 01' qi)^epiil-wii](ic (y<' 'down at' 'over at") and 
is used in all the Tewa dialects. 
(1) Sunftqijivi, of obscure etymology (.S«7iy/ 'Zufii Indian"; ''.»;/«•( 
'pueblo'). The Tewa called 'Zufii people' f^uufflou-ii {imru 
'people'). =Jemez (2), Cochiti (o), Eng. (.'»), S|)an. (r>). 

(2) Jemez Sonigi'', of ob.scure etymology {Sdni 'Zufii Indian': 
gi'' locative). =Tewa (1), Cochiti (3), Eng. (.'>), Span. (»">). 

(3) Cochiti S:unf!M^aft<ta of obscure etymology {.s«/.// 
'Zufli Indian'; hd^aftrta 'pueblo'). =Tewa (1). .leniez (2). Eng. 
(5), Span. (6). 

(■i) Oraibi Hopi Sl'a, of obscure etymology, jwssihly akin to 
the other natues. 

(5) Eng. Zuni. (<Span.). =Tewa (1). .Teme/ (2). Cochiti (3), 
Span. (6). 

(6) Span. Zuni. probably <Keresan or Tewa. unless the unre- 
corded forms in other languages be similar. =Tewa (1). .Toniez 
(2), Cochiti (3), Eng. (5). 

Zuiii Pueblo is at present the most populous of the pueblos. 
It is seldom visited by Tewa. 
(1) Jicarilla Apache '-Sima lonye 'Cimaron'".- (<Span.). = Kng. 

(2), Span. (3). 

(2) Eng. Cimarron settlement. (<Span.). =.Iiairilla .Vp.i.ln' 

(1), Spam (3). 

(3) Span. Cimarron. A Span, dictionary gives tlie meamng a-, 
"wild, unruly, applied to men and beasts; a runaway slave, ma- 
roon''. = Jicarilla Apache (1), Eng. (2). 

The Tewa have no name for the settlement. 
(1) TtiiMl:'o^o"-,i/oi)wi ^Tewa big legging pueblo' {T.xm name of tin- 
tribe- JT rW?yy ' Ilopi Indian', lit. 'big legging' <k o 'mans 
deerskin legging extending to the thigh', m^ijf ^largenes. 
' laro-e ', irregular vegetal sing, of .V/V-; '(.//"l ' pueblo ) = I b.pi 
('A EDO-. (4), Span. (0). This is the only name which tlie hio 
Gx4nde°Tewa have for Hano I'ueblo. The people are ca l.-d 
TewaMo^o^Vf or IC<m'-ntewa 'Tewa Hopi' ..r 'Tewa Ihey 
are frequently called merely T^-g 'Ttn va^ or^A^;^^^^"'^' • 

"" 1 Final Report, pt. II, p. 30. 1S92. 

JGoddard. .licarilln ApH.hc T.-xl«, p. IW. Pjr.>. 



570 ETHNOGEOOEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(2) Oraibi Hopi Tewahitso'k! 'Tewa pueblo' {Tewa 'Tewa'; 
^j/So'/j 'pueblo'). =Tewa (1), Eng. (i), Span. (G). The people 
are called Tcwasinoino 'Tewa people' {Tewa 'Tewa'; sinomo 'peo- 
ple', plu. of sino 'person'). 

(3) Oraibi Hopi IlanoldTsd Id^ of obscure etymology {llano un- 
explained, see below; hitso^ld 'pueblo'). =Eng. (5), Span. (7). 
Hano is perhaps a corruption of Tewa Tann^ since the Hopi ap- 
pear to have no aspirated initial t' in their language and would 
perhaps hear it as A. Fewkes' suggests that Hano is ''conti-acted 
from Anopi, 'eastern people'", but the writer's Hopi informants 
declare that this etymology is impossible. 

(1) Eng. r* wa. (< Span, or Indian). =To\v:i (1), Hopi (2), 
Span. (fi). 

(5) Eng. Hano. (<Span. or Indian). =IIopi (a), Span. (7). 

(6) Span. Tehua,Tcgua. (<Tewa(l) or Hopi (2) ). =Tewa(l), 
Hopi (2), Eng. (4). 

(7) Span. Jano, Hano. (<Hopi). =Hopi (3), P2ng. (4). 
This is the Tewa pueblo in the Hopi country, in northeastern 

Arizona. For its history see Tsxw(Ui [15:24]; cf. K'imo'^nfqywi 
[Unmapped], page 561. 
(1) Xavaho "T(iolchikh6'":- given as name of Little Colorado River, 
meaning "red water canyon ". Perhaps a translation of Span. (."5). 
Cf. Eng. (2), Span. 3. 

(2) Eng. Little Colorado River. (<Span.). = Span. (3). Cf. 
Navaho (1). 

(3) Span. Rio Colorado Chiquito 'little red river'. =Eng. (2). 
Cf. Navaho (1). Named because of the Colorado River [Unmap- 
ped], page 5(54. 

The Tewa have no name for this river. 

Santa Clara <HanoTewa Tuwil 'flesh gap' {tn 'iiesh'; wi* 'gap'). 
This is the name of a place in which the Hopi and Hano Tewa 
fought with the Navaho at the time when the Hano Tewa first 
migrated to the Hopi country, according to tradition obtained 
at Santa Clara Pueblo [14:71]. See under [15:24]. 

(1) Walpi'oywi. (<Hopi). {Walpl <llo\n (2), 'o^wi 'pue))lo'). = 
Hopi (2), Eng. (3), Span. (4). 

(2) Hopi Walpi, according to Fewkes" "from wala, 'gap' 
'notch'; opi locative: 'Place of the notch,' in allusion to a gap 
in the mesa on which it is situated". =Tewa (1), Eng. (3), 
Span. (4). 

(3) Eng. Walpi. (<Hopi.). -Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Span. (4). 

(4) Span. Gualpi. (<Hopi). = Tewa (1), Hopi (2), Eng. (3). 

1 Handbook Inds., pt. 1, p. 531, 1907. 

= Franciscan Fathere, Ethn. Diet. Navaho Lang., p. 13:;, 1910. 

5 Handbook Inds., pt. 2, p. 901, 1910. 



HAKRIxr.TOs] PLACE-XAMES 571 

UXLOCATKI) Pl.AlKS, NOT IN Ul'.iauN MaI-I-KK 

Chusca Valley and sprinos. In tho •'rimsca ^■ull..y in tlml |Uiu 

Arriba] county aro sulphur spiini^s'." 
Cieneg-uilla Mesa, Cieneouilla Mountains. -'.Mossade laZi.'iif^r„ill;i".5 

"Mountains of CieMOouilla".^ Sec Cienc-juilhi [29:i'o|. 
Ruins near Wagon Mound.' 

Ruina are found in the ])lains both west and ea-sl of Wagon Mound. I have 
not been able to visit them, and cannot tlierefore speak uf their rhanictcr. 
Those east lie on Canadian River, and 25 miles east from the niilr<>a<l. 
The pottery, of which I have seen sjiecimens, a|>iK«rs to U; siinilnr to 
that made by the Pueblos. One specimen had the bri'^dit plossy nrnnriiontH, 
apparently covered willi a very coarse silaze peculiar to some ni llic iiMor 
Pueblo jpottery. 

The Tewa informants questioned do not know these ruins. 
Springs east of Great Ranch, near Las Vegas. "Three miles mirth- 
east of Las Vegas, east of the Great Ranch, are alkaline and sul- 
phuretted springs".' 

Mythic Placks 

SI-;/ I'uMo 

MakowiC qtjxvi 'sky pueblo' (//w/^vrt/'« 'sky': 'o//M'i 'puel>lo') is 
the name of a pueblo above the clouds. The adventures of a 
Tewa man who is helped by Spider Old-AVoman to reach tliis 
pueblo in search of his stolen wife form the plot of a thrilling 
story. 

FuehJo of the Eagle People 

Tseoyvn 'eagle pueblo' {tse 'eagle'; 'oywj 'pueblo') is a vil- 
lage of the Eagle people far in the west. 

Puehlo of thr Macaw People 

Tanfiqijun 'macaw pueblo' {fanfi 'macaw'; 'oyiri *piicbic.') 
is situated far in the west. The houses are built of macaw feathers 
and macaw down. The village is inhabited by Ma<:iu peduh'. 
It is surrounded by clitfs of four colors. 

Wayima Lake 

WaJimapoJ^wi 'Wayima lake', of obscure etymology: Zui^ii an<l 
Keresan show forms similar to v:ajlma; poktvi Make'. 

This lake lies somewhere .southwest of Zufii. Tiio name is 
known to many Tewa. It is used as the personal name of an 



I Land of Sunshine, a Book of Resources of Sew Mex.. p. 177. IWC. 
: MS. of 1604, eiled by Bandclier, Final Reporl, pt. ii. p. 16->. l'<»i. 
' Ibid., p. l«i, following a Spon. source. 
<Ibid.,pt. !,p. 2><, note. ISUO. 



572 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. an\. 29 

Indian of San Ildefonso and of a small hill [19:57] south of San 
Ildefonso. A San Ildefonso Tewa informed the writer that this 
lake is not a real lake, and that the name is applied to the dancing- 
hall of spirits in the underworld. 

Teguayo is the "name of the country of the Tewa (Tegua) and 
perhaps of the Tigua [Tiwa], in New Mexico, around which, as in 
the case of Quivira, considerable mystery arose among the Spanish 
writers of the seventeenth centuiy, who, losing sight of the exact 
application of the term, transplanted the 'province' to the then 
unknown north".' See the quoted forms of the word in the work 
cited, which are perhaps based on a Keresan form. Most Tewa 
deny knowledge of. this word, but the old cacique of Nanibe 
seemed to know a vague place in the north named TewaJog.e; 
'great Tewa place' {Tewa name of the tribe; jo augmentative; g.e 
'down at' 'over at"). Further intjuirics need to be made. Cf. 
T^amujoge [22:unlocated]. 

' Uodgu ill Himdbook Jufls., ]■!. 2, \<. Tls, iBlo". 



VI. NAMES OF THIHES AND I'Ki )l'Li;S 

American.^ (1) Wmciikanu. (<Sp;in. Aniprii^imo ' AiiKM-icnir). 

('>) Kep/'i)jf 'red. necks' (Av'nofk'; p! 'icdn.'ss' 'r.-d'; 'itjy 
locative and adjective-forming posttix). 

(3) Tsitaqywxiyf 'hluc eyes' {txi 'eye'; Mijw:r ' l.liicno.s 
'blue'; yjf locative and adjective-forminfj postlix. C'f. Texim. 

Ancient People. BewejnJPhifmra 'ancient people' (/„-u'o><]l *aii- 
cientness' 'ancient'; 'iyy locative and adjectivcfonninjj p.)>tlix; 
Iowa 'people'). 

Apache. Saie of obscure etymology. This is ajiplied tocvi-rv kind 
of Apache or Athapascan, including the Navaiio. Sec Chiriciiliiia 
Apache, Coyotero Apache, Jicarilla Apache, Liancro Apadic, 
Mescalero Apache, Navaho, OUero Apache, and San Carlos Apaclic. 
The Jemezjiame for Navaho or Athapascan is Kfa/d, phi. Kja- 
Idf ; also Kj'dldisd'd, plu. Kfdldtsadf {tsad 'person'). Thi- 
Pecos name was presumably the same, and this explains the 
"Querechos" "Quereches", "Guerechos" of Coronado. The 
Jemez, and presumably the Pecos also, call the Apache T'li/okfalii, 
plu. Togdkfdidf 'east Navaho' 'east Athapascan' {tngii 'ea>f; 
Icfdld as above). This is sometimes at)breviated to Togo, plu. 
Toqof {f \Avi. postfix). These Jemez are known to a San Ildefiinso 
Indian who has lived at Jemez, who says that the Tewa have no 
general name for Apache except ^S^-'fef^, and never use an expres- 
sion meaning 'east Apache' as the Jemez do. 

California Indians. Kali2>'ornijahmii 'California people" 'Cali- 
. fornia Indians' (Kalipornia <Span. California; towa -iieople'i. 
Tewa who visited California about ls4i) give interesting infor- 
mation about the customs of various California tribes. An old 
man of San Ildefonso tells the following: 

When tlie Mexicans came to California thi'V founil Indian i 
They had songs and dances muc-li lil^e those of the rnolili>;». Tl 
to escape the Mexicans. They went beyond the .»ea in a can... 
filled a big bag with macaw feathers and took it with them, Acmes tno »•» 
they still sing and dance, in a far country, singing Puehl.>-like punjis. Uthon 
climbed a gigantic spruce tree which was growing in California, and n..w live 
in the sky. 

Cheyenne. Saj^nq, derived perhaps from some Indian source 
The Taos, Jicarilla Apache, and Utc use names of very similar 
sound. The names may all come from English or Spanish. 

Chinaman. TJ/zm. (<Span. Chino 'Chinanian"). 

Chiricahua Apache. T^Mlrivy, 7'^aai:awu.-<aie (TsiJ,d:in-<i <>iwn. 
Chiricahua; &?Se 'Apache'). 



574 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 

Comanche. Knmqntsi, from some Indian source. 

CoTOTERO Apache. Kojotvdu, Kojotedumie {KojoteJu < Span. Coyo- 
te ro; Sate 'Apache'). 

Friend. Kema 'friend'. 

HuKiJA. Said to bo tiie name of an Indian tribe living somewhere in 
the east. The name appears to be linown to onl^- one informant. 

Indian. Towa 'people' 'Indians'. 

Italians. ^Italijanu. (<Span. Italiano). 

Jew. ITudiju. (<Span. Judio 'Jew'). 

Jicarilla or Ollero Apache. Ty,»saie 'basket Apache' (?y?/y 
'basket'; SaM 'Apache'). The name appears to be a crude trans- 
lation of the Span, names, but it maj^ t)0 a translation from some 
Indian language. The informants say that Jicarilla and Ollero 
Apache are identical, but that the Llanero Apache are distinct. 

Keresan. Tematowa of obscure et3'mology {Tenia unexplained, ap- 
pearing also in Temag.c', one of the names of Cochiti Pueblo [28:77]; 
towa 'people'). The name Te?na is applied to the Cochiti and all 
the people who talk like them — the Santo Domingo, San Felipe, 
Sia, Santa Ana, Laguna, and Acoma. The Keresan language is 
called Tematij,M {(y,.H 'language'). 

The Keresans have in their language no word meaning 'Kere- 
san', at least so far as the writer can discover. Cochiti 
Ha'afte.tamx 'pueblo people' {/id- a fief a 'pueblo'; mse 'people') 
is the neai'est approach to it. Concerning the origin of the 
current "Queres", Castaneda's "Quirix", etc., nothing can 
be learned from the Keresans, although effort has been made to 
procure information from Cochiti, Santo Domingo, Laguna, and 
Acoma informants, pronouncing it with every conceivable varia- 
tion, but the informants saj" that they have no ethnic name in the 
Keresan language which sounds anything like it. Doctor Spinden 
has also tried to learn about the word at Cochiti and Sia, but with- 
out success. Bandelier appears to have obtained a Keresan pro- 
nunciation of the word, but it may be doubted whether the 
word is of Keresan origin. An Isleta informant did not know 
the word. 

Kiowa. Kalwa. { < Span. Caigua or Indian languages < Kiowa name 
for themselves). 

LiPAN. Lipqntowa {Lipqyo <Span. Lipan; ?mm 'people'). 

Llanero Apache, \lkonsabe 'plains Apache' {\d-qtjj' 'plain'; Saie 
'Apache') This translates the Span. name. The informants say 
that these are distinct from the Jicarilla or Ollero Apache. 

Mescalero Apache. (1) P«/yM«a5e, apparently 'water willow Apa- 
ch»' (po 'water'; _;aj?y 'willow'; iSaSe 'Apache'). Whether this 
is the real meaning of the name and what is its origin are not 
known. 



HARRIXCTON] PLACE-XAMKS 575 

(2) Tsise-saif , of olhscure etymology, pi'iliaps from tlic Krn>. 
sail {Tsise unexplained; Suhe •Apache"). Sun ll.l..f..iiM,i 
"Tsi'-se""': cf. Kercsan '>ChI-she'" '. 

(3) P'asObe 'Mescal Apac-he'. said to tie niendy a tninslution of 
the Span, name (;/« 'yueca' 'mescal'; S.it,' 'Apache"). Ton- 
que "Pa-ha-sa-lic'"".= 

Mexican, Spaniard. Kwnl-mjf (probably a modilication of /.incl^iijy 

'metal' 'iron', of uncertain etyinolo<ry. Cf. Nefjm. 
Mixed-blood. (1) IHtj'j<'/ie.i/'iipm-omjr' 'half blood mixed' {j<'v)<j>- 
/te.<i 'half <^i9;76' 'in the middle', /((.//derivative ])o-tti.\; \ipo 
'blood' < ^y, 'blood', /)(* 'water; woijf 'to mix" 'mixed': T' 
locative and adjee^tive-forming postfix). 

(2) I)eqwiPMt'y,ywl'' 'spotted coyote tail' ((/c'coyoti'"; <jw:r'jy 
'tail'; t'uijf 'spottedness' 'spotted'; 'i' locative and adjective- 
forming postfix). 

These Mords ref<>r to half-breeds and other mixed-) iloods. 

Mormon. 2IfMmqijf. (< Span Mormon 'Mormon"). 

Navaho. IJwqnsdbe 'Jemez Apache' {^u'tiijf * J erne/. Indian"; S<ib< 
'Apache'). So called because these xVthapaseans live in tin- coun- 
try west of .the Jemez country, are often seen in the .lemez 
country, and have associated with the Jemez. 

Negro. Kwxlcump'enh)/ 'black Mexicans' (Kwirkiujf 'Mexican": 
j}'eyf 'blackness' 'black'; 'ijjf locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). Cf. Mexican. 

Non-Pueblo Indian. ''Oyvnpi''inUAV(i 'not pueblo people" {i]ijrn 
'pueblo'; }>>' negative; '19./ locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix; towa 'people'). 

Non-Tewa. Tewapiijdmva ' notTewa people' {Tewa name of the triW; 
pi negative; 'ijjf locative and adjective-forming postfix, '2 + phi.; 
towa 'people"). This is applied especially to Indians who are not 
Tewa. See Tewa. 

Ollero Apache, see Jicarilla Apache. 

Pawnee. Fana?ii, from some Indian .source. Cf. ^^ icliita. 

PiRO. Piiii. (<Span. Piro). The writer has not succeeded in find- 
ing any Tewa who knows a native Tewa name for the Pin. like 
those with which the Jemez and Picuris are still familiar. Cf. 
.lemez Pdo, plu. Pe/of if plu. postfix): Picuris ••PeUVon.e 
•Pecos people '".=' , , ,• .7 / 

Plains Indians. ' Akonfhe'int<Ma ' Great Plams people ( Ako,,//.. ■ 
Hvf 'Great Plains', sec [Unmapped], page 559; t.nra 'people . 

Pueblo Indian. 'Qyu-ihwa 'pueblo people' ("o/yri 'pueblo : t.-<n, 
'people'). 



■ Hodge ill Handbook Ilids., pt. 1, f. M's IW- 
! ten Kale, Syiionyiiiie, p. S, l!«-l. 
> Spiiiden, Picuris MS. vocab., 1911. 



576 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [btii. ann. 20 

Rio Grande Pueblo Indian. Po.sog.e^oTjwPhnva 'Rio Grande pueblo 
people' {Posog.e 'Rio Grande' see [Large Features], pages 
102-104; 'o7?wi 'pueblo'; tmva 'people'). 

San Carlos Apache. Sqykalu^ Saykaiu-saM {Sqijl-alu <Span. San 
Carlos; SaM 'Apache'). 

Tano. T\'pug.eHniowa, T'anniowa 'live down country people; 
{T'amig.e 'Santa Fe Plain', .see under [Large Features], page 104. 
''iyf locative and adjective-forming postfix; towa 'people'). 
The second form is regarded as an abbreviation of the first; from 
it came Span. Tano, Eng. Tano. The name refers to habitat, not 
to language, and was applied to Pecos and Keresan as well as to 
Tewa-speaking Indians who inhabited the great plain called T\inuQ_e 
[Large Features], page 104, south of the Tewa country. See Gal- 
isteo Pueblo ruin [29:39], and T\i)V(g.e. 

Tanoan. There is no name meaning Tanoan. The Tewa were not 
aware of the relationship which existed among the languages of 
the Tanoan group. They merely imagined that some languages 
were more like Tewa than others, according to one informant. 

Tewa. (1) Teivdfmva, of obscure etymologj' {Tewa, name of the tribe, 
unexplained, possibly cognate with Jemez tmca, see below; towti 
'people'). This is the Tewas' own name for their tribe. The 
pueblos are called Tewa'oijvn i^qywi 'pueblo'), the language 
Tewaty^ii {ty^ii 'language'), the country 7k/;d?!a??^(; [Large Fea- 
tures], pages 103-104. 

The name has notliing to do with American Span, tegua 'moc- 
casin'. The Jemez use ^ou'a'home' 'pueblo' often almost as a 
designation of their tribe; thus nifu t'&watsdtM, 'our native 
(Jemez) language' {nifu^ovLv''\isdtn 'language'). Tewa Ttwa 
is phonetically what we would expect as the cognate of Jemez 
towlt, and it may be that Tewa once meant 'home' 'pueblo'. But 
cf. Jemez (4). At the present time at least Tewa is used only as 
the name of the tribe, and has no other meaning. Cf . Jemez (4), 
Cochiti (5), Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

(2) T&os, Kalldna, plu. kalldnq, 'wolf excrement' (Za?- 'wolf; la- 
'excrement'; na, nq noun postfixes). This is a contemptuous name 
for the Tewa, whom the Taos regard as being dirty, having wrong 
customs, and as being no better than iSIexicans. 

(3) Picuris "Tupi(a)ne":' given as meaning "those who paint." 

(4) Jemez TcHwe, plu. Ta^wef of obscure etymology' (/ plu. 
postfix). Cf. Tewa (1), Cochiti (5), Eng. (0), Span. (T). 

(5) Cochiti Tfiwa, of obscure etymology. Said to be difi'erent 
from T%wa 'Tiwa', which it resembles in sound. 'Tewa 'people 
are called Tfiuahanu [hanu 'people'). Cf. Tewa (1), Jemez (4), 
Eng. (6), Span. (7). 

1 Spinden, Picuris notes, MS., 1910. 



(6) Eng. Te\Ya. from Tewa (D and Spa... (7). Cf. Town (h 
Jemez (4), Cochiti (5), Spu.i. (7). 

(7) Span. Tehiia, Togua. etc. Probal.lv fio... Teu:, 
Tewa (1), Jemez (4), Coehiti (5), E.icr. (r,)." 

Some of the names for the 'IVwa .sound i..uch like tl.oM- lor ihr 

Tiwa, a fact which is likely to cause confusion. See Tmn und 

Non-Tewa. 
Texan. Te/>anu. (<Span. Texano 'Tcxa.i") The T,«a alway- n . 

gard the Texans as a people distinct fiom the .\.iiiTi<ui>. Ci. 

American. 
Tiwa. {I) Potsqni)y,iowa, of obscure etymology (/».<, appaienlK /... 

'water'; tsqnny, unexplained; Inra 'people"). Said to be appli.'d 

properly only to the Isleta a.id Sandia Indians. No su.-l. iia..ie a- 

Tiwa is known to the Tewa. 

(2) Picuris '-Tewe'llng" :' given as meaning ''Isletn people". 
Cf. Isleta (3j, Jemez (4), Cochiti (:>), Sia (ti). Eng. (7). Si^in. (>). 

(3) Isleta Tiu-a, of obscure etymology. This name is applied 
to the Isleta and Sandia Indians, sometimes also to the Taos 
and Picuris. Cf. Picuris (2), Jemez (4), Cochiti (.".), Sia (0), 
Eng. (7), Span. (8). Tiwan is the plu. No plural sounding like 
"Ti-guesh" was obtainable. "As for the word Tigiiex, tb.> 
Tiguas [Tiwa] call themselves Ti-guan; but a woman of Isleta 
. . . plainly pronounced the plural of that name Ti-gue.sh; 'x' in 
old Spanish records of New Mexico has the sound 'sh'".' The 
unreliability of this information is apparent. It seems more 
probable that "Tiguex" comes from the Keresan; see lielow. 

(4) Jemez Tewafsaaf. of obscure etymology ( Tev:d unexplained; 
SS'a/ 'people'). This name is applied to the Isleta a. id Sandia 
Indians. Isleta Pueblo [29:lul] is called TtwagP' 'Tiwa plare' 
((/i"' locative). Cf. Picuris (2), Isleta (3), Cochiti (5), Sia (0), 
Eng. (7), Span. (8). 

(5) Cochiti Ti'u'a, of obscure etymology. Applied to the Islet* 
and Sandia Indians. Cf. Picuris (2). Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Eng. (7). 
Span. (8). 'Tiwa place' is called T't'watsw {(■■<» locative), which 
may be the form of which the '"Tiguex" of Coronado, aj.plied to 
Puaray Pueblo [29:99], is a corruption. ' People of n Tiwa i.lace" 
are called TTirafear//;* (//(«! 'people'); Tiwa 'people' is Ti'ini/idnu 
{hdnu 'people'). 

(6) Sia "Tiwa":^ given as name of Sandia Pueblo [29:1<»0]. 
This is doubtless a mistake. Cf. Picuris (2), Isleta (3), Jemez (4), 
Cochiti (5), Eng. (7), Span. (S). 

1 Spinden, Picuris notes MS., 1910. 

: Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 223, m.i.-. Iv.'i. 

3 Spinden, Sia notes, MS., 1911. 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 37 



578 ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

(7) Eng. Tiwa, Tigua. (<Span. (S), below). Cf. Picuris (2), 
Isleta (3), Jeraez (4), Cochiti (5). Sia (fi), Span. (8). 

(8) Span. Tigua, etc. Probably < Tiwa or Keresan. Cf. Pi- 
curis (2), Isleta (3), Jemez (4), Cociiiti (5), Sia (6), Eng. (7). For 
"Tiguex" see under Cochiti (5), above, and Puaray Pueblo ruin 
[29:99]. 

All of these names seem to have applied originally only to the 
Sandia-Isleta kind of Indians. It appears to have been more or 
less known to Indians of IS'ew Mexico since prehistoric times that 
the Sandia-Isleta and Taos-Picuris languages are ([uite closely re- 
lated, and the names for the former have been applied more or less 
also to the latter language and "tribe". One Tewa informant said 
of the Taos-Picuris merely Potsqimy,t(ywaw(ig.i Mmu 'they are like 
Tiwa' (PotsdnniiifAra 'Tiwa', see Tewa (1), above; di 'they 3 -f '; 
mu 'to be'). Some of the names for the Tewa sound much like 
those designating the Tiwa. a fact which is likely to cause con- 
fusion. 

Ute. Jutatowa (<Span. ?) {Juta perhaps from Span. Yuta 'Ute 
Indian', of uncertain origin; hnva 'people"). Manj' Indian lan- 
guages have names for the Ute w^hich closely i*esemble Span. 
Yuta in sound. Cf. Jemez -/wM'o, plu. Juta of (f plural postfix). 

Wichita. Witfitajxinani 'Wichita Pawnee' (WHfita <Eng. 
^X ichitii ; pa7iatii 'Pawnee'). Cf. Pawnee. 



VII. NAMES OF MINERALS 

Alabaster. Bandelior' nn'iitions an "aluliastor" iina<,'o of i1m> morn- 
ing star seen In- lihn at San .Inan. He probahly nii.stook soinr 
other mineral for alabaster. The Tewa appear to liave no name 
in their lan}4-uage for alabaster. 

'4, asse 'alkali' (V? 'alkaFf 'salt\- siibstanee'; .<c 'bnrninj,'' to th.- ta.stc; 
cf. ''qiifx 'salt'). This name is applied also to tlie mitifnil ob- 
tained at [3:14] and known in New Mexican Span, as te(iues«(uii.'. 
The substance is encrusted on the ground about the tei)ue.sijuitc 
spring [3:14]. It is of a pinkish color and bitter, sally taste. It 
is used by the Tewa as a purgative medicine, also instead of soda 
to raise tortillas. It is composed mainly of Na^So, and NiuCO, 
according to analysis made by the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 

^Afifse. 'salt' ('« 'alkali'; n/m perhaps as in JcxDf.r 'tur({Uoise', 
q. v.). Salt occurs at [13:35], [18:1.5], and the Salinas [29:110], 
q. V. See also myths about salt, pages 229, 5.36-5.37. 

The saline deposits of New Mexico are large and have produced suit from 
time immemorial, the Indians having sought these deposits before the advent of 
the Spaniards. The oldest and best known salt deposits are those of I he big Salt 
Lake on the Estancia Plains in Torrance County. This lake also haa heavy 
deposits of bloedite, the only pl.'ice in the United States where this rare mineral 
has been found. It is a hydrous double sulphate of soda and magnesia. 

The Salt Lakes of the White Sands in Otero County, the Zufii Crater Salt 
Lake in Valencia County, which produces the best salt in the Terrilrtry and is 
in a constant process of formation, having at present a de[josit of several mil- 
lion tons, the Salt Lakes in western Socorro County and the .^alt Laki-s eait 
of the Pecos in Eddy County, are the principal salt prcKlucers, although Hdiiic 
flats and salt springs occur in other parts. Thus far, none of this rnide Milt 
is refined for comtnercial purposes, but is used only to salt stock >t by the 
poorer people as a substitute for commercial table salt.' 

Bmoa{jaie)icu 'bread stone' (iiKwa 'bread', 6MUvy«5t' 'paper bread "; 
tea 'stone'). This is a kind of fine-grained sandstone, slabs of 
which are eut and polished and used for baking yndyav.- (Tewa 
Imwajaie), the wafer bread of the Indians. This stone is obUiined 
at Pijo^e [21:2], north of the Black Mesa [l:unlocatedl, in the 
upper Chama drainage, and at Bmvakxpa'au-e [14:32], iip|MT 
Chama drainage. The name is applied to the stone both in situ 
and to the shaped slab. 

1 Final Report, pt. i. p. 309, 1890. 

2 Land ot Sunshine, a Book of UcsourcM of Xew MmIto, pp. lOT-Iiw, liOi. 

57U 



580 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

Flesh-colored feldspar. "Cia [Sia] enjoys almost a monopoly of white 
apatite and flesh-colored feldspar."^ The Tewa appear to have 
no name for these substances. 

Kt/bibihi/g.r' 'accretion' 'stalagmite' 'stalactite', stone of irregular 
form with roundish protuberances (kii 'stone'; hihihegP^ referring 
to the shape). A stone of this kind was used as a fetish by one 
Tewa. 

Iviiide 'copper'. (<Span. cobre). The Tewa did not know copper in 
pre-Spanish times. 

Ku 'stone' 'rock', hard or soft mineral matter of any shape or size. 

Kuke'-P/ ''hard rock^ 'bowlder' (!:/«' stone' 'rock'; Itv 'hardness' 'hard'; 
T*' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 

KhIc i 'tufa' 'tuflf' 'pumice-stone' (kii. 'stone'; t'/ unexplained). The 
Pajarito Plateau west of the Tewa country is composed of tufa, a 
light, whitish volcanic ash deposited in a laj-er in places 1,500 feet 
thick. 

Kunuku 'stone ashes stone' 'limestone' (kit 'stone'; nil 'ashes'). 
Limestone is obtained by Mexicans and Tewa at a place [18:38] 
near Black Mesa [18:19]. Knowledge of it is probably post- 
Spanish. 

KunfcR 'turquoise' (of obscure etymology: leu 'stone'; nfx apparently 
z.?>nfsp, in ^qnfse. '.salt', cf. 'cf 'alkali'). Turquoise was found in 
only one vicinitj' in the country known to the Tewa, viz. at [29:55], 
q. V. Turquoise is called in New Mexican Span, either turquesa 
or chachihuite, the latter word being derived from the Aztec lan- 
guage of Mexico, and not, as A. M. Espifiosa- states, from a 
language of the Pueblo Indians. Moreover EspiiTosa writes 
"Chachiquite", a pronunciation which the writer has not heard.^ 

Kii'qnfx'i^ 'smooth stone' 'smoothing stone' {Jcic 'stone'; ^onfs^ 
'smoothness' 'smooth'; T' locative and adjective-forming post- 
fix). Such stones are found along the river or on the high beach 
mesa tops. 

KupaT^ 'rough rock' 'lava' 'rock used for making metates' (Jcu 
'stone' 'rock'; f)« 'rough' 'cracked'; TMocative and adjective- 
forming postfix). 

Kupa\i 'coal', lit. 'stone charcoal' {]cu 'stone'; p'a^u 'charcoal'). 
The Tewa never used the mineral as fuel. 

Kujje 'stone wood' 'petrified stone' (^m 'stone'; 7^'^' 'wood'). The 
Tewa know of this substance. Some of it is said to occur near 
Los Cerrillos. Dr. C. F. Lummis* tells of the wide u.se of the 

' Bandelier, Final Report, pt. ii, p. 20, 1892. 

2 Spanish Language in New Mexico and Southern Colorado, BuU. Hist. Soc. N. Jfex., No. 16, p. 14, 1911. 

3 See Mrs. Zelia Nuttall, Chalchihuitl in Ancient Mexico, in Amcr. Anlhr., n. s., ill, No. 2, pp. 227-38, 
1901; Pogue, Aboriginal Use of Turquoi.s in North America, ibid., xiv, July-Sept., pp. 437-66. 1912. 

'Sunday News, Denver, Colo., October 8, 1911. 



HARRINGTON] PLACE- X AMES 5S1 

ag-atesof the Potritied Forest of Arizona iuiion<r Indian trilx-s: 
"It did not flake quite so thin as the finest ol)sidians. but it was 
far harder and far prettier." 

Knj)'vidPi 'hUck stone' 'blaciv jade' {k» -stone*; />V;;y 'hla.knes^^" 
'black'; T' locative and adjective-forminj,-- postlix). This term 
is applied especially to black jade, known in New Mexican Si»in. 
as zabache; properly azabache. 

Kmahilcu 'stone pipe stone' 'stone for inakinjr stone itipos" d;t 
'stone'; salcu 'pipe', lit. 'tobacco stone' < hh 'tobacco', l-.i 
'stone'). Tewa pipes were made also of pottery clay. 

Kvwilcu 'stone-ax stone' 'stone suitable for niakinj,' stone axrs' 
{huwi' atone axhead'. apparently < ^-w' stone'. >i-! unexplained; 
Kit 'stone"). 

MekemaUicu 'a kind of red paint"; see pag-e 454. 

Mineral paint. "The Queres [Keresans] of San Felipe [29:t;!»] had in 
front [which direction from?] of their villajje larfre veins of min- 
eral paint, valuable to the Indian for his pottery."' 

Mlnfseiji'') 'yellow earth' (7)4 (/y 'earth"; fse 'yellowness' 'yellow"; 
T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). The yellow pirrineiit 
obtained at Xqniseinlje (page 111), south of San Ildefonso, is thus 
called; so also the yellow claj' obtained at [1:13J near Tierrii 
Amaril]a[l:12], niFotsqns^nnfp [16:3TJ near San Ildefonso [19 :'J'2], 
and at [20:2]. The earth of the deposit near Tierra Amarilla is 
moist when dug out. Its presence has given the latter town its 
name. The earth is used for washing the walls of puel)lo rooms 
near the ground. 

Nqijf 'earth'. Sometimes applied to nqpPi. below, <\. v. 

NqyyofscPi'', kn^otm'i'' 'sparkling earth' 'sparkling stone' 'mica' 
{nqrjf 'earth'; ^otsa 'sparkling'; '/"'locative and adjective-forming 
postfix). This substance is found south of Pimb/ri'oi^irllfji 
[25:18]. It is not used for any purpose. 

Although only four or five states of the I'nion produce mica, the large (le|io<i. 
its of that mineral in New Mexico have been practically neglected. OuL-iile <.f 
shipments from a few deposits at Petaca, Rio Arriba County, no lar>ref^liipmenti< 
of mica have been made, but as so much mica is imimrted it seema prolmlile 
that sooner or later the many mica deposit.s will be found of great value. It in 
used both in sheets and ground, and a good quality will bring ?10 to $.tO a ton. 
Lieutenant Pike in 1804 mentioned the large deposits of mica in Santa Kc 
County, which furnished the material for windows those da> s, u.« it wjus not 
until after 1850 that glass came into general use. The .settlement of Tiiirn, 
Mora County, derives its name from the mica deposits, called "taU-o" by the 
natives. In addition to the mica deposits nameil, there are prospects north <.f 
Ojo Caliente, in Taos County; in tlie San Andreas Mountains; at Xamlx-, in 
Santa Fe County; in the Florida MountJiins and in San Misuej Coimty.' 
Mica [has been found] near Nambe in the Santa Fe liimne.' 

1 Baniielier, Final Report, pt. i, p. 1«. IsW. 

! Land ol Sunshine, a Book of tho RcTOurccs ot New .Mexico, pp. luwt.. I'" 

3 Ore Deposits of N. Mex., p. Ifi.!, 1910. 



582 ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. 



JVipi'i, of obscure et.ymology. Clii_y, of reddish, brownish, or yol- 
lowisli color, the chief substance used in pottery making. This 
substance is also frequently called merely nqtjj' 'earth'. It is 
found at [11:43], Tamakoffe [19:fi0], and [22:12] south of Truchas 
[22:11]. Sometimes merely jpi'^ [10:1(1] instead of nqjn'i is used. 

JV^ulcu probably jasper (of obscure et3'moIogy, 7iu unexplained; feu 
'stone'). This is described as a very hard stone of black or yel- 
low color, found in stream beds: see [22:13]. 

Ocher. Bandelier ' mentions ocher as occurring near San Felipe 
Pueblo. The Tewa would probably call the mineral 'red earth' 
or 'yellow eailh', etc., according to its color. "At San Pedro 
[29:77], Santa Fe County, are deposits of ocher or mineral paint". ^ 

^Ojilcu 'ice stone' ('oyV 'ice'; Tcu 'stone'). A kind of white stone 
said to be used for whitewashing. It is called jaspe in Spanish. 

'^>rii 'gold'. (< Span. oro). The Tewa were not familiar with gold in 
pre-Spanish times. ConsideraVtle gold is mined in the region 
south of the Tewa country. 

Plata 'silver'. (< Span, plata). The Tewa were not familiar with 
silver in pre-Spanish times. 

Pi 'redness' 'red'. Applied to the red pigment dug at [8::i2] north 
of Taos (the Taos call it pWijetieftnq 'red'); also to the red 
paint obtained about 2 miles east of Santa Fe, at Pi¥on4iwe (p. 
354). The pi from north of Taos is sometimes distinguished as 
Pipopi 'Red River red' (Pipo, see [8:19]; pi 'redness' 'red'). 

Poksenfu (of obscure etymology) 'tar' 'bitumen' 'asphalt' 'black 
coal-like shale' 'mica'. This material is said to be found east of 
Petaca [6:2] and at Pokxnfn'a''a [2b:26] hack of Nambe [23:1]. 
The writer has not seen the mineral. It is said to have been used 
in making pottery. Varieties of mica and pyrites are included 
under this name. 

Pofnyy {oi obscure etymologj') 'black sand'. This name is applied 
to the black and sparkling line sand seen on watei'-washed sand- 
surfaces along the banks or islets of the Rio Grande. The sand 
is of no use. 

Saienqyf 'Apache earth' {SaM 'Apache Indian'; nuijf 'earth'). 
This is a kind of yellow clay obtained at a place on the west side 
of Santa Fe Canyon, about a mile and a half above Santa Fe cit\' 
[29:.j]. The -licariila Apache get much of it there; hence the 
name. This clay is used by the Tewa for making cooking 
vessels. 

SqrjWce. 'sandstone' (of obscure etymology; not to be confused with 
saywiyf ' zigzag'). This sandstone is found at man}' places in the 
Tewa country. See Buwalai. 

1 Final Report, pt. ii, p. 20, 1892. 

' Land of Sunsbine, a Book of the Resources of New Mexico, p. Ill, 1906. 



HAREi.vGTox] PLACE-NAMES 583 

Sulphur. No Tewa iiiuue for sulpluir bus liccii iliM-ovrrcd. Tlu' 
Tewa of the proseul day know sulphur uiulcr il> Spun, iiaini' 
azufre. 

In recent years New Mexico lias protliKed some conmiert'iul i-iilphiir, ii mill 
having been erected in the Jeniez Mountains, Sandoval County. Ildwcver, it 
was one of the first minerals mined in the Territory, mainly to lie U!«til in tin- 
manufacture of gunpowder, Coronado having made uae of Hulpliur niim'<l 
at Jemez in the first half of the sixteenth century. In Lincoln and otluT 
counties and along the eastern border of the Territory the >;yp^um UhIh r.iii- 
tain considerable sulphur.' 

fUnfSR, of obscure etyiiiolooy. A kind of riiic wiiiie ciirtli whidi i~ 
mixed with pottery clay {niipi i) for iiiakinj^ certain kinds tif waie. 
About half as much fnnf.r a.s clay is used. It is fomid at |2:;{4). 
[2:35], [18:6], [23:.^)(i|, and [24:2S]." 
/•y'", of obscure etymology. This name is ai)piied to rcddi'-li-lilink, 
soft, shiny rock which is found at the place called/-i<«/A-i/-,(/, [26:_'4 j. 
It is said that the body is painted with this for the Deer dunce. 
Tse'binqyf '.soft earth' (/»&i 'softness' 'soft'; m'lyf 'earth' "dirt"). 
Tema{tsx)tap'iir)wsp., of obscure etymology [Tetiui Kere.san; /.v,t 'white- 
ness' 'white"; ?« 'dryness' 'dry'; 2> VV^'"V natue of this kind of 
mineral). This sub.stance is said to be taken fr<im a place near 
Peiia Blanca [29 : 92] on the cast side of the Eio Grande. It is suid 
to look soiuewluit greenish when dug out. It is mixed witii 
water and pottery of certain sorts is washed over with it lift'on- 
firing. It acts as sizing. See taj)\ii]w^. 
Tequesqiiite. See '4, C's^, page 579. 

Tete^, of obscure etymology (;'£' unexplained; fs^ 'whiteness" -white"). 
This name is applied to the coarse whitish rock found at 
Teisxkwaje [23:4fl| south of Nambe. The .substance is nr)t u-ed. 
Tif'^, of ob.scure etymology. A whitish substance used to nil> -m 
moccasins, or deerskins, or as ])ottery sizing. It is found at 
r'tt"fc'o«dm't; [25:19]. Sev t'li'^pPi''. 
T'y:^pPi'' 'red t'u^' (if'y'^a kind of mineral, see above: /-/ • ivdn.— " 
'red'; T' locative and adjective-forming po>ttix). This variety 
of t'v,'^ is .said to be found at Ty:^plhnu [16:24 J. 
fajhm"Si, of obscure etvmology {li 'dryness' "dry": j'Vyr.r unex- 
plained, name of the substance). This white, friable earth, mixed 
with water, is used for sizing pottery. It is obtained a sh-rt 
distance ea.st of Santa Fe, at Ta p injw^lc' oiulhn . (p. .5.-).-)). t f. 

tema{ts!e)iaj>'y.>jW'i'. , . .„, 

Td 'flakiug-stone' 'Hiiit' 'ohsidiau'. natural or worked. I he pn.- 

nunciation tsPi is also heard. 



. Land o£ Sunshine, .. Bnok of the R,.«).irccs of Xcw Mexico, p. 105. 1»>. 



584 ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 

TsiguwienNt-sl "lightning flaking-stone' {t.'<tg.i/wse?ui 'lightning'; tsi 
'flaking-stone'). This name niaj' be applied to any flake of flint- 
like or obsidian- like stone, this kind of stone having been produced 
b^' lightning striking the ground, according to Tewa belief. 

Tsip'innn 'black obsidian' {txl 'flaking-stone'; p'iyy 'blackness' 
'black'; ?ru unexplained). This name is not used so much as the 
more regularl_y formed tsip'e7idi'^ {tsi 'flaking-stone'; p\yf 
'blackness' 'black'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
Flakes or nodules of black obsidian are found scattered in many 
places in the Tewa country, but in no jilace in large deposits. 
The substance is frequently' called simply tsi. 

Tsifsie'i'^ 'white flakiug-stone' 'white flint' (tsi 'flaking-stone'; tsx 
'whiteness' 'white'; T' locative and adjective-forming postfix). 
AA^hite ''flint" is picked up by the Tewa at various places in pieces 
or small "lumps". 

Tsi or tsijcu 'ha.saXV (foj unexplained; leu 'stone'). The name is ap- 
plied to basalt or similar stone in any form. Basalt mesas are 
called tsi Tiwag.e, etc. {tsi 'basalt'; ]cwag.c 'mesa').' 

Ts^g*^" 'gypsum' {ts!eg.i, of obscure etymologj', apparently < fsse 
'whiteness' 'white', g.i unexplained; feu 'stone', 'rock'). This 
white mineral is much used b}- the Tewa for whitewashing. It 
is burned, crushed, mixed with water and some wheat flour (to 
make it adhere better), and applied to the walls of houses or 
rooms with a brush. It is called yeso in Spanish. It is obtained 
at Huiahu'u [1:31], [lb:■2(^\, [29:25], [29:28], [29:56]. See also 
page 120. "Gypsum is found near Lam3' [29:38]".^ 

"White apatite. "Cia [Sia] enjov's almost a monopoly on white ajjatite 
and flesh-colored feldspar".^ The Tewa appear to have no name 
for the substances. 

1 For an account of deposits of basalt in New Mexico, see Ore Deposits of N. Mex., pp. 44-i6, 1910. 

; Ibid., p. 163. 

^ BandelitT, Final Report, pt. ii, i>. 2U, 1892. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 

(Note. — Numerous published ami uniniblished Avritimr* citi-ii m iin- ii.iiHii--.k • i 
American Indians (Bulletin 30 of the Bureau of American Ethnolo).'y i in chiiiiim limi 
with the synonymy of the variousi Pueblo tribes and villai^es and reini-oriK)r.iled in 
the present work, are not included in this biblio^aphy. Certain ne\vK|)a|>er ariirl<-H 
and similar minor publirations are also excluded.) 



B.\NDELIER, Adolph F. Report nn the 
ruins of the pueblo of Pecos. Boston, 
1881. 

The delight makers. New York, 

1890. 

The gilded man (El Uorado). 

New York, 1893. 

Papers of the Archaological In- 
stitute of America, III. Final Report 
of investigations among the Indians of 
the southwestern United States, part i. 
Boston, 1890 (cited as Bandelier, Final 
Report, pt. 1, 1890) ; IV, pt. ii, Boston, 
1892 (cited as Bandelier, Final Report, 
pt. II, 1892). 

Documentary history of the Rio 

Grande pueblos of New Mexico. I, 
Bibliographic introduction. Papers of 
the School of American Archieology, 
No. 13, 1910. 

Bddd, H. S. Taos vocabulary [Tanoan 
stock], from Taos. 1885-188(). MS. No. 
1028, Bureau of American Ethnology. 

. Picuries [Picuris] vocabulary 

[Tanoan stock], from Taos, July 29, 
1886. MS. No. 1023, Bureau of Ameri- 
can Ethnology. 

Ch.^pin, F. H. The land of the cliff 
dwellers. Boston, 1892. 

CusHiNG, Frank Hamilton. Outlines of 
Zuni creation myths. Thirteenth Ann. 
Rep. Bureau of Ethnology, 1896. 

D.iRTON, Nelson H. A reconnaissance 
of parts of northwestern New Mexico 
and northern Arizona, l'. S. (Jeologi- 
cal Survey, Bulletin 435, Washington, 
1910. 

Donaldson, Thomas. The Moqui Indi- 
ans of Arizona and Pueblo In.lians of 
New Mexico. Washington, 1893. 



I)oria,ASs, W. B. .V wnrld - <|Uartor 
shrine of the Tewa Imlians. Ke<-<inli< 
of the Past, vol. xi, pp. 159-173, Wash- 
ington, 1912. 

RspixosA, AiRELio M. The S]>anish lan- 
guage in New Mexico and S'lUtlum 
Colorado. Bulletin of llistorioil S.- 
eiety of New Mexico, No. ItJ, Santa Ke, 
1911. 

Fewkes, J. AValter. The snake cere- 
monials at Walpi. Journal of Ameri- 
can Ethnology and .Xrcha-ology, \'>\. 
IV. Boston, 1H94. 

Fkancisc.\.n F.\TnER.s. An etbnolou'ic 
dictionary of the Navalio languuue. 
Saint Micliaels, .\rizona, 1910. 

Frost, Max., and Walter, Pail A. K. 
See Land of Sinsiiine. 

Galbraith, F. G. Santa Clara vocabu- 
lary [Tanoan stock]. MS. N... 10l«. 
Bureau of American Etiinology. 

Gannett, Henry. A dictionary of alti- 
tudes in the Unite<l States. V. S. 
Geological Survey, Bulletin 274, 4tli 
ed., Washington, 1906. 

G.\TSCHtT, Albert S. Zwolf Spraih.n 
aus den Sudwesten Ni.nl-Anierikio'. 
Weimar, 1876. 

A mythic tale of the Isleta In- 
dians. Prweetlings of the Anuri.iin 
Philosophical Society, vol. .vxix, p|'. 
208-18, Phila-lelphia, 1891. 

Tewa vocabulary (Tanoan hI-k k). 

MS. No. 1540. Bureau of Atuerii-an Eth- 
nology. 

Tewa vocabulary [Tanoun hI(«W|. 

from Sandia, S..v., Is9'.i. MS. No. 

15.53 Bureau of Amcri.im Eibnolouy. 

GiBBS, Geor.;e. Ysleta [l.-letal v,-aba- 

lary [Tanoan stock), from Il-biiil Apr 



586 



ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axn. 29 



7, 1868. MSS. Nos. 1018, 1019, Bureau 
of American Ethnology. 

GODD.A.RD, p. E. Jicarilla Apache texts. 
Anthropological Papers of the Ameri- 
can Museum of Natural History, vol. 
VIII, New York, 1912. 

Harkington, John P. Notes on the 
Piro language. American Anthropolo- 
gist, vol. 11, pp. 553-94, Lancaster, Pa., 

1909 (reprinted as Papers of the School 
of American Archseology, No. 8). 

An introductory paper on the 

Tiwa language, dialect of Taos, New 
Mexico. American Anthropologist, 
vol. 12, pp. 11-48, Lancaster, Pa., 1910 
(reprinted as Papers of the School of 
American Archjeology, No. 14). 

A brief description of the Tewa 

language. American Anthropologist, 
vol. 12, pp. 497-504, Lancaster, Pa., 

1910 ( reprinted as Papers of the School 
of American Archaology, No. 17). 

Handbook op American Indians, edited 
by F. W. Hodge. Parts 1-2. Bulletin 
30, Bureau of American Ethnology, 
Washington, 1907-10. 

Henderson, Junius. Geology and topog- 
raphy of the Rio Grande region in New 
Mexico. Bulletin 54, Bureau of Amer 
ican Ethnology, Washington, 1913. 

Hewett, Edgar L. Studies on the ex- 
tinct pueblo of Pecos. American An- 
thropologist, vol. 6, pp. 426-39, Lan- 
caster, Pa., 1904. 

The archeology of Pajarito park. 

American Anthropologist, vol. 6, pp. 
629-59, Lancaster, Pa., 1904. 

A general view of the archeology 

of the Pueblo region. Smithsonian Ite- 
port for 1904, pp. 583-605, Washington, 
1905. 

Antiquities of the Jemez plateau. 

New jMexico. Bulletin 32, Bureau of 
American Ethnology, Washington, 
1906. 

Lescommunautesanciennes dans 

le desert American. Genfeve, 1908. 

The Pajaritan culture. Ameri- 



can Journal of Archaeology, 2d ser., 
vol. xiii, pp. 334-344, Norwood, 
Mass., 1909 (reprinted as Papers of the 
School of American Archfeology, No. 3). 



Hewett, Edgar L. The excavations at 
Tyuonyi, New Mexico, in 1908. 
American Anthropologist, vol. 11, pp. 
434-55, Lancaster, Pa., 1909 (reprinted 
as Papers of the School of American 
ArchiBology, No. 5). 

The excavations at El Rito de los 

Frijoles in 1909. American Anthro- 
pologist, vol. 11, pp. 651-73, Lancas- 
ter, Pa., 1909 (reprinted as Papers of 
the School of American Archeology, 
No. 10). 

Hodge, F. W. The enchanted mesa. 
National Geographic Magazine, vol. 
VIII, pp. 273-84. Washington, 1897. 

Coronado's march to Quivira. 

In Brower, J. V., Memoirs of Explor- 
ation in the Basin of the Mississippi 
River, vol. ii, (Harahey), pp. 29-73. 
St. Paul, 1899. 

editor. Handbook of American 



Indians north of Mexico, Parts 1-2, 
Washington, 1907-10. 

Holmes, William H. Notes on the an- 
ticjuities of the Jemez valley. New Mex- 
ico. American Anthropolgist, vol. 7, 
pp. 198-212, Lancaster, Pa., 1905. 

jEANfON, J. A. Explorations in Chama 
basin, New Mexico. Records of the 
Past, vol. X, pp. 92-108, Washington, 
1911. 

Ruins at Pesedeuinge. Records 

of the Past, vol. xi, pp. 28-37, Wash- 
ington, 1912. 

Kautz, August V. Ysleta [Isleta] vo- 
cabulary [Tanoan stock], from Isleta, 
Oct. 25, 1869. MS. No. 1021, Bureau 
of American Ethnology. 

and Simpson, J. H. Ysleta 

[Isleta] vocabulary [Tanoan stock], 
Apr., 1868, and Oct., 1869. MS. No. 
1027, Bureau of American Ethnology. 

Land of Sunshine, a handbook of re- 
sources of New Mexico. Compiled and 
edited by Max Frost and Paul A. F. 
Walter, 2d ed. Santa Fe, 1906. 

LiNDGREN, WaLDEMAR, GraTON, LoUIsC, 

and Gordon, Charles H. Ore deposits 
of New Mexico. U. S. Geological Sur- 
vey, Professional Paper No. 68, Wash- 
ington, 1910. ■ 
Lummis, Charles F. The Land of Poeo 
Tiempo. New York, 1893. 



HAKKIXcrr 



lURIJOnKAI'TIV. 



fiS, 



MoRLEY, S. (i. The south house, Puyd 
Sixth Bulletin of the Southwest Society 
of the ArchKological Institute of Amer- 
ica, Los Angeles, 1910. (Papers of the 
School of American Archseologv, No. 7, 
1910). 

Ore Deposits ok Xkw Mexico. Ser 

LiNDGKEN, Ok.\TOi\, flw/ OoliDOX. 

Motiui [Hopi (Shoshonean 

stock)] and Ta'owa [Tewa (Tanoan 
stock)], vocabulary 18G9. MS. No. 
740, Piureau of American Ethnology. 

PaIvMEE, Edw.^rd, and Simi'Son, J. II. 
Ta'owa [Tewa] vocabulary [Tanoan 
stock] , from San Juan, Santa Clara, and 
other pueblos. MS. No. 1022, Bureau 
of American Ethnology. 

Pecos National Forest, New Mexico. 
Forest Service, U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, AVashington, 1909. 

PociuE, Joseph E. The aboriginal use of 
turquoisin North America. American 
Anthropologist, vol. 14, pp. 437-()(i, 
Lancaster, Pa., 1912. 

Postroute map of the territory of New 
Mexico, showing postoffices with the 
intermediate distances and mail routes 
in operation on the 1st of June, 1902, 
also railroads under construction June 
30th, 1902, and the several mining dis- 
tricts of the Territory. 

Read, Be.x.iamin M. Illustrated history 
of New Mexico. Santa Fe, 1912. 

Simpson, James H. Old Pecos [Tanoan 
stook] vocabulary, from Jemez ami 
Old Pecos. MS. No. 1020, Bureau of 
American Ethnology. 

Tewa [Tanoan stock] vocabu- 
lary. MS. No. 1024, Bureau of Ameri- 
can Ethnology. 

01(1 Pecos [Tanoan stock], from 

Jemez and Old Pecos. MS. No. 1026, 
Bureau of American Ethnology. 

Stevenson, James. Old Peccjs [Tanoan 
stock] vocabulary, from Jemez, Sej)!., 
1887. MS. No. 1017, Bureau of Amer- 
ican Ethnology. 

Stevenson, JMatilda Co.vk. The Sia. 
Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau 
of Ethnology, Washington, 1894. 



Stevknson. .Matiiha ( oxk. The /.iiAl 
Indians. Twcnty-tliird .\iiiiiiul lti'|«.rt 
of the Bureau of .Vmoriciin Kthnol<>t;y, 
Wiishingtoii, I'.HH.. 

Sullivan, Jkkuiiaii. Ti-wa v«H-ab»lary 
[Tanoan stock], from MiNjui [llopi], 
Ariz., Apr., 1883. M.S. Xo. 101.'., Itu- 
reau of .\mericjwi Ethnology. 

[.Map of the] Tkiiritoiiv of New Mexi... 
Department "f the Interior, < ieiieiul 
Land Oflice, Fred. Dennett, ('<>iiinii»- 
sioner. Compile"] from the olliciul n- 
cords of tlie Genenil Ijind Olliee aii<I 
other .sources under the direction of 
L P. Berthong, cliief ot <lnifting divi- 
sion, General Ijind tlllice, 190<». 

The Valley raxcit. [I'umplilet on the 
Valley randi. Valley ranch, Nvw Mex- 
ico, n. d.] 

Topographic map of Nkw Mkxko. /h 
Profeifsional Paper No. 6.\ f. S. (Je..- 
logical Survey, plate i, Wa.-'hingloii. 
1912. 

TwiTcnELL, R. I". Leading; facts of New 
Mexican history. Vols. i-ii. Colar 
Rapids, Iowa, 1911-1912. 

United States (JEOiiRAPiiicAL SrRvEv.i 
West of the 100th .Meridian, Parts of 
Southern Colorado and Northern New 
Mexico, atlas sheets Xos. ilH, (19 iH). 
Exjieditions of 1873, l,s74, IS?."), 1ST6. 
and 1877, under the command of 1st 
Lieut. Geo. M. Wlu-eler, Corps of En- 
gineers, V. S. .4.rmy. Part of Central 
New Mexico, atlas sheet No. 77. 

United States ( Jeoi.ogical Scrvev. .New 
Mexico. Jemez sheet, etlilion of June, 
1890. San Pedro slu'et, e<liti'in ot 
March, 1892. Santa Clara .-'heft, e>li- 
tion of April, 1S92. .•Vlbuiiuen)ue.''hett, 
edition of May, lS9:i. .<anta Ke -he.-l. 
edition of March, 1894. Lainy sli.-rt, 
edition oi Octol)er, 1894. 

Waiter, Pail X. F. Set Land of Six- 
sniNE. 

Waterman, T. T. The religious i>mc- 
tices of the Diejuefio Imlians. Uni- 
versity of California Pub.-, in Anier. 
Arch:iol. and Etlinol.. v.l. viii. No. ti, 
pp. 271-3.i8, Berkeley, 191". 



LIST OF PLACE-NAMES 



Page 

Aacus (=Acoma) 543 

Abechiu (=Abiquiu) 135 

Abechio (=Abiquiu Pueblo ruin) . 139 

Abe-chiu (=Abiquiu) 135 

Abiquiu 96, 136 

Abiquiu (=Abiquiu) 136 

Abiquiu Mountain 123 

Abiquiu Mountains 129 

Abiquiu Peak (=Abiquiu Moun- 
tain) 123 

Abiquiu Pueblo ruin 139 

Abiquiu trail 107 

Abucios (=Acoma) 543 

Acco (=Acoma) 544 

Acequia Madre 210 

Acha (=Picuri8) 193 

AcMAAT (=Acoma) 543 

A-co (=Aeoma) 544 

AcoGiYA (=Acoma) 544 

AcoLocu (=Chilili) 531 

AcoMA 543, 544 

Ac6ma (=Acoma) 543 

AcoMAN (=Acoma) 543 

Acomas (=Acoma) 543 

AcoME (=Acoma) 543 

AcoMENSES (=Acoma) 543 

AeoMESES (=Acoma) 543 

AcoMO (=Acoina) 543 

AcoNA (=Acoma) 543 

AcoNiA (=Acoma) 543 

AcQuiA (=Acoma) 543 

Acu (=Acoina) 543 

AcucA ( =Acoma) 543 

AcucANS (=Acoma) 543 

Acuco (=Acoma) 543 

AcuiQUE (=Pecos) 473,475 

A-cu-LAH (=Peco3) 473 

Acus (=Acoma) 543 

Acux ( = Acoma) 543 

AcuYE (=Pecos) 474 

Agauono (=Aga-Uo-no) 345 

A-GA Uo-NO 345 

Agin (=Pecos) 474 

Agiu (=Peco8) 474 

588 



Ago (=Acoina) 543 

Aguade Piedra (=Piedra Creek). 265 

Agua Fria settlement 465 

Aguivira (=Quivira) 565 

A-GU-YU (=Pecos) 474 

Ah-co (=Acoma) 544 

Ah-ko (=Aooma) 544 

A'ikoka (=Acoma) 644 

AioMA (=Aroma) 543 

AioMo (=A('oma) 543 

Ak'-e-ji (=Santa Clara) 242 

Ako (=Acoma) 543 

A'ko (=A(oma) 542 

A-KO (= Acoma) 543 

Akokavi (=Acoma) 544 

Ak6kovi (=Acoma) 544 

Ako-ma (=Aconia) 544 

Akome (=Acoma) 542 

Ak6mb (=Acoma) 542 

Alameda la Isleta (=Isleta) 529 

AtAMO Canyon 270, 414 

Alamo Creek 469 

Alamo Mesa 416 

Albuquerque 530 

Alcalde settlement 206 

Alcalde station 201 

Alcuco (=Acoma) 543 

Algodones 508 

Alohas (=Aconia) 543 

Altar Hills 445 

Amayes (=Jemez) 403 

Ameges (=Jemez) 403 

Ameias (=Jemez) 402 

Ameies (=Jemez) 402 

Amejes (=Jemez) 402 

Ambries (=Jemez) 402 

Amies (=Jemez) 403 

Amios (=Jemez) 403 

Amires (=Jemez) 402 

Amo-shium-qua (=Amoxunqua).. 395 

Amoxiumqua (=Amoxunqua) 395 

Amo-xium-qua (=Amoxunqua).. . 395 

Amoxunqua 395 

AmoxunQue (=Amoxunqua) 395 



HARRINGTON 1 



PLACE-KAMES 



Oh'.l 



Page 

Amushungkwa (=Amoxuncnml. . :V.)r, 

AxA S'SsHi (=Santa Clarai 2-12 

Ana To Ho ( = lsleta) 52!) 

Ancho Canyon 101.287 

Angostura Canyon 2()5 

Angostura settlement 232 

Anu-quil-i-oui 395 

Anu-quil-i-gui (=Aiiyukwiuu).. . 404 

Anu-quil-i-jui 395 

Anu-quil-i-jui (=Auyuk^niiu). 398,404 

Anyukwinu 398, 404 

Apache C anyon 479, 4S0 

Aqiu (=Pecoa) 473, 474 

A-q'iu (=Pecos) 474 

A-Qo (=Acoma) 542 

Aqui (=Peco3) 474 

Aquia (=Acoma) 543 

Aquiu (=Peco3) 474 

Archuleta ( =Jemez springs) 394 

Arkansas River 563 

Arnold Ranch 351 

Arroyo Alamo (Alamo Creek ) . . . 4G9 
Arroyo Arvejon (=An-ejon Ar- 
royo) 171 

Arroy'o Chamisos 547 

Arrqy-o Chupadero (=Chupadero 

Arroyo) 244 

Arroyo Cile (=Sile Arroyo) 446 

Arroy-o Comal 119 

Arroyo Comanche (=Comanfhe 

Creek) 160 

Arroy'o Cubre 130 

Arroyo de CniLiii (=Chilili 

Arroyo) 547 

ArUoy'o de Galisteo (=CTali9teo 

Creek) 478 

Arroyo de la Cieneguilla 

(=Cieneg\iilla Arroyo) 188 

Arroyo de la Laguna del Ojo 
Hediondo (=Stinking Lake 

Creek) HO 

Arroy-o de la Peralta (=Peralta 

Arroyo) 437 

Arroyo de la Una de Gato 

(=Tunque Arroyo) 504 

Arroyo de la Yuta 556 

Arroyo de las Barrancas 268 

Arroyo de las Corizes (=Palo- 

duro Arroyo) 446 

Arroy-o de las Latas (=Slat 

Arroyo) 243,446 

Arroyo de las Lemitas (=Le- 

mita Arroyo) 1*'-^ 



Ahroyo kh. las Orejas (—Trw 

Piedr.i.i Arnij'o) ; , 

Aruoyo ok. IAS T 

(=TrosPi(Hlr,».sAri 

Arhoyo UK Lus A\(,i 1 I - (-1 

Arroyo uk los Curr^vlem (—Cor- 
ral Arroyo) 44G 

Arroyo de los Montks i =Arroyii 

Hondo Crook) 1 rc. 

Arroyo he los Valdeses IM' 

.Vrhovo de MiUANiiA ( = Miranda 

Creek) iMl 

Arroyo de Namb£ (=Pojoaquo 

Creek) .Vn 

Arroyo de PoJOAqrE ( = Poj(>a- 

qvie Creek) , n 1 1 

Arroyo de Ranchito (=Rnnchit<> 

Arroyo) 2.'>0 

Arroyo de San Cristobal (=Saii 

Cristobal Arroyo* 4S'> 

.■Vrroyo de San Pedro ( =Tuiiqu« 

Arroyo) 504 

Arroyo de Santa Clara 246.247 

\rroyo de Santa Clara (=Santa 

Clara Creek) 234 

Arroyo de T.\nQUE 554 

Arroyo deTaos ( =Pueblo Creek? i 179 
Arroyo de Tunque (=Tunque 

Arroyo) •''"4 

Arroy-o del Agua Fria 375 

Arroyo del Borrego (=Borrego 

Arroyo) 447 

Arroyo del Chorro 489 

Arroyo del Infierno (= Arroyo 

de lo3 Angeles) 485 

Arroyo del Pinavete 244 

Arroyo del Potrillo (=Colt Ar- 
royo) 2'*4 

Arroy-o del Tejon (=Tejon Ar- 



royo) . 



■.10 
Arroyo del Tuerto (=Tuerti. 

Arroyo) >**■"* 

Arroy-o del Tunque (=Tunqiic 

Arroyo) '"^ 

Arroyo Gausteo (=Galit<t<'.i 

Creek) *''^ 

Arroyo Hondo 188. 404. 4f,« 

Arroyo Hondo Arrovo ( = Ar- 
royo Hondo) •** 

Arroyo Hondo Canyon !"•' 

Arroyo Hondo Creek. . . ' '• 

Arroyo Hondo settlkm' 
A RRO YO J A RA ( = J am A rr^ • . 



590 



ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 



Arroyo Madera (=Madera Ar- 
royo ) 130 

Arroyo Miguel 338 

Arroyo Miranda (=Miranda 

Creek) 18G 

Arroyo Oso (=Oso Creek) 447 

Arroyo Palacio 151 

Arroyo Paloduro (=Paloduro 

Arroyo) 446 

Arroyo Peralta (=Peralta Ar- 
royo) 437 

Arroyo San Pedro (=Tuiique 

Arroyo) 504 

Arroyo Seco 291 

Arroyo Seco (=Arroyo Seco 

Creek) ." 178 

Arroyo Seco (=Seco Arroyo) — 258 

Arroyo Seco ( = Sefo town) 178 

Arroyo Seco Arroyo (=Seco 

Arroyo) 258 

Arroyo Seco Creek 178 

Arroyo Seco TOWN (=Seco town). 178 

Arroyo Sile ( = Sile Arroyo). . . . 446 

Arroyo Silvestre 119 

Arroyo Tejon (=Teion Arroyo). . 510 

Arroy'o Tinaja 120 

Arroy'o Tres Piedras (=Trea 

Piedras Arroyo) 173 

Arroyo Tunque (=Tunqiie Ar- 
royo) 504 

Arroy'o Una de Gato (=Tunque 

Arroyo) 504 

Arroyo Vallecito (=Vallecito 

Creek) 158 

Arvejon Arroyo 171 

AsHT-iA-LA-QUA ( = Astialakwd) . . . 396 

Asht-yalaqua (=Astialakwd) 397 

AsHT-YA-LAQUA (=Astialakwd) 396 

AsH-TYAL-A-QUA ( = Astialakwd) . 396-397 
Asserradero de Capulin (=Cap- 

ulin sawmill) 116 

Astialakwa 397 

Asumpcion (=Sandia) 527 

Asuncion (=Sia) 519 

Atalaya Mountain 350 

AxEYALA-KEOKvi. ( = Astialakwd) . 396 

Ateyala-keokva (=A8tialakwd). 396 

Atlachaco (=Acoma) 543 

Aztec mineral springs 351 

B AJADA 471 

Bajada de la Cebolla (=Cebolla 

s]jring) 177 



Bajada height 470 

Bajada settlement 470 

Bakaman (=Buckman) 325 

Bakman (=Buckman) 325 

Bald Hill 427 

Bald Mountain 125 

Bald Mountain (=Mount Re- 

dondo) 391 

Baldy (=Baldy Peak) 347 

Baldy Mountain (Bald Moun- 
tain) 125 

Baldy Peak 347 

Ballejos spring 202 

Banco del Burro 269 

Barranca Blanca 438 

Barranca station 188 

Barrancas de los Ballejos 

(=Ballejo3 spring ) 202 

Barranco Blanco (=Barranca 

Blanca) 438 

BATOKV.i (=Patoqua) 397 

Bato-kvA (=Patoqua) 397 

Beach Mesa ( =Black Mesa) 293 

Beach Mountain (=Black Mesa) . 293 

Bear Mountains 196 

Bear spring (=Fort Wingate) . . . 561 
BeeldIl DAsenil (= Albu- 
querque) 530 

Bernalillo settlement 521 

BiERAi (=Laguna Pueblo) 539 

Bieride (=Laguna Pueblo) 539 

Biernin (=Laguna Pueblo) 539 

Black Mesa 293,295,443 

Black Mesa (=Black Mountain). 126 

Bl.vck Mesa (=Canoe Mesa) 224 

Bl.vck Mesa (=San Felipe Mesa) . 496 
Black Mesa near San Juan 

(=Canoe Mesa) 224 

Black Mesa op San Ildefonso 

(=Black Mesa) 293 

Black Mountain 126 

Black Mountains 131 

Bland Canyon 435 

Bland settlement 435 

Boca del CaJion del Embudo 

(=Enibudo Canyon mouth) 189 

Bonanza settlement 469 

Boom, The 441 

BoRREGO Arroyo 447 

Borrego Creek 495 

Bosque 200 

Boulder Lake 108, 109 

BovE (=San Ildefonso) 305 



PLACE-XAMES 



.'.tl 



Braba (=Tao8) 

Beada (=Tao8) 

Brady , 

Buckman 

Buckman Arroyo 

Buckman Mesa 

Buena Vista Arroyo. 

Buey Canyon 

bul-itz-e-qua 

Bush Cany'on 



Caatri 

Cabezon settlement 

Cabresto C ANY'ON 

Cachichi (=Saii Felipel 

Cachiti (=Cochiti) 

Caida de Agua de Nambk 

(=Naml)6 Falls) 

Caja (=White Rock Canyon)... 
Caja del Rio (=White Rock Can- 
yon) -■ 

C.UA del Rio Grande (=\\luto 

Rock Canyon) 

C.UA DEL Rio ruin 

C.uoN (=\\Tiite Rock Canyon). . . 
Cajon DEL Rio Grande Ca.non 

(=AAnnte Rock Canyon) 

Caliente station 

Calisteo (=Galisteo Punl)lo niin) . 
Calixteo (=Gali8teo Pueblo ruin). 
Cali.xto (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin) . 

Callamongue 

Canada (=La Canada settlement).^ 

CANADA Ancha 

Canada Ancha (=Ancho Canyon). 
Canada Bland (=Blan(l Canyon i. 
Canada Co.manche (=Comanche 

Creek) 

Canada de Cochiti (=Cochiti 

Canyon) 

Canada de Cochiti (=La Cailada 

settlement ,) 

Canada de Cochiti settlement 

(=La Canada settlement) 

Can.\da de Jemez (=Jemez 

Creek) 

Canada de la Buena Vista 

(=Buena Vista Arroyo) 

Canada de la Cuesta Colorada 

(=Painted Cave Canyon) 

Canada de la Peralta (=Peralfa 

Arroyo) 

Canada de la Questa Colorada 
(=Painted Cave Canyon) 



Page 
183 
183 
197 
325 
1.32G 
323 
169 
281 
405 
287 

405 
546 
175 
499 
410 

34G 
102 



102 
429 
102 

102 
174 
482 
482 
482 
333 
434 
547 
287 
435 

160 

430 

434 

434 

399 

169 

422 

437 

422 



.'.'.1 



41.') 



130 



Canada de las Casas (=rorluli 
Canyon) AM) 

Canada de las CosTRAVRRnAs 

(=Contrayerbi Arrovn) 2<.2 

Ca.NADA de las MaRIA.S (=I4W 

Marias .\rroyoj I'lil 

Ca.SADA de L.\8 SANDiAH (=SuU- 

dia Canyon) '.'T'J 

Canada de los Alamos ( = .\lani<> 
Canyon) I'TO 

CaSaDA de los CoMAXCIIEg {=Cit- 

mancho Creek) \i4) 

Caj5ad.\ de los Valles (=()tii\ri 

Canyon) J7 1 

Canada de Santa Cnvz (=Siinta 

Cruz Creek) 

Canada Honda (=IIondo Can- 
yon) 

C AN AD.\ LaRGA 

Canada Mader.\ (=Madt!ra Ar- 
royo) 

Canada Qiemada (=Quema<Ui 

Canyon ) 436 

Canadian River S4,.')(ll 

5andia (=Saiidia) ■"•iO 

Cangelon (=E1 Cangolon) 515 

Cangillon (=Lowor Cangilon BCt- 

tlementi US 

Cangilon 351 

Cangilon Creek 118 

Cangilon el Rito Ab.uo ( =Low(t 

Cangilon settlement) 113 

Cangilon el Rito Arriba ( =l']>- 

per Cangilon settlement l 114 

Cangilon Mountain 118 

Canjilon (=Lower Cangilon set- 
tlement) 118 

Canoa (=Brady) l'J7 

Can6a (=Brady) 197 

Canoa Mesa (=Canoe Mesa) 224 

Canoe Mesa 101.224 

Canon Ancho (=Amho Canyon i. 
Canon Apache (=Aparhe Canyon) 
Canon Blanco (^AXTiite Rock 

Canyon) l*^' 

Canon Cabresto (=CabreaUj Can- 
yon ) 

C.tNON C.vpuLiN ( = Painte<l Cave 

Canyon) 

Canon Chupadero (=Chupa<len. 

Canyon) 

Canon ue Cochiti (=Corhiti Can- 
yon) 



479 



103 



17.' 



44 



4:iO 



592 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. axx. 1'9 



Canon de Guadalupe (=Guada- 
lupe Canyon) 390 

Canok de Guaje (=Guaje Can- 
yon) 266 

Caxon de Jose Sanchez (=Jo8e 
Sanchez Canyon) 429 

Caxox de la Angostura (=An- 
gostura Canyon) 265 

Canon de la Bolsa (=Ka-ma 
Cliinaya) 454 

Canon de la Cuesta Colorada 
(=Painted Cave Canyon) 422 

Canon de la Cueva Pintada 
(=Painted Cave Canyon) 422 

Canon de la Pena Blanca 
(=WMte Rock Canyon) 102 

Canon de las Casas (=Cochiti 
Canyon) 430 

Canon de los Apaches (=Apache 
Canyon) 479 

Canon de los Fkijoles (=Frijole9 
Canyon) 410 

Canon de los Guajes (=Guaje 

Canyon) 266 

Canon de San Antonio ( = San 
Antonio Creek) 392 

Canon de San Diego (=San Diego 
Canyon) 393 

Canon de Santa Clara (=Santa 
Clara Creek) 234 

Canon de Taos (=Fernandez Can- 
yon) 185 

Canon del Alamo (= Alamo Can- 
yon) 414 

Canon del Arroyo Hondo (=Ar- 
royo Hondo Canyon) 176 

Canon del BuEY(=Buey Canyon) 281 

Canon del Capulin (=Painted 
Cave Canyon) 422 

Canon del Coye (=Coye Canyon) 436 

Canon del Diezmo (=Water Can- 
yon) 286 

Canon del Embudo (=Embudo 

■ Canyon) 187 

Canon del Ko-ye (=Coye Can- 
yon) 436 

Canon del Medio (=Medio Can- 
yon) 429 

Canon delMediodia (=Mediodia 
Canyon) 431 

Canon del Norte (=^^^lite Rock 
Canyon) 102 



Canon del Pajaeito (=Paiarito 

Canyon) 281 

Canon del Rio Grande (=\\Tiite 

Rock Canyon) 102 

Canon del Rito 413 

Canon Embudo (=Embudo Can- 
yon) 187 

Canon en el Medio (=Medio 

Canyon) 429 

Canon Fernandez (=Fernandez 

Canyon) 185 

Canon Fernandez de Taos 

(=Fernandez Canyon) 185 

Canon Grande del Rio Colo- 
rado (=Grand Canyon of Colo- 
rado River) 564 

Canon Guaje (=Guaje Canyon).. 266 

Caijon Hondo (=Hondo Canyon). 415 

Canon Largo (=Largo Canyon).. 114 

CAr5oNPERALTA(=PeraltaArroyo) . 437 
Canon Quemado (=Quemado 

Canyon) 436 

Canon settlement 398 

C.\NONciTO settlement 485 

Canones Creek 121 

Canyon de los Alamos (=Alamo 

Canyon) 270 

Capilla de Santa Rosa ( = Santa 

Rosa Chapel) 130 

Capilla Vieja (=01d Chapel) 239 

Capirote Hill 127 

Capo (=Santa Clara) 241 

Ca-po (=Santa Clara) 241 

Capoo ( = Santa Clara) 241 

Capulin Canyon (=Painted Cave 

Canyon) 422 

Capulin Creek 116 

Capulin Mesa 424 

Capulin Mountai.v 116 

Capulin region 116 

Capulin sawmill 116 

Casita 145 

Casita Vieja (=01d Casita) 145 

Castixes (=San Felipe) 499 

Catriti (=San Felipe) 499 

Catroo (=Caatri) 405 

Caypa (= Santa Clara) 242 

Cebolla 114 

Cebolla Creek 113, 128 

Cebolla spring 177 

Cebollas Creek 176 

Cebollita (=Amoxunqua) 396 



HAERINGTOS] 



PLACE-XAMES 



593 



Pago 

Cebollo Cheek 391 

Ceca (=Leeca) 4O6 

Cerrillos Hills 492 

Cerrillos settlemext 492 

Cerrito de la Criz (=Cruz 

Mountain) 127 

CERRrXO DE LA JUNTA 34" 

Cerrito Malpais (=Mali)ai.-i 

Mesa) 12G 

Cerrito Xegro (=Black Moun- 
tain) 12G 

Cerritos de las Tusas (=Tusas 

Mountains) 172 

Cerro Abiquiu (=Abiquiu Moun- 
tain i 123 

Cerro Abiquiu (=Black Moun- 
tains) 131 

Cerro Atalata ( =AtaIaya Moun- 
tain) 350 

Cerro Cvpulin 116 

Cerro Chaco 427 

Cerro Colorado 405 

Cerro Colorado (=Red Hill i... 458 
Cerro de la Atalata {=Atalaya 

Mountain) 350 

Cerro de la Jara (=Mount Re- 

dondo) 392 

Cerbo de la Lagvxa (=Lake 

Peak) 348 

Cerro de los Brazos (=Lo3 Bra- 
zos Peak(8)) Ill 

Cerro de los Burros (=Black 

Mountains) 131 

Cerro de los Taoses (=Lo3 

Taoses Mountain i 174 

Cerro de San Axtoxio (=San 

Antonio Mountain) 560 

Cerro de Taos (=Tao3 Peak) .. . 184 

Cerro del Cuballe 343 

Cerro del Lobo (=Lobo Moun- 
tain) 537 

C? DEL Lobo (=Lobo Mountain i. . 537 
Cerro del Pueblo (=Pueblo 

Peak) - 17S 

Cerro del Zacate Blaxco 

(=Baldy Peak) 347 

Cerro Jara (=Mount Redondo).. 392 

Cerro Jicarilla 339 

Cerro Jicarita (=Jicarita Moun- 
tain) 339 

Cerro Jicaro (=Jicarita Moun- 
tain) 339 

87584°— 29 eth— Kj 38 



Cerro Lono i =I...b.. Nrountaiiu. . :,,t: 
Cerro Mostuoso (=Mi)ntui>so 

Mountain) p^ 

Cerro N'eoro ( = niaik Mountain i 120 
Cerro Ojo Calikxte i =0jo Culi- 

ente Mountain i ir.i 

Cerro Orejas i =Orejiu Moun- 
tain) p- 

CeRRO PeDERXAL (=P(Hl<Tnal 

Mountain i 1 22 

Cerro Pelai>o 407 

Cerro Pelado i=Bald Ililli 427 

Cerro Pelado i =Bal(l Mountain. 12-> 
Cerro Pelai>o i =Baldy Peak... . 347 
Cerro Pelado ( =Mount Re- 
dondo) 391 

Cerro Redox no (=Mount Re- 
dondo) ;i;)i 

Cerro Romax ( = RomAn Moun- 
tain; 12s 

Cerro Sax Cristobal (=San 

Cristobal Mountain/ 174 

Cerro Tequesquite (=Black 

Mountains 1 131 

Cerros de las Gallixas (=GaI- 

linas Mountains 1 1 14 

Cerros del Rito (,=E1 Rito Moun- 
tains 1 14 1 

Chama 148 

Chama River . 84, 94, 99, 100, 101. 107. 1 14 

Chamita 14S 

Chamita (=San Juan) 215 

CuAiirTA ^ = YuquejTinque ) 227 

Chamita region" 223 

CiiAMrTA settlement 22> 

CiiAMizAL Creek 1!»1 

Chamizal settlement 190 

Ch.u'ERO ( = Kan-aTshat-sh\-ui... 414 

Ch.vtaMesa (=Capulin Mesai — 424 

CuAW.iRi ( =T.<aw4rii 1 2">4 

Che (=PueI)liMleShei 4yj 

Chea (=Sia) 518 

CHiA(=Sia) 517 

Chichilh (=Cliilili 531 

CmcHiTi (=Chilili 531 

Chichuich I =Pe'(.s 1 476 

Chili (=Chilili. 531 

CHM.i(=riulilfi 531 

Chili settlement l'>^ 

Ciiilile i=Chililfi •'•■''l 

CEnLiu,=Chililf 531 

CHaiLi Ml 



594 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 29 



Chilili (=Cliilili settlemeut) 546 

Chil-1-li (=Chilili) 531 

Chilili Arroyo 547 

CmLILI SETTLEMENT 546 

CmLiLY (=ChiliH) 531 

Chimal 548 

Chimayo (=Cliimayo settlement). 341 

ChIMAYO SETTLEMENT 341 

CmN-A Ka-na Tze-shu-ma (=Caja 

del Rio) 428 

Cm'piA (=Sandia Mountain) 513 

CmpnNuiNGE 121 

Cmpiwi 236 

CmQUERO 270 

CmTiTi (=Chimi) 531 

Chiwhetha (=Isleta) 528 

Chochite (=Coehiti) 439 

Chochiti (=Cochiti) 439 

Christobal (=San Cristobal). .. . 486 

Christoval (=San Cristobal) 486 

Chupadero Arroyo 244 

Chupadero Canyon 244 

Chupadero Creek 244, 364 

Chupaderos 347 

Chusca Valley 571 

CiA(=Sia) 517 

Cl-BO-BE 568 

CicEi=Sia) 518 

CicouA (=Peros) 476 

Cicui (=Pecos) 476 

Cicuic (=Pecog) 47G 

CicuiCA (=Peco3) 476 

CicuiCH (=Peco8) 476 

CicuicK (=Peco6) 476 

CicuiE (=Pecos) 476 

Cicuio (=Pecos) 476 

CicuiQ (=Peco8) 476 

CicuiQUE (=Pecos) 473, 475 

CicuYA (=Peco8) 476 

CicuYAN Indians (=Peco3) 476 

Cicuye (=Peco3) 476 

CicuYE (=Peco8) 473,474,476 

CicuYO (=Peco3) 476 

CiENEGA 467,468 

Cienega Creek (=Arroyo Hondo) 466 
CiENEGA DE LA CuEVA (=LaCueva 

Marsli) 167 

Cienega settlement 468 

ClENEGUlLLA 188 

Cieneguilla Arroy'o 188 

ClENEGUlLLA MesA 571 

Cieneguilla Mountains 571 

ClENEGUlLLA SETTTLEMENT 467 



Cile (=Sile) 446 

CiLLA (=Sia) 518 

Cimarron settlement 569 

CiQuiQUE (=Peco8) 476 

CiRcuic (=Peco3) 476 

CiYA (=Sia) 518 

Cla (=Sia) 518 

CocHBH (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHETi (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHETo ( =Cochiti) 439 

CocHiLis (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHiT (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHiTE (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHiTEMi ( =Cochiti) 439 

Co-cm-TE-Mi' (=Cocliiti) 439 

CocHiTENos (=CocHti) 440 

CocHiTEUMi ( =Cochiti) 439 

OocHiTi 439, 440 

CocHiTi (=Cochiti) 440 

CocHiTi Canada (=Cochiti Can- 
yon) 430 

CocmTi Canyon 430 

CocHiTi Mountains 409 

CocHiTi ViEJo (=Okl Cnchiti) 432 

CocHiTiNos (=CocMti) 439 

CocHiTO (=Cochiti) 439 

CocHiTTi (=CocMti) 439 

CociuTY ( =Cochiti) 439 

CocLUTi (=Cochiti) 439 

Coco (=Acoma) 543 

Colorado River 564 

Colorado River (=Red River). . 174 

Colt Arroyo 284 

Comanche Creek 160 

Comanche station 189 

Comitre 495 

contraybrba arroyo 262 

CooFER (=Puaray) 524 

CooFERT (=Puaray) 524 

CoQuiTE (=Peco8) 476 

Corral Arroyo 446 

Corral de Piedra 232 

Corral of the Soldiers 202 

Corral de los Soldados (=Cor- 

ral of the Soldiers) 202 

Cordova 186 

Costilla Creek 559 

Costilla Mountains 559 

Costilla settlement 559 

Corrales 548 

CoTCHiTA (=Cochiti) 439 

Cotchiti (=Cochiti) 439 

Coyamanque (=Cuyamunque)... 333 



PLACE-NAMES 



59i 



CoYE Canyon 

Coyote 

CoY'OTE Creek 99^ 117 

Coyote settlement and region . 

Creston 

Creston de Tesuque (=Te8uqno 

divide) 

Cristone 

Cristone Pueblo ruin 

Cruz Mountain 

Cry'stal Lakes 

CuA-KA (=San Marcos) 

CuAME (=Sia) 

CUAPA 

CuA P'HoGE (=Santa Fe) 

Cuarteles 

CuBERO 

CucHiLi (=Cochiti) 

CucmLLA 155 

CUCHILLA DB PlEDRA HeIGHT 

CucHiN (=Cocliiti) 

CUESTA COLORADA CaNYON 

(=Painted Cave Canyon) 

CuEVA PiNTADA (= Painted Cavo). 

CuiviRA ( =Quivira) 

Culebra Creek 

Culebra Mountains 

Culebra settlement 

CuMA (=RedHill) 

CuNDAYo Creek (=Medio Creek). 

CUNDAYO settlement 

CuuNsioRA (=Giusewa) 

CuYA Mangue (=Cuyamunque).. 
CuYAMANQUE (=Cuyamunque) . . . 
Cuyammique (=Cuyamunque) — 
CuYAMONGE (=Cuyamunque) . .. . 
CuYA-MUN-GE (=Cuyamunque). . . 
CuYAMUNGUE (=Cuyamunque). . . 
Cu-YA-MUN-GUE (=Cuyamunque). 

CUYAMUNQUE 

CuYBiRA (=Quivira) 

CuYO, MoNQUE (=Cuyainunque). 

Cu-ZA-YA (=Taiique) 

Cycuyo ( = Peco9) 



Page 
436 
100 

,128 
117 



Deis (=Sandia) 527 

Devil Canyon (=^11116 Rock 

Canyon) 102 

Dirty Creek (=Coy()to Creek).. . 117 

Dixon settlement 190 

Djemez (=Jemez) 402 

Dji'wa (=Santo Domingo) 449 

Dog Lake 537 

Dog Lake spring 548 



Dolores 

Dolores (=Saiidiai 

Domingo ( =SaMto Dominpii 
Domingo skttlemkst 

DUENDE SETTLEMESI 

DuLCE settlement. . 

Dyap-i-ge 

Dyi'-wa (=Sant« Doming^) 1 4.tg 



440 

''■2 v.tr, 

221) 

,v.a 

548 



El Cangelon 

El Capirote i =('apiri.tfl Hill 1. . . . 

El Macho settlement 

El Paso 

El Paso del Xorte (=E1 Paaoi. . 
El Pueblo Quemado (=Hajadai. 

El Puente (=^farianal 

El Rito 142 

El Rito (=E1 Rito 8ettlementl.. . 

El Rito Creek 

El Rito Colorado (=E1 Riu> «ot- 

tlement) 

El Rito Colorado Creek (=E1 

Rito Creek) 

El Rito Mountains 

El Rito Plain 

El Rito settlement 

El Tuerto (=Tuortoi 

El Tuxque (=Tunqnp! 

Elizabethtown 

Elk Mountain 

El-ke-ai' (=Sia) 

Elrito Creek (=E1 Rito Creek 1.. 
Elrito Plain (=E1 Rit/j Plain 1. . 
Elrito settlement i=E1 Rito 

settlement 1 

Embudo (=Dixon settlement) 

Embudo Canyon 

Embido Canyon moith 

Embudo Creek 

Embudo st.\tiox 

Embudo Viejo (=Dixon aoltlo- 

ment) 

Emeaes (=Jemez) 

Emeoes (=Jemez).. . 
Emenes (=Jemcz). . 
Emes (=Jpmozi. . 
Eme.xes i=Jemezi. 
Emmes (=Jemezi . 
Enchanted Mesa . 

EsCONDIDO 

E.SCONDILI.O 

EscuELA Normal (=Si 
Ameri<-an Xonnal S. IuhiI 



142 

141 
143 
143 
549 
511 
176 
352 
517 
142 
143 

143 
100 

1.S7 
1S9 
190 
180 

190 
403 
402 
403 



596 



ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. axx. 29 



ESPANOLA 232 

ESPANOLA 101 

EspANOLA (=E3panola) 232 

EsPANOLA Valley 101 

EspiRiTU Santo Lake (= Spirit 

Lake) 356 

Estaca settlement 205 

EsTACioN Rio Grande ( = Rio 

Grande station) 322 

EsTANCI A SETTLEMENT 535 

Euimes (=Jemez) 403 

Fe-jiu (=Abiquiu) 135 

Fe-jyu (=Abiquiu) 137 

Fernandez (=Tao8) 185 

Fernandez Canyon 185 

Fernandez Creek 185 

Fernandez de Taos (=Ta03). . . 185 
Fernandez de Taos Canyon 

(=Femandez Canyon) 185 

Fernandez de Taos Creek 

(=Femandez Creek) 185 

Fe-se-re 152 

Flaking-stone Mountain 94 

Fort Wingate 5G1 

Francisco Ranches (=Rancho3 

deTaos) 18fi 

Francisco Ranchos (=Ranchos 

deTaoa) 186 

Frijoles Canyon 410 

Frijoles Canyon Waterfall 412 

Frijoles Creek 186 

Frijolito 413 

Galiste (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin; . 482 

Gausteo 482, 483, 484, 485 

Galisteo ( =Gali8teo Pueblo ruin). 482 

Galisteo Creek 478 

Galisteo Pueblo rui.n 481,482 

Galisteo settlement 485 

Gallinas 100 

Gallinas Bad Lands (=Gallina3 

Mountains) 114 

Gallinas Creek 115, 559 

114 
115 
115 
371 
482 
168 



Gallinas Mountains 

Gallinas settlement 

Gallinas, The (=Gallina8 Creek). 

Gallinero 

Galhsteo ( =Gali8teo Pueblo ruin) 

Gavilan settlement 

Ge-e-w.\y ( = Santo Domingo) 448 

Ge-e-wb (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Gemes ( = Jemez) 402 

Gemex (=Jemez) 402 



Gemez (=Jemez) 402 

Gigantes (=Buckman Mesa) 323 

Gin-se-ua (=Giusewa) 393 

Gi-pu-i (=Gi-pu-y) 452 

Gi-PU-Y 452 

Gi-PU-Y Pueblo ruin 495 

GiusEWA 393 

Gleta ( = Isleta) 529 

Glist]eo (=Gali8teo Pueblo ruin). 482 

Glorieta Canyon 479 

Glorieta settlement 479 

Golden Arroyo (=Tuerto Ar- 
royo) 508 

Golden Mountains 506 

CiOLDEN settlement 507 

Gomez (=Jemez) 402 

Government Irrigation Dam... 466 

Gran Qcivira ( =Qui\'ira) 565, 566 

Gran Qui vra ( =Quivira ) 566 

CiRAND Canyon of Colorado 

River 564 

Grand Quavira ( =Quivira i 566 

Grand Quivira (=Qui^•iral .. 566 

Grande V.\lley 276 

Grass Mountain 352 

GuACHE settlement 231 

GUACHEPANQUE 233 

GuADELUPE Canyon 390 

GuAJE Arroyo : 276 

GuAJE Canyon , 266 

GuAjE Creek 101 

GuAjEs ( =Guaje Canyon ) 266 

GuALPi (=\Valpi) 570 

GUATITRUTI 405 

GUAYOGUIA 405 

GuiN-SE-u.'t (=Giusewa 1 393 

GuiPANA (=Kipana) 550 

Guipui 452 

Gui-pu-Y ( =Gi-pu-y i 452 

Haatse (=Ha-a-tzej 426 

Haatse (=Ha-a-tze) 426 

Haatse (=Ha-a-tze) 426 

Ha-a-tze 425, 426 

Ha-atze (=Ha-a-tze) 426 

Hab-koo-kee-ah (=Acoma) 544 

Hacu (=Acoma) 544 

Hacuqua ( = Acoma) 544 

H A-cu-QUi.v ( = Acoma ) 544 

Hacus (=Acoma) 543 

Hae-mish (= Jemez) 401 

Hah-koo-kee-.ah (=Acoma) 544 

H.u'bata (=Santa Clara i 241 



PLACK-XAMES 



597 



Haiba'yu ( =Santa f'larai 211 

Haiphaha ( = Sauta Clarai 2-11 

Hak-koo-kee-ah (=Acoma) 544 

Hak'o'ni (=Acoma) 544 

Ha-ktj (=Acoma) 544 

Ha-ku Kue (=Acoma) 544 

Ha-kus (=Acoma) 544 

Ham-a-qua 39G 

Ha-mish (=Jemez) 401 

Han-a-kwa I =Ham-a-qual 39G 

Ha-nat KoT-Yi-Ti (=Potrer<) 

Viejo) 431 

HANicmx A ( = Isleta ) 528 

Hano 37 

Hano (=Tewa) 570 

Haqoni (=Acoma) 544 

Ha - WAW - WAH - LAH - TOO - WAW 

( = Jemez ) 40 1 

He'-mai (=Jemez) 400 

Hemema (=Jemez) 400 

Hemeos (=Jemez) .' 402 

Hemes (=Jemez) 402,403 

Hemes (=Jemez) ' 402 

HEMEsHiTSE ( = Jemez 1 401 

He'-me-shu-tsa (=Jemez) 401 

Hemez (= Jemez) 402 

He'mi (=Jemez) 401 

He-mi-ma' ( = Jemez) 400 

Hemishitz (=Jemez) 401 

Henex (=Jemez) 402 

Hermes (=Jemez) 403 

•Hernes (=Jemez) 403 

HE''-wA'(=Jemez) 401 

HiEM-Ai (=Jemez) 400 

Hiokuo'k (=Pecos) 473 

Hism (=Pueblo Largo) 490 

HisH-i (=PuebIo Largo 1 490 

HOBART 292 

Hobart's ranch 292 

HoiURi (=Homri) 162 

Homayo 161 

Ho-mayo (=Homayo) 161 

Honaupabi (=Fort Wingate). . . . 561 
Hondo Arroyo (=Arroyo 

Hondo) 1S8 

Hondo Canyon 415 

Hopi Sfil 

Horse Canyon (=Cochiti Canyon) 430 

Horse Lake 108 

Houiri 1*">2 

Ho-ui-Ei (=Houiri) 162 

Hoya Apache 4(1 

HOYA DE LA PiEDRA PaRADA 495 



IIoVA DKI. Apaiiik (=ni)yii 

ApachcM .|7| 

HUASH-PA TZEN-A 4:.;i, VI9 

Hi-ifeRFANO ( = BlurkMoiia) 2tt4 

HwEROi ( =Santa Ana) ,',2i) 

Hyo-qua-hoon (=Pccos) 473 

I Acox A ( = Jac(ina) :«o 

Ihamba ( = rim-mba) 3|() 

I'HA-MnA 310 

Ildefoxso 312 

Ildefonso (=San Ildefonso) 305 

Ildefoxzo (=Ildetonso) 312 

Ilet (=Ialeta» 6211 

Ipera (=San LiSzaroi 4ui 

I-pe-re (=San Ldzaro) 491 

Iron springs 549 

IsETA ( = Isleta) 521) 

IsiiT-UA Yen-e 453. .VI9 

ISLELLA ( = l9leta) 521t 

ISLETA 529 

IsLETABUH (=Ialeta) 529 

IsLETANs (=l8leta) 529 

IsleteSos (=Isleta) 529 

IsLETTA (=l9leta) 521» 

IsoLETTA ( = Isleta) 529 

Jacoma (=Jacona) 330 

Jacon A 3:ui 

J agon a settlement 3;lO 

Jaconita settlement XV) 

James (=Jemez) 402 

Jamez (=Jemez) 402 

Jano (=Te\va) 570 

jAOs(=Tao9) 102 

Jara Arroyo 4S8 

Jara Creek 405 

Jara Mountain (=Mount Ri>- 

dondo) 391 

Jemas (=Jemez) 402 

Jemes (=Jemezi 402. 403 

Jemesi (=Jemezi 400 

Jemex (=Jemez) 403 

Jemez 402 

Jemez Chain 102 

Jemez Creek 399 

Jemez Mointains 105 

Jemez springs 394 

Jemmes (=Jenjczi 403 

Jemos (=Jemez) 403 

jENiEs (=Jemez) 4o2 

Jermz (=Jemez) 40.4 

jEiREs (=Jemezj 4iKl 



598 



ETHNOUEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. 



JiCARiLLA Peak (=Jicarita Moun- 
tain) 339 

JicARiTA Mountain 339 

JiCARiTA Peak (=Jicarita Moun- 
tain) 339 

Jicarrilla Peak 341 

Jica rrita ( = Jicarita Mountain) . . . 339 

JiMENA (=Gali3teo Pueblo ruin). . 482 

John Dunn's Bridge 176 

John Dunn's sulphur spring... 177 

Jose Sanchez Canyon 429 

Joseph's Ojo Caliente (=0jo 

Caliente hot springs) 164 

Jo-so-GE (=Abiquiu) 136 

JsLETA (=Isleta) 529 

Juan Quivira (=Quivira) 566 

JuKE-YUNQUE (=Yuqueyunque). 227 

JuMEz ( =Jemez) 403 

JuNETRE (=Tajique) 533 

Junta Creek 196 

Jyuo-tyu-te Oj-ke (=San Juan).. 212 

Kaapo (=Tuerto) 549 

Kacht'ya (=San Felipe) 499 

Kah-po (=Santa Clara) 241 

Ka-hua-i-ko (=Laguna Pueblo). . 540 

Kaiipa (=Santa Clara) 242 

Kai'p'a (=Santa Clara) 242 

Kai W.4.IKA (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

ELaj-kai (=San Juan) 212 

ELaket'h6a 195 

Ka-lis-cha (=Saii Felipe) 499 

Kalistcha (=San Felipe) 499 

Ka-ma Chinaya 454 

Kan-a Tshat-shyu 414 

Kan-Ayko (=Lag:una Pueblo) 540 

Kap-h6 (=Santa Clara) 241 

Kapo 150 

Kapo (=Tuert()) 549 

IC^'PO (=Santa Clara) 241 

Ka-po (=Santa Clara) 241 

K.\-PO (=Tuerto) 549 

Ka-Poo (=Santa Clara) 241 

Kapou ( = Santa Clara) 240 

Kapung (=Santa Clara) 241 

Karaikome (=Laguna Pueblo).. . 540 

Katihcha (=San Felipe) 499 

Ka-tish-tya (=San Felipe) 499 

Ka-tisht-ya ( = San Felipe) 499 

Kat-ish-ty-a (=San Felipe) 499 

Kat-isht-y'a 446, 447 

Kat-isht-ya ( =San Felipe) 499 

Kat-ist-ya ( =San Felipe) 499 



Page 

Ka-tity-a (=San Felipe) 499 

Katzim-a (=Enchanted Mesa) 545 

Katzimo (=Enchanted Mesa) 545 

Katzimo (=Enclianted Mesa). .. . 545 

Ka-tzi'-mo (=Enclianted Mesa). . . 545 

Ka-uay-ko (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

KAWAHYKAK.v(=Laguna Pueblo). 540 

Kawaihkaa ( =Laguna Pueblo) . . . 540 

Kawaik (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

Ka-waik' (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

Kaw.uka (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

Ka-waikA' (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

K.iwAiKAMA (=Laguna Pueblo). . 540 
Kawaikame (=Laguna Pueblo). . 540 
Kawaik.ame {=Laguna Pueblo). . 540 
Kawaik'-ka-me (=Laguna Pue- 
blo) 540 

Kawaikome (=Laguna Pueblo). . 540 

K.\-ye Pu (=Pueblo Blanco) 489 

Keguaya (=Ke-gua-yo) 344 

Kennedy settlement 485 

KepitA (=Sandia Mountains) 513 

Ke-qua-y'O 344 

K'HAiBHAi (=Santa Clara) 241 

K'hapoo (= Santa Clara) 241 

K'ha-po'-o (=Santa Clara) 241 

KhIn lagaI (=Sandia) 526 

KhInuchI (=San Juan) 213 

KhIn Nodozi (=Bernalillo set- 
tlement) 521 

KlASHITA 406 

KlATSUKWA 406 

KiATsuKWA ( =Quia-tzo-qua) 396 

KlQOTSAY'E (=T30S) 182 

Ki-HUA ( =Santo Domingo) 448 

KiMENA (=Galisteo Pueblo ruin). . 482 

Kin Klechini (=San Juan) 213 

Kin Klekai Xi ( = Santo Domingo) 449 

IviN Nodozi (=Sandia) 526 

Ki'-o-A-ME (= Santo Domingo) 448 

Ki'-o-wuMMi (=Santo Domingo) . . 448 

KiPAN A 550 

Ki-PAN-NA ( = Kipana) 550 

Kipo ( =Fort Wingate) 561 

Ki-UA (=Santo Domingo) 448 

KivoME (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ki'wA (=Santo Domingo) 448 

KiwoMi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

KiwoMi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ki'-wo-Mi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ko-cm-Ti' (=Cochiti) 440 

KoHERNAK (=l3leta) 528 

K(3ho'hlte (=Tao8) 182 



HAllUIXGTUN ] 



PLACE-XAMES 



:)'.)[} 



I'ago 

KoiKs (=Laguua Tueblo) 540 

KoM-ASA-iA Ko-TE (=Mesa Pri- 

eta) .110 

KoPiWARi 384 

Ko-STETE (=Laguna PuoMo 1 540 

K6-TITE (=Cochiti) 439 

KoTiYTi (=Cocliiti) 440 

IvoT-Ji-Ti (=Cocliiti) 439 

Kotu'ti ( =Cocliiti) 440 

KoTYiT (=Cochiti) 440 

K'otyit' (=01d Cochiti). . . . . . . 432, 433 

KoTYiTi (=Cochiti) 440 

KoTYiTi (=01d Cochiti) 432, 433 

Ko-TYi-Ti ( =Cochiti) 439 

Ko-YE (=Coye Canyon) 436 

KUA-KAA 466 

KuA-KAA (=San Marcos) 551 

KuA-KAY (=Kua-kaa) 466 

KuAPA (=Cuapii) 435 

KuA-PA (=Cuapa) 435 

KuAPOGE (=Santa Fe) 460 

KuAPOGO (=Santa Fe) 460 

KuA-p'o-o-GE (=Santa Fe). 460 

KuAUA (=Torreon) 522 

KuA-uA (=Torreon) 522 

Klthrweai (=Laguna Pueblo) 539 

Ku-KUA (= San Marcos) 551 

KUTSOHIHI (=Rio Grande) 101 

KUUINGE 153 

Ku Ya-mung-ge (=Cuyamunque) 333 

KvisHTi (=Poguate) 538 

Kwapoge (=Santa Fe) 460 

KwENGYAUixGE (=Abiquiu Pueb- 
lo ruin) 140 

KwiRANA Mountain 551 

KwisTYi (=Poguate) 538 

Ky'amunge (=Cuyamunque ) 333 

K"Y'A-NA-THXANA-KWE ( =Laeuna 

Pueblo) 540 

La Angostura 505 

La Angostura (=Angostura Can- 
yon) 265 

La B ajada (=Bajada settlement) . 470 

La Bajada (=Baiada Height) 470 

La Canada (=La Canada settle- 
ment) 4.34 

La Canada de los Xeme.s 

(=Jemez Creek) 399 

La Canada settlement 434 

La CiENEGA 468 

La Cuesta town 175 

La Cueva 406 



La Cieva Marsh 11,7 

La Cueva Pintada i = Puiiitcil 

Cave) iji 

La Cueva region 1 1,1; 

La Cueva tow.s iufi 

La Gran QuiviRA (=Quivir,ii '.•.r, 
La iiaguxa (=Laguna Purl. I 

La Hoya 

La .Iaka 1 11 .1.. 

La Joya (=La lloya) I<.i7 

LAPE.<!ABLAXCA(=\Vlut«H.i, kt . ti'. 

La Puenta (=Mariaiia) 

La Puente (=Marittiiai 

La Villa ( = Santa Fi-i ii,i 

La Viluta settlement 2»M5 

Ladrones Mountains .Vi" 

Lagana ( = Laguna Pueblo) 6-U 

Lagoon on Lake Peak 3.13 

Lagouna (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Laguna del Caballo (=UonM> 

Lake) Ifts 

L.^GUNA del EspnuTU (=Spirit 

Lake) 356 

Laguna del Norte (=IIor8<! 

Lake) Ins 

Laguna del Ojo Heuiondo 

(=StinkingLake) 110 

Laguna del Perro (=Dog Lake). 537 
Laguna del Sur (=Stinking 

Lake) 110 

Laguna en el Medio (=Boulder 

Lake) 109 

Laguna Hedionda (=Stinking 

Lake) HO 

Lacuna PiEDRA(=Boulder Lake). 109 

Laguna Pueblo 541 

Lagune (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Lagunes (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Laounians (=Laguna Pueblo) — 541 

Lake Peak 44. 348 

Lamy Canyon 4"9 

Lam Y settlement 480 

Largo Canyon 114 

Las Bocas Canyon 46» 

Las Casas CaSada (=Cochiti 

Canyon) *^ 

Las Casas Canyon (=C<K-hiti 

Canyon) 4*1 

Las Gallix.\8 (=Oallinas wttle- 

ment) "•• 

Las Marias Arroyo 2tll 

Las Minas i>k CiiALCHiBurrK 

(=Turquijise Mines' 492 



600 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 



Las Minas de Turquesa (=Tur- 

quoise Mines) 492 

Las Nutritas (=Tierra Amarilla 

town) 112 

Las Salinas ( = Salinaa) 535 

Las Salinas del Manzano (=Sa- 

linas) 535 

Las Tienditas 207 

Las Trampas (=Trampaa settle- 
ment) 339 

Las Truchas settlement (=Tru- 

chas settlement) 339 

Las Vegas city 562 

Las Vegas hot springs 562 

Las Viejas Mesa 114 

Latma ( =Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Leeca 406 

Lemita Arroyo 169 

LiA(=Sia) 518 

Little Colorado River 570 

Llano del Rito ( =E1 Rito Plain) . 143 
Llano del Rito Colorado (=E1 

Rito Plain) 143 

Llano Largo (=PhillipB Meaa). . 282 

Llano settlement 150 

Lleta ( = Isleta) 529 

LoBO Mountain 537 

LoMA Tendida 97,230 

LoMAs DE Pena Blanca (=Peiia 

Blanca Hills). 443 

Lookout Mountain 427 

Los Altares 445 

Los Angeles (=Pec03) 477 

Los Azufres ( = Sulphur springs) 391 

Los Brazos Ill 

Los Brazos Creek Ill 

Los Brazos Peak(s) Ill 

Los Cerrillos (=Cerrillos Hills). 492 
Los Cerrillos (=Cerrillo8 settle- 
ment) 492 

Los Cerros Mountains 174 

Los Chupaderos (=Chupaderos). 347 

Los G allegos 133 

Los LucEROs settlement 202 

Los MoNTES Creek (=AiToyo 

Hondo Creek 1 176 

Los MoNTES SETTLEMENT (=Ar- 

royo Hondo settlement) 177 

Los Ojitos 353 

Los Ojos Ill 

Los Pachecos settlement 206 

Los Taoses Mount.^in 174 

Los Tres Padres 394 



Los Valles 106 

Los Valles ( =Tlie Valles) 98 

Lower Cangilon settlement . . . 118 

Lucero Creek 179 

LucEROs settlement 184 

Lucia Creek (=Penasco Creek).. 191 

Lyden station 20# 

Madera Arroyo 130 

Magdalena Mountains 562 

Mai-dec-kiz-ne (=;Jemez) 402 

Mi'iDESHGlzH (=Jeme2) 402 

Mai Deshkis (=Jemez) 402 

Malpais Mesa 126 

Mambe (=Nambe Pueblo) 358 

Mambo (=Namb6 Pueblo) 358 

Manzano (=Manzano Mountains) . 531 
Manzano Chain (=Manzauo 

Mountains) 531 

Manzano Mountains 531 

Manzano Range (=Manzano 

Mountains) 531 

Mapeya ( =Sandia) 525 

Mariana settlement 133 

Mauvaises Terres de Gallinas, 

Les (=Gallina8 Mountains) 114 

Mecastria 406 

Medio Canyon 429 

Medio Creek 377 

Mediodia Canyon 431 

Mesa Canoa (=Canoe Mesa) 224 

Mesa Capulin (=Capulin Mesa).. 424 

Mesa Chata (=Capulin Mesa) 424 

Mesa Chino 458 

Mesa de la Canqa (=Canoe Mesa) 224 
Mesa de las Viejas (=Las Viejaa 

Mesa) 114 

Mesa de los Ortizes (=Buckman 

Mesa) 323 

Mesa de San Felipe (=San Felipe 

Mesa) 496 

Mesa de Santa Ana (=San Felipe 

Mesa) 496 

Mesa del Alamo (=Alamo Mesa) . 416 
Mesa del Cangelon (=B1 Can- 

gelon) 515 

Mesa del Chino (=Mesa Chino). 458 

Mesa DEL Cuervillo 329 

Mesa del Cuervo (=Mesa de Cu- 
ervillo) 329 

Mesa del Pajarito (=Pajarito 

Mesa) 283 

Mesa del Rito 413 



rroNl 



PLACE-XAMKS 



fiOl 



Pago 

Mesa ExrAXTAriA 139 

Mesa Excantada (=Enrliantefl 

Meaa) 545 

Mesa Malpais (=Malpai8 Mesa).. 126 

Mesa NEGRA(=Blark Mountain). 126 
Mesa op San Ildefonso (=Blaok 

Mesa) 293 

Mesa Prieta 288, 416 

Mesa Prieta (=Caiioe Mesa) 224 

Mesa San Miguel (=San Miguel 

Mesa) 425 

Mesilla ( =Black Mesa) 293, 294 

Mesita (=BlackMesa) 293.294 

Mesita 6 Mesilla de San Ilde- 
fonso ( =Black Mesa) 294 

Mesita Redonda (=Black Mesa). 443 
Messa de la Zieneguilla (=Ci- 

eneguilla Mesat 571 

Middle Lake ( = Bnulder Lake).. 109 

Miranda Creek ISO 

MiSHONGNOVI 502 

MisHTSHYA Ko-TE (=Potrero de 

en el Medio) 435 

Mi VERA (=Quivira) 5<i(i i 

Mo-jual-ua (=Pueblo Peak) 177 

MoJUA-LU-NA (=Pueblo Peak) 177 

MojuAL-uA (=Mojua-Iu-na) 190 

MojUA-LU-NA 196 

MoKi (=Hopi) 501 

montevista 259 

Montezuma Valley 504 

MoNTUoso Mountain 174 

Moaui ( =Hopi 1 501, 502 

Mora Mount.uns 350 

Mora Range 105 

Mora Town 563 

Morena (=Elizai)eth to-wn) 176 

Mount Redondo 391 

Mount Roman ( = Romdn Moun- 
tain) '28 

Mount T.^ylor 546 

Mountains of Taos ( =Tao3 Moun- 
tains) 1'^-^ 

Muddy Creek (=Coyote Creek). . 117 

Muke (=AlMquiu) 136 

Nacimiento Mountains 390 

Na-fhi-ap (=Sandia) 525 

NafIad (=Sandia) 525 

N.^-Fi-AP (=Sandia) 525 

Nafiat (=Sandia) 525 

Nafi'huide (=Sandia) 525 

Nafihun (=Sandia) 525 



i'a£r 

Nagel Mountain .'.Vl 

Xa-im-bai ( = Nani1ic' Puoldo) . :i.V.i 

Na-imbe ( = Nandi('' ruidil.n :i'i'J 

Na-im-be ( = Niindi<'' I'lnOdo) .TV) 

Xa-i-mhi ( = Nain1i.' Piicbli)) ;Vi9 

Xamba (=N;unl»'. riieblo) ;r,H 

Xambe ^ = XaInll^• Piu'hln) 3.'i9. MM 

Xambk (=Xaml)o Piiclilo)... 37,:i:i«; mm 

XambJ; (=Xambi'' Puebloi :r.s 

Xambk Cheek (=Pojoaquo Crook I. ;«il 

Xamb6 Falls :Mii 

Xambk Mountains :t.'>.l 

Xambe Pueblo ( =Xainb(5 Puoblo) 'MA> 

Xambe Pukblo 300 

Xambe settlement '.if>H 

Xambee ( = Xamb^ Pueblo) :f)!) 

Xambi (=Xamb6 Pueblo 1 3-VJ 

X am buru.\p ( =Xanib<' Pueblo). . . 3"i9 

Xami Te (=Xamb.' Puebloi XS 

XammO'lOna (=Xambe Pueblo).. 3.i9 

Xampe (=Xambe Pueblm V>» 

X ApfeTHA (=Saiidia) 525 

Xapeya (=Sandia) 525 

X.\'rF£'TA (=Sandia) 525 

Xaphi'.\t (=Sandia) 525 

Xa-h-Ap (=Sandia I 525 

Xa-pi-hah (=Sandia) 525 

Xa-si-ap ( = Sandia) 525 

NasIsitqE (=Puorco River) 53S 

Xatq6iio ( = l9leta) 529 

N AVAHO Canyon 120 

Xavaho spring lis 

Xavaho tr.\il 107 

Xavakwi 2X0 

Xavawi (=Xavakwi) 2sO 

Xavidad de Xuestra Se.^or.v 

,=Chililii 531 

XeoroMesa (=BIack Mountain). 126 
Negro Mountain (=Bla<-k Moun- 

toin) 126 

Nine mile Spring Srvs 

No Agua settlement J"3 



NO-CUM-TZIL-E-TA. 



... 406 

NOd.VABitqO (=San Juan River*. 5tlO 
No-kyun-tse-le-ta' ( =Xo-cum- 

tzil-e-ta) ■*"* 

Nome'e (=Xamb<5 Puoblo 1 359 

Xo-nyish'-a-gi' ^'^ 

North Lake (=IIon«3 Lakoi. ... 108 

NUESTRA SeSoRA DE CiUAPALUPB 

PEPoJUAQUE(=Pojoa.lUO. 335 

Nuestra Senora DE LA A»»i>«r- 
8I0N DE ZiA(=Sia) 518,519 



602 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. anx. 29 



Page 
N. S, DE LA AsSUNSCION DE ZlA 

(=Sia) 518,519 

N. S. DE LA ASUMPCION DE ZlA 

(=Sia) 518,519 

NUESTRA SeNORA DE LA ASUNCION 

(=Sia) 519 

NUBSTRA SeNORA DB LOS AnGEAS 

DE Pecos (=Pecos) 476, 477 

N. S. DE LOS Angeles de Pecos 

(=Pecos) 470, 477 

NuESTRA SeNORA DE LOS AnGELES 

DB PORCIUNCULA (=Peco8) 477 

N. S. DE LOS Angeles de Tecos 
(=Pecos) 476,477 

Nuestra Senora de LOS Dolores 
de Sandia ( = Sanclia) 527 

N. S. DE LOS Dolores de Sandia 
(=Sandia) 526, 527 

NUESTBA SeiJoRA DE LOS DoLORES 

Y San Antonio de Sandia 

(=Sandia,) 527 

Nuestra Senora de los Reme- 
Dios de Galisteo (=Galisteo 

Pueblo ruin) 482 

NcESTRA Senora de Pecos 

(=Pecoa) 476, 477 

N. Senora de Pecos (=Peco8). 476, 477 
Nuestra Senora de Portiun- 
cula de los Angeles de Pecos 

(=Peco8) 476,477 

NuMi (=Namb6 Pueblo) 359 

Nutrias 100 

Nutrias Creek 113 

Nutrias River 113 

Oa-tish-tye ( = San Felipe) 499 

Ocm (=SanJuan) 212 

Oga P'Hoge ( = Santare) 460 

Og-a-p'o-ge ( = Santa Fe) 460 

Ohke (=SanJuan) 212 

Ohque (=SanJuan) 212 

Ohuaqui (=Poioaque) 334 

Ohuqui (=Pojoaqui) 334 

Ojana 553 

0-ja-na (=Ojana) 553 

0-jan-a (=Ojana) 553 

Oj-ke (=San Juan) 212 

Ojo Cahente Creek 159 

Ojo Caliente be Jemez (=Jemez 

springs) 394 

Ojo Caliente de Pagosa (=Pa- 

gosa hot springs) 564 

Ojo Caliente hot springs 164 

Ojo Caliente Mountain 161 



Ojo Caliente region 165 

Ojo Caliente town 166 

Ojo Chamiso (=0jo Chamizo)... 403 

Ojo Chamizo. 403 

Ojo de Azufre (=Sulphur spring) 186 
Ojo de la Cebolla (=Cebolla 

spring) 177 

Ojo de la Jara 405 

Ojo de los Vallejos (=Ballejo8 

Spring) 202 

Ojo DEL Borrego 404 

Ojo DEL Oso (=Oso spring) 404 

Ojo del Oso (=Fort Wingate). . . 561 
Ojo del Pajaro (=Tequesquite 

spring) 132 

Ojo Navaho (=Navaho sjiring).. 118 

Ojo San Marcos 552 

Ojo Tequesquite (=Tequesquite 

si>ring) 132 

Ojo Zarco Creek 190 

Ojo Zarco settlement 190 

Ojo Zarco springs 190 

0-Jo-QUE ( = San Ildefonso) 304 

Ojos Calientes DE Las Vegas 

(=Las Vegas bot springs) 562 

Ojos de San Antonio (=San An- 
tonio springs) 407 

Ojos de San Diego (=Jemez 

springs) 394 

Oj-po-re-ge (=Abiquiu Pueblo 

ruin) 139 

Oj-que (=San Juan) 212 

Ojuaque ( =Po]'oaque) 334 

Okana ( =Ojana ) ' 553 

0-KU-WA-Ri (=Sia) 517 

Old Casita 145 

Old Castle 194 

Old Chapel 239 

Old CraLiLi (=Cliilili) 531 

Old Cochiti 432 

Old Embudo (=Dixon settlement) 190 

Old Isleta 553 

Old Kapo 247 

Old Nambe 381 

Old Pueblo of Cochiti (=01d 

Cocluti) 432 

Old Santa Ana 516 

Old Servllleta 173 

06tyi-ti (=Cochiti) 440 

0-PO-QUE (=San Ildefonso) 304 

Oraibi 563 

Oraivi (=0raibi) 563 

Okejas Mountain 177 



HAKEIXGTOX] 



PLACE-XAMES 



OO.J 



O'KE (=San Juan) 

Orphan Mountain i =BlarkMe3a) 

Ortiz Mountains 505, 

Ortiz settlement 

osht-yal-a 

Oso Creek 152. 

OsO SPRING 

OsT-YAL-A-K\VA (=Osht-yal-a ) . ... 

Otowi 

Otowi Canyon 

Otowi Mesa 

Otowo (=Otowi) 

Otto 

Our L.\dy of Sorrow and S^unt 

Anthony of Sandia (=Sandia). 
Our Lady of Sorrows and S.mnt 

Anthony of Sandia (=Samlia). 
Ox Canyon (=Buey Canyon) 



Paaco (=San Pablo) 508 

Paako (=San Pablo) 508 

Pa-a-ko (=San Pablo) SOS 

PX-cuiL-A (=Peco8) 474 

Paego (=Peco3) -175 

Pae-qo (=Peco8) 475 

Paequiu (=Peco3) 474 

P.4.E-Quru.^-LA (=Pecos) 474 

Paeyoq'ona (=Peco8) 475 

Pagnati (=Poguate) 539 

Pago (=Peco3) 475 

Pagos {=Pecos) 47G 

P.\GOSA HOT springs 564 

PAGr.\TE (=Poguate) 539 

Pa'hlai (=Cochiti) 439 

Pahuata ( =Poguate i 539 

Pahu.vte (=Poguate) 539 

P'.\HWi-\'HiiAP (=San Ildefonso.. 304 

PahwIma (=Laguna Pueblo) 539 

Painted Cave 423 

Painted Cave Canyon 422 

P.\JARIT0 ( =Tsliirege i 283 

Pajarito Canyon 101, 281 

p.warito hill 248 

Pajarito Mesa 283 

Pajarito Park 2G0 

Pajarito station 262 

P.UARO Pinto (=T9hirege) 282,283 

P.\J0AQUE (=Poioaque) 335 

P.vjUAGNE (=Poioaque) 334 

P.-uuAQUE (=Pojoaque) 334 

P.uu.\TE (=Poguate) 539 

PiKAB.\LiJYC(=SanJuan) 212 

PAKflr'p.AiUJ (=San Juan) 212 



Pa KUQHALAi ( =Sau Jimii i 

Pa'l-ab (=C(ichili' 

Paloduro Ahiioyo. 

Panchuei.o Crkkk 

Pant-ii.^m-u.\ ( = Suii »ri-i..l..il . 

Paol.v ( = Puaray i 

Paqu ( =San I'abloi 

P'.\-QU-LAH( = P(!(tMI .. 
P'.\-QU-LAH ( = P0ClWi. . 

Parav ( =Puaray) 

Parkview 

Paso de T.vos (=Taoa Paas) 

P'asui.\p (=Pojottquei 

PasiJql'e (=Pojoaquoi 

P.\TOC}UA 

P'AtC'ak (=San Feli]iei 

P'A-TYU-L-i (=Peco3) 

Pauray (=Puaray) 

Pawha'hlita (=San I!.l<>fMii,<.i .. . 
Pawikpa 

P.\-YO-GO-XA (=PeCcir 

Pavoqona (=Peco8i 

Payuaque (=Pojoaquei 

Payimbu 

Payupki (=Samlia) 

Pe-a-oo (=Peco9) 

P^AHKO ( = Peco3) 

Pe-a-hu-ni (=Peco3) 

Peak of Bersal 

Peako (=San Pablo 
Pe-a-ko (=Peros). . 

Pe-a-ku (=Pecos) 

P'e'-a-ku ' (=Peco8 1 

PEAKt-NI (=PeC03) 

PEAKC-Nhii (=Pec<wi 

PE'-BU-n-KWA(=Pem-bul-e-qua). 

Pecari ( =Picuri3 ) 

Pecas (=Peco3) 

Peccos (=Peco3) 

Peco (=Pero3) 

Pecora (=Picuri3) 

Pecos ■* 

Pecos Baldy 

Pecos River 

Pecos settlement 

Pecucio (=Picuris' 

Pecccis (=Picurtii 

Pe-cuil-a-oui 

Pecuri (=Pi(urui 

Pecuries ( =Pi<urb< 

Pecvris (=Puuri.- 

Pedernal 



•l.n 



.MM 
.VM 
171 
174 
523 
HI 
IS6 
335 
334 
31)7 
49.S 
474 
523 
304 
503 
475 
475 
X» 
252 
526 
475 
475 
475 
547 
508 
475 
475 
475 
475 
475 
40«i 
193 
470 
476 
476 
193 
5, 470 

472 
553 
193 
1113 
40<i 
193 
l%\ 
I'»3 



604 



ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 



Page 

Pedernal Mountain 121, 122 

Pedernal Peak (=Pe(lernal 

Mountain) 122 

Pegoa (=Peco3) 476 

Pbici (=Peco8) 476 

Peicis (=Pecos) 476 

Peicj (=Pecos) 476 

Pejodque (=Poioaque) 334 

Pe-ko (=Peco8) 475 

Peku (=Peco8) 473 

Pe-kush (=Pecos) 474 

Pe'-kwil-i-gi-i' (=Pe-cuil-a-gui).. 40G 

Pe"kwilita' (=Picuri8) 192 

Pelado Mountain (=Bald Moun- 
tain) , 125 

Pelado Mountain (=Mount Re- 

dondo) 391 

Pem-bul-e-qua 40G 

Pen A Blanca 445 

Pena Blanca Hills 443 

Pena Blanca settlement 472 

Pena Colorada (=Red Rock) ... 398 
Penas Negras (=Penas Negras 

Pueblo) 479 

Penas Negras Pueblo 479 

Penasco Creek 191 

Penasco settlement 196 

Penasco Valley 191 

Peijol (=Acoma) 545 

Penoles (=Acoina) 545 

Perage 263 

Pe-ha-ge (=Perage) 263 

Peralta Arroto 437 

Peralta Canyon (=Peralta Ar- 
royo) 437 

Pesede-uinge 152 

Petaca 157 

Petac.\ Creek 158 

Phillips Mes.\ 282 

Pho-jiu Uing-ge 200.204,205 

Phojuange (=Pojoaque) 335 

P'Ho-juo-GE (=San Ildefonsoi . . . 304 

P'ho-se (=Poaeuingge) 165 

P'ho-zuang-ge (=Poioaque) 335 

PiA (=Sia) 518 

Pic Pedernal (=Pedernal Moun- 
tain) 123 

Picaris (=Picuri8) 193 

PiccuRiES (=Picuris) 193 

PicoRis (=Picuri8) 193 

PicTORis (=Picuri8). 193 

PicuNi (=Picuri8) 193 

PicuRi (=Picuri8) 193 



Picuria (=Picuria) 193 

Picuries (=Picuri8) 192,193 

PicuRis 193 

PicuRis Creek (=Pueblo Creek) . 191 

PicuRis Mountains 194 

PicuRis River (=Pueblo Creek) . . 191 

Picux (=Piouri8) 193 

PiEcis (=Peco8) 476 

Piedra Canyon (=Piedra Creek) . 265 

PiEDRA Creek 265 

Pike's Peak 563 

Pikuri'a (=Picuris) 193 

Pines Canada (=Cochiti Canyon) 430 

Pines Canyon (=Cochiti Canyon) 430 

Pines settlement 431 

PiNG-UL-THA ( =Picuris) 192 

PinueltA (=Picuri8) 192 

Pioge (=Pio-ge) 203 

PlO-GE , 203 

Pio-GO 390 

Pf-sis-BAi-YA (=Colorado River). . 564 
Place of" Potsherds (=Tash-ka- 

tze) 442 

Placer Mountains 553 

PlACITA DE LOS LUCEROS (=Lu- 

ceros settlement) 184 

Placita Larga 232 

Placit.v Rio Chama 148 

Placit.a Rio Ch.\ma (=Rio Chama 

settlement) 150 

Plateau enchante (=Enchanted 

Mesa) 545 

Plaza Colorada 134 

Plazita Alcalde (=Alcade settle- 
ment) 206 

Plazita de los Luceros (=Lu- 

ceros settlement) 184 

Plazita San Lorenzo ( = San Lo- 
renzo settlement) 129 

Poala (=Puaray) 523 

Poalas (=Puaray) 524 

Pofuaque (=Poioaque) 334 

PoGODQUE (=Pojoaque) 334 

Pogouate (=Poguate) 539 

PoGUAQUB (=Poguate) 539 

POGUATB 538 

PoGUATE (=Poguate) 539 

Pohanti ( =Poguate) 539 

Po-hua-gai (=San Ildefonso) 304 

Pohuaque ( =Pojoaque) 335 

PomuGB (=Pho-jiu Uing-ge). . . 200, 204 

Poihuuinge : 157,204 

PojAKB (=Poioaque) 335 



HARRINGTON) 



PI.ACK-XAMKS 



60J 



Page 

TojANQUE (=P()joaque) 335 

PojAX-QuiTi (=Poio:unie) 335 

PojAUGUE (=Pojoaque) 334 

PojxATi (=Poguate') 539 

PoJOAGUE (=Pojoaquo) 335 

P0.10AQUE Creek 101. 301 

POJOAQUITO 33(i 

PojODQUE (=Pojoaque) 334 

PoJouQUE (=Poioaque) 335 

Pojuague ( =P()joaque) 335 

Pojuaque ( =P(iguate ) 539 

PojuAQUE (=Poioaquei 334. 335 

PojuATE (=Poguate) 539 

PoJUATo ( =Poguate) 539 

Po-juo-GE (=Saii Ildefonso) 304 

Po'kwoide ( = San lldefonao) 304 

POLVADERA CreEK 121 

PoLVADER A SETTLEMENT 25S 

Po-N^T NUM-BU 354 

P'O-N^T Pa-kuen 170 

Po-o-GE (=Santa Fe) 45? 

Poo-JOGE I =San lUlefoiL'io i 304 

PoQu ATE ( =Poguate ) 539 

Po-SE ( =Poseuingge ) 165 

PosEGE (=Po3euingge) 165 

PosEuiNGE (=Po3eumgge) 165 

Pose Uingge (=Poaeuiugge). . . . 165 

POSEUINGGE 165 

PosE-uiNG-GE (=Poseuingge). . . . 165 

PosONwtr (=Pojoaque) 335 

Posos Valley 264 

Poso WE ( = San Ildefonso i 304 

Po-SUAN-GAI (=Poioaque 1 335 

POTRE 407 

Potrero 259 

Potrero, The (=P(itrero Viejo).. 431 
Potrero Capilix (=Capulin 

Mesa) 424 

Potrero Chato (=Capulin Mesa). 424 

Potrero Chiato (=Capulin Mesa) 424 

Potrero de en el Medio 435 

Potrero de la Canada Qiemada 

(=Quemada Mesa) 437 

Potrero de la Cuesta Colorada. 454 

Potrero de las Casas 424 

Potrero de las Vacas (=Vac;w 

Mesa 1 416 

Potrero de los Idolos (=Shkor-e 

Ka uasli ) 427 

Potrero de San Miguel (=San 

iOguelMesa) 425 

Potrero del Alamo (=Alamo 

Mesa) 416 



POTHERO DEL CaPILIN ( =-<'»pll|in 

Mosji I ^^ 

PoTREiio Largo 407 

Potrero Qiemado (=Qiipma.la 

Mes;M ^:^- 

POTHERO Sax MiorEL (-Sttll 

Miguel Mesjii 42". 

Potrero Viejo 431 

P0T7.LA-GE (=Pojoaqiie I ax, 

Po-TZU-YE (=Otowii 271 

PorjiAQiE (=Pojoaquei 335 

PovATE (=Pnguate) 539 

PovuATE (=Pog>iatei 539 

Pow HOG E ( = San I Idefoiuo 1 Sftl 

PoxiAKi (=Pojoaquei 3:i.-i 

PozE (=Potrei 407 

Po-zuAN-GE ( =P((]'oaque 1 3:V5 

Pozu AXG-GE ( =Pojoaque 1 3:V) 

P'o-zi ANG-GE (>=Pojoaquei 3:15 

PoziAQUE (=Pojoaque) 3:14 

PraDO SETTLEMEXr. 1,S4 

Projoaque ( =Poj.iaquei 3;t4 

Provate ( =Pogtiato 1 539 

Pruara (=Puarayi... 524 

PuALA (=Puarayi 52;J 

PuALA (=PuaraYi 523 

PuALAs (=Puarayi 523 

Pi ARA (=Puarayi 524 

Puarai (=Puaray 1 52r{ 

Pu ARAY 52:1 

PuAR-AY (=Puaray 1 524 

PuARY (=Puaray» 523 

PUEBLA 25" 

PUEBLITO SETTLEMEXT 226 

Pueblo Blaxco 4S9 

Pueblo Caja del Rio ( =raja del 

Rio) 429 

Pleblo Colorado 4.^* 

Pueblo Creek 17S. 191 

Pueblo de los Leoxes he Pie- 

DRA (=Stoiio Lions Puohloi 4|H 

Pueblo de She 4'*9 

Pueblo he Tunque i=Tunquei.. 511 

Pueblo del Encierro 442 

Pueblo del Pajahito i =Tshircs<>i 2X3 

Pueblo del Pajaro i =Tiihire(ti' • . 2h;1 

Pueblo Lah(;o 490 

Pueblo of the Bird ( =T.<hirt'ROi . 2Vl 

Pueblo of the Stoxe Lions.. . 41"* 

Pueblo Peak I"'* 

Pueblo Quemado ( = Haja<la'. .. 471 

Pueblo River ( = Pup1)1o <"ri'ok>. I'Jl 

Pueblo Viejo (=01<1 Co.-hitii.. . 4.r.> 



606 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ANN. 



Page 
Pueblo Viejo Caja del Rio 

(=CaiadelRio) 429 

Pueblo Viejo de Santa Ana 

(=01d Santa Ana) 516 

Pueblo Viejo del Rito de los 

Frijoles (=Tyuonjd'i 412 

Pueblo Viejo Frijolito 413 

PuERCo Creek 538 

PuERCo Creek ('=Coyote Creek) . 117 

PuERCo River 538 

PuiYE ( =Pnye ) 237 

PujuAQUE (=Poguate) 539 

Punames 518 

PCnyx Chatya (=San Felipe 

Mesa) 49G 

PuRAY (=Puaray) 523 

PuRUAi (=Puaray) 523 

PuRUAY ( =Puaray ) 524 

PusuAQUE(=Puye) (=Pojoaque). 334 

PuYE 237 

PuYE 236, 237 

Pu-YE (=Puye) 237 

Q'ash-trS-tye (=_San Felipe) 499 

QiciNziGUA (=Giusewa) 393 

Qnivira (=Quivira) 566 

Qubira ( =Quivira) 565 

"Quebec of the Southwest" 

(=Acoma) ". 544 

Quebira (=Qui\'ira) 565 

Queesche (=Poguate) 538 

QuEMADA Mesa 437, 455 

Quemado Canyon 436 

QuEMADo Canyon Mesa (=Que- 

mada Mesa) 437 

"Queres GiBRALTAR"(=Aconia). 544 

Que Vira (=Quivira) 565 

QuiA-sHi-DSHi (=Kia8hita) 406 

QuiA-TZO-QUA 396 

QuiA-Tzo-QUA (=Kiatsukwa) 406 

QuiciNziGUA (=Giu8ewa) 393 

Qui'-ME (=Cocliiti) 439 

QuiNiRA (=Quivira) 566 

QuiPANA ( = Kipana) 550 

Quiriba (=Quivira) 565 

QuiuiRA (=Quivira) 565 

QuiuiRiENs ( =Qui\-ira) 565 

Qui-uMzi-QUA ( =Giu8ewa) 393 

QuivERA { =Quivira) 566 

QuivicA ( =Quivira) 566 

QuiviNA (=Quivira) 566 

QuiYiRA 5G5 

QuiviR^ ('=Quivira) 566 



QuiviRANs (=Quivira) 566 

QuiviRENSEs (=Quivira) 566 

QviviRA (=Quivira) 565 

Ramaya (= Santa Ana) 520 

Ranches (=Ranchoa de Taos) 186 

Ranches de Taos (=Rancho8 de 

Taos) 186 

Ranches of Taos (=Rancho9 de 

Taos) 186 

Ranchito Arroyo 250 

Ranchito settlement 250 

Ranchitos del Coyote 171 

Ranchos 312 

Ranchos ( = Ranchos de Taos) 186 

Ranchos de Francisco (=Ran- 

cliosdeTaos) 186 

Ranchos de San Antonio 

(=Rancho8) 312 

Ranchos de Taos 186 

Ranchos of Taos (=Ranchos de 

Taos) 186 

Range of the Valles (=Jemez 

Mountains) 105 

Rat-je Kama Tse-shu-ma (=Ha- 

a-tze) 426 

RA-tya (=Ha-a-tze) 426 

Ratye ( = San Miguel Mountains). 421 

Real de Dolores 548 

Real de San Francisco (=Golden 

settlement) 507 

Red Hill 458 

Red River 174 

Red River town 175 

Red Rock 398 

Region de la Cueva (=La Cueva 

region) 166 

Region de Ojo Caliente (=Ojo 

Caliente region) 165 

Region de Tierra Amarilla 

(=Tierra Amarilla region) 112 

Rejion Capulin (=Capulin re- 
gion) 116 

Rejion de las Tres Piedras 

(=Tres Piedras settlement) 174 

RiACHUELO 125 

Rincon 355 

RiNCON del Pueblo 278 

Rinconada 189 

Rio Arkansas (=Arkansaa River) 563 
Rio Bravo del Norte (=Rio 

Grande) 288 

Rio Chama (=Chama River) 100 



harrinc-.ton] 



PLACF.-XAMES 



Gdl 



Vaec 

Rio Chama settlement 150 

Rio CraQuiTo 343 

Rio Chiquito settlement 355 

Rio Chupadero 3S6 



174 

o(>4 

570 
117 
377 
100 
377 
368 
377 
399 

115 

190 
352 
301 



390 
472 
191 



Rio Colorado (=Red River). ... 
Rio Colorado (=Colorado Riven . 
Rio Colorado Chiquito (=Little 

Colorado River) 

Rio Coyote (=Coyote! Creek). .. . 
Rio Cundayo (=Medio Creek). . . 
Rio de Chama (=Chama River). . 
Rio de Cundayo (=Medio Creek) 

Rio de en Medio 

Rio de en Medio (=Medio Creek) . 
Rio de Jemez (=Jemez Creek).. . 
Rio de las Gallinas (=Gallinaa 

Creek) 

Rio de las Trampas (=Trampas 

Creek) 

Rio de los Frijoles 

Rio de Nambe (=Poioaque Creek) 
Rio de Nitestra Senora de Gua- 
dalupe (=Guadalupe Can- 
yon) 

Rio de Pecos (=Pero8 River).. . 
Rio de Picuris (=Puel)lo Creek). 
Rio de Pojoaque (=Poioaquo 

Creek) 301 

Rio de San Antonio (=San An- 
tonio Creek) 392 

Rio de San Diego (=San Diego 

Canyon) 393 

Rio de San Jose ( = San .lose 

River) 538 

Rio de San Pedro (=Tunque 

Arroyo) 504 

Rio de Santa Fe (=Santa Fe 

Creek) 464 

Rio de Taos (=Pueblo Creek).. . 179 
Rio de Tesuque (=Tesuque 

Creek) 386 

Rio del Embudo (=Enibu<lo 

Creek) 190 

Rio del Norte (=Rio Grande). . 101 
Rio del Ojo C.a^liente (=Ojo 

Caliente Creek) 159 

Rio del Penasco (=Pena9fo 

Creek) 1'" 

Rio del Pueblo (=Pueblo 

Creek) 179191 

Rio del Toro (=Toro Creek) 3ol 

Rio El Toro (=Toro Creek) 351 

Rio Embudo (=Embudo Creek) ♦ 190 



Rio en el >rEnio ( = Riii . 

Medio) 

Rio G.\LLiNAa (=Ciallinaii Cr. 
Rio G.\Lio ( = San Jose Cre<>V, 

RioGrande 84.95. 99. liMi loi in- 

Rio Gr.wde dk Taos (Rio Ciniiido 

ofTaoaCreeki i-. 

Rio Gr.\nde del N' 

Grande) 

Rio Grande of Tao.s Ciiklk 1-'. 

Rio Gr.xnde .'!t.\tios 322 

Rio La Vao i = Vao Creek i S-M 

Rio Lucia (=Pona.'!cii Creek i 191 

Rio Medio i =Medio Creek i 377 

Rio Xutritas (=Tierr.i Amarillii 

Creek) 112 

Rio Ojo C.vuente (=Ojo Calientti 

Creek) 159 

Rio Oso ( =Oso Creekl 152 

Rio Oso (=Rito O.so) 352 

Rio Panchuelo 353. 379 

Rio Pecos (=Peco3 Riven 472 

Rio Puerco ( =Coyoto Creek i. ... 117 
Rio Puerco ( =Puerco Riven. . . . 538 

Rio S.\l.\do ( =Salt Creek) 516 

Rio S.\lin.\s ( =Coyote Creek ) . . . 117 
Rio San .Tose (=San Jose Riven. 5.3S 
Rio San .Tu.vn (=San Juan Riven. .5i'ifl 
Rito C angilon ( =C a n g i 1 o II 

Creek) US 

Rito CaiSones 121 

Rito Capulin (=CapuIin Creek).. 116 
Rito Cebolla (=Ce1)i>lla Creek).. 113 
Rito Cebollas (=Celiolla3 Creek i. 176 
Rito Chamizal (=ChainizaI 

Creek) 191 

Rito Colorado ( = Re<l Riven.. . 174 
Rito de Jemez (=Jeme7. Cniek).. 399 
Rito de l.v. Jara (=Jara Creek). 4a') 
Rito de la Junta (=Junta Cre<?k ). !9fi 
Rito de las Cebollas (=CebolIa.t 

Creek) • •• • '"'• 

Rito de l.\s Nutrias (=Nutria:) 

Creek) "^ 

Rito de las Truch-^s (=TnKhaii 

Creek) "'* 

Rrro DE las Tusas ( = Peta.-a 

Creek) ''" 

Rito de los Br.vzos ( =Lfw 1'- ■ • ^ 

Creek) 

Rito de ids Frijoles 

Rito de los Frijoles ( = Ri ■ 
Frijoles) 



608 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ann. 29 



RiTo DE LOS Frijoles (=Friiole8 

Canyon) 410 

RiTO DE LOS Frijoles (=Frijole8 

Creek) 186 

RiTO DE LOS LucEROS (=Lu('ero 

Creek) 179 

RiTO DE San Cristobal (=Saii 

Criat6bal Creek) 176 

RiTo DE Santa Clara (=Santa 

Clara Creek) 234 

RitodePicuris (=Pueblo Creek). 191 

RiTO DE Taos (=Pueblo Creek).. 179 
RiTO DE Taos (= Fernandez 

Creek) 185 

RiTO DE TiERRA AmARILLA (=Ti- 

erra Amarilla Creek) 112 

RiTO DEL Bravo 288 

Rrro DEL Cebolla (=Cebolla 

Creek) 390 

Rrro DEL Ojo Zarco (=Oio Zarco 

Creek) 191 

RiTo DEL Penasco (=Pena8i-o 

Creek) 191 

RiTO del Pueblo (=PuebIo 

Creek) 179, 191 

RiTO del Vallecito (=VaIIecito 

Creek) 399 

RiTo Embudo (=Embudo Creek) . 190 
RiTO Fernandez (=Fernandez 

Creek) 185 

RiTO Fernandez de Taos (=Fer- 

nandez Creek) 185 

RiTO Frijoles (=Friioles Creek). 186 

RiTO LuciA (=Penasco Creeki 191 

RiTO Ojo Caliente (=Ojo Caliente 

Creek) 159 

RiTO Oso 352 

Rrro Oso (=Oeo Creek) 152 

RiTO Pet.\ca (=Petaca Creek). .. 158 

Rrro Plain (=E1 Rito Plain) .... 143 

RiTO Polvadera 121 

RiTO Servilleta (=Petaca Creek) 158 
RiTO SETTLEMENT (=E1 Rito set- 
tlement) 143 

RiTO Sierra 120 

RiTo Vallecito f= Vallecito 

Creek) '. 158 

RiTO Yeso 120 

RoM.vN Mountain 128 

ROS.^RIO SETTLEMENT 494 

Round Mesa (=Black Mesa) 293 

Round Mountain (=Black Mesa) 293 



Page 

Sacoma (=Jacona) 330 

Sacona (=Jacona) 330 

Sacred Fire Mountain (=Black 

Mesa) , 293, 297 

Saguna ( =Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Sai'-a-kwa (=Sia) 517 

Sai behoghXn (=San Felipe) 504 

S.uhuge (=Sa-iiu Uing-ge) 200 

ST. Ana (=Sauta Ana) 521 

St. Bartholomew (=Cochiti) 440 

ST. Clara (=Santa Clara) 242 

St. Dies (=Sandia) 527 

ST Domingo (=Santo Domingo). . 449 
Saint Domingo (=Santo Do- 
mingo) 449 

St. Estevan (=Acoma) 545 

ST Estevan Acoma (=Acoma). 543,544 

St. Estevan Queres (=Acoma). 544 

St. Francis (=Namb6 Pueblo).. . 360 

ST Hieronimo (=Taos) 182 

S.unt-Jean de Chevaliers (=San 

Juan) 213 

ST Jerome (=Taos) 182 

ST Jeronimo (=Tao8) 182 

St. Johns (=San Juan) 213 

ST Josef (=Patoqua) 398 

St. Joseph (=Patoqual 398 

St. Lawrence (=Picuris) 193 

St Lazarus (=San Ldzaro) 491 

St. Marco (=San Marcos) 551 

ST Maria (=GaU8teo Pueblo ruin). 482 

Saint Peter's Dome 427 

St. Philip (= San Felipe) 499 

St. Philippe (=San FeUpe) 499 

St. Philips (=San Felipe) 499 

St. Phillipe (=San Felipe) 499 

St. Phillippe (=San Felipe j 499 

S.u'-o-KWA (=Sia) 517 

SX-JIU UlNG-GE 200 

SX-KE-Yxr (=T3ankawi) 274 

S.v'kona (=Jacona) 330 

Salado Creek (=Salt Creek). .. . 516 

Salinas Creek (=Coyote Creek). 117 

Salinas Lakes or District 535 

Salines (=Salina8) 535, 536. 

Salines op the Manzano (=Sali- 

nas) 535 

Salt Creek 516 

S.iLT Lagunes of the Manzano 

(=Salina3) 535 

Salt Lakes of the Manzano 

( = Salinas) 535 



HARRINGTON] 



PLACE-XAMES 



6011 



Salt Marshes (=Salina8) 535 

Salto de Agua de Nambe 

(=Xaml)^ Falls) .. .■ 340 

Salto de Agua del Rito de los 

Frijoles (=Frijoles Waterfall).. 412 

Sam-n A-i ( =Picuri8) 192 

Sam-n.\n (=Picuri3) 192 

San a g u s t I n del I s l e t a 

(=l3leta) 529, 530 

San Aldefonso (=Sau Ilde- 

foaso) 305 

San Antonio Canyon (=San An- 
tonio Creek ) 392 

S.iN Antonio Creek 392 

San Antonio de la Isleta 

(=Isleta) 529. 530 

San Antonio Mountain 5G0 

San Antonio Peak (=San An- 
tonio Mountain) 560 

San Antonio Peak 44 

San Antonio springs 407 

San Antonio Valley 391 

San Augustin de la Isleta 

(=lsleta) 529,530 

San -Augustin del Isleta 

(= Isleta) 529, 530 

San Bartolome (=Puaray) 524 

San Bartolomeo (=Cocliiti) 440 

San Bitq6 (=San Juan River) 560 

San Buena Ventura de Cochita 

(=Cochiti) 440 

San Buen.^ Ventura de Cocedti 

(=Cochiti) 439.440 

San Buen.wentura (=Cocliiti). . 440 
San Buenaventura de Cochiti 

(=Cochiti) 439.440 

San C-\zaro (=San Ldzaro) 491 

S. Christoval (=San Criat6bal). . 48G 

San Christoval (=San Crist6I)al) . 486 

San Cristobal 260. 487. 488 

San Cristobal =('Tsawilrii?') 254 

San Cristobal Arroyo 4S5 

San Cristobal Creek 176 

San Cristobal Mountain 174 

San Cristobal settlement 176 

San Cristobel (=San Cristobal). . 486 

San Cristoforo ( = San Cristobal 1 . 48fi 

San Cristoval (=San Cristobal).. 486 

San Crist6val (=San Crist<5bal)- . 486 

S Di.\z (=Sandia) 527 

San-Diaz (=Sandia) 527 

San Diego ( =Giu8ewa) 394 

S. Diego (=Tesuque') 388 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 39 



S. Diego (=Gui)<pw.i 

San Diego Canvos 

San Diego de Jamr- 

Sa\ Diego de Jemk,-* i =1 ■injvw.i 

San Diego de.Temez( =(!iHsewai. 

San Diego de ixjs Emei (=(;iu- 

sewa) 

San Diego de los Hemes (=Giu- 

sewa) 

San- Diego de los Temes (=Giu- 

sewa) 

San Diego de Tescque ("jTobu- 

1"et 387, 

Sax Diego springs (=Jemoz 

Springs) 

S Dies (=Sandia) 

San Doming an (=Sant« Domin- 

g"') 

San Domingo (=Sant<) Domingo). 
S. Domingo de Xacomo (=Ja- 

oona) 

S. DoMtNGO DE X.^COMS (=Ja- 

cona) 

S. Domingo de Xacona (=Ja- 
oona) 

San Esteban de Acoma 
(=Aooma) 543. 

San EstAban de .Vsoma 
(=Acoma) 543. 

San Estevan (=Aooma) 

San Estevan de Acoma 
(=Acoma) 

S. Estevan de Acoma (=.\conw). 

S. Estevau de .\c.ima (=Aco- 
ma') 543, 

San Felepe (=San Felipe) 

S. Felip (=San Felipe) 

S. Felip de Cueres (=San Fe- 
lipe) 

Sax Feupe 498.499, 

S. Felipe (=San Felipe) 

S. Felipe de Cuerez (=San Fe- 
lipe) ■■><Ki 

San Felipe de Ki 
Felipe) 

San Felipe de Qieri - = S.m 

Felipe) 500 

San Felipe Mesa 49fl, 497 

San Feupe Pueblo 4y.'> 

San Felipo ( = San Felipei 600 

S.\N Feuppe (=San FcUi>ei 499 

San Fellipe (=San Felipe' 500 

San- F1LIP6 (=San Felipe fju) 



394 
393 
394 
344 
394 

3!M 

394 

394 

3SS 

394 
526 

449 
449 

330 

330 

XiO 

545 

545 
544 

543 
544 

545 
500 
499 

499 
500 
499 



610 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 23 



San Francisco (=Golden settle- 
ment) 507 

San Francisco (=Namb6 Pueblo) 360 
San Francisco db Nambe 

( =Nambe Pueblo) 359, 360 

San Francisco de Sandia (=San- 

dia) 526, 527 

San Francisco Nambe (=Namb6 

Pueblo) 358, 360 

San Francisco Mountains, Ariz. 88 
San Francisco Mountains 

(=Golden Mountains) 506 

San Francisco Pajague (=Po- 

joaque) 334 

San Gabriel (=Chamita) 148 

San Gabriel (=Yuqueyunque). . 228 
San Gabriel de Chamita 

(=Chainita) 148 

San Gabriel del Yunque 

( =Chamita) 148 

San Gabriel del Yunque (=Yu- 

queyunque) 227 

San Geronimo de los Tahos 

(=Tao3) 182 

San Geronimo de los Taos 

(=Taos) 182 

S. Geronimo DE LOS Taos (=Taos) 182 

San Geronimo de Taos (=Tao8). 182 

San Ger6nimo Thaos (=Taos).. . 182 
San Geronymo de los Thaos 

(=Tao8). 182 

S. Hieronymo (=Taos) 182 

S. Iean (=San Juan) 213 

San II de Conso (=San Ilde- 

fonso) 305 

S. Ildefonse (=San lldefonso).. . 305 
San Ildefonsia (=San llde- 
fonso) 305 

San Ildefonso.. 11,37,95,101,102,305 

S. Ildefonso (=San Ildefonso) .. . 305 
San Ildefonso Mesa (=Black 

Mesa) 293 

San Ildefonzo (=San Ildefonso). 305 
San Ildephonso (=San Ilde- 
fonso) 305 

San Ilefonso (=San Ildefonso).. 305 

S. Iosepho (=Patoqua) 398 

S.4N IsiDKo settlement 516 

S.Jean ( = San Juan) 213 

S.Jerome de los Taos (=Tao8). 182 

S. Jeronimo de Toas (=Taoa)... 182 

S.\n Jldefonso (=San Ildefonso) . 305 

S. Joanne (=San Juan) 213 



S. John ( = San Juan) 213 

San Jose 129.230 

San Jose (=Anioxunqua) 396 

San Jose (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

San Jose Creek 538 

San Jose DE Chama ( = SanJo86).. 230 
San Jose de la Laguna (=La- 

guna Pueblo) 541 

San Jose des Chama settlement 

(=San Jos^) 230 

San Jose River 538 

San Jose settlement 538 

S. Josef (=Patoqua) 397 

San Josef de la Laguna (=La- 

guna Pueblo) 541 

S. JosEFO (=Patoqua) 398 

San Joseph de Jemez (=Patoqua) 398 
San Joseph de los Jemez 

(=Amoxunqua) 396 

San Juan 37, 95, 213, 214, 215, 552 

San Juan (=A8tialakwd) 397 

San Juan de Cabalenos (=San 

Juan) 213 

San Juan de los Caballeros 

(=SanJuan) 212.213 

San Juan de los Cabelleros 

(=San Juan) 213 

San Juan Pueblo 37, 101. 211 

San Juan River 560 

San JuANEROs ( = San Juan) 213 

San Juaners (=San Juan) 213 

San Lasaro (=San L^zaro) 491 

San Lazaro 260 

San L.4zaro 491 

San Lazaro (=San Ldzaro) 491 

S. Lazaro ( = San Ldzaro) 491 

San Lazaro Pueblo ruin 492 

S. Lorenzo (=Picuris) 193 

San Lorenzo de Tezuqui (=Te- 

suque) 387, 388 

San Lorenzo de los Pecuries 

( =Picuri8) 193 

San Lorenzo de los Picuries 

(=Picuri8) 193 

S. Lorenzo de los Picuries 

(=Picuri8 ) 193 

San Lorenzo de Pecuries (=Pi- 

curis) 193 

San Lorenzo de Picuries (=Pi- 

curis) 193 

S. Lorenzo de Picuries (=Pi- 

curis) 193 

San Lorenzo settlement 129 



lIAERINt^TON] 



PLACE- NAM i:s 



r.ii 



Pace 
San Lorenzo Tesuqii (=Teaii- 

que) 388 

San Lorenzo Tezuqui (=Te3U- 

que) 387 

San Lucas (=Ciali8teo Pueblo 

ruin) 4S2 

San Luis Valley ^m 

San Marcos 551. 552 

San Marcos (=San Marcos) 551 

San Marcos "Pueblo Grant. . . . 552 

S. Mark (=San Marcos) 551 

San Miguel ( =Tajifiue;) 533 

San Miguel (=IIa-a-tze 1 426,427 

Sax Miguel Mesa 425 

San Miguel Mountains 421 

San Miguel Tajique (=Tajique). 533 

San Miguel Taxique (=Tajique i. 533 

San Pablo 508 

San Pedro (=San Pablo) 508 

San Pedro (=Acomai 545 

San Pedro (=Tuiique Arroyo) .. . 504 
San Pedro Arroyo (=Tunque 

Arroyo) 504 

San Pedro de Chama (=Chamaj. 148 
San Pedro del Cuchillo (=Saii 

Pablo) 508 

San Pedro Mountains 507 

San Pedro Mountains (=Gol(len 

Mountains) 50G 

San Pedro Range (=Goklen 

Mountains) 50G 

San Pedro settlement 252, 508 

San Phelipe (San Felipe) 499 

S. Phelipe (=San Felipe) 499 

Sn Phelipe (=San Felipe) 499 

San Phelippe (=San Felipe) 499 

S'-'. PmUP DE QUERES I =Sau 

Felipe) 499 

San Philippe ( =San Felipe) 499 

San Philuppe (=San Felijio) 499 

San Yldefonso (.=San Iklefonsoj. 305 

San Yldefonzo ( =San Ildefonso). 305 
San Ysidro Mountains (=San 

Pedro Mountains) 507 

Sandea ( =Sandia1 527 

Sandia Canyon 279 

Sandia Chain (=Sandia Moun- 
tains) 514 

Sandia Mountain 44, 513. 514 

Sandia Peak 515 

Sandia, THE (=Sandiairountains)- 514 

Sandilla (=Sandia) • • 527 

Sangre de Cristo 105 



Sant Antonio i>e Padua (-Pim- 

niy ) ,',24 

Sant IU-enavestib-* ( -Picuriji). !i»3 
Sant Ciiripstoiial (=Suii ('riiiU>- 

l>al 1 4Srt 

Sant Chri8T<5bal (=>San CrwtA- 

l':»l) HRfl 

Sant Francisco i>k los Ehi-a- 

noles (=Yuquoyuiif|Ui'i 22' 

Sant Gabriel ( = Yuqut'yuiiquoi. 2iS 

Sant Gabriele ( = Yu<|»e\nmqui> i 22S 

Sant Ilefonso i =San lli|.-f.in.*>) . .W'l 

Sant Joan i =Sau Juan > 213 

Sant Joan Batista (=SauJuan). 21.1 

Sant Miguel (=Tiui8) is; 

Sant Pedro y Sant Pablo 

i=Sia) 5I!» 

Sant Pheupe ( =Sau Folijio) 49*^ 

Sant Philepe (=San Felipe) 49!) 

Sant Xpoval (=San Crintoliali.. . 4SC 

Sant Xupal ( =San Cristobal ) iHT, 

Sant Yldefonso (=San Ildo- 

f onso 1 305 

Santa Ana 52n 

Santa Ana (=Gali3teo Pueblo 

ruin ) 4s2 

Sta. Ana (=Santa Ana) 521 

S" Ana (=Santa Ana) 521 

Santa Ana Mesa (=San Felipo 

Mesa) 4»« 

Santa Anna ( =Santa Ana ) 521 

S. Anna (,=Santa Ana) 521 

Santa Barbar.^ settlement. .'. . 196 

Santa Clar.\ 37, 9,5, 101. 242 

ST^ Clara (, =Santa Clara i 242 

S. Clara ( =Santii Clara) 242 

Santa Clara Canyon 247 

Santa Chra Creek 101.12x.234 

Santa Clara Mount.uns (=Jeinez 

Mountainsi 10«> 

Santa Clara Peak 44. 23; J 

Santa Clara Peak (=Bald Moun- 
tain) li'i 

Santa Clara Pueblo 1 1. lOtl 

S.A.NTA Cruz (=The Bwmi 441 

S.^NTA Chuz Creek 101. 233. 251 

Santa Cruz de CtAUSTEo i =Gali»- 

teo Pueblii ruin) ■W*2 

S"- Cruz de Galisteo (=(ialwto<i 

Pueblo niin I ■•*'- 

Santa Cruz settlement 252 

Santa Domisga <=Sant« Do- 
mingo) ••''•' 



612 



ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. Ann. 29 



Page 
Santa Domingo (=Sant() Do- 
mingo) 449 

Santa Fe 461 

Santa Fe Baldy (=Bakly Peak) . 347 

Santa Fe Creek 464 

Santa Fe Mountains 102, 104 

Santa Fe Plain 104 

Santa Fe Range (=Santa Fe 

Mountains) 104 

Santa Fe Range (= Santa Fe 

Mountains) 104 

STA- Maria (=Galiateo Pueblo 

ruin) 482 

Santa Maria dbGalisteo( =Galis- 

teo Pueblo ruin) 482 

STA- Mario (=Gali9teo Pueblo 

ruin) 482 

Santa Rosa Chapel 130 

Santa Rosa Valley 264 

Santana (=Santa Ana) 521 

Santiago (=Pecofl) 477 

Santiago (=Puaray) 524 

Santo Demingo (=Santo Do- 
mingo) 449 

Santo Domingo 451 

Sto. Domingo ( = Santo Domingo). 449 
Sto. Domingo de CocmTi (=Santo 

Domingo) 449 

Sto. Domingo de Cuevas (=Santo 

Domingo) 449 

Santo Domingo Pueblo 483,495 

Santo Nino 260 

Santo Tomas de Abiquiu (=Abi- 

quiu) 136 

Santuario de LOS Leones de 

PiEDRA (=Stone Lions Shrine).. 418 

Santuario Mountains 355 

Santuario settlement 343 

Saudia (=Sandia) 527 

Sayaquakvva (=Sia) 517 

Seco Arroyo 258 

Seco Creek (=Arroyo Seco 

Creek) 178 

Seco town 178 

Seguna (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Sempo-ap-i (=Valverde) 554 

Sem-po-ap-i (=Valverde) 554 

Sempoapo (=Valverde) 554 

Sendia (=Sandia) 526 

Se-pa-ua (=Sepa-wi) 144 

Sepaue (=Sepawi) 144 

Se-pa-ue (=Sepa-wi) 144 

Sepawi 144 



Page 
Servilleta Creek (=Petaca 

Creek) • 158 

Servilleta town 173 

Servilleta Vieja 173 

Setokwa 407 

Se-to-qua (=Setokwa) 407 

She (=Pueblo de Sh6) 489 

Shee-ah-whib-bahk (=l3leta). . . 528 

Shee-ah-whib-bak (=l8leta) 528 

SHEE-6-HuiB-BAC (=Isleta) 528 

Shee-eh-whib-bak (=l8leta) 528 

Shee-e-whip-bak (=Isleta) 528 

Shi-ap'-a-gi (=Santa Clara) 241 

Shiewhibak (=Isleta) 528 

Shi-pa-pu 568 

Shi-papu-lima 568 

Shi-pa-puyna 568 

Ship Rock 566 

Shko-re Ka-uash 427 

Shkor-e Ka uash 427 

Shu Finne (=Shu-finne) 235 

Shufinne (=Shu-finn(?) 235 

Shufinnb (=Shu-finne) 235 

Shu-finne 235 

Shye-ui-beg (=Isleta) 528 

Shyu-mo 324 

Shyu-mo (=Buckman Meaa) 323 

SiA 517, 518, 519 

Si.iY(=Sia) 517 

Sierra Blanca 564 

Sierra Costilla (=Costilla Moun- 
tains) 559 

Sierra Creek 120 

Sierra Culebra (=Culebra Moun- 
tains) 559 

Sierra de Abiquiu (=Abiquiu 

Mountains) 129 

Sierra de Carnue (=San Pedro 

Mountains) 507 

Sierra de Cochiti (=Cochiti 

Mountains) 409 

Sierra de Dolores ( = Ortiz 

Mountains) 505 

Sierra de Jemez (=Mount Re- 

dondo) 392 

Sierra de Jemez (=Jara Moun- 
tain) 105 

Sierra de la Bolsa 407, 456 

Sierra de la Jara (=Mount Re- 

dondo) 392 

Sierra de la Palisada 408 

Sierra de la Trucha (=Truohas 

Mountain) 340 



HARRINGTON] 



PLACE-NAMES 



613 



Sierra db las Truchas (=Tru- 
chas Mountain) 340 

Sierra de los Brazos (=Lo3 
Brazos Peak(8)) m 

Sierra de los Ladrones (=La- 
drones Mountaina) 547 

Sierra de los Mansos (=Man- 
zano Mountains) 531 

Sierra de los Mansos (=Sandia 
Mountain) 514 

Sierra de los Ortizes (=Ortiz 
Mountains) 505 

Sierra de los Valles (=Jemez 
Mountaina) 106 

Sierra de Nambe (=Nambi? 
Mountains) 353 

Sierra de Picuries (=Picu- 
ria) 195 

Sierra de Picvris (=Picuri8 
Mountains) 194 

Sierra de Puaray (=SaiKlia 
Mountain) 514 

Sierra de San Francisco 
(=Golden Mountaina) 506 

Sierra de San Isidro ( = San Pe- 
dro Mountaina) 507 

Sierra de San Mateo (=Mount 
Taylor) 546 

Sierra de San Miguel (=Sau 
Miguel Mountaina) 421 

Sierra de San Pedro (=Golden 
Mountaina) 50G 

Sierra de Sandia (=Sandia Moun- 
tain) 514 

Sierra de Santa Barbara 355 

Sierra de Santa Fe (=Santa Fe 
Mountaina) 105 

Sierra de Santa Fe (=Santa Fe 
Mountaina) 105 

Sierra de Taos (=Tao9 Moun- 
taina) 1~5 

Sierra de Toledo (=Toledo 
Range) -108 

Sierra del Manzano (=Manzano 
Mountaina) 531 

Sierra del Nacimiento (=Naci- 
miento Mountaina) 390 

Sierra del Rrro (=E1 Rito Moun- 
taina) l-ll 

Sierra del Rito Colorado (=E1 

Rito Mountaina) HI 

Sierra del Tuerto (=Golden 
Mountains) 506 



Sierra del Valle (=Jenioz Moun- 
taina) loe 

Sierra Mac.uelesa ( = Magilalona 

Mountaina) 5^2 

Sierra Mor.\ (=Mora Mountaina) . VM 

Sierra Xacimiesto (=Na<imi- 

ento MountaiiLi) ano 

Sierra Nevada (=Santa Fo 

Mountaina) 1115 

Sierra Ortiz (=Ortiz Mountuiim 1 . 505 

Sierra Triciias (=Tni<ha<i 

Mountains^ 340 

SiEHRE de Tecolote (=Te<-<>loto 

Mountains ) 555 

SiKoUA ( = Peco8) 476 

S1KUY6 (=Peco9) 473 

SiKUYBN ( = PeC03) 473 

SiLE 446 

SiLE Arroyo 446 

SiLLA (=Sia) 518 

SiLLE (=Sia) 518 

SlLVESTRE TOWN 120 

Sipapu (=Ci-bo-be) 568 

Sitsime (=Laguna Pueblo) 540 

SnvHiPA ( = Ialeta) 629 

SiYA (=Sia) 518 

Slat Arroyo 446 

Soda Dam, The. . . 3'>3 

Soda springs lt>8 

SoRA settlement 196 

Soi'TH Lake (=Stinldng Lake).. . 110 
South Mountain (=San Pedro 

Mountains) 507 

South Sandia Mountain SIS 

Spanish - American Normal 

School 143 

Spi-nat ( =Mount Taylor) 5-16 

Spirit Lake S-W 

Stewart Lake . 356 

Stinking Lake lus. 110 

Stinking Lake Creek 110 

Stone Lions. The (=St«np Linns 

ahriue) '*18 

Stone Lions op Potrkro de los 

Idolos ''M 

Stone Lions Pueblo 418 

Stone Lions Shrim IIS, 428 

Suco f=Aroniai M3 

Suco (=Peroa). .. ■•"B 

SuLPrUR SPRING 186 

Sulphur SPRINGS — 391 

Sundia (=Sandiai 527 

Sunmount Mountain i=NaKi'l 

Mountain) '•■''■' 



614 



ETHNOGEOGEAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. ANN. 29 



Tabiba ( =Quiviral 5(JG 

Tabiea (=Quivira) 565, 560 

Tabira (=Quivira) 566 

Table Mountain 189 

Tacos (=Taos) 182 

Tafique (=Taiique) 533 

Tageque (=Tajiquej -533 

Tage-uingge (=Galisteo Pueblo 

ruin) 481 

T'a-ge UmG-GE (=Gali8teo Pu- 
eblo ruin) 481 

Ta-ge-uing-ge (=Gali8teo Pueblo 

ruin) 481 

Tage-unge (=Gali8teo Pueblo 

ruin) 481 

Tagewinge (=Gali8teo Pueblo 

ruin) 481 

Tagique (=Tajique) 533 

Taguna (=Laguna Pueblo) 541 

Tahos (=Tao8) 182 

Tai-ga-tah (=Tao8) 180 

Taiinamu (=Taoa) 180 

T ai-tzo-g Ai ( =Te8uque ) 387 

Ta-iun (=l8leta) 528 

Tajique 533 

Ta-ji-que (=Tajique) 533 

Tajique Arroyo 554 

Tajique settlement 540 

Takhe (=TaoB) 181 

Talamona (=Raucho8 de Tao8) .. . 186 

T'a'lamuna (=Rancho8 de Taos) . 185 

Tamaiya (=Santa Ana) 520 

Tamaja (=Santa Ana) 521 

Tamaj^me (=Santa Ana) 520 

Tamaya (=Santa Ana) 520 

Tamaya (= Santa Ana) 520 

TA-Mi-YA (=Santa Ana) ,. 520 

Tames (=Jemez) 403 

Ta-mi-ta (=Coniitre) 495 

Tamos (=Pecos) 473 

Tamy (=Santa Ana) 520 

Tamya (=Santa Ana) 520 

Tanage (=Gali8teo Pueblo ruin) . . 481 

Tan-a-ya (=01d Santa Ana) 510 

Tan-a-ya C=Santa. Ana) 520 

Tan-ge-win-ge (=Galisteo Pueblo 

ruin) 481 

Tangs (=Pecos) 473 

Tao (=Taos) 182 

Taoros (=Tao8) 182 

Taos 11, 182, 185 

Taos Canyon (= Fernandez Can- 
yon) 185 



Taos Creek (=Pueblo Creek).... 178 

Taos Creek (=Fernandez Creek). 185 

Taos Mount-^ins 175 

Taos Pass 185 

Taos Peak 184 

Taos Range 105 

Taos Range (=Taos Mountains) . 175 

Taos-ans (=Tao8) 182 

Taosas (=Tao8) 182 

T.\osEs (=Tao8) 182 

Taosij (=Tao8) 182 

Taosis (=Tao3) 182 

Taosites (=Tao8) 182 

TAOsY(=Tao8) 182 

T.^-PU 459 

Tash-ka-tze 442 

TA-TsiiR-MA' (=Te8uque) 388 

Ta-tze (=San Marcos) 551 

Ta-ui (=Tao8) 179 

TA-uTH'(=Tao8) 181 

Tavira (=Quivira) 566 

Ta'-wi-gi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ta-wi'-gi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ta Wolh (=Tao8) 182 

T.Kxi. (=Taoe) 181 

Taxique (=Taiique) 533 

Tayberon (=Tao8) 183 

Tay-lor Peak (=Mouut Taylor). . 546 

Tayt;de (=Isleta) 528 

Tayun ( = l8leta) 528 

Tcee wadioi (=T8awdrii) 253 

Tceewage (=TBawdrii) 253 

TcEWADi (=Tsawdrii) 254 

Tcm-HA-Hui-pAH (=l8leta) 528 

Tchi'kugienSd (=CabezonMe8a). 546 

Tchirege (=T8hirege) 282 

Tecolote Mount.uns 555 

Teeuinge (=Te-e-uing-ge) 154 

Teeuinge (=Te-e-uing-ge) 154 

Teeuinge (=Te-e-uing-ge) 154 

Te-e-uing-gb 152, 154 

Tegat-ha (=Tao8) 180 

Tegique (=Tajique) 533 

Tegua (=Tewa) 570 

Teguayo 572 

Tehauiping (=Te-je Uing-ge 0-ui- 

ping) 337 

Tehua (=Tewa) 570 

Tejas (=Tao8) 183 

Te-je TJino-ge 0-ui-ping 337 

Tejon Arroyo 510 

Tejon settlement 511 

Tejos (=Tao8) 183 



lIARRIXOTONl 



PI.ACK- NAMES 



61;-) 



Pago 

Tejugne (=Tesuque) 387 

Temes (=Jemez) 403 

Temez ( = Jemez) .' 402 

Temque ( =Tesuquo) 387 

Tequesquite spring 132 

Terrenos Malos del Rio de las 
Gallinas (=Gallina,s Moun- 
tains) 114 

Tersuque (=Te8uque) 387 

Teseqde (=Tesuqne) 387 

Tesuke ( =Te3uque) 387 

Tesuki (=Te8uque) 387 

Tesuque 37, 385, 387 

Tesuque Creek 386 

Tesuque divide 465 

Tesuque settlement 390 

Tesuqui ( =Tesuque) 387 

Tetilla Mountain 4.59 

Tetsogi (=Tesuque) .387 

Tetsogi (=Tesuque) 387 

Tet-su-ge' ( =Te8uque) 387 

Tet-su'-ge ( =Tesuque) 385 

Te-tzo-ge (=Tesuqiie) .385, 387 

Te-uat-ha (=Tao.s) 180 

Te WA 570 

Tewai 2.52. 253 

Tewiai (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Te-wi-oi (=Santo Domingo) 447 

Tezuque (=Teauque) 38.5.387 

Thaos (=Tao8) 182 

Thezuque (=Te3uque) 387 

Thompson Peak 350 

ThoxtlawLvma (=San Felipe) 498 

Thijwitha (=Santo Domingo) 448 

TiCHUico (=Pec08) 476 

Ticori (=Picuris) 193 

Ticuic (=Pecos) 476 

TicuiQUE (=Pero3) 475 

Tienique (=Pecos) " 475 

TiERRA Am arilla . 107 

Tierra Amarilla Creek 112 

Tierra Amarilla region' Ill 

Tierra Amarilla town 112 

Tierra Azul 134 

Tiguex (=Puaray) 524 

TiHUA (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Ti'lawbi (=Acoma) 542 

TiNDAN 566 

Tiotsokoma (=Te3uque) .■-.- 388 

Ti-TJi Han-.\t Ka-ma Tze-shu-ma . 417 
Ti-TJi Han-.^t K.\-ma Tze-shi-ma 

(=Caja tlel Rio) 429 

TiwA (=Sandia) 526 



Ttwi (=,Santo Domingiii 

Ti'wi (=.Santo Dominpi) 

Tlascala ( =Sia) 

Tla.voala (,=Sia) 

Tlogi (=Sia) 

TLO(ii(=.Sia) 

ToAs (Taoai 

To (iAn(=Cochitii 

To ir.\riieLK (=San I .•Iq... 

T6k"ele ( = Piruri») 

ToLEiio Rant.e 

To-MA 

To-MiA ( = SauU Aii.i 
ToM-i-YA ( =Santa Ana • 

ToN.s l=Tao3) 

TopolianA-kiin (=Tao,< 

ToRo Cheek 

Torrkox 

TosuGii ( =TpaMquoi 

To TlCnxI ( =Lagiiiia Pui'I.l,, . . 
TOtsEma (=Te3iiqui>> 

To-UA-QUA 

Tous(=Tao3i 

TousE (=Tao3) 

To-\VA-KW.\ (=To-ua-qiiai 

Towiii (=Tar«) 

Towi"' ( = Santo Domingoi 

TowiRNiN (=Ta<)3) 

To WoLH (=Taoa) 

To-z.ix'-NE' (=Laguna Pui-Woi... 

Tozj.iNNE ( =Laguna Puebloi 

Tqoga' (=Cochiti) 

Tqo II.uil£he 

Tqo IIajIl6 ( = Santo DoniiMgni. . 

Tqo l.\xI ( = Uiguna PiU'lilm 

Tqo t.txi (=Uiguna Piii'I>lo> 

TQowiiCt I =Tao3 1 

Trampas Creek 

TRA.MPAS SETTLEMKSI 

Trea 

Tres Piei«ka.s .\rii(>V(i 

TrKS PiKlillA.s IIKC.ION 

Tres Pikdkas kock.-i 

Tres Piedras skttlkuest 

Tria i=Sial 

TRios(=Siai 

Troit Mountain m > ^Tnn-Iiai 

Mountain I 

Tri'i-iias Crkkk — 
TuiiHA.s Mountain 
Tri.-has Peak t=Tni.li.i.-. M..ni,. 

t;iini 

Truihas settlkmest. . . 



44S 

.119 

.ll'l 

M't 

nil 

I9:( 
los 



1S2 



1^:' 

39.', 

17:t 

4411 
IM 
1S2 
540 
.>|li 
440 

449 
.540 
.541 
ls2 
I'.KI 
3.T> 
40s 
1:1 
171 
17:i 
174 
.'ilT 
517 



616 



ETHNOGEOGKAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [eth. ann. 29 



Page 

TsANKAWI 274 

TsANKAwi Mesa 273 

TsAWARi 253 

TsAWARi (=Tsaw&ii) 254 

TsAWARii 254 

TsE-A (=Sia) 518 

TsE-AH (=Sia) 518 

TsENAjiN ( =Cabezon Mesa) 547 

Tsfi Tt KInne ( = San Ildefonso).. 305 

TsHiQuiTE (=Peco8) 474 

Tshi-quit-e' (=Peco8) 474 

TsHi-QuiT-E (=Pecos) 474 

Tshirege 282 

TsHYA-ui-PA (=l8leta) 528 

TsH YA-uiP-A ( = Isleta) 528 

TsiA ( = Sia) 517. 518 

TsiFENO (=She-finn6) 235 

TsiNATAY (=Baiada) 471 

TsiNA-TAY (=Baiada) 471 

TsiPHENU (=Shu-finn^) 235 

Tso'-TA ( =Tesuque) 388 

TuAS (=Tao3) 182 

TtTA-T-i (=Tao8) 180 

Tu-A-\vi-HOL ( = Santo Domingo).. 448 

TucHEAAP (=Te8uque) 388 

Tij-Ei (=l8leta) 528 

TuERTO 549 

TuERTo Arroyo 508 

TuERTO Mountains (=Goklen 

Mountaiii8) 506 

Tu'hlawai (=Acoma) 542 

TfiiLAwi; (=Acoma) 542 

Tuhoa (=Jemez) 400 

TuH-yiT-TAY ( =Tajique) 533 

Tu'-iAi (=Santo Domingo) 448 

TuiKWEPAPAMA ( =Pena8C0 Creek) 191 

TuLAWEi (=Acoma) 542 

TtJ-na-ji-i' (=Santa Ana) 520 

TtJNAvwA (=Sia) 517 

TCnawak ( = Sia) . 517 

Tung-ge (=Tunque) 511 

Tung-ke (=Tunque) 511 

TUNQUE 511 

Tunque Arroyo 504 

TuopA (=Tao8) 181 

TUPOGE 410 

Turquoise Mines 492 

TusAS Creek (=Petaca Creek).. . 158 

TusAs Hills ( =TuBaa Mountains) . 172 

TcsAs Mountains 172 

TUSAS SETTLEMENT 172 

TtsH-YiT-YAY (=Tajique) 533 

TusuQUE (=Te8uque) 387 



TuTAHAco (=Acoma) 544 

Tuthea-uIy ( = Acoma) 542 

TuTHLA-HUAY (=Acoma) 542 

Tuth-la-nay (=Acoma) 542 

TuTsuiBA ( =Te8uque) 387 

Tu'wa (=Jemez) 400 

Tuwi'-.« (=Santo Domingo) 448 

TiJ«ii (= Santo Domingo) 449 

TuwirXt (=Tao8) 181 

TiJwiTA ( = Sandia) 525 

TOwiTA (=Santo Domingo) 448 

TtJ-wiT-H.i (=Santo Domingo) 448 

Tuwi;i;uiDE (=Santo Domingo) 448 

TuYO (=BlackMeaa) 293 

Tu-yo 324 

Tu-Yo (=BlackMesa) 293 

TuzhlAni (=Lagnna Pueblo) 540 

T'wi'wi ( = Santo Domingo) 448 

Tyasoliwa 408 

Tyesht-ye Ka-ma Chinaya 

(=Jos^ Sanchez Canyon) 429 

Tyit-i Haa ( =Cubero) 456 

Tyit-i Haa (=Kat-i8ht-ya) 446,447 

Tyit-i Tzat-ya (=San Felipe 

Mesa) 496 

Tyuonyi 411 

TzAMA (=Chama) 100 

Tze-man Tu-o (=Pueblo Colo- 
rado) 488 

Tze-n.\t-ay (=Bajada) 470 

TziA(=Sia) 517 

Tzi-A(=Sia) 518 

Tzi-GU-M A ( =Cienega) 468 

Tzi-GU-MAY ( =Cienega) 468 

TziiPiNGUiNGE (=Chipiinuinge). . 121 

Tzi-QuiT-E (=Peco8) 474 

Tzi-QuiT-E ( =Peco8) 474 

TziREGB (=Tsliirege) 282 

Tzi-RB-GE (=T8Urege) 282 

TziRO Kau.ash (=Paiarito Mesa). 283 

TziRo Ka-uash ( =Pajarito Mesa) . 283 

Ua-ha-tza-e 408 

Ualana (=Picuri8) 192 

TJala-to-hua (=Jemez) 401 

U al-to-hu A ( = Jemez) 401 

Uap-i-ge 555 

Una de Gato Arroyo (=Tunque 

Arroyo) 504 

Una de Gato settlement 555 

United St.\te8 Peak 195 

Upper Cangillon (=Upper Cau- 

gilon settlement) 118 



HARniNGTON] 



PLACE-XAMES 



617 



I'age 

Upper Cangilon settlement 118 

Upper Nambe 368 

Uraba (=Tao8) 183 

Vacas Mesa 416 

Vacus (=Acoma) 543 

Vado 110 

Valdez (=Valdez settlement) 177 

Valdez settlement 177 

Valladoud (=Taoa) 183 

Vallatoa (=Jeinez) 401 

Valle de LOS Posos (=Pos()a 

Valley) 265 

Valle de los Posos 98 

Valle de Montezuma (=Monte- 

zuma Valley) 564 

Valle de San Antonio 98 

Valle de San Antonio (=San 

Antonio Valley) 391 

Valle de San Luis ( = San Luis 

Valley) 564 

Valle de Santa Rosa 98 

Valle de Santa Rosa (=Santa 

Rosa ^'alley) 264 

Valle de Toledo 408 

Valle Grande 98, 276 

Vallecito 124, 270 

Vallecito Creek 158, 398 

Valles Chain (=Jemez Moun- 
tains) 105 

Valles Mountains (=Jemez 

Mountains) 105 

Valles, The 98 

Valley ranch 556 

Valverde 554 

Vampe (=\ambe Pueblo) 358 

Vac Creek 351 

Velarde settlement 198 

Vicuris (=Picuri8) 193 

Village des Picuris, Le (=Pi- 

curis) 193 

VsAcus (=Afomai 543 

Wa-ba-kwa 408 

Wagon mound 571 

Wa-la-nah (=Jemez) 401 

Walatoa 397 

Walatoa ( = Jemez) 401 

Wa'-la-tu- WA ( = Jemez) 401 

Walpi 570 

Washrotsi (=Sandia) 526 

Wa'shutse ( =Sandia) 526 

Water Canyon 101, 286 



I'ane 

Wee-ka-nahs (=Taos) 181 

WehlTrlu walla (=Santo Do- 
mingo) 449 

We-la-tah (=Picuri8) 192 

WE'-suala-kuin (=Sandia) 526 

WllAPIGE 291 

Wheeler's Peak 175 

White Butts 113 

White Rock CaiJon (=\VTute 

Rock Canyon) 102 

White Rock Canyon 102,322 

White-Rock Canyon (=Whito 

Rock Canyon) 102 

White Rock Canyon op the Rio 

Grande 323 

White Rocks 44.5 

Wi'lana (=Picuri3) 192 

Wi'-Li-Gi (=San Felipe'l 499 

Wi'-Li-Gi-i' ( = San Felipe) 498 

Willard settlement 535 

W6ng'-ge' ( = Jemez) 399 

Ximena ( =Galisteo Pueblo ruin) . . 482 

Ximer.\ (=Gali3teoPuebloruin).. 482 

Xacona (=Jacona) 330 

Xacono (=Jacono) 330 

Xaqueuria (±=Quivira) 565 

Xemes (=Jemez) 402,403 

Xemez (=Jemez) 402 

Ya-atze (=San Marcos) .551 

Ya a-tzb ( = San Marcos) 551 

Yacco (=Acoma) 543 

Yaco (=Acoma) 544 

Yamphamba (=San Cristobal) 486 

YAMP'HAMBA(=SanCrist<5balK.. 486 

Yam P'ham-ba (=San Cri3t<5bal ) . . 486 

Yam P'ham-ba (=T9aw4rii'?) 2.54 

Yam-p'-ham-ba (=San Cristobal) . 486 

Yaos (=Tao3) 182 

Yapashi (=Stone Lions Shrine)... 419 
Yapashi. Pueblo de (=Stone 

Lions Pueblo) 417 

Yapashi, Pueblo op the (=Stone 

Lions Pueblo) 417 

Y.-vTEs (=San Marcos) 551 

Ya-tze (= San Marcos) 551 

Yatze (=San Marcos) 551 

Yemez (=Jemez) 402 

Yjar 408 

YNQUEYUNQUE(=Yuqueyunque). 227 

Yoletta ( = Isleta) -529 

Yon-pel-lay (=Santo Domingo).. 448 



618 



ETHNOGEOGRAPHY OF THE TEWA INDIANS [bth. anx. 29 



YoTQo (=Santa Fe) 

YsLETA (=Isleta) 

YsLETE (=Isleta) 

YSTBTE ( = l8leta) 

YuGEUiNGE ( = Yuqueyunque) 

YuGEUiNGGE (=Yuqueyunque) . . 

YUGE-UINGGE 

YuGE-uiNG-GE (=Yuqueyunque) . 
YuGE-uiNGGE ( = Yuqueyunque) . . 

YuL.iTA (=Taos) 

YuNQUE (= Yuqueyunque) 

YuN-QUE (=Yuquei,-unque) 

Yu-Ntr-YB (=Tyuonyi) 

YuQUEYUNK (=YuquejTiuquei.. . 

Yuqueyunque 

YuQUE - YuNQUE (=Yuque\niu- 
que) 



460 
529 
529 
529 
227 
227 
214 
227 
227 
181 
227 
227 
411 



YuQui Y.^NQfi (=Yuque>-un- 

que) 227 

YuR.iVB.^ (=Taoai.. 183 

Zam.\ (=Chama) 148 

Zandia (=Sandia) 526 

Zea (=Sia) 518 

Zemas (=Jemez) 403 

Zesuqua (=Tesuque) 387 

ZiA (=Sia) 519 

ZiA (=Sia) 517 

ZiLE (=Sile) ■... 446 

Zile Arroyo (=Sile Arroyo) 446 

Zo-LAT-E-SE-Djn 408 

Zo-lA-tu^-ze-zhi-i (=Zo-lat-e-8e- 

djii) 408 

ZuNi 569 



IXDKX 

(In connection with this index consult Bibliography, pajres 5S5-5S7. and I.im of 
Place-names, pages 588-618.1 



rage 

Abbott, Judge A. J. , refereixcos to 410,423 

Abert, Lieul. J. W.— 

onChllUi 531 

on Cochiti 439 

on Poguate 539 

on San Felipe 500 

on Santo Domingo 449 

Abn".vki dictionary, manuscript of 23 

ACKN'O WLEDGMENTS 3S 

AcoMA Indiaxs, name for .j74 

ADMIN1STRATI\'E REPORT 9 

Adobe, use of So 

Agutlar, Igsacio, references to 263. 314 

ALAB.1STER, reference to .' ."iTS 

ALCEDO, AXTOXIO DE — 

on Acoma 543,545 

onGalisteo 4S2 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Quivira 566 

on San Cristfibal 4S6 

on Santa Ana 521 

on Taos 182 

on Tesuque 3S7 

Alegre, Francisco Ja\'ter, on Jemez 402 

Alencaster, Joaquin del Real— 

on Cochit i 439 

on Gyusiwa 394 

onlsleta 529,530 

on Laguna 541 

on Pecos 476,477 

on Picuris 193 

on Sandia 526, 527 

onSia 518,519 

Alvabado, Hernando de, on Acoma 543 

Amado, Lucero, reference to 251 

American, Tewa names for 573 

Ancient people, Tewa name for 573 

Andrews, H. A., work of 22 

Antioltties, preservation of 20 

Apache Indians— 

color scheme ■•2 

names for 573-576 

references to 259, 480, 536 

Apatite, white, references to 580,.5S1 

Aravaipa Creek, ruins on 16 

Arcbleological Institute or America, 

work of 1^ 

Aechtileta, Juan Antonio, reference to. . . . 168 
Arizona — 

national monuments 20 

work in 10,14-16,20 



ARN1-, W. F. M.— 

on Pojoaque 

onSandia .' 

on Taos W) 

.\rrangemest of Tewa othnoRcographlcal 

material iT-S"* 

Arrowsuith. a.— 

on Jcmes " c 

on San Cristobal w. 

on Santa Ana Wl 

on Taos 1 s2 

.\.TnAPASC.\N (lltJPA) LANGD.VGE, skeMl ol 1 ■> 

x^Ti"APASC.i.N Indun, Tews namr f r 
-Vttacapa L-vnguaoe, dictionar>- (it 

B.U)GER in Tewa conception n 

Ballou, IIowakd -M., acknowledgment to. . 19 

B.1NCROFT, IICBEKT HoWE- 

on.\coma '»(3. Sl.'i 

onCochiti iw. HO 

on Jemez HB 

on Pecos I7M76.477 

on Picuris 193 

on Poguate 339 

on Puaray ■''21 

onSandia •>27 

on Santo Domingo 419 

on Sia .'.H. 519 

on Tesuque ^"^ 

B.VXDEUER. .VDotr F.— 

, onANquiu 135.136.1.17 

on Abiquiu Mountains 123. 129 

on Acoma .142.543..M4 

on A-ga To-no ^*5 

on alabaster ''T*-* 

on .\lamo Canyon Ill ll.i 

on .VIgodones •»< 

on Amoxiumqua 'li.J'J'i 

on Ancho Can.von 2<7 

on .Vpachc Canyon I**' 

on Arroyo de la Yuta '•>' 

on .Vrroyo de los Angeles l-^'i 

on .\rroyo de los Vald6a-< !'•• 

on Arroyo de Santa Clara Sfi 

on Arroyo del Chorro I^^J 

on .\rroyo Hondo Creek 17'i 

on .\.stialakw4 ^■'• 

on Bajada height <70 

onBajadaniin 170 171 

on Bajada settlemem •7" 

on Balii Mountain. . '^i 



620 



Bandelier, Adolf F.— Continued. Page 

on Baldy Peak 347,3-18 

on Barranco Blanco 438 

on Bernalillo 522 

on Black Mesa 293,294,443,444 

on Bul-itz-e-qua 405 

on Caja del Rio Pueblo ruin 428, 429 

on Canada Ancha 547 

on Canada Larga 552 

on Canoe Mesa 224 

on Canon de la Bolsa 4,53 

onCaflon del Rito 413 

on CapulinMesa 424,425 

on cardinal colors 43 

on cardinal directions 42 

on cave in Black Mesa 2ii6 

on Cerrillos 492 

on Cerro Colorado 405 

on Cerro Pelado 392 

on certain pueblo ruins 196, 

247, 271, 385, .395, 396, 404, 405, 406, 407, 
408, 425, 442, 443, 453, 455-456, 457, 466-467, 
489, 515, 523, 546, 548, 555, 556, 557-558, SH 

on Chama River 100 

on Cl^amita 228 

on Chapero, the 414 

on Chilili 531-533 

on Chimal 548 

on Chimayo settlement 341,342 

on Chipiinuinge 122 

on church at San lldefonso 307 

on Ci-bo-be 568, 569 

on Cienega ruin 468, 469 

on Cieneguilla 467 

on Cieneguilla Mesa 571 

on cloud sjTnboI 56 

on Cochiti 439, 440, 441 

on Cochiti Canyon 430,431 

on Cochiti Canyon cliS 452, 453 

on Cochiti district 409 

on Cochiti Mountains 409 

on color symbolism 43, 62 

on Comanche Creek 160 

on Costilla Mountains 559 

on Coye Canyon 436 

on Coyote Creek 117 

on Cubero 456 

on Culebra Moimtains 559 

on Cuyamimque 333 

on Dixon settlement 190 

on Dog Lake spring 548 

on earth deity 51 

on ElCangelon 515 

on El Rito Plain 142, 1 43 

on El Rito settlement 143 

on EmbudoCanyon 187 

on Enchanted Mesa 545 

on feldspar 580, 584 

on Fernandez de Taos 185 

on Fe-se-re 152, 154 

on fetich of the morning star 49 

on Frijoles Canyon 410 

on Galisteo 481, 482, 483 

on Galisteo Creek 478,479 

on Ciallinas Creek 115 

on Gipuy 449-450,452 

on Golden settlement 507 

on Guadalupe Canyon 390 



Bandelier, Adolf F.— Continued. Page 

on Gyusiwa 394 

on Haatze 426 427 

on Homayo igi 

on Hondo Canyon 415 

on Houiri 162 

on Huash-pa Tzen-a 549 

on Diamba 310 

on Isht-uaYen-c 549 

on Isleta 528, 529, 530 

on Jacona 330, 331 

on Jara Creek 406 

on Jemez 400,401,402,403 

on Jemez Creek 399 

on Jemez Moimtains 105 

on Jemez springs 394 

on Jicarita Mountain 339 

on los6 Sanchez Canyon 429 

on Kapo 549-550 

on Kat-isht-ya 446, 447 

on Ke-gua-yo 344, 345 

on Eipana 550 

on Kuapa ruin 435 

on Kuaua ruin 522-523 

on La Angostura 505 

on La Canada settlement 434 

on La Hoya 198 

on Ladrones Mountains 547 

on Laguna 540,541 

on Lake Peak 348,349 

on Lake Peak Lagoon .- . 353 

on Las Bocas Canyon 469 

on Las Vegas 562 

on Los Chupaderos 347 

on Magdalena Mountains 562 

on Manzano Mountains 531 

on Mariana settlement 133 

on Mesa del Rito 413 

on Mesa Prieta 288 

on mineral pamt 581 , 582 

on Mount Taylor 545 

on Namb^ Mountains 353 

on Namb^ Pueblo 358,359,360 

on N3mb(5 village 377 

on nameless canyon 423 

on Navaho trail 454 

on Nutrias Creek 113 

on ocher 582 

on Ojana 553 

on Ojo Caliente Creek 159 

on Ojo Caliente hot springs 163,164 

on Old Cochiti 432,433,434 

on old Indian trail 205 

on Old Isleta 553 

on Old Santa Ana 516 

on O-pat-y Sen 41 

on Ortiz Mountains 505, 506 

on Painted Cave 423 

on Painted Cave Canyon 422 

on PajaritoMesa 283,284 

on Patoqua 398 

on Pecos 473,474,475,476,478 

on Pedemal Mountain 122 

on Peiia Blanca 445 

on Peiias Negras ruin 479 

on Peiiasco Creek 191 

on Peiiasco settlement 196 



621 



Bandeuer, Adolf F.— Continued. Page 

on Perage 2fl.t 

on Peralta Canyon 437 

on Picuris 192,193,194 

on Picuris Mountains 194, 195 

onPioge 203 

on Pojoaque 335 

on Pojoaque Creek ■ 301 

on Po-nyi Num-bu 354 

on P'o-nyi Pa-kuen 170 

on Pose-uing-ge 165 

on Potrero de en el Medio 435, 436 

on Potrero de la Cuesta Coloiada 454 

on Potrero de lasCasas 424 

on Potrero de los Idolos 427,428 

on Potrero Largo 427 

on Potrero Viejo 431-432 

on Puaray 523,521,525 

on Puebia 257 

on Pueblito 226 

on Pueblo Blanco 489 

on Pueblo Colorado 488 

on Pueblo Creek 179 

on Pueblo del Encierro 442 

on Pueblo Largo 490-491 

on Pueblo of the Stone Lions 417,418 

on Pueblo Peak 178 

on pueblo ruin at Abiquiu 138, 139, 140 

ou Puerco River 538 

on Puye 237 

on Quemada Mesa 437 

on Quemado Canyon 436 

on Quivira 565,566 

on rainbow 58 

on rainy season 57 

on Ranches de Taos 186 

on Red Hill-. 458, 459 

on Rio Grande 101* 

on rums at La Joya 200,204 

on ruins on Black Mesa 297 

on Salinas, the 535,536 

on Salt Creek 516 

on San Antonio Creek 392 

on San Antonio Mountain 5i>0,561 

on San Antonio springs 407 

on San Antonio Valley 391 

onSanCristdbal 486,487-488 

on San Cristobal Arroyo J85 

on San Diego Canyon 393 

on San Felipe 495-496,498,499,500-504 

on San Felipe Mesa 490,497 

on San Gabriel 228 

on San Ildefonso 304,305,306 

on San Juan 212,213,214,215 

on San Lazaro 255, 491 

on San Marcos 551-552 

on San Miguel Mesa ^25 

on San Miguel Mountains 421,422 

on San Pablo rum 508,509-510 

on San Pedro 508 

on San Pedro Mountains 507 

onSandia 525,526,527 

on Sandia Mountain 514 

on Santa Ana 520, 521 

on Santa Clara 240,241,242 

on Santa Clara Creek 234 

on Santa Fe 400,463 



BANnELIER, ADilir p.- I 
on Sanin Ke Creok,. 
on Santa Fe Mounliiii 
on Santa Ke Plain, 
on Santo Doralnco.. 
onSantuarlo M<iuni : 
on Seoo .\rTo\ . 
on Sfvpii-uii n i 1 1 
on Shu-niuii'. . 
onShj'unio,cUiI of. 

onSia 

on Sierra do Abiquiu . 
on Sierra dc la llolxi 
on Sierra de Santa lliri .r , 
on Sierra do Tolo>lo.. 
on Silo settlement... 

on sky deity 

on Soda Dam 

on South Sandia Mountain . 

on Stone Lions Shrine II'), 

on sun and moon deitit-.^. 

on Tajique 

on Tajique Arroyo . 
on Tajique settlement 
on Ta-rai-ta Mesa.. . 

on Taos 

on Taos Mount aln.s. 

on Taos Peak 

on Tecolote Monniaiii 

on Te-e-uing-t'O 

on Tejeuinpge Ouipin- 

on Tejon 

on Tejon .\rroyo 

on Tesuque 

on TesuquG divide. , 

on Tetilla Mountain . - 

on Tewa name for roolhuli; 

ontheTiwa 

on The Valles 

on Tierra .\marilla 

on trail from Taos to Piciirie,': 

on Trampassettlement 

on Tnichas Mountains 

on Truchas settlement 

on Tsankawiniln 

on Tsawarii --''* 

on Tuerto Arroyo. . , 

on Tnnque 

on Tunque Arroyo. 

on turquoise deposit - 

on "twin War God - 

on Tyuonyi 

on Tzirege 

on imlocaled puelilt r 

on Valle de Toledu 

on Valles Moiinluiii- 

on Valverde 

on whirlwind symt-^l 

on white apatite. . 

on White Rook (aiU'fi 

on Vuqueyimque. .. 

references to 1V1, l.jl, iVi. .'•« 

Barcia C.vrballido V Zi;Sl0A, Asott-' ' • 

on Acoma 

on I'ecos 

Barreiro, ASTONKl.onCochlti 

Barrett, i)r. S. A,.ackno»l«<li.H: 



ll.l, IM 
hH.lrVi 



..13-.VH 



622 



Basalt, Tewa name for 584 

Bear in Tewa cooception 43 

"Beast Gods," reference to 43 

Beauchamp,Bo). W.M.,acknowledgmentto. 12 
Benavtoes, Alonso de — 

on Acoma 543 

onChilUi 531 

on Isleta 529,530 

on Jemez 402 

on Pecos 476 

on San lldefonso 305 

on Sandia 526,527 

on Santa Clara 241 

on Taos 182 

Bent. Charles, on Namb6 Poeblo 358 

lilBLlOGRAPHY 585-587 

BiLOXi DICTIONARY, work On 14 

Birds, Cardinal. See Cardinal bdids. 

Blaeu, Jean— 

on Pecos 476 

on Santa Ana 521 

on Taos 182 

Bloedite ( MINERAL), reference to 579 

Boas, Dr. Fr.inz— 

acknojvledgraent to 12 

work of 18 

Bolton, Dr. Herbert E.— 

ack-nowledgment to 12 

work of 19 

BoNiLLA, .\NTONlo,onQuiTira 566 

Bowles, Jno. — 

on Picuris 193 

on Puaray 523 

on San Marcos 551 

on Taos 182 

Brackenridge, H. M., on Jemez 403 

Brevoort, Elus— 

on San lldefonso 305 

onSia 518 

BrCiil, GusTAV,on Pojoaque, 335 

BtJDD, Harey— 

on Arroyo Hondo 187 

on .\rroyo Hondo Creek 176 

on Arrbyo Hondo settlement 177 

on Elizabethtown 176 

on Luceros settlement 184 

on Pueblo Canyon 101 

on Piieblo ruin 196 

on Ranchos de Taos 185 

on San lldefonso 304 

on Sandia 525 

on Santa Clara 241 

on Santa Fe , 460 

on Seco to\Yn 178 

BtJSCHMANN, JOHANN — 

on Cuyamunque 333 

on Isleta 529 

on Jacona -■ 330 

on Jemez 403 

on Taos 1S2 

BnsHNELL, n. I., Jr., acknowledgment to . . - 12 
Bu.stamante y Taqle, Bernardo Antonio 

DE, on Sia 519 

Byinoton, Rev. CYEns, linguistic work of . . . 23 



Cachinas, references to 54, 56, 356 

Calendar, determination of 47 

CALHOTIN, JAMES S.— 

on Isleta 529 

on Jemez 402 

on Picuris.. 193 

on Poguate 539 

on Pojoaque 334 

on San lldefonso 305 

on Sandia 527 

on Santo Domingo 449 

on Sia 518 

California Indians— 

population 13 

Tewa name for 573 

Candelario, J. S., reference to 2S3 

Cardinal birds 43 

Cardinal colors 42-43 

Cardinal Corn Maidens 43 

Cardinal directions 41-42 

Cardinal mammals 43 

CARDINAL MomJTAINS 44,513,514,560 

Cardinal sacred water lakes 44-45 

Cardinal shells 44 ' 

Cardinal snakes 43 

CARDfNAL trees 44 

Carnival, name for 69 

Casa Grande BtnNS, Arizona, operations 

at 14-15,20 

Cassidy, Gerald, reference to 466 

Cassidy, Perlina Sizer— 

on tradition of Ship Rock 567 

reference to 211 

CastaSeda de Nageea, Pedro de— 

on Acoma 543,544 

on Galisteo ; 482 

on Jemez 402 

on Pecos 476 

on Picuris 193 

on Quivira 565 

on Santa Fe Mountains 105 

on Sia 517 

on Taos 183 

on Yuqueyunque 227 

Cata, Etn.0Gio, reference to 143 

Caves, principal, in Tewa country — 

in Tewa tradition 136-139, 166-167 

references to 225, 

272, 296,321,374, 412, 415, 452, 457 

Pegiha dictionary, manuscript of 23 

CnAMBERLATN, Dt. ALEXANDER F., ac- 
knowledgment to 12 

Chapman, K. M.— 

ack-nowledgment to 38 

reference to 465, 466 

Cheyenne Indun, name for 573 

CniMAYO, blankets of 342 

Chinaman, Tewa name for 573 

Chippewa music, researches in 19 

Chtricahua Apache, Tewa names for .573 

Chitimacha language, dictionary of 13 

Choctaw dictionary, manuscript of 23 

Clans, Tewa, reference to 61-62 

Claek, May S., work of 24 



()2;} 



Page ' 

Clat, Tewa name for 582 

Clayton, J. B.. work of 24 

Clerical work of Bureau 24 

Clovds, terras relating to M-57 

Coal, Tewa name for 5S0 

COCHITI INDHXS— 

cardinal directions 42 

communal huntii 414 

conception of sun and moon 46 

geographic names lOO 

language 521 

legends 452-453 

name applied to 574 

name for cloud 54 

pottery 457 

region claimed by 409 

shrines 419-420, 428 

successive homes of. 412, 41S, 433-434, 43S, 440-441 

Cold, terms relating to 53 

Collections, description of 16-17,19,20-21 

Coi.iJNs, Ralph P., on Pogiiate .539 

Colorado, work in 10,16-17,20 

Colors. See C.vrddjal colors. 

Columbus Memorul Voll"me— 

on .\coma 544 

onlsieta 529 

on Kipana .iSO 

on San Cristfibal 4S6 

on Sandia .')25 

on Santa Ana 520 

Comanche Indlins— 

reference to 480 

relations with Pecos 478 

Tewa name for 574 

COMECRUnO LINGOTSTIC MATERI AL, work On . . !3, 14 

C0NSTELL.VTTONS in Tewa conception 50-51 

Cooper, Ch.4s. L.— 

on Namb(i Pueblo 359 

on Tesuque 387 

Cope, E. D.— 

on Cristone Pueblo ruin 115 

on Cuyamunque 333 

Copper. Tewa name for 5.*^ 

C6RD0VA. Lms Cabrera de— 

onJemez ^02 

on San Juan 213 

Corn Maidens. See Cardinal Corn Maii>- 

ENS. 

Corn-meal sacred to divinities 43 

CoRONADO, Francisco Vazquez— 

on Pecos -175 

on Quivira 565 

Cosmography, Tewa 41 et seq. 

COTONAME LINGOTSTIC MATERUL, work On 13,14 

CoTOTERO Apache, Tewa names for 574 

Crank, James A., on .\pache Canyon 4S(I 

CREPT— 

on Patoqua •*'■** 

on San CristiSbal ■'*'<' 

on San Juan 213 

on San Marcos -. ^* 

on Santa Clara '■^*- 

Cuame Indians, reference to 51S 

CUBAS. .\NTONio G.. OH Cochiti 439 

Cuervo y Vald£s. FRA^■cIsco. ou Oalisteo. . 4s2 



CuuN. Stewart— 

acknowledgment to 

on kickwi-stick pimp 

Culture hero of Tewa IW, 16 

Curtis, Edward S — 

on .\coraa... 

on Cochiti 

onlslela 

on Jemei 

on Lacuna... 

on San Felip"' 

on San Ildefon«ii. . 

on San Juan 

on Sandia 

on Santa Clara 

on Santo Domingo.. . 

on Sia 

on Taos 

CURTLf, \Vu. E.— 

onCochiti 

on Jemez 

on Picurb 

on Pojoaquo 

on San Udefonso 

on Taos 

CcsHiNG. Frank IIamilton - 

on Galisteo 

on kicked-stick game . . 

on Laguna 

on Pojoaque 

on Sandin 

on Taos 

on ZiiiT i month-names 

on Zufli name for Kio Oramli' 



Dances— 

at -Vbiqiiiu 

Jicarilla Apache Indians 

San Udefonso Indians 

San Juan Indians 

Taos Indians 

D'-Vnville. I.e Sifur— 

on Galisteo 

on Gyusiwa 

on Isleta 

on Jacona 

on XaralMi Pueblo 

on Patoqua 

on Pecos 

on San Cristobal 

on San Felipe 

on San Udefonso 

on San Juan 

on San Lazaro 

on Sandia 

on Santa ^Vna 

on Santa Clara 

Davis, Arthur P.. rcfercnc* to. 
Davis, W.W.n.— 

on Cuyamunque 

on Jacona 

on Jemez 

on San Felipe 

on San Udefon-o. . . . 

on San Juan 



Pmr 



119 
179, 1«4 



397. 39S 
476. 477 



624 



Davis, W. W. H.— Continued. 

on Sandia 527 

onSia 517,518 

on Taos 182 

on Yuqueyunque 227 

D AY ANn Night, terms relating to G7-68 

De Fer, N., on Qnivlra 566 

De l'Isle, Gun-LAUME— 

on Acoma 5-13, 544 

on Isleta 529 

on Jacona 330 

on Pecos 476 

on Santa Clara 242 

on Sia 517 

on Tajique 533 

on Taos 182 

Dellenbaugh, F. S., on Puaray 524 

Densmoee, Frances, work of 19 

Dew, terms relating to 54 

Dictionaries of In(iian languages, references 
to 13-14, 23 

DiegueSo, color scheme of 42 

Directions. Sec Cardinal dieections. 

Dl.STURNELL, J., On Taos 182 

Divinities, Indian, references to 41, 201 

See also Legends, Mythology. 

Dixon, Dr. Roland B., acknowledgment to. 12 

DoBBs, Arthur, on Quivira 566 

DoMENEcH, Emmanuel— 

on Acoma 544 

on Cuyamunque 333 

on Laguna 541 

on Namb6 Pueblo 358 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Tesuque 387 

Donaldson, Thos.— 

on Cochiti 440 

on Poguate 539 

on San Juan 213 

on Sia 518, 519 

Dorsey, Dr. George A., acknowledgment 

to 12 

Dorsey, J. Owen, linguistic work of 23 

Douglass, W. B. — 

data collected by 20 

on Bald Moimtain 125 

DoziER, T. S.— 

acknowledgment to 38 

reference to 224 

DUFOURI, Rev. J. H., on Tesuque 387 

Dunn, J. P.— 

acknowledgment to 12 

linguistic work 23 

DURO, CesAreo p.— 

on Acoma 543 

on Jemez 403 

Dwarfs. See Pygmies. 

Eagle in Tewa conception 43 

Eagle People, Pueblo of (mrthic) 571 

Fames, Wilberforce, acknowledgment to . 12 

Earth in Tewa conception 45, 52-53 

Earthquake in Tewa conception 52 

Eaton, Lieut. Col. 1. H.— 

on Acoma 544 

on Galisteo 482 



Echo, Tewa name for 60 

Eclipses in Tewa conception 40 

Edwards, Frank S., on Pecos 476 

Eldodt, Samuel— 

pottery collection of 203 

references to 151, 217. 222 

Emerson, Dr. Nathaniel B.— 

acknowledgment to 19 

work of 21 

Emmons, Lieut. O. T.— 

acknowledgment to 12 

collection made by ., 21 

Emory, Wm. H.— 

on Acoma 543 

on Isleta 529 

Equinoxes not recognized by Tewa 47. 62 

Escalante, Silvestre V6LEZ— 

on Galisteo 482 

on Quivira 566 

on Tajique 533 

on Tsawarii 2.54 

Escalona, Frat Juan de, builder of church 

at Santo Domingo 450 

ESCUDERO, JOSt A. DE— 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Santo Domingo 449 

EsPEjo, Antonio de— 

on .\coma 543 

- on Jemez 402 

on Pecos 473,476 

on Puaray 523, 52! 

on Sia 517,518 

EspiNOSA, IsiDEO Felis DE, On turquoise 580 

ESTUFAS— 

at Kuaua (Torreon) 523 

at San Cristfibal 487 

at Santa Ana 521 

reference to 361 

Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians— 

memoir on 29 et seq. 

note on 25 

Evans, S. B., on Acoma 543 

Fair, name for 69 

Falconer, Thcs.— 

on Pecos 476 

on San Felipe 600 

Farrand, Dr. Livinoston, acknowledgment 

to 12 

Feldspar, deposit of 580 

Festival, name for 69 

Festivals — 

at Abiquiu 137 

Jicarilla Apache 157 

Fewtces, Dr. J. Walter— 

on Bear spring 561 

on Colorado River 564 

on Hano 570 

on Jemez 400 

on Laguna 540 

on Nambe Pueblo 359 

on Pawikpa 563 

on Pojoaque 335 

on San Francisco Mountains 88 

on San Ildefonso 304 

on San Juan 211,212 



INQEX 



625 



Fewkes, Dr. J. Walter— Continued. Page 

on Sandia 526 

on Santa Clara 241 

on Sipapu 568 

on Tesuque 387 

on Tsawarii 254 

on Walpi 570 

work of 14-17, 20, 21 

Fleischer, K. A.— 

acknowledgment to 38 

on Isleta 528 

references to 421, 

432, 434 , 443, 444 , 445, 446 , 447, 451 . 494 , 506 

Fletcher, Alice C, acknowledgment to I2 

Fog. terms relat ing to 54 

FowKE. Gerard— 

acknowledgment to 12 

collection made by 21 

explorations of ID 

Frachtenberg, Dr. Leo J., investigations 

of 18 

Franciscan Fathers— 

on Acoma 544 

on Albuquerque 530 

on Bernalillo 521 

on Cabezon Mesa 547 

on Cocluti 440 

on Isleta 529 

on Jemez 402 

on Lagima 540,541 

on Little Colorado River 570 

on Navaho cardinal colors 42 

on Navaho cardinal shells 44 

on Puerco River 538 

on San Felipe 499 

on San Juan 213 

on San Juan River 560 

on Sandia 526 

on Santa Fb 460 

on Santo Domingo 449 

onSia 319 

on Taos 182 

on Tqo Hajilihe ■')55 

reference to 44 

Freer collection, references to 10-11 

Freire-Mj\rreco, Barbara, acknowledg- 
ment to 38 

Freytas, Nicolas de, on Taos 182 

Friend, Tewa name for 574 

Frost (Max) and Waxtek (Paul), on Soda 

springs "58 

Frost, terms relating to 34 

Galisteo Indians, data on 4S3-4S4 

Gallatin, Albert— 

onChilili 531 

on Jemez 402 

on Laguna 541 

on Poguate 539 

on Taos 182 

on Yuqueyimque 227 

Gallegas — 

on Jemez 402 

on Poguate 539 

on San Felipe 500 

Gallego,Jos£ Rafael, references to 132,133 

87584°— 29 eth— 16 40 



(iALVANO, ANTOPJIO— I'lVKi- 

on Acoma .543 

on Pecos 470 

on Quivira ,v^ 

Gannett, Henry— 

on Bald Mountain 1 . ;, 

on Jicarita Moimtaiii 3,311 

on Mount Taylor M5 

on San Juan 215 

on Tecolote Mountain &SS 

C.ARCfts, Francisco, on Taos 183 

Garrard, Lewis n., on Taos 182 

Gates, Bt. Mekrill E.. acknowledgment to. 12 
Catschet, Dr. A. S.— 

linguisliC'Work of 23 

Sn .\coma 542 

on Astialakwi 3iK) 

on cardinal colors 42 

on Cocliili 439 

on Isleta 52'* 

on Jemez 400,401, 403 

on Laguna 539,540,541 

on Nambi" Pueblo 3SS 

on Patoqua 397 

on Pecos 473 

on Picuris 193 

on Pojonque J35 

on San Juan 212 

on Sandia 525, 528 

on Santo Domingo 448 

on Taos 181,182 

on Taos Mountains 175 

Genizaeos, meaning of term 137 

Geographical terms— 

list of 70 ot seq. 

note on 37-38 

See also Place-names. 

GIBBS, George, on Santo Domingo 448 

Gila Cliff Dwellings National Monu- 
ment, creation of 20 

Gn.A (tn-PER) Valley, antiquities of 20 

Gill, De Lancey, work of 23-24 

Gill, G. Wyi.ik, collection made by 21 

Glacier, terra for 63 

Goddard, Dr. P. E., acknowledgment to.... 12 

on Abiquiu 138 

on Arkansas River 583 

on Canadian River 561 

on Cimarron 509 

on feast of San Antonio 156-157 

on Ojo Caliente region 1*5 

on personified rivers 84,102 

on Pikes Peak 5«3 

on Rio (irande 101 

on Sant a Fe ■"'" 

onTaos '"- 

study by ' ^ 

Goetz, Otto— 

acknowledgment to 'W 

reference to • •**■" 

Gold, Tewa name for 5k2 

Gold mining, references to '"*. 

506, 507, 508. .».3-.5il 
GOMARA, FRANfOLS LOPEZ DE— 

on Pecos '■'' 

on Quivira 



626 



Gonzales, Nestor, reference to 

ClopHER in Tewa conception 

GoKDON, Ch.\rles H. See Lindgren, Ora- 
TON, and Gordon. 

Grand Canyon National Monument, cre- 
ation of 

Graton, Lotns C. Sec LnroGREN, Graton, 
and Gordon. 

Graves, Lucy M. , work of 

Gregg, Josuh— 

on Tajique , 

on Taos 

Grdtnell, Dt. George Bird, acknowledg- 
ment to ' 

GuRLEY, J. G., work of ! 

GUssEFELD, F. L., on Galisteo 

GWYTHER, George, on Poguate 

Gypsum, Tewa name for 



584 



Habitat of Tewa 37, 103-104 

Hail, terms relating to 58 

Hakluy-t, Richard, on Acoma 543 

Hakhtyt Society Publications, on Pecos. 476 

Half-bkeed, Tewa names for 575 

Handbook of American Indian I^an- 

guages, preparation of 18,22 

Handbook of American Induns, prepara- 
tion of 10,11-13,17,18,21,22 

Hano— 

derivation of name 570 

occupied by Tewa 37 

Harrington, John Peabody, work of 25 

Hawaiian bibuogr.\phy, preparation of. . 17-ls, 19 

Hawk, eed-tail, in Tewa conception 43 

Heat, terms relating to 53 

Heat-ughtning. terms relating to 60 

Henderson, Prof. Junius, on rains 57 

Henshaw, Henry W., acknowledgment to. 12 

Herrera, Cosme, reference to 379 

Herrera, Romelo de, reference to 228 

Hervas, Lorenzo, on Picuris 193 

Hewett, Dr. Edgar L.— 

acknowledgment to 12, 38 

on Abiquiu 135,136 

on A-ga Uo-no 345 

on Alamo Canyon 270,414 

on altar on Black Mesa 297 

on Amoxiumqua 395 

on Arroyo Cubro 1.30 

on Black Mesa 156,224,293,294 

on Black Mountains 131 

on Bush Canyon 287 

on ceremonial cave 412 

on Cerrillos 492 

on Chamita 228 

on Chimayo settlement. ., 342 

on Chipiinuinge 121 

on Chipiwi 236 

on Chupadero Creek 244 

on Cienega Creek 4t)6 

on Cieneguilla 467 

on Cochiti 440 

on Cocliiti Canyon 430 

on Cochiti district 409 

on Cuarteles 260 

on Cuyamunque 333 



Hewett, Dr. Edgar I>.— Contmued. Page 

on Enchanted Me-sa 554 

on Frijoles Canyon 410 

on Galisteo 481 

on Gallinas Mountains 114 

on Guaje Canyon 266 

on Gj-usiwa 394 

on Haatze 426 

on Homayo 161 

on Hondo Canyon 415 

on Houiri 162 

on Ihamba 310 

on Jacona ; 330 

on Jemez Mountains lOo 

on Kapo 549 

on Ke-gua-yo 344, 345 

on Kipana 5,50 

on Kuaparum 435 

on Lower Cangilon settlement 118 

on Manzano Mountains 531 

on Mariana settlement 133 

on mound-iike ruin 423 

on Mount Rom4n 128 

on Nambg Pueblo 360 

on Namb^ village 377 

on Navaho Canyon 120 

on Navawi 280 

on Ojana 553 

on Old Cochiti 432, 433,434 

on Otowi Canyon 271 

on Otowi Mesa 271 

on Painted Cave 422 

on Painted Cave Canyon 422 

on Pajarito Canyon 281,283 

on Pajarito Hill 248 

on Pajarito Mesa 284 

on Pajarito Park 260 

on Pecos 474, 475, 476, 477 

on Pedemal Mountain 122, 123 

on Perage 263 

on Picuris 193 

on Pioge 203 

on pitfall at Navawi 279 

on Poihuuinge 157 

on Pojoaque 335 

on Pose-uing-ge 165,166 

on Potrero de los Idolos 427 

on Pueblo Creek 179 

on Pueblo of the Stone Lions 417,418 

on pueblo ruin at Abiquiu 138,139,140 

on Puye 236, 237 

on Kincon del Pueblo 278 

on Rito del Bravo 288 

on ruins at La Joya 200,204 

on San Crist 6bal 486 

on San Gabriel 228 

on San Ildefonso 304 

on San Lazaro 491 

on San Pablo ruin 508 

on Sand la Canyon 279 

on Sandia Moimtain 513 

on Santa Clara Creek 234 

on Santa Fe 460, 461-462 

on Santuario Mountains 355 

on Se-pii^uii ruin 144 

on Shu-finn^ 235 

on Stone Lions Shrine 418,419,428 



(i'27 



Hewett. Dr. Edgar L.— Continued. I'ttgo 

on Taos 183 

on Te-e-uiug-ge lo-l 

on Tejeuingge Ouiping 337 

onTesuque 388 

on Tewai 252 

on the Salinas j35 

on traditions of Otowi 272 

on Tsankawi Mesa 273,274 

onTsawarii 243,254, 255, 25« 

on Tyuonyi 411, 412 

on Tzixege 282, 2S3 

on Valverde 554 

on various pueblo ruins 226,245 

247,252,260,272,273, 
274,282,385,425,457 

on Whapige 291, 2112 

on WTiite Rocli Canyon 102 

on Yuqueyunque 227 

quoting Cope on Cristone Pueblo ruin 115 

references to 44, 153,245, 253 

Hewitt, J. N. B., work of 17 

Heylyn, Peter — 

on Pecos 470 

on San Juan 213 

Hezio [Hosio], Francisco de— 

on Pojoaque . . 334 

on Santa Ana 521 

HiNTON, Richard J.— 

onPicuris 193 

on Taos 182 

Hob ART, E. F., reference to 292,296 

Hodge, F. v.'.— 

acknowledgment to S8 

note on accompanying paper 25 

on Acoma 542,543,544,545 

on Amoxiumqua 395 

on Astialakwd 397 

on Bear spring 561 

on Canadian River 561 

on Chupadero Creek 244 

on Cochiti 439,440 

on Cochiti clan name 453 

on Enchanted Mesa 545 

on Galisteo 481, 483, 484 

on Haatze 425 

on Isleta 528,529 

on Jacona 330 

on Jemez 400, 401, 402 

on Kopiwdri 385 

on Laguna 539,540,541 

on Mescalcro Apache 575 

onNambe Pueblo 359,300 

on Ojo Caliente de Pagosa 564 

onPatoqua 397,398 

on Pecos 473,474,475,476,477 

onPicuris 192,193 

on Poguate 338 

on Pojoaque 335 

on Potrero 259 

on Puaray ^^ 

on Puebla 258 

on pueblo ruins.... 393.395.404.405.407.408.456 

on Quivira 565.566 

on San Crist6bal 4S6-I,S7 

on San Felipe 49S.499 



I'iMtc 



.vN.aftS 



341.313 
4<;,4<<l 



UoDCE, F. W.— Contlnu.M 
on San Folipo M<«i.. 

on San Gabriel 

on San ndefonso ... 

on San Juan 

onSandia 

on Santa Ana 

on Santa Clara 

on Santo Domingo. . 

onSia Ji; 

on Taos li«.IW.|H|.l!a.l<<3 

on Tcguayo S72 

on Tcsuque 3«. 1<« 

onT.sawarii 2M.2VI 

on Yuqueyunque 227 

references to 323. .Sia 

work of 11-13 21 

Hon IxDLVxs, researches among 23 

Holmes, W. II.— 

collection made by 31 

report of »-35 

work of 10-11 

IIOPI IXDIAXS— 

color scheme 42 

dataon 2S6-2S7 

name for cloud 54 

settled at .\biquiu...' 137 

HORNOT, Ant., on Quivira .VW 

Hot springs, principal, in Tcwa country . 16*-lf>.i. 
393.39).562.5<M 
Hough, Dr. Walter— 

acknowledgment to 12 

bulletin by 20 

HoiTts, terms relating to 68-W 

Howe. Henry, on Quivira 5*>'> 

HrduCka, Dr. AleS— 

acknowledgment to 12 

work of 21 

HcGUES, Jno. T., on San Felipe 500 

Humboldt, Friedrich H.- 

on Isleta 529 

on Jemez 402 

on PicurLs 193 

on San Felipe o^O 

HtwTiNGTON . E LLSWOKTD . on Water Canyon 2<6 

Hunts, commimal, reference to 414 

HUPA LANGUAGE, Sketch of Is 

HuRiiA , Tewa name of Indian tribe 574 

Ice, terms relating to 53 

ILLUSTRATIONS, Dm.SION OF 23-24 

Indian, Tewa name for 574 

Indian music, researches in W 

Indian population, researches in 13 

Indian tanks, reference to W 

Interior Department, work of 30 

IROQUOIAN UNGUAOES, reseorcbes In 1" 

Iroquois, League or the, reference to — 17 
Irrigation— 

among San Juan Indians 230 

among Tewa Indians 52. 7fl 

Isleta In-dians— 

color scheme *2 

conception of sun and mooo 4* 

language 3. 

name for earth ^2 

Italians, Tewanamefor 574 



628 



Page 

Jade, black, reference to 581 

Jamestown Exposition, reference to 10 

jARAMiLLo, Juan — 

on Pecos 475 

on Quivira 505 

on Taos 183 

Jasper, Tewa name for 582 

Jeancon, J. a.— 

acknowledgment to 38 

ghost story told to - . . 246 

on Black Mesa 224 

on Chipiinuinge 121, 122 

on Fe-se-re 152 

on Kuuinge 153-154 

on NambiS Pueblo 361 

on San Lorenzo settlement 129 

on stone shrines 249 

on Te-e-uing-ge 154 

on Tewai 253 

on Whapige 291 

Jefferys, Thos.— 

on Acoma 543, 544 

on Chilili 531 

on Galisteo 482 

on Isleta 529 

on Jacona 330 

on Patoqua 398 

on Pecos 476 

on Picuris : 193 

on Puaray 523 

Jemez Indians— 

conception of falling stars 49 

conception of sun and moon 46 

data on 403 

language 37, 42 

locationin 1692 405 

month-names 62, 63-66 

names applied to 399 

name for cloud 54 

name for earth 52 

name for Milky Way 51 

name tor Tewa 576 

relations with Pecos 477-478 

Jew, Tewa name for 574 

JiCARiiLA Apache Indians— 

dance 109 

fiesta in lower Chama Valley 156 

habitat 108 

paints 175. 354 

rations received by 138 

references to *. 574.582 

represented in population of Nambe 360 

rivers pei-sonified by 102 

sacred rivers 84 

Tewa name for 574 

Johnson, n. J., reference to 292 

Johnston, A. R., on San Felipe 500 

Jones, Dr. Wiluam, acknowledgment to 12 

Joseph, Judge Anthony', on Taos 181 

JO.SEPH, ANTONno, reference to 164.168 

JOUVENCEAU— 

on Isleta 528 

on Jemez 401 

on Laguna 540 

onNamb^ Pueblo 359 



JOUVENCEAU— Continued. 

on Picuris 192 

on Pojoaque 335 

on San Felipe 499 

on San Ildefonso 304 

on San Juan 212 

on Sandia 525 

on Santa Clara 241 

on Santo Domingo 44S 

on Taos 180 

on Tesuque 387 

Karankawa VOCABULARY, work on 14 

Keresan Famelt— 

early homes of 500-504,515,518,5,51-552 

references to 175, 259 

Tewa name for 574. 576 

Kern, R. H — 

on Jemez 403 

on San Felipe 500 

on Sia 518 

on Yuqueyunque 227 

KiCKED-STiCK GAME, references to 527,530 

Kidder, A. V., reference to 380, 413, 466 

KlNGSLEY, Jno. S.— 

on Cochiti 439 

on Laguna 540 

on Poguate 539 

on San Felipe 500 

Kino, Eusebius, on Quivira 565 

KioWA, Tewa name for 574 

KlTCHIN, TlIOS. — 

on Acoma 545 

on Galisteo 482 

on Isleta 529 

on Picuris 193 

on San Lazaro 491 

on Santo Domingo 449 

on Taos 182 

KiVA, reference to 361 

See also Estufas. 

Klett, Francis, on Laguna 541 

Kosk Society, references to 551,664-505 

Kroeber, Dr. A. L., acknowledgment to. . . 12 

KwiRANA Society, reference to 551 

Ladd, H. O.— 

on Pecos 476 

on Picuris 193 

on Puaray 524 

on San Lazaro 491 

on San Marcos * 551 

La Flesche, Francis— 

acknowledgment to 12 

on Omaha place-names 97-98 

Laguna Indians, Tewa name for 574 

Lakes — 

in conception of Tewa 52,85 

sacred to— 

San Ildefonso Indians 251, 

263-264, .309-3 10, .322 

Santa Clara Indians 251 

Taos Indians 178, 184 

Tewa Indians 351, 3.53, 356 

See also Cardinal sacred water lakes. 



629 



Lamt , j1 rchlmhop JcAN B . , settlement named 



tor ISO 

Landslide, Tewa name (or . .• 52 

I.ANE, Wm. Cakr— 

on Islota 529 

on Picuris 193 

on Sanlldefonso 305 



1 Sia. 



518 

on Tesuque 3S7 

Language, Tewa, reference to 37 

Languages, Pueblo, resemblances among. . 521 
Latham, Robert o.— 

on Jemez ' 402 

on Poguate 539 

on Tajique 533 

La Tour, Brion DE,on Acoma 543,545 

Leary, Ella, work of 24 

Legends — 

Cochiti ]. 452-453 

tialistco 4S4-4S5 

N avaho 567 

of i-olcanic action 296.321,323-:i24,4S8 

San Felipe ; 447 

San Ildefonso 306,315,329 

San J uan 208, 214-215 

Tewa 151-152, 357 

Lewis, Dr. A. B., acknowledgment to 12 

T-IBBY, I'ruf. WaLLAM, reference to 545 

f.rBRAKY OF Bureau, description of 24 

Lightning, terms relating to 59 

Limestone, Tewa name for 580 

Linpgren, Graton. and Gordon— 

on Ojo Caliente hot spring 16-! 

on Ortiz Mountains 50.% 506 

on turquoise deposits 494 

LDJDGREN, ■V^'ALDEM.^R. Set LrNDGREN, 

Graton, and Gordon. 

LrNomsTic MANUSCRIPTS in Bureau 22-23 

LiNNEY, C. L.— 

acknowledgement to .'iS 

on deaths by lightning . -"ig 

on hoarfrost 54 

on lunar ring 48 

reference to 553 

LiNscnoTEN, Hans IfuGO van— 

on Acoma 543 

on Pecos 1'^ 

on Taos 1S2 

lyiPAN Induns, Tewa name (or 574 

LuNERo .\PACHE INDIANS, Tewa name tor . .i74 

LoEW, Oscar— 

on .\coma 543 

on Astialakwi 397 

onCMlili 531 

on Jemez 401,403 

on I^aguna • 540 

on Patoqua 3^^ 

on Poguate 538,539 

on Pojuaqtie 33.' 

on San Felipe <M 

on Santa Ana 520 



I Sia. 



518 
on Taos ^^ 

on ■^'u^ueyanque 227 

Losa, Rodrigo Kio de, on Qm\ ira 565 

Louisiana, researches in 13 



r«fr 

LucKRo, Mariv de la I.UJ. rereranc* to ISl 

LucERO. Drm ToMA.s, refxr.M i»«> 

LUMMis, Dr. Ciiari.es y 
acknowlnlgraont to. 

on .\comn . m 

onagatr-s ,1 

on Cochltl 110 

on Enchanted Mesa ■.,•, 

onllantre. - ^ 

on Islela.. 

on Laguna 

on Pecos 

on .Shi-po-pu 

on Tajique .1 

Macaw in Tewa concept ion 43 

Macaw People, Pueblo oKronhIc) .'.71 

McGuire, Joseph D, acknowledgment to 1; 

Malte-Brun. on Sandla . ;,.>: 

Mammals. S« Cardin.4L mammals. 

Manuscripts in Bureau 33 n 

Maps — 

explanation of 97 

large features M- IM 

plan of 37-3f) 

M.vrcou., Jules, on Quivira S<vs 

Marcy', R. B.,on Jemez 402 

Martinez, Camillo, reference to .\IH 

Martinez. M.\nuel. reference to S'l 

Marti.nez, //on. MELAQufAS, references to. 174-17.^, 
1H4,186. INX 

Martinez, Tomasdjo, reference to 21K 

Mason, Dr. O. T.,acknowledi;ment to 12 

Matthews, i>r. Washington, reference to.. 44 

Medicinal springs, references to 107,540 

Medicine animals, reference to 4a 

Medicine water, source of 44-45 

MELINE, JAS. F.— 

on San CrisKSbal 4«6 

on San ifarcos S>12 

on Sandia .'»27 

Mendo(;a, .\ntonio DE.onSia '' 

Mendoza , Juan Pomdcguez. on Jemci 
Menodarez, Dolorita. reference to 

MERrWETHER, D.— 

on Cochiti 

on Pojoaque 

on Sandia 

on Sia J*^ 

Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado. 

workin 1- i: .m 

Mescal .Vpache. Tewa name fr 
Mescalero Apache, names for 
Meteorology in Tewu concepi i ■ 

Mexican , Tewa name for 

Mexica.s intluence on place-names. . 
Me-xicans— 

disliked by Tewa 

in fight with Tewa 

Mica— 

deposit of 

Tewa name for 

Mn,KY Way, Tewa concepllon.il 
Milleb, Merton L.. on Toi«. . 
Mineral paint, referem-e 10. . . 

See alio Pigments. 



630 



Pase 

Mineral springs in Tewa country 163-111'), 

168,190,351,357 
Minerals in Tewa country— 

deposits 119,120,207,218,234, 

235, 258, 261, 290, 300, 308, 318, 323, 329-330, 340, 
341, 354, 367, 380, 381, 385, 454, 470, 494, 552, 555 

know-n to Tewa 38 

names of 579 et seq. 

Minnesota, researches in 10,19 

Minutes, terms relating to 68-69 

Mirage, terms relating to 60 

Mississippi Valley (lower) Tribes, work on 14 
Missouri — 

collection Irom 21 

mound exploration in 19 

Mist, terms relating to 54 

Mixed-blood, Tew-a name for 575 

Moki. See Hopi. 

MOlliiausen, Baldwin, on Santo Pomingo. 449 

Months in Tewa scheme 62-66 

Moon— 

in Tewa conception 45-^8,54,62 

names for in Pueblo languages 46 

Mooney, James, work of 13 

Moqui, explanation of name 562 

See aim Hopi. 
Morelli, D. Cyhiaci— 

on Quivira 566 

on San Juan 213 

MoRn, Juan A . de, on Quivira 566 

Morgan, Lewis H., on Tesuque 387 

Morley, S. G.— 

on Puye 237 

reference to 410 

Mormon, Tewa name for 575 

Morrison, Chas. C, on Pojoaque 335 

Morse, JEDn>UH,onIsleta 529 

Mota-Padilla, MatIas de la— 

on Acoma 543 

on Oalisteo 482 

on Pecos 476 

on Puaray 524 

on Quivira 566 

Mountain-lion in Tewa conception 43 

MotJNTAINS sacred TO — 

Picuris Indians 339 

San Juan Indians 222 

Taos Indians 178 

Tesuque Indians 389 

Tewa Indians 124, 348 

See ali'i Cardinal mountains. 

MUhlenpfordt, Eduabd — 

onCochiti 440 

on Pecos 476 

on San Felipe 500 

on Sandia 527 

on Santo Domingo 449 

Muller, Fritz, reference to 357 

Mythic places in Tewa country 571-572 

Mythology— 

Pueblo Indians 515 

San Ildefonso Indians 272, 

274, 295, 296, 298-299, 331 

San Juan Indians 229 

Tewa Indians 45, 56, 

164, 165-166, 167, 199, 514, 536-537, 567, 571 
Zuni Indians 419-420, 514, 537 



Page 
NAMBfi Indians— 

cardinal mammals 43 

month-names. . ..^ 62-66 

origin 344-345,360-361 

Naranjo, J. M.— 

on Whapige 291 

reference to 256 

Natchez language, reference to 14 

National monuments, creation of 20 

Navaho Indians— 

cardinal mountains 44 

color scheme 42 

in flght wiCh Tewa and Ilopi 257 

intermarriage with Zuii 403 

names for 399-400, 573, 57.i 

part of population of Namb^ 360 

shell assignments 44 

weaving ' 11 

Negro, i'ewa name for 575 

Nelson, N. C, acknowledgment to 38 

New Me.xico— ■ 

national monuments ,. 20 

researches in 10, 20 

Nl?A, on Acoma 543 

Nichols, Frances S., work of 12, 24 

NiEL, Jos£ Amando, on San Pablo ruin 50S 

Night. See D.\y and Night. 

Non-Pueblo Indian, Tewa name for 575 

Non-Tewa Indian, Tewa name for 575 

NusBAtJM, J. L., acknowledgment to 38 

Nuttall, Zelia, on turquoise 580 

Obsidian— 

deposits of 179 

Tewa names for 583-^84 

Ocean, Tewa knowledge of 62 

Ocher— 

deposits of 553 

references to 422, 582 

See also Mineral paint. 

Ogilby, Jno.— 

on Acoma 543 

on Jemez — 402 

Ollero Apache, Tewa name for 574 

OSate, Ju.\n de— 

on Acoma 543,544 

on Chilili 531 

on Cochiti 439 

on Oalisteo 482 

on Jemez Indians 402 

on Jemez pueblos 405, 40H, 407, 4()K 

on Kipana 550 

on Ojana 553 

on Pecos 473,476,477 

on Picuris 193 

on Puaray 523,524 

on San CristCbal 486 

on San Felipe 499 

on San Gabriel 228 

on San Ildefonso 305 

on San Juan 213 

on San Marcos 551 

on San Pablo ruin 508 

on Sandia 525 

on Santa Ana 520,521 

on Santa Clara 242 

on Santo Domingo 449 



631 



OSate, Juan i>e— Oontinuod. 

on Sia 517, 519 

ouTajique M3 

on Taos 182, 1S3 

on Yuqueyiuique H7 

Ontario, researdies in 10, IS 

Orozco y Berra, Manuel— 

on Acoma iV13, 54.'> 

on Gyiisiwa 391 

Ortega, Dionisio— 

on Kanchos de^an Antonio 312 

reference to 307 

Ostermann, Rev. Leopold, acknowledg- 
ment to 12 

Paint. See Pigments. 
Pan American Scientific Congress, refer- 
ence to U 

Parke, Jno. O.— 

on Poguate '. 539 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Quivira 566 

on Sia 518 

Pawnee Indians, Tewa name for 575, 57S 

Peabody House, reference to 16 

Pecos Indl\ns— 

data on 477,478 

early homes 474 

language 37 

names for 472, 473, 576 

reference to 259 

Peet, Dr. Stephen D.— 

on Oalisteo 4S2 

on Jemez 403 

Pennant, T., on Quivira 566 

Pennsylvanl\ , researches in 10 

Peorh dictionary, manuscript of 23 

Perea. Estevan de, on Acoma 545 

Personal names, Tewa, reference to 56 

Petrified forest, references to 553, 581 

Petrified wood, Tewa name for 5,S0 

Phonetic KEY 39-40 

Phonograph, use in recording Indian music. 19 

Phrateies, Tewa, reference to 61-62 

PicTOGRAPHS, references to 36.5, 398, S.'jS 

PicuRis Indians— 

haldtat 172 

language 37 

name for Tewa 576 

pigment used by 175 

pottery 195 

sacred mountain 339 

shrines 194,339 

sun-painting 191 

Pigment, red, Tewa name for 582 

Pigments, deposits of 113,175,552,581 

See also Miner.u, p.unt, Ochee, 
Pike, Gen. Zebulon ^t.— 

onCochili 440 

on Laguna *<1 

on Namb6 Pueblo 358 

on Picuris 193 

on San Felipe 500 

on Sandia sib. 527 

on Sia ^1^ 

on Taos 182 



l'ii»p 
PiMFNTEi. FitANci.ico.onSanttinomlngii... IIH 

PisiNi, a dwarf race 435, iOO,S01 

Sec alto I'YOMiE.s. 

Pipes, Tewa, rotoronce to sgi 

PiRo Indians— 

langiLige 37 

name for earth 53 

Tewa name for 57,5 

PrrFAi.!.s FOR game, references to »W.I7»-iW 

Place-names, Tewa— 

detailed treatment .^. 01 vt »q. 

largo features , O-h-ioa 

list of Se.'v.fils 

notes on 37-38.91-98 

Plagl'E, terms relating to 00 

Plains Induns. Tewa name for .KS 

PooRE, Henry R, on Taos 1« 

Potomac Valley , stone relics from 21 

Pottery— 

clay used for JVG 

from ruin at Lamy u;-&U 

Picuris 195 

references to joi , 

331. .140. 380. 411. 442,450. 455-456. 4S7, 406, .'171 

San Ildefonso 308 

San J uan 203. 208 

Santa Ana Keresans .123 

Tano S12 

Tiwa 523,533.534 

Powell, Maj. J. W.— 

onroctiiti 430 

on I.agnna S40 

on Picuris 193 

on Taos l^l 

onTj-uonyi 411 

Pradt, G. II., on Poguate 538,539 

Prince, I.. Ueadforo — 

on Cochiti 439 

on Quivira .W6 

on Sandia" 527 

reference to 232 

stone idols discovered by 417. 419 

Property of Hureac 25 

Pubucations of Bureau 21-22 

PuEKLo Indians— 

names for cloud 54 

names for star 48 

names for sun and moon.. 40 

salt supply 535-537 

Tewa names for 575.576 

See alto tribal names. 

PULLEN, TLARENCE- 

on Cuyamunque 333 

on Enchanted Mesa W5 

PiiTJAME Indlans, reference to 518 

Pygmies, references to 418, 435,«I0,50I,5<» 

QtTRES. See Keresas Family. 

Quileute Indians, researches among 23 

QiHBix, origin of name ■''7» 

Race-tracks— 

Namli* 3«2 

San Juan '. 211.217 

Rain, terms relating to 57 -4^ 

Rainbow, terms relating to M 



632 



Ramusio, Giovanni— 

on Acoma 

' on Pecos 

Read, B. M., on Albuquerque 

Reagan, Albert B., linguistic work of 

Eenailan, a., reference to 

Researches of Bureau 

Rio Grande Piteblo Indian, Tewa name 



for. 



Rio Grande Pueblos, researches at 

RiTCH, W. G.— 

on mica near Petaca 

on New Mexican water mill 

Rivera, Antonio Domingo, reference to.. 
Rivera, Pedro de— 

on Isleta 

on Jemez 

on Manzano Mountains 

on San Felipe 

on Sandia 

on Sandia Mountains 

on Santo Domingo 

on Taos 

Rivers-- 

peculiarity in naming 

personification of 

Robinson, Doane, acknowledgment to — 

Romero, Juan de Dios, reference to 

RoYBAL, Antonio, on Callamongue 

RuxTON, Geo. A. F. — 

on Jemez 

on Pojoaque 

on Taos 



182 



Salazar, Jos£, reference to 230 

Sali^ 

principal deposits of 126, 229, 292, 535-537 

Tewa names for 579 

Salt River Valley, antiquities of 20 

San Carlos Apache Indlan, Tewa names 



for. 



576 

San Felipe Indlans— 

language 521 

legend 447 

mineral paint deposits 552 

name for 574 

San Ildefonso Indians— 

l>esieged by Diego de Vargas 294-295 

cardinal mammals 43 

cardinal mountains 44 

dances 295. 308 

legends 306,315.329 

month-names 62-66 

mythology 272, 

274 . 295, 296, 298-299, 331, 636-537 

origin 283 

pottery 308 

sacred lakes 44-45,251,263-264,309-310,322 

sacred mountains 348 

salt supply 292 

shrines 308 

San Juan Indlans— 

agriculture 215 

cardinal mammals 43 

cardinal mountains : 44 

conduct in rebellions, 1680-1694 213 

dance 119 



San Juan Indians— Continued. Page 

dialect 136-137 

di vinities 201 

general data on 213-215 

irrigation 230 

legends 208. 214-215 

month-names 62-66 

m>'thology 229. 536-537 

pottery 203. 208 

race- tracks 211. 217 

sacred mountains 222. 348 

shrines 222 

San Marcos Indians, ownership of turquoise 

deposits 493 

San Pedro River, ruins on 16 

Sandia Indians, references to 37.477 

Sandstone, Tewa name for 582 

Sanson d' Abbeville, N. — 

on Pecos 476 

on Taos 182 

Santa Ana Indians— , 

early homes 515. 522-523 

language S21 

name for 574 

Santa Clara Indians— 

cardinal mammals 43 

cardinal mountains 44 

month-names 62^66 

mythology 536-537 

occupied by Tewa 37 

origin 237-238 

sacred lakes 251 

sacred mountains 348 

shrines 249 

Santo Domingo Indians— 

commimal hunts 414 

general data on 451 

language 521 

location in 1692 405 

name for 574 

pottery 45.5-456 

Sapir, Edward, acknowledgment to 12 

Schoolcraft, Henry R.— 

on Galisteo 481 

on Pecos 476 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Quivira 566 

on Tesuque 387 

Seaeles, Stanley, work of 22 

Seasons in Tewa scheme 55, 57, 61-62 

Seconds, terms relating to 68-69 

Seguka, Jos6, on Isleta 529 

Seligman, Julius, reference to 452 

Senex, Jno., on Isleta 529 

Serpents, Mythological, reference to 56 

Shakayltma ruin, Arizona, reference to 16 

Shea, Jno. Gilmary— 

onNamb^ Pueblo 360 

on Patoqua 398 

on San Gabriel 228 

on San Juan 213 

on San Pablo ruin 508 

Shells. Sec Carddjal .shells. 
Shrines, principal— 

of Cochiti Indians 419-420, 428 

of Namli6 Indians ■. . . . 376 

of Picuris Indians 194, 339 



Sheixes. principal— Continued. Page 

o! San Ildefonso Indians 295, 30s 

of San Juan Indians 222 

of Santa Clara Indians 219 

of Tesuque Indians 389 

references to 342,451 

SU ISDUtSS— 

"beast-gods" of 43 

cardinal birds 43 

cardinal moimtains 44 

cardinal snakes 43 

cardinal trees 44 

name for 574 

reference to .318 

SigCenza y Goxgora, Carlos, on Jemez 403 

Simpson, Jas. H.— 

on Acoma 544 

on Cochiti 4.39 

on Jemez 401,402,403 

on Lagima 541 

on Namh4 Pueblo 35R 

on Pecos 473,476 

on Picuris 193 

on Poguate 539 

on San Felipe 499 

on San Ildefonso 305 

on Santa Ana 520 

on Santo Domingo 44S 

on Sia 518 

on Tesuque 3S7 

SIOUAN I5ICTI0XART, manuscript of 23 

Sky in Tewa conception 41,45 

Sky Pueblo (mythic) 571 

Smedes, Emilie R., work of 24 

Smith, BtrcKiSGHAM, on San Juan 212 

Smoke, term for 53 

Snakes, cardinal. See Cardinal snakes. 

Snow, terms relating to 58 

Solstices, reference to 62 

SosA, Caspar CastaSo de— 

on GalJstco 4S2 

on San Cristcibal 486 

on San Marcos 531 

on Santo Domingo 449 

Southern Tiwa In-duns— 

early homes 524-525 

important pueblos...." 528,530 

Spaxl\rd, Tewa name for 575 

Spanish intluence on place-names 96-97 

Speck, Frank O., acknowledgment to 13 

Spinden, Dr. H. J.— 

acknowledgment to 38 

on Acoma 542 

on Arroyo Hondo Creek 176 

on Arroyo Seco Creek ITS 

on Cochiti 438,440 

on Embudo Canyon 187 

on Fernandez Creek 184 

on Galisteo Creek 478 

on hill near Cochiti 451 

on Huash-pa Tzen-a *53 

on Isleta ^28 

on Jemez 400,401 

on Jemez Creek 399 

on Jicarita Motmtain 339 

on Kaketh6a '95 

on Laguna *39, 540 



EX 633 

SpisDES, Dr. H. J.-Contlni»d 

on La Ho.vti ; ,7 

onMalsolta 

on Naml><5 1'ucblo 

on Ojo Culienlc Creek 

on Ojo Calicnto region . . . 

on ••old castle" 

on I'ecos 

on I'eiiasco Creek. . 

on Picuris 

on Picuris Moimlain- 

on I'iro 

on I'oikeih& 

on Pojoacpie 

on Ranches de Taos . 

onKincouada 

on RioChiquilo 

on Rio Grande 

onSanCrU;t<51)al 

on San Felipe 

on San Felipe Mesii. 

on San Juan .i.- 

on Sandia SiS.jas 

on Sandia Uountain 513 

on Santa Ana *.... 

on Santa Clara 

on Santa Cruz Creek 

on Santo Domingo 

on Taos 

on Tesuque 

on Tewa 

on Tiwa 

on trail from Taos to Picuries 

on Wentonta 

reference to 

Spirits, •'WATER-.viR,' ' in Tewa belief. . 

Springs, principal, in Tewa country 

203,. 310-311, 325.. 367, 374,401. lur.ii- 

S«ob0lTOT«PRINCS,MEDICINALSPRINOS, 

Mineral springs. Sulphur springs. 

Spruce-tree House, work on 16-17 

Squier, E.^^.- 
onChilili I 

on Jemez 

on Tajique 

on Taos 

Stafford, John, reference to. . 
Stare, Frederick— 

cast of Stone Lions made by 

on pueblo shrines 

Stars in Tewa concept ion 

See aho Constellatioss. 
Ste.^m, terms relating to.... — 
Stephen, A. M.— 

on .\coina 

on Cochiti 

on Laguna 

on N.ira W Puel>Io - 

on Pojoaque 

on Puye 

on San Ildefonso.. 

on Santa Clara 

on Santo Dominpo 

on Tesuque 

Stevenson, jAXE.-i— 

on Pojooque 

on Santa Clara 



634 



Stevenson, James— Continued. Page 

onSia 517 

on Tesuque 3S7 

Stevenson, Matilda Coxe— 

acknowledgment to 38 

on a Zufli spring 310 

on "beast-gods" 43 

on cardinal birds 43 

on cardinal colors 42 

on cardinal identifications 44 

on cardinal mountains 44 

on cardinal serpents 43 

on cardinal trees 4i 

on earth deity 51-.'>2 

5n Sia 319 

on Salt Mother 537 

on Sandia Mountains 513,514 

on Santo Domingo 449 

on Stone I-ions Shrine 419-420 

on Zufli name for sun 46 

references to 282, 300 

work of 11 

SuAso, Aniceto, reference to 121 

Sulphur springs in Tewa country 177, 

186,197,391 
Sun— 

names for, in Pueblo languages 46 

Tewa conception of 45-48, 54 

Sun-dog, term for 48 

StTN-PAiNTiNG, reference to 191 

SWANTON. Dr. John R., work of 13-14,21 

Symbolism of Tewa 41 et seq. 

Tahltan Indians, collection obtained from. . 21 

Tano Indhns— 

agriculture 512-513 

early homes. .■ 469, 471, 479. 

481, 508-510, 512-513, 548-530, 551-552, 5.53 

general data on 254-256, 486-487, 488, 490-491 

history of Galisteo 483 

ownership of turquoise deposits 493 

pottery 466 

Tewa name for 576 

Tanoan, no Tewa equivalent for 576 

Taos Indians— 

cardinal directions 42 

conception of sun and moon 46 

dances 179, 184 

habitat 172 

language 37 

name for earth 32 

name for Milky Way 51 

name for Tewa 376 

pigment used by 175 

sacred lake 178, 184 

sacred mountain 178 

Taylor, Ale.x. S. — 

on Jemez 403 

on I'ojoaque 334 

Teguayo (MYTHIC), reference to 572 

Ten Broeck, Dr. P. G. S.— 

on Laguna 541 

on Poguate 539 

TEN Kate, Dr. H. F. C— 

on Jemez 402, 403 

on Laguna 540 



TEN Kate, Dr. H. F. C— Continued. Page 

on Mescalero Apache 375 

on San Juan 213 

" Tent rocks. " references to 272, 437 

Tequesqvite— 

deposit of 132 

Tewa name for 579 

Terrace in Tewa art 56 

Tesuque Indians, shrine and sacred hill of.. 389 
Tewa Indians— 

introductory note on 37-38 

names for 576-577 

Texas, researches in 10, 13, 19 

Thomas, Dr. Cyrus, work of 17-18 

Thompson, A. H., reference to 330 

Thornton, Goi'., settlement named for..'.... 452 

Thunder, terms relating to 59-t)0 

, Tigua Indians. See Tiwa. 

Time, periods of 61 et seq. 

Tipton, W. M., reference to 323,459 

Tiwa Indians— 

early homes 510, 515, 322-523, 527, 331-534 

intermarriage with Zufli 403 

names for 577-378 

See also Southern Tiwa. 

Tobacco, reference to 53, 50 

Tonka WA language, dictionan,- of 13, U 

ToNTo National Montjment, creation of. . . 20 

Tonto River, ruins near mouth 16 

Trails, principal, known to Tewa— 

from Namb6 358 

from Pena Blanca to Domingo station ... 443 

from San Felipe to Santa Ana 497 

from San Ildefonso to Cochiti 314-319 

from San Ildefonso to southern pueblos.. 323 
from San Juan to Ojo Caliente or El Rito 203 

general data 106-107 

on Canoe Me.sa 224 

on Mesa del Rito 413 

references to 383, 421 , 42.8, 458 

Trees. See Cardinal trees. 

Tribes and Peoples, Tewa names for. . 573 et seq. 

Tribes known to Tewa 38.573 

Tunica language, dictionary ol 13 

Turquoise— 

deposit 492-194 

Tewa name for 580 

Tutelo Tribe, researches in 18 

Twitchell, R. E.— 

on Jacona '. 330 

on Pecos 477 

on Perage 263 

on pueblo ruins 252,390,558 

on SanCristfibal 486 

on San Ildefonso 304 

on Santa Clara 241 

on Santa Fe 459. 462-463 

on Tesuque 388 

on Vuqueyunque 227 

Underworld — 

in Tewa conception 31 

references to 164,567 

Ute Indians— 

pigment used by 175 

Tewa name for 578 



635 



Page 

Valles, The. description of 'JS-99 

Vapor, terms relating to 54 

Vargas, Eusebio— 

onCocliiti 439 

on Cuyamunque 333 

on Tesuque 387 

VaUGONDT, ROBERf DE— 

on Cochiti 439 

on Galisteo 482 

on Pecos 476 

on San Ildefonso 305 

on San Juan 213 

on Santo Domingo 449 

on Taos 1 S2 

Vetancukt, Agdstin i>e— 

on Acoma 543,545 

on Chilili 531 

on Cuyamunque .' 333 

on Galisteo 482 

on Gyusiwa 394 

onNamb^ Pueblo 358,360 

on Pecos 477 

on Picuris 193 

on Puaray 523,524 

on San Lazaro 491 

on Santa Clara 241. 

on Santo Domingo 449, 450 

on Tajique ^"^ 

on Taos 182 

on Tesuque 387,388 

Vetromile, Reverend Eugene, linguistic 

work of 23 

Villagran, Caspar de— 

on Acoma " 543 

on Jemez ^^ 

on Pojoaque 334 

on Puaray •'-■' 

on Sia 517 

Villa-SeSob t Saxchez, Jos. Antonio— 

on Isleta .* 529, 530 

on Jemez ^^- 

on Laguua 541 

on Nambfi Pueblo 360 

on Pojoaque 334 

on San Felipe *^_ 

on San Ildefonso 305 

on San Juan -'3 

on Santa Ana 521 

on Taos '*2 

on Tesuque 38. 

Volcanic acjion, references to 296, 

321,323-324,342,458 

VOTH, H. R.— 

on Acoma ^* 

on Laguna *" 

on San Felipe 500 

Wakefield, Jeanne, work of 24 

Walch, Johanes— 

on Jacona '^ 

on Taos '^^ 

Wallace, Got'. Lew, settlement named for.. 4..2 

Wallace, Scsan E.— 

on Laguna ^I 

on Pojoaque '**' 



Wallace. Sisan E.— Cooilnui-.). 

on Quivim .VKl 

on Sanio DorainKo itx. ii'i 

Walter, 1'ail A. i m* 

Walter. 

Walther. IIenrv. work 111 H 

War r.oos. references to. I7..'ii\..'i9,2»'.,2w»-JW,.MI 
Ward, John— 

on .\coma. . .*'il 

on Isleta .'iji 

onJemej.. I'li 

on Laguna -n 

on N*aml>e I'ueMo .'> "> 

on Pecos i7f. iTT 

on PleiirLs liH 

on Pojoaque 335 

on Samlia : !'T! 

onSia .1-. ii'i 

on Taos >.' 

on Tesuque.. " ■• 

Washington ( State 

researches in 

stone implement s from ... . 

Water in Tewa concept ton - 

W.\terman. T. T..oncariJinalcolor».. '2 

W.UE. term for "'S 

WaVuia Lake (MYTHIC). reference lo .'.72-573 

Weather .signs, reference to 4t 

Weather terms ■•3 

S(e also Colo, Heat. Seasons, etc 

Weaving, references to II, .342 

Week, terms relaiint: to ** 

Wheeler, Geo. M.— 

on Cerro Pelado 392 

onOjoCalientehot spring.. 1«' 

on United States Peak 1*'' 

Whipple. Lieul. A. W.— 

on .Vcoma ' ^ 

on Santo Domingo '•['^ 

Wichita Induns, Tewa name (nr '■'- 

Wiegel, C. W., collection made by 21 

WiLLOUGHBY. C. C, acknowledgment in 12 

Wind, terras relating to '';_' 

Winter .solstice in Tewa conception 17 

WISLIZENIS. .\.— 

onJemez *>? 

on San Ildefon.so 3iVi 

Wis-SLER. Dr. Cl.vrk. acknowledgment to. . . M 

Wolf in Tewa conception — ** 

Wood, Owen, acknowledgment to J"* 

World as known to Tewa 41 et xq. 

Wttfuet. Cornelrs— 

on Pecos *'/' 

on Quivira *"* 

Yarrow, Dr. H. C. references lo 133,139 

Year, terms relatioe to •;' 

YOSTZ, H. C, references to. . . . 467, 488. 4», *«,M3 

Zaltieri, on Pecos *'' 

ZArate-Salmeron. (;ER..st>f 

on Amo.xiumqiia '" 

on Chama Pueblo ri;in ""* 

onCoc-hiti '_^ 

on Galisteo '"- 

on Gynsiwa ^ 

on Jemez 



636 



ZiRATE-SALMERON, Geronimo de— Con. Tage 

on Puaray 523 

on San Pablo ruin 508 

on Sandia 526 

on Taos 182 

ZuSi Indians— 

"beast-gods" of 43 

cardinal birds 43 

cardinal identifications of six regions 45 

cardinal mountains 44 

cardinal snakes 43 



Zu5li Indians— Continued. Page 

cardinal trees 44 

color scheme 42 

Earth Mother 51-52 

intermarriage with other tribes 403 

month-names 62,63-66 

mythology 419-420, 514, 537 

principal game 530 

researches among 11 

scheme of year 62 












"*> ' ' \* .. -^ V 





^^-4. 






'' \ °''^^** ^^''^"'^^ '--P^-* ,/ \ °'f^-* /\^ -.v 






'^f.5 



.^^^.^^^'. '^^ 






.** 



if 



^'br. 



'ARy 



Of 



'70 



CO/v, 



^38 



G^esc 



387, 



